Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations

Hello Students!!! Are you looking for the Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Solution Key Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations on various websites? Stop your search now, because you are on the right page. Here the students can get the best study material to practice math in a correct way. You can learn the simple tricks to solve the problems with the help of Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations.

Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Answer Key Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations

Practice makes your preparation perfect. You can score the maximum marks with reference to Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations. We make you understand the concept of drawing the graphs with linear equations. Download Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Answer Key Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations for free.

Performance Task

Lesson: 1 Graphing Linear Equations

Lesson: 2 Slope of a Line

Lesson: 3 Graphing Proportional Relationships

Lesson: 4 Graphing Linear Equations in Slope-Intercept Form

Lesson: 5 Graphing Linear Equations in Standard Form

Lesson: 6 Writing Equations in Slope-Intercept Form

Lesson: 7 Writing Equations in Point-Slope Form

Chapter: 4 – Graphing and Writing Linear Equations

Graphing and Writing Linear Equations STEAM Video/Performance Task

STEAM Video

“Hurricane
A hurricane is a storm with violent winds. How can you prepare your home for a hurricane?
Watch the STEAM Video “Hurricane!” Then answer the following questions.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 1
1. Robert says that the closer you are to the eye of a hurricane, the stronger the winds become. The wind speed on an island is 50 miles per hour when the eye of a hurricane is 140 miles away.
a. Describe the wind speed on the island when the eye of the hurricane is 100 miles away.
b. Describe the distance of the island from the eye of the hurricane when the wind speed on the island is 25 miles per hour.
c. Sketch a line that could represent the wind speed y (in miles per hour) on the island when the eye of x the hurricane is miles away from the island. Wind speed
2. A storm dissipates as it travels over land. What does this mean?

Performance Task

Anatomy of a Hurricane
After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be given information about the atmospheric pressure inside a hurricane.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 2
You will be asked to use a model to find the strength of a hurricane after x hours of monitoring. Why is it helpful to predict how strong the winds of a hurricane will become?

Graphing and Writing Linear Equations Getting Ready for Chapter 4

Chapter Exploration
1. Work with a partner.
a. Use the equation y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 1 to complete the table. (Choose any two x-values and find the y-values.)
b. Write the two ordered pairs given by the table. These are called solutions of the equation.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 3.1
c. PRECISION Plot the two solutions. Draw a line exactly through the points.
d. Find a different point on the line. Check that this point is a solution of the equation y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 1.
e. LOGIC Do you think it is true that any point on the line is a solution of the equation y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 1? Explain.
f. Choose five additional x-values for the table below. (Choose both positive and negative x-values.) Plot the five corresponding solutions. Does each point lie on the line?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 3
g. LOGIC Do you think it is true that any solution of the equation y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 1 is a point on the line? Explain.
h. Why do you think y = ax + b is called a linear equation?

Vocabulary
The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
linear equation
slope
y-intercept
solution of a linear equation
x-intercept

Lesson 4.1 Graphing Linear Equations

EXPLORATION 1

Creating Graphs
Work with a partner. It starts snowing at midnight in Town A and Town B. The snow falls at a rate of 1.5 inche sper hour.
a. In Town A, there is no snow on the ground at midnight. How deep is the snow at each hour between midnight and 6 A.M.? Make a graph that represents this situation.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.1 1
b. Repeat part(a) for TownB, which has 4 inches of snow on the ground at midnight.
c. The equations below represent the depth y(in inches) of snow x hours after midnight in Town C and Town D. Graph each equation.
Town C y = 2x + 3
Town D y = 8
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.1 2
d. Use your graphs to compare the snowfall in each town.
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.1 3

Try It

Graph the linear equation.
Question 1.
y = 3x
Answer:
Make to table of values
Replace x with a number and find the value of y
Big ideas math answers grade 8 chapter 4 img_1
Plot the values of x and y obtained above, on the graph
Big ideas math answers grade 8 chapter 4 img_1.1

Draw the line through the points

Big ideas math answers grade 8 chapter 4 img_1.2

Question 2.
y = – 2x – 1
Answer:
Big ideas math answers grade 8 chapter 4 img_2.1
Plot the values of x and y
Big ideas math answers grade 8 chapter 4 img_2.2
Now the line through the points
Big ideas math answers grade 8 chapter 4 img_2.3

Question 3.
y = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 2
Answer:
Big ideas math answers grade 8 chapter 4 img_3.1
Plot the ordered pairs
Big ideas math answers grade 8 chapter 4 img_3.2

Graph the linear equation.
Question 4.
y = 3
Answer:
The graph of y = 3 is a horizontal like passing through (0, 3)
Draw a horizontal line through this point.
Big ideas math answer key grade 8 chapter 4 img_4

Question 5.
y = – 1.5
Answer:
The graph of y = -1.5 is a horizontal line passing through (0, -1.5)
Draw a horizontal line through this point.
Big ideas math answer key grade 8 chapter 4 img_5

Question 6.
x = – 4
Answer:
The graph of x = – 4 is a vertical line passing through (-4, 0)
Draw a vertical line through this point.
BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 4 img_6

Question 7.
x = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
The graph of x = \(\frac{1}{2}\) is a vertical line passing through (\(\frac{1}{2}\), 0)
Draw a vertical line through this point.
Big Ideas Math 8th Grade Solution Key Chapter 4 img_7

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

GRAPHING A LINEAR EQUATION Graph the linear equation.
Question 8.
y = – x + 1
Answer:
Make of a table of values
Replace x with a number and find the value of y
Big Ideas Math 8th Grade Solution Key Chapter 4 img_8.1
Plot the values of x and y obtained, on the graph,
Big Ideas Math 8th Grade Solution Key Chapter 4 img_8.2

Question 9.
y = 0.8x – 2
Answer:
Replace x with a number and find the value of y
Big Ideas Math 8th Grade Solution Key Chapter 4 img_9.1
Big Ideas Math 8th Grade Solution Key Chapter 4 img_9.2

Question 10.
x = 2.5
Answer:
The graph of x = 2.5 is a vertical line passing through (2.5, 0)
Draw a vertical line through this point.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 img_10.1

Question 11.
y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:
The graph of y = \(\frac{2}{3}\) is a horizontal line passing through (0, \(\frac{2}{3}\))
Draw a horizontal line through this point.
BIM Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 4 img_11

Question 12.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which equation does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.1 4
Answer:
y = x – 2
4x + 3 = y
y = x² + 6
x + 5 = y

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. The rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 13.
A game show contestant earns y dollars for completing a puzzle in x minutes. This situation is represented by the equation y = – 250x + 5000. How long did a contestant who earned $500 take to complete the puzzle? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Given,
A game show contestant earns y dollars for completing a puzzle in x minutes.
This situation is represented by the equation y = – 250x + 5000.
y = -250x + 5000
500 = -250x + 5000
500 – 5000 = -250x + 5000 – 5000
-4500 = -250x
x = 18

Question 14.
The total cost y (in dollars) to join a cheerleading team and attend x competitions is represented by the equation y = 10x + 50.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.1 5
a. Graph the linear equation.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 img_14

b. You have $75 to spend. How many competitions can you attend?
Answer:
75 ≤ 10x + 50
75 – 50 ≤ 10x
25 ≤ 10x
2.5 ≥ x
By this I can say that I can attend 2 competitions if I have $75 to spend.

Question 15.
The seating capacity for a banquet hall is represented by y = 8x + 56, where x is the number of extra tables you need. How many extra tables do you need to double the original seating capacity?
Answer:
Given,
The seating capacity for a banquet hall is represented by y = 8x + 56, where x is the number of extra tables you need.
y = 8x + 56
2 × 56 = 8x + 56
112 = 8x + 56
8x = 112 – 56
8x = 56
x = 7 tables

Graphing Linear Equations Homework & Practice 4.1

Review & Refresh

Tell whether the triangles are similar. Explain.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.1 6
Answer:
x° + 46° + 95° = 180°
x° + 141° = 180°
x° = 180° – 141°
x° = 39°
Thus the angles of the triangle are 39°, 46°, 95°
y° + 39° + 46° = 180°
y° + 75° = 180°
y° = 180° – 75°
y° = 95°
Three angles of the triangle are 39°, 46°, 95°
The triangles have two pairs of congruent angles.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.1 7
Answer:
x° + 40° + 51° = 180°
x° + 91° = 180°
x° = 180° – 91°
x° = 89°
Three angles of the triangle are 40°, 51°, 89°
y° + 40° + 79° = 180°
y° + 119° = 180°
y° = 180° – 119°
y° = 61°

Describe the translation of the point to its image.
Question 3.
(1, – 4) → (3, 0)
Answer:
A(1, -4) = A'(1 + 2, -4) = (3, -4)
A'(3, 4) = B(3, -4 + 4) = (3, 0)
Translate 2 units right and 4 units up.

Question 4.
(6, 4) → (- 4, – 6)
Answer:
We are given the points
(6, 4) → (- 4, – 6)
A(6, 4) = A'(6 – 10, 4) = (-4, 4)
A'(-4, -4) = B(-4, 4 – 10) = (-4, -6)

Question 5.
(4, – 2) → (- 9, 3)
Answer:
We are given the points
A(4, -2)
B(-9, 3)
A(4, -2) = A'(4 – 13, -2) = (-9, -2)
A'(-9, -2) = B(-9, -2 + 4) = (-9, 3)

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

CREATING GRAPHS Make a graph of the situation. (See Exploration 1, p. 141.)
Question 6.
The equation y = – 2x + 8 represents the amount (in fluid ounces) of dish detergent in a bottle after x days of use.
Answer:
Bigideas math answers grade 8 chapter 4 img_15

Question 7.
The equation y = 15x + 20 represents the cost (in dollars) of a gym membership after x months.
Answer:
Bigideas math answers grade 8 chapter 4 img_16

PRECISION Copy and complete the table with two solutions. Plot the ordered pairs and draw the graph of the linear equation. Use the graph to find a third solution of the equation.
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.1 8
Answer:
Bigideas math answers grade 8 chapter 4 img_17
(x, y) = (2, 5)
Bigideas math answers grade 8 chapter 4 img_18

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.1 9
Answer:
Bigideas math answers grade 8 chapter 4 img_19
(x, y) = (3, 3)
Bigideas math answers grade 8 chapter 4 img_20

GRAPHING A LINEAR EQUATION Graph the linear equation.
Question 10.
y = – 5x
Answer:
Bigideas math answers grade 8 chapter 4 img_21

Question 11.
y = 9x
Answer:
Bigideas math answers grade 8 chapter 4 img_22

Question 12.
y = 5
Answer:
The graph of y = 5 is a horizontal line passing through (0, 5)
Draw a horizontal line through this point.
Bigideas math answers grade 8 chapter 4 img_23

Question 13.
x = – 6
Answer:
Bigideas math answers grade 8 chapter 4 img_24

Question 14.
y = x – 3
Answer:
Bigideas math answers grade 8 chapter 4 img_25

Question 15.
y = – 7x – 1
Answer:
Bigideas math answers grade 8 chapter 4 img_26

Question 16.
y = – \(\frac{x}{8}\) + 4
Answer:
Bigideas math answers grade 8 chapter 4 img_27

Question 17.
y = 0.75x – 0.5
Answer:
Bigideas math answers grade 8 chapter 4 img_28

Question 18.
y = – \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:
Bigideas math answers grade 8 chapter 4 img_29

Question 19.
y = 6.75
Answer:
Bigideas math answers grade 8 chapter 4 img_30

Question 20.
x = – 0.5
Answer:
The graph of x = -0.5 is a vertical line passing through (-0.5, 0)
Draw a vertical line through this point.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Ch 4 img_26

Question 21.
x = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:
The graph of x = \(\frac{1}{4}\) is a vertical line passing through (\(\frac{1}{4}\), 0)
Draw a vertical line through this point.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Ch 4 img_27

Question 22.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend graphs the equation y = 4. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Ch 4 img_28
No my friend is not correct because the graph for the equation y = 4 is a  horizontal line not a vertical line, and it passes through the point (0, 4) not (4, 0)

Question 23.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The equation y = 20 represents the cost y (in dollars) for sending x text messages in a month. Graph the linear equation. What does the graph tell you about your texting plan?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.1 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Ch 4 img_29

Question 24.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The equation y = 2x + 3 represents the cost y (in dollars) of mailing a package that weighs x pounds.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.1 11
a. Use a graph to estimate how much it costs to mail the package.
b. Use the equation to find exactly how much it costs to mail the package.
Answer:
Given the equation y = 2x + 3
The ordered pairs will be (0, 3), (2,7), (4, 11)
Now plot the ordered pairs
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Ch 4 img_30
y = 2(1.126) + 3
= 5.252 ≈ 5.25

SOLVING A LINEAR EQUATION Solve for y. Then graph the linear equation.
Question 25.
y – 3x = 1
Answer:
y – 3x = 1
y = 3x + 1
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Ch 4 img_31
Draw a line through the points
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Ch 4 img_32

Question 26.
5x + 2y = 4
Answer:
5x + 2y = 4
2y = 4 – 5x
y = – \(\frac{5}{2}\)x + 2
BIM 8th Grade Solution Key Chapter 4 img_33

Question 27.
– \(\frac{1}{3}\)y + 4x = 3
Answer:
– \(\frac{1}{3}\)y + 4x = 3
– \(\frac{1}{3}\)y = 3 – 4x
y = 12x – 9
BIM 8th Grade Solution Key Chapter 4 img_34

Question 28.
x + 0.5y = 1.5
Answer:
x + 0.5y = 1.5
0.5y = -x + 1.5
y = -2x + 3
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Answers Chapter 4 img_35

Question 29.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The depth y (in inches) of a lake after x years is represented by the equation y = 0.2x + 42. How much does the depth of the lake increase in four years? Use a graph to justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.1 12
Answer:
y = 0.2x + 42
Depth of the lake now: y = 0.2(0) + 42 = 42
Depth of the lake after 4 years: y = 0.2(4) + 42 = 42.8
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Answers Chapter 4 img_36
42.8 – 42 = 0.8 inches

Question 30.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The amount y (in dollars) of money in your savings account after x months is represented by the equation y = 12.5x + 100.
a. Graph the linear equation.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Answers Chapter 4 img_37
b. How many months will it take you to save a total of $237.50?
Answer:
y = 12.5x + 100
237.5 = x + 100
237.5 – 100 = 12.5x + 100 – 100
12.5x = 137.5
x = 11

Question 31.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The radius y (in millimeters) of a chemical spill after x days is represented by the equation y = 6x + 50.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.1 13
a. Graph the linear equation.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Answers Chapter 4 img_38
b. The leak is noticed after two weeks. What is the area of the leak when it is noticed? Justify your answer.
Answer:
y = 6(14) + 50
y = 84 + 50
y = 134 mm
2πr = 2π = 841.95 sq. mm

Question 32.
GEOMETRY
The sum S of the interior angle measures of a polygon with n sides is S = (n – 2) • 180°.
a. Plot four points (n, S) that satisfy the equation. Is the equation a linear equation? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math 8th Grade Answer Key for Chapter 4 img_39
b. Does the value n = 3.5 make sense in the context of the problem? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
The value n = 3.5 does not make sense because the number of angles cannot be other than integer greater or equal to 2.

Question 33.
DIG DEEPER!
One second of video on your cell phone uses the same amount of memory as two pictures. Your cell phone can store 2500 pictures.
a. Create a graph that represents the number y of pictures your cell phone can store when you take x seconds of video.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math 8th Grade Answer Key for Chapter 4 img_40
b. How many pictures can your cell phone store in addition to a video that is one minute and thirty seconds long?
Answer:
Determine the number of pictures you can store in addition to a video of 1 min 30 seconds.
1 min 30 seconds = (60 + 90) 3 seconds = 90 seconds
2500 – (2 . 90)
2500 – 180 = 2320 pictures

Lesson 4.2 Slope of a Line

EXPLORATION 1

Measuring the Steepness of a Line
Work with a partner. Draw any nonvertical line in a coordinate plane.
a. Develop a way to measure the steepness of the line. Compare your method with other pairs.
b. Draw a line that is parallel to your line. What can you determine about the steepness of each line? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

EXPLORATION 2

Using Right Triangles
Work with a partner. Use the figure shown.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.2 1
a. △ABC is a right triangle formed by drawing a horizontal line segment from point A and a vertical line segment from point B. Use this method to draw another right triangle, △DEF, with its longest side on the line
b. What can you conclude about the two triangles in part(a)? Justify your conclusion. Compare your results with other pairs.
c. Based on your conclusions in part(b), what is true about \(\frac{BC}{AC}\) and the corresponding measure in △DEF? Explain your reasoning. What do these values tell you about the line?
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.2 2

Try It

Find the slope of the line.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.2 3
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (-2, 3)
(x2, y2) = (3, 2)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (2 -3)/(3 – (-2))
m = -1/5
Thus slope = -1/5

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.2 4
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (-4, -1)
(x2, y2) = (2, 1)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (1 – (-1))/(2 – (-4))
m = 2/6
Thus slope = 1/3

Find the slope of the line through the given points.
Question 3.
(1, -2), (7, -2)
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (1, -2)
(x2, y2) = (7, -2)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (-2 – (-2))/(7 – 1)
m = 0/6
Thus slope = 0

Question 4.
(-3, -3), (-3, -5)
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (-3, -3)
(x2, y2) = (-3, -5)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (-5 + 3)/(-3 + 3)
m = -2/0
Thus slope = undefined

Question 5.
WHAT IF
The blue line passes through (-4, -3) and (-3, 2). Are any of the lines parallel? Explain.
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (-4, -3)
(x2, y2) = (-3, 2)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (2 + 3)/(-3 + 4)
m = 5/1
m = 5
The slpe of the blue line is 5 and the slope of the red line is also 5.
The blue lines and red lines have same slopes so they are parallel.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 6.
VOCABULARY
What does it mean for a line to have a slope of 4?
Answer:
If a line have a slope of 4 it means that the line rises 4 units for every 1 units it runs.

FINDING THE SLOPE OF A LINE Find the slope of the line through the given points.
Question 7.
(1, -1), (6, 2)
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (1, -1)
(x2, y2) = (6, 2)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (2 – (-1))/(6 – 1)
m = 3/5

Question 8.
(2, -3), (5, -3)
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (2, -3)
(x2, y2) = (5, -3)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (5 – 2)/(-3 + 3)
m = 3/0
m = undefined

Question 9.
FINDING SLOPE
Are the lines parallel? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.2 5
Answer:
Red line:
(x1, y1) = (-1, 0)
(x2, y2) = (1, -2)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (-2 – 0)/1 – (-1))
m = -2/2
m = -1
Blue Line:
(x1, y1) = (-1, 3)
(x2, y2) = (1, -1)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (-1 – 3)/(1 – (-1))
m = -4/2
m = -2
The slope of the blue line and red line are not the same. So they are not parallel.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 10.
The table shows the lengths (in inches) of your hair months after your last haircut. The points in the table lie on a line. Find and interpret the slope of the line. After how many months is your hair 4 inches long?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.2 6
Answer:
Determine the slope of the line using two points from the table:
(2, 1), (4, 2)
m = (2 – 1)/4 – 2
m = 1/2
m = 0.5
This means that each month the hair grows 0.5 inches
As the hair grows 0.5 inches/ month, it will be 4 inches long after 4/0.5 = 8 months.

Question 11.
A customer pays an initial fee and a daily fee to rent a snowmobile. The total payment for 3 days is 92 dollars. The total payment for 5 days is 120 dollars. What is the daily fee? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Given,
A customer pays an initial fee and a daily fee to rent a snowmobile.
The total payment for 3 days is 92 dollars. The total payment for 5 days is 120 dollars.
m = (120 – 92)/5 – 3
m = 28/2
m = 14

Question 12.
You in-line skate from an elevation of 720 feet to an elevation of 750 feet in 30 minutes. Your friend in-line skates from an elevation of 600 feet to an elevation of 690 feet in one hour. Compare your rates of change in elevation.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.2 7
Answer:
Given,
You in-line skate from an elevation of 720 feet to an elevation of 750 feet in 30 minutes.
Your friend in-line skates from an elevation of 600 feet to an elevation of 690 feet in one hour.
(750 – 720)/30 = 30/30 = 1 ft/min
(690 – 600)/60 = 90/60 = 1.5 ft/min

Slope of a Line Homework & Practice 4.2

Review & Refresh

Graph the linear equation.
Question 1.
y = 4x – 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapter 4 Solution Key img_41

Question 2.
x = -3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapter 4 Solution Key img_42

Question 3.
y = 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapter 4 Solution Key img_43

Question 4.
y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapter 4 Solution Key img_44

Find the missing values in the ratio table.
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.2 8
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-4-Graphing-and-Writing-Linear-Equations-4.2-8
x/10 = 1/3
x = 10/3
x = 3.33
1/3 = 5/y
y = 5 × 3
y = 15
1/3 = 7/z
z = 3 × 7
z = 21

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.2 9
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-4-Graphing-and-Writing-Linear-Equations-4.2-9

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

USING RIGHT TRIANGLES Use the figure shown (See Exploration 2, p. 147.)
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.2 10
Question 7.
Find the slope of the line.
Answer:
(x1, y1) = B(-4, 2)
(x2, y2) = A(-2, 1)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (1 – 2)/(-2 – (-4))
m = -1/2
Thus the slope m = -1/2

Question 8.
Let point D be at (-4, 1). Use the sides of △BDA to find the slope of the line.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapter 4 Answers img_45
m = -BD/DA = -1/2

FINDING THE SLOPE OF A LINE Find the slope of the line.
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.2 11
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (-2, 0)
(x2, y2) = (2, 3)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (3 – 0)/(2 – (-2))
m = 3/4

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.2 11
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (-2, 5)
(x2, y2) = (2, 0)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (0 – 5)/(2 – (-2))
m = -5/4

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.2 13
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (-4, 1)
(x2, y2) = (1, -2)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (-2 – 1)/(1 + 2)
m = -3/5

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.2 14
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (-5, -4)
(x2, y2) = (1, -3)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (-3 – (-4))/(1 – (-5))
m = 1/6

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.2 15
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (-1, 3)
(x2, y2) = (3, 3)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (3 – 3)/(3 – (-1))
m = 0/4
m = 0

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.2 16
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (1, 3)
(x2, y2) = (1, -2)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (-2 – 3)/(1 – 1)
m = -5/0
m = undefined

FINDING THE SLOPE OF A LINE Find the slope of the line through the given points.
Question 15.
(4, -1), (-2, -1)
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (4, -1)
(x2, y2) = (-2, -1)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (-1 – (-1))/(-2 – 4)
m = 0/-6
m = 0

Question 16.
(5, -3), (5, 8)
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (5, -3)
(x2, y2) = (5, 8)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (8 – 3)/(5 – 5)
m = 5/0
m = undefined

Question 17.
(-7, 0), (-7, -6)
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (-7, 0)
(x2, y2) = (-7, -6)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (-6 – 0)/(-7 – (-7))
m = -6/0
m = undefined

Question 18.
(-3, 1), (-1, 5)
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (-3, 1)
(x2, y2) = (-1, 5)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (5 – 1)/(-1 + 3)
m = 4/2
m = 2

Question 19.
(10, 4), (4, 15)
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (10, 4)
(x2, y2) = (4, 15)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (15 – 4)/(4 – 10)
m = 11/-6
m = -11/6

Question 20.
(-3, 6), (2, 6)
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (-3, 6)
(x2, y2) = (2, 6)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (6 – 6)/(2 – (-3))
m = 0/5
m = 0

Question 21.
REASONING
Draw a line through each point using slope of m = \(\frac{1}{4}\). Do the lines intersect? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.2 17
Answer:
Big Ideas math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 4 img_46
The 2 lines are parallel because they have the same slope and they do not intersect.

Question 22.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the slope of the line shown. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.2 18
Answer:
Big Ideas math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 4 img_47
No my friend is not correct because the denominator should be 2 – 4
(x1, y1) = (2, 3)
(x2, y2) = (4, 1)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (1 – 3)/(4 – 2)
m = -2/2
m = -1

IDENTIFYING PARALLEL LINES Which lines are parallel? How do you know?
Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.2 19
Answer:
Blue line:
(x1, y1) = (-5, 2)
(x2, y2) = (-4, -1)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (-1 – 2)/(-4 – (-5))
m = -3/1
m = -3
Red line:
(x1, y1) = (-2, 1)
(x2, y2) = (-1, -2)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (-2 – 1)/(-1 – (-2))
m = -3/1
m = -3
Green Line:
(x1, y1) = (1, 3)
(x2, y2) = (2, -1)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (-1 – 3)/(2 – 1)
m = -4/1
m = -4
Blue line and red line have slope of -3, so they are parallel.

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.2 20
Answer:
Blue line:
(x1, y1) = (-2, 3)
(x2, y2) = (-5, -2)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (-2 – 3)/(-5 – (-2))
m = -5/-3
m = 5/3
Red line:
(x1, y1) = (1, 2)
(x2, y2) = (-2, -2)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (-2 – 2)/(-2 – 1)
m = -4/-3
m = 4/3
Green Line:
(x1, y1) = (4, 1)
(x2, y2) = (1, -3)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (-3 – 1)/(1 – 4)
m = -4/-3
m = 4/3
Red line and green line have slope of 4/3 by this we can say that they are parallel.

IDENTIFYING PARALLEL LINES Are the given lines parallel? Explain your reasoning.
Question 25.
y = -5, y = 3
Answer:
8th Grade Big Ideas Math Answers Chapter 4 img_47
Both lines are horizontal and have slope = 0

Question 26.
y = 0, x = 0
Answer:
8th Grade Big Ideas Math Answers Chapter 4 img_48
The line y = 0 have slope = 0 and are horizontal lines.
The line x = 0 have slope = undefined and are vertical lines.
So, they are not parallel.

Question 27.
x = -4, x = 1
Answer:
8th Grade Big Ideas Math Answers Chapter 4 img_49
Both lines are vertical and have an undefined slope.

FINDING SLOPE The points in the table lie on a line. Find the slope of the line.
Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.2 21
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (10 – 2)/(3 – 1) = (18 – 10)/(5 – 3) = (26 – 18)/(7 – 5)
m = 8/2 = 8/2 = 8/2
m = 4 = 4 = 4
Slope = 4

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.2 22
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (2 – 0)/(2 – (-3)) = (4 – 2)/(7 – 2) = (6 – 4)/(12 – 7)
m = 2/5 = 2/5 = 2/5
m = 2/5

Question 30.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Carpenters refer to the slope of a roof as the pitch of the roof. Find the pitch of the roof.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.2 23
Answer:
Pitch of the roof = rise/run
= 4/12 = 1/3

Question 31.
PROJECT
The guidelines for a wheelchair ramp suggest that the ratio of the rise to the run be no greater than 1 : 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.2 24
a. CHOOSE TOOLS Find a wheelchair ramp in your school or neighborhood. Measure its slope. Does the ramp follow the guidelines?

Answer:
rise/run < 1/12
m = 0.06
1/12 = 0.0833
0.06 < 0.0833
As m < 1/12 the wheelchair ramp follows the guides.

b. Design a wheelchair ramp that provides access to a building with a front door that is 2.5 feet above the sidewalk. Illustrate your design.
Answer:
AC/AB = 1/12
2.5/AB = 1/12
AB = 2.5 × 12
AB = 30
So the end of the ramp should be placed at least 30 feet from the front door.

USING AN EQUATION Use an equation to find the value of k so that the line that passes through the given points has the given slope.
Question 32.
(1, 3), (5, k); m = 2
Answer:
A(1, 3)
B(5, k)
m = 2
2 = (k – 3)/(5 – 1)
2 × 4 = k – 3
8 = k – 3
k = 8 + 3
k = 11

Question 33.
(-2, k), (2, 0); m = -1
Answer:
Given,
A(-2, k)
B(2, 0)
m = -1
-1 = (0 – k)/2 – (-2)
-1 = -k/4
-4 = -k
k = 4

Question 34.
(-4, k), (6, -7); m = –\(\frac{1}{5}\)
Answer:
Given,
A(-4, k)
B(6, -7)
m = –\(\frac{1}{5}\)
–\(\frac{1}{5}\) = (-7 – k)/6 – (-4)
-2 = -7 – k
-2 + 7 = -k
5 = -k
k = -5

Question 35.
(4, -4), (k, -1); m = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\) = (-1 – (-4))/(k – 4)
4 = k – 4
k = 4 + 4
k = 8

Question 36.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The graph shows the numbers of prescriptions filled over time by a pharmacy.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.2 25
a. Find the slope of the line.
Answer:
(0, 0), (20, 5)
m = (5 – 0)/(20 – 0)
m = 5/20
m = 1/4
b. Explain the meaning of the slope as a rate of change.
Answer:
This means that every 4 minutes a prescription is filled.

Question 37.
CRITICAL THINKING
Which is steeper: the boatramp, or a road with a 12% grade? Note: Explain. (Road grade is the vertical increase divided by the horizontal distance.)
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.2 26
Answer:
Mramp = rise/run = 6/36 = 1/6
Mroad = 12% = 12/100 = 0.12
0.16 = 0.166… > 0.12
Mramp > Mroad
Therefore the slope of the ramp is steeper than the slope of the road.

Question 38.
REASONING
Do the points A(-2, -1), B(1, 5), and C(4, 11) lie on the same line? Without using a graph, how do you know?
Answer:
Given,
A(-2, -1), B(1, 5), and C(4, 11)
mAB = (5 – (-1))/(1 – (-2)) = 6/3 = 2
mBC = (11 – 5)/(4 – 1) = 6/3 = 2
By seeing the slopes we can say that the points A, B, C lie on the same line.

Question 39.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A small business earns a profit of $6500 in January and $17,500 in May. What is the rate of change in profit for this time period? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Pjan = 6500
Pmay = 17,500
Pmay – Pjan/5 – 1
= (17,500 – 6500)/4
= 11,000/4 = 2750

Question 40.
STRUCTURE
Choose two points in the coordinate plane. Use the slope formula to find the slope of the line that passes through the two points. Then find the slope using the formula \(\frac{y_{1}-y_{2}}{x_{1}-x_{2}}\). Compare your results.
Answer:
P1(2, 5)
P2(3, 10)
m1 = (10 – 5)/(3 – 2) = 5/1 = 5
m2 = (5 – 10)/(1 – 3) = -5/-1 = 5
m1 = m2

Question 41.
DIG DEEPER!
The top and the bottom of the slide are level with the ground, which has a slope of 0.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.2 27
a. What is the slope of the main portion of the slide?
b. Describe the change in the slope when the bottom of the slide is only 12 inches above the ground. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
18 inches = 1.5 feet
mMC = rise/run = (8 – 1.5)/(12 – 1 – 1) = 6.5/10 = 0.65
AD = 1
mMC = CR/MR
= (8 – 1)/(12 – 1 – 1) = 7/10 = 0.7
The slope increases from 0.65 to 0.70 because the rise increasses, while the run stays the same.

Lesson 4.3 Graphing Proportional Relationships

EXPLORATION 1

Using a Ratio Table to Find Slope
Work with a partner. The graph shows amounts of vinegar and water that can be used to make a cleaning product.
a. Use the graph to make a ratio table relating the quantities. Explain how the slope of the line is represented in the table.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.3 1
b. Make a ratio table that represents a different ratio of vinegar to water. Use the table to describe the slope of the graph of the new relationship.
Answer:

EXPLORATION 2

Deriving an Equation
Work with a partner. Let (x, y) represent any point on the graph of a proportional relationship.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.3 2
a. Describe the relationship between the corresponding side lengths of the triangles shown in the graph. Explain your reasoning.
b. Use the relationship in part(a) to write an equation relating y, m, and x. Then solve the equation for y. How can you find the side lengths of the triangles in the graph?
c. What does your equation in part(b) describe? What does represent? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Try It

Question 1.
WHAT IF
The cost of frozen yogurt is represented by y = 0.75x. Graph the equation and interpret the slope.
Answer:
The equation shows that the slope m is 0.75. So the graph passes through the points (0, 0) and (1, 0.75).
Plot the ordered pairs and draw the graph.
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 4 img_48
The slope indicates that the unit cost is $0.75 per ounce.

Question 2.
How much would a spacecraft that weighs 3500 kilograms on Earth weigh on Titan?
Answer:
y = 1/7 x
y = 1/7 × 3500
y = 500 kg
So a spacecraft would weigh 500 kg on Titan.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

GRAPHING A PROPORTIONAL RELATIONSHIP Graph the equation.
Question 3.
y = 4x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 4 img_49

Question 4.
y = -3x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 4 img_50

Question 5.
y = 8x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 4 img_51

Question 6.
WRITING AND USING AN EQUATION
The number of objects a x machine produces is proportional to the time (in minutes) that the machine runs. The machine produces five objects in four minutes.
a. Write an equation that represents the situation.

Answer:
As 5 objects are produced in 4 minutes, the slope of the line is m = 5/4.
The equation that represents the situation is
y = 5/4 x
y = 1.25 x

b. Graph the equation in part (a) and interpret the slope.

Answer:
Use the slope. The equation shows that the slope m is 1.25. So the graph passes through the points (0, 0) and (1, 1.25)

c. How many objects does the machine produce in one hour?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 4 img_52

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 7.
The amount y (in liters) of water that flows over a natural waterfall in x seconds is represented by the equation y = 500x. The graph shows the number of liters of water that flow over an artificial waterfall. Which waterfall has a greater flow? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.3 3
Answer:
Given the equation y = 500x
15000 – 3000 = 12000
12000/4 = 3000
Mnatural = 500
3000 > 500
Therefore the artificial waterfall has greater flow.

Question 8.
The speed of sound in air is 343 meters per second. You see lightning and hear thunder 12 seconds later.
a. Is there a proportional relationship between the amount of time that passes and your distance from a lightning strike? Explain.

Answer:
y = kx
where k is the speed of sound, x the time and y the distance.
Yes, there is a proportional relationship between the amount of time that passes and your distance from the lightning strike as the further you are, the more time will pass until the sound reaches you.

b. Estimate your distance from the lightning strike.
Answer:
y = 343 × 12
= 4116 meters

Graphing Proportional Relationships Homework & Practice 4.3

Review & Refresh

Find the slope of the line.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.3 4
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (0, -3)
(x2, y2) = (3, 0)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (0 – (-3))/(3 – 0)
m = (0 + 3)/(3 – 0)
m = 3/3
m = 1

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.3 5
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (0, 1)
(x2, y2) = (3, -5)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (-5 – 1)/(3 – 0)
m = -6/3
m = -2

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.3 6
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (0, 0)
(x2, y2) = (2, 8)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (8 – 0)/(2 – 0)
m = 8/2
m = 4

Solve the equation. Check your solution.
Question 4.
2x + 3x = 10
Answer:
Given the equation
2x + 3x = 10
5x = 10
x = 10/5
x = 2

Question 5.
x + \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 4 – 2x
Answer:
Given the equation
x + \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 4 – 2x
x + 2x = 4 – \(\frac{1}{6}\)
3x = 4 – \(\frac{1}{6}\)
3x = \(\frac{23}{6}\)
x = \(\frac{23}{18}\)

Question 6.
2(1 – x) = 11
Answer:
2(1 – x) = 11
2 – 2x = 11
2 – 11 = 2x
2x = -9
x = -9/2

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

USING EQUIVALENT RATIOS The graph shows amounts of water and flour that can be used to make dough. (See Exploration 1, p. 155.)
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.3 7
Question 7.
Use the graph to make a ratio table relating the quantities. Explain how the slope of the line is represented in the table.
Answer:
BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 4 img_53
m = rise/run
= (10 – 5)/(6 – 3)
= 5/3
That means to every 5 cups of flour there is an increase of 3 cups of water.
The slope m is 5/3.

Question 8.
Make a ratio table that represents a different ratio of flour to water. Use the table to describe the slope of the graph of the new relationship.
Answer:
BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 4 img_54
From the table we find that for every increase of 7 cups of flour there is an increase of 4 cups of water.
The slope is 7/4.

Question 9.
GRAPHING AN EQUATION
The amount y(in dollars) that you raise by selling fundraiser tickets is represented by the equation y = 5x. Graph the equation and interpret the slope.
Answer:
BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 4 img_55
The slope indicates that the unit cost is $5 per ticket.

IDENTIFYING PROPORTIONAL RELATIONSHIPS Tell whether and are in a proportional relationship. Explain your reasoning. If so, write an equation that represents the relationship.
Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.3 8
Answer:
The graph doesn’t represent a proportional relationship because it doesn’t pass through the point (0, 0).

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.3 9
Answer:
The graph represents a proportional relationship because it is linear and passes through the point (0, 0)
(0, 0), (2, 8)
m = (8 – 0)/(2 – 0)
m = 8/2
m = 4
The equation is y = 4x

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.3 10
Answer:
(2 – 1)/(6 – 3) = 1/3
(3 – 2)/(9 – 6) = 1/3
(4 – 3)/(12 – 9) = 1/3
As the rate of change is constant, it means that the graph is a line.
(1 – y)/(3 – 0) = 1/3
(1 – y)/3 = 1/3
1 – y = 1
y = 1 – 1
y = 0
Therefore the point (0, 0) belomgs to the graph.
So the table represents a proportional relationship
y = 1/3 x

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.3 11
Answer:
(8 – 4)/(5 – 2) = 4/3
(13 – 8)/(8 – 5) = 5/3
(23 – 13)/10 – 8 = 10/2 = 5

Question 14.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The cost y (in dollars) to rent a kayak is proportional to the number x of hours that you rent the kayak. It costs $27 to rent the kayak for 3 hours.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.3 12
a. Write an equation that represents the situation.
b. Interpret the slope of the graph of the equation.
c. How much does it cost to rent the kayak for 5 hours? Justify your answer.
Answer:
y = kx
27 = k × 3
k = 27/3
k = 9
The equation is k = 9x
b. The slope k = 3 shows that the cost of renting the kayak per hour is $9.
c. y = 9 × 5
y = 45

Question 15.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The distance y (in miles) that a truck travels on x gallons of gasoline is represented by the equation y = 18x. The graph shows the distance that a car travels.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.3 13
a. Which vehicle gets better gas mileage? Explain how you found your answer.

Answer:
y = 18x
(0, 0), (2, 50)
m = (50 – 0)/(2 – 0)
m = 50/2
m = 25
25 > 18
Therefore the car has better mileage.

b. How much farther can the vehicle you chose in part(a) travel on 8 gallons of gasoline?
Answer:
y = 25 × 8 – 18 × 8
= 200 – 144
= 56 miles

Question 16.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Toenails grow about 13 millimeters per year. The table shows fingernail growth.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.3 14
a. Do fingernails or toenails grow faster? Explain.

Answer:
y = 0.25x
m = (1.4 – 0.7)/(2 – 1)
m = 0.7
y = 0.7x
Because 0.7 > 0.25, the fingernails grow faster.

b. In the same coordinate plane, graph equations that represent the growth rates of toenails and fingernails. Compare and interpret the steepness of each graph.
Answer:
BIM Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 img_57

Question 17.
REASONING
The quantities and are in a proportional relationship. What do you know about the ratio of y to x for any point (x, y) on the graph of x and y?
Answer:
y = kx
where k is constant
y/x = k
This means the ratio of y to x is constant.

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
The graph relates the temperature change y (in degrees Fahrenheit) to the altitude change x (in thousands of feet).
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.3 15
a. Is the relationship proportional? Explain.

Answer: The relationship is proportional because the graph is linear and passes through the origin.

b. Write an equation of the line. Interpret the slope.

Answer:
(0,0), (10, -35)
m = (-35 – 0)/(10 – 0)
= -35/10
= -3.5
y = -3.5x

c. You are at the bottom of a mountain where the temperature is 74°F. The top of the mountain is 5500 feet above you. What is the temperature at the top of the mountain? Justify your answer.
Answer:
x = 5.5 – 0 = 5.5 thousand feet
y = -3.5x = -3.5(5.5) = -19.25
74 – 19.25 = 54.75°F

Question 19.
CRITICAL THINKING
Consider the distance equation d = rt, where d is the distance (in feet), r is the rate (in feet per second), and t is the time (in seconds). You run for 50 seconds. Are the distance you run and the rate you run at proportional? Use a graph to justify your answer.
Answer:
d = rt
d = 50r
Having the form y = kx the equation represents a proportional relationship.
BIM Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 img_58

Lesson 4.4 Graphing Linear Equations in Slope-Intercept Form

EXPLORATION 1

Deriving an Equation
Work with a partner. In the previous section, you learned that the graph of a proportional relationship can be represented by the equation y = mx, where m is the constant of proportionality.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 4 Exponents and Scientific Notation 4.4 1
a. You translate the graph of a proportional relationship 3 units up as shown below. Let (x, y) represent any point on the graph. Make a conjecture about the equation of the line. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 4 Exponents and Scientific Notation 4.4 2
b. Describe the relationship between the corresponding side lengths of the triangles. Explain your reasoning.
c. Use the relationship in part(b) to write an equation relating y, m, and x. Does your equation support your conjecture in part(a)? Explain.
d. You translate the graph of a proportional relationship b units up. Write an equation relating y, m, x, and b. Justify your answer.
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 4 Exponents and Scientific Notation 4.4 3

Try It

Find the slope and the y-intercept of the graph of the linear equation.
Question 1.
y = 3x – 7
Answer:
Given the equation
y = 3x – 7
Write the equation in slope – intercept form: y = mx + b
The slope of the line is m and the y – intercept of the line is b.
y = 3x – 7
Slope = 3 and y – intercept = -7

Question 2.
y – 1 = –\(\frac{2}{3}\)x
Answer:
Write the equation in slope – intercept form: y = mx + b
The slope of the line is m and the y – intercept of the line is b.
y – 1 = –\(\frac{2}{3}\)x
y = –\(\frac{2}{3}\)x + 1
Slope = –\(\frac{2}{3}\) and y – intercept = 1

Graph the linear equation. Identify the x-intercept.
Question 3.
y = x – 4
Answer:
y = x – 4
Comparing the above equation with slope – intercept equation.
slope = 1, y-intercept = -4
Ploy y – intercept and slope
slope = rise/run = 1/1
Plot the point that is 1 unit right and 1 unit up from (0, -4) = (1, -3)
Grade 8 BIM Answers Chapter 4 img_59
Thus the intercept is 4.

Question 4.
y = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 1
Answer:
y = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 1
Comparing the above equation with slope – intercept equation.
Slope = –\(\frac{1}{2}\), y-intercept = 1
y-intercept = 1. So plot (0, 1)
Slope = rise/run = -1/2
Plot the point that is 2 units right and 1 unit down from (0, -4) = (2, 0)
Grade 8 BIM Answers Chapter 4 img_60
So, the x-intercept is 2.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 5.
IN YOUR OWN WORDS
Consider the graph of the equation y = mx + b.
a. How does changing the value of m affect the graph of the equation?

Answer:
The value of m is the slope of the graph. If the value of m changes it means the slope of the graph is changing, whether it will rise or fall from left or right is dependent on the value of m.

b. How does changing the value of b affect the graph of the equation?
Answer:
The value of b is the y-intercept of the graph. If the value of b changes it means it affects where the graph crosses the y – axis.

IDENTIFYING SLOPE AND y-INTERCEPT Find the slope and the y-intercept of the graph of the linear equation.
Question 6.
y = -x + 0.25
Answer:
y = mx + c
slope = -1 and y – intercept = 0.25

Question 7.
y – 2 = –\(\frac{3}{4}\)x
Answer:
Given the equation
y – 2 = –\(\frac{3}{4}\)x
y = –\(\frac{3}{4}\)x + 2
slope = –\(\frac{3}{4}\) and y – intercept = 2

GRAPHING A LINEAR EQUATION Graph the linear equation. Identify the x-intercept.
Question 8.
y = x – 7
Answer:
Grade 8 BIM Answers Chapter 4 img_61
The line crosses the x-axis at (7, 0)
So, the x – intercept is 7.

Question 9.
y = 2x + 8
Answer:
Grade 8 BIM Answers Chapter 4 img_62
The line crosses the x – axis at (-4, 0)
So, the x – intercept is -4.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 10.
The height y (in feet) of a movable bridge after rising for seconds is represented by the equation y = 3x + 6. Graph the equation. Interpret the y-intercept and slope. How many seconds does it take the bridge to reach a height of 76 feet? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 4 Exponents and Scientific Notation 4.4 4
Answer:
Given,
y = 3x + 6.
slope = 3, y – intercept = 16
Grade 8 BIM Answers Chapter 4 img_63
The y – intercept is 16. So, the initial height of the bridge is 16 feet.
The slope is 3. So, the bridge rises 3 feet per second.
The bridge will reach a height of 76 feet in 20 seconds.

Question 11.
The number of perfume bottles in storage after x months is represented by the equation y = -20x + 460. Graph the equation. Interpret the y-intercept and the slope. In how many months will there be no perfume bottles left in storage? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 4 Exponents and Scientific Notation 4.4 5.1
Answer:
Given the equation
y = -20x + 460
Slope = -20, y-intercept = 460
Grade 8 BIM Answers Chapter 4 img_64
The y-intercept is 460. So, the initial number of perfume in the storage is 460.
The slope is -20. So, the number of perfume bottle decrease with 20 bottles per months.
There will be no perfume bottle left in the storage in 23 months.

Graphing Linear Equations in Slope-Intercept Form Homework & Practice 4.4

Review & Refresh

Tell whether x and y are in a proportional relationship. Explain your reasoning. If so, write an equation that represents the relationship.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 4 Exponents and Scientific Notation 4.4 5
Answer:
(8 – 6)/(2 – 1) = 2/1 = 2
(10 – 8)/(3 – 2) = 2/1 = 2
(12 – 10)/(4 – 3) = 2/1 = 2
The rate of change in the table is constant.
(6 – y)/(1 – 0) = 2
6 – y = 2
y = 6 – 2
y = 4
Therefore the graph does not pass through the origin.
So x and y are not proportional.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 4 Exponents and Scientific Notation 4.4 6
Answer:
(4 – 0)/(-8 – 0) = 4/-8 = -1/2 = -0.5
(2 – 4)/(-4 – (-8)) = -2/4 = -1/2 = -0.5
(-2 – 2)/(4 – (-4)) = -4/8 = -1/2 = -0.5
(-4 – (-2))/(8 – 4) = -2/4 = -1/2 = -0.5
As the rate of change is constant, x and y are in a proportional relationship.
y = -0.5x

Solve the equation for y.
Question 3.
x = 4y – 2
Answer:
Given the equation
x = 4y – 2
x – 2 = 4y
y = x/4 + 1/2

Question 4.
3y = -6x + 1
Answer:
Given the equation
3y = -6x + 1
y = -2x + 1/3

Question 5.
1 + y = –\(\frac{4}{5}\)x – 2
Answer:
Given the equation
1 + y = –\(\frac{4}{5}\)x – 2
y = –\(\frac{4}{5}\)x – 3

Question 6.
2.5y = 5x – 5
Answer:
Given the equation
2.5y = 5x – 5
y = 2x – 2

Question 7.
1.3y + 5.2 = -3.9x
Answer:
Given the equation
1.3y + 5.2 = -3.9x
1.3y = -3.9x – 5.2
y = -3x – 4

Question 8.
y – \(\frac{2}{3}\)x = -6
Answer:
Given the equation
y – \(\frac{2}{3}\)x = -6
y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x -6

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

GRAPHING A LINEAR EQUATION Graph the equation. (See Exploration 1, p. 161.)
Question 9.
The graph of y = 3.5x is translated up 2 units.
Answer:
Given the equation
y = 3.5x
The line obtained by translating the graph of the line y = 3.5x up 2 units has the same slope (3.5) and y – intercept 2 units greater, which means b = 0 + 2 = 2
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 4 img_60

Question 10.
The graph of y = -5x is translated down 3 units.
Answer:
y = -5x
The line obtained by translating the graph of the line y = -5x down 3 units has the same slope and the y – intercept 3 units smaller, which means b = 0 – 3 = -3
Big Ideas Math 8th Grade Answer Key for Chapter 4 img_61

MATCHING EQUATIONS AND GRAPHS Match the equation with its graph. Identify the slope and the y-intercept.
Question 11.
y = 2x + 1
Answer:
Given the eqation
y = 2x + 1
slope = 2 and y – intercept = 1
Big Ideas Math 8th Grade Answer Key for Chapter 4 img_62

Question 12.
y = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x – 2
Answer:
slope = 1/3 and y – intercept = -2
Big Ideas Math 8th Grade Answer Key for Chapter 4 img_63

Question 13.
y = –\(\frac{2}{3}\)x + 1
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 4 Exponents and Scientific Notation 4.4 7

Answer:
Slope = -2/3 and y – intercept = 1
The graph which passes through the point (0, 1) and has a negative slope is the matching graph of the given equation.

IDENTIFYING SLOPES AND y-INTERCEPTS Find the slope and the y-intercept of the graph of the linear equation.
Question 14.
y = 4x – 5
Answer:
y = mx + b
slope = 4 and y — intercept = -5

Question 15.
y = -7x + 12
Answer:
y = -7x + 12
y = mx + b
slpoe = -7 and y – intercept = 12

Question 16.
y = –\(\frac{4}{5}\)x – 2
Answer:
y = mx + b
slope = -4/5
y – intercept = -2

Question 17.
y = 2.25x + 3
Answer:
y = mx + b
slope = 2.25 and y – intercept = 3

Question 18.
y + 1 = \(\frac{4}{3}\)x
Answer:
y = mx + b
y + 1 = \(\frac{4}{3}\)x
y = \(\frac{4}{3}\)x – 1
slope = \(\frac{4}{3}\), y – intercept = -1

Question 19.
y – 6 = \(\frac{3}{5}\)x
Answer:
y = mx + b
y – 6 = \(\frac{3}{5}\)x
y = \(\frac{3}{5}\)x + 6
slope = 3/8 and y – intercept = 6

Question 20.
y – 3.5 = -2x
Answer:
y = mx + b
y – 3.5 = -2x
y = -2x + 3.5
slope = -2 and y – intercept = 3.5

Question 21.
y = -5 – \(\frac{1}{2}\)x
Answer:
y = mx + b
y = -5 – \(\frac{1}{2}\)x
y =- \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 5
slope = – \(\frac{1}{2}\) and y – intercept = -5

Question 22.
y = 11 + 1.5x
Answer:
y = mx + b
y = 1.5x + 11
slope = 1.5 and y – intercept = 11

Question 23.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the slope and y-intercept of the graph of the equation y = 4x – 3. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 4 Exponents and Scientific Notation 4.4 8
Answer:
y = 4x – 3
No my friend is not correct because the y – intercept is -3.

Question 24.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The number y of seasonal allergy shots available at a facility x days after receiving a shipment is represented by y = -15x + 375.
a. Graph the linear equation.
b. Interpret the slope and the y-intercept.
Answer:
y = -15x + 375
x = 0
y = -15(0) + 375 = 375
y = 0
0 = -15x + 375
15x = 375
x = 375/15
x = 25
BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 4 img_64
The slope shows that the number of seasonal allergy shots decrease by 15 shots each day.
The y – intercept shows that the number of shots immediately after receiving a shipment is 375.

GRAPHING AN EQUATION Graph the linear equation. Identify the x-intercept.
Question 25.
y = x + 3
Answer:
Given the equation
y = x + 3
slope = 1 and y – intercept = 3
Slope = rise/run = 1/1
Plot the point that is 1 unit right and 1 unit up from (0, 3) = (1, 4)
BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 4 img_65
So, the x – intercept is -3.

Question 26.
y = 4x – 8
Answer:
y = 4x – 8
Comparing the above equation with slope – intercept equation.
slope = 4 and y – intercept = -8
Slope = rise/run = 4/1 = 4
Plot the point that is 1 unit right and 4 unit up from (0, -8) = (1, -4)
BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 4 img_66

Question 27.
y = -3x + 9
Answer:
y = -3x + 9
slope = -3 and y – intercept = 9
slope rise/run = -3/1 = -3
BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 4 img_67

So, the intercept is 3.

Question 28.
y = -5x – 5
Answer:
y = -5x – 5
slope = -5 and y – intercept = -5
slope = rise/run = -5/1
Plot the point that is 1 unit right and 5 unit up from (0, -5) = (1, -10)
BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 4 img_68
So, the x – intercept is -1.

Question 29.
y + 14 = -7x
Answer:
y + 14 = -7x
y = -7x – 14
slope = -7 and y – intercept = -14
Slope = rise/run = -7/1
Plot the point that is 1 unit right and 7 unit down from (0, -14) = (1, -21)
BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 4 img_69
So, the x – intercept is -2.

Question 30.
y = 8 – 2x
Answer:
Given the equation
y = 8 – 2x
y = -2x + 8
slope = -2 and y – intercept = 8
slope = rise/run = -2/1
Plot the point 1 unit right and 2 units down from (0, 8) = (1, 6)
BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 4 img_70
So, the x – intercept is 4.

Question 31.
PRECISION
You go to a harvest festival and pick apples.
a. Which equation represents the cost (in dollars) of going to the festival and picking x pounds of apples? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 4 Exponents and Scientific Notation 4.4 9
b. Graph the equation you chose in part(a).
Answer:
Picking a pound of apples costs $0.75, therefore x pounds cost 0.75 × x = 0.75x
y = 0.75x + 5
BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 4 img_71

Question 32.
REASONING
Without graphing, identify the equations of the lines that are parallel. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 4 Exponents and Scientific Notation 4.4 10
Answer:
The lines which area parallel are those having the same slope.
y = 2x + 4
y = 2x – 3
y = 2x + 1
y = 1/2x + 1
y = 1/2x + 2

Question 33.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A skydiver parachutes to the ground. The height y (in feet) of the skydiver after x seconds is y = -10x + 3000.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 4 Exponents and Scientific Notation 4.4 11
a. Graph the linear equation.
b. Interpret the slope, y-intercept, and x-intercept.
Answer:
y = -10x + 3000
x = 0
y = -10(0) + 3000 = 3000
y = 0
0 = -10 + 3000
10x = 3000
x = 3000/10 = 300
BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 4 img_72
b. The slope shows that each second the skydiver descends 10 feet.
The y – intercept shows that the skydiver begins its dive from 3000 feet.
The x – intercept shows that he reaches the ground after 300 seconds.

Question 34.
DIG DEEPER!
Six friends create a website. The website earns money by selling banner ads. It costs $120 a month to operate the website.
a. A banner ad earns $0.005 per click. Write a linear equation that represents the monthly profit after paying operating costs.
b. Graph the equation in part(a). On the graph, label the number of clicks needed for the friends to start making a profit. Explain.
Answer:
y = 0.005x – 120
x = 0
y = 0.005(0) – 120
y = -120
y = 0
0 = 0.005x – 120
0.005x = 120
x = 24000
BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 4 img_73
x > 24,000

Lesson 4.5 Graphing Linear Equations in Standard Form

EXPLORATION 1

Using Intercepts
Work with a partner. You spend $150 on fruit trays and vegetable trays for a party.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.5 1
a. You buy x fruit trays and y vegetable trays. Complete the verbal model. Then use the verbal model to write an equation that relates x and y.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.5 2
b. What is the greatest number of fruit trays that you can buy? vegetable trays? Can you use these numbers to graph your equation from part (a) in the coordinate plane? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.5 3
c.Use a graph to determine the different combinations of fruit trays and vegetable trays that you can buy. Justify your answers algebraically.
d. You are given an extra $50 to spend. How does this affect the intercepts of your graph in part(c)? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.5 4

Try It

Graph the linear equation.
Question 1.
x + y = -2
Answer:
Given the equation
y = mx + b
x + y = -2
y = -x – 2
Comparing the value of b and m from y = mx + b
m = -1 and b = -2
Plot y – intercept = (0, b) = (0, -2)
Slope = -1
run/rise = -1/1
Plot the point 1 unit down and 1 unit to the right = (1, -3)
Now plot the points and draw the graph
BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 4 img_74

Question 2.
–\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 2y = 6
Answer:
–\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 2y = 6
2y = 6 + \(\frac{1}{2}\)x
y = 0.25x + 3
Comparing the value of b and m from y = mx + b
m = 0.25 and b = 3
Plot y – intercept = (0, b) = (0, 3)
Slope = 0.25
run/rise = 0.25/1
Plot the point 0.25 unit up and 1 unit to the right = (1, 3.25)
Now plot the points and draw the graph

BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 4 img_75

Question 3.
–\(\frac{2}{3}\)x + y = 0
Answer:
–\(\frac{2}{3}\)x + y = 0
y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x
Comparing the value of b and m from y = mx + b
m = \(\frac{2}{3}\) and b = 0
Plot y – intercept = (0, b) = (0, 0)
Slope =\(\frac{2}{3}\)
run/rise = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Plot the point 0.25 unit up and 1 unit to the right = (3, 2)
Now plot the points and draw the graph
BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 4 img_76

Question 4.
2x + y = 5
Answer:
2x + y = 5
y = -2x + 5
Comparing the value of b and m from y = mx + b
m = -2 and b = 5
Plot y – intercept = (0, b) = (0, 5)
Slope = -2
run/rise = \(\frac{-2}{1}\)
Plot the point 0.25 unit up and 1 unit to the right = (1, 3)
Now plot the points and draw the graph
BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 4 img_77

Graph the linear equation using intercepts.
Question 5.
2x – y = 8
Answer:
y = 0
2x – y = 8
2x – 0 = 8
2x = 8
x = 4
The x – intercept is (4, 0)
Y – intercept :
x = 0
2x – y = 8
2(0) – y = 8
y = -8
BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 4 img_78

Question 6.
x + 3y = 6
Answer:
X-intercept:
y = 0
x + 3y = 6
x + 3(0) = 6
x + 0 = 6
x = 6
The x – intercept is (6, 0)
Y – intercept:
x = 0
x + 3y = 6
0 + 3y = 6
y = 2
The y – intercept is (0, 2)
BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 4 img_79

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

STRUCTURE Determine whether the equation is in standard form. If not, rewrite the equation in standard form.
Question 7.
y = x – 6
Answer:
y = x – 6
The standard form of equation is: Ax + By = C
The given equation is not in the standard form.
y = x – 6
x – y = 6

Question 8.
y – \(\frac{1}{6}\)x + 5 = 0
Answer:
The standard form of equation is: Ax + By = C
The given equation is not in the standard form.
y – \(\frac{1}{6}\)x + 5 = 0
\(\frac{1}{6}\)x – y = 5

Question 9.
4x + y = 5
Answer:
The standard form of equation is: Ax + By = C
The given equation is in the form of the standard form.

Question 10.
WRITING
Describe two ways to graph the equation 4x + 2y = 6.
Answer:
The two ways to graph the equation:
1. Graph the equation using standard form
2. Graph the equation using intercept.

GRAPHING A LINEAR EQUATION Graph the linear equation.
Question 11.
4x + y = 5
Answer:
Given the equation
4x + y = 5
y = -4x + 5
Comparing the value of b and m from y = mx + b
m = -4 and b = 5
Plot y – intercept = (0, b) = (0, 5)
Slope = -4
run/rise = \(\frac{-4}{1}\)
Plot the point 4 unit down and 1 unit to the right = (1, 1)
Now plot the points and draw the graph
BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 4 img_81

Question 12.
\(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 2y = 8
Answer:
X – intercept:
y = 0
\(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 2y = 8
\(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 2(0) = 8
\(\frac{1}{3}\)x = 8
x = 24
The x – intercept is (24, 0)
Y – intercept:
x = 0
\(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 2y = 8
\(\frac{1}{3}\)(0) + 2y = 8
2y = 8
y = 4
The y – intercept is (0, 4)
BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 4 img_82

Question 13.
5x – y = 10
Answer:
X – intercept:
y = 0
5x – 0 = 10
5x = 10
x = 2
The x-intercept is (2, 0)
Y – intercept:
x = 0
5x – y = 10
5(0) – y = 10
-y = 10
y = -10
The y – intercept is (0, -10)
BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 4 img_83

Question 14.
x – 3y = 9
Answer:
X – intercept:
y = 0
x – 3(0) = 9
x = 9
The x – intercept is (9, 0)
Y – intercept:
x = 0
0 – 3y = 9
-3y = 9
y = -3
The y – intercept is (0, -3)
BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 4 img_84

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 15.
You have $30 to spend on paint and clay. The equation 2x + 6y = 30 represents this situation, where x is the number of paint bottles and y is the number of tubs of clay. Graph the equation. Interpret the intercepts. How many bottles of paint can you buy if you buy 3 tubs of clay? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Given,
You have $30 to spend on paint and clay.
The equation 2x + 6y = 30 represents this situation,
where x is the number of paint bottles and y is the number of tubs of clay.
X – intercept:
y = 0
2x + 6y = 30
2x + 6(0) = 30
2x = 30
x = 15
The x – intercept is (15, 0)
Y – intercept:
x = 0
2x + 6y = 30
2(0) + 6y = 30
6y = 30
y = 5
The y – intercept is (0, 5)
BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 4 img_85
From the graph, I can buy 6 bottles of point if I buy 3 tubs of clay.
BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 4 img_86

Question 16.
You complete two projects for a class in 60 minutes. The equation x + y = 60 represents this situation, where x is the time (in minutes) you spend assembling a birdhouse and y is the time (in minutes) you spend writing a paper.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.5 5
a. Graph the equation. Interpret the intercepts.

Answer:
x + y = 60
y = -x + 60
BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 4 img_87

b. You spend twice as much time assembling the birdhouse as you do writing the paper. How much time do you spend writing the paper? Justify your answer.
Answer:
We are given,
y = 2x
2x = -x + 60
2x + x = 60
3x = 60
x = 20
y = 2 (20)
y = 40

Graphing Linear Equations in Standard Form Homework & Practice 4.5

Review & Refresh

Find the slope and the y-intercept of the graph of the linear equation.
Question 1.
y = x – 1
Answer:
y = mx + b
Slope = -1 and y – intercept = -1

Question 2.
y = -2x + 1
Answer:
y = -2x + 1
y = mx + b
Slope = -2 and y – intercept = 1

Question 3.
y = \(\frac{8}{9}\)x – 8
Answer:
y = \(\frac{8}{9}\)x – 8
y = mx + b
Slope = \(\frac{8}{9}\) and y – intercept = -8

Tell whether the blue figure is a reflection of the red figure.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.5 6
Answer:
The blue figure is not a reflection of the red figure because, for example the reflection of the upper leg of the upper leg of the red triangle across the y-axis is the top vertex of the blue triangle, not a point.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.5 7
Answer:
The blue figure is a reflection of the red figure because to each point in the red figure corresponds a symmetrical point in the blue figure.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.5 8
Answer:
The blue figure is a reflection of the red figure because to each point in the red figure corresponds a symmetrical point in the blue figure.

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

USING INTERCEPTS Define two variables for the verbal model. Write an equation in slope-intercept form that relates the variables. Graph the equation using intercepts. (See Exploration 1, p. 167.)
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.5 9
Answer:
x = amount of peaches (in pounds)
y = the amount of apples (in pounds)
2x + 1.5y = 15
y = 0 = 2x + 1.5(0) = 15
2x = 15
x = 7.5
x = 0
2(0) + 1.5y = 15
1.5y =15
y = 10
BIM Grade 8 Solution key Chapter 4 img_88

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.5 10
Answer:
x = the biked distance (in miles)
y = the walked distance (in miles)
y = 0
16x + 2(0) = 32
16x = 32
x = 2
x = 0
16(0) + 2y = 32
2y = 32
y = 16
BIM Grade 8 Solution key Chapter 4 img_89

REWRITING AN EQUATION Write the linear equation in slope-intercept form.
Question 9.
2x + y = 17
Answer:
Given the equation
2x + y = 17
y = 17 – 2x
y = -2x + 17

Question 10.
5x – y = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:
Given the equation
5x – y = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
-y = \(\frac{1}{4}\) – 5x
y = 5x – \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 11.
–\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + y = 10
Answer:
Given the equation
–\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + y = 10
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 10

GRAPHING AN EQUATION Graph the linear equation.
Question 12.
-18x + 9y = 72
Answer:
Given the equation
-18x + 9y = 72
X – intercept:
y = 0
-18x + 9(0) = 72
-18x = 72
x = -4
The x – intercept is (-4, 0)
Y – intercept:
x = 0
-18x + 9y = 72
-18(0) + 9y = 72
9y = 72
y = 8
BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 4 img_90

Question 13.
16x – 4y = 2
Answer:
Given the equation
16x – 4y = 2
X – intercept:
y = 0
16x – 4y = 2
16x – 4(0) = 2
16x = 2
x = 0.125
The X – intercept is (0.125, 0)
Y – intercept:
x = 0
16(0) – 4y = 2
-4y = 2
y = -2
BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 4 img_91

Question 14.
\(\frac{1}{4}\)x + \(\frac{3}{4}\)y = 1
Answer:
Given the equation
\(\frac{1}{4}\)x + \(\frac{3}{4}\)y = 1
x + 3y = 4
y = 0
x + 3(0) = 4
x = 4
x = 0
0 + 3y = 4
3y = 4
y = 4/3
BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 4 img_93

MATCHING Match the equation with its graph.
Question 15.
15x – 12y = 60
Answer:
y = 0
15x – 12(0) = 60
15x = 60
x = 60/15
x = 4
x = 0
15(0) – 12y = 60
-12y = 60
y = -5
The graph having the x – intercept 4 and y – intercept -5

Question 16.
5x + 4y = 20
Answer:
Given the linear equation
5x + 4y = 20
y = 0
5x + 4(0) = 20
5x = 20
x = 4
x = 0
5(0) + 4y = 20
4y = 20
y = 5

Question 17.
10x + 8y = -40
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.5 11
10x + 8y = -40
y = 0
10x + 8(0) = -40
10x = -40
x = -4
x = 0
10(0) + 8y = -40
8y = -40
y = -5

Question 18
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the x-intercept of -2x + 3y = 12. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.5 12
Answer:
-2x + 3y = 12
y = 0
-2x + 3(0) = 12
-2x = 12
x = -6
Your friend is not correct because the x – intercept is the value of x corresponding to y = 0.
Your friend computed the y – intercept.

Question 19.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A charm bracelet costs $65, plus $25 for each charm. The equation -25x + y = 65 represents the cost y (in dollars) of the bracelet, where x is the number of charms.
a. Graph the equation.
b. How much does a bracelet with three charms cost?
Answer:
BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 4 img_94
y = 25x + 65
Substitute the value of x in the equation
y = 25(3) + 65
y = 75 + 65
y = 140

USING INTERCEPTS TO GRAPH Graph the linear equation using intercepts.
Question 20.
3x – 4y = -12
Answer:
Given the equation
3x – 4y = -12
3x – 4(0) = -12
3x = -12
x = -4
The x – intercept is (-4, 0)
Y – intercept:
x = 0
3(0) – 4y = -12
-4y = -12
y = 3
The y – intercept is (0, 3)
BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 4 img_95

Question 21.
2x + y = 8
Answer:
X – intercept:
y = 0
2x + y = 8
2x + 0 = 8
2x = 8
x = 4
The x – intercept is (4, 0)
Y – intercept:
x = 0
2x + y = 8
2(0) + y = 8
y = 8
The y – intercept is (0, 8)
BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 4 img_96

Question 22.
\(\frac{1}{3}\)x – \(\frac{1}{6}\)y = –\(\frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:
X – intercept:
y = 0
\(\frac{1}{3}\)x – \(\frac{1}{6}\)(0) = –\(\frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{1}{3}\)x = –\(\frac{2}{3}\)
x = -2
The x – intercept is (-2, 0)
Y – intercept:
x = 0
\(\frac{1}{3}\)(0) – \(\frac{1}{6}\)y = –\(\frac{2}{3}\)
y = 4
The y – intercept is (0, 4)
BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 4 img_97

Question 23.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Your cousin has $90 to spend on video games and movies. The equation 30x + 15y = 90 represents this situation, where x is the number of video games purchased and y is the number of movies purchased. Graph the equation. Interpret the intercepts.
Answer:
30x + 15y = 90
x = 0
30(0) + 15y = 90
15y = 90
y = 6
y = 0
30x + 15(0) = 90
30x = 90
x = 3
BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 4 img_98
The x – intercept shows that 3 video games are purchased when no movies are purchased.
The y – intercept shows that 6 movies are purchased when no video games are purchased.

Question 24.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A group of friends go scuba diving. They rent a boat for x days and scuba gear for y people, represented by the equation 250x + 50y = 1000.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.5 13
a. Graph the equation and interpret the intercepts.
b. How many friends can go scuba diving if they rent the boat for 1 day? 2 days?
c. How much money is spent in total?
Answer:
250x + 50y = 1000
x = 0
250(0) + 50y = 1000
50y = 1000
y = 20
when y = 0
250x + 50(0) = 1000
250x = 1000
x = 4
BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 4 img_99
b.
250(1) + 50y = 1000
250 + 50y = 1000
50y = 1000 – 250
50y = 750
y = 15
when x = 2
250(2) + 50y = 1000
500 + 50y = 1000
50y = 1000 – 500
50y = 500
y = 500/50
y = 10

Question 25.
DIG DEEPER!
You work at a restaurant as a host and a server. You earn $9.45 for each hour you work as a host and $3.78 for each hour you work as a server.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.5 14
a. Write an equation in standard form that models your earnings.
b. Graph the equation.
Answer:
You earn $9.45 for each hour you work as a host and $3.78 for each hour you work as a server.
Number of hours worked as host + $3.78.
Number of hours worked as server = $113.40
9.45x + 3.78y = 113.40
x = 0
9.45(0) + 3.78y = 113.40
3.78y = 113.40
y = 30
when y = 0
9.45x + 3.78(0) = 113.40
9.45x = 113.40
x = 12
BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 4 img_100

Question 26.
LOGIC
Does the graph of every linear equation have an x-intercept? Justify your reasoning.
Answer:
y = mx + b
y = 0
0 = mx + b
mx = -b
x = -b/m for m ≠ 0
If m = 0 the equation has no solution. Therefore the equation y = b has no x – intercept.

Question 27.
CRITICAL THINKING
For a house call, a veterinarian charges $70, plus $40 per hour.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.5 15
a. Write an equation that represents the total fee y (in dollars) the veterinarian charges for a visit lasting x hours.

b. Find the x-intercept. Does this value make sense in this context? Explain your reasoning.
c. Graph the equation.
Answer:
Total fee = fixed charge + number of hours . cost per hour
y = 70 + 40x
y = 0
0 = 70 + 40x
-70 = 40x
x = -1.75
x = 0
y = 70 + 40(0)
y = 70
BIM Grade 8 Solutions Chapter 4 img_101

Lesson 4.6 Writing Equations in Slope-Intercept Form

EXPLORATION 1

Writing Equations of Lines
Work with a partner.For each part, answer the following questions.

  • What are the slopes and the y-intercepts of the lines?
  • What are equations that represent the lines?
  • What do the lines have in common?

Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.6 1
Answer:

EXPLORATION 2

Interpreting the Slope and the y-Intercept
Work with a partner. The graph represents the distance y (in miles) of a car from Phoenix after t hours of a trip.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.6 2
a. Find the slope and the y-intercept of the line. What do they represent in this situation?
b. Write an equation that represents the graph.
c. How can you determine the distance of the car from Phoenix after 11 hours?
Answer:

Try It

Write an equation in slope-intercept form of the line that passes through the given points.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.6 3
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
= (4 – 2)/(1 – 0)
= 2/1
= 2
Because the line crosses the y – axis at (0, 2)
y = mx + b
y = 2x + 2

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.6 4
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
= (-1 – 3)/(0 – (-3))
= -4/3
Because y = -1 when x = 0, the y – intercept is -1
y = mx + b
y = -4/3 x – 1

Write an equation of the line that passes through the given points.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.6 5
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
= (5 – 5)/(0 – (-4))
= 0/4
Because y = 5 when x = 0, the y – intercept is 5
y = mx + b
y = (0)x + 5
y = 5

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.6 6
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
= (1 – 1)/(3 – 0)
= 0/3
= 0
Because the line crosses the y – axis at (0, 1) the y – intercept is 1
y = mx + b
y = (0)x + 1
y = 1

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

WRITING EQUATIONS IN SLOPE-INTERCEPT FORM Write an equation in slope-intercept form of the line that passes through the given points.
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.6 7
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
= (5 – 2)/(1 – 0)
= 3/1
= 3
Because y = 2 when x = 0, the y – intercept is 2
y = mx + b
y = (3)x + 2
y = 3x + 2

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.6 8
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
= (-1 – 5)/(1 – (-1))
= -6/2
= -3
Because the line crosses the y – axis at (0, 2) the y – intercept is 2
y = mx + b
y = -3x + 2

Question 7.
WRITING AN EQUATION
Write an equation of the line that passes through (0, -5) and (2, -5).
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
= (-5 – (-5))/(2 – 0)
= 0/2
= 0
Because y = -5 when x = 0, the y – intercept is -5
y = mx + b
y = (0)x + -5
y = -5

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 8.
You load boxes onto an empty truck at a constant rate. After 3 hours, there are 100 boxes on the truck. How much longer do you work if you load a total of 120 boxes? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Let x be the number of hours you work if you load a total of 120 boxes.
100/3 = 120/x
100x = 3 × 120
x = 360/100
x = 3.6 hours
3.6 – 3 = 0.6 hours

Question 9.
The table shows the amounts (in tons) of waste left in a landfill after x months of waste relocation. Interpret the slope and the y-intercept of the line that passes through the given points. How many months does it take to empty the landfill? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.6 9
Answer:
m = (12 – 15)/ (6 – 0)
m = -3/6
m = -0.5
b = 15
The y – intercept shows that there are 150 tons of waste in the beginning.
y = -0.5x + 15
y = 0
0 = -0.5x + 15
x = 30
So the ladfill will be emptied after 30 months.

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
A lifetime subscription to a website costs $250. A monthly subscription to the website costs $10 to join and $15 per month. Write equations to represent the costs of each plan. If you want to be a member for one year, which plan is less expensive? Explain.
Answer:
Given,
A lifetime subscription to a website costs $250. A monthly subscription to the website costs $10 to join and $15 per month.
Total cost for plan 1 = the lifetime subscription
y = 250
Total cost for Plan 2 = Fixed tax + Number of months . monthly cost
y = 10 + 15x
Plan 1: y = 250
Plan 2: y = 10 + 15(12) = 190
As 190 < 250, plan 1 is less expensive.

Writing Equations in Slope-Intercept Form Homework & Practice 4.6

Review & Refresh

Write the linear equation in slope-intercept form.
Question 1.
4x + y = 1
Answer:
Given the equation
4x + y = 1
y = -4x + 1

Question 2.
x – y = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
Answer:
Given the equation
x – y = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
x – \(\frac{1}{5}\) = y

Question 3.
–\(\frac{2}{3}\)x + 2y = -7
Answer:
Given the equation
–\(\frac{2}{3}\)x + 2y = -7
2y = -7 + \(\frac{2}{3}\)x
y = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x – \(\frac{7}{2}\)

Plot the ordered pair in a coordinate plane.
Question 4.
(1, 4)
Answer:
8th Grade BIM Answers Chapter 4 img_102

Question 5.
(-1, -2)
Answer:
8th Grade BIM Answers Chapter 4 img_103

Question 6.
(0, 1)
Answer:
8th Grade BIM Answers Chapter 4 img_104

Question 7.
(2, 7)
Answer:
8th Grade BIM Answers Chapter 4 img_105

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

INTERPRETING THE SLOPE AND THE y-INTERCEPT The graph y represents the cost (in dollars) to open an online gaming account and buy x games. (See Exploration 2, p. 173.)
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.6 10
Question 8.
Find the slope and the y-intercept of the line. What do they represent in this situation?
Answer:
(0, 15), (3, 45)
m = (45 – 15)/(3 – 0)
m = 30/3 10
Thus the slope of the line is m – 3.
b = 15
The slope represents the cost of one game, while the y – intercept is the cost of opening the gaming account.

Question 9.
Write an equation that represents the graph.
Answer:
m = 10
b = 15
y = mx + b
y = 10x + 15

Question 10.
How can you determine the total cost of opening an account and buying 6 games?
Answer:
y = 10x + 15
y = 10(6) + 15
y = 60 + 15
y = 75

WRITING EQUATIONS IN SLOPE-INTERCEPT FORM Write an equation in slope-intercept form of the line that passes through the given points.
Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.6 11
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
= (4 – 3)/(0 – (-1))
= 1/1
= 1
Because the line crosses the y – axis at (0, 4) the y – intercept is 4
y = mx + b
y = (1)x + 4
y = x + 4

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.6 12
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
= (6 – 0)/(-3 – 0)
= 6/-3
= -2
Because the line crosses the y – axis at (0, 2) the y – intercept is 2
y = mx + b
y = -2x + 0
y = -2x

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.6 13
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
= (2 – 1)/(4 – 0)
= 1/4
Because the line crosses the y – axis at (0, 1) the y – intercept is 1
y = mx + b
y = 1/4 x + 1

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.6 14
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
= (1 – 2)/(0 – (-2))
= -1/2
Because y = 1 when x = 0, the y – intercept is 1
y = mx + b
y = -1/2 x + 2

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.6 15
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
= (-3 – (-4))/(0 – (-3))
= 1/3
Because y = -3 when x = 0, the y – intercept is -3
y = mx + b
y = 1/3 x – 3

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.6 16
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
= (-1 -4)/(0 – (-2))
= -5/2
Because y = -1 when x = 0, the y – intercept is -1
y = mx + b
y = -5/2 x – 1

WRITING EQUATIONS Write an equation of the line that passes through the given points.
Question 17.
(-1, 4), (0, 2)
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
= (2 – 4)/(0 – (-1))
= -2/1
= -2
Because y = 2 when x = 0, the y – intercept is 2
y = mx + b
y = -2x + 2

Question 18.
(-1, 0), (0, 0)
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
= (0 – 0)/(0 – (-1))
= 0/1
= 0
Because y = 0 when x = 0, the y – intercept is 0
y = mx + b
y = 0

Question 19.
(0, 4), (0, -3)
Answer:
Both points belong to the y-axis. Therefore the equation of the line passing through them is
x = 0

Question 20.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend writes an equation of the line shown. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.6 17
Answer:
Because in the given graph, y = -2 when x = 0, so the y – intercept is -2. The equation of the line should be: y = 1/2 x – 2
No my friend is NOT correct.

Question 21.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A boa constrictor is 18 inches long at birth and grows 8 inches per year. Write an equation in slope y-intercept form that represents the length (in feet) of a boa constrictor that is x years old.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.6 18
Answer:
Given,
A boa constrictor is 18 inches long at birth and grows 8 inches per year.
Length after x years = birth length + number of years . Growth per year
y = 18 + 8x
y = 8x + 18
Convert it into feet
y = 2/3 x + 3/2

Question 22.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The table shows the speeds y (in miles per hour) of a car after x seconds of braking. Write an equation of the line that passes through the points in the table. Interpret the slope and the y-intercept of the line.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.6 19
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
= (60 – 70)/(1 – 0)
= -10/1
= -10
Because y = 70 when x = 0, the y – intercept is 70
y = mx + b
y = -10x + 70
Slope = -10 represents the decrease in the speed of the car each seconds after breaking.
The y – intercept of 70 represents the initial speed of the car.

Question 23.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A dentist charges a flat fee for an office visit, plus an additional fee for every tooth removed. The graph shows the total cost y (in dollars) for a patient when the dentist removes x teeth. Interpret the slope and the y-intercept.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.6 20
Answer:
(2, 500), (4, 900)
m = (900 – 500)/(4 – 2)
m = 400/2
m = 200
y = mx + b
500 = 200(2) + b
500 = 400 + b
b = 500 – 400
b = 100
The slope shows that the amount charged for each removed tooth is $200.
The y – intercept shows that the flat fee for an office visit is $100.

Question 24.
MODELING REAL LIFE
One of your friends gives you $10 for a charity walkathon. Another friend gives you an amount per mile. After 5 miles, you have raised $13.50 total. Write an equation that represents the amount y of money you have raised after x miles.
Answer:
Given,
One of your friends gives you $10 for a charity walkathon.
Another friend gives you an amount per mile. After 5 miles, you have raised $13.50 total.
y = mx + b
b = 10
13.50 = 5m + 10
13.50 – 10 = 5m
3.50 = 5m
m = 3.50/5
m = 0.7
y = 0.7x + 10

Question 25.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You have 500 sheets of notebook paper. After 1 week, you have 72% of the sheets left. You use the same number of sheets each week. Write an equation that represents the number y of sheets remaining after x weeks.
Answer:
y = mx + b
500 – 0.72 × 500 = 500 – 360 = 140 sheets
m = -140
b = 500
y = -140x + 500

Question 26.
DIG DEEPER!
The palm tree on the left is 10 years old. The palm tree on the right is 8 years old. The trees grow at the same rate.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.6 21
a. Estimate the height y (in feet) of each tree.
b. Plot the two points (x, y), where x is the age of each tree and y is the height of each tree.
c. What is the rate of growth of the trees?
d. Write an equation that represents the height of a palm tree in terms of its age.
Answer:
a. estimate
left: 18
right: 12
plot y = 1.8x

Lesson 4.7 Writing Equations in Point-Slope Form

EXPLORATION 1

Deriving an Equation
Work with a partner. Let (x1, y1) represent a specific point on a line. Let (x, y) represent any other point on the line.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 1
a. Write an equation that represents the slope m of the line. Explain your reasoning.
b. Multiply each side of your equation in part(a) by the expression in the denominator. What does the resulting equation represent? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

EXPLORATION 2

Writing an Equation
Work with a partner.
For 4 months, you saved $25 a month. You now have $175 in your savings account.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 2
a. Draw a graph that shows the balance in your account after t months.
b.Use your result from Exploration 1 to write an equation that represents the balance A after t months.
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 3

Try It
Write an equation in point -slope form of the line that passes through the given point and has the given slope.
Question 1.
(1, 2); m = -4
Answer:
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – 2 = -4(x – (1))
y – 2 = -4(x – 1)

Question 2.
(7, 0); m = 1
Answer:
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – 0 = 1(x – (7))
y – 0 = 1(x – 7)

Question 3.
(-8, -5); m = –\(\frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – (-5) = –\(\frac{3}{4}\)(x – (-8))
y + 5 = –\(\frac{3}{4}\)(x + 8)

Write an equation in slope-intercept form of the line that passes through the given points.
Question 4.
(-2, 1), (3, -4)
Answer:
Slope(m) = (-4 – 1)/(3 – (-2))
= -5/5
m = -1
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – 1 = -1(x – (-2))
y – 1 = -1(x + 2)
y – 1 = -x – 2
y = -x – 1

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 4
Answer:
Slope(m) = (3 – 5)/(-3 – (-5))
= -2/2
m = -1
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – 1 = -1(x – (-1))
y – 1 = -1(x + 1)
y – 1 = -x – 1
y = -x – 1 + 1
y = -x

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

WRITING AN EQUATION Write an equation in point-slope form of the line that passes through the given point and has the given slope.
Question 6.
(2, 0); m = 1
Answer:
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – 0 = 1(x – (2))
y – 0 = 1(x – 2)

Question 7.
(-3, -1); m = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – (-1) = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)(x – (-3))
y + 1 = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)(x + 3)

Question 8.
(5, 4); m = 3
Answer:
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – 4 = 3(x – (5))
y – 4 = 3(x – 5)

Question 9.
WRITING AN EQUATION
Write an equation of the line that passes through the points given in the table.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 5
Answer:
Slope(m) = (-2 – 1)/(5 – 3)
= -3/2
m = -1
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – (-5) = -3/2(x – 7)
y + 5 = -3/2(x – 7)
y + 5 = -3/2 x + 21/2
y = -3/2 x + 11/2

Question 10.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Sketch “both” graphs.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 6
Answer:
y – 7 = 4x – 4
y = 4x + -4 + 7
y = 4x + 3
Graph line passes through the points (4, 5) and (5, 9)

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 11.
A writer finishes a project that a coworker started at a rate of 3 pages per hour. After 3 hours,25% of the project is complete.
a. The project is 200 pages long. Write and graph an equation for the total number y of pages that have been finished after the writer works for x hours.
b. The writer has a total of 45 hours to finish the project. Will the writer meet the deadline? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
m = 3
y = 3x + b
b + 9 = 25%(200)
b + 9 = 0.25(200)
b + 9 = 50
b = 50 – 9
b = 41
y = 3x + 41
BIM 8th Grade Solution Key Ch 4 img_106
y = 3x + 41
y = 3(45) + 41 = 176 pages
As 176 < 200, the writer will not meet the deadline.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
You and your friend begin to run along a path at different constant speeds.After 1 minute,your friend is 45 meters ahead of you. After 3 minutes, your friend is 105 meters ahead of you.
a. Write and graph an equation for the distance y (in meters) your friend is ahead of you after x minutes. Justify your answer.

Answer:
y = mx + b
45 = m + b
105 = 3m + b
105 – 45 = (3m + b) – (m + b)
60 = 2m
m = 30
45 = 30 + b
b = 45 – 30
b = 15
y = 30x + 15
BIM 8th Grade Solution Key Ch 4 img_107

b. Did you and your friend start running from the same spot? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
The distance between you and your friend in the initial moment is b = 15 meters. So you are ahead your friend by 15 meters at the starting point.

Writing Equations in Point-Slope Form Homework & Practice 4.7

Review & Refresh

Write an equation in slope-intercept form of the line that passes through the given points.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 7
Answer:
Slope(m) = (5 – 4)/(0 – (-2))
= 1/2
m = 1/2
Because y = 5 when x = 0, the y – intercept is 5.
y = mx + b
y = 1/2 x + 5

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 8
Answer:
Slope(m) = (5 – (-1))/(2 – (-2))
= (5 + 1)/(2 + 2)
m = 6/4
m = 3/2
From the graph, the line crosses the y – axis at (0, 2)
y = mx + b
y = 3/2 x + 2

Solve the equation. Check your solution, if possible.
Question 3.
2x + 3 = 2x
Answer:
Given the equation
2x + 3 = 2x
3 = 2x – 2x
3 ≠ 0

Question 4.
6x – 7 = 1 – 3x
Answer:
Given the equation
6x – 7 = 1 – 3x
6x + 3x = 1 + 7
9x = 8
x = 8/3

Question 5.
0.1x – 1 = 1.2x – 5.4
Answer:
Given the equation
0.1x – 1 = 1.2x – 5.4
0.1x – 1.2x = 1 – 5.4
-1.1x = -4.4
x = 4

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

WRITING AN EQUATION The value of a new car decreases $4000 each year. After 3 years, the car is worth $18,000. (See Exploration 2, p. 179.)
Question 6.
Draw a graph that shows the value of the car after t years.
Answer:
BIM 8th Grade Solution Key Chapter 4 img_111

Question 7.
Write an equation that represents the value V of the car after t years.
Answer:
y = -4000t + b
where b is the original price
18,000 = -4000(3) + b
18,000 + 12,000 = b
b = 30,000
y = -4000t + 30,000

WRITING AN EQUATION Write an equation in point-slope form of the line that passes through the given point and has the given slope.
Question 8.
(3, 0); m = –\(\frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – (0) = -2/3(x – 3)
y – 0 = -2/3(x – 3)

Question 9.
(4, 8); m = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – (8) = 3/4(x – 4)
y – 8 = 3/4(x – 4)

Question 10.
(1, -3); m = 4
Answer:
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – (-3) = 4(x – 1)
y + 3 = 4(x – 1)

Question 11.
(7, -5); m = –\(\frac{1}{7}\)
Answer:
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – (-5) = –\(\frac{1}{7}\)(x – 7)
y + 5 = –\(\frac{1}{7}\)(x – 7)

Question 12.
(3, 3); m = \(\frac{5}{3}\)
Answer:
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – (3) = \(\frac{5}{3}\)(x – 3)
y – 3 = \(\frac{5}{3}\)(x – 3)

Question 13.
(-1, -4); m = -2
Answer:
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – (-4) = -2(x – (-1))
y + 4 = -2(x + 1)

WRITING AN EQUATION Write an equation in slope-intercept form of the line that passes through the given points.
Question 14.
(-1, -1), (1, 5)
Answer:
Slope(m) = (5 – (-1))/(2 – (-1))
= (5 + 1)/(1 + 1)
m = 6/2
m = 3
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – (5) = 3(x – (1))
y – 5 = 3x – 3
y = 3x + 2

Question 15.
(2, 4), (3, 6)
Answer:
Slope(m) = (6 – 4)/(3 – 2)
m = 2/1
m = 2
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – (4) = 2(x – (2))
y – 4 = 2x – 4
y = 2x

Question 16.
(-2, 3), (2, 7)
Answer:
Slope(m) = (7 – (3))/(2 – (-2))
= (7 – 3)/(2 + 2)
m = 4/4
m = 1
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – (3) = 1(x – (-2))
y – 3 = x + 2
y = x + 5

Question 17.
(4, 1), (8, 2)
Answer:
Slope(m) = (2 – (1))/(8 – (4))
= (2 – 1)/(8 – 4)
m = 1/4
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – (1) = 1/4(x – (4))
y – 1 = 1/4 x – 1
y = 1/4 x

Question 18.
(-9, 5), (-3, 3)
Answer:
Slope(m) = (3 – (5))/(-3 – (-9))
= (3 – 5)/(-3 + 9)
m = -2/6
m = -1/3
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – (3) = -1/3(x + 3)
y – 3 = -1/3 x – 1
y = -1/3 x + 2

Question 19.
(1, 2), (-2, -1)
Answer:
Slope(m) = (2 – (1))/(8 – (4))
= (-1 – 2)/(-2 – 1)
m = -3/-3
m = 1
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – (2) = 1(x – (1))
y – 2 = x – 1
y = x + 1

Question 20.
MODELING REAL LIFE
At 0° C, the volume of a gas is 22 liters. For each degree the temperature T (in degrees Celsius) increases, the volume V (in liters) of the gas increases by \(\frac{2}{25}\). Write an equation that represents the volume of the gas in terms of the temperature.
Answer:
The equation modeling the situation has the form:
V = mT + b
m = 2/25
22 = 2/25(0) + b
b = 22
V = 2/25 T + 22

WRITING AN EQUATION Write an equation of the line that passes through the given points in any form. Explain your choice of form.
Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 9
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
= (2.5 – 1.5)/(0 – (-1))
= 1/1
= 1
Because the line crosses the y – axis at (0, 2.5), the y – intercept is 2.5
y = mx + b
y = (1)x + 2.5
y = x + 2.5

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 10
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
= (3.5 – 1.5)/(2 – (1))
= 2/1
= 2
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – (1.5) = 2(x – (1))
y – 1.5 = 2x – 2
y = 2x – 0.5

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 11
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
= (-1.5 – 4.5)/(1 – (-1))
= -6/2
= -3
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – (-1.5) = -3(x – (1))
y + 1.5 = -3x + 3
y = -3x + 1.5

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 12
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
= (-0.5 – 3.5)/(1 – (-1))
= -4/2
= -2
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – (-0.5) = -2(x – (1))
y + 0.5 = -2x – 2
y = -2x – 2.5

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 13
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
= (1 – (-1))/(0 – (-3))
= (1 + 1)/(0 + 3)
= 2/3
Because y = 1 when x = 0, the y – intercept is 1.
y = mx + b
y = 2/3 x + 1

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 14
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
= (4 – 6)/(-3 – (-7))
= -2/4
= -1/2
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – (2) = -1/2(x – (1))
y – 2 = -1/2x + 1/2
y = -1/2 x + 5/2

Question 27.
REASONING
Write an equation of the line that passes through the point (8, 2) and is parallel to the graph of the equation y = 4x – 3.
Answer:
y = 4x – 3
Comparing the given equation with y = mx + b, we get
m = 4
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – 2 = 4(x – 8)
y – 2 = 4x – 32
y = 4x – 32 + 2
y = 4x – 30

Question 28.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The table shows the amount y (in fluid ounces) of carpet cleaner in a tank after x minutes of cleaning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 15
a. Write an equation that represents the amount of cleaner x in the tank after minutes.
b. How much cleaner is in the tank when the cleaning begins?
c. After how many minutes is the tank empty? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 29.
DIG DEEPER!
According to Dolbear’s law, you can predict the temperature T (in degrees Fahrenheit) by counting the number x of chirps made by a snowy tree cricket in 1 minute.When the temperature is 50°F, a cricket chirps 40 times in 1 minute. For each rise in temperature of 0.25°F, the cricket makes an additional chirp each minute.
a. You count 100 chirps in 1 minute. What is the temperature?
b. The temperature is 96°F.How many chirps do you expect the cricket to make? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 30.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The Leaning Tower of Pisa in Italy was built between 1173 and 1350.
a. Write an equation that represents the yellow line.
b. The tower is 56 meters tall. How far from the center is the top of the tower? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 16
Answer:

Graphing and Writing Linear Equations Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan
Question 1.
Every item in a retail store is on sale for 40% off. Write and graph an equation that represents the sale price of an item that has an original price of x dollars.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 cc 1
Understand the problem.
You know the percent discount of items in a retail store.You are asked to write and graph an equation that represents the sale price of an item that has an original price of x dollars.
Make a plan.
Selling an item for 40% off is the same as selling an item for 60% of its original price. Use this information to write and graph an equation that represents the situation.
Solve and check.
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.
Answer:
40% = 0.40 and to find a percent of a number you multiply the number by the percent in decimal form.
So, the equation is d = 0.4p
BIM 8th Grade Answers img_111

Question 2.
Two supplementary angles have angle measures of x° and y°. Write and graph an equation that represents the relationship between the measures of the angles.
Answer:

Question 3.
A mechanic charges a diagnostic fee plus an hourly rate. The table shows the numbers of hours worked and the total costs for three customers.A fourth customer pays $285. Find the number of hours that the mechanic worked for the fourth customer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 cc 2
Answer:

Performance Task

Anatomy of a Hurricane
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Hurricane!” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 cc 3

Graphing and Writing Linear Equations Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary
Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations cr 1

Graphic Organizers
You can use a Definition and Example Chart to organize information about a concept. Here is an example of a Definition and Example Chart for the vocabulary term linear equation.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations cr 2

Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations cr 3
1. slope
2. slope of parallel lines
3. proportional relationship
4. slope-intercept form
5. standard form
6. point-slope form

Chapter Self-Assessment

As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 cr 1

4.1 Graphing Linear Equations (pp. 141–146)
Learning Target: Graph linear equations.Graph the linear equation.

Question 1.
y = \(\frac{3}{5}\)x
Answer:
Bigideas Math Answers 8th Grade chapter 4 img_112

Question 2.
y = -2
Answer:
Bigideas Math Answers 8th Grade chapter 4 img_113

Question 3.
y = 9 – x
Answer:
Bigideas Math Answers 8th Grade chapter 4 img_114

Question 4.
y = -0.25x + 4
Answer:
Bigideas Math Answers 8th Grade chapter 4 img_115

Question 5.
y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x + 2
Answer:
Bigideas Math Answers 8th Grade chapter 4 img_116

Question 6.
x = -5
Answer:
Bigideas Math Answers 8th Grade chapter 4 img_117

Question 7.
The equation y = 0.53x + 3 represents the cost y (in dollars) of riding in a taxi x miles.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 cr 2
a. Use a graph to estimate how much it costs to ride 5.25 miles in a taxi.
b. Use the equation to find exactly how much it costs to ride 5.25 miles in a taxi.
Answer:
Bigideas Math Answers 8th Grade chapter 4 img_118
y = 0.5x + 3
y = 0.5(5.25) + 3
y ≈ 5.6

Question 8.
The equation y = 9.5x represents the earnings y (in dollars) of an aquarium gift shop employee that works x hours.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 cr 8
a. Graph the linear equation.
b. How much does the employee earn for working 40 hours?
Answer:
Bigideas Math Answers 8th Grade chapter 4 img_119
Determine y for x = 40:
y = 9.5x
y = 9.5(40) = 380

Question 9.
Is y = x2 a linear equation? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
y = x2
The graph of the given equation passes through the origin, but is not linear, therefore it is not a linear equation.
So, the answer is no.

Question 10.
The sum S of the exterior angle measures of a polygon with n sides is S = 360°.
a. Plot four points (n, S) that satisfy the equation. Is the equation a linear equation? Explain your reasoning.
b. Does the value n = 2 make sense in the context of the problem? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
8th Grade Big Ideas Math Answer Key Chapter 4 img_120
The value n = 2 does not make sense in the context of the problem because a polygon has at least 3 sides.

4.2 Slope of a Line (pp. 147–154)
Learning Target: Find and interpret the slope of a line.

Describe the slope of the line. Then find the slope of the line.
Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 cr 11
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (3, 1)
(x2, y2) = (-3, -3)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (-3 – 1)/(-3 – 3)
m = -4/-6
m = 2/3

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 cr 12
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (0, 4)
(x2, y2) = (2, -2)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (-2 – 4)/(2 – 0)
m = -6/2
m = -3
The slope is negative

Find the slope of the line through the given points.
Question 13.
(-5, 4), (8, 4)
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (-5, 4)
(x2, y2) = (8, 4)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (4 – 4)/(8 – (-5))
m = 0/13
m = 0

Question 14.
(-3, 5), (-3, 1)
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (-3, 5)
(x2, y2) = (-3, 1)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (1 – 5)/(-3 + 3)
m = -4/0
m = undefined

The points in the table lie on a line. Find the slope of the line.
Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 cr 15
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (0, -1)
(x2, y2) = (1, 0)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (0 – (-1))/(1 – 0)
m = 1/1
m = 1

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 cr 16
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (-2, 3)
(x2, y2) = (0, 4)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (4 – 3)/(0 – (-2))
m = 1/2

Question 17.
How do you know when two lines are parallel? Use an example to justify your answer.
Answer:
Two lines are parallel when their slopes are the same. In order for the two lines not to coincide, we must add the condition that their y – intercepts.
Example 1:
d1: y = 3x – 6
d2: 3x – y = 6
The lines d1 and d2 have the same slope and the same y – intercept, therefore they coincide.

Question 18.
Draw a line through the point (-1, 2) that is parallel to the graph of the line in Exercise 11.
Answer:
y = 2/3 x – 1
A (-1, 2)
y = 2/3 x + b
y = 2/3 (-1) + b
b = 8/3
The equation of d1 is:
y = 2/3 x + 8/3
Determine the x intercept of d1:
0 = 2/3 x + 8/3
0 = 2x + 8
2x = -8
x = -8/2
x = -4
Bigideas math answers grade 8 ch 4 img_121

4.3 Graphing Proportional Relationships (pp. 155–160)
Learning Target: Graph proportional relationships.

Tell whether x and y are in a proportional relationship. Explain your reasoning. If so, write an equation that represents the relationship.
Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 cr 19
Answer:
x and y are not in a proportional relationship because the line does not pass through the origin.

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 cr 20
Answer:
x and y are in a proportional relationship because the line does passes through the origin.
Determine the slope k using two points from the graph
k = (10 – 0)/(2 – 0)
k = 10/2
k = 5x

Question 21.
The cost y (in dollars) to provide food for guests at a dinner party is proportional to the number x of guests attending the party. It costs $30 to provide food for 4 guests.
a. Write an equation that represents the situation.
b. Interpret the slope of the graph of the equation.
c. How much does it cost to provide food for 10 guests? Justify your answer.
Answer:
y = kx
30 = 4k
k = 30/4
k = 7.5
y = 7.5x
b. The slope 7.5 represents the unit cost for a guest.
y = 7.5 × 10
y = 75
c. Determine y for x = 10
So it costs $75 to provide food for 10 guests.

Question 22.
The distance y (in miles) you run after weeks is represented by the equation y =8x. Graph the equation and interpret the slope.
Answer:
y = 8x
Big Ideas Math 8th Grade Answer Key for Chapter 4 img_122

Question 23.
You research that hair grows 15 centimeters per year on average. The table shows your friend’s hair growth.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 cr 23
a. Does your friend’s hair grow faster than average? Explain.

Answer:
The rate of growth on average is
15/12 = 1.25 cm/month
The slope/rate of growth for your friend is
(6 – 3)/(4 – 2) = 3/2 = 1.5 cm/month
As 1.5 > 1.25, your friends hair grows faster than average.

b. In the same coordinate plane, graph the average hair growth and the hair growth of your friend. Compare and interpret the steepness of each of the graphs.
Answer:
The equation for the average growth is
y = 1.25x
The equation for the friends growth is
y = 1.5 x
Big Ideas Math 8th Grade Answer Key for Chapter 4 img_123

4.4 Graphing Linear Equations in Slope-Intercept Form (pp. 161–166)
Learning Target: Graph linear equations in slope-intercept form.

Find the slope and the -intercept of the graph of the linear equation.
Question 24.
y = -4x + 1
Answer:
y = mx + b
slope = -4 and y – intercept = 1

Question 25.
y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x – 12
Answer:
y = mx + b
slope = \(\frac{2}{3}\) and y – intercept = -12

Question 26.
y – 7 = 0.5x
Answer:
Given the equation
y – 7 = 0.5x
y = 0.5x + 7
slope = 0.5 and y – intercept = 7

Graph the linear equation. Identify the -intercept.
Question 27.
y = 2x – 6
Answer:
Given the equation
y = 2x – 6
Comparing the above equation with slope – intercept equation
slope = 2, y – intercept = -6
Slope = rise/run = 2/1
Plot the point that is 1 unit right and 2 units up from (0, -6) = (1, -4)
BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 4 img_124
The line crosses the x – axis at (3, 0)
So, the x – intercept is 3.
BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 4 img_125

Question 28.
y = -4x + 8
Answer:
y = -4x + 8
slope = -4 and y – intercept = 8
So plot (0, 8)
Slope = rise/run = -4/1
plot the point that is 1 unit right and 4 units down from (0, 8) = (1, 4)
BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 4 img_126
The line crosses the x- axis at (2, 0)
So the x – intercept is 2.
BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 4 img_127

Question 29.
y = -x – 8
Answer:
Given the equation
y = -x – 8
comparing the above equation with sloope – intercept equation.
Slope = -1 and y – intercept = -8
Slope = rise/run = -1/1
Plot the point that is 1 unit right and 1 unit down from (0, -8) = (1, -9)
BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 4 img_128
The line crosses the x-axis at (-8, 0)
So, the intercept is -8.
BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 4 img_129BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 4 img_129

Question 30.
The cost y (in dollars) of one person buying admission to a fair and going on x rides is y = x + 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 cr 30
a. Graph the equation.
b. Interpret the y-intercept and the slope.
Answer:
y = x + 12
Comparing the above equation with slope – intercept equation.
Slope = 1 and y – intercept = 12
So plot (0, 20)
Slope = rise/run = 1/1
Plot the point that is 1 unit right and 1 unit up from (0, 12) = (1, 13)
BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 4 img_130
The y – intercept is 12 so the initial cost of admission is $12.
The slope is 1 so for each ride the cost of the person increases $1 per ride.

Question 31.
Graph the linear equation with slope -5 and y-intercept 0.
Answer:
y – intercept = 0. So plot (0, 0)
Plot the point that is 1 unit right and 5 unit down from (0, 0) = (1, -5)
BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 4 img_131

4.5 Graphing Linear Equations in Standard Form (pp. 167–172)
Learning Target: Graph linear equations in standard form.

Write the linear equation in slope-intercept form.
Question 32.
4x + 2y = -12
Answer:
4x + 2y = -12
2y = -12 – 4x
y = -6 – 2x
y = -2x – 6

Question 33.
x – y = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:
Given the equation
x – y = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
y = x – \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Graph the linear equation.
Question 34.
\(\frac{1}{4}\)x + y = 3
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\)x + y = 3
y = 3 – \(\frac{1}{4}\)x
y = –\(\frac{1}{4}\)x + 3
Slope = –\(\frac{1}{4}\) and y – intercept = 3
So plot (0, 3)
Slope = rise/run = –\(\frac{1}{4}\)
Plot the point that is 4 units right and 1 unit down from (0, 3) = (4, 2)
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 img_132

Question 35.
-4x + 2y = 8
Answer:
-4x + 2y = 8
2y = 8 + 4x
y = 2x + 4
Slope = 2 and y – intercept = 4
So plot (0, 4)
Slope = rise/run = 2/1
Plot the point that is 1 unit right and 2 units up from (0, 4) = (1, 6)
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 img_133

Question 36.
x + 5y = 10
Answer:
x + 5y = 10
5y = -x + 10
y = -1/5 x + 2
Slope = -1/5 and y – intercept = 2
So, plot (0, 2)
Slope = rise/run = -1/5
Plot the point that is 5 unit right and 1 unit down from (0, 2) = (5, 1)
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 img_134

Question 37.
–\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + \(\frac{1}{8}\)y = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:
–\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + \(\frac{1}{8}\)y = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
\(\frac{1}{8}\)y = \(\frac{3}{4}\)  + \(\frac{1}{2}\)x
y = 4x + 6
Slope = 4 and y – intercept = 6
So plot (0, 6)
Slope = rise/run = 4/1
Plot the point that is 1 unit right and 4 units up from (0, 6) = (1, 10)
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 4 img_135

Question 38.
A dog kennel charges $30 per night to board your dog and $6 for each hour of playtime. The amount of money you spend is given by 30x + 6y = 180, where x is the number of nights and y is the number of hours of playtime. Graph the equation and interpret the intercepts.
Answer:
Given,
A dog kennel charges $30 per night to board your dog and $6 for each hour of playtime.
The amount of money you spend is given by 30x + 6y = 180,
where x is the number of nights and y is the number of hours of playtime.
30x + 6y = 180
6y = -30x + 180
y = -5x + 30
BIM Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 img_136
The x – intercept is 6, which means that the dog can stay for 6 nights when there is no playtime.
The y – intercept is 30, which means the dog can play for 30 hours when he does not spend any night at the kennel.

4.6 Writing Equations in Slope-Intercept Form (pp. 173–178)
Learning Target: Write equations of lines in slope-intercept form.

Write an equation in slope-intercept form of the line that passes through the given points.
Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 cr 39
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (1 – (-2))/(3 – 0)
m = (1 + 2)/(3 – 0)
m = 3/3
m = 1
We have to find the y – intercept because the line crosses the y – axis at (0, -2)
y = mx + b
y = x – 2

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 cr 40
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (4 – 2)/(0 – 4)
m = 2/-4
m = -1/2
We have to find the y – intercept because the line crosses the y – axis at (0, 4)
y = mx + b
y =-1/2 x + 4

Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 cr 41
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (-2 – 1)/(2 – 0)
m = -3/2
We have to find the y – intercept because y = 1 when x = 0, the y – intercept is 1.
y = mx + b
y = -3/2 x + 1

Question 42.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 cr 42
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (-1 – (-3))/(1 – 0)
m = 2/1
m = 2
We have to find the y – intercept because y = -3 when x = 0, the y – intercept is -3.
y = mx + b
y = 2x + (-3)
y = 2x – 3

Question 43.
Write an equation of the line that passes through (0, 8) and (6, 8).
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (8 – 8)/(6 – 0)
m = 0/6
m = 0
We have to find the y – intercept because y = 8 when x = 0, the y – intercept is 8.
y = mx + b
y = (0) x + 8
y = 8

Question 44.
Write an equation of the line that passes through (0, -5) and (-5, -5).
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (-5 – (-5))/(-5 – 0)
m = 0/-5
m = 0
We have to find the y – intercept because y = -5 when x = 0, the y – intercept is -5
y = mx + b
y = (0) x + (-5)
y = -5

Question 45.
A construction crew is extending a highway sound barrier that is 13 miles long. The crew builds \(\frac{1}{2}\) of a mile per week. Write an equation in slope -intercept form that represents the length y (in miles) of the barrier after x weeks.
Answer:
Given,
A construction crew is extending a highway sound barrier that is 13 miles long.
The crew builds \(\frac{1}{2}\) of a mile per week.
y = mx + b
m = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
b = 13
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 13

4.7 Writing Equations in Point-Slope Form (pp. 179–184)
Learning Target: Write equations of lines in point-slope form.

Write an equation in point-slope form of the line that passes through the given point and has the given slope.
Question 46.
(4, 4); m = 3
Answer:
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
Substitute m value, x and y value in the equation
y – (4) = 3(x – 4)
y – 4 = 3(x – 4)

Question 47.
(2, -8); m = –\(\frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
Substitute m value, x and y value in the equation
y – (-8) = –\(\frac{2}{3}\)(x – 2)
y + 8 = –\(\frac{2}{3}\)(x – 2)

Write an equation in slope-intercept form of the line that passes through the given points.
Question 48.
(-4, 2), (6, -3)
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (-3 – 2)/(6 – (-4))
m = -5/10
m = -1/2
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
Substitute m value, x and y value in the equation
y – 2 = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)(x – (-4))
y – 2 = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)(x + 4)
y = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x

Question 49.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 cr 49
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (5 – 1)/(3 – 2)
m = 4/1
m = 4
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
Substitute m value, x and y value in the equation
y – (-3) = 4(x – 1)
y + 3 = 4x – 4
y = 4x – 7

Question 50.
The table shows your elevation y (in feet) on a ski slope after x minutes.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 4 Graphing and Writing Linear Equations 4.7 cr 50
a. Write an equation that represents your elevation after x minutes.

Answer:
m = (600 – 800)/(2 – 1)
m = -200
800 = -200(1) + b
800 = -200 + b
800 + 200 = b
b = 1000 feet

b. What is your starting elevation?

Answer:
The starting elevation is the y – intercept
b = 1000 feet

c. After how many minutes do you reach the bottom of the ski slope? Justify your answer.
Answer:
0 = -200x + 1000
0 – 1000 = -200x
-1000 = -200x
200x = 1000
x = 5 minutes

Question 51.
A company offers cable television at$29.95 per month plus a one-time installation fee. The total cost for the first six months of service is $214.70. a. Write an equation in point-slope form that represents the total cost you pay for cable television after x months.
b. How much is the installation fee? Justify your answer.
Answer:
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
m = 29.95
y – 214.70 = 29.95(x – 6)
y – 214.70 + 214.70 = 29.95x – 179.97 + 2147.70
y = 29.95x + 35
b = 35

Question 52.
When might it be better to represent an equation in point-slope form rather than slope-intercept form? Use an example to justify your answer.
Answer:
When we are given the slope and a point that is the y – intercept, then the easiest way is to use the slope – intercept form y = mx + b
Example:
m = 2
(0, 5)
y = 2x + 5
m = 2
(1, 3)
y – 3 = 2(x – 1)
Easier when given the slope and a point that is not the y – intercept.

Graphing and Writing Linear Equations Practice Test

Find the slope and the -intercept of the graph of the linear equation.
Question 1.
y = 6x – 5
Answer:
y = 6x – 5
Slope = 6 and y – intercept = -5

Question 2.
y – 1 = 3x + 8.4
Answer:
Given the equation
y – 1 = 3x + 8.4
y = 3x + 8.4 + 1
y = 3x + 9.4
Slope = 3 and y – intercept = 9.4

Question 3.
–\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 2y = 7
Answer:
Given the equation
–\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 2y = 7
y = \(\frac{1}{4}\)x + \(\frac{7}{2}\)
Slope = \(\frac{1}{4}\) and y – intercept = \(\frac{7}{2}\)

Graph the linear equation.
Question 4.
y = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 5
Answer:
Given the equation
y = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 5
Slope = –\(\frac{1}{2}\) and y – intercept = -5
So plot (0, -5)
Plot the point that is 2 units right and 1 unit down from (0, -5) = (2, -6)
Draw a line through the two points.
BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 4 img_108

Question 5.
-3x + 6y = 12
Answer:
Given the equation
-3x + 6y = 12
6y = 3x + 12
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 2
Slope = \(\frac{1}{2}\), y – intercept = 2
Slope = rise/run = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Plot the point that is 2 units right and 1 unit up from (0, 2) = (2, 3)
BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 4 img_109

Question 6.
y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x
Answer:
Given the equation
y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x
Slope = \(\frac{2}{3}\), y – intercept = 0
Slope = rise/run = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Plot the point that is 3 units right and 2 unit up from (0, 0) = (3, 2)
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Ch 4 img_109

Question 7.
Which lines are parallel? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 4 Exponents and Scientific Notation pt 7
Answer:
Red line:
(x1, y1) = (-4, 1)
(x2, y2) = (2, 4)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (4 – 1)/(2 – (-4))
m = 3/6
m = 1/2
Blue line:
(x1, y1) = (-4, -1)
(x2, y2) = (2, 0.5)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (0.5 – (-1))/(2 – (-4))
m = 1.5/6
m = 1/4
Green Line:
(x1, y1) = (-2, -4)
(x2, y2) = (2, -2)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (-2 – (-4))/(2 – (-2))
m = 2/4
m = 1/2
Red lines and Green lines are parallel because both have same slope = 1/2

Question 8.
The points in the table lie on a line. Find the slope of the line.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 4 Exponents and Scientific Notation pt 8
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (-1, -4)
(x2, y2) = (0, -1)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (-1 – (-4))/(0 – (-1))
m = 3/1
m = 3

Write an equation in slope-intercept form of the line that passes through the given points.
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 4 Exponents and Scientific Notation pt 9
Answer:
(x1, y1) = (-4, 1)
(x2, y2) = (2, 4)
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (-5 – (-1))/(3 – 0)
m = -4/3
Because the line crosses the y – axis at (0, -1), the y – intercept is -1.
y = mx + b
y = -4/3x – 1

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 4 Exponents and Scientific Notation pt 10
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (2 – 2)/(0 – (-2))
m = 0/2
m = 0
Because y = 2 when x =0, the y – intercept is 2.
y = mx + b
y = 2

Question 11.
Write an equation in point-slope form of the line that passes through (-4, 1) and (4, 3).
Answer:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1)
m = (3 – 1)/(4 – (-4))
m = 2/8
m = 1/4
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – 1 = 1/4(x – (-4))
y – 1 = 1/4(x + 4)

Question 12.
The number y of new vocabulary words that you learn after x weeks is represented by the equation y = 15x.
a. Graph the equation and interpret the slope.
b. How many new vocabulary words do you learn after 5 weeks?
c. How many more vocabulary words do you learn after 6 weeks than after 4 weeks?
Answer:
a. 8th Grade Big Ideas Math Answer Key Chapter 4 img_109
b. y = 15 . 5
y = 75 words
c. 15 . 6 – 15 . 4 = 90 – 60 = 30 words

Question 13.
You used $90 worth of paint for a school float. The amount of money you spend is given by 18x + 15y = 90, where x is the number of gallons of blue paint and y is the number of gallons of white paint. Graph the equation and interpret the intercepts.
Answer:
Given,
18x + 15y = 90
15y = -18x + 90
y = -6/5 x + 6
8th Grade Big Ideas Math Answer Key Chapter 4 img_110
The x – intercept is 5 and shows that 5 gallons of blue paint might be bought when no gallon of the white pants is bought.
The y – intercept is 6 and shows that 6 gallons of white paint might be bought when no gallon of blue is bought.

Graphing and Writing Linear Equations Cumulative Practice

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 4 Exponents and Scientific Notation cp 1
Question 1.
Which equation matches the line shown in the graph?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 4 Exponents and Scientific Notation cp 2
A. y =2x – 2
B. y = 2x + 1
C. y = x – 2
D. y = x + 1
Answer:
m = (-2 – 0)/(0 – 1)
m = 2
y = 2x – 2
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 2.
Which point lies on the graph of 6x – 5y = 14?
F. (-4, -1)
G. (-2, 4)
H. (-1, -4)
I. (4, -2)
Answer:
6x – 5y = 14
F. 6(-4) – 5(-1) = 14
-24 + 5 = 14
-19 ≠ 14
G. 6(-2) – 5(4) = 14
-12 – 20 = 14
-32 ≠ 14
H. 6(-1) – 5(-4) = 14
-6 + 20 = 14
14 = 14
Thus the correct answer is option H.

Question 3.
You reflect the triangle in the x-axis. What are the coordinates of the image?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 4 Exponents and Scientific Notation cp 3
A. X'(4, 1), Y'(2, 3), Z'(-2, 1)
B. X'(4, -1), Y'(2, -3), Z'(-2, -1)
C. X'(-4, -1), Y(-2, -3), Z'(2, -1)
D. X'(1, 4), Y'(3, 2), Z'(1, -2)
Answer:
BIM 8th Grade Solution Key ch 4 img_108
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
Which of the following is the equation of a line parallel to the line shown in the graph?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 4 Exponents and Scientific Notation cp 4
Answer:
m = (-4 – 2)/(6 – 4)
m = -6/2
m = -3
Two lines parallel if they have the same slope.
From the given equations, the one having the slope -3 is y = -3x + 5
Thus the correct answer is option H.

Question 5.
What is the value of x?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 4 Exponents and Scientific Notation cp 5
Answer:
122 = 47 + x
47 + x = 122
x = 122 – 47
x = 75

Question 6.
An emergency plumber charges $49.00 plus $70.00 per hour of the repair. A bill to repair your sink is $241.50. This can be modeled by 70.00 h + 49.00 = 241.50, where h represents the number of hours for the repair. How many hours did it take to repair your sink?
A. 2.75 hours
B. 3.45 hours
C. 4.15 hours
D. 13,475 hours
Answer:
70.00 h + 49.00 = 241.50
70h = 241.50 – 49
70h = 192.5
h = 2.75 hours
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 7.
It costs $40 to rent a car for one day. In addition, the rental agency charges you for each mile driven, as shown in the graph.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 4 Exponents and Scientific Notation cp 7
Part A Determine the slope of the line joining the points on the graph.
Part B Explain what the slope represents.
Answer:
m = (50 – 40)/(100 – 0)
m = 10/100
m = 0.1

Question 8.
What value of makes the equation true?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 4 Exponents and Scientific Notation cp 8
7 + 2x = 4x – 5
Answer:
7 + 2x = 4x – 5
2x – 4x = -5 – 7
-2x = -12
x = 6

Question 9.
Trapezoid KLMN is graphed in the coordinate plane shown.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 4 Exponents and Scientific Notation cp 9
Rotate Trapezoid KLMN 90° clockwise about the origin. What are the coordinates of point M’, the image of point M after the rotation?
F. (-3, -2)
G. (-2, -3)
H. (-2, 3)
I. (3, 2)
Answer: M'(-3, -2)
Thus the correct answer is option F.

Question 10.
Solve the formula K = 3M – 7.
A. M = K + 7
B. M = \(\frac{K+7}{3}\)
C. M = \(\frac{K}{3}\) + 7
D. M = \(\frac{K-7}{3}\)
Answer:
K = 3M – 7
K + 7 = 3M
M = \(\frac{K+7}{3}\)
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 11.
What is the distance across the canyon?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 4 Exponents and Scientific Notation cp 11
F. 3.6 ft
G. 12 ft
H. 40 ft
I. 250 ft
Answer:
100/30 = d/12
3d = 12 × 10
3d = 120
d = 40 feet
Thus the correct answer is option H.

Conclusion:

All the solutions in the above article are beneficial for all the students of middle school students. All the solutions are prepared by the math professionals. The solutions are given clearly with step by step explanations. If you have any doubts regarding the chapter we are always ready to clarify your doubts. All you have to do is to post the comments in the below comment box.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations

Hello students!!! Are you looking for the Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Answer Key on various sites? If yes, then finally you are on the right page. The students of 8th Grade can get the easy and detailed solutions for Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Std Chapter 2 transformations. Download Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations pdf for free and start your preparation to secure the highest marks in the exams.

Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Transformations

Our main aim is to provide the step by step explanations for all the students of Grade 8. The solutions of Middle School Big Ideas Math Grade 8 key Chapter 2 Transformations are prepared by the math experts. Just tap the links given below and practice the problems and improve your skills.

Performance

Lesson: 1 Translations

Lesson: 2 Reflections

Lesson: 3 Rotations

Lesson: 4 Congruent Figures

Lesson: 5 Dilations

Lesson: 6 Similar Figures

Lesson: 7 Perimeters and Areas of Similar Figures

Chapter 2: Transformations 

Transformations STEAM Video/Performance

STEAM Video

Shadow Puppets

Some puppets are controlled using strings or wires. How else can a puppet be controlled?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 1.1

Watch the STEAM Video “Shadow Puppets.” Then answer the following questions.

Question 1.
Tory and Robert are using a light source to display puppets on a screen. Tory wants to show the pig jumping from the floor to the window. Should she use a translation, reflection, rotation, or dilation? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 1.2

Answer:
In the situation given, if we translate first, we move the pre-image closer to the center of dilation than if we translate second. That will result in a different image.

Question 2.
How can Tory show the pig getting smaller as it jumps out the window?

Performance Task

Master Puppeteer

After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be given the coordinates of a kite being used bya puppeteer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 1.3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 1.4
You will be asked to identify transformations for given movements of the kite. When might a puppeteer want to use a reflection?

Transformations Getting Ready for Chapter 2

Getting Ready for Chapter 2

Chapter Exploration
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 2

Question 1.
Work with a partner. Form each triangle on a geoboard.

  • Which of the triangles are congruent to the triangle at the right?
  • Measure the sides of each triangle with a ruler. Record your results in a table.
  • Write a conclusion about the side lengths of triangles that are congruent.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 3
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 4

Answer: option d

When two triangles are congruent they will have exactly the same three sides and exactly the same three angles. The equal sides and angles may not be in the same position

Vocabulary

The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what the terms might mean and record your thoughts.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 5

Lesson 2.1 Translations

EXPLORATION 1
Work with a partner.
a. For each figure below, draw the figurein a coordinate plane. Then copy the figureonto a piece of transparent paper and slide the copy to a new location in the coordinate plane. Describe the location of the copy compared to the location of the original.

  • point
  • triangle
  • line segment
  • rectangle
  • line

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 6
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 6.1
b. When you slide figures, what do you notice about sides, angles, and parallel lines?
c. Describe the location of each point below compared to the point A(x, y).
B(x + 1, y + 2)
C(x – 3, y + 4)
D(x – 2, y + 3)
E(x + 4, y – 1)
d. You copy a point with coordinates (x, y) and slide it horizontally a units and vertically b units. What are the coordinates of the copy?

2.1 Lesson

Try It

Tell whether the blue figure is a translation of the red figure.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 7

Answer:
Here in the given figure, we can see that the shape of both red and blue figures is the same but the size is different. The red figure slide to form a blue figure but it is not the same size. So blue figure is not the translation of red figure.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 8

Answer:
Here in the given figure, we can see that the shape of both red and blue figures is the same and also the size is the same. The red figure slide to form exactly blue figure. So blue figure is the translation of red figure.

Try It

Question 3.
WHAT IF?
The red triangle is translated 4 units left and 2 units up. What are the coordinates of the image?

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapter 2 Answer Key img_6
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to y-coordinate of the vertices.
A(x,y) = A'(x+a, y+b)
The value a and b will be positive if shift is Right and Vertical Up and the value of a and b will be negative if shift is left and vertical Down.
Given: A(-2,1) B(2,5), C(1,2) and a = -4, b = 2
A'(-2+a, -2+b) = A'(-2-4, 1+2) = A'(-6,3)
B'(2+a, 5+b) = B'(2-4, 5+2) = B'(-2,7)
A'(1+a, 2+b) = C'(1-4, 2+2) = C'(-3,4)
Hence the coordinate of image are A'(-6,3), B'(-2,7), C'(-3,4).

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

IDENTIFYING A TRANSLATION
Tell whether the blue figure is a translation of the red figure.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 9

Answer:
Here in the given figure, we can see that the shape of both red and blue figures is the same but the size is different. The red figure slide to form a blue figure but it is not the same size. So blue figure is not the translation of red figure.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 10

Answer:
Here in the given figure, we can see that the shape of both red and blue figures is the same, and also the size is the same. The red figure slide to form the exactly blue figure. So blue figure is the translation of red figure.

Question 6.
The vertices of a triangle are A(2, 2), B (0, 2), and C (3, 0). Translate the triangle 1 unit left and 2 units up. What are the coordinates of the image?

Answer:
Bigideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 img_7
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to y-coordinate of the vertices.
A(x,y) = A'(x+a, y+b)
The value a and b will be positive if shift is Right and Vertical Up and the value of a and b will be negative if shift is left and vertical Down.
Given: A(2,2) B(0,2), C(3,0) and a = -1, b = 2
A'(2+a, 2+b) = A'(2-1, 2+2) = A'(1,4)
B'(0+a, 2+b) = B'(0-1, 2+2) = B'(-1,4)
A'(3+a, 0+b) = C'(3-1, 0+2) = C'(2,2)
Hence the coordinate of image are A'(1,4), B'(-1,4), C'(2,2).

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 7.
A neighborhood planner uses a coordinate plane to design a new neighborhood. The coordinates A(1, -1), B(1, -2), and C (2, -1) represent House A, House B, and House C. The planner decides to place a playground centered at the origin, and moves the houses to make space. House A is now located at A'(3, -4). What are the new coordinates of House B and House C when each house is moved using the same translation? Justify your answer.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 img_8
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in the coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to y-coordinate of the vertices.
A(x,y) = A'(x+a, y+b)
The value a and b will be positive if shift is Right and Vertical Up and the value of a and b will be negative if shift is left and vertical Down.
Given: A(1,-1) B(1,-2), C(2,1) and A'(3,-4)
A'(1+a, -1+b) = A'(3,-4) So, a = 2, b = -3
New coordinates of the houses are
B'(1+a, -2+b) = B'(1+2, -2-3) = B'(3,-5)
C'(2+a, -1+b) = C'(2+2, -1-3) = C'(4,-4)
Hence the coordinate of image are B'(3,-5),C'(4,-4)

Question 8.
The locations of a quarterback and a wide receiver on a football field are represented in a coordinate plane. The quarterback throws the football to the point (6, -2). Use a translation to describe a path the wide receiver can take to catch the pass.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 11

Answer:
Coordinate of Receiver: (1,3) and football point:(-6,-2)
Horizontal shift: a = x2-x1 = 6 – 1 = 5
Verrical shift: b = y2 – y1 = -2 – 3 = -5
Hence the path which receiver will take 5 unit right and 5 unit down.

Translations Homework & Practice 2.1

Review & Refresh

Solve the equation for y.

Question 1.
6x + y = 12

Answer:
Given
6x + y = 12
Subtract 6x from both sides
y = 12 – 6x
Now arranging the terms
y = -6x + 12
y = 6 (-x + 2)
Thus y = 6(-x + 2)

Question 2.
9 = x + 3y

Answer:
Given,
9 = x + 3y
3y = 9 – x
Dividing by 3 on both sides
y = (9 – x)/3
y =  \(\frac{9}{3}\) – \(\frac{x}{3}\)
Now arranging the terms
y = – \(\frac{x}{3}\) + 3
Thus y = – \(\frac{x}{3}\) + 3

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 2y = 8

Answer:
Given,
\(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 2y = 8
Subtracting x/3 from both sides
2y = 8 – \(\frac{x}{3}\)
Now arranging the terms
2y = – \(\frac{x}{3}\) + 8
y = – \(\frac{x}{6}\) + 4

Question 4.
You put $550 in an account that earns 4.4% simple interest per year. How much interest do you earn in 6 months?
A. $1.21
B. $12.10
C. $121.00
D. $145.20

Answer: $12.10

Explanation:
Given:
You put $550 in an account that earns 4.4% simple interest per year.
Principal amount: P = $550
Rate of Interest: r = 4.4%
Time: t = 6 months = 0.5 year
We know that formula for Simple Interest is SI = prt/100
SI = (550 × 4.4 × 0.5)/100
SI = 1210/100
SI = 12.10
Hence the simple interest is $12.10
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

DESCRIBING RELATIONSHIPS
For each figure, describe the location of the blue figurerelative to the location of the red figure. (See Exploration 1, p. 43.)

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 12

Answer: The path which the receiver will take is 6 units right and 3 units down.

Explanation:
Coordinate of Point A: (-3,2) and Point A’: (3,-5)
Horizontal shift: a = x2 – x1 = 3 – (-3) = 3 + 3 = 6
Vertical shift: b = y2 – y1 = -5 – (-2) = -5 + 2 = -3
Hence, The path which the receiver will take is 6 units right and 3 units down.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 13

Answer: The path which receive will take is 5 units left and 2 units down.

Explanation:
Coordinate of point A: (3,-2) and point A’: (-2,-4)
Horizontal shift: a = x2 – x1 = -2 – (3) = -2 – 3 = -5
Vertical shift: b = y2 – y1 = -4 – (-2) = -4 + 2 = -2
Hence, The path which receive will take is 5 unit left and 2 unit down.

IDENTIFYING A TRANSLATION
Tell whether the blue figure is a translation of the red figure.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 14

Answer:
Blue figure is the translation of red figure.

Explanation:
Here in the given figure, we can see that the shape of both blue and red figures are the same, and also the size of both the figure are the same. Also, the orientation of the blue figure is the same as the red figure. This means that the red figure sides to form the blue figure. So, the blue figure slides to form the red figure.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 15

Answer:
Blue figure is not the translation of the red figure.

Explanation:
Here in the given figure, we can see that the shape of both blue and red figures are the same, and also the size of both the figure are the same. But the orientation of the blue figure is different from the red figure. This means that the blue figure is not the translation of the red figure.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 16

Answer:
Blue figure is not the translation of the red figure.

Explanation:
Here in the given figure, we can see that the shape of both blue and red figures are the same, and also the size of both the figure are the same. But the orientation of the blue figure is different from the red figure. This means that the blue figure is not the translation of the red figure. The blue figure is the mirror image of the red figure.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 17

Answer:
Blue figure is the translation of red-figure.

Here in the given figure, we can see that the shape of both blue and red-figure are the same, and also the size of both the figure are the same. Also, the orientation of the blue figure is the same as the red figure. This means that the red figure slides to form the blue figure. so the figure slides to form the red figure.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 18

Answer:
Blue figure is the translation of red-figure.

Explanation:
Here in the given figure, we can see that the shape of both blue and red figures are the same, and also the size of both the figures are the same. Also, the orientation of the both figure is the same as the red figure. This means that the red figure slides to form the blue figure. So blue figure slides to form the red figure.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 19

Answer: Blue figure is not the translation of the red-figure.

Explanation:
Here in the given figure we can see that the shape of both blue and red figure are same and the size of both the figure are not same. The red figure are smaller as compared to the blue figure. This means that blue figure is not the translation of red figure.

TRANSLATE A FIGURE
The vertices of a triangle are L(0, 1), M(1, -2), and N(-2, 1). Draw the figure and its image after the translation.

Question 13.
1 unit left and 6 units up

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations img_1

explanation:
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in the coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to the x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to the y-coordinates of the vertices.
A(x,y) – A'(x+a, y+b)
The value ‘a’ and ‘b’ will be positive if the shift is Right and Vertical up and the value of ‘a’ and ‘b’ will be negative if the shift is left and vertical down.
Given:L(0,1),M(1,-2),N(-2,1)anda=-1,b=6
L'(0+a,1+b)=l'(0-1,1+6)=L'(-1,7)
M'(1+a,-2+b)=M'(1-1,1+6)=M'(0,4)
N'(-2+a,1+b)=N'(-3-1,1+6)=N'(-4,7)
Hence,the coordinate of image are L'(-1,7),M'(0,4),N'(-4,7)

Question 14.
5 units right

Answer:
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontal and ‘b’ units vertically in the coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to X-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to Y-coordinate of the vertices.
a(x,y),=A'(x+a,y+b)
the value ‘a’ and ‘b’ will be positive if the shift is right and vertical up and the value of ‘a’ and ‘b’ will be negative if shift is left and vertical down.
Given:L(0,1),M(1,-2),N(-2,1)and a=5,b=0
L(0+a,1+b)=L'(0+5,1+0)=L'(5,1)
M'(1+a,-2=b)=M'(1+5,-2+0)=M'(6,-2)
N'(-2+a,1+b)=N'(-2+5,1+0)=N'(3,1)
Hence the coordinate of image are L'(5,1),M'(6,-2),N'(3,1).

Question 15.
(x + 2, y + 3)

Answer:
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in the coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to y-coordinate of the vertices.
A(x,y) = A'(x+a, y+b)
the value of a and b will be positive if the shift is Right and vertical Up and the value of a and b will be negative if the shift is left and vertical down.
Given: L(0,1), M(1,-2), N(-2,1) and (x+2,y+3)
So the value of: a = 2 and b = 3
L'(o + a, 1 + b) = L'(0 + 2,1 + 3) = L'(2,4)
M'(1+a, -2 + b) = M'(1 + 2, -2 + 3) = M'(3, 1)
N'(-2 + a, 1 + b) = N'(-2 + 2, 1 + 3) = N'(0, 4)
Hence the coordinate of the image is L'(2,4), M'(3,1), N'(0,4)

Question 16.
(x – 3, y – 4)

Answer:
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in the coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to y-coordinate of the vertices.
A(x,y) = A'(x+a, y+b)
the value of a and b will be positive if the shift is Right and vertical Up and the value of a and b will be negative if the shift is left and vertical down.
Given: L(0,1), M(1,-2), N(-2,1) and (x-3, y-4)
So the value of a = -3 and b = -4
L'(0 + a, 1 + b) = L'(0-3,1-4) = L'(-3,-3)
M'(1 + a, -2 + b) = M'(1 – 3, -2-4) = M'(-2,-6)
N'(-2 + a, 1 + b) = N'(-2 – 3, 1 – 4) = N'(-5, -3)
Hence the coordinate of the image are L'(-3,-3), M'(-2,-6), N'(-5, -3)

Question 17.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend translates point A 2 units down and 1 unit right. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 20

Answer:
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in the coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to the y-coordinate of the vertices.
A(x,y) = A'(x+a, y+b)
the value of a and b will be positive if the shift is Right and vertical Up and the value of a and b will be negative if the shift is left and vertical down.
Given points,
A(3, 1) and a = 1, b = -2
A'(3+a, 1+b) = A'(3+1, 1-2) = A'(4, -1)
So, the point A’ translated by my friend is wrong. He has reversed the x and y coordinate for translation.
Hence the correct translate point is A'(4,-1)

Question 18.
TRANSLATING A FIGURE
Translate the triangle 4 units right and 3 units down. What are the coordinates of the image?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 21

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations img_3
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in the coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to y-coordinate of the vertices.
A(x,y) = A'(x+a, y+b)
the value of a and b will be positive if the shift is Right and vertical Up and the value of a and b will be negative if the shift is left and vertical down.
Given points from graph: J(-1,3), K(-1,1), L(-4,1)
and a = 4, b = -3
J'(-1 + a, 3 + b) = J'(-1+4,3-3) = J'(3,0)
K'(-1 + a, 1 + b) = K'(-1 + 4, 1 – 3) = K'(3,-2)
L'(-4 + a, 1 + b) = L'(-4 + 4, 1 – 3) = L'(0,-2)
Hence the coordinate of image is J'(3,0), K'(3,-2), L'(0,-2)

Question 19.
TRANSLATING A FIGURE
Translate the figure 2 units left and 4 units down. What are the coordinates of the image?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 22

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations img_4
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in the coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to y-coordinate of the vertices.
A(x,y) = A'(x+a, y+b)
the value of a and b will be positive if the shift is Right and vertical Up and the value of a and b will be negative if the shift is left and vertical down.
Given: A(-1,4), B(2,3), C(3,0), D(-1,-1)
and a = -2, b = -4
A'(-1+a, 4+b) = A'(-1-2, 4-4) = A'(-3,0)
B'(2+a, 3+b) = B'(2-2, 3-4) = B'(0,-1)
C'(3+a, 0+b) = C'(3-2, 0-4) = C'(1,-4)
D'(-1+a, -1+b) = D'(-1-2, -1-4) = D'(-3,-5)
The coordinate of image are A'(-3,0), B'(0,-1), C'(1,-4), D'(-3,-5)

DESCRIBING A TRANSLATION
Describe the translation of the point to its image.

Question 20.
(3, 2) → (1,0)

Answer:
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in the coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to y-coordinate of the vertices.
A(x,y) = A'(x+a, y+b)
the value of a and b will be positive if the shift is Right and vertical Up and the value of a and b will be negative if the shift is left and vertical down.
Coordinate of the point A:(3,-2) and the image point A’:(1,0)
Horizontal shift: a = x2 – x1 = 1 – 3 = -2
Vertical shift: b = y2 – y1 = 0 – (-2) = 0 + 2 = 2
Hence the translation path will be 2 units left and 2 units up.

Question 21.
(-8, -4) → (-3, 5)

Answer:
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in the coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to y-coordinate of the vertices.
A(x,y) = A'(x+a, y+b)
the value of a and b will be positive if the shift is Right and vertical Up and the value of a and b will be negative if the shift is left and vertical down.
Coordinate of the point A:(-8,-4) and the image point A’:(-3,5)
Horizontal shift: a = x2 – x1 = -3 – (-8) = 5
Vertical shift: b = y2 – y1 = 5 – (-4) = 9
Hence the translation path will be 5 units left and 9 units up.

Question 22.
REASONING
You can click and drag an icon on a computer’s desktop. Is this an example of a translation? Explain.

Answer:
Yes, the dragging of an icon on a computer’s desktop is an example of translation.
Because when dragging an icon on desktop the icon directly slides and is stored in its new position. While dragging the icon there is no change in shape and size of the icon, thus fulfilling the criteria of translation.

Question 23.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The proposed location for a new oil platform is represented in a coordinate plane by a rectangle with vertices A(1, 3), B(1, 4), C(4, 4), and D(4, -3). An inspector recommends moving the oil platform 4 units right and 2 units down. Find the coordinates of the image. Then draw the original figureand the image in the coordinate plane.

Answer:
BIM 8th Grade Answers Chapter 2 Transformations img_5
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in the coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to the y-coordinate of the vertices.
A(x,y) = A'(x+a, y+b)
the value of a and b will be positive if the shift is Right and vertical Up and the value of a and b will be negative if the shift is left and vertical down.
Given: A(1,-3), B(1,4), C(4,4), D(4,-3) and a = 4, b = -2
A'(1+a, -3+b) = A'(1+4, -3-2) = A'(5,-5)
B'(1+a, 4+b) = B'(1+4, 4-2) = B'(5,2)
C'(4+a, 4+b) = C'(4+4, 4-2) = C'(8,2)
D'(4+a, -3+b) = D'(4+4, -3-2) = D'(8,-5)
Hence the coordinate of image are A'(5,-5), B'(5,2), C'(8,2), D'(8,-5)

Question 24.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A school of fish translates from point F to point D.
a. Describe the translation of the school of fish.
b. Can the fishing boat make the same translation? Explain.
c. Describe a translation the fishing boat could make to get to point D.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 22.1

Answer:
a. Coordinate of the point F: (-3,2) and the point D: (2,3)
Horizontal shift: a = x2 – x1 = 2 – (-3) = 2 + 5 = 7
Vertical shift: b = y2 – y1 = 3 – 2 = 1
Hence the path of translation is 5 unit Right and 1 unit Up.
b. No, the fishing boat (point B) cannot make the same translation as by fish (point F). Because in path between from point B to point D the is an island which will interrupt the translation of fishing boat.
c. Coordinate of the point B:(-2,-1) and the point D: (2,3)
Horizontal shift: a = x2 – x1 = 2 – (-2) = 2 + 2 = 4
Verical shift: b = y2 – y1 = 3 -(-1) = 3 + 1 = 4
Hence the path of translation is 4 unit Right and 4 unit Up.

Question 25.
REASONING
The vertices of a triangle are A(0, -3), B(2, -1), and C(3, -3). You translate the triangle 5 units right and 2 units down. Then you translate the image 3 units left and 8 units down. Is the original triangle identical to the final image? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in the coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to y-coordinate of the vertices.
A(x,y) = A'(x+a, y+b)
the value of a and b will be positive if the shift is Right and vertical Up and the value of a and b will be negative if the shift is left and vertical down.
Given: A(0,-3), B(2,-1), C(3,-3) and a1 = 5, b1 = -2
A'(0+a, -3+b) = A'(0+5, -3-2) = A'(5,-5)
B'(2+a, -1+b) = B'(2+5, -1-2) = B'(7,-3)
C'(3+a, -3+b) = C'(3+5,-3-2) = C'(8,-5)
Hence the coordinate of the first image are A'(5,-5), B'(7,-3), C'(8,-5)
Given: A'(5,-5), B'(7,-3), C'(8,-5) and a2 = -3, b2 = -8
A”(5+a, -5+b) = A”(5-3, -5-8) = A”(2,-13)
B”(7+a, -3+b) = B”(7-3, -3-8) = B”(4,-11)
C”(8+a, -5+b) = C”(8-3,-5-8) = C”(5,-13)
Hence the coordinate of the first image are A”(2,-13), B”(4,-11), C”(5,-13)
a = a1+a2 = 5 – 3 = 2, and b = b1 + b2 = -2 – 8 = -10
A'(0+a, -3+b) = A'(0+2, -3-10) = A'(2,-13)
B'(2+a, -1+b) = B'(2+2, -1-10) = B'(4,-11)
C'(3+a, -3+b) = C'(3+2,-3-10) = C'(5,-13)
Hence the original triangle is identical to the final image. This is because we can use both the translation by finding the resultant translation.
For final translation we can use:(x+2, y-10)

Question 26.
DIG DEEPER!
In chess, a knight can move only in an L-shaped pattern:

  • two vertical squares, then one horizontal square;
  • two horizontal squares, then one vertical square;
  • one vertical square, then two horizontal squares; or
  • one horizontal square, then two vertical squares.

Write a series of translations to move the knight from g8 to g5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 23

Answer:
The series of translation to move knight from g8 to g5
1. Move 1 units Right to h8 and then 2 units Down to h6
2. Move 2 units Left to f6 and then 1 unit Up to f7
3. Move 2 units Down to f5 and then 1 unit Right to g5

Lesson 2.2 Reflections

Reflecting Figures

Work with a partner.
a. For each figure below, draw the figure in the coordinate plane. Then copy the axes and the figure onto a piece of transparent paper. Flip the transparent paper and align the origin and the axes with the coordinate plane. For each pair of figures, describe the line of symmetry.

  • point
  • triangle
  • line segment
  • rectangle
  • line

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 24
b. When you reflect figures, what do you notice about sides, angles, and parallel lines?
c. Describe the relationship between each point below and the point A(4, 7) in terms of reflections.
d. A point with coordinates (x, y) is reflected in the x-axis. What are the coordinates of the image?
e. Repeat part(d) when the point is reflected in the y-axis

2.2 Lesson

Try It

Tell whether the blue figure is a reflection of the red figure.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 25

Answer: Blue figure is not the reflection of the red figure

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we can say that the blue figure is not the mirror image of the red figure. Thus Blue figure is not the reflection of the red figure.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 26

Answer: Blue figure is the reflection of the red figure

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we can say that the blue figure is the mirror image of the red figure. If the red figure is flipped it would form the shape of the blue figure. Thus Blue figure is the reflection of the red figure

Try It

Question 3.
The vertices of a rectangle are A(-4, -3), B(-4, -1), C(-1, -1), and D(-1, -3). Draw the figure and its reflection in (a) the x-axis and (b) the y-axis.

Answer:
Given,
The vertices of a rectangle are A(-4, -3), B(-4, -1), C(-1, -1), and D(-1, -3).
Reflection about the x-axis:
A(x,y) = A'(x,-y)
A(-4, -3) = A'(-4,3)
B(-4, -1) = B'(-4,1)
C(-1, -1) = C'(-1,1)
D(-1, -3) = D'(-1,3)
Reflection through x-axis:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations img_9(i)
Reflection through y-axis:
A(x,y) = A'(-x,y)
A(-4, -3) = A'(4,-3)
B(-4, -1) = B'(4,-1)
C(-1, -1) = C'(1,-1)
D(-1, -3) = D'(1,-3)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations img_9(ii)

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 4.
REFLECTING A FIGURE
The vertices of a triangle are J(-3, -5), K(-2, 2), and L(1, -4). Draw the figure and its reflection in
(a) the x-axis and
(b) the y-axis.

Answer:
When a point is reflected about the x-axis then the y coordinate becomes the opposite.
A(x,y) = A'(x,-y)
The vertices of a triangle are J(-3, -5), K(-2, 2), and L(1, -4).
Reflection about the x-axis:
J(-3, -5) = J'(-3,5)
K(-2, 2) = K'(-2,-2)
L(1, -4) = L'(1,4)
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations img_10(i)
when a point is reflected about the y-axis then the x coordinate becomes the opposite.
A(x,y) = A'(-x,y)
Reflection about the y-axis:
J(-3, -5) = J'(3,-5)
K(-2, 2) = K'(2,2)
L(1, -4) = L'(-1,-4)
BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 2 Transformations img_10(ii)

Question 5.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which transformation does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 27

Answer: 3rd figure is different from other figures. Because all the other three pictures are reflections of each other except the third one. The third picture is pointed in the same direction but all the other three figures are in opposite direction.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 6.
You design a logo using the figure shown at the left. You want both the x-axis and the y-axis to be lines of reflection. Describe how to use reflections to complete the design. Then draw the logo in the coordinate plane.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 28

Answer:
When a point is reflected about the x-axis then the y coordinate becomes the opposite.
A(x,y) = A'(x,-y)
A(-4,2), B(-2,2), C(0,0), D(-2,0)
Reflection about the x-axis:
A(-4,2) = A'(-4,-2)
B(-2,2) = B'(-2,-2)
C(0,0) = C'(0,0)
D(-2,0) = D'(-2,0)
when a point is reflected about the y-axis then the x coordinate becomes the opposite.
A(x,y) = A'(-x,y)
Reflection about the y-axis:
A(-4,2) = A”(4,2)
B(-2,2) = B”(2,2)
C(0,0) = C”(0,0)
D(-2,0) = D”(2,0)
Now to complete the Logo again we have to take a reflection of the image figure about the y-axis. In this way, the logo will be symmetric about both axis.
A”(4,2) = A”‘(4,-2)
B”(2,2) = B”‘(2,-2)
C”(0,0) = C”‘(0,0)
D”(2,0) = D”‘(-2,0)
Bigideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 img_11

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
You hit the golf ball along the path shown, so that its final location is a reflection in the y-axis of its starting location.
a. Does the golf ball land in the hole? Explain.
b. Your friend tries the shot from the same starting location. He bounces the ball of the wall at the point (-0.5, 7) so that its path is a reflection. Does the golf ball land in the hole?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 29

Answer:
a. Coordinates of the location of golf ball = (2,4)
Coordinates of location of hole = (-3,4)
Location of ball after reflection through y-axis = (2,4) = (-2,4)
But the location of the hole is (-3,4)
So the ball will not go into a hole and it will miss the hole by 1 unit.
Hence the ball will not go into the hole.
b. Yes, when the ball bounces at the point (-0.5,7) then it will land in the hole.

Reflections Homework & Practice 2.2

Review & Refresh

The vertices of a quadrilateral are P(-1, -1), Q(0, 4), R(3, 1), and S(1, -2). Draw the figure and its image after the translation.

Question 1.
7 units down

Answer:
Big Ideas Math 8th Grade Answer Key for Chapter 2 img_12
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to y-coordinates of the vertices.
A(x,y) = A'(x+a,y+b)
the value ‘a’ and ‘b’ will be positive if shift is right and vertical up and the value of ‘a’ and ‘b’ will be negative if shift is left and vertical down.
Given,
P(-1,-1)
Q(0,4)
R(3,1)
S(1,-2) and a = 0, b = -7
P'(-1+a,-1+b) = P'(-1+0,-1-7) = P'(-1,-8)
Q'(0+a,4+b) = Q'(0+4,4-7) = Q'(4,-3)
R'(3+a, 1+b) = R'(3+0,1-7) = R'(3,-6)
S'(1+a,-2+b) = S'(1+0,-2-7) = S'(1,-9)
Thus the coordinate of the image is P'(-1,-8), Q'(4,-3), R'(3,-6), and S'(1,-9)

Question 2.
3 units left and 2 units up

Answer:
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to y-coordinates of the vertices.
A(x,y) = A'(x+a,y+b)
the value ‘a’ and ‘b’ will be positive if shift is right and vertical up and the value of ‘a’ and ‘b’ will be negative if shift is left and vertical down.
Given,
P(-1,-1)
Q(0,4)
R(3,1)
S(1,-2) and a = -3, b = 2
P'(-1+a,-1+b) = P'(-1-3,-1+2) = P'(-4,1)
Q'(0+a,4+b) = Q'(0-3,4+2) = Q'(-3,6)
R'(3+a, 1+b) = R'(3-2,1+2) = R'(0,3)
S'(1+a,-2+b) = S'(1-3,-2+2) = S'(-2,0)
Thus the coordinate of the image are P'(-4,1), Q'(-3,6), R'(0,3) and S'(-2,0)
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Ch 2 Transformations img_11

Question 3.
(x + 4, y – 1)

Answer:
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to y-coordinates of the vertices.
A(x,y) = A'(x+a,y+b)
the value ‘a’ and ‘b’ will be positive if shift is right and vertical up and the value of ‘a’ and ‘b’ will be negative if shift is left and vertical down.
Given,
P(-1,-1)
Q(0,4)
R(3,1)
S(1,-2) and a = 4, b = -1
P'(-1+a,-1+b) = P'(-1+4,-1-1) = P'(3,-2)
Q'(0+a,4+b) = Q'(0+4,4-1) = Q'(4,3)
R'(3+a, 1+b) = R'(3+4,1-1) = R'(7,0)
S'(1+a,-2+b) = S'(1+4,-2-1) = S'(5,-3)
Thus the coordinate of the image are P'(3,-2), Q'(4,3), R'(7,0) and S'(5,-3)
Big ideas math answers grade 8 chapter 2 transformations img_12

Question 4.
(x – 5, y – 6)

Answer:
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to y-coordinates of the vertices.
A(x,y) = A'(x+a,y+b)
the value ‘a’ and ‘b’ will be positive if shift is right and vertical up and the value of ‘a’ and ‘b’ will be negative if shift is left and vertical down.
Given,
P(-1,-1)
Q(0,4)
R(3,1)
S(1,-2) and a = -5, b = -6
P'(-1+a,-1+b) = P'(-1-5,-1-6) = P'(-6,-7)
Q'(0+a,4+b) = Q'(0-5,4-6) = Q'(-5,-2)
R'(3+a, 1+b) = R'(3-5,1-6) = R'(-2,-5)
S'(1+a,-2+b) = S'(1-5,-2-6) = S'(-4,-8)
Thus the coordinate of the image are P'(-6,-7), Q'(-5,-2), R'(-2,-5) and S'(-4,-8)
BIM 8th Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Transformations img_13

Tell whether the angles are complementary, supplementary or neither.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 30

Answer:
108° + 82° = 190°
Thus the angle is neither supplementary nor complementary.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 31

Answer: Complementary

Explanation:
43° + 47° = 90°
Two angles are called complementary when their measures add to 90 degrees.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 32

Answer:
38° + 62° = 100°
Hence the given angle is neither supplementary nor complementary.

Question 8.
36 is 75% of what number?
A. 27
B. 48
C. 54
D. 63

Answer: B. 48

Explanation:
Let x be the unknown value.
75% of x = 36
75% × x = 36
75/100 × x = 36
3/4x × x = 36
3x = 36 × 4
3x = 144
x = 144/3
x = 48
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving
DESCRIBING RELATIONSHIPS
Describe the relationship between the given point and the point A(5, 3) in terms of reflections. (See Exploration 1, p. 49.)

Answer:
We know that when a point is reflected about x-axis then y-coordinate becomes the opposite.
P(x,y) = P'(x,-y)
We know that when a point is reflected about y-axis then x-coordinate becomes opposite.
P(x,y) = P'(-x,y)
Given: A(5,3), B(5,-3)
Hence the point A is reflected about the x-axis to get point B.

IDENTIFYING A REFLECTION
Tell whether the blue figure is a reflection of the red figure.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 33

Answer: No

Explanation:
The blue figure is not the mirror image of the red figure. If the red figure were flipped then the right of the blue and red figure should be facing each other. So, the blue figure is not a reflection of red figure.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 34

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
The blue figure is the mirror image of the red figure. If the red figure were flipped it will result in the blue figure. So, the blue figure is a reflection of red figure.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 35

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
The blue figure is the mirror image of the red figure. If the red figure were flipped it will result in the blue figure. So, the blue figure is a reflection of red figure.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 36

Answer: No

Explanation:
The blue figure is not the mirror image of the red figure. If the red figure were flipped then the right of the blue and red figure should be facing each other. So, the blue figure is not a reflection of red figure.

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 37

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
The blue figure is the mirror image of the red figure. If the red figure were flipped it will result in the blue figure. So, the blue figure is a reflection of red figure.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 38

Answer: No

Explanation:
The blue figure is not the mirror image of the red figure. If the red figure were flipped then the right of the blue and red figure should be facing each other. So, the blue figure is not a reflection of red figure.

REFLECTING FIGURES
Draw the figure and its reflection in the x-axis. Identify the coordinates of the image.

Question 18.
A(3, 2), B(4, 4), C(1, 3)

Answer:
We know that when a point is reflected about the x-axis then y-coordinate becomes the opposite.
A(x,y) = A'(x,-y)
We know that when a point is reflected about the y-axis then the x-coordinate becomes the opposite.
A(x,y) = A'(-x,y)
Given,
A(3, 2), B(4, 4), C(1, 3)
Reflection about the x-axis:
A(3, 2) = A'(3,-2)
B(4, 4) = B'(4,-4)
C(1, 3) = C'(1,-3)
Thus the coordinate of the image are A'(3,-2), B'(4,-4), C'(1,-3)
Bigideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 img_14

Question 19.
M(-2, 1), N(0, 3), P(2, 2)

Answer:
We know that when a point is reflected about the x-axis then y-coordinate becomes the opposite.
A(x,y) = A'(x,-y)
We know that when a point is reflected about the y-axis then the x-coordinate becomes the opposite.
A(x,y) = A'(-x,y)
Given,
M(-2, 1), N(0, 3), P(2, 2)
Reflection about the x-axis:
M(-2, 1) = M'(-2,-1)
N(0, 3) = N'(0,-3)
P(2, 2) = P'(2,-2)
Thus the coordinate of the image are M'(-2,-1), N'(0,-3), P'(2,-2)
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Ch 2 Answer Key img_15

Question 20.
H(2, -2), J(4, -1), K(6, -3), L(5, -4)

Answer:
We know that when a point is reflected about the x-axis then y-coordinate becomes the opposite.
A(x,y) = A'(x,-y)
We know that when a point is reflected about the y-axis then the x-coordinate becomes the opposite.
A(x,y) = A'(-x,y)
Given,
H(2, -2), J(4, -1), K(6, -3), L(5, -4)
Reflection about the x-axis:
H(2, -2) = H'(-2,-1)
J(4, -1) = J'(4,1)
K(6, -3) = K'(6,3)
L(5, -4) = L'(5,4)
Thus the coordinate of the image are H'(-2,-1), J'(4,1), K'(6,3) and L'(5,4)
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations img_16

Question 21.
D(-2, -5), E(0, -1), F(2, -1), G(0, -5)

Answer:
We know that when a point is reflected about the x-axis then y-coordinate becomes the opposite.
A(x,y) = A'(x,-y)
We know that when a point is reflected about the y-axis then the x-coordinate becomes the opposite.
A(x,y) = A'(-x,y)
Given,
D(-2, -5), E(0, -1), F(2, -1), G(0, -5)
Reflection about the x-axis:
D(-2, -5) = D'(-2,5)
E(0, -1) = E'(0,1)
F(2, -1) = F'(2,1)
G(0, -5) = G'(0,5)
Thus the coordinate of the image are D'(-2,5), E'(0,1), F'(2,1), G'(0,5)
Big ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations img_17

REFLECTING FIGURES
Draw the figure and its reflection in the y-axis. Identify the coordinates of the image.

Question 22.
Q(-4, 2), R(-2, 4), S(-1, 1)

Answer:
We know that when a point is reflected about the y-axis then the x-coordinate becomes the opposite.
A(x,y) = A'(-x,y)
Given,
Q(-4, 2), R(-2, 4), S(-1, 1)
Reflection about the x-axis:
Q(-4, 2) = Q'(4,2)
R(-2, 4) = R'(2,4)
S(-1, 1)= S'(1,1)
Thus the coordinate of the image is Q'(4,2), R'(2,4), S'(1,1)
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapter 2 solution Key img_18

Question 23.
T(4, -2), U(4, 2), V(6, -2)

Answer:
We know that when a point is reflected about the y-axis then the x-coordinate becomes the opposite.
A(x,y) = A'(-x,y)
Given,
T(4, -2), U(4, 2), V(6, -2)
Reflection about the y-axis
T(4,-2) = T'(-4,-2)
Y(4,2) = U'(-4,2)
V(6,-2) = V'(-6,-2)
Thus the coordinates of the figure are T'(-4,-2), U'(-4,2), V'(-6,-2)
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapter 2 transformations answer key img_19

Question 24.
W(2, -1), X(5, -2), Y(5, -5), Z(2, -4)

Answer:
We know that when a point is reflected about the y-axis then the x-coordinate becomes the opposite.
A(x,y) = A'(-x,y)
Given,
W(2, -1), X(5, -2), Y(5, -5), Z(2, -4)
Reflection about the y-axis:
W(2,-1) = W'(-2,-1)
X(5,-2) = X'(-5,-2)
Y(5,-5) = Y'(-5,-5)
Z(2,-4) = Z'(-2,-4)
Thus the coordinates of the figure are W'(-2,-1), X'(-5,-2), Y'(-5,-5), Z'(-2,-4)
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 2nd Chapter Answer Key for Transformations img_20

Question 25.
J(2, 2), K(7, 4), L(9, -2), M(3, -1)

Answer:
We know that when a point is reflected about the y-axis then the x-coordinate becomes the opposite.
A(x,y) = A'(-x,y)
Given,
J(2, 2), K(7, 4), L(9, -2), M(3, -1)
Reflection about the y-axis
J(2, 2) = J(-2,2)
K(7, 4) = K'(-7,4)
L(9, -2) = L'(-9,-2)
M(3, -1) = M'(-3,-1)
Thus the coordinates of the figure are J(-2,2), K'(-7,4), L'(-9,-2), M'(-3,-1)
BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 2 Transformations img_21

Question 26.
REASONING
Which letters look the same when reflected in the line?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 39

Answer:
The letters which will look the same after being reflected through horizontal line are
B, C, D, E, H, I, K, O, X

STRUCTURE
The coordinates of a point and its image after a reflection are given. Identify the line of reflection.

Question 27.
(2, -2) → (2, 2)

Answer:
When a point is reflected about the x-axis then the y coordinate becomes the opposite.
A(x,y) = A'(x,-y)
when a point is reflected about the y-axis then the x coordinate becomes the opposite.
A(x,y) = A'(-x,y)
Given A(2, -2) → A'(2, 2)
Here we can see that x-coordinate of both A & A’ is the same but the y-coordinate of A’ is just the opposite of A. This means that A’ is the reflection of A about the x-axis.
Hence the point A is reflected about the x-axis to get point A’.

Question 28.
(-4, 1) → (4, 1)

Answer:
When a point is reflected about the x-axis then the y coordinate becomes the opposite.
A(x,y) = A'(x,-y)
when a point is reflected about the y-axis then the x coordinate becomes the opposite.
A(x,y) = A'(-x,y)
Given A(-4, 1) → A'(4, 1)
Here we can see that y-coordinate of both A & A’ is the same but the x-coordinate of A’ is just the opposite of A. This means that A’ is the reflection of A about y-axis.
Hence the point A is reflected about the y-axis to get point A’.

Question 29.
(-2, -5) → (4, -5)

Answer:
Given,
A(-2, -5) → A'(4, -5)
We observe that y-coordinate of both A and A’ is same but the x-coordinate of A’ is not opposite of A. This means that A’ is the reflection of A about a line x = a.
a = (x2+x1)/2 = (4-2)/2 = 2/2 = 1
Hence the point (-2,-5) is reflected about the line x = 1 to get point (4,-5)

Question 30.
(-3, -4) → (-3, 0)

Answer:
Given,
B(-3, -4) → B'(-3, 0)
We observe that x-coordinate of both B and B’ is the same but the y-coordinate of B’ is not the opposite of B. This means that A’ is the reflection of A about a line x = a.
b = (y2+y1)/2 = (0-4)/2 = -4/2 = -2
Hence the point (-3,-4) is reflected about the line y = -2 to get point (-3,0)

TRANSFORMING FIGURES
Find the coordinates of the figure after the transformations.

Question 31.
Translate the triangle 1 unit right and 5 units down. Then reflect the image in the y-axis.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 40

Answer:
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in the coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to y-coordinate of the vertices.
A(x,y) = A'(x+a, y+b)
The value a and b will be positive if the shift is Right and Vertical Up and the value of a and b will be negative if the shift is left and vertical Down.
Given:
R(-4,1)
S(-4,4)
T(-2,1)
a = 1 and b = -5
R(-4,1) = R'(-4+a, 1+b) = R'(-4+1, 1-5) = R'(-3, -4)
S(-4,4) = S'(-4+a, 4+b) = S'(-4+1, 4-5) = S'(-3, -1)
T(-2,1) = T'(-2+a, 1+b) = T'(-2+1, 1-5) = T'(-1, -4)
Thus the coordinates of the image are R'(-3, -4), S'(-3, -1), T'(-1, -4)

Question 32.
Reflect the trapezoid in the x-axis. Then translate the image 2 units left and 3 units up.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 41

Answer:
When a point is reflected about the x-axis then the y coordinate becomes the opposite.
A(x,y) = A'(x,-y)
Given, W(-2,-2), X(-2,1), Y(2,1), and Z(4,-2)
Now reflection about the x-axis:
W(-2,-2) = W'(-2,2)
X(-2,1) = X'(-2,-1)
Y(2,1) = Y'(2,-1)
Z(4,-2) = Z'(4,2)
Thus the coordinates of the image: W'(-2,2), X'(-2,-1), Y'(2,-1), Z'(4,2)
Now translating the above image point:
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in the coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to the y-coordinate of the vertices.
A(x,y) = A'(x+a, y+b)
The value a and b will be positive if the shift is Right and Vertical Up and the value of a and b will be negative if the shift is left and vertical Down.
Given:
W(-2,-2), X(-2,1), Y(2,1), and Z(4,-2)
a = -2 and b = 3
W(-2,2) = W”(-2+a, 2+b) = W”(-2-2, 2+3) = W”(-4, 5)
X(-2,-1) = X”(-2+a, -1+b) = X”(-2-2, -1+3) = X”(-4, 2)
Y(2,-1) = Y”(2+a, -1+b) = Y”(2-2, -1+3) = Y”(0, 2)
Z(4,2) = Z”(4+a, 2+b) = Z”(4-2, 2+3) = Z”(2, 5)
Thus the coordinates of the image: W”(-4, 5), X”(-4, 2), Y”(0, 2), Z”(2, 5)

Question 33.
REASONING
In Exercises 31 and 32, is the original figure identical to the final image? Explain.

Answer: Yes, in exercises 31 and 32 the original figure is identical to the final image. Because the type of transformation used is reflection and translation. The shape and size of the image figure do not change when there is reflection or translation. The only position of the image changes in both cases when compared to the position of the original figure.

Question 34.
CRITICAL THINKING
Hold a mirror to the left side of the photo of the vehicle.
a. What word do you see in the mirror?

Answer: The word which we will see in the mirror will be AMBULANCE. Because the word is written in mirror image form on the vehicle.

b. Why do you think it is written that way on the front of the vehicle?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 42

Answer: Ambulance

Explanation:
It is written in that way because the ambulance will be behind any vehicle then the word “AMBULANCE” will correctly appear in the Rear-view mirror of the front vehicle.

Question 35.
DIG DEEPER!
Reflect the triangle in the line y = x. How are the x- and y-coordinates of the image related to the x- and y-coordinates of the original triangle?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 43

Answer:
When a point is reflected about the line y = x then both x and y-coordinate become opposite.
A(x, y) = A'(-x, -y)
Given,
D(-1,-3)
E(-1,1)
F(-3,1)
Reflection about the line y = x
D(-1,-3) = D'(1,-3)
E(-1,1) = E'(1,-1)
F(-3,1) = F'(3,-1)
Hence the coordinates of the image: D'(1,-3), E'(1,-1), F'(3,-1)
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapter 2 Solution Key img_21

Lesson 2.3 Rotations

EXPLORATION 1
Work with a partner.
a. For each figurebelow, draw the figure in the coordinate plane. Then copy the axes and the figure onto a piece of transparent paper. Turn the transparent paper and align the origin and the axes with the coordinate plane. For each pair of figures, describe the angle of rotation.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 44

  • point
  • triangle
  • line segment
  • rectangle

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 45
b. When you rotate figures, what do you notice about sides, angles, and parallel lines?
c. Describe the relationship between each point below and the point A(3, 6) in terms of rotations.
d. What are the coordinates of a point P(x, y) after a rotation 90° counterclockwise about the origin? 180°? 270°?

2.3 Lesson

Try It
Tell whether the blue figure is a rotation of the red figure about the origin. If so, give the angle and direction of rotation.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 46

Answer: Yes blue figure is the rotation of red figure about the origin.

Explanation:
When we rotate the red figure 180 degrees clockwise or anti-clockwise about the origin we will get the same figure as the blue figure.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 47

Answer: Blue figure is not the rotation of the red figure.

Explanation:
When the red figure is rotated about the origin in any direction the distance of the center point of both the red figure and the blue figure will be the same from the origin point (0,0). The distance between the center of the object and the center of rotation always remains the same.
Thus Blue figure is not the rotation of the red figure.

Try It

The vertices of a figure are given. Rotate the figure as described. Find the coordinates of the image.

Question 3.
J(-4, -4), K(-4, 2), L(-1, 0), M(-2, -3); 180° about the origin

Answer:
When a point is rotated 180 degrees about the origin then both x and y-coordinates become opposite.
A(x, y) = A'(-x, -y)
Given, J(-4, -4), K(-4, 2), L(-1, 0), M(-2, -3)
Rotation about the origin
J(-4, -4) = J'(4,4)
K(-4, 2) = K'(4,-2)
L(-1, 0) = L'(1,0)
M(-2, -3) = M'(2,3)
Hence the coordinate of the image are J'(4,4), K'(4,-2), L'(1,0), M'(2,3)

Question 4.
P(-3, 2), Q(6, 1), R(-1, -5); 90° counterclockwise about the origin

Answer:
When a point is rotated 90 degrees about the origin then both x and y-coordinates become opposite.
A(x, y) = A'(-y, x)
Given,
P(-3, 2), Q(6, 1), R(-1, -5)
Rotation about the origin
P(-3, 2) = P'(-2,-3)
Q(6, 1) = Q'(-1,6)
R(-1, -5) = R'(5,-1)
Hence the coordinate of the image is P'(-2,-3), Q'(-1,6), R'(5,-1)

Question 5.
A(5, 3), B(4, -1), C(1, -1); 90° clockwise about the origin

Answer:
When a point is rotated 270 degrees counterclockwise about the origin then both x and y-coordinates gets interchanged and the x-coordinate becomes the opposite.
A(x, y) = A'(y, -x)
Given,
A(5, 3), B(4, -1), C(1, -1)
Rotation about the origin
A(5, 3) = A'(3,-5)
B(4, -1) = B'(-1,-4)
C(1, -1) = C'(-1,-1)
Hence the coordinate of the image are A'(3,-5), B'(-1,-4), C'(-1,-1)

Try It

Question 6.
The vertices of a triangle are P(-1, 2), Q(-1, 0), and R(2, 0). Rotate the triangle 180° about the origin, and then reflect it in the x-axis. What are the coordinates of the image?

Answer:
When a point is rotated 180 degrees about the origin then both x and y-coordinates become opposite.
A(x, y) = A'(-x, -y)
Given,
P(-1, 2), Q(-1, 0), and R(2, 0)
Rotation about the origin
P(-1, 2) = P'(1,-2)
Q(-1, 0) = Q'(1,0)
R(2, 0) = R'(-2,0)
Hence the coordinate of the image is P'(1,-2), Q'(1,0), R'(-2,0)
Now reflecting above image point about x-axis:
When a point is reflected about the x-axis then the y-coordinate becomes opposite.
A(x, y) = A'(x, -y)
Given,
P'(1,-2), Q'(1,0), R'(-2,0)
Rotation about the origin
P'(1,-2) = P”(1,2)
Q'(1,0) = Q”(1,0)
R'(-2,0) = R”(-2,0)
Hence the coordinate of the image are P'(1,2), Q'(1,0), R'(-2,0)

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 7.
IDENTIFYING A ROTATION
Tell whether the blue figure is a rotation of the red figure about point P. If so, give the angle and direction of rotation.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 48

Answer:
Yes, the blue figure is the rotation of the red figure about the origin.

Explanation:
Because when we will rotate the red figure 90 degrees anti-clockwise about the origin we will get the same figure as the blue figure.
By this, we can say that the blue figure is the result of the rotation of red figure by 90 degrees in the clock or anti-clockwise direction.

Question 8.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 49
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 50

Answer:
The statement which different from all other 3 statement is:
What are the coordinates of the image after a 270 degrees clockwise rotation about the origin?
Now coordinate of both the image are:
The rotation of an object 90 degrees clockwise is equal to the rotation of 270 degrees counterclockwise.
we know that when a point is rotated 270 degrees counterclockwise about origin then both coordinate gets interchanges and x-coordinate becomes opposite.
A(x, y) = A'(y, -x)
Given,
A(2, 4)
B(4, 4)
C(4, 1)
Rotating 90 degrees clockwise about the origin
A(2,4) = A'(4,-2)
B(4, 4) = B'(4,-4)
C(4, 1) = C'(1,-4)
Hence the coordinate of the image are: A'(4,-2), B'(4,-4), C'(1,-4)
Image of statement which different from all 3 statement
The rotation of an object 270 degrees clockwise is equal to the rotation of 90 degrees counterclockwise.
we know that when a point is rotated 90 degrees counterclockwise about origin then both coordinate gets interchanges and x-coordinate becomes opposite
P(x, y) = P'(-y, x)
Given,
A(2, 4)
B(4, 4)
C(4, 1)
Rotating 90 degrees clockwise about the origin
A(2, 4) = A'(-4, 2)
B(4, 4) = B'(-4, 4)
C(4, 1) = C'(-1, 4)
Hence the coordinate of the image are: A'(4,-2), B'(-4,4), C'(-1,4)
Third statement “what are the coordinates of the image after a 270 degrees clockwise rotation about origin?” is different.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 9.
You move the red game piece to the indicated location using a rotation about the origin, followed by a translation. What are the coordinates of the vertices of the game piece after the rotation? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 51

Answer:
To move the red game piece in the indicated location the game piee should be rotated 90 degrees in clockwise direction. The rotation of red game piece 90 degrees clockwise is same as the rotation of 270 degrees counterclockwise.
we know that when a point is rotated 270 degrees counterclockwise about origin then both coordinate gets interchanges and x-coordinate becomes opposite.
A(x,y) = A'(y, -x)
Conner point of red game piece:
A(0,-1), B(0,0), C(1,0), D(1,1), E(-2,1), F(-2,0), G(-1,0), H(-1,-1)
Rotating 90 degrees clockwise about the origin:
A(0,-1) = A'(-1,0)
B(0,0) = B'(0,0)
C(1,0) = C'(0,-1)
D(1,1) = D'(1,-1)
E(-2,1) = E'(1,2)
F(-2,0) = F'(0,2)
G(-1,0) = G'(0,1)
H(-1,-1) = H'(-1,1)
Hence the coordinate of corner of red game piece are A'(-1,0), B'(0,0), C'(0,-1), D'(1,-1), E'(1,2), F'(0,2), G'(0,1), H'(-1,1)

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
Skytypingis a technique that airplanes use to write messages in the sky. The coordinate plane shows a message typed in the sky over a city, where the positive y-axis represents north. What does the message say? How can you transform the message so that it is read from north to south?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 52

Answer: HELLO

Explanation:
The message above on the coordinate plane can be transformed from north to south by rotating the image 90 degrees anticlockwise.

Rotations Homework & Practice 2.3

Review & Refresh

Tell whether the blue figure is a reflection of the red figure.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 53

Answer: Yes, the blue figure is the reflection of red figure.

Explanation:
Because the blue figure is the exact mirror image of the red figure. If the red figure will be flipped it will result in the blue figure. So, the blue figure is the reflection of red figure.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 54

Answer: No, the blue figure is not the reflection of red figure.

Explanation:
Because the blue figure is not the mirror image of the red figure. If the red figure will be flipped it will not result in the blue figure. So blue figure is not reflection of red figure.

Find the circumference of the object. Use 3.14 or \(\frac{22}{7}\) for π.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 55

Answer:
Given diameter of disk D = 28 cm
Circumference of the circular disk is π × D
C = π × 28
C = 22/7 × 28
C = 22 × 4
C = 88 cm
Thus the circumference is 88 cm.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 56

Answer:
Given the diameter of disk D = 11.4 in
Circumference of the circular disk is π × D
C = π × 11.4
C = 22/7 × 11.4
C = 3.14 × 11.4
C = 35.796 in
Thus the circumference is 35.796 in

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 57

Answer:
Given diameter of disk r = 0.5 ft
Circumference of the circular disk is 2π × r
C = 2π × 0.5
C = 6.28 × 0.5
C = 3.14 ft
Thus the circumference is 3.14 ft

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

DESCRIBING RELATIONSHIPS
Describe the relationship between the given point and the point (2, 7) in terms of rotations. (See Exploration 1, p. 55.)

Question 6.
B(7, -2)

Answer:
Given,
A(7, 2) = B(7, -2)
Here we can see that after rotation x and y coordinate are interchanged and the y-coordinate is opposite. And we know that when a point is rotated 270 degrees counterclockwise about origin then both coordinates get interchanged and the x-coordinate becomes opposite.
P(x, y) = P'(y, -x)
Hence the above rotation is 270 degrees counterclockwise about the origin.

Question 7.
C(-7, 2)

Answer:
Given,
A(7, 2) = C(-7, 2)
Here we can see that after rotation x and y coordinate are interchanged and the y-coordinate is opposite. And we know that when a point is rotated 270 degrees counterclockwise about origin then both coordinate gets interchanged and x-coordinate becomes opposite.
P(x, y) = P'(-y, x)
Hence the above rotation is 90 degrees counterclockwise about the origin.

Question 8.
D(-2, -7)

Answer:
Given,
A(2, 7) = C(-2, -7)
Here we can see that after rotation x and y coordinate are interchanged and the y-coordinate is opposite. And we know that when a point is rotated 270 degrees counterclockwise about origin then both coordinate gets interchanged and x-coordinate becomes opposite.
P(x, y) = P'(-x, -y)
Hence the above rotation is 180 degrees counterclockwise about the origin.

IDENTIFYING A ROTATION
Tell whether the blue figure is a rotation of the red figure about the origin. If so, give the angle and direction of rotation.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 58

Answer: No the blue figure is not the rotation of the red figure.

Explanation:
Because if the blue triangle were the result of the rotation of the red triangle then the hypotenuse of the blue triangle should have been parallel to the x-axis. so, it is not the case of rotation.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 59

Answer: Yes, the blue figure is the result of the rotation of the red figure.

Explanation:
Because if the red figure is rotated 90 degrees in a counterclockwise direction it will result in a blue figure.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 60

Answer: Yes, the blue figure is the result of the rotation of the red figure.

Explanation:
If the red figure is rotated 180 degrees in counterclockwise or clockwise direction it will result in blue figure.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 61

Answer: Yes, the blue figure is the result of the rotation of the red figure.

Explanation:
If the red figure is rotated 90 degrees in a clockwise direction it will result in blue figure.

ROTATING A FIGURE
The vertices of a figure are given. Rotate the figure as described. Find the coordinates of the image.

Question 13.
A(2, -2), B(4, -1), C(4, -3), D(2, -4)
90° counterclockwise about the origin

Answer:
We know that when a point is rotated 90 degrees counterclockwise about the origin then both coordinates gets interchanged and y-coordinate becomes opposite.
P(x, y) = P'(-y, x)
Given,
A(2, -2), B(4, -1), C(4, -3), D(2, -4)
Rotating 90 degrees counterclockwise about the origin
A(2, -2) = A'(2,2)
B(4, -1) = B'(1,4)
C(4, -3) = C'(3,4)
D(2, -4) = D'(4,2)
Hence the coordinates of the image are A'(2,2), B'(1,4), C'(3,4), D'(4,2)

Question 14.
F(1, 2), G(3, 5), H(3, 2) 180° about the origin

Answer:
We know that when a point is rotated 180 degrees counterclockwise or clockwise direction about the origin then both coordinates gets interchanged and y-coordinate becomes opposite.
P(x, y) = P'(-x, -y)
Given,
F(1, 2), G(3, 5), H(3, 2)
Rotating 180 degrees about the origin
F(1, 2) = F'(-1,-2)
G(3, 5) = G'(-3,-5)
H(3, 2) = H'(-3,-2)
Hence the coordinates of the image are F'(-1,-2), G'(-3,-5), H'(-3,-2)

Question 15.
J(-4, 1), K(-2, 1), L(-4, -3)
90° clockwise about the origin

Answer:
The rotation of an object 90 degrees clockwise is equal to the rotation of 270 degrees counterclockwise.
We know that when a point is rotated 270 degrees counterclockwise about the origin then both coordinates gets interchanged and y-coordinate becomes opposite.
P(x, y) = P'(y, -x)
Given,
J(-4, 1), K(-2, 1), L(-4, -3)
Rotating 90 degrees clockwise about the origin
J(-4, 1) = J'(1,4)
K(-2, 1) = K'(1,2)
L(-4, -3) = L'(-3,4)
Hence the coordinates of the image are J'(1,4), K'(1,2), L'(-3,4)

Question 16.
P(-3, 4), Q(-1, 4), R(-2, 1), S(-4, 1)
270° clockwise about the origin

Answer:
The rotation of an object 270 degrees clockwise is equal to the rotation of 90 degrees counterclockwise.
We know that when a point is rotated 90 degrees counterclockwise about the origin then both coordinates gets interchanged and y-coordinate becomes opposite.
P(x, y) = P'(-y, x)
Given,
P(-3, 4), Q(-1, 4), R(-2, 1), S(-4, 1)
Rotating 90 degrees clockwise about the origin
P(-3, 4) = P'(-4,-3)
Q(-1, 4) = Q'(-4,-1)
R(-2, 1) = R'(-1,-2)
S(-4, 1) = S'(-1,-4)
Hence the coordinates of the image are P'(-4,-3), Q'(-4,-1), R'(-1,-2), S'(-1,-4)

Question 17.
W(-6, -2), X(-2, -2), Y(-2, -6), Z(-5, -6)
270° counterclockwise about the origin

Answer:
We know that when a point is rotated 270 degrees counterclockwise about the origin then both coordinates gets interchanged and y-coordinate becomes opposite.
P(x, y) = P'(y, -x)
Given,
W(-6, -2), X(-2, -2), Y(-2, -6), Z(-5, -6)
Rotating 90 degrees clockwise about the origin
W(-6, -2) = W'(-2,6)
X(-2, -2) = X'(-2,2)
Y(-2, -6) = Y'(-6,2)
Z(-5, -6) = Z'(-6,5)
Hence the coordinates of the image are W'(-2,6), X'(-2,2), Y'(-6,2), Z'(-6,5)

Question 18.
A(1, -1), B(5, -6), C(1, -6)
90° counterclockwise about the origin

Answer:
We know that when a point is rotated 90 degrees counterclockwise about the origin then both coordinates gets interchanged and y-coordinate becomes opposite.
P(x, y) = P'(-y, x)
Given,
A(1, -1), B(5, -6), C(1, -6)
Rotating 90 degrees clockwise about the origin
A(1, -1) = A'(1,1)
B(5, -6) = B'(6,5)
C(1, -6) = C'(6,1)
Hence the coordinates of the image are A'(1,1), B'(6,5), C'(6,1)

Question 19.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
The vertices of a triangle are A(4, 4), B(1, -2), and C(-3, 0). Your friend finds the coordinates of the image after a rotation 90° clockwise about the origin. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 62

Answer:
We know that when a point is rotated 270 degrees counterclockwise about the origin then both coordinates gets interchanged and y-coordinate becomes opposite.
P(x, y) = P'(y, -x)
Given,
A(4, 4), B(1, -2), and C(-3, 0).
Rotating 90 degrees clockwise about the origin
A(4, 4) = A'(4,-4)
B(1, -2) = B'(-2,-1)
C(-3,0) = C'(0,3)
Hence the coordinates of the image are A'(4,-4), B'(-2,-1), C'(0,3)
By this I can say that my friend is not correct.

Question 20.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A game show contestant spins the prize wheel shown. The arrow remains in a fixed position while the wheel rotates. The wheel stops spinning, resulting in an image that is a rotation 270° clockwise about the center of the wheel. What is the result?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 62.1

Answer: Free spin

Explanation:
The arrow is located at 90 degrees in the counterclockwise direction of free spin. So when the wheel is rotated 270 degrees in a clockwise direction the arrow will be on the free spin column.

PATTERN
A figure has rotational symmetry if a rotation of 180° or less produces an image that fits exactly on the original figure. Determine whether the figure has rotational symmetry. Explain your reasoning.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 63

Answer: Yes the given figure has rotational symmetry.

Explanation:
The given figure in the problem is rotated 120 degrees in any direction clockwise or counterclockwise then it will produce the same identical image. Since 120 degrees is less than 180 degrees so it will have rotational symmetry.

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 64

Answer: No the given figure does not have rotational symmetry.

Explanation:
The given figure in the problem will produce the same identical image only when it is rotated 360 degrees. Since 360 degrees is greater than 180 degrees so it will not have rotational symmetry.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 65

Answer: Yes the given figure has rotational symmetry.

Explanation:
The given figure in the problem will produce the same identical image only when it is rotated 180 degrees. Since the maximum angle for rotational symmetry is 180 degrees so it will have rotational symmetry.

USING MORE THAN ONE TRANSFORMATION
The vertices of a figure are given. Find the coordinates of the image after the transformations given.

Question 24.
R(-7, -5), S(-1, -2), T(-1, -5)
Rotate 90° counterclockwise about the origin. Then translate 3 units left and 8 units up.

Answer:
We know that when a point is rotated 90 degrees counterclockwise about origin then both coordinates gets interchanges and y-coordinate becomes opposite.
P(x,y) = P'(-y,x)
Given, R(-7, -5), S(-1, -2), T(-1, -5)
Rotating 90 degrees counterclockwise about the origin
R(-7,-5) = R'(5,-7)
S(-1, -2) = S'(2,-1)
T(-1, -5) = T'(5,-1)
The coordinate of the image are R'(5,-7), S'(2,-1), T'(5,-1)
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to y-coordinate of the vertices.
A(x,y) = A'(x+a, y+b)
The value a and b will be positive if shift is Right and Vertical Up and the value of a and b will be negative if shift is left and vertical Down.
Given, R'(5,-7), S'(2,-1), T'(5,-1) and a = -3, b = 8
R'(5+a, -7+b) = R”(5-3, -7+8) = R”(2,1)
S'(2+a, -1+b) = R”(2-3, -1+8) = S”(-1,7)
R'(5+a, -1+b) = R”(5-3, -1+8) = T”(2,7)
The coordinate of the image are R”(2,1), S”(-1,7), T”(2,7)

Question 25.
J(-4, 4), K(-3, 4), L(-1, 1), M(-4, 1) Reflect in the x-axis, and then rotate 180° about the origin.

Answer:
We know that when a point is reflected about x-axis then y-coordinate becomes opposite.
A(x, y) = A'(x, -y)
Given J(-4, 4), K(-3, 4), L(-1, 1), M(-4, 1)
Reflection about the x-axis:
J(-4, 4) = J'(-4,-4)
K(-3, 4) = K'(-3,-4)
L(-1, 1) = L'(-1,-1)
M(-4, 1) = M'(-4,-1)
The coordinate of the image are J'(-4,-4), K'(-3,-4), L'(-1,-1), M'(-4,-1)
Now rotating the above image 180 degrees about the origin.
We know that when a point is reflected about x-axis then y-coordinate becomes opposite.
A(x, y) = A'(-x, -y)
J'(-4,-4), K'(-3,-4), L'(-1,-1), M'(-4,-1)
Rotating 180 degrees about the origin:
J'(-4,-4) = J”(4,4)
K'(-3,-4) = K”(3,4)
L'(-1,-1) = L”(1,1)
M'(-4,-1) = M”(4,1)
The coordinate of the image are J”(4,4), K”(3,4), L”(1,1), M”(4,1)

CRITICAL THINKING
Describe two different sequences of transformations in which the blue figure is the image of the red figure.

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 66

Answer:
Two different ways of translating a red figure in to blue figure:
1. First rotate the red figure 90 degrees in the counterclockwise direction and then translate that image 5 units towards the left to get the blue figure.
2. First rotate the red figure 90 degrees in a clockwise direction and then translate that image 1 unit towards the Right and 5 units Up to get the blue figure.

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 67

Answer:
Two different ways of translating a red figure in to blue figure:
1. First rotate the red figure 90 degrees in the counterclockwise direction and then translate that image 1 unit towards the left and 1 Down to get the blue figure.
2. First rotate the image in the x-axis and then translate that image 4 units towards the left and 2 units Up to get the blue figure.

Question 28.
REASONING
A trapezoid has vertices A(-6, -2), B(-3, -2), C(-1, -4), and D(-6, -4).
a. Rotate the trapezoid 180° about the origin. What are the coordinates of the image?

Answer:
A(x, y) = A'(-x, -y)
Given,
A(-6, -2), B(-3, -2), C(-1, -4), and D(-6, -4).
Rotating 180 degrees about the origin:
A(-6, -2) = A'(6,2)
B(-3, -2) = B'(3,2)
C(-1, -4) = C'(1,4)
D(-6, -4) = D'(6,4)
The coordinates of the image of trapezoid vertices are A'(6,2), B'(3,2), C'(1,4), D'(6,4)

b. Describe a way to obtain the same image without using rotations.

Answer:
In the above question, we can see that the coordinates of all the vertices of the trapezoid are negative and all the coordinates of the image vertices are positive. So there is another way to get the vertices of the image.
First, reflect the trapezoid in the x-axis and then in the y-axis or first reflect the trapezoid in the y-axis and then in the x-axis.

ROTATING A FIGURE
The vertices of a figure are given. Rotate the figure as described. Find the coordinates of the image.

Question 29.
D(2, 1), E(2, -2), F(-1, 4)
90° counterclockwise about vertex D

Answer:
P(x, y) = P'(-(y – b) + a, (x -a) + b)
Given,
D(2, 1), E(2, -2), F(-1, 4)
(a, b) = (2, 1)
Rotation about the point D(2,1)
D(2, 1) = D'(2,1)
E(2, -2) = E'(-(-2-1) + 2, (2 – 2) + 1) = E'(5, 1)
F(-1, 4) = F'(-(4 – 1) + 2, (-1 – 2) + 1) = F'(-1, -2)
Hence the coordinate of the image: D'(2,1), E'(5, 1), F'(-1, -2)

Question 30.
L(-4, -3), M(-1, -1), N(2, -2)
180° about vertex M

Answer:
When a point is rotated 180 degrees counterclockwise about a given point (a, b) then its both x and y coordinate becomes opposite and ‘b’ and ‘a’ are subtracted from x and y coordinate respectively.
P(x, y) = P'(-(x – a) + b, -(y – b) + a)
Given,
L(-4, -3), M(-1, -1), N(2, -2)
Rotation about the point M(-1, -1):
L(-4, -3) = L'(-(-4 + 1) – 1, -(-3 + 1) – 1) = L'(2, 1)
M(-1, -1) = M'(-1, -1)
N(2, -2) = N'(-(2 + 1) – 1, -(-2 + 1) – 1) = N'(-4, 0)
Hence the coordinate of the image are L'(2, 1), M'(-1, -1), N'(-4, 0)

Question 31.
W(-5, 0), X(-1, 4), Y(3, -1), Z(0, -4)
270° counterclockwise about vertex W

Answer:
When a point is rotated 270 degrees counterclockwise about a given point (a, b) then its both x and y coordinate becomes opposite and ‘b’ and ‘a’ are subtracted from x and y coordinate respectively.
P(x, y) = P'(-(x – a) + b, -(y – b) + a)
Given,
W(-5, 0), X(-1, 4), Y(3, -1), Z(0, -4)
Rotation about the point W(-5, 0):
W(-5, 0) = W'(-5, 0)
X(-1, 4) = X'((4 – 0) – 5, -(-1 + 5) + 0) = X'(-1, -4)
Y(3, -1) = Y'((-1 – 0) – 5, -(3 + 5) + 0) = Y'(-6, -8)
Z(0, -4) = Z'((-4 – 0) – 5, -(0 + 5) + 0) = Z'(-9, -5)
Hence the coordinate of the image are W'(-5, 0), X'(-1, -4), Y'(-6, -8), Z'(-9, -5)

Question 32.
D(-3, -4), E(-5, 2), F(1, -1), G(3, -7)
270° clockwise about vertex E.

Answer:
When a point is rotated 90 degrees counterclockwise about a given point (a, b) then its both x and y coordinate becomes opposite and ‘b’ and ‘a’ are subtracted from x and y coordinate respectively.
P(x, y) = P'(-(x – a) + b, -(y – b) + a)
Given,
D(-3, -4), E(-5, 2), F(1, -1), G(3, -7)
Rotation about the point E(-5, 2):
D(-3, -4) = D'(-(-4 – 2) – 5, -(-3 + 5) + 2) = D'(1, 4)
E(-5, 2) = E'(-5, 2)
F(1, -1) = F'(-(-1 – 2) – 5, (1 + 5) + 2) = F'(-2, 8)
G(3, -7) = G'(-(-7 – 2) – 5, (3 + 5) + 2) = G'(4, 10)
Hence the coordinate of the image are D'(1, 4), E'(-5, 2), F'(-2, 8), G'(4, 10)

Question 33.
LOGIC
You want to find the treasure located on the map at Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 68. You are located at Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 69. The following transformations will lead you to the treasure, but they are not in the correct order. Find the correct order. Use each transformation exactly once.

  • Rotate 180° about the origin.
  • Reflect in the y-axis.
  • Rotate 90° counterclockwise about the origin.
  • Translate 1 unit right and 1 unit up.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 68.1

Answer:
The correct order of transformation to get the treasure are:

  • Rotate 180° about the origin.
  • Rotate 90° counterclockwise about the origin.
  • Reflect in the y-axis.
  • Translate 1 unit right and 1 unit up.

Question 34.
DIG DEEPER!
You rotate a triangle 90° counterclockwise about the origin. Then you translate its image 1 unit left and 2 units down. The vertices of the final image are (-5, 0), (-2, 2), and (-2, -1). What are the vertices of the original triangle?

Answer:
When a point is rotated 90 degrees counterclockwise about a given point (a, b) then its both x and y coordinate becomes opposite.
Let the three vertices of the triangle be: (x1, y1), (x2, y2), (x3, y3)
P(x, y) = P'(-y, x)
Rotating 90 degrees counterclockwise about the origin:
A(x1, y1) = A'(-y1, x1)
B(x2, y2) = B'(-y2, x2)
C(x3, y3) = C'(-y3, x3)
Now translating the image of the vertex for the final image
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in the coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to the y-coordinate of the vertices.
A(x, y) = A'(x + a, y + b)
Given,
A'(-y1, x1), B'(-y2, x2), C'(-y3, x3) and a = -1, b = -2
A'(-y1 + a, x1 + b) = A”(-y1 – 1, x1 – 2)
B'(-y2 + a, x2 + b) = B”(-y2 – 1, x2 – 2)
C'(-y3 + a, x3 + b) = C”(-y3 – 1, x3 – 2)
The given coordinate of vertex point of final image are: (-5, 0), (-2, 2) and (-2, -1)
Now comparing the coordinate of the final image
(-y1 – 1, x1 – 2) = (-5, 0) so y1 = 4 and x1 = 2
(-y2 – 1, x2 – 2) = (-2, 2) so y2 = 1 and x2 = 4
(-y3 – 1, x3 – 2) = (-2, 1) so y3 = 1 and x3 = 1
Hence the vertices of original triangle are (2, 4), (4, 1) and (1, 1)

Lesson 2.4 Congruent Figures

EXPLORATION 1

Work with a partner.
a. For each pair of figures whose vertices are given below, draw the figures in a coordinate plane. Then copy one of the figures onto a piece of transparent paper. Use transformations to try to obtain one of the figures from the other figure.

  • A(-5, 1), B(-5, -4), C(-2, -4) and D(1, 4), E(1, -1), F(-2, -1)
  • G(1, 2), H(2, -6), J(5, 0) and L(-1, -2), M(-2, 6), N(-5, 0)
  • P(0, 0), Q(2, 2), R(4, -2) and X(0, 0), Y(3, 3), Z(6, -3)
  • A(0, 4), B(3, 8), C(6, 4), D(3, 0) and
    F(-4, -3), G(-8, 0), H(-4, 3), J(0, 0)
  • P(-2, 1), Q(-1, -2), R(1, -2), S(1, 1) and
    W(7, 1), X(5, -2), Y(3, -2), Z(3, 1)

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 69.1
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 69.2
b. Which pairs of figures in part(a) are identical? Explain your reasoning.
c. FigureA and FigureB are identical. Do you think there must be a sequence of transformations that obtains Figure A from Figure B? Explain your reasoning.

2.4 Lesson

Try It

Question 1.
A triangle has vertices X(0, 4), Y(4, 4), and Z(4, 2). Is △XYZ congruent to any of the triangles in Example 1? Explain.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapter 2 transformation key img_22
After plotting the triangle XYZ on the coordinate plane we can say that the triangle XYZ is congruent to triangle PQR among all the given triangle in the figure. In fact, if triangle PQR is rotated 90 degrees clockwise of 270 degrees counterclockwise it will result in the triangle XYZ.

Try It

Question 2.
Describing a different Sequence of rigid motions between the figures.

Answer:
Different sequence of rigid motion to get the blue figure from the red figure are:
1. First rotate the red figure 90 degrees clockwise and the origin.
2. Then translate the image 4 units Right and 1 unit Up.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 3.
IDENTIFYING CONGRUENT FIGURES
Use the coordinate plane shown.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 70
a. Identify any congruent figures.

Answer: a. After seeing the figure we can say that triangle ABCD is congruent to triangle JKLM.

b. A rectangle has vertices W(4, 1), X(4, 2), Y(1, 2), and Z(-1, -1). Is Rectangle WXYZ congruent to any of the rectangles in the coordinate plane? Explain.

Answer:
Big ideas math Grade 8 ch 2 solution key img_23
Rectangle WXYZ is not congruent to any of the rectangles in the given figure because rectangle WXYZ is square of 3 units sides and the other rectangle in the figure does not have all the sides of 3 units.

RIGID MOTIONS
The red figure is congruent to the blue figure. Describe a sequence of rigid motions between the figures.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 71

Answer:
The sequence of the rigid motions from the red-figure to the blue figure:
1. First we will rotate the red figure 180 degrees clockwise or anticlockwise about the origin because the given red figure in the 4th quadrant and the blue figure is in the 2nd quadrant.
2. Then we will translate the image 1 unit left because one vertex (-1,-4) of red figure is on the negative side of the x-axis.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 72

Answer:
The sequence of the rigid motions from red figure to blue figure:
1. First we will rotate the red figure 90 degrees clockwise about the origin because the given red figure in the 1st quadrant.
2. Then we will translate the image 3 units right and 1 unit down.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 6.
In the coordinate plane at the left, each grid line represents 50 feet. Each figure represents a pasture.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 73
a. Are the figures congruent? Use rigid motions to justify your answer.

Answer: No the blue figure and red figure are not congruent.

Explanation:
By reflecting the red figure about the y-axis and translating the image 4 units Up we will not the same blue figure. So both figure are not congruent to each other.

b. How many feet of fencing do you need to enclose each pasture?

Answer:
Given the length of each grid line = 50 feet
Total feet of fencing = 50 × total number of grid line along the boundary
For red figure fencing: 50 × 12 = 600 feet
For blue figure fencing: 50 × 12 = 600 feet

Question 7.
A home decorator uses a computer to design a floor tile. How can the decorator transform the tile as shown?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 74

Answer:
First, rotate the given tiles about 90 degrees in the clockwise direction and then take the mirror image about the vertical axis.

Congruent Figures Homework & Practice 2.4

Review & Refresh

The vertices of a figure are given. Rotate the figure as described. Find the coordinates of the image.

Question 1.
A(1, 3), B(2, 5), C(3, 5), D(2, 3)
90° counterclockwise about the origin

Answer:
When a point is rotated 90 degrees about the origin then both x and y-coordinates become opposite.
A(x, y) = A'(-y, x)
Given,
A(1, 3), B(2, 5), C(3, 5), D(2, 3)
Rotating 90 degrees counterclockwise about the origin:
A(1, 3) = A'(-3, 1)
B(2, 5) = B'(-5, 2)
C(3, 5) = C'(-5, 3)
D(2, 3) = D'(-3, 2)
Hence the coordinate of the image are A'(-3, 1), B'(-5, 2), C'(-5, 3), D'(-3, 2)

Question 2.
F(-2, 1), G(-1, 3), H(3, 1)
180° about the origin

Answer:
When a point is rotated 180 degrees about the origin then both x and y-coordinates become opposite.
A(x, y) = A'(-x, -y)
Given,
F(-2, 1), G(-1, 3), H(3, 1)
Rotating 90 degrees counterclockwise about the origin:
F(-2, 1) = F'(2,-1)
G(-1, 3) = G'(1,-3)
H(3, 1) = H'(-3,-1)
Hence the coordinate of the image are F'(2,-1), G'(1,-3), H'(-3,-1)

Factor the expression using the greatest common factor.

Question 3.
4n – 32

Answer:
4n – 32
Take 4 as a common factor.
4(n – 8)
Thus the greatest common factor is 4(n – 8)

Question 4.
3w + 66

Answer:
3w + 66
Take 3 as a common factor.
3(w + 22)
Thus the greatest common factor is 3(w + 22)

Question 5.
2y – 18

Answer:
2y – 18
Take 2 as a common factor.
2(y – 9)
Thus the greatest common factor is 2(y – 9).

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving
TRANSFORMING FIGURES
The vertices of a pair of figures are given. Determine whether the figures are identical. (See Exploration 1, p. 63.)

Question 6.
G(0, 0), H(3, 2), J(1, -2) and L(-1, 0), M(2, 2), N(0, -3)

Answer:
Big Ideas Math 8th Grade Solution Key Chapter 2 img_24
After plotting the triangles GHJ and LMN we can say that the triangle LMN are bigger compared to the other triangle. Thus both the triangles are not identical.

Question 7.
A(-2, -1), B(-2, 2), C(-1, 1), D(-1, -2) and F(-2, 0), G(-1, 1), H(2, 1), J(1, 0)

Answer:
Answer Key for BIM Grade 8 Chapter 2 tranformations img_25
By seeing both the quadrilaterals ABCD and FGHJ we can say that they are identical.

IDENTIFYING CONGRUENT FIGURES
Identify any congruent figures in the coordinate plane.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 75

Answer:
On observing the diagram in the given figure we can see that the shape and size of pentagon ABCDE and pentagon FKJHG are the same. The length of each side of both the pentagon is the same. Thus they are congruent.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 76

Answer:
By seeing the above figure we can say that the shape and size of parallelogram EFGH and parallelogram BCDA are the same. The length of each side of both the parallelogram are same. Parallelogram BCDA can be obtained by rotating parallelogram EFGH 90 degrees clockwise and translating its image. Hence the parallelogram, EFGH is congruent to BCDA.

DESCRIBING A SEQUENCE OF RIGID MOTIONS
The red figure is congruent to the blue figure. Describe a sequence of rigid motions between the figures.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 77

Answer:
The sequence of rigid motions between the red and blue figures are:
1. First we will rotate the red figure 90 degrees clockwise about the origin because the given red figure is in the 2nd quadrant and the blue figure is in the 1st quadrant.
2. Then we will translate the image 1 unit left and 1 unit Down because one vertex of the red figure is at (-1, 1)

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 78

Answer:
The sequence of rigid motions between the red and blue figures are:
1. First we will rotate the red figure 180 degrees clockwise or anticlockwise about the origin because the given red figure is in 4th quadrant and the blue figure is in the 2nd quadrant.
2. Then we will translate the image 1 unit Right and 1 unit Down because one vertex of red figure is at (2, -2)

Question 12.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend describes a sequence of rigid motions between the figures. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 79

Answer:
When a point is reflected about x-axis then the y-coordinate becomes opposite.
A(x, y) = A'(x, -y)
Coordinates of red figure are A(1, -1), B(3, -1), C(4, -3), D(2, -3)
Reflection about the x-axis:
A(1, -1) = A'(1, 1)
B(3, -1) = B'(3, 1)
C(4, -3) = C'(4, 3)
D(2, -3) = D'(2, 3)
Now translating the above image point 5 unit left.
Coordinate of the vertex of blue figure are: A”(-4, 1), B”(3,1), C”(-1, 3), D”(-3,3)
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to y-coordinate of the vertices.
A(x,y) = A'(x+a, y+b)
The value a and b will be positive if the shift is Right and Vertical Up and the value of a and b will be negative if the shift is left and vertical Down.
Given:
A(1, 1), B(3, 1), C(4, 3), D(2, 3) and a = -5, b = 0
A”(1+a, 1+b) = A”(1-5, 1+0) = A”(-4, 1)
B”(3+a, 1+b) = B”(3-5, 1+0) = B”(-2,1)
C”(4+a,3+b) = C”(4-5, 3+0) = C”(-1, 3)
D”(2+a,3+b) = D”(2-5, 3+0) = D”(-3,3)
Hence the coordinate of image are A”(-4, 1), B”(-2,1), C”(-1, 3), D”(-3,3)
Since the coordinate of the vertex of the blue is the same in both ways.
We can say that the blue figure is obtained by the rigid motion of the red figure.

NAMING CORRESPONDING PARTS
The figures are congruent. Name the corresponding angles and the corresponding sides.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 80

Answer:
Corresponding sides of the congruent figure are
AD = EH
AB = EF
BC = FG
CD = GH
Corresponding angles of the congruent figure are
∠A = ∠E
∠B = ∠F
∠C = ∠G
∠D = ∠H

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 81

Answer:
Corresponding sides of the congruent figure are
PQ = WV
QR = VZ
RS = ZY
ST = YX
TP = XW
Corresponding angles of the congruent figure are
∠P = ∠W
∠Q = ∠V
∠R = ∠Z
∠S = ∠Y
∠T = ∠X

Question 15.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You use a computer program to transform an emoji. How can you transform the emoji as shown?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 82

Answer:
First, take the reflection of that emoji about vertical line and then rotate that image 90 degrees clockwise to get that given emoji.

Question 16.
CRITICAL THINKING
Two figures are congruent. Are the areas of the two figures the same? the perimeters? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:

  • The size of both figures should be the same.
  • The shape of both the figures should be the same.
  • All the corresponding angles should be the same.
  • Both the area and perimeter of two congruent figures are the same.

Question 17.
DIG DEEPER!
The houses are identical.
a. What is the length of side LM?

Answer:
Length of LM = length of CD
length of CD = 32 feet
So, the length of LM is 32 feet

b.Which angle of JKLMN corresponds to ∠D?
Answer:
∠D = ∠M
Thus ∠M corresponds to ∠D

c. Side AB is congruent to side AE. What is the length of side AB? What is the perimeter of ABCDE?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 83.

Answer:
AE = JN
The length of JN is 20 ft
So, the length of AE = 20 ft
Perimeter of ABCDE = AB + BC + CD + DE + EA
Perimeter of ABCDE = 20 + 12 + 32 + 12 + 20 = 96 feet
Thus the Perimeter of ABCDE  is 96 feet

Question 18.
REASONING
Two constellations are represented by the figures in the coordinate plane shown. Are the figures congruent? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 84

Answer:
The above figure can be tranformed into below figure by rotating the figure 180 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise about the origin and translating the image 8 units Right and 8 units Up to get the above figure.

Lesson 2.5 Dilations

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 85

EXPLORATION 1

Work with a partner. Use geometry software.
a. Draw a polygon in the coordinate plane. Then dilate the polygon with respect to the origin. Describe the scale factor of the image.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 86
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 86.1
b. Compare the image and the original polygon in part(a). What do you notice about the sides? the angles?
c. Describe the relationship between each point below and the point A(x, y) in terms of dilations.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 87
d. What are the coordinates of a point P(x, y) after a dilation with respect to the origin by a scale factor of k?

2.5 Lesson

Try It

Tell whether the blue figure is a dilation of the red figure.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 88

Answer:
No the blue figure is not the dilation of the red figure.

Explanation:
Blue and red figure has same size and same shape but the blue figure is reflection about vertical axis. So, the lines corresponding vertices of both figure does not meet at a point. This means that the blue figure is not the dilation of the red figure.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 89

Answer: Yes, the blue figure is a dilation of the red figure.

Explanation:
We observe that all the angles of red figure are congruent to the angles of red figure. Also their will be lines connecting the corresponding verrtices meeting at a point. This means that blue figure is dilation of the red figure.

Try It

Question 3.
WHAT IF?
Triangle ABC is dilated by a scale factor of 2. What are the coordinates of the image?

Answer:
When the points of given figure are dilated we simply multiply each x and y coordinate by the given scale factor.
P(x, y) = P'(x . a, y . a)
Given points of the triangle: A (1, 3), B (2, 3), C (2, 1) and scale factor = 2
Dilating the figure by scale factor of 2
A (1, 3) = A'(1 . 2, 3 . 2) = A'(2, 6)
B (2, 3) = B'(2 . 2, 3 . 2) = B'(4, 6)
C (2, 1) = C'(2 . 2, 1 . 2) =  C'(4, 2)
Hence the coordinates of the image are A'(2, 6), B'(4, 6),  C'(4, 2)

Try It

Question 4.
WHAT IF?
Rectangle WXYZ is dilated by a scale factor of \(\frac{1}{4}\). What are the coordinates of the image?

Answer:
When the points of given figure are dilated we simply multiply each x and y coordinate by the given scale factor.
P(x, y) = P'(x . a, y . a)
Given points of the rectangle: W(-4, -6), X(-4, 8), Y(4, 8), Z(4, -6)
scale factor = 0.25
W(-4, -6) = W'(-4 × 0.25, -6 × 0.25) = W'(-1, -1.5)
X(-4, 8) = X'(-4 × 0.25, 8 × 0.25) = X'(-1, 2)
Y(4, 8) = Y'(4 × 0.25, 8 × 0.25) = Y'(1, 2)
Z(4, -6) = Z'(4 × 0.25, -6 × 0.25) = Z'(1, -1.5)
Hence the coordinates of the image are W'(-1, -1.5), X'(-1, 2), Y'(1, 2), Z'(1, -1.5)

Try It

Question 5.
WHAT IF?
Trapezoid ABCDis dilated using a scale factor of 3, and then rotated 180° about the origin. What are the coordinates of the image?

Answer:
When the points of given figure are dilated we simply multiply each x and y coordinate by the given scale factor.
P(x, y) = P'(x . a, y . a)
a is the scaling factor
Given points of trapezoid: A(-2, -1), B(-1,1), C(0,1), D(0,-1) scale factor = 3
Dilating the figure by scale factor of 3
A(-2, 1) = A'(-2 . 3, -1 . 3) = A'(-6, -3)
B(-1, 1) = B'(-1 . 3, 1 . 3) = B'(-3, 3)
C(0, 1) = C'(0 . 3, 1 . 3) = C'(0, 3)
D(0, -1) = D'(0 . 3, -1 . 3) = D'(0, -3)
Thus the coodrinate of the image are A'(-6, -3), B'(-3, 3), C'(0, 3), D'(0, -3)
when a point is rotated 180 degrees about the origin then both x and y coordinate becomes opposite.
P(x, y) = P'(-x, -y)
Image points: A'(-6, -3), B'(-3, 3), C'(0, 3), D'(0, -3)
Rotating 180 degrees about the origin:
A'(-6, -3) = A”(6, 3)
B'(-3, 3) = B”(3, -3)
C'(0, 3) = C”(0, -3)
D'(0, -3) = D”(0, 3)
Thus the coodrinate of the image are A”(6, 3), B”(3, -3), C”(0, -3), D”(0, 3)

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

IDENTIFYING A DILATION
Tell whether the blue figure is a dilation of the red figure.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 90

Answer: Yes, the blue figure is a dilation of the red figure.

Explanation:
We observe that all the angles of red figure are congruent to the angles of red figure. Also their will be lines connecting the corresponding vertices meeting at a point. This means that blue figure is dilation of the red figure.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 91

Answer: No the blue figure is not the dilation of the red figure.

Explanation:
Blue and red figure has same size and same shape but the blue figure is reflection about vertical axis. So, the lines corresponding vertices of both figure does not meet at a point. This means that the blue figure is not the dilation of the red figure.

Question 8.
DILATING A FIGURE
The vertices of a rectangle are J(4, 8), K(12, 8), L(12, 4), and M(4, 4). Draw the image after a dilation with a scale factor of \(\frac{1}{4}\). Identify the type of dilation.

Answer:
When the points of given figure are dilated we simply multiply each x and y coordinate by the given scale factor.
P(x, y) = P'(x . a, y . a)
a is scale factor
Given, vertices of a rectangle are J(4, 8), K(12, 8), L(12, 4), and M(4, 4), scale factor = 0.25
J(4, 8) = J'(4 × 0.25, 8 × 0.25) = J'(1, 2)
K(12, 8) = K'(12 × 0.25, 8 × 0.25) = K'(3, 2)
L(12, 4) = L'(12 × 0.25, 4 × 0.25) = L'(3, 1)
M(4, 4) = M'(4 × 0.25, 4 × 0.25) = M'(1, 1)
Hence the coordinates of the image are J'(1, 2), K'(3, 2), L'(3, 1), M'(1, 1)
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations img_26

Question 9.
VOCABULARY
How is a dilation different from other transformations?

Answer:
The difference between dilation and other transformations are

  • In the case of dilate the size of the figure after the dilation either decrease or increase but the shape of the figure before and after dilation remains same. Also after the dilation the corresponding angles will be congruent.
  • In case of other transformations such as Rotation, translation, reflection the shape and size of figure before and after transformation remains the same.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 10.
A photograph is dilated to fit in a frame, so that its area after the dilation is 9 times greater than the area of the original photograph. What is the scale factor of the dilation? Explain.

Answer: The scale factor of length and breadth will be 3.

Explanation:
Given,
The area after the dilation is 9 times greater than the area of the original photograph.
Area = length × breadth
p = 3 × 3
Hence the scale factor of length and breadth will be 3.

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
The location of a water treatment plant is mapped using a coordinate plane, where each unit represents 1 foot. The plant has vertices (0, 0), (0, 180), (240, 180), and (240, 0). You dilate the figure with a scale factor of \(\frac{1}{3}\). What are the coordinates of the image? What do you need to change so that the image accurately represents the location of the plant? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 92

Answer:
When the points of given figure are dilated we simply multiply each x and y coordinate by the given scale factor.
P(x, y) = P'(x . a, y . a)
a is the scaling factor
Location of water treatment plant: A(0, 0), B(0, 180), C(240, 180), D(240, 0)
scale factor = \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Dilating the figure by scale factor of \(\frac{1}{3}\)
A(0, 0) = A'(0 × \(\frac{1}{3}\), 0 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)) = A'(0, 0)
B(0, 180) = B'(0 × \(\frac{1}{3}\), 180 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)) = B'(0, 60)
C(240, 180) = C'(240 × \(\frac{1}{3}\), 180 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)) = C'(80, 60)
D(240, 0) = D'(240 × \(\frac{1}{3}\), 0 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)) = D'(80, 0)
Hence the coordinates of the image are A'(0, 0), B'(0, 60), C'(80, 60), D'(80, 0)

Dilations Homework & Practice 2.5

Review & Refresh

The red figure is congruent to the blue figure. Describe a sequence of rigid motions between the figures.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 93

Answer:
Sequence of rigid motion between the red and blue figure are
1. First rotate the blue figure 90 degrees in counterclockwise direction about the orgin because blue figure in 1st quadrant and red figure is in 3rd quadrant.
2. Then translate the image 1 unit left and 4 units down.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 94

Answer:
Sequence of rigid motion between the red and blue figure are
1. First reflect the blue fiure about x-axis. The image after the reflection will lies in the 3rd quadrant with same orientation.
2. Then translate the image 5 units Right.

Tell whether the ratios form a proportion.

Question 3.
3 : 5 and 15 : 20

Answer:
When two ratios are equal then it is called as proportion.
Given,
Given 3 : 5 and 15 : 20
3/5 and 15/20
3/5 and 3/4
Since the above two ratio are not equal hence they are not proportion

Question 4.
2 to 3 and 12 to 18

Answer:
When two ratios are equal then it is called as proportion.
Given,
2 to 3 and 12 to 18
2/3 and 12/18
2/3 and 2/3
Since the above two ratio are equal hence they are proportion.

Question 5.
7 : 28 and 12 : 48

Answer:
When two ratios are equal then it is called as proportion.
Given,
7 : 28 and 12 : 48
7/28 and 12/48
1/4 and 1/4
Since the above two ratio are equal hence they are proportion.

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

DESCRIBING RELATIONSHIPS
Describe the relationship between the given point and the point A(8, 12) in terms of dilations. (See Exploration 1, p. 69.)

Question 6.
B(16, 24)

Answer:
Given a point and its image: A(8,12), B(16, 24)
Here we can see that both x-coordinate and y-coordinate of image point have increased to double.
This means that in this case, the image figure has become larger by the scale factor of 2 with respect to the origin.
Hence the dilation scale factor is 2.

Question 7.
C(2, 3)

Answer:
Given a point and its image: A(8,12), C(2, 3)
Here we can see that both x-coordinate and y-coordinate of image point has decreased to one-fourth.
This means that in this case, the image figure has become smaller by the scale factor of 0.25 with respect to the origin.
Thus the dilation scale factor is 1/4.

Question 8.
D(6, 9)

Answer:
Given a point and its image: A(8,12), D(6, 9)
Here we can see that both x-coordinate and y-coordinate of image point has decreased to three-fourth.
This means that in this case the image figure has become smaller by the scale factor of 0.75 with respect to the origin.
Thus the dilation scale factor is 3/4.

IDENTIFYING A DILATION
Tell whether the blue figure is a dilation of the red figure.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 95

Answer: Yes, the blue figure is a dilation of the red figure.

Explanation:
We observe that all the angles of the red figure are congruent to the angles of the red figure. Also there will be lines connecting the corresponding vertices meeting at a point. This means that blue figure is a dilation of the red figure.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 96

Answer: Yes, the blue figure is a dilation of the red figure.

Explanation:
We observe that all the angles of the red figure are congruent to the angles of the red figure. Also there will be lines connecting the corresponding vertices meeting at a point. This means that blue figure is a dilation of the red figure.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 97

Answer: No the blue figure is not the dilation of the red figure.

Explanation:
The Blue and red figure has same size and same shape but the blue figure is a reflection of vertical axis. So, the lines corresponding vertices of both figure does not meet at a point. This means that the blue figure is not the dilation of the red figure.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 98

Answer: Yes, the blue figure is a dilation of the red figure.

Explanation:
We observe that all the angles of red figure are congruent to the angles of red figure. Also their will be lines connecting the corresponding vertices meeting at a point. This means that blue figure is dilation of the red figure.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 99

Answer: Yes, the blue figure is a dilation of the red figure.

Explanation:
We observe that all the angles of red figure are congruent to the angles of red figure. Also their will be lines connecting the corresponding vertices meeting at a point. This means that blue figure is dilation of the red figure.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 100

Answer: No the blue figure is not the dilation of the red figure.

Explanation:
Blue and red figure has same size and same shape but the blue figure is reflection about vertical axis. So, the lines corresponding vertices of both figure does not meet at a point. This means that the blue figure is not the dilation of the red figure.

DILATING A FIGURE
The vertices of a figure are given. Draw the figure and its image after a dilation with the given scale factor. Identify the type of dilation.

Question 15.
A(1, 1), B(1, 4), C(3, 1); k = 4

Answer:
When the points of given figure are dilated we simply multiply each x and y coordinate by the given scale factor.
P(x, y) = P'(x . a, y . a)
Given points of the triangle: A(1, 1), B(1, 4), C(3, 1) and scale factor = 4
Dilating the figure by scale factor by 4
A(1, 1) = A'(1 × 4, 1 × 4) = A'(4, 4)
B(1, 4) = B'(1 × 4, 4 × 4) = B'(4, 16)
C(3, 1) = C'(3 × 4, 1 × 4) = C'(12, 4)
Hence the coordinate of the image are A'(4, 4), B'(4, 16), C'(12, 4)
Big Ideas Math 8th Grade Solution Key Chapter 2 Transformations img_27

Question 16.
D(0, 2), E(6, 2), F(6, 4); k = 0.5

Answer:
When the points of given figure are dilated we simply multiply each x and y coordinate by the given scale factor.
P(x, y) = P'(x . a, y . a)
Given points of the triangle: D(0, 2), E(6, 2), F(6, 4) and scale factor = 0.5
Dilating the figure by scale factor by 0.5
D(0, 2) = D'(0 × 0.25, 2 × 0.25) = D'(0, 1)
E(6, 2) = E'(6 × 0.25, 2 × 0.25) = E'(3, 1)
F(6, 4) = F'(6 × 0.25, 4 × 0.25) = F'(3, 2)
Hence the coordinate of the image are D'(0, 1), E'(3, 1), F'(3, 2)
BIM 8th grade solution key for chapter 2 transformations img_28

Question 17.
G(-2, -2), H(-2, 6), J(2, 6); k = 0.25

Answer:
When the points of given figure are dilated we simply multiply each x and y coordinate by the given scale factor.
P(x, y) = P'(x . a, y . a)
Given points of the triangle: G(-2, -2), H(-2, 6), J(2, 6) and scale factor = 0.25
G(-2, -2) = G'(-2 × 0.25, -2 × 0.25) = G'(-0.5, -0.5)
H(-2, 6) = H'(-2 × 0.25,6 × 0.25) = H'(-0.5, 1.5)
J(2, 6) = G'(2 × 0.25, 6 × 0.25) = J'(0.5, 1.5)
Hence the coordinate of the image are G'(-0.5, -0.5), H'(-0.5, 1.5), J'(0.5, 1.5)
Big Ideas Math Book Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations img_29

Question 18.
M(2, 3), N(5, 3), P(5, 1); k = 3

Answer:
When the points of given figure are dilated we simply multiply each x and y coordinate by the given scale factor.
P(x, y) = P'(x . a, y . a)
Given points of the triangle: M(2, 3), N(5, 3), P(5, 1) and scale factor = 3
M(2, 3) = M'(2 × 3, 3 × 3) = M'(6, 9)
N(5, 3) = N'(5 × 3, 3 × 3) = N'(15, 9)
P(5, 1) = P'(5 × 3, 1 × 3) = P'(15, 3)
Hence the coordinate of the image are M'(6, 9), N'(15, 9), P'(15, 3)
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapter 2 Solution Key img_30

Question 19.
Q(-3, 0), R(-3, 6), T(4, 6), U(4, 0); k = \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Answer:
When the points of given figure are dilated we simply multiply each x and y coordinate by the given scale factor.
P(x, y) = P'(x . a, y . a)
Given,
Q(-3, 0), R(-3, 6), T(4, 6), U(4, 0) and scale factor = \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Q(-3, 0) = Q'(-3 × \(\frac{1}{3}\), 0 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)) = Q'(-1, 0)
R(-3, 6) = R'(-3 × \(\frac{1}{3}\), 6 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)) = R'(-1, 2)
T(4, 6) = T'(4 × \(\frac{1}{3}\), 6 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)) = T'(4/3, 2)
U(4, 0) = U'(4 × \(\frac{1}{3}\), 0 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)) = U'(4/3, 0)
Hence the coordinate of the image are Q'(-1, 0), R'(-1, 2), T'(4/3, 2), U'(4/3, 0)
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 ch 2 transformations answer key img_31

Question 20.
V(-2, -2), W(-2, 3), X(5, 3), Y(5, -2); k = 5

Answer:
When the points of given figure are dilated we simply multiply each x and y coordinate by the given scale factor.
P(x, y) = P'(x . a, y . a)
Given,
V(-2, -2), W(-2, 3), X(5, 3), Y(5, -2), scaling factor = 5
Dilating the figure by scale factor of 5
V(-2, -2) = V'(-2 × 5, -2 × 5) = V'(-10, -10)
W(-2, 3) = W'(-2 × 5, 3 × 5) = W'(-10, 15)
X(5, 3) = X'(5 × 5, 3 × 5) = X'(25, 15)
Y(5, -2) = Y'(5 × 5, -2 × 5) = Y'(25, -10)
Hence the coordinate of the image are V'(-10, -10),W'(-10, 15), X'(25, 15), Y'(25, -10)
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 ch 2 answer key img_32

Question 21.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the coordinates of the image of △ABC after a dilation with a scale factor of 2. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 101

Answer:
When the points of given figure are dilated we simply multiply each x and y coordinate by the given scale factor.
P(x, y) = P'(x . a, y . a)
Given,
The points of triangle: A(2, 5), B(2, 0), C(4, 0)
scale factor = 2
Dilating the figure by scale factor of 2
A(2, 5) = A'(2 × 2, 5 × 2) = A'(4, 10)
B(2, 0) = B'(2 × 2, 0 × 2) = B'(4, 0)
C(4, 0) = C'(4 × 2, 0 × 2) = C'(8, 0)
Hence the coordinate of the image are A'(4, 10), B'(4, 0), C'(8, 0)
By this, we can say that my friend is correct.

FINDING A SCALE FACTOR
The blue figure is a dilation of the red figure. Identify the type of dilation and find the scale factor.

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 102

Answer:
Scale factor = side length of image/side length of original figure
Scale factor = A’B’/AB = 6/3 = 2
Scale factor = 2
Hence, type of dilation is enlargement with scale factor of 2.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 103

Answer:
Scale factor = side length of image/side length of original figure
Scale factor = X’Y’/XY= 2/8 = 1/4
Scale factor = 1/4
Hence, the type of dilation is reduction with the scale factor of 1/4

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 104

Answer:
Scale factor = side length of image/side length of the original figure
Scale factor = J’K’/JK = 15/10 = 3/2
Scale factor = 3/2
Hence, the type of dilation is reduction with the scale factor of 3/2

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 105

Answer:
Scale factor = side length of image/side length of original figure
Scale factor = Q’R’/QR = 4/8 = 1/2
Scale factor = 1/2
Hence, type of dilation is reduction with scale factor of 1/2

USING MORE THAN ONE TRANSFORMATION
The vertices of a figure are given. Find the coordinates of the image after the transformations given.

Question 26.
A(-5, 3), B(-2, 3), C(-2, 1), D(-5, 1)
Reflect in the y-axis. Then dilate using a scale factor of 2.

Answer:
We know that when a point is reflected about y-axis then is x-coordinate becomes opposite.
A(-5, 3), B(-2, 3), C(-2, 1), D(-5, 1)
A(x, y) = A'(-x, y)
A(-5, 3) = A'(5, 3)
B(-2, 3) = B'(2, 3)
C(-2, 1) = C'(2, 1)
D(-5, 1) = D'(5, 1)
Coordinate of the image are A'(5, 3), B'(2, 3), C'(2, 1), D'(5, 1)
A(-5, 3), B(-2, 3), C(-2, 1), D(-5, 1)
Reflect in the y-axis. Then dilate using a scale factor of 2
A'(5, 3) = A”(5 × 2, 3 × 2) = A”(10, 6)
B'(2, 3) = B”(2 × 2, 3 × 2) = B”(4, 6)
C'(2, 1) = C”(2 × 2, 1 × 2) = C”(4, 2)
D'(5, 1) = D”(5 × 2, 1 × 2) = D”(10, 2)
Coordinate of the image are A”(10, 6), B”(4, 6), C”(4, 2), D”(10, 2)
Big ideas math grade 8 chapter 2 solution key img_33

Question 27.
F(-9, -9), G(-3, -6), H(-3, -9).
Dilate using a scale factor of \(\frac{2}{3}\). Then translate 6 units up.

Answer:
When the points of given figure are dilated we simply multiply each x and y coordinate by the given scale factor.
P(x, y) = P'(x . a, y . a)
Given,
F(-9, -9), G(-3, -6), H(-3, -9) and scale factor of \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Dilating the figure by scale factor of \(\frac{2}{3}\)
F(-9, -9) = F'(-9 × 2/3, -9 × 2/3) = F'(-6, -6)
G(-3, -6) = G'(-3 × 2/3, -6 × 2/3) = G'(-2, -4)
H(-3, -9) = H'(-3 × 2/3, -9 × 2/3) = H'(-2, -6)
Coordinate of the image are F'(-6, -6), G'(-2, -4), H'(-2, -6)
Now translating above image 6 units up
F'(-6, -6), G'(-2, -4), H'(-2, -6) and a = 0, b = 6
F”(-6 + a, -6 + b) = F”(-6 + 0, -6 + 6) = F”(-6, 0)
G”(-2 + a, -4 + b) = G”(-2 + 0, -4 + 6) = G”(-2, 2)
H”(-2 + a, -6 + b) = H”(-2 + 0, -6 + 6) = H”(-2, 0)
Coordinate of the image are F”(-6, 0), G”(-2, 2), H”(-2, 0)
BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 2 img_34

Question 28.
J(1, 1), K(3, 4), L(5, 1)
Rotate 90° clockwise about the origin. Then dilate using a scale factor of 3.

Answer:
The rotation of an object 90 degrees clockwise is equal to the rotation of 270 degrees counterclockwise.
When a point is rotated 270 degrees counterclockwise about the origin then both x and y-coordinates gets interchanged and the x-coordinate becomes the opposite.
A(x, y) = A'(y, -x)
J(1, 1), K(3, 4), L(5, 1)
Rotate 90° clockwise about the origin.
J(1, 1) = J'(1, -1)
K(3, 4) = K'(4, -3)
L(5, 1) = L'(1, -5)
Coordinate of the image are J'(1, -1), K'(4, -3), L'(1, -5)
Now dilate using a scale factor of 3.
When the points of given figure are dilated we simply multiply each x and y coordinate by the given scale factor.
P(x, y) = P'(x . a, y . a)
J'(1, -1) = J”(1 . 3, -1 . 3) = J”(3, -3)
K'(4, -3) = K”(4 . 3, -3 . 3) = K”(12, -9)
L'(1, -5) = L”(1 . 3, -5 . 3) = L”(3, -15)
Coordinate of the image are J”(3, -3), K”(12, -9), L”(3, -15)
BIM 8th Grade Answers Ch 2 transformations img_35

Question 29.
LOGIC
You can use a flashlight and a shadow puppet (your hands) to project shadows on the wall.
a. Identify the type of dilation.p

Answer: The type of dilation is an enlargement

b. What does the flashlight represent?

Answer: Flashlight represents center of dilation because all the line connecting shadow and hand meet at the flashlight.
c. The length of the ears on the shadow puppet is 3 inches. The length of the ears on the shadow is 4 inches. What is the scale factor?

Answer: Scale factor = length of ears on shadow/length of ears on puppet
Scale factor = 4/3
d. Describe what happens as the shadow puppet moves closer to the flashlight. How does this affect the scale factor?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 106

Answer:
As the flashlight will move closer the shadow will become larger. Also, the scale factor will increase.

Question 30.
REASONING
A triangle is dilated using a scale factor of 3. The image is then dilated using a scale factor of \(\frac{1}{2}\). What scale factor can you use to dilate the original triangle to obtain the final image? Explain.

Answer:
Given the first scale factor of triangle S1 = 3
Given second scale factor of triangle S2 = 1/2
We know that the final scale factor S = S1 × S2
Final Scale factor S = 3 × 1/2 = 3/2
Hence, the scale factor of the final image will be the multiplication of the first and second dilation scale factor and the final scale factor will be 3/2.

CRITICAL THINKING
The coordinate notation shows how the coordinates of a figure are related to the coordinates of its image after transformations. What are the transformations? Are the figure and its image congruent? Explain.

Question 31.
(x, y) → (2x + 4, 2y – 3)

Answer:
Given, (x, y) → (2x + 4, 2y – 3)
We can see that both x-coordinate and y-coordinate has been multiplied by 2 this means that the point has been dilated by the scale factor of 2.
Also, 4 has been added to x-coordinate while 3 is added to y-coordinate which means that obtained after the dilation has been translated 4 unit Right and 3 units Down.
The final image will not be congruent because after the dilation the size of the image either increases or decreases that depend on the type of dilation.

Question 32.
(x, y) → (-x – 1, y – 2)

Answer:
Given, (x, y) → (-x – 1, y – 2)
We can see that 1 has been subtracted from x-coordinate while 2 is subtracted from y-coordinate which means that will image has translated 1 unit left and 2 units down. And also x-coordinate is opposite which means the image has been reflected about the y-axis.
Hence, transforms translation of 1 unit left and 2 units down followed by reflection about y-axis.

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 107

Answer:
Given, (x, y) → (1/3x, -1/3y)
We can see that both x-coordinate and y-coordinate has been multiplied by 2 this means that the point has been dilated by the scale factor of 1/3. Also, y-coordinate is opposite which means that image obtained after the dilation has been reflected about the x-axis.
Thus transforms are dilation with the scale factor of 1/3 followed by reflection about the x-axis.

STRUCTURE
The blue figure is a transformation of the red figure. Use coordinate notation to describe the transformation. Explain your reasoning.

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 108

Answer:
Coordinates of original figure A(1, 1) B(1, 2), C(2, 1)
Coordinates of red figure A'(2, 3) B'(2, 6), C'(4, 3)
Scale factor of x-coordinate = x-coordinate of image/x-coordinate of image = 2/1 = 2
Scale factor of y-coordinate = y-coordinate of image/y-coordinate of image = 3/1 = 3
Thus to transfer the red-figure into the blue figure x-coordinate of all the points has been multiplied by 2 and the y-coordinate of all the points has been multiplied by 3.

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 109

Answer:
Coordinates of original figure A(4, 4) B(4, 8), C(8, 8), D(8, 4)
Coordinates of red figure A'(1, 2) B'(1, 4), C'(2, 4), D'(2. 2)
Scale factor of x-coordinate = x-coordinate of image/x-coordinate of image = 1/4 = 0.25
Scale factor of y-coordinate = y-coordinate of image/y-coordinate of image = 2/4 = 1/2 = 0.5
Thus to transfer the red figure into the blue figure x-coordinate of all the points has been multiplied by 0.25 and the y-coordinate of all the points has been multiplied by 0.50

Question 36.
NUMBER SENSE
You dilate a figure using a scale factor of 2, and then translate it 3 units right. Your friend translates the same figure 3 units right and then dilates it using a scale factor of 2. Are the images congruent? Explain.

Answer:
Blue the final image in both the case will be of the same shape and size.
Yes, the image in both cases will be the same.

Question 37.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The vertices of a trapezoid are A(-2, 3), B(2, 3), C(5, -2), and D(-2, -2). Dilate the trapezoid with respect to vertex A using a scale factor of 2. What are the coordinates of the image? Explain the method you used.

Answer:
When the points of a given figure are dilated about a point we simply multiply the distance of each side by the given scale factor. The coordinate of one point remains the same about which dilation occurs.
The vertices of a trapezoid are A(-2, 3), B(2, 3), C(5, -2), and D(-2, -2).
Scale factor = 2
So, here the coordinate of point A(-2, 3) will remains the same but all the other coordinates of points B’, C’, D’ will change according to the distance between each side of the trapezoid.
Big Ideas Math Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 transformations img_36
Image of the figure after dilating by a scale factor of 2
A(-2, 3) = A'(-2, 3)
B(2, 3) = B'(6, 3)
C(5, -2) = C'(12, -7)
D(-2, -2) = D'(-2, -7)
Thus the coordinate of the image are A'(-2, 3), B'(6, 3), C'(12, -7), D'(-2, -7)

Question 38.
DIG DEEPER!
A figure is dilated using a scale factor of -1. How can you obtain the image without using a dilation? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
When a figure is dilated using a scale factor of -1 then both the x and y-coordinate of the image will become opposite.
Example:
A'(x . -1, y . -1) = A'(-x, -y)
But there are two ways to get the same image:
1. By rotating the figure 180 degrees clockwise or anticlockwise
A(x, y) rotating 180 degrees about the origin = A'(-x, -y)
2. By rotating the figure about the x-axis and y axis
A(x, y) reflecting about the origin = A'(-x, -y)

Lesson 2.6 Similar Figures

EXPLORATION 1

Work with a partner. Use geometry software.
a. For each pair of figures whose vertices are given below, draw the figures in a coordinate plane. Use dilations and rigid motions to try to obtain one of the figures from the other figure.

  • A(-3, 6), B(0, -3), C(3, 6) and G(-1, 2), H(0, 1), J(1, 2)
  • D(0, 0), E(3, 0), F(3, 3) and L(0, 0), M(0, 6), N(-6, 6)
  • P(1, 0), Q(4, 2), R(7, 0) and X(-1, 0), Y(-4, 6), Z(-7, 0)
  • A(-3, 2), B(-1, 2), C(-1, -1), D(-3, -1) and F(6, 4), G(2, 4), H(2, -2), J(6, -2)
  • P(-2, 2), Q(-1, -1), R(1, -1), S(2, 2) and W(2, 8), X(3, 3), Y(7, 3), Z(8, 8)

Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 110
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 111
b. Is a scale drawing represented by any of the pairs of figures in part(a)? Explain your reasoning.
c. Figure A is a scale drawing of Figure B. Do you think there must be a sequence of transformations that obtains Figure A from Figure B? Explain your reasoning.

2.6 Lesson

Try It

Question 1.
A triangle has vertices D(0, 4), E(5, 4), and F(5, 0). Is △DEF similar to △ABC and △JKL in Example 1? Explain.

Answer:
Given coordinate of the triangle ABC: A(0, 3), B(3, 3), C(3, 0)
Given coordinate of the triangle DEF: D(0, 4), E(5, 4), F(5, 0)
Given coordinate of the triangle JKL: J(0, 6), K(6, 6), L(6, 0)
Here we can see that there is no fixed relation between the coordinate between triangle ABC and DEF or triangle ABC and JKL. So no triangle is dilation with the triangle ABC.
Hence, triangle ABC is not similar △DEF and △JKL.

Try It

Question 2.
Can you reflect the red figure first, and then perform the dilation to obtain the blue figure? Explain.

Answer:
Because the final image will not depend on the order of transformation. When we will first reflect red figure then the image will be of the same size and after the dilation of the image obtained after reflection we will get the same image so we can use any two method but the final image will be the same

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 3.
IDENTIFYING SIMILAR FIGURES
In the coordinate plane at the left, determine whether Rectangle ABCD is similar to Rectangle EFGH. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 112

Answer: No rectangle ABCD is not similar to rectangle EFGH

Explanation:
Because the orientation of rectangle ABCD is not the same as the rectangle EFGH. Also, rectangle ABCD is not dilated with rectangle EFGH. So there is no similarity transformation between rectangle ABCD and rectangle EFGH.

Question 4.
SIMILARITY TRANSFORMATION
The red triangle is similar to the blue triangle. Describe a similarity transformation between the figures.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 113

Answer:
Coordinate of left vertex of the red triangle: A(5, 5)
Coordinate of the same vertex after dilation: A'(10, 10)
Now coordinate left vertex of the blue triangle: A”(0, 2)
So, the value of a = 0 – 10 = -10 and b = 2 – 10 = -8
It is given that the red triangle is similar to the blue triangle so the steps of transformation:
First, dilate the figure by the scale factor of 2 and then translate the image 10 units left and 8 units down.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 5.
A medical supplier sells gauze in large and small rectangular sheets. A large sheet has a length of 9 inches and an area of 45 square inches. A small sheet has a length of 4 inches and a width of 3 inches. Are the sheets similar? Justify your answer.

Answer:
Condition for the rectangular sheets to be similar is that all the corresponding sides of bigger and smaller rectangular sheets should be in proportional.
Area of larger rectangular sheets a = 45 sq in
length of larger rectangular sheets l1 = 9 in
Width = a/l = 45/9 = 5 in
length of smaller rectangular sheets l2 = 4 in
width of smaller rectangular sheets b2 = 3 in
condition for similarity l1/l2 = b1/b2
9/4 ≠ 5/3
These sheets are not similar

Question 6.
The sail on a souvenir boat is similar in shape to the sail on a sailboat. The sail on the sailboat is in the shape of a right triangle with a base of 9 feet and a height of 24 feet. The height of the souvenir’s sail is 3 inches. What is the base of the souvenir’s sail?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 114

Answer:
Given,
The base of sail on sailboat b1 = 9 ft
height of sail on sailboat h1 = 24 ft
Given height of sail on souvenir boat: h2 = 3in = 0.25 ft
h1/h2 = b1/b2
24/0.25 = 9/h2
h2 = (9 × 0.25)/24 = 0.9375 ft = 1.125 in
Thus the height of sail of a souvenir boat is 1.125 in

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
A coordinate plane is used to represent a cheerleading formation. The vertices of the formation are A(4, 4), B(0, 8), C(4, 4), and D(0, 6). A choreographer creates a new formation similar to the original formation. Three vertices of the new formation are J(-2, -2), K(0, -4), and L(2, -2). What is the location of the fourth vertex? Explain.

Answer:
The vertices of the formation are A(4, 4), B(0, 8), C(4, 4), and D(0, 6). A choreographer creates a new formation similar to the original formation.
We observe the image point carefully that both the x and y coordinate of the image point is just half of the original point and each y-coordinate is opposite.
A(4, 4) = J(-2, -2)
B(0, 8) = K(0, -4)
C(4, 4) = L(2, -2)
D(0, 6) = M(x, y)
This means that the point A, B, C are dilated by using a scale factor of 0.5 and the image obtained from the dilation is reflected about the x-axis.
So, the image point is D(0, 6) = M(0, -3)
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations img_37

Similar Figures Homework & Practice 2.6

Review & Refresh

Tell whether the blue figure is a dilation of the red figure.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 115

Answer: No

Explanation:
Because the shape and size of both red and blue figure are the same which is not the property of dilation. The blue figure is the result of the reflection of the red figure 180 degrees in the clockwise or counterclockwise direction.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 116

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
When we see both red and blue figures closely we observe that all the angles of the red figure are congruent to the blue figure. Also, there will be the lines connecting corresponding vertices meeting at a point. This means that the blue figure is a dilation of red figure.

Question 3.
You solve the equation S = lw + 2wh for w. Which equation is correct?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 117

Answer: Option C

Explanation:
S = lw + 2wh
lw + 2wh = S
Taking w as a common factor
w(l + 2h) = s
w = s/(l + 2h)
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving
TRANSFORMING FIGURES
The vertices of a pair of figures are given. Determine whether a scale drawing is represented by the pair of figures. (See Exploration 1, p. 77.)

Question 4.
A(-8, -2), B(-4, 2), C(-4, -2) and G(2, -1), H(4, -1), J(2, -3)

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
BIM Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 2 Transformations img_38
After plotting both triangles we see that the original figure is exactly double of the image. Each side of the original triangle is double the length of the image triangle. So given vertices pair represent a scale drawing.
Scale factor = 2

Question 5.
A(0, 3), B(3, 4), C(5, 3), D(3, 2) and F(-4, 4), G(-1, 5), H(5, 3), J(3, 2)

Answer: No

Explanation:
BIM Grade 8 Answers Ch 2 img_39
After plotting both given figures we can see that there is no transformation relation between the original figure and the image figure. So, the given vertices pair does not represent a scale drawing.

IDENTIFYING SIMILAR FIGURES
Determine whether the figures are similar. Explain your reasoning.(See Exploration 1, p. 77.)

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 118

Answer: Rectangle ABCD is similar to rectangle EFGH.

Explanation:
Because when you see both the given figure we can see that all the corresponding angles of rectangle ABCD and rectangle EFGH are equal. And also the corresponding sides of both rectangle are in proportional.
∠A = ∠E, ∠B = ∠F, ∠C = ∠G, ∠D = ∠H
AB/EF = BC/FG = GH/CD = DA/HE = 1/2
Hence rectangle ABCD is similar to rectangle EFGH.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 119

Answer: Both the triangle are not similar

Explanation:
Because when you see both the given figure we can see that all the corresponding angles of triangle ABC and triangle JKL are equal. And also the corresponding sides of both triangles are not proportional.
AB/JK ≠ KL/BC ≠ CA/LJ
Hence triangle ABC is not similar to triangle JKL

IDENTIFYING SIMILAR FIGURES
Draw the figures with the given vertices in a coordinate plane. Which figures are similar? Explain your reasoning.

Question 8.
Rectangle A: (0, 0), (4, 0), (4, 2), (0, 2)
Rectangle B: (0, 0), (6, 0), (6, 3), (0, 3)
Rectangle C: (0, 0), (4, 0), (4, 2), (0, 2)

Answer: Rectangle A and B are similar

Explanation:
Rectangle A: (0, 0), (4, 0), (4, 2), (0, 2)
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations img_39(i)
Rectangle B: (0, 0), (6, 0), (6, 3), (0, 3)
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations img_39(ii)
Rectangle C: (0, 0), (4, 0), (4, 2), (0, 2)
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations img_39(iii)
By seeing the above figure we can say that rectangle A and rectangle B are similar and rectangle A and Rectangle C are congruent.

Question 9.
FigureA: (4, 2), (2, 2), (2, 0), (4, 0)
Figure B: (1, 4), (4, 4), (4, 1), (1, 1)
Figure C: (2, 1), (5, 1), (5, 3), (2, 3)

Answer: Rectangle A and B are similar

Explanation:
FigureA: (4, 2), (2, 2), (2, 0), (4, 0)
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations img_40(i)
Figure B: (1, 4), (4, 4), (4, 1), (1, 1)
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations img_40(ii)
Figure C: (2, 1), (5, 1), (5, 3), (2, 3)
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations img_40(iii)
Rectangles A and B are similar because in rectangle A and B all the corresponding angles are equal and also all the corresponding sides are equal.

DESCRIBING A SIMILARITY TRANSFORMATION
The red figure is similar to the blue figure. Describe a similarity transformation between the figures.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 120

Answer:
1. First rotate the red figure 90 degrees anticlockwise because the red figure is in the first quadrant and the blue figure is in the second quadrant.
2. Then dilate the image obtained after the rotation by the scale factor of 2 because the blue figure is double the size of the red figure.
Scale factor = side of the image/side of the original figure = 4/2 = 2

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 121

Answer:
First, dilate the red figure by the scale figure of 3 because the blue figure is triple the size of red figure.
scale factor = side of image/side of original figure = 6/2 = 3

Question 12.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A barrier in the shape of a rectangle is used to retain oil spills. On a blueprint, a similar barrier is 9 inches long and 2 inches wide. The width of the actual barrier is 1.2 miles. What is the length of the actual barrier?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 122

Answer:
Given,
Width of the actual barrier = 1.2 miles
Width of the barrier in the blueprint = 2 inches
2 inch dimension of blueprint = 1.2 miles of original
So, 1 inch dimension of blueprint = 1.2/2 = 0.6 miles.
Since the length of the barrier in the blueprint = 9 inches,
Thus the length of the actual barrier = 9(0.6) = 5.4 miles.

Question 13.
LOGIC
Are the following figures always, sometimes, or never similar? Explain.
a. two triangles
b. two squares
c. two rectangles

Answer:
a. Two triangles sometimes two triangles are similar when all the corresponding angles are equal and all the corresponding sides lengths are in proportion.
b. Two squares always two square are similar only when all the sides are proportional and all the angles are equal.
c. Two rectangles are similar when all the corresponding angles are equal but the lengths of the corresponding sides are not always in proportion.

Question 14.
CRITICAL THINKING
Can you draw two quadrilaterals each having two 130° angles and two 50° angles that are not similar? Justify your answer.

Answer:
Quadrilateral 1: 50°, 50°, 130°, 130° (trapezoid)
Quadrilateral 2: 50°, 130°, 50°, 130° (parallelogram)
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 ch 2 transformations answer key img_41

Question 15.
REASONING
The sign is rectangular.
a. You increase each side length by 20%. Is the new sign similar to the original? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
Given,
You increase each side length by 20%
Scale factor = 1 + percentage increase/100 = 1 + 20/100 = 1.2

b. You increase each side length by 6 inches. Is the new sign similar to the original? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 123

Answer:
No, because when length and width are of a different size then adding 6 inches on each side will not increase the figure in a fixed proportion. So the corresponding length will be not proportional. This means that both the figure will be not in dilation, hence not similar.

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
A person standing 20 feet from a streetlight casts a shadow as shown. How many times taller is the streetlight than the person? Assume the triangles are similar.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 124

Answer:
Length of shadow l1 = 10 ft
height of man b1 = 6 ft
Total length of bigger triangle l2 = 20 + 10 = 30 ft
l1/l2 = b1/b2
10/30 = 6/b2
b2 = 180/10
b2 = 18 ft
The ratio of the height of streetlight and man is: 18/6 = 3
Hence, the streetlight is 3 times taller than that person.

Question 17.
GEOMETRY
Use a ruler to draw two different isosceles triangles similar to the one shown. Measure the heights of each triangle.
a. Are the ratios of the corresponding heights equivalent to the ratios of the corresponding side lengths?

Answer:
b1/b2 = h1/h2
6/3 = 4/2 = 2
Hence the ratio of corresponding heights is equivalent to the ratio of corresponding side lengths.

b. Do you think this is true for all similar triangles? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 125

Answer:
Yes, this will be true for all the similar triangles because the heights of the two similar triangles are multiplied by the same amount as the sides.

Question 18.
CRITICAL THINKING
Given △ABC ∼ △DEF and △DEF ∼ △JKL, is △ABC ∼ △JKL? Justify your answer.

Answer:
When △ABC is similar to △DEF and △DEF is similar to △JKL, then △ABC is similar to △JKL.

Lesson 2.7 Perimeters and Areas of Similar Figures

EXPLORATION 1

Work with a partner. Draw a rectangle in the coordinate plane.
a. Dilate your rectangle using each indicated scale factor k. Then complete the table for the perimeter P of each rectangle. Describe the pattern.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 126
b. Compare the ratios of the perimeters to the ratios of the corresponding side lengths. What do you notice?
c. Repeat part(a) to complete the table for the area A of each rectangle. Describe the pattern.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 127
d. Compare the ratios of the areas to the ratios of the corresponding side lengths. What do you notice?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 128
e. The rectangles shown are similar. You know the perimeter and the area of the red rectangle and a pair of corresponding side lengths. How can you find the perimeter of the blue rectangle? the area of the blue rectangle?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 500

2.7 Lesson

Try It

Question 1.
The height of Figure A is 9 feet. The height of a similar Figure B is 15 feet. What is the value of the ratio of the perimeter of A to the perimeter of B?

Answer: The ratio of the perimeter of A to B is 3/5

Explanation:
We know that when two figures are similar then the value of the ratio of their perimeter is equal to the value of the ratio of their corresponding side lengths.
Perimeter of figure A/Perimeter of figure B = Height of figure A/Height of figure B
Perimeter of figure A/Perimeter of figure B = 9/15 = 3/5
Thus the ratio of the perimeter of A to B is 3/5

Try It

Question 2.
The base of Triangle P is 8 meters. The base of a similar Triangle Q is 7 meters. What is the value of the ratio of the area of P to the area of Q?

Answer:
We know that when two figures are similar then the value of the ratio of their area is equal to the square of the value of the ratio of their corresponding side lengths.
The base of Triangle P is 8 meters. The base of a similar Triangle Q is 7 meters.
b1 = 8 m
b2 = 7 m
Area of triangle P/Area of triangle Q = base of triangle P/base of triangle Q

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

COMPARING PERIMETERS OF SIMILAR FIGURES
Find the value of the ratio (red to blue) of the perimeters of the similar figures.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 130

Answer:
We know that when two figures is similar then the value of the ratio of their perimeter is equal to the value of the ratio of their corresponding side lengths.
Perimeter of figure A/Perimeter of figure B = Side length of figure A/Side length of figure B
l1 = 9
l2 = 7
Perimeter of red figure/Perimeter of blue figure = Side length of red figure/Side length of blue figure
Perimeter of red figure/Perimeter of blue figure = 9/7
Thus the ratio of the perimeter of red to blue figure is 9/7

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 131

Answer:
We know that when two figures is similar then the value of the ratio of their perimeter is equal to the value of the ratio of their corresponding side lengths.
Perimeter of figure A/Perimeter of figure B = Side length of figure A/Side length of figure B
b1 = 8
b2 = 10
Perimeter of red figure/Perimeter of blue figure = base length of red figure/base length of blue figure
Perimeter of red figure/Perimeter of blue figure = 8/10 = 4/5
Thus the ratio of the perimeter of red to blue triangle is 4/5

COMPARING AREAS OF SIMILAR FIGURES
Find the value of the ratio (red to blue) of the areas of the similar figures.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 132

Answer:
We know that when two figures is similar then the value of the ratio of their perimeter is equal to the value of the ratio of their corresponding side lengths.
Perimeter of figure A/Perimeter of figure B = (Side length of figure A/Side length of figure B)²
l1 = 12
l2 = 8
Perimeter of red figure/Perimeter of blue figure = side length of red figure/side length of blue figure
Perimeter of red figure/Perimeter of blue figure = (12/8)² = (3/2)² = 9/4
Thus the ratio of the perimeter of red to blue figure is 9/4

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 133

Answer:
We know that when two figures is similar then the value of the ratio of their perimeter is equal to the value of the ratio of their corresponding side lengths.
Area of figure A/Area of figure B = (Side length of A/Side length of B)²
l1 = 12
l2 = 8
Area of red figure/Area of blue figure = side length of red figure/side length of blue figure
Area of red figure/Area of blue figure = (4/5)² = 16/225
Thus the ratio of the perimeter of red to blue triangle is 16/225

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 7.
Two similar triangular regions are prepared for development.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 134
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 136
a. It costs $6 per foot to install fencing. How much does it cost to surround the forest with a fence?

Answer:
Given,
It costs $6 per foot to install fencing.
Perimeter of grassland/perimeter of forest = Height of grassland/Height of forest
h1 = 60 yards
The perimeter of grassland = 240 yards
Height of forest h2 = 45 yards
Perimeter of grassland/perimeter of forest = 60/45
240/ perimeter of forest = 60/45
the perimeter of forest = 180 yards
Convert from yards to feet
180 yards = 540 feet
Thus the cost of fencing forest = 6 × 540 = $3,240

b. The cost to prepare 1 square yard of grassland is $15 and the cost to prepare 1 square yard of forest is $25. Which region costs more to prepare? Justify your answer.

Answer:
Perimeter of grassland/perimeter of forest = (Height of grassland/Height of forest)²
Height of grassland h1 = 60 yard
Height of forest h2 = 45 yards
Area of grassland = 2400 yd²
Cost to prepare 1 sq yd of grassland = $15
Cost to prepare 1 sq yd of forest = $25
Area of forest = (2400 × 9)/16
Thus the area of forest is 1350 yd²
Cost to prepare grassland = $15 × 2400 = $36,000
Cost to prepare of forest = $25 × 1350 = $33,750
Thus the grassland will cost more to prepare.

Question 8.
DIG DEEPER!
You buy a new television with a screen similar in shape to your old television screen, but with an area four times greater. The size of a television screen is often described using the distance between opposite corners of the screen. Your old television has a 30-inch screen. What is the size of your new television screen? Explain.

Answer:
Area of ΔABC/Area of ΔDEF = (Side length of AB/Side length of DE)²
Let the area of the screen of old television be x
Let the area of the screen of new television be 4x
l1 = 30 in
Area of the screen of new television/Area of the screen of new television= (distance of the screen of new television/distance of the screen of old television)²
4x/x = (distance of the screen of new television/30)²
distance of the screen of new television = 30 × 2 = 60 inch
Hence the distance of the screen of the new television is 60 inches.

Perimeters and Areas of Similar Figures Homework & Practice 2.7

Review & Refresh

The red figure is similar to the blue figure. Describe a similarity transformation between the figures.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 501

Answer:
First, dilate the red figure using the scale factor of 3 because the side lengths of the blue figure are 3 times the side length of the red figure.
Scale factor = 6/2 = 3
Now reflect the image obtained after a dilation about the y-axis because both red and blue triangle is facing each other.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 137

Answer:
First, dilate the red figure using the scale factor of 0.5 because the side lengths of the blue figure are 3 times the side length of the red figure.
Scale factor = 2/4 = 0.5
Then rotate the image obtained after dilation in direction 90 degrees clockwise about the origin.

Find the area of the figure.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 138

Answer:
We know that the formula for the area of trapezoid = Base × height
h = 16 cm
b = 9 cm
Area of figure = 16 × 9 = 144 sq. cm
Hence the area of the given figure is 144 sq. cm

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 139

Answer:
h = 5 in
b = 3 in
We know that,
A = 1/2 × b × h
A = 1/2 × 5 × 3
A = 7.5 sq. cm
Thus the area of the given figure is 7.5 sq. cm

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 140

Answer:
h = 5 km
b1 = 6 km
b2 = 8 km
We know that,
Area of trapezoid = 1/2 × h × (b1 + b2)
A = 1/2 × 5 × 14 = 35 sq. km
Hence the area of the trapezoid is 35 sq. km

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving
COMPARING SIMILAR FIGURES
Dilate the figure using the indicated scale factor k. What is the value of the ratio (new to original) of the perimeters? the areas? (See Exploration 1, p. 83.)

Question 6.
a triangle with vertices (0, 0), (0, 2), and (2, 0); k = 3

Answer:
When the points of a given figure are dilated we simply multiply each x-coordinate and y-coordinate by the given scale factor.
P(x, y) = P'(x . a, y . a)
where a is the scale factor
Given a triangle with vertices (0, 0), (0, 2), and (2, 0); k = 3
A(0, 0) = A'(0 . 3, 0 . 3) = A'(0, 0)
B(0, 2) = B'(0 . 3, 2 . 3) = B'(0, 6)
C(2, 0) = C'(2 . 3, 0 . 3) = C'(6, 0)
The coordinates of the image are A'(0, 0), B'(0, 6), C'(6, 0)
AB = √(2 – 0)² – (0 – 0)² = 2
A’B’ = √(6 – 0)² – (0 – 0)² = 6
We know that when two figure are similar then the value of the ratio of their perimeter is equal to the value of the ratio of their corresponding side lengths.
Perimeter of new triangle/Perimeter of the original triangle = Distance of A’B’/Distance of AB = 6/2 = 3
Area of new triangle/Area of the original triangle = (Distance of A’B’/Distance of AB)² = (6/2)² = 3² = 9

Question 7.
a square with vertices (0, 0), (0, 4), (4, 4), and (4, 0); k = 0.5

Answer:
When the points of a given figure are dilated we simply multiply each x-coordinate and y-coordinate by the given scale factor.
P(x, y) = P'(x . a, y . a)
where a is the scale factor
a square with vertices (0, 0), (0, 4), (4, 4), and (4, 0); k = 0.5
A(0, 0) = A'(0 . 0.5, 0 . 0.5) = A'(0, 0)
B(0, 4) = B'(0 . 0.5, 4 . 0.5) = B'(0, 2)
C(4, 4) = C'(4 . 0.5, 4 . 0.5) = C'(2, 2)
D(4, 0) = D'(4 . 0.5, 0 . 0.5) = D'(2, 0)
Coordinates of the image are A'(0, 0), B'(0, 2), C'(2, 2), D'(2, 0)
AB = √(4 – 0)² + (0 – 0)² = 4
A’B’ = √(2 – 0)² + (0 – 0)² = 2
We know that when two figure are similar then the value of the ratio of their perimeter is equal to the value of the ratio of their corresponding side lengths.
Perimeter of new square/Perimeter of the original square = Distance of A’B’/Distance of AB = 2/4 = 1/2
Area of new square /Area of the original square = (Distance of A’B’/Distance of AB)² = (2/4)² = 1/4

PERIMETERS AND AREAS OF SIMILAR FIGURES
Find the values of the ratios (red to blue) of the perimeters and areas of the similar figures.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 141

Answer:
We know that when two figure are similar then the value of the ratio of their perimeter is equal to the value of the ratio of their corresponding side lengths.
Perimeter of red figure/Perimeter of the blue figure = Distance of red figure/Distance of blue figure= 11/6
Area of red figure /Area of the blue figure = (Distance of red figure/Distance of blue figure)² = (11/6)² = 121/36

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 142

Answer:
We know that when two figure are similar then the value of the ratio of their perimeter is equal to the value of the ratio of their corresponding side lengths.
Perimeter of red figure/Perimeter of the blue figure = Distance of red figure/Distance of blue figure= 5/8
Area of red figure /Area of the blue figure = (Distance of red figure/Distance of blue figure)² = (5/8)² = 25/64

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 143

Answer:
We know that when two figure are similar then the value of the ratio of their perimeter is equal to the value of the ratio of their corresponding side lengths.
Perimeter of red figure/Perimeter of the blue figure = Distance of red figure/Distance of blue figure= 4/7
Area of red figure /Area of the blue figure = (Distance of red figure/Distance of blue figure)² = (4/7)² = 16/49

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 144

Answer:
We know that when two figure are similar then the value of the ratio of their perimeter is equal to the value of the ratio of their corresponding side lengths.
Perimeter of red figure/Perimeter of the blue figure = Distance of red figure/Distance of blue figure = 14/9
Area of red figure /Area of the blue figure = (Distance of red figure/Distance of blue figure)² = (14/9)² = 196/81

USING SIMILAR FIGURES
The figures are similar. Find x.

Question 12.
The ratio of the perimeters is 7 : 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 145

Answer:
We know that when two figure are similar then the value of the ratio of their perimeter is equal to the value of the ratio of their corresponding side lengths.
Perimeter of figure A/Perimeter of the figure B = Distance of figure A/Distance of figure B
7/10 = x/12
x = 84/10
x = 8.4
Thus the value of x is 8.4

Question 13.
The ratio of the perimeters is 8 : 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 146

Answer:
We know that when two figure are similar then the value of the ratio of their perimeter is equal to the value of the ratio of their corresponding side lengths.
Perimeter of figure A/Perimeter of the figure B = Distance of figure A/Distance of figure B
8/5 = x/16
x = 25.6
Thus the value of x is 25.6

Question 14.
COMPARING AREAS
The playing surfaces of two foosball tables are similar. The ratio of the corresponding side lengths is 10:7. What is the ratio of the areas?

Answer:
Area of figure A /Area of figure B = (Distance of figure A/Distance of figure B)²
Area of figure A /Area of figure B = (10/7)²
Area of figure A /Area of figure B = 100/49
Hence, the ratio of their areas is 100/49

Question 15.
CRITICAL THINKING
The ratio of the side length of Square A to the side length of Square B is 4:9. The side length of Square A is 12 yards. What is the perimeter of Square B?

Answer:
Given,
The ratio of the side length of Square A to the side length of Square B is 4/9.
The side length of Square A is 12 yards.
side length of Square A/side length of Square B = 4/9
12 /side length of Square B = 4/9
side length of Square B = 27 yards
We know that,
The perimeter of the square is = 4s
The perimeter of the square B = 4 × 27 = 108 yards

Question 16.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The cost of the piece of fabric shown is $1.31. What would you expect to pay for a similar piece of fabric that is 18 inches by 42 inches?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 147

Answer:
Given,
l = 21 in
w = 9 in
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 21 × 9 = 189 sq. in
The cost of the piece of fabric shown is $1.31
The cost of 1 sq. in of fabric = 1.31/189
l = 18 in
b = 42 in
Area of new fabric = 18 × 42 = 756 sq. in
Given the cost of new fabric = 1.31/189 × 756 = $5.24
Hence the cost of the new fabric is $5.24

Question 17.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A scale model of a merry-go-round and the actual merry-go-round are similar.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 148
a. How many times greater is the base area of the actual merry-go-round than the base area of the scale model? Explain.

Answer:
Radius of model merry go round = 6 in
Radius of actual merry go round = 10 ft = 120 in
Area of base of actual merry/Area of base of model merry = (Radius of actual merry/Radius of model merry)²
Area of base of actual merry/Area of base of model merry = (120/6)² = 400

b. What is the base area of the actual merry-go-round in square feet?

Answer:
The radius of model merry go round = 6 in
Radius of actual merry go round = 10 ft = 120 in
Area of base of actual merry = 450 sq. in
Area of base of actual merry/Area of base of model merry = (Radius of actual merry/Radius of model merry)²
Area of base of actual merry/450 = (120/6)² = 400
Area of base of actual merry = 400 × 450 = 180000 sq. in = 1250 ft²

Question 18.
STRUCTURE
The circumference of Circle K is π. The circumference of Circle L is 4π. What is the value of the ratio of their circumferences? of their radii? of their areas?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 149

Answer:
Given,
The circumference of Circle K is π
The circumference of Circle L is 4π.
circumference of Circle = 2πr
2πr = π
The radius of circle K r1 = 1/2
2πr = 4π
The radius of circle K r2 = 2
The ratio of their circumference = π/4π = 1/4
The ratio of radius of both circle = 1/4
The ratio of their area = π(r1)²/π(r2)² = 1/16

Question 19.
GEOMETRY
A triangle with an area of 10 square meters has a base of 4 meters. A similar triangle has an area of 90 square meters. What is the height of the larger triangle?

Answer:
Given,
A triangle with an area of 10 square meters has a base of 4 meters.
A similar triangle has an area of 90 square meters.
Area of the triangle = bh/2
h = 2a/b
h = (2 × 10)/4
h = 5 meters
Area of larger triangle/Area of smaller triangle = (height of larger triangle/height of smaller triangle)²
90/10 = (height of larger triangle/5)²
3 = (height of larger triangle/5)
Thus the height of larger triangle = 3 × 5 = 15 meters

Question 20.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You need two bottles of fertilizer to treat the flower garden shown. How many bottles do you need to treat a similar garden with a perimeter of 105 feet?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 150

Answer:
The sides of the above figure are 4ft, 15 ft, 18 ft, 5 ft
Perimeter = 4ft + 15 ft + 18 ft + 5 ft = 42 ft
Number of bottle of fertilizer used in the above garden = 2
Number of bottle of fertilizer used in 1 ft = 2/42
Fertilizer used for 105 ft = 2/42 × 105 = 5
Thus 5 bottles will be used for 105 feet

Question 21.
REPEATED REASONING
Three square mirrors are used for a light reflection experiment. The ratio of the side length of Mirror A to the side length of Mirror B is 5 : 6. The ratio of the area of Mirror B to the area of Mirror C is 16 : 25. The perimeter of Mirror C is 280 centimeters. What is the area of Mirror A? Justify your answer.

Answer:
Given,
Three square mirrors are used for a light reflection experiment.
The ratio of the side length of Mirror A to the side length of Mirror B is 5 : 6 = 5/6
The ratio of the area of Mirror B to the area of Mirror C is 16 : 25 = 16/25
The perimeter of Mirror C is 280 centimeters
Side length of mirror C = Perimeter/4 = 280/4 = 70 cm
(Side length of mirror B/Side length of mirror C)² = Area of mirror A/Area of mirror B
(Side length of mirror B/Side length of mirror C)² = 16/25
(Side length of mirror B/Side length of mirror C) = 4/5
The side length of mirror B = 4/5 × Side length of mirror C
Side length of mirror B = 4/5 × 70 = 56 cm
A = s × s
A = 56 cm × 56 cm = 3136 sq. cm
Area of mirror A/Area of mirror B = (Side length of mirror A/Side length of mirror B)²
Area of mirror A/3136 = (5/6)²
Area of mirror A = 25/36 × 3136
Area of mirror A = 2177.7 sq. cm

Transformations Connecting Concepts

2 Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan

Question 1.
A scale drawing of a helipad uses a scale of 1 ft : 20 ft. The scale drawing has an area of 6.25 square feet. What is the area of the actual helipad?
Understand the problem.
You know the scale of the drawing and the area of the helipad in the drawing. You are asked to find the area of the actual helipad.
Make a plan.
A scale drawing is similar to the actual object. So, use the scale 1 ft : 20 ft and the ratio 6.25 ft2 : A ft2 to write and solve a proportion that represents the area A of the actual helipad.
Solve and Check.
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 150.1

Answer: 125 sq. ft

Question 2.
The locations of three cargo ships are shown in the coordinate plane. Each ship travels at the same speed in the same direction. After 1 hour, the x- and y-coordinates of Ship A increase 80%. Use a translation to describe the change in the locations of the ships. Then find the new coordinates of each ship.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 151
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 152

Question 3.
All circles are similar. A circle with a radius of 2 inches is dilated, resulting in a circle with a circumference of 22π inches. What is the scale factor? Justify your answer.

Answer:
Given,
A circle with a radius of 2 inches is dilated, resulting in a circle with a circumference of 22π inches.
C = 2π . r
22π = 2π . 2
p = 2π . 2
Thus the scale factor is 2.

Performance Task

Master Puppeteer

At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Shadow Puppets.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 153

Transformations Connecting Concepts

2 Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary

Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 154

Graphic Organizers
You can use a Summary Triangle to explain a concept. Here is an example of Summary Triangle for translating a figure.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 155

Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.

  1. reflecting a figure
  2. rotating a figure
  3. congruent figures
  4. dilating a figure
  5. similar figures
  6. perimeters of similar figures
  7. areas of similar figures

Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 156

Chapter Self-Assessment

As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 157

2.1 Translations (pp. 43–48)

Tell whether the blue figure is a translation of the red figure.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 158

Answer: No

Explanation:
The answer is no because in the case of translation the size of the figure does not change, only the position of the figure changes. But here the size of the blue figure is larger as compared to the red figure so this is not the translation. Here the blue figure is the result of the dilation of red figure.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 159

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
Yes, because in the case of translation the size of the figure does not change, only the position of the figure changes. Here the size of both blue figure and the red figure is the same but there is only a change in the position of the red figure to get blue figure. Here the blue figure is the result of the translation of the red figure.

Question 3.
The vertices of a quadrilateral are W(1, 2), X(1, 4), Y(4, 4), and Z(4, 2). Draw the figure and its image after a translation 3 units left and 2 units down.

Answer:
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in the coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to y-coordinate of the vertices.
A(x,y) = A'(x+a, y+b)
The value a and b will be positive if shift is Right and Vertical Up and the value of a and b will be negative if shift is left and vertical Down.
Given: W(1, 2), X(1, 4), Y(4, 4), and Z(4, 2) and a = -3, b = -2
W'(1+a, 2+b) = W'(1-3, 2-2) = W'(-2,0)
X'(1+a, 4+b) = X'(1-3, 4-2) = X'(-2,2)
Y'(4+a, 4+b) = Y'(4-3, 4-2) = Y'(1, 2)
Z'(4+a, 2+b) = C'(4-3, 2-2) = Z'(1,0)
Hence the coordinate of image are W'(-2,0), X'(-2,2), Y'(1, 2), Z'(1,0)
big ideas math answers grade 8 chapter 2 img_41

Question 4.
The vertices of a triangle are A(-1, -2), B(-2, 2), and C(-3, 0). Draw the figure and its image after a translation 5 units right and 1 unit up.

Answer:
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in the coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to y-coordinate of the vertices.
A(x,y) = A'(x+a, y+b)
The value a and b will be positive if shift is Right and Vertical Up and the value of a and b will be negative if shift is left and vertical Down.
Given: A(-1, -2), B(-2, 2), and C(-3, 0) and a = 5, b = 1
A'(-1+a, -2+b) = A'(-1-5, -2+1) = A'(4,-1)
B'(-2+a, 2+b) = B'(-2+5, 2+1) = B'(3,3)
C'(-3+a, 0+b) = C'(-3+5, 0+1) = C'(2, 1)
Hence the coordinate of image are A'(4,-1), B'(3,3), C'(2, 1)
BIM Grade 8 Chapter 2 Answer Key img_42

Question 5.
Your locker number is 20 and your friend’s locker number is 33. Describe the location of your friend’s locker relative to the location of your locker.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 159.1

Answer:
The location of my friend’s locker is first 1 locker Down and then 3 locker Right.

Question 6.
Translate the triangle 4 units left and 1 unit down. What are the coordinates of the image?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 160

Answer:
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in the coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to y-coordinate of the vertices.
A(x,y) = A'(x+a, y+b)
The value a and b will be positive if shift is Right and Vertical Up and the value of a and b will be negative if shift is left and vertical Down.
Given: A(3, 5), B(6, 3), and C(4, 1) and a = -4, b = -1
A'(3+a, 5+b) = A'(3-4, 5-1) = A'(-1,4)
B'(6+a, 3+b) = B'(6-4, 3-1) = B'(2,2)
C'(4+a, 1+b) = C'(4-4, 1-1) = C'(0, 0)
Hence the coordinate of image are A'(-1,4), B'(2,2), C'(0, 0)
BIM 8th Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 img_42

Question 7.
Describe a translation of the airplane from point A to point B.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 161

Answer:
First, move the aeroplane 6 units right from point A and then 4 units down.

2.2 Reflections (pp. 49 – 54)

Tell whether the blue figure is a reflection of the red figure.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 162

Answer:
No, because in the above figure the plane of reflection is inclined at 45 degrees with the horizontal line. So, the reflected figure will be perpendicular to the original figure. But in the given figure both are facing each other. This means that the blue figure is not the reflection of red figure.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 163

Answer:
The answer is no because the blue figure is not the mirror image of the red figure. The side of the red figure is not facing the side of the blue figure this means that the blue figure is not the reflection of red figure.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 163.1

Answer:
The answer is yes because the blue figure is the mirror image of the red figure. The side of the red figure is facing the side of the blue figure this means that the blue figure is the reflection of red figure.

Draw the figure and its reflection in (a) the x-axis and (b) the y-axis. Identify the coordinates of the image.

Question 11.
A(2, 0), B(1, 5), C(4, 3)

Answer:
A(x, y) = A'(x, -y)
Given: A(2, 0), B(1, 5), C(4, 3)
Reflection about x-axis:
A(2, 0) = A'(2, 0)
B(1, 5) = B'(1, -5)
C(4, 3) = C'(4, -3)
BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 2 img_43
Reflection about y-axis:
A(x, y) = A'(-x, y)
A(2, 0) = A'(-2, 0)
B(1, 5) = B'(-1, 5)
C(4, 3) = C'(-4, 3)
BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 2 img_44

Question 12.
D(-5, -5), E(-5, 0), F(-2, -2), G(-2, -5)

Answer:
Given, D(-5, -5), E(-5, 0), F(-2, -2), G(-2, -5)
Reflection about x-axis:
A(x, y) = A'(x, -y)
D(-5, -5) = D'(-5, 5)
E(-5, 0) = E'(-5, 0)
F(-2, -2) = F'(-2, 2)
G(-2, -5) = G'(-2, 5)
BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 2 img_45
Reflection about y-axis:
A(x, y) = A'(-x, y)
D(-5, -5) = D(5, -5)
E(-5, 0) = E'(5, 0)
F(-2, -2) = F'(2, -2)
G(-2, -5) = G'(2, -5)
BIM Grade 8 Answers Chapter 2 img_46

Question 13.
The vertices of a rectangle are E(-1, 1), F(-1, 3), G(-5, 3), and H(-5, 1). Find the coordinates of the figure after reflecting in the x-axis, and then translating 3 units right.

Answer:
We know that when a point is reflected about x-axis then y-coordinate becomes the opposite.
A(x, y) = A'(x, -y)
The vertices of a rectangle are E(-1, 1), F(-1, 3), G(-5, 3), and H(-5, 1).
Reflection about x-axis:
E(-1, 1) = E'(-1, -1)
F(-1, 3) = F'(-1, -3)
G(-5, 3) = G'(-5, 3)
H(-5, 1) = H'(-5, 1)
Thus the coordinates of the image are E'(-1, -1), F'(-1, -3), G'(-5, 3), H'(-5, 1)
Now translating the image 3 units Right.
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to y-coordinate of the vertices.
A(x,y) = A'(x+a, y+b)
The value a and b will be positive if shift is Right and Vertical Up and the value of a and b will be negative if shift is left and vertical Down.
Given: E'(-1, -1), F'(-1, -3), G'(-5, 3), H'(-5, 1) a = 3, b = 0
E”(-1 + a, -1 + b) = E”(-1 + 3, -1 + 0) = E”(2, -1)
F”(-1 + a, -3 + b) = F”(-1 + 3, -3 + 0) = F”(2, -3)
G”(-5 + a, 3 + b) = G”(-5 + 3, 3 + 0) = G”(-2, 3)
H”(-5 + a, 1 + b) = H”(-5 + 3, 1 + 0) = H”(-2, 1)
Thus the coordinates of the image are E”(2, -1), F”(2, -3), G”(-2, 3), H”(-2, 1)

The coordinates of a point and its image after a reflection are given. Identify the line of reflection.

Question 14.
(-1, -3) → (1, -3)

Answer:
Given,
(-1, -3) → (1, -3)
We can see that the y-coordinate of both points and its image are the same but the x-coordinate of the image is the opposite of its points.
Hence, Y-axis is the line of reflection.

Question 15.
(2, 1) → (2, -1)

Answer:
Given,
(2, 1) → (2, -1)
We can see that the x-coordinate of both points and its image are the same but the y-coordinate of the image is the opposite of its points.
Hence, X-axis is the line of reflection.

Question 16.
You perform an experiment involving angles of refraction with a laser pen. You point a laser pen from point L at a mirror along the red path and the image is a reflection in the y-axis.
a. Does the light reach a cat at point C? Explain.

Answer:
Yes, the light will reach at point C.
Because the coordinate of point L is (4, 3) and the coordinate of point C is (-4, 3) and it is given problems that laser is reflected about the y-axis.
So when point L(4, 3) is reflected about the y-axis its x-coordinates become opposite and y-coordinates remain the same.
So when point L(4, 3) is reflected about the y-axis its image will be point C(-4, -3)

b. You bounce the light off the mirror so its path is a reflection. What line of reflection is needed for the light to reach the cat?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 164

Answer: The line of reflection will be y-axis.

2.3 Rotations (pp. 55–62)

Tell whether the blue figure is a rotation of the red figure about the origin. If so, give the angle and the direction of rotation.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 165

Answer:
The answer is no because the blue figure is the mirror image of the red figure. The blue figure is the result of the reflection of red figure about the y-axis. Also, both red and blue figure are facing each other with the y-axis in the center of both which remains that it is not the case of rotation.

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 166

Answer:
The answer is yes, because the red figure is in the 1st quadrant and the blue figure in third quadrant. Also, both blue and red figure are facing each other in opposite directions which blue figure is the result of the rotation of red figure.
When red figure is rotated 180 degrees counterclockwise it will result in a blue figure.

The vertices of a triangle are A(-4, 2), B(-2, 2), and (-3, 4). Rotate the triangle as described. Find the coordinates of the image.

Question 19.
180° about the origin

Answer:
We know that when a point is rotated 180 degrees about origin then both x coordinate and y coordinate becomes opposite.
A(x, y) = A'(-x, -y)
Given points: A(-4, 2), B(-2, 2), and C(-3, 4)
Rotated 180 degrees about origin:
A(-4, 2) = A'(4, -2)
B(-2, 2) = B'(2, -2)
C(-3, 4) = C'(3, -4)
The coordinate of the image are A'(4, -2), B'(2, -2), C'(3, -4)

Question 20.
270° clockwise about the origin

Answer:
We know that when a point is rotated 90 degrees counterclockwise about origin then both x coordinate and y coordinate becomes opposite.
P(x, y) = P'(-y, x)
Given points: A(-4, 2), B(-2, 2), and C(-3, 4)
Rotating 270 degrees clockwise about the origin:
A(-4, 2) = A'(-2, -4)
B(-2, 2) = B'(-2, -2)
C(-3, 4) = C'(-4, -3)
The coordinate of the image are A'(-2, -4), B'(-2, -2), C'(-4, -3)

Question 21.
A bicycle wheel is represented in a coordinate plane with the center of the wheel at the origin. Reflectors are placed on the bicycle wheel at points (7, 4) and (-5, -6). After a bike ride, the reflectors have rotated 90° counterclockwise about the origin. What are the locations of the reflectors at the end of the bike ride?

Answer:
We know that when a point is rotated 90 degrees counterclockwise about origin then both x coordinate and y coordinate becomes opposite.
P(x, y) = P'(-y, x)
Reflectors are placed on the bicycle wheel at points (7, 4) and (-5, -6)
A(7, 4) = A'(-4, 7)
B(-5, -6) = B'(6, -5)
Hence the new coordinate of the reflector are A'(-4, 7), B'(6, -5)

2.4 Congruent Figures (pp. 63–68)

Identify any congruent figures in the coordinate plane.

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 167

Answer:
AB = ED
BC = DC
CA = CE
∠A = ∠E
∠B = ∠D
∠C = ∠C
When we see both triangles ABC and EDC closely we observe that both the triangles are the mirror images of each other with the y-axis as the line of reflection. So all the corresponding sides are equal and also all the corresponding angles, this means that both the triangle are congruent.
Hence ΔABC is congruent to ΔEDC
GH = JK
HF = KI
FG = IJ
∠G = ∠J
∠H = ∠K
∠F = ∠I
So we can see that all the corresponding sides are equal and also all the corresponding angles. this means that both the triangles are congruent.
Hence ΔGHF is congruent to ΔJKI

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 168

Answer:
When we observe square ABCD and square EFGH we can see that
AB = EF
BC = FG
CD = GH
DA = HE
∠A = ∠E
∠B = ∠F
∠C = ∠G
∠D = ∠H
We can see that all the corresponding sides are equal and also all the corresponding angles, this means that both are congruent.
RS = IJ
ST = JK
TU = KL
UR = LI
∠R = ∠I
∠S = ∠J
∠T = ∠K
∠L = ∠U
Hence rectangle RSTU is congruent to rectangle IJKL

The red figure is congruent to the blue figure. Describe a sequence of rigid motions between the figures.

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 169

Answer:
First, rotate the blue figure 90° clockwise because the blue figure is in a vertical position but the red figure is in the horizontal position.
Translate the image 5 units right because the first image formed after the rotation will in the second quadrant but the red figure in the first quadrant.

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 170

Answer:
First, reflect the blue figure about the y-axis because both red and blue figure is facing each other and they are the mirror image of each other.
Then translate the image 2 units up because the first image formed after reflection will be at the same distance from the x-axis but the red figure is touchung the x-axis.

Question 26.
The figures are congruent. Name the corresponding angles and the corresponding sides.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 171

Answer:
Corresponding sides are
AB = KL
BC = LM
CA = MK
Corresponding angles
∠A = ∠K
∠B = ∠L
∠C = ∠M

Question 27.
Trapezoids EFGH and QRST are congruent.
a. What is the length of side QR ?

Answer:
Length of side:
QR = EF = 3 feet

b. Which angle in QRST corresponds to ∠H?
Answer:
The angle that corresponds to ∠H is ∠T

c. What is the perimeter of QRST ?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 172

Answer:
Perimeter of QSRT = QR + RS + ST + TQ
= EF + FG + GH + HE
= 3 + 5 + 4 + 8
= 20 ft

2.5 Dilations (pp. 69–76)

Tell whether the blue figure is a dilation of the red figure.

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 173

Answer:
The answer is no because dilation the size of the image either increases or decreases that depend on the type of dilation. We can see that both the red and blue figure are of the same size which means that the blue figure is not dilation of the red figure.

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 174

Answer:
The answer is yes because both red and blue figures are of the same shape and all the corresponding angles are equal but the blue figure is larger than the red figure. And in dilation, the size of the image is either increases or decreases but the shape always remains the same. So blue figure is the result of dilation of red figure.

The vertices of a figure are given. Draw the figure and its image after a dilation with the given scale factor. Identify the type of dilation.

Question 30.
P(-3, -2), Q(-3, 0), R(0, 0); k = 4

Answer:
A(x, y) = A'(x . a, y . a)
Where a is the scaling factor
Given,
P(-3, -2), Q(-3, 0), R(0, 0); k = 4
P(-3, -2) = P'(-3 . 4, -2 . 4) = P'(-12, -8)
Q(-3, 0) = Q'(-3 . 4, 0 . 4) = Q'(-12, 0)
R(0, 0) = R'(0 . 4, 0 . 4) = R'(0, 0)
Thus the coordinates of the image: P'(-12, -8), Q'(-12, 0), R'(0, 0)
Bigideas Math Answer Key for Grade 8 Chapter 2 img_45

Question 31.
B(3, 3), C(3, 6), D(6, 6), E(6, 3); k = \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Answer:
A(x, y) = A'(x . a, y . a)
Where a is the scaling factor
Given,
B(3, 3), C(3, 6), D(6, 6), E(6, 3); k = \(\frac{1}{3}\)
B(3, 3) = B'(3 . \(\frac{1}{3}\), 3 . \(\frac{1}{3}\)) = B'(1, 1)
C(3, 6) = C'(3 . \(\frac{1}{3}\), 6 . \(\frac{1}{3}\)) = C'(1, 2)
D(6, 6) = D'(6 . \(\frac{1}{3}\), 6 . \(\frac{1}{3}\)) = D'(2, 2)
E(6, 3) = E'(6 . \(\frac{1}{3}\), 3 . \(\frac{1}{3}\)) = E'(2, 1)
Thus the coordinates of the image: B'(1, 1), C'(1, 2), D'(2, 2), E'(2, 1)
BIm Grade 8 Chapter 2 Answers img_46

Question 32.
The blue figure is a dilation of the red figure. Identify the type of dilation and find the scale factor.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 175

Answer:
AB = 1 unit
A’B’ = 2 units
scale factor = size of image figure/size of actual figure
scale factor = 2/1 = 2
We can see from the above figure that the size of the image figure are larger as compared to the size of the original image so it is the Enlargement dilation.

Question 33.
The vertices of a rectangle are Q(-6, 2), R(6, 2), S(6, -4), and T(-6, -4). Dilate the rectangle with respect to the origin using a scale factor of \(\frac{3}{2}\). Then translate it 5 units right and 1 unit down. What are the coordinates of the image?

Answer:
When the points of given figure are dilated we simply multiply each x and y coordinate by the given scale factor.
P(x, y) = P'(x . a, y . a)
Given points of the rectangle: Q(-6, 2), R(6, 2), S(6, -4), and T(-6, -4), scale factor = \(\frac{3}{2}\)
Q(-6, 2) = Q'(-6 . \(\frac{3}{2}\), 2 . \(\frac{3}{2}\)) = Q'(-9, 3)
R(6, 2) = R'(6 . \(\frac{3}{2}\), 2 . \(\frac{3}{2}\)) = R'(9, 3)
S(6, -4) = S'(6 . \(\frac{3}{2}\), -4 . \(\frac{3}{2}\)) = S'(9, 6)
T(-6, -4) = T'(-6 . \(\frac{3}{2}\), -4 . \(\frac{3}{2}\)) = T'(-9, -6)
Thus the coordinates of the image: Q'(-9, 3), R'(9, 3), S'(9, 6), T'(-9, -6)
Q'(-9, 3), R'(9, 3), S'(9, 6), T'(-9, -6) a = 5, b = -1
Q”(-9 + a, 3 + b) = Q”(-9 + 5, 3 – 1) = Q”(-4, 2)
R”(9 + a, 3 + b) = R”(9 + 5, 3 – 1) = R”(14, 2)
S”(9 + a, -6 + b) = S”(9 + 5, -6 – 1) = S”(14, -7)
T”(-9 + a, -6 + b) = T”(-9 + 5, -6 – 1) = T”(-4, -7)
Thus the coordinates of the image: Q”(-4, 2), R”(14, 2), S”(14, -7), T”(-4, -7)

2.6 Similar Figures

Question 34.
Determine whether the two figures are similar. Explain your reasoning.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 175.1

Answer:
No, the above two figures are not similar.

Question 35.
Draw figures with the given vertices in a coordinate plane. Which figures are similar? Explain your reasoning.
Triangle A: (-4, 4), (-2, 4), (-2, 0)
Triangle B: (-2, 2), (-1, 2), (-1, 0)
Triangle C: (6, 6), (3, 6), (3, 0)

Answer:
Triangle A: (-4, 4), (-2, 4), (-2, 0)
BIM Grade 8 Solution Key Ch 2 img_48
Triangle B: (-2, 2), (-1, 2), (-1, 0)
Bigideas Math Answers Grade 8 Ch 2 img_49
Triangle C: (6, 6), (3, 6), (3, 0)
BIM Answers for Grade 8 Chapter 2 img_50

The figures are similar. Find x.

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 177

Answer:
Ratio of sides of larger triangle = Ratio of sides of smaller triangle
20/14 = x/7
x = 10
Thus the value of x is 7 inches.

Question 37.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 178

Answer:
Ratio of sides of larger parallelogram= Ratio of sides of smaller parallelogram
x/6 = 6/4
x = 9
Thus the value of x is 9 cm

2.7 Perimeters and Areas of Similar Figures (pp. 83-88)

Find the values of the ratios (red to blue) of the perimeters and areas of the similar figures.

Question 38.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 2 Transformations 179

Answer:
Perimeter of figure A/Perimeter of figure B = Side length of figure A/Side length of figure B
Perimeter of red figure/Perimeter of blue figure = 6/8 = 3/4
Hence the ratio of perimeter of red triangle to blue is 3/4
Area of figure A/Area of figure B = (Side length of A/Side length of B)²
Area of red figure/Area of blue figure = (6/8)² = 9/16
Thus the ratio of the perimeter of the red to the blue triangle is 9/16

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 180

Answer:
Perimeter of figure A/Perimeter of figure B = Side length of figure A/Side length of figure B
Perimeter of red figure/Perimeter of blue figure = 28/16 = 7/4
Hence the ratio of the perimeter of red rectangle to blue is 7/4
Area of figure A/Area of figure B = (Side length of A/Side length of B)²
Area of red figure/Area of blue figure = (28/16)² = 49/16
Thus the ratio of the perimeter of the red to the blue rectangle is 49/16

The figures are similar. Find x.

Question 40.
The ratio of the perimeters is 5 :7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 181

Answer:
5/7 = 12/x
x =(12 × 7)/5
x = 16.8 cm
Thus the value of x is 16.8 cm

Question 41.
The ratio of the perimeters is 6 : 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 182

Answer:
6/5 = x/6
x = 36/5
x = 7.2
Thus the value of x is 7.2

Question 42.
Two photos are similar. The ratio of the corresponding side lengths is 3 : 4. What is the ratio of the areas?

Answer:
Area of photo A/Area of photo B = (Side length of photo A/Side length of photo B)²
Area of photo A/Area of photo B = (3/4)² = 9/16
Thus the ratio of the area of two photos is 9/16

Question 43.
The ratio of side lengths of Square A to Square B is 2 : 3. The perimeter of Square A is 16 inches. What is the area of Square B?

Answer:
Given,
The ratio of side lengths of Square A to Square B is 2 : 3.
The perimeter of Square A is 16 inches.
Perimeter of Square A/Perimeter of Square B = Side length of Square A/Side length of Square B
The perimeter of Square B = (16 × 3)/2
The perimeter of Square B = 24 inches
Side length of square B = Perimeter/4 = 24/4 = 6 inch
Area of square B = s × s = 6 × 6 = 36 sq. in

Question 44.
The TV screen is similar to the computer screen. What is the area of the TV screen?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 183

Answer:
Area of computer screen = 108 sq. in
The side length of the computer screen = 12 in
The side length of the TV screen = 20 in
Area of TV screen = (25 × 108)/9
Area of TV screen = 300 sq. in
Hence the area of the TV screen is 300 sq. in

Transformations Practice Test

2 Practice Test

Triangles ABC and DEF are congruent.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 183.1

Question 1.
Which angle of DEF corresponds to ∠C ?

Answer:
Corresponding sides
Side AB = Side DE
Side BC = Side EF
Side CA = Side ED
Corresponding angles
∠A = ∠D
∠B = ∠E
∠C = ∠F
Thus the angle correspond to ∠C is ∠F

Question 2.
What is the perimeter of DEF ?

Answer:
Corresponding sides
Side AB = Side DE
Side BC = Side EF
Side CA = Side ED
Corresponding angles
∠A = ∠D
∠B = ∠E
∠C = ∠F
Perimeter of DEF = DE + EF + FD
= AB + BC + CA
= 5 + 4 + 6
= 15 cm
Thus the perimeter of the ΔDEF is 15 cm

Tell whether the blue figure is a translation, reflection, rotation, or dilation of the red figure.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 184

Answer: The scale factor of a dilation is greater than 1 because the shape of the blue figure is larger than the red figure.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 185

Answer:
The blue figure is the reflection of the red figure. Because the blue figure is the mirror image of red figure. Also, the shape and size of both red and blue figures are the same.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 186

Answer:
The blue figure is the translation of the red figure. Because the shape and size of both red and blue figures are the same. And both the figure is not facing to each other. This means that the blue figure is the result of the translation of the red figure.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 187

Answer:
The blue figure is the result of the rotation of the red figure. Because the shape and size of both the red and blue figure are the same but the figure is horizontal and the blue figure is vertical. This means that the blue figure is the result of the rotation of the term figure.

The vertices of a triangle are A(2, 5), B(1, 2), and C(3, 1). Find the coordinates of the image after the transformations given.

Question 7.
Reflect in the y-axis.

Answer:
A(x, y) = A'(-x, y)
A(2, 5), B(1, 2), C(3, 1)
Reflection about the y-axis:
A(2, 5) = A'(-2, 5)
B(1, 2) = B'(-1, 2)
C(3, 1) = C'(-3, 1)
Thus the coordinates of the image: A'(-2, 5), B'(-1, 2), C'(-3, 1)

Question 8.
Rotate 90° clockwise about the origin.

Answer:
A(x, y) = A'(x, -y)
Given, A(2, 5), B(1, 2), C(3, 1)
A(2, 5) = A'(2, -5)
B(1, 2) = B'(1, -2)
C(3, 1) = C'(3, -1)
Thus the coordinates of the image: A'(2, -5), B'(1, -2), C'(3, -1)

Question 9.
Reflect in the x-axis, and then rotate 90° counterclockwise about the origin.

Answer:
A(x, y) = A'(x, -y)
Given, A(2, 5), B(1, 2), C(3, 1)
A(2, 5) = A'(2, -5)
B(1, 2) = B'(1, -2)
C(3, 1) = C'(3, -1)
Thus the coordinates of the image: A'(2, -5), B'(1, -2), C'(3, -1)
A'(2, -5) = A”(2, 5)
B'(1, -2) = B”(1, 2)
C'(3, -1) = C”(3, 1)
Thus the coordinates of the image: A”(2, 5), B”(1, 2), C”(3, 1)

Question 10.
Dilate with respect to the origin using a scale factor of 2. Then translate 2 units left and 1 unit up.

Answer:
When the points of given figure are dilated we simply multiply each x and y coordinate by the given scale factor.
P(x, y) = P'(x . a, y . a)
Given points of the triangle: A(2, 5), B(1, 2), C(3, 1) and scale factor = 2
Dilating the figure by scale factor of 2
A (2, 5) = A'(2 . 2, 5 . 2) = A'(4, 10)
B (1, 2) = B'(1 . 2, 2 . 2) = B'(2, 4)
C (3, 1) = C'(3 . 2, 1 . 2) =  C'(6, 2)
Hence the coordinates of the image are A'(4, 10), B'(2, 4),  C'(6, 2)
Now translating image 2 unit left and 1 unit up.
Given: A'(4, 10), B'(2, 4),  C'(6, 2) a = -2, b = 1
A”(4 + a, 10 + b) = A”(4 – 2, 10 + 1) = A”(2, 11)
B”(2 + a, 4 + b) = B”(2 – 2, 4 + 1) = B”(0, 5)
C”(6 + a, 2 + b) = C”(6 – 2, 2 + 1) = C”(4, 3)
Hence the coordinates of the image are A”(2, 11), B”(0, 5), C”(4, 3)

Question 11.
In a coordinate plane, draw Rectangle A: (-4, 4), (0, 4), (0, 2), (-4, 2); Rectangle B: (-2, 2), (0, 2), (0, 1), (-2, 1); and Rectangle C:(-6, 6), (0, 6), (0, 3), (-6, 3). Which figures are similar? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
Rectangle A: (-4, 4), (0, 4), (0, 2), (-4, 2)
BIM Grade 8 Chapter 2 Solutions img_51
Rectangle B: (-2, 2), (0, 2), (0, 1), (-2, 1)
BIM Grade 8 Chapter 2 Solutions img_52
Rectangle C:(-6, 6), (0, 6), (0, 3), (-6, 3)
BIM Grade 8 Chapter 2 Solutions img_53

Question 12.
Translate a point (x, y) 3 units left and 5 units up. Then translate the image 5 units right and 2 units up. What are the coordinates of the point after the translations?

Answer:
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in the coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to the y-coordinate of the vertices.
A(x,y) = A'(x+a, y+b)
The value a and b will be positive if the shift is Right and Vertical Up and the value of a and b will be negative if the shift is left and vertical Down.
Given: A(x,y) and a = -3, b = 5
A'(x+a, y+b) = A'(x – 3, y + 5)
Now translating image 5 units right and 2 units up.
Image after first translation: A'(x – 3, y + 5) and a = 5, b = 2
A”(x – 3 + a, y + 5 + b) = A”(x – 3 + 5, y + 5 + 2) = A”(x + 2, y + 7)
Thus the final image will be A”(x + 2, y + 7)

Question 13.
The two figures are similar.
(a) Find the value of x.

Answer:
Ratio of sides of red figure = Ratio of sides of blue figure
x/14 = 10/8
x = (10 × 14)/8
x = 17.5

(b) Find the values of the ratios (red to blue) of the perimeters and of the areas.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 188

Answer:
Perimeter of red figure/Perimeter of blue figure = Side length of red figure/Side length of blue figure
Perimeter of red figure/Perimeter of blue figure = 14/8 = 7/4
Thus the ratio of the perimeter of red to blue figure is 7/4
Area of red figure/Area of blue figure = (side length of red figure/side length of blue figure)²
Area of red figure/Area of blue figure = (14/8)² = 49/16
Thus the ratio of the perimeter of red to blue triangle is 49/16

Question 14.
A wide-screen television measures 36 inches by 54 inches. A movie theater screen measures 42 feet by 63 feet. Are the screens similar? Explain.

Answer:
Given,
A wide-screen television measures 36/54 = 2/3
A movie theater screen measures 42/63 = 2/3
We can see that the ratio of corresponding sides of the television screen is equal to the ratio of corresponding sides of the movie theatre. So television screens and movie theatres are similar.

Question 15.
You want to use the rectangular piece of fabric shown to make a pair of curtains for your window. Name the types of congruent shapes you can make with one straight cut. Draw an example of each type.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 189

Answer:
The types of congruent shapes that can be made with one straight cut
2 right triangles
2 rectangles
2 right trapezoid

Transformations Cumulative Practice

Cumulative Practice

Question 1.
A clockwise rotation of 90° is equivalent to a counterclockwise rotation of how many degrees?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 190

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 191

Answer:
90° of clockwise rotation = (360 – 90)° of counterclockwise rotation
= 270° of counterclockwise rotation

Question 2.
The formula K = C + 273.15 converts temperatures from degrees Celsius C to Kelvin K. Which of the following formulas is not correct?
A. K – C = 273.
B. C = K – 273.15
C. C – K = -273.15
D. C = K + 273.15

Answer: C = K + 273.15

Question 3.
You want to solve the equation -3(x + 2) = 12x. What should you do first?
F. Subtract 2 from each side.
G. Add 3 to each side.
H. Multiply each side by -3.
I. Divide each side by -3.

Answer: I. Divide each side by -3.

Explanation:
-3(x + 2) = 12x
x + 2 = -4x
x = -4x – 2
x + 4x = -2
5x = -2
x = –\(\frac{2}{5}\)
Thus the correct answer is option I.

Question 4.
Which value of x makes the equation \(\frac{3}{4} x\) = 12 true?
A. 9
B. 11\(\frac{1}{4}\)
C. 16
D. 48

Answer: C. 16

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{4} x\) = 12
3x = 12 × 4
3x = 48
x = \(\frac{48}{3}\)
x = 16
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
A triangle is graphed in the coordinate plane. What are the coordinates of the image after a translation 3 units right and 2 units down?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 191.1
F. A'(1, 4), B'(1, 1), C'(3, 1)
G. A'(1, 2), B'(1, -1), C'(3, -1)
H. A'(-2, 2), B'(-2, -1), C'(0, -1)
I. A'(0, 1), B'(0, -2), C'(2, -2)

Answer:
We know that to translate a figure ‘a’ units horizontally and ‘b’ units vertically in the coordinate plane, ‘a’ is added to x-coordinate and ‘b’ is added to the y-coordinate of the vertices.
A(x,y) = A'(x+a, y+b)
The value a and b will be positive if the shift is Right and Vertical Up and the value of a and b will be negative if the shift is left and vertical Down.
A(-2, 4), B(-2, 1), C(0, 1) and a = 3, b = -2
A'(-2+a, 4+b) = A'(-2 + 3, 4 – 2) = A'(1, 2)
B'(-2+a, 1+b) = B'(-2 + 3, 1 – 2) = B'(1,-1)
C'(0+a, 1+b) = C'(0 + 3, 1 – 2) = C'(3, -1)
Coordinate of the image are: A'(1, 2), B'(1,-1), C'(3, -1)
Thus the correct answer is option G.

Question 6.
Your friend solved the equation in the box shown. What should your friend do to correct the error that he made?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 192
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 193

Answer:
–\(\frac{x}{3}\) + \(\frac{2}{5}\) = –\(\frac{7}{15}\)
–\(\frac{x}{3}\) = –\(\frac{13}{15}\)
x = 2\(\frac{3}{5}\)
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 7.
Your teacher dilates the rectangle using a scale factor of \(\frac{1}{2}\).
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 194
What is the area of the dilated rectangle in square inches?

Answer:
l = 10 in
b = 6 in
scale factor = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
New length after dilation = 10 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 5
New breadth after dilation = 6 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 3
Area of rectangle = l × b
A = 5 × 3 = 15 sq. in
The area of the dilated rectangle will be 5 in²

Question 8.
Your cousin earns $9.25 an hour at work. Last week she earned $222.00 How many hours did she work last week?
F. \(\frac{1}{24}\)
G. 22 hours
H. 24 hours
I. 212.75 hours

Answer: H. 24 hours

Explanation:
Given,
Your cousin earns $9.25 an hour at work.
Last week she earned $222.00
Total no. of working hour = total earning of week/rate of one hour
= \(\frac{222}{9.25}\)
= 24 hours
Thus the correct answer is option H.

Question 9.
Triangle EFG is a dilation of Triangle HIJ. Which proportion is not true for Triangle EFG and Triangle HIJ ?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 195
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 196

Answer: \(\frac{EG}{HI}\) = \(\frac{FG}{IJ}\)
The correct answer is option B.

Question 10.
The red figure is congruent to the blue figure. Which of the following is a sequence of rigid motions between the figures?
F. Reflect the red triangle in the x-axis, and then translate it 3 units left.
G. Reflect the red triangle in the x-axis, and then translate it 3 units right.
H. Reflect the red triangle in the y-axis, and then translate it 3 units left.
I. Rotate the red triangle 90° clockwise about the origin.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 197

Answer:
1. First red triangle is reflected about the x-axis because both red and blue triangles are the mirror image of each other and also the red triangle is in the 1st quadrant and the blue triangle is in 4th quadrant.
2. Then translate the image 3 unit left because the base of both red and blue triangles is not opposite to each other.
Thus the correct answer is option F.

Question 11.
Several transformations are used to create the pattern.
Part A
Describe the transformation of Triangle GLM to Triangle DGH

Answer:
Both ΔGLM and Δ DGH are of the same shape and size but their position are different so the transformation will be translated.

Part B
Describe the transformation of Triangle ALQ to Triangle GLM.

Answer:
The size of the triangle ALQ is four times the size of triangle GLM and the shape of both triangles is the same so the transformation will be dilation.

Part C
Triangle DFN is a dilation of Triangle GHM. Find the scale factor.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 198
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 198.1

Answer:
The size of the triangle DFN is double the size of triangle GHM. So the scale factor of dilation will be 2.

Question 12.
A rectangle is graphed in the coordinate plane.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations 199
What are the coordinates of the image after a reflection in the y-axis?
A. J'(4, 1), K'(4, 3), L'( 1, 3), M'(-1, 1)
B. J'(-4, 1), K(-4, -3), L'(1, -3), M'(1, 1)
C. J'(1, 4), K'(3, 4), L'(3, -1), M'(1, -1)
D. J'(-4, 1), K'(-4, 3), L'(1, 3), M'(1, 1)

Answer:
We know that when a point is reflected about the y-axis then the x-coordinate becomes the opposite.
A(x, y) = A'(-x, y)
J(-4, 1), K(-4, 3), L(1, 3), M(1, 1)
Reflection about the y-axis:
J(-4, 1) = J'(4, 1)
K(-4, 3) = K'(4, 3)
L(1, 3) = L'(-1, 3)
M(1, 1) = M'(-1, 1)
Coordinate of image are: J'(4, 1), K'(4, 3), L'(-1, 3), M'(-1, 1)
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Conclusion:

I wish the information provided in the above article regarding the Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapter 2 Transformations Answer Key is beneficial for all middle school students. Make use of the given links and score good marks in the exams. Share this pdf with your friends and help them to overcome the difficulties in maths. And also bookmark our page to get the latest updates of all Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Answers.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation

Are you trying hard to overcome the difficulties in maths? If yes then we will help you out to score good marks in the exams. Make your learning fun and exciting with the help of Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation. Download BIM 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation pdf for free of cost.

Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation

It is necessary for the student of middle school to go through the topics covered in the chapter before they start the preparation. To help you guys we have given the list of the topics in the below section. You can understand the concepts easily and quickly with the help of Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation. So, we request you to scroll down the page and click on the below links.

Performance Task

Lesson: 1 Exponents

Lesson: 2 Product of Powers Property

Lesson: 3 Quotient of Powers Property

Lesson: 4 Zero and Negative Exponents

Lesson: 5 Estimating Quantities

Lesson: 6 Scientific Notation

Lesson: 7 Operations in Scientific Notation

Chapter: 8 – Exponents and Scientific Notation

Exponents and Scientific Notation STEAM Video/ Performance Task

STEAM Video

Carbon Atoms
Carbon is one of the four main elements of life. The number of carbon atoms in a compound can be represented using exponents. In what other real-life situations are exponents used?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 1
Watch the STEAM Video “Carbon Atoms.” Then answer the following questions.
1. The table shows the percent carbon by weight for humans and plants. How many pounds of carbon are in a 130-pound person? a 25-pound plant?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 2
a. Pounds of Carbon in  130-pound person is 2.57 X 1021.
b. Pounds of Carbon in 25 -pound plant is 1.23975 X 1021.

Explanation:
Given 1 carbon atoms consists of 5 X 1022,
a. So 1 person has 18% of carbon means 18 ÷ 100 X 5 × 1022 =
18 X 5 X 1022-2 = 90 X 1020 = 9 X 10 X 1020 = 9 X 1021 now,
We know 1 gram is equal to 0.00220462 pound
So 0.00220462 X 9 X 1021 as 0.00220462 approximately equal to ≈
2.204 X 10-3 X 9 X 1021 = 19.836 X 1021-3 = 19.836 X 1018 = 1.9836 X 1019  now
in 130-pound person is 130 X 1.9836 X 1019 = 257.868 X 1019 = 2.57 X 1021.
b. So 1 plant  has 45% of carbon means 45 ÷ 100 X 5 × 1022 =
45 X 5 X 1022-2 = 225 X 1020 = 2.25 X 100 X 1020 = 2.25 X 1022 now,
We know 1 gram is equal to 0.00220462 pound
So 0.00220462 X 2.25 X 1022 as 0.00220462 approximately equal to ≈
2.204 X 10-3 X 2.25 X 1022 = 4.959 X 1022-3 = 4.959 X 1019 = 4.959 X 1019  now
in 25-pound plant is 25 X 4.959 X 1019 =123.975 X 1019 = 1.23975 X 1021.

2. Steven says 5 × 1022, carbon atoms are in 1 gram of carbon. How many carbon atoms are in 3 grams of carbon?

In 3 grams of carbon = 3 X (5 x1022) =  15 x 1022 carbon atoms are available

Explanation:
Given Steven says 5 x1022 ,carbon atoms are in 1 gram of carbon,
in 3 grams of carbon it will be (
5 x 1022) X 3 = 5 X 3 X (1022)=
15 x 1022 carbon atoms are available.

Performance Task

Elements in the Universe
After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be given information about the atomic masses of the four most common elements in the universe: oxygen, hydrogen, helium, and carbon.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 3
You will be asked to solve problems about the amounts of carbon dioxide in Earth’s atmosphere for several years. What might cause the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere to increase over time?

Exponents and Scientific Notation Getting Ready for Chapter 8

Chapter Exploration
1. Work with a partner. Write each distance as a whole number. Which numbers do you know how to write in words? For instance, in words, 102 is equal to one hundred.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 4

a. 1027 meters diameter of the observable universe is
10000000 0000000000 0000000000 is equal to
octillion ( quadrilliard )
b. 1021 meters diameter of the Milky Way galaxy is
10 0000000000 0000000000 is equal to
sextillion (trilliard)
c. 1016 meters diameter of the solar system is
10 0000000000 00000 is equal to
10 quadrillion or 10 thousand trillion
d. 107 meters diameter of Earth is 10000000
is equal to ten million (crore (India))
e. 104 meters diameter of Halley’s Comet is 10000
is equal to ten thousand
f. 103 meters diameter of a meteor crater is
1000 is equal to thousand.

Explanation:
a. 1027 meters diameter of the observable universe,
we call the number 10 is called the base
and the number 27 is called the exponent, we multiply 10 by 27 times,
we write 10 to the 27th power as  1,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000
is equal to octillion ( quadrilliard )
b. 1021 meters diameter of the Milky Way galaxy,
we call the number 10 is called the base
and the number 21 is called the exponent, we multiply 10 by 21 times,
we write 10 to the 21th power as 1,000,000,000,000,000,000,000
is equal to sextillion (trilliard)
c. 1016 meters diameter of the solar system
we call the number 10 is called the base
and the number 16 is called the exponent, we multiply 10 by 16 times,
we write 10 to the 16th power as 10,000,000,000,000,000 is equal to
10 quadrillion or 10 thousand trillion
d. 107 meters diameter of Earth
we call the number 10 is called the base
and the number 7 is called the exponent, we multiply 10 by 7 times,
we write 10 to the 7th power as 10,000,000 is equal to ten million (crore (India))
e. 104 meters diameter of Halley’s Comet we call the number 10 is called the base
and the number 4 is called the exponent, we multiply 10 by 4 times,
we write 10 to the 4th power as 10,000 is equal to ten thousand
f. 103 meters diameter of a meteor crater we call the number 10 is called the base
and the number 27 is called the exponent, we multiply 10 by 3 times
we write 10 to the 3th power as 1,000 is equal to thousand.

2. Work with a partner. Write the numbers of wives, sacks, cats, and kits as powers.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 5

Man ,wives are  70  + 71 = 1 + 7 = 8,
Man, wives, sacks are  70 + 7= 1 + 49 = 50
Man, wives, sacks, cats are 70 + 7= 1 + 343 = 344,
Man, wives, sacks, cats , kits are 70 + 7= 1 + 2401 = 2402
Total 2402 are going to St. Ives.
Explanation:
Given I met a man with seven wives so
writing as powers man and seven wives means 1 + 71 = 8,
man, each wives had seven sacks means 1 + 7= 49,
man, wives, each sack had seven cats are 1+ 7= 1 + 343 = 344,
man, wives, sacks , Each cat had seven kits are 1+ 7= 1 + 2401 = 2402,
So in total kits, cats, sacks, wives and man are 2402 are going to St. Ives.

Vocabulary

The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
power
exponent of a power
base of a power
scientific notation

Lesson 8.1 Exponents

The expression 35 is called a power. The base is 3. The exponent is 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.1 1

EXPLORATION 1

Using Exponent Notation
Work with a partner.
a. Copy and complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.1 2

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-1

Explanation:
Given Powers wrote repeated multiplication form and value as
(-3)3= (-3).(-3).(-3)= -27, multiplied -3 three times as power is 3
(-3)4= (-3).(-3).(-3).(-3)= 81,multiplied -3 four times as power is 4
(-3)5= (-3).(-3).(-3).(-3).(-3)= -243,multiplied -3 five times as power is 5
(-3)6= (-3).(-3).(-3).(-3).(-3).(-3)= 729,multiplied -3 five times as power is 6
(-3)7= (-3).(-3).(-3).(-3).(-3).(-3).(-3)= 2187,multiplied -3 five times as power is 7

b. Describe what is meant by the expression (- 3)n. How can you find the value of (- 3)n?
Answer:
The expression (-3)n is called a power. The base is -3. The exponent is n.
We find the value of (- 3)n we multiply -3 with n number of times.

Explanation:
An expression that represents repeated multiplication
of the same factor is called a power. Here the expression
(-3)n is called a power of n and the number -3 is called the base,
and the number n is called the exponent. The exponent corresponds
to the number of times the base is used as a factor.

EXPLORATION 2

Using Exponent Notation
Work with a partner. On a game show, each small cube is worth $3. The small cubes are arranged to form a large cube. Show how you can use a power to find the total value of the large cube. Then write an explanation to convince a friend that your answer is correct.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.1 3
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.1 4
The total value of the large cube is =$3 X (320)320
My answer is correct as given base as 320 and exponent is 320.

Explanation:
Given small cubes are arranged to form large cube,
and power is 320, base is 320 and exponent is 320,
each small cube is worth $3  so the total value of the large
cube is $3 multiplied by 320 and multiplied $3 with 320 by 320 times is
$3 X (320)320 as my answer is correct I say my friend because
given base is 320 and exponent is 320  we write as (320)320  and
multiply by $3 to get the value of the large cube.

Try It

Write the product using exponents.
Question 1.
\(\frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4}\) = (\(\frac{1}{4}\))5

Explanation:
As \(\frac{1}{4}\) is multiplied by 5 times,
the expression is (\(\frac{1}{4}\))5.
The base is \(\frac{1}{4}\) and the exponent is 5.

Question 2.
0.3 • 0.3 • 0.3 • 0.3 • x • x
Answer:
0.3 • 0.3 • 0.3 • 0.3 • x • x = (0.3)X (x)

Explanation:
As 0.3 is multiplied 4 times we write as (0.3)and x
is multiplied twice so (x)2
so the expression is (0.3)X (x)2.

Evaluate the expression.

Question 3.
122
Answer:
122 = 144

Explanation:
Given 122 means 12 is multiplied twice
as 12 X 12 we get 144.
here base is 12 and exponent is 2.

Question 4.
(- 2)6
Answer:
(- 2)6 = 64

Explanation:
Given (- 2)6 we multiply -2 by 6 times as
-2  X -2 X -2 X -2 X -2 X -2 we get 64
here base is -2 and exponent is 6.

Question 5.
– 54
Answer:
– 54 =625

Explanation:
Given – 5we multiply -5 by 4 times as
-5 X -5 X -5 X -5 = 625,
here base is -5 and 4 is exponent.

Question 6.
\(\left(-\frac{1}{6}\right)^{3}\)
Answer:
\(\left(-\frac{1}{6}\right)^{3}\) = –\(\frac{1}{216}\)

Explanation:
Given \(\left(-\frac{1}{6}\right)^{3}\)  we multiply
– \(\frac{1}{6}\) by 3 times as –\(\frac{1}{6}\) X
– \(\frac{1}{6}\) X –\(\frac{1}{6}\) we get
– \(\frac{1}{216}\) here base is –\(\frac{1}{6}\)
and 3 is exponent.

Evaluate the expression.
Question 7.
9 – 25 . 0.5
Answer:
9 – 25 . 0.5 = -7

Explanation:
Given 9 – 25 . 0.5 = First we solve  25 . 0.5
25 X 0.5 as 0.5 can be written as \(\frac{1}{2}\),
= 32 X \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 16 now we subtract 16 from 9
9-16 = -7

Question 8.
|- 33 ÷ 27|
Answer:
|- 33 ÷ 27| = -1

Explanation:
First we calculate – 33 we multiply -3 by 3 times as
-3 X -3 X -3 = -27 now we divide -27 by 27 we get -1.

Question 9.
(7 . 4 – 43) ÷ 6
Answer:
(7 . 4 – 43) ÷ 6 = -6

Explanation:
First we calculate the value of 43
we multiply 4 by 3 times as 4 X 4 X 4 = 64,
Now we multiply 7 X 4 = 28 now we subtract 64 from 28
we get (7 . 4 – 43) =(28 – 64) = -36 now we divide this by 6 we get
-36 ÷ 6 = -6, So (7 . 4 – 43) ÷ 6 = -6.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

WRITING EXPRESSIONS USING EXPONENTS Write the product using exponents.
Question 10.
(- 0.9) • (- 0.9) • (- 0.9)
Answer:
(- 0.9) • (- 0.9) • (- 0.9 )= (-0.9)3

Explanation:
As -0.9 is multiplied by 3 times we write as
(-0.9)3 here -0.9 is base and 3 is exponent.

Question 11.
\(\frac{1}{8}\) • \(\frac{1}{8}\) • y • y • y
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{8}\) • \(\frac{1}{8}\) • y • y • y =
(\(\frac{1}{8}\))2 X (y)3

Explanation:
As \(\frac{1}{8}\) is multiplied by 2 times we write as
(\(\frac{1}{8}\))2
and y is multiplied 3 times we write as (y)3,
So \(\frac{1}{8}\) • \(\frac{1}{8}\) • y • y • y =
(\(\frac{1}{8}\))2 X (y)3.

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS Evaluate the expression.
Question 12.
112
Answer:
112 = 121

Explanation:
Given 112 means 11 is multiplied twice
as 11 X 11 = 121.

Question 13.
– 63
Answer:
– 63 = – 216

Explanation:
Given – 6 is multiplied by 3 times as
– 6 X -6 X -6 = -216

Question 14.
(- 0.3)4
Answer:
(- 0.3)4 = 0.0081

Explanation:
As (-0.3) is multiplied by 4 times we get
-0.3 X -0.3 X -0.3 X -0.3 = 0.0081

USING ORDER OF OPERATIONS Evaluate the expression.
Question 15.
|- 24 ÷ 22|
Answer:
|- 24 ÷ 22|= -6

Explanation:
First we calculate 22 we get 4,
now we divide -24 by 4 we get -6.

Question 16.
(33 – 6 • 8) ÷ 7
Answer:
(33 – 6 • 8) ÷ 7 = -3

Explanation:
First we calculate 6 X 8 we get 48 Now we subtract
48 from 33 as 33  is 3 X 3 X 3 = 27 we get (27 – 48 )= -21
now we divide -21 by 7 we get -3 therefore
(33 – 6 • 8) ÷ 7 = -3 .

Question 17.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which expression does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.1 5
Answer:
The expression – 82 does not belongs to other three.

Explanation:
Given expressions (-2)6,- 82 ,-82 and 2
the values are  (-2)6= -2 X -2 X -2  X -2 X -2 X -2 = 64,
– 82 =- ( 8 X 8) = -64,
82 = 8 X 8 = 64 and 26 = 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 = 64
as (-2)6,-82 and 26 have same value 64 only – 82 =-64 is different,
so the expression – 82 does not belongs to other three.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
Consider the diameters of three planets.
Planet A: 109m
Planet B: 107n
Planet C: 108m
a. Write each diameter as a whole number.
b. A dwarf planet is discovered with a radius that is \(\frac{1}{100}\) the radius Planet C. Write the diameter of the dwarf planet as a power.
Answer:
a. Planet A: 109m = 1000000000m
Planet B: 107n = 10000000n
Planet C: 108m = 100000000m
b. diameter = 2 X 106m

Explanation:
The diameters of three planets are given as
Planet A: 109m, Planet B: 107n, Planet C: 108m
in part a,we write whole for Planet A as 10 is multiplied by 9 times
so 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 =1000000000m
Planet B as 10 is multiplied by 7 times therefore it is
10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 =10000000n and Planet C
as 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 =100000000m and
in part b, Given a dwarf planet is discovered with a radius that is
\(\frac{1}{100}\) the radius Planet C and
we know diameter = 2 X radius so diameter is
2 X 100000000 X \(\frac{1}{100}\) = 2 X 1000000,
therfore the diameter of the dwarf planet as a power is 2 X 106m.

Question 19.
A fish jumps out of the water at a speed of 12 feet per second. The height y (in feet) of the fish above the surface of the water is represented by the equation y = – 16x2 + 12x, where x is the time (in seconds) since the jump began. The fish reaches its highest point above the surface of the water after 0.375 second. How far above the surface is the fish at this time?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.1 6
Answer:
The fish is 2.25 feet above the surface at 0.375 second.

Explanation:
The height y (in feet) of the fish above the surface of the water
is represented by the equation y = – 16x2 + 12x,
where x is the time (in seconds) since the jump began.
The fish reaches its highest point above the surface
of the water after 0.375 second, So X = 0.375 second
we substitute In the equation as
y=- 16 (0.375 X 0.375 ) + 12 (0.375)= – 16 ( 0.140625) + 4.5
= -2.25 + 4.5 = 2.25
The fish is 2.25 feet above the surface at 0.375 second.

Exponents Homework & Practice 8.1

Review & Refresh

Sketch a graph that represents the situation.
Question 1.
A trading card becomes more valuable over time. The value increases at a constant rate, and then at a faster and faster rate.
Answer:
Sketch is
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-2
Explanation:
We represent the graph Trading card as
on X axis Time and on Y axis Value,
Given the value increases at a constant rate,
so first we draw a straight Line with positive slope,
and increase rate is represented by exponential growth as
shown in the figure above.

Question 2.
The water level of a river remains constant, and then decreases at a constant rate.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-3
Explanation:
Given the water level of a river remains constant
and then decreases at a constant rate so in the graph
we draw a straight Line with positive slope as constant,
and decrease rate is represented as decay shown in the figure above.

The vertices of a figure are given. Rotate the figure as described. Find the coordinates of the image.
Question 3.
A(0, – 4), B(0, – 1), C(2, – 1)
90° clockwise about the origin
Answer:
A/(-4,0)
B/(-1,0)
C/(-1,-2)

Explanation:
When we rotate a figure of 90 degrees clockwise about the origin,
each point of the given figure has to be changed from (x, y) to (y, -x).
So A(0,-4) becomes A/(-4,-0)= A/(-4,0) ,
B(0,-1) becomes B/(-1,-0)= B/(-1,0) and
C(2, – 1) becomes C/(-1,-2)

Question 4.
E(1, 2), F(1, 3), G(4, 3), H(4, 2)
180° about the origin
Answer:
E/(-1,-2)
F/(-1,-3)
G/(-4,-3)
H/(-4,-2)
Explanation:
Rotation of a point through 180°, about the origin when a point A (x, y)
is rotated about the origin O through 180° in anticlockwise
or clockwise direction, it takes the new position A’ (-x, -y)
So E(1,2) becomes E/(-1,-2), F(1,3) becomes F/(-1,-3), G(4,3)
becomes G/(-4,-3) and H(4,2) becomes H/(-4,-2).

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

USING EXPONENT NOTATION Write the power in repeated multiplication form. Then find the value of the power.(See Exploration 1, p. 319.)
Question 5.
44
Answer:
4 X 4 X 4 X 4, 256

Explanation:
First we write 44 in repeated multiplication form as
power is 4 times 4 X 4 X 4 X 4 and the value is 256.

Question 6.
(- 8)2
Answer:
-8 X -8 , 64

Explanation:
First we write (- 8)2 in repeated multiplication form as
– 8 X -8 as power is 2 times and the value is 64.

Question 7.
(- 2)3
Answer:
– 2 X -2 X -2 , -8

Explanation:
First we write (- 2)3  in repeated multiplication form as
– 2 X -2 X -2  as power is 3 times and the value is -8.

WRITING EXPRESSIONS USING EXPONENTS Write the product using exponents.
Question 8.
3 • 3 • 3 • 3
Answer:
3 • 3 • 3 • 3 = (3)4  

Explanation:
We write the product 3 • 3 • 3 • 3 in exponents as (3)4
because 3 is multiplied by 4 times.

Question 9.
(- 6) • (- 6)
Answer:
(- 6) • (- 6) = (-6)2  

Explanation:
We write the product (-6) X (-6)  in exponents as (-6)2
because -6 is multiplied by 2 times.

Question 10.
(- \(\frac{1}{2}\)) • (- \(\frac{1}{2}\)) • (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))
Answer:
(- \(\frac{1}{2}\)) • (- \(\frac{1}{2}\)) • (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))=
(- \(\frac{1}{2}\))3  

Explanation:
We write the product (- \(\frac{1}{2}\)) X(- \(\frac{1}{2}\))
X (- \(\frac{1}{2}\)) in exponent as (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))3
here – \(\frac{1}{2}\) is multiplied by 3 times.

Question 11.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) • \(\frac{1}{3}\) • \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{3}\) • \(\frac{1}{3}\) • \(\frac{1}{3}\)=
(\(\frac{1}{3}\))3

Explanation:
We write the product ( \(\frac{1}{3}\)) X ( \(\frac{1}{3}\)) X
(\(\frac{1}{3}\)) in exponent as (\(\frac{1}{3}\))3
here \(\frac{1}{3}\) is multiplied by 3 times.

Question 12.
π • π • π • x • x • x • x
Answer:
π • π • π • x • x • x • x = (π)3 X (x)4

Explanation:
We write the product π • π • π • x • x • x • x
in exponent as (π)3 X (x)4 here π is multiplied by
3 times and X is multiplied 4 times.

Question 13.
(- 4) • (- 4) • (- 4) • y • y
Answer:
(- 4) • (- 4) • (- 4) • y • y = (-4)3 X (y)2

Explanation:
Here we write the product (- 4) • (- 4) • (- 4) • y • y
as (-4)3 X (y)2,-4 is multiplied three times and y is
multiplied by 2 times

Question 14.
6.4 • 6.4 • 6.4 • 6.4 • b • b • b
Answer:
6.4 • 6.4 • 6.4 • 6.4 • b • b • b = (6.4)4 X (b)3

Explanation:
Here we write the product 6.4 • 6.4 • 6.4 • 6.4 • b • b • b
as (6.4)4 X (b)3,6.4  is multiplied four times and b is
multiplied by 3 times.

Question 15.
(- t) • (- t) • (- t) • (- t) • (- t)
Answer:
(- t) • (- t) • (- t) • (- t) • (- t ) = (-t)5

Explanation:
Here we write the given product (- t) • (- t) • (- t) • (- t) • (- t)
as (-t)5 because – t is multiplied by 5 times.

Question 16.
– (7 • 7 • 7 • 7 • 7)
Answer:
– (7 • 7 • 7 • 7 • 7) = -(7)5

Explanation:
We write the given product as – (7 • 7 • 7 • 7 • 7)
= -(7)5 here -(7) is multiplied by 5 times.

Question 17.
\(-\left(\frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4}\right)\)
Answer:
\(-\left(\frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4}\right)\)= – (\(\frac{1}{4}\))4

Explanation:
We write the given product as
\(-\left(\frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4}\right)\)
as – (\(\frac{1}{4}\))4 because \(\frac{1}{4}\)
is multiplied by 4 times.

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS Evaluate the expression.
Question 18.
52
Answer:
52 = 5 X 5 = 25

Explanation:
Given 52 we write the expression as 5 X 5
and the value is 25

Question 19.
– 113
Answer:
– 113 = (-11 X -11 X -11) = -1331

Explanation:
Given – 113  we write it as (-11 X -11 X -11)
we get -1331.

Question 20.
(- 1)6
Answer:
(- 1)6= (-1 X -1 X  -1 X -1 X -1 X -1) = 1

Explanation:
Given (- 1)6 as power is 6 we multiply -1 by
6 times as  (-1 X -1 X  -1 X -1 X -1 X -1) we get 1.

Question 21.
(\(\frac{1}{6}\))6
Answer:
(\(\frac{1}{6}\))6
= \(\frac{1}{6}\)  X \(\frac{1}{6}\) X
\(\frac{1}{6}\) X \(\frac{1}{6}\) X
\(\frac{1}{6}\) X \(\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{46656}\)

Explanation:
Given (\(\frac{1}{6}\))here power is 6 we multiply
\(\frac{1}{6}\) by 6 times as \(\frac{1}{6}\)  X \(\frac{1}{6}\) X
\(\frac{1}{6}\) X \(\frac{1}{6}\) X
\(\frac{1}{6}\) X \(\frac{1}{6}\) we get \(\frac{1}{46656}\)

Question 22.
(- \(\frac{1}{12}\))2
Answer:
(- \(\frac{1}{12}\))2 = –\(\frac{1}{12}\) X –\(\frac{1}{12}\) = \(\frac{1}{144}\)

Explanation:
Given (- \(\frac{1}{12}\))2
the expression has power 2 we write it as –\(\frac{1}{12}\) X –\(\frac{1}{12}\)
we get \(\frac{1}{144}\)
Question 23.
– (\(\frac{1}{9}\))3
Answer:
– (\(\frac{1}{9}\))3 = – \(\frac{1}{9}\) X – \(\frac{1}{9}\) X –\(\frac{1}{9}\)=
– \(\frac{1}{729}\)

Explanation:
Given – (\(\frac{1}{9}\))3 as in the expression we have power 3 we multiply
– \(\frac{1}{9}\) by three times as – \(\frac{1}{9}\) X – \(\frac{1}{9}\) X –\(\frac{1}{9}\) we get –\(\frac{1}{729}\)

Question 24.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend evaluates the power – 62. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.1 7
Answer:
Yes friend is correct,

Explanation:
Given friend evaluates the power – 62 as -6 X -6 = 36,
as given -6 has power 2 we multiply -6 twice so we get 36,
which is similar to what friend has evaluated so friend is correct.

STRUCTURE Write the prime factorization of the number using exponents.
Question 25.
675
Answer:
675 = 33 X 52

Explanation:
The number 675 is a composite number so, it is possible to factorize it.
In other words, 675 can be divided by 1, by itself and at least by 3 and 5.
A composite number is a positive integer that has at least one positive divisor
other than one or the number itself.
In other words, a composite number is any integer greater than one that is not a prime number.
The prime factorization of 675 = 33 X 52.
The prime factors of 675 are 3 and 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-4
Question 26.
280
Answer:
280 = 23 X 5 X 7

Explanation:
The number 280 is a composite number so, it is possible to factorize it.
In other words, 280 can be divided by 1, by itself and at least by 2, 5 and 7.
A composite number is a positive integer that has at least one
positive divisor other than one or the number itself.
In other words, a composite number is any integer greater than
one that is not a prime number.
The prime factorization of 280 = 23 X 5 X 7.
The prime factors of 280 are 2, 5 and 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-5

Question 27.
363
Answer:
363 = 3 X 112

Explanation:
The number 363 is a composite number so, it is possible to factorize it.
In other words, 363 can be divided by 1, by itself and at least by 3 and 11.
A composite number is a positive integer that has at least one
positive divisor other than one or the number itself.
In other words, a composite number is any integer greater than
one that is not a prime number.
The prime factorization of 363 = 3 X 112.
The prime factors of 363 are 3 and 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-6

Question 28.
PATTERNS
The largest doll is 12 inches tall. The height of each of the other dolls is \(\frac{7}{10}\) the height of the next larger doll. Write an expression involving a power that represents the height of the smallest doll. What is the height of the smallest doll?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.1 8.1
Answer:
The height of the smallest doll is 4.116 inches.

Explanation:
Given the largest doll is 12 inches tall, The height of each of the other dolls is
\(\frac{7}{10}\) the height of the next larger doll, There are 4 dolls
So  12 X \(\frac{7}{10}\) X \(\frac{7}{10}\)  X \(\frac{7}{10}\) =
\(\frac{4116}{1000}\) = 4.116 inches, therefore the height of the smallest doll is 4.116 inches.

USING ORDER OF OPERATIONS Evaluate the expression.
Question 29.
5 + 2 • 23
Answer:
5 + 2 • 23 = 21

Explanation:
Given 5 + 2 • 23 we first simplify 2and multiply with 2
we get 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 = 16 and add 5, 16 + 5 = 21,
therefore 5 + 2 • 23 = 21

Question 30.
2 + 7 • (- 3)2
Answer:
2 + 7 • (- 3)2 = 65

Explanation:
Given expression as 2 + 7 • (- 3)we first simplify  7 • (- 3)2
we multiply – 3 twice as – 3 X -3 = 9 and multiply with 7 we get
7 X 9 = 63 now we add 2 to 63 now we get 2 + 63 = 65,
therefore 2 + 7 • (- 3)2 = 65.

Question 31.
(132 – 122) ÷ 5
Answer:
(132 – 122) ÷ 5= 5.

Explanation:
We have expression as (132 – 122) ÷ 5 first
we calculate (132 – 122) so 13 X 13 = 169 and
12 X 12 = 144 we subtract 144 from 169 we get
169 – 144 = 25 now we divide 25 by 5  we get 5,
therefore (132 – 122) ÷ 5= 5.

Question 32.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)(43 – 6 • 32)
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\)(43 – 6 • 32) = 5

Explanation:
Given expression as \(\frac{1}{2}\)(43 – 6 • 32) First we evaluate
(43 – 6 • 32) as 32) as 3 X 3 = 9 now multiply by 6 we get 6 X 9 = 54,
43 = 4 x 4 X 4 = 64, So 64 – 54 =10 Now we multiply 10 with \(\frac{1}{2}\)
we get 5, therefore \(\frac{1}{2}\)(43 – 6 • 32) = 5.

Question 33.
|\(\frac{1}{2}\)(7 + 53)|
Answer:
|\(\frac{1}{2}\)(7 + 53)| = 66

Explanation:
given expression is |\(\frac{1}{2}\)(7 + 53)| so first we evaluate
(7 + 53) = 7 + 5 X 5 X 5 = 7 + 125 = 132 now we multiply 132 with \(\frac{1}{2}\)
we get \(\frac{1}{2}\) X 132 = 66. So |\(\frac{1}{2}\)(7 + 53)| = 66.

Question 34.
|(- \(\frac{1}{2}\))3 ÷ (\(\frac{1}{4}\))2|
Answer:
|(- \(\frac{1}{2}\))3 ÷ (\(\frac{1}{4}\))2| = -2

Explanation:
Given expression as |(- \(\frac{1}{2}\))3 ÷ (\(\frac{1}{4}\))2|
first we evaluate (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))3= – \(\frac{1}{2}\) X – \(\frac{1}{2}\) X
– \(\frac{1}{2}\) = – \(\frac{1}{8}\), Now (\(\frac{1}{4}\))2
= \(\frac{1}{4}\) X \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{16}\),
now we multiply – \(\frac{1}{8}\) with \(\frac{1}{16}\) = -2.

Question 35.
(92 – 15 • 2) ÷ 17
Answer:
(92 – 15 • 2) ÷ 17 = 3

Explanation:
The expression is (92 – 15 • 2) ÷ 17 we evaluate first (92 – 15 • 2) as
9 X 9 = 81 and 15 X 2 = 30 so 81 – 30 = 51 now we divide 51 by 17
we get 3 as 17 x 3 = 51 therefore (92 – 15 • 2) ÷ 17 = 3.

Question 36.
– 6 • (- 52 + 20)
Answer:
– 6 • (- 52 + 20) = 30

Explanation:
The given expression  is – 6 • (- 52 + 20) we first find
(- 52 + 20) = – 5 X -5 = -25 + 20 = -5 now we multiply -5 with -6
we get – 5 X -6 = 30, So – 6 • (- 52 + 20) = 30.

Question 37.
(- 4 + 12 – 62) ÷ 7
Answer:
(- 4 + 12 – 62) ÷ 7 = – 4

Explanation:
Given expression is (- 4 + 12 – 62) ÷ 7 we calculate  first (- 4 + 12 – 62) as
-4 +12 – (6 X 6)= -4 +12 -36 = -40 + 12 = – 28 now we divide -28 by 7 we
get -4, therefore (- 4 + 12 – 62) ÷ 7 = – 4

Question 38.
STRUCTURE
Copy and complete the table. Compare the values of 2h – 1 with the values of 2h – 1. When are the values the same?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.1 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-7
Comparing the values of 2h – 1 with the values of 2h – 1 both do not
have any same values.

Explanation:
First we calculate 2h -1 we substitute h as 1,2,3,4,5
we get If h is 1 , 21 -1= 2 – 1 = 2, if h is 2 we get 22 -1= 4 -1 = 3,
now h = 3,  23 -1 = 8 – 1 = 7, if h =4 , 24 -1= 16 – 1 = 15 and
h=5, 25 -1= 32 – 1 = 31. So for h =1,2,3,4,5 we get 2h -1 = 2,3,7,15,31 respectively
Now we substitute for h= 1,  2h-1 = 21-1= 20= 1, for h = 2 it is 22-1 = 21 = 2, now h = 3
23-1 = 22 = 2 X 2 = 4 , if h is 4 we get 24-1 = 23 = 2 X 2 X = 8 and if  h is 5
we get 25-1 = 24 = 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 = 16, So for h = 1,2,3,4,5,  we get 2h-1 = 1,
2,4,8,16 respectively. As comparing the values of 2h – 1 with the values of 2h – 1
both do not have any same values. Hence no common values.

Question 39.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Scientists use carbon-14 dating to determine the age of a sample of organic material.
a. The amount C(in grams) of carbon-14 remaining after t years of a
sample of organic material is represented by the equation C = 100(0.99988)t. Find the amount of carbon-14 remaining after 4 years.
b. What percent of the carbon-14 remains after 4 years?
Answer:
a. The amount of carbon – 14 remaining after 4 years is 99.95 grams.
b. The percent of the carbon – 14 remains after 4 years is 99.95%.

Explanation:
a. Given the amount C(in grams) of carbon-14 remaining
after t years of a sample of organic material is represented
by the equation C = 100(0.99988)t we the amount of carbon-14 remaining
after 4 years as  t = 4  we substitute C = 100(0.99988)4 we get C =
100 X 0.99988 X 0.99988 X 0.99988 X 0.99988 = 99.95 grams,
therefore The amount of carbon – 14 remaining after 4 years is 99.95 grams.
b. Now the percent of the carbon – 14 remains after 4 years , we have the amount
of carbon after 4 years is 99.95 grams,
So Percentage is 100 X 99.95 by 100 = 99.95 %.


Question 40.

DIG DEEPER!
The frequency (in vibrations per second) of a note on a piano is represented by the equation F = 440(1.0595)n, where n is the number of notes above A440. Each black or white key represents one note.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.1 9
a. How many notes do you take to travel from A440 to A?
b. What is the frequency of A?
c. Compare the frequency of A to the frequency of A440.
Answer:
a. There are 12 notes to travel from A440 to A.
b. The frequency of A is 880 vibrations.
c. The frequency of A is twice to the frequency of A440.

Explanation:
a. As each black or white key represents one note, to reach
from A 440 to A if we count there are 12 notes to travel.
b. The frequency (in vibrations per second) of a note on a piano
is represented by the equation F = 440(1.0595)n, For note A, n =12
F = 440(1.0595)12, F = 440 X 1.0595 X 1.0595 X 1.0595 X 1.0595 X
1.0595 X 1.0595 X 1.0595 X 1.0595 X 1.0595 X 1.0595 X 1.0595 X 1.0595 =
F=880.37 therefore the frequency of A is 880 vibrations.
c. The frequency of A to the frequency of A440 is 880 by 440(1.0595)0,
we get approximately 2, So the frequency of A is twice to the frequency of A440.

Lesson 8.2 Product of Powers Property

EXPLORATION 1

Finding Products of Powers
Work with a partner.
a. Copy and complete the table. Use your results to write a general rule for finding am • an, a product of two powers with the same base.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.2 1.1
b. Show how to use your rule in part(a) to write each expression below as a single power. Then write a general rule for finding (am)n, a power of a power.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.2 1
Answer:
a.Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-8

General rule for am • an = am+n a product of two powers with the same base
then powers are added.
b.
(73)2 = 73×2 = 76,
(62)2 = 62×2 = 64,
(32)3 = 32×3 = 36,
(22 )4= 22×4 = 28,
((\(\frac{1}{2}\))2)5 = (\(\frac{1}{2}\))2 x 5 = (\(\frac{1}{2}\))10
General rule for finding (am)power of a power,
If two powers have the same base then
we can multiply the powers as (am)n = am x n .

Explanation:
a. Completed the table as shown above as Product,
Repeated Multiplication Form and Power as
(22  X 24) = 22+4  = 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 =  26
(-3)2  X (-3)4  = (-3)2+4  = -3 X -3 X -3 X -3 X -3 X -3 = (-3)6
73  X 72  = (7)3+2  = 7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7 = 75
5.11  X 5.16  = (5.1)1+6  = 5.1 X 5.1 X 5.1 X 5.1 X 5.1 X 5.1 X5.1 =(5.1)7
(-4)2  X (-4)2 = (-4)2+2  = -4 X -4 X -4 X -4 = (-4)4
10X 105= 103+5 = 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 = 108
(\(\frac{1}{2}\))5 X (\(\frac{1}{2}\))5=(\(\frac{1}{2}\))5+5
=\(\frac{1}{2}\) X \(\frac{1}{2}\) X \(\frac{1}{2}\) X \(\frac{1}{2}\) X \(\frac{1}{2}\) X \(\frac{1}{2}\) X \(\frac{1}{2}\) X \(\frac{1}{2}\) X \(\frac{1}{2}\) X \(\frac{1}{2}\) = (\(\frac{1}{2}\))10
General rule for am • an = am+n a product of two powers with the same base,
powers are added. If two powers have the same base
then we can multiply the powers.
When we multiply two powers we add their exponents.
b. We write (73)as  73×2 = 76,
(62)2 as  62×2 = 64,
(32)3 as 32×3 = 36,
(22 )4 as 22×4 = 28,
((\(\frac{1}{2}\))2)5 = (\(\frac{1}{2}\))2 x 5 = (\(\frac{1}{2}\))10
wrote each expression as a single power above,
General rule for finding (am)n a power of a power,
If two powers have the same base then
we can multiply the powers as (am)n = am x n .

EXPLORATION 2

Finding Powers of Products
Work with a partner. Copy and complete the table. Use your results to general rule write a for finding (ab)m, a power of a product.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.2 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-9

Explanation:
Completed the table as shown above as first
Repeated Multiplication Form and Product of Powers as
(2 X 3)3 = 2 X 2 X 2 X 3 X 3 X 3 = 23 X 33
(2 X 5)2 = 2 X 2 X 5 X 5 = 22 X 52
(5 X 4)3 = 5 X 5 X 5 X 4 X 4 X 4 = 53 X 43
(-2 X 4)2 = -2 X -2 X 4 X 4 = -22 X 42
(-3 X 2)4 = -3 X -3 X -3 X -3 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 = -34 X 24
We know general rule to write (ab)m  power of a product is am X bm

Try It
Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 1.
62 • 64
Answer:
62 • 64 = 66

Explanation:
Given 62 • 6we have general rule for am • an = am+n
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added. As both base are 6 so 62 • 64 = 62+4 = 66

Question 2.
(- \(\frac{1}{2}\))3 • (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))6
Answer:
(- \(\frac{1}{2}\))3 • (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))6 =(- \(\frac{1}{2}\))9
Given (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))3 • (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))6 we have general rule for
am • an = am+n  If product of two powers with the same base
then powers are added as both bases  are same so (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))3 • (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))6 =
(- \(\frac{1}{2}\))3+6 =(- \(\frac{1}{2}\))9

Question 3.
z • z12
Answer:
z • z12 = z13

Explanation:
Given z • z12 we have general rule for am • an = am+n
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added, here  both bases are z so z • z12 = z1+12= z13

Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 4.
(43)5
Answer:
(43)=(4)15

Explanation:
Given (43)we have general rule for finding (am)n a power of a power,
If two powers have the same base then we can multiply the
powers as (am)n = am x n . Here both base is 4 so (43)=(43x5) = (4)15

Question 5.
(y2)4
Answer:
(y2)4 =(y)8

Explanation:
Given (y2)4 we have general rule for finding (am)n a power of a power,
If two powers have the same base then we can multiply the
powers as (am)n = am x n . Here both base is y so (y2)=(y2x4) = (y)8

Question 6.
((- 4)3)2
Answer:
((- 4)3)2 = (-4)6

Explanation:
Given ((- 4)3)we use general rule for finding (am)n a power of a power,
If two powers have the same base then we can multiply the
powers as (am)n = am x n . Here both base is 4 so ((- 4)3)2 =(- 4)3x2 = (-4)6

Simplify the expression.
Question 7.
(5y)4
Answer:
(5y)4 = 54 X y4

Explanation:
Given (5y)4 to simplify the expression we use general rule to
write (ab)m  power of a product as am X bm ,So (5y)4 = 54 X y4

Question 8.
(ab)5
Answer:
(ab)5= a5 X b5

Explanation:
Given (ab)5 to simplify the expression we use general rule to
write (ab)m  power of a product as am X bm ,So (ab)5= a5 X b5

Question 9.
(0.5 mn)2
Answer:
(0.5 mn)2= 0.5X m2 X n2

Explanation:
Given (0.5 mn)2 to simplify the expression we use general rule to
write (abc)m  power of a product as am X bm X cm , So (0.5 mn)2= 0.5X m2 X n2

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

FINDING POWERS Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 10.
47 • 44
Answer:
47 • 44= 411

Explanation:
Given 47 • 4we have general rule for am • an = am+n
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added. So 47 • 44 = 47+4 = 411

Question 11.
(g6)3
Answer:
(g6)3=g18

Explanation:
Given (g6)we have general rule for finding (am)n a power of a power,
If two powers have the same base then we can multiply the
powers as (am)n = am x n . So (g6)3= g6x3= g18

Question 12.
(- \(\frac{1}{3}\))5 • (- \(\frac{1}{3}\))7
Answer:
(- \(\frac{1}{3}\))5 • (- \(\frac{1}{3}\))7= (- \(\frac{1}{3}\))12

Explanation:
Given (- \(\frac{1}{3}\))5 • (- \(\frac{1}{3}\))7
we have general rule for am • an = am+n
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added, here  both bases are – \(\frac{1}{3}\) so
(- \(\frac{1}{3}\))5 • (- \(\frac{1}{3}\))7= (- \(\frac{1}{3}\))5+7 = (- \(\frac{1}{3}\))12

FINDING A POWER OF A PRODUCT Simplify the expression.
Question 13.
(8t)4
Answer:
(8t)4 = 84 X t4

Explanation:
Given (8t)4 we have general rule to write (ab)m
power of a product as am X bm therefore (8t)4 = 84 X t4

Question 14.
(yz)6
Answer:
(yz)6= y6 X z6

Explanation:
Given (yz)we have general rule to write (ab)m
power of a product as am X bm therefore (yz)6= y6 X z6

Question 15.
(\(\frac{1}{4}\)gh)3
Answer:
(\(\frac{1}{4}\)gh)3= (\(\frac{1}{4}\))3 X g3 X h3

Explanation:
Given (\(\frac{1}{4}\)gh)3 to simplify the expression we use general rule to
write (abc)m  power of a product as am X bm X cm , So (\(\frac{1}{4}\)gh)3= (\(\frac{1}{4}\))3 X g3 X h3

Question 16.
CRITICAL THINKING
Can you use the Product of Powers Property to simplify 52 • 64? Explain.
Answer:
No, we can not use the Product of Powers Property to simplify 52 • 64

Explanation:
Given to simplify 52 • 6as both bases are different
and Product of Powers Property is in general,
for all real numbers  we  multiply two powers having
the same base we add the exponents but here the bases are different
5,6 so no, we can not use the Product of Powers Property to simplify 52 • 64

Question 17.
OPEN-ENDED
Write an expression that simplifies to x12 using the Product of Powers Property.
Answer:
The expression is x2 X x10 simplifies to  x12

Explanation:
Given an expression that simplifies to x12 by
using the Product of Powers Property we write as x12 = x2 X x10 
as we know Product of Powers Property is for am • an = am+n
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added. As base is x here we have m + n  = 12,
so we can take powers (m , n) as (2,10) or (6,6) or (1,11) or (3,9) or
(4,8) or (5,7) or (7,5) or (8,4) or (9,3) or (10,2) or (11,1). So I took (2,10)
as m, n and wrote expression as  x2 X x10 = x12 .

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 18.
A newborn blue whale weighs 37 kilograms. An adult blue whale weighs 81 times the weight of the newborn. How many kilograms does the adult blue whale weigh?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.2 3
Answer:
The adult blue whale weighs 81 X  37 kilograms = 311 kilograms

Explanation:
Given A newborn blue whale weighs 37 kilograms.
An adult blue whale weighs 81 times the weight of the newborn.
So the adult blue whale weighs 81 X  37 kilograms , we write 81 as
multiple of 3 we get 81 = 3 X 3 X 3 X 3, 81 =   34 therefore
81 X  37 kilograms =  34 X  37 kilograms,
when bases are same powers are added
34 X  37 kilograms = 34+7 = 311 kilograms,
therefore the adult blue whale weighs
81 X  37 kilograms = 311 kilograms.

Question 19.
One megabyte of cell phone storage space is 220 bytes. An app uses 44 megabytes of storage space. How many bytes of storage space does the app use?
Answer:
The app used 228 bytes of storage space.

Explanation:
Given One megabyte of cell phone storage space is 220 bytes.
and an app uses 44 megabytes of storage space.
the number of bytes of storage space does the app use is
44 X 220 bytes as 4 we can write as 2 X 2 = 22 (22)4 X 220
44 X 220 = (22)4 X 220  = 28 X 220= 28+20 = 228 bytes.

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
The diagram shows the area of a small circular rug. The radius of a large circular rug is 3 times the radius of the small rug. Write an expression for the area of the large rug in terms of x. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.2 4
Answer:
The area of the large rug in terms of x is 9πx2 X \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
We have area of small circular rug as
A= \(\frac{1}{4}\) X πx2
A = π X (\(\frac{x}{2}\))2
hence the radius of small rug is \(\frac{x}{2}\) and radius
of large rug is \(\frac{3x}{2}\), therefore the area of the
large rug is π X (\(\frac{3x}{2}\))2= 9πx2 X \(\frac{1}{4}\),
therefore the area of the large rug in terms of x is 9πx2 X \(\frac{1}{4}\).

Product of Powers Property Homework & Practice 8.2

Review & Refresh

Write the product using exponents.
Question 1.
11 • 11 • 11 • 11 • 11
Answer:
11 • 11 • 11 • 11 • 11 =  115

Explanation:
Given 11 • 11 • 11 • 11 • 11 as 11 is multiplied by 5 times
we write as 11 • 11 • 11 • 11 • 11 =  115

Question 2.
(- 6) • (- 6) • (- 6) • z • z
Answer:
(- 6) • (- 6) • (- 6) • z • z = (-6)3 X z2

Explanation:
Given (- 6) • (- 6) • (- 6) • z • z we have -6 multiplied
by 3 times and z twice so write the product as
(- 6) • (- 6) • (- 6) • z • z = (-6)3 X z2

Find the value of for the given value of x.
Question 3.
y = – 4x; x = 7
Answer:
y= -28

Explanation:
Given  y = -4x and value of x as 7,
we substitute x as y = -4 X 7, So y = -28.

Question 4.
y = 5x + 6; x = – 2
Answer:
y= -4

Explanation:
Given y= 5x + 6 and value of x as -2,
we substitute x as y= 5 X -2 + 6 = -10 + 6 = -4,
therefore y = -4.

Question 5.
y = 10 – 3x ; x = 3
Answer:
y=1

Explanation:
Given y= 10 – 3x and value of x as 3,
we substitute x as  y= 10 – 3 X 3 = 10 – 9 = 1,
therefore y =1.

Question 6.
What is the measure of each interior angle of the regular polygon?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.2 5
A. 45°
B. 135°
C. 1080°
D. 1440°
Answer:
The measure of each interior angle of the
regular polygon given is B.135°.

Explanation:
We know each Angle (of a Regular Polygon) =
(n−2) × 180° / n where n is number of sides
in the given figure we 8 sides so n is 8,
the measure of each interior angle is (8-2) X 180° / 8=
6 X 180° / 8 = 135° . So the measure of each
interior angle of the regular polygon given is B.135°.

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

FINDING PRODUCTS OF POWERS Write the expression in repeated multiplication form. Then write the expression as a power. (See Exploration 1, p. 325.)
Question 7.
56 • 53
Answer:
56 • 53 = 5 X 5 X 5 X 5 X 5 X 5 X 5 X 5 X 5 = 59

Explanation:
Given 56 • 53 the expression in repeated multiplication form is
5 X 5 X 5 X 5 X 5 X 5 X 5 X 5 X 5 and expression as power
is 56 • 53= 56+3 = 59

Question 8.
(64)2
Answer:
(64)2 = 6 X 6 X 6 X 6 X 6 X 6 X 6X 6 = 68

Explanation:
Given (64)2 the expression in repeated multiplication form is
6 X 6 X 6 X 6 X 6 X 6 X 6 X 6  and expression as power
is  (64)= 64×2 = 68

Question 9.
(- 8)3 • (- 8)4
Answer:
(- 8)3 • (- 8)4= (- 8)7

Explanation:
Given (- 8)3 • (- 8)4 the expression in repeated multiplication form is
-8 X -8 X -8 X -8 X -8 X -8 X -8 and expression as power
is  (- 8)3 • (- 8)4= (- 8)3+4 = (- 8)7

FINDING POWERS Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 10.
32 • 32
Answer:
32 • 32 = 34

Explanation:
We write the given 32 • 3expression as a power,
so 32 • 32 as bases are same 3 powers are added 32+2 = 34

Question 11.
810 • 84
Answer:
810 • 84 = 814

Explanation:
We write the given 810 • 84 expression as a power,
here 810 • 84  has same bases 8 so same powers are
added as 810+4 = 814

Question 12.
(54)3
Answer:
(54)3 = (5)12

Explanation:
We write the given expression (54)3 as a power,
so (54)3 has powers of powers therefore powers
are multiplied as (5)4 x 3 = 512

Question 13.
((- 3)2)4
Answer:
((- 3)2)4 = (- 3)8

Explanation:
We write the given expression ((- 3)2)4 as a power,
so ((- 32) has powers of powers therefore powers
are multiplied as (-3)2 x 4 = (-3)8

Question 14.
(- 4)5 • (- 4)7
Answer:
(- 4)5 • (- 4)7= (- 4)12

Explanation:
We write the given expression (- 4)5 • (- 4)7 as a power,
here (- 4)5 • (- 4)7 has same bases -4 so same powers are
added as  (- 4)5+7 = (- 4)12.

Question 15.
h6 • h
Answer:
h6 • h = h7

Explanation:
We write the given expression h6 • h as a power,
here h6 • h has same bases h so same powers are
added as  (h)6+1 = (h)7.

Question 16.
(b12)3
Answer:
(b12)3 = (b)36

Explanation:
We write the given expression (b12)3 as a power,
so (b12)3  has powers of powers therefore powers
are multiplied as (b)12 x 3 = (b)36

Question 17.
(\(\frac{2}{3}\))2 • (\(\frac{2}{3}\))6
Answer:
(\(\frac{2}{3}\))2 • (\(\frac{2}{3}\))6= (\(\frac{2}{3}\))8

Explanation:
We write the given expression (\(\frac{2}{3}\))2 • (\(\frac{2}{3}\))6
as a power, here (\(\frac{2}{3}\))2 • (\(\frac{2}{3}\))6
has same bases so same powers are added as (\(\frac{2}{3}\))2+6
= (\(\frac{2}{3}\))8 

Question 18.
(3.83)4
Answer:
(3.83)4= (3.8)12

Explanation:
We write the given expression (3.83)4 as a power,
so (3.83)4  has powers of powers therefore powers
are multiplied as (3.8)3 x 4 = (3.8)12

Question 19.
(n3)5
Answer:
(n3)5 = (n)15

Explanation:
We write the given expression (n3)5 as a power,
so (n3)5 has powers of powers therefore powers
are multiplied as (n)3 X 5= (n)15

Question 20.
((- \(\frac{3}{4}\))5)2
Answer:
((- \(\frac{3}{4}\))5)2= (- \(\frac{3}{4}\))10

Explanation:
We write the given expression ((- \(\frac{3}{4}\))5)2 as a power,
so ((- \(\frac{3}{4}\))5)2 has powers of powers therefore powers
are multiplied as (- \(\frac{3}{4}\))5 x 2= (- \(\frac{3}{4}\))10

Question 21.
(- \(\frac{1}{2}\))8 • (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))9
Answer:
(- \(\frac{1}{2}\))8 • (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))9= (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))17

Explanation:
We write the given expression (-\(\frac{1}{2}\))8 • (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))9
as a power, here (-\(\frac{1}{2}\))8 • (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))9
has same bases so same powers are added as (-\(\frac{1}{2}\))8+9
= (-\(\frac{1}{2}\))17 

YOU BE THE TEACHER Your friend simplifies the expression.
Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.2 6
Answer:
No, Friend is in correct as 52 X 59 = 511 not 2511

Explanation:
Given expression is 52 X 52
here as base is same 5 we add powers
as 52+9  we get 511 not 2511

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.2 7
Answer:
No, friend is In correct as (r6)4= (r)6 x 4 = (r)24 not r10

Explanation:
Given expression is (r6)4 here we have
powers of powers therefore powers
are multiplied not added so (r6)4= (r)6 x 4 = (r)24
not r10 therefore friend is incorrect.

FINDING A POWER OF A PRODUCT
Simplify the expression.
Question 24.
(6g)3
Answer:
(6g)3 = 216 g3

Explanation:
Given (6g)3 we simplify as 63 X g3= 6 X 6 X 6 X g X g X g
= 216 g3 here we multiplied 6 by 3 times and g by
3 times as both has power 3.

Question 25.
(- 3v)5
Answer:
(- 3v)5 = -243v5

Explanation:
Given (-3v)5 we simplify as
– 3 X -3 X -3 X -3 X -3 X v X v X v X v X v = -243v5,
here we multiplied -3 and v by
5 times as power for both is 5.

Question 26.
(\(\frac{1}{5}\)k)2
Answer:
(\(\frac{1}{5}\)k)2 = \(\frac{1}{25}\)k2

Explanation:
Given expression (\(\frac{1}{5}\)k)2 we simplify as
\(\frac{1}{5}\) X \(\frac{1}{5}\) X k X k = \(\frac{1}{25}\)k2
here we multiply \(\frac{1}{5}\)  and k
by 2 times as power for both is 2.

Question 27.
(1.2 m)4
Answer:
(1.2 m)4 = 2.0736m4

Explanation:
Given expression as (1.2 m)4 we simplify as
1.2 X 1.2 X 1.2 X m X m X m X m is 2.0736m4
here we multiply 1.2 and m by 4 times as
power for both is 4.

Question 28.
(rt)12
Answer:
(rt)12 =  r12 X t12

Explanation:
Given expression as (rt)12 we simplify as
r X r X r X r X r X r X r X r X r X r X r X r X
t X t X t X t X t X t X t X t X t X t X t X t is r12 X t12
here we multiply r and t by 12 times as
power for both is 12.

Question 29.
(- \(\frac{3}{4}\)p)3
Answer:
(- \(\frac{3}{4}\)p)3 = –\(\frac{27}{64}\)p3

Explanation:
Given expression as (- \(\frac{3}{4}\)p)3 we simplify as
– \(\frac{3}{4}\) X – \(\frac{3}{4}\) X – \(\frac{3}{4}\) X p X p X p is
–\(\frac{27}{64}\)p3
here we multiply –\(\frac{3}{4}\) and p by 3 times as
power for both is 3.

Question 30.
PRECISION
Is 32 + 33 equal to 35? Explain.
Answer:
No,32 + 33 is not equal to 35

Explanation:
Given expression is 32 + 33 first we solve
32 as 3 X 3 = 9 and 33 = 3 X 3 X 3 = 27 so
32 + 33= 9 + 27 = 36 now we have 35 which is
equal to 3 X 3 X 3 X 3 X 3 = 243 as 36 ≠ 243 so
no, 32 + 3≠ 35

Question 31.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A display case for the artifact shown is in the shape of a cube. Each side of the display case is three times longer than the width w of the artifact.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.2 8
a. Write a power that represents the volume of the case.
b. Simplify your expression in part(a).
Answer:
a. The volume of the case is (3w)3.
b. Simplified form is 27w3.

Explanation:
Given a display case for the artifact shown
is in the shape of a cube. Each side of the display
case is three times longer than the width w of the artifact.
a. we have volume of cube as (edge)3
So the volume of the case = 3w X 3w X 3w = (3w)3.

b. Simplified form of (3w)3= 3 X 3 X 3 X w X w X w = 27w3.

Question 32.
LOGIC
Show that (3 • 8 • x)7 = 67 • 47 • x7.
Answer:
(3 • 8 • x)7 = ( 37 X 27) X 47 X x7 = 67 x 47 x x7

Explanation:
Given expression is (3 • 8 • x)7 we write 8 as
multiple of 2 X 4 so (3 X 2 X 4 X x)7
and now we multiply first 3 and 2 as (6 X 4 X x)7
we simplify we get 67 x 47 x x7
So (3 • 8 • x)7 = 67 • 47 • x7.

Question 33.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The lowest altitude of an altocumulus cloud is about 38 feet. The highest altitude of an altocumulus cloud is about 3 times the lowest altitude. What is the highest altitude of an altocumulus cloud? Write your answer as a power.
Answer:
The highest altitude of an altocumulus cloud is
3 X 38= 39 feet.

Explanation:
Given The lowest altitude of an altocumulus cloud is
about 38 feet. The highest altitude of an altocumulus cloud is
about 3 times the lowest altitude. So the highest altitude
of an altocumulus cloud is 3 X 38   as bases are same
powers are added  31+8 =  39 feet.

Question 34.
GEOMETRY
A square pyramid has a height h and a base with side lengths. The side lengths of the base increase by 50%. Write a formula for the volume of the new pyramid in terms of s and h.
Answer:
The formula for the volume of the
new pyramid is terms of s and h is 3s2h by 4.

Explanation:
Given a square pyramid has a height h and
a base with side lengths. The side lengths
of the base increase by 50%. So volume is
s2\(\frac{h}{3}\) and side length s
increases by 50%, so s + 50%s = s + \(\frac{50}{100}\)s
= s + \(\frac{1}{2}\)s = \(\frac{3s}{2}\).
The new volume is (\(\frac{3s}{2}\))2 X \(\frac{h}{3}\)
= 9s2 X \(\frac{h}{12}\) = 3s2h by 4
therefore the formula for the volume of the
new pyramid is terms of s and h is 3s2h by 4.

Question 35.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The United States Postal Service delivers about 24 • 3 • 53 pieces of mail each second. There are 28 • 34 • 52 seconds in 6 days. How many pieces of mail does the United States Postal Service deliver in 6 days? Write your answer as an expression involving three powers.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.2 9
Answer:
Number of pieces of mails does the United States Postal Service
deliver in 6 days is 212 X 35 X 55 .

Explanation:
Given the United States Postal Service delivers about
24 • 3 • 53 pieces of mail each second. There are 28 • 34 • 52
seconds in 6 days. so number of  pieces of mail does
the United States Postal Service deliver in 6 days is
24 X 3 X 53 X  28 X 34 X 5we add the same bases power we get
24 X  28 X 3 X 34 X 53 X 52 as 24+8 X 31+4 X 53+2
= 212 X 35 X 55 therefore number of pieces of mails
does the United States Postal Service
deliver in 6 days is 212 X 35 X 55 .

Question 36.
REASONING
The row numbers y and column numbers x of a chessboard are shown. Each position on the chessboard has a stack of pennies. (Only the first row is shown.) The number of pennies in each stack is 2x • 2y.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.2 10
a. Which locations have 32 pennies in their stacks?
b. How much money (in dollars) is in the location with the tallest stack?
c. A penny is about 0.06 inch thick. About how tall is the tallest stack?
Answer:
a. The locations are the combinations of (x,y)=
(1,4),(2,3),(3,2),(4,1).
b. $655.36 is the money in the location with the tallest stack.
c. The tallest stack is 3932.16 inches.

Explanation:
The row numbers y and column numbers x,
The number of pennies in each stack is 2x • 2y
a. The locations that have 32 pennies in their stacks is
2x • 2y = 32 we write 32 as power of 2 we get
2x • 2y = 25 we write 2x • 2y (bases are same powers are added)
as 2x+y = 25 therefore x + y = 5, So the locations
are the combinations of (x, y)= (1,4),(2,3),(3,2),(4,1).
b. The tallest stack will be in the location of (8,8)
so the maximum combination is 28 X 28 = 28+8 = 216
= 65536 pennies. Now converting pennies into dollar
1 penny = 0.01 dollar so 65536 X 0.01 = $655.36,
therefore $655.36 is the money in the location
with the tallest stack.
c. Given each penny is about 0.06 inch thick
the tallest stack is 65536 X 0.06 = 3932.16 inches.

Question 37.
CRITICAL THINKING
Find the value of x in the equation without evaluating the power.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.2 11
Answer:
a. x = 3
b. x = 4

Explanation:
a. Given 25 X 2x = 256, we write 256 as 28,
so 25 X 2x = 25 + x = 28 , 5 + x = 8 so x = 8 – 5,
therefore x = 3.
b. Given (\(\frac{1}{3}\))2 X (\(\frac{1}{3}\))x = \(\frac{1}{729}\)
\(\frac{1}{729}\) as multiple of \(\frac{1}{3}\) we get
\(\frac{1}{729}\) as (\(\frac{1}{3}\)))6  so (\(\frac{1}{3}\))2 X (\(\frac{1}{3}\))x = (\(\frac{1}{3}\)))6  as bases are same
we equate powers as 2 + x = 6 therefore x = 6 – 2 = 4, So X = 4.

Lesson 8.3 Quotient of Powers Property

EXPLORATION 1

Finding Quotients of Powers
Work with a partner.
a. Copy and complete the table. Use your results to write a general rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two powers with the same base.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 1
b. Use your rule in part(a) to simplify the quotients in the first column of the table above. Does your rule give the results in the third column?
Answer:
a. Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-10

The general rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two powers with the same base is am-n
b. Yes my rule gives the result in third column.

Explanation:
a. Completed the given table as shown above.
We use the general rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\),
a quotient of two powers with the same base is am-n .
b. We use part(a) rule to simplify the quotients in
the first column of the table above
and rule gives the results in the third column as
\(\frac{2^{4}}{2^{2}}\) =24-2 = 22
\(\frac{-4^{5}}{-4^{2}}\) = (-4)5-2  = (-4)3
\(\frac{7^{7}}{7^{3}}\) = 77-3 = 74
\(\frac{8.5^{9}}{8.5^{6}}\) = (8.5)9-6 = (8.5)3
\(\frac{10^{8}}{10^{5}}\) = 108-5 = 103
\(\frac{3^{12}}{3^{4}}\) = 312-4 = 38
\(\frac{-5^{7}}{-5^{5}}\) = (-5)7-2 =(-5)2
\(\frac{11^{4}}{11^{1}}\) = 114-1 =113
\(\frac{x^{6}}{x^{2}}\) = x6 – 2= x4

Try It

Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 2
Answer:
\(\frac{9^{7}}{9^{4}}\) = 97-4 = 93

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{9^{7}}{9^{4}}\) we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\),
a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
so \(\frac{9^{7}}{9^{4}}\) = 97-4 = 93

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 3
Answer:
\(\frac{4.2^{6}}{4.2^{5}}\) = 4.26-5 = 4.21 = 4.2

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{4.2^{6}}{4.2^{5}}\) we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
so \(\frac{4.2^{6}}{4.2^{5}}\) = 4.26-5 = 4.21 = 4.2

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 4
Answer:
\(\frac{-8^{8}}{-8^{4}}\) = (-8)8-4 = (-8)

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{-8^{8}}{-8^{4}}\) we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
so \(\frac{-8^{8}}{-8^{4}}\) = (-8)8-4 = (-8)

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 5
Answer:
\(\frac{x^{8}}{x^{3}}\) = (x)8-3 = (x)

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{x^{8}}{x^{3}}\) we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\),
a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
so \(\frac{x^{8}}{x^{3}}\) = (x)8-3 = (x)

Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 6
Answer:
\(\frac{6^{7}}{6^{5}}\) X 63 = 65

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{6^{7}}{6^{5}}\) X 6we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
first we solve \(\frac{6^{7}}{6^{5}}\) = = 67-5 = 62
and now we multiply by = 62 X  63 as bases are same 6 now
we add powers as = 62+3 = 6
therefore \(\frac{6^{7}}{6^{5}}\) X 63 = 65

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 7= 27

Explanation:
First we multiply denominators as bases are same
we add powers so 23  X 25 = 23+5 = 28
now we solve \(\frac{2^{15}}{2^{8}}\) we use rule for finding
\(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{2^{15}}{2^{8}}\) = 215-8 = 27
therefore Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 7= 27

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 8= m9

Explanation:
First we multiply numerators as bases are same
we add powers so m8  X m6 = m8+6 = m14
now we solve \(\frac{m^{14}}{m^{5}}\) we use rule for finding
\(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\),  a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{m^{14}}{m^{5}}\)  = m14-5 = m9

Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 9= (-5)6

Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide , we have numerator (-5)7 X (-5)6
we have same bases as -5 so we add powers as (-5)7+6 = (-5)13
we have denominator (-5)5 X (-5)2
we have same base as -5 so we add powers as (-5)5+2 = (-5)7
Now we have \(\frac{-5^{13}}{-5^{7}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{-5^{13}}{-5^{7}}\)  = (-5)13-7 = (-5)6

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 10= d5

Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide , we have numerator (d)5 X (d)9
we have same bases as d so we add powers as (d)5+9 = (d)14
we have denominator (d) X (d)8
we have same base as d so we add powers as (d)1+8 = (d)9
Now we have \(\frac{d^{14}}{d^{9}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{d^{14}}{d^{9}}\)  = (d)14-9 = d5

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 11= p10

Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide , we have numerator (p)3 X (p)6 X (p)4
we have same bases as p so we add powers as (p)3+6+4 = (d)13
we have denominator (p)2 X (p)
we have same bases as p so we add powers as (p)2+1 = (p)3
Now we have \(\frac{p^{13}}{p^{3}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{p^{13}}{p^{3}}\)  = (p)13-3 = p10

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

SIMPLIFYING EXPRESSIONS Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 12= (-3)

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{-3^{9}}{-3^{2}}\) we use rule for
finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two
powers with the same base as am-n
so \(\frac{-3^{9}}{-3^{2}}\) = (-3)9-2 = (-3)

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 13= (8)3
Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide , we have numerator (8)6 X (8)2
we have same bases as d so we add powers as (8)6+2 = (8)8
\(\frac{8^{8}}{8^{5}}\) we use rule for
finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two
powers with the same base as am-n
so \(\frac{8^{8}}{8^{5}}\) = (8)8-5 = (8)3

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 14= x

Explanation:
First we multiply denominators as bases are same
we add powers so x4  X x6 = x4+6 = x10
now we solve \(\frac{x^{11}}{x^{10}}\) we use rule for finding
\(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{x^{11}}{x^{10}}\) = x11-10 = x

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 15= 56
Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide , we have numerator (5)6 X (5)3 
we have same bases as 5 so we add powers as (5)6+3 = (5)9
we have denominator 5 X (5)
we have same bases as 5 so we add powers as (5)1+2 = (5)3
Now we have \(\frac{5^{9}}{5^{3}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{5^{9}}{5^{3}}\)  = (5)9-3 = 56

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 16= (-2)5

Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide , we have numerator (-2)9 X (-2)4
we have same bases as -2 so we add powers as (-2)9+4 = (-2)13
we have denominator (-2)4 X (-2)4
we have same base as -2 so we add powers as (-2)4+4 = (-2)8
Now we have \(\frac{-2^{13}}{-2^{8}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two
powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{-2^{13}}{-2^{8}}\)  = (-2)13-8 = (-2)5

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 17
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 17 = b13

Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide, we have numerator (b)10 X (b)3 X (b)5
we have same bases as b so we add powers as (b)10+3+5 = (b)18
we have denominator (b)2 X (b)3
we have same base as b so we add powers as (b)2+3 = (b)5
Now we have \(\frac{b^{18}}{b^{5}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{b^{18}}{b^{5}}\)  = (b)18-5 = b13

Question 17.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which quotient does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 18
Answer:
\(\frac{-4^{8}}{-3^{4}}\)  does not belongs with the other three.

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{-10^{7}}{-10^{2}}\)  have same base -10,
\(\frac{6^{3}}{6^{2}}\)  have same base 6,
\(\frac{5^{6}}{5^{3}}\) have same base 5 but
\(\frac{-4^{8}}{-3^{4}}\) has different bases -4 and -3,
So, \(\frac{-4^{8}}{-3^{4}}\) does not belongs with the other three.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 18.
You want to purchase a cat tracker. Tracker A detects your cat within a radius of 4 • 102 feet of your home. Tracker B detects your cat within a radius of 104 feet of your home. Which tracker has a greater radius? How many times greater?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 19.1
Answer:
Tracker B has greater radius than Tracker A and
Tracker B is greater by radius of 9,600 feet.

Explanation:
Given Tracker A detects your cat within a radius of 4 • 102 feet of your home.
Tracker B detects your cat within a radius of 104 feet of your home,
Tracker A = 4 X 102 = 4 X 100 = 400 feet
Tracker B = 104 feet =  10 X 10 X 10 X 10 = 10,000 feet as
comparing Tracker A and Tracker B,Tracker B is greater than Tracker A,
by 10,000 – 400 = 9,600 feet, therfore Tracker B
has greater radius than Tracker A and
Tracker B is greater by radius of 9,600 feet.

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
An earthquake of magnitude 3.0 is 102 times stronger than an earthquake of magnitude 1.0. An earthquake of magnitude 8.0 is 107 times stronger than an earthquake of magnitude 1.0. How many times stronger is an earthquake of magnitude 8.0 than an earthquake of magnitude 3.0?
Answer:
105 times stronger is an earthquake of magnitude 8.0
more than an earthquake of magnitude 3.0.

Explanation:
Given an earthquake of magnitude 3.0 is 102 times
stronger than an earthquake of magnitude 1.0 and
an earthquake of magnitude 8.0 is 107 times stronger
than an earthquake of magnitude 1.0. So how many times
stronger is an earthquake of magnitude 8.0 than an
earthquake of magnitude 3.0 is \(\frac{10^{7}}{10^{2}}\) ,
so we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
as \(\frac{10^{7}}{10^{2}}\) = 107-2 = 105
therefore 105 times stronger is an earthquake of magnitude 8.0
more than an earthquake of magnitude 3.0.

Question 20.
The edge length of a cube-shaped crate is the square of the edge length of a cube-shaped box. Write an expression for the number of boxes that can fit in the crate. Justify your answer.
Answer:
The number of boxes that fit in the crate is x3

Explanation:
Let the edge be x, So the volume of box is V = x3
Given the edge length of a cube-shaped crate is the square of the
edge length of a cube-shaped box so
the volume crate with side equal to the side of the box x2 = ( x2)
we use general rule for finding (am)n a power of a power,
If two powers have the same base then
we can multiply the powers as (am)n = am x n so ( x2)3 = x2 x 3=( x)6
The number of boxes that fit in crate is
\(\frac{x^{6}}{x^{3}}\) now we use
rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
therefore \(\frac{x^{6}}{x^{3}}\)  = x6-3 = x3
so the number of boxes that fit in the crate is x3

Quotient of Powers Property Homework & Practice 8.3

Review & Refresh

Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 1.
42 • 43
Answer:
42 • 43 = 45

Explanation:
Given expression as 42 • 43
we use general rule for am • an = am+n a product of
two powers with the same base then powers are added.
So 42 • 43 = 42+3 = 45

Question 2.
(a5)5
Answer:
(a5)5 = a25

Explanation:
Given expression is (a5)5 we have general rule for
finding (am)n a power of a power, If two powers have the
same base then we can multiply the
powers as (am)n = am x n . So (a5)5 = a5X5 = a25 .

Question 3.
(xy)7
Answer:
(xy)7= x7 X y7 = x7 y7

Explanation:
Given expression as (xy)7as both as same
power 7 we write as x7 X y7 = x7 y7

The red figure is similar to the blue figure. Describe a similarity transformation between the figures.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 19
Answer:
Similarity between two figures is
dilate the red figure using a scale factor of 2:3
and then reflect the image in the x- axis.

Explanation:
By comparing the side lengths, we can see that
the blue figure is 2:3 the size of red figure,
Similarity between two figures is dilate the red figure
using a scale factor of 2:3 and then reflect the image in the x- axis.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 20
Answer:
Similarity between two figures is
dilate the red figure using a scale factor of 1/2
and then reflect the image in the x- axis.

Explanation:
By comparing the side lengths, we can see that
the blue figure is one-half the size of red figure,
Similarity between two figures is dilate the red figure
using a scale factor of 1/2 and then reflect the image in the x- axis.

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

FINDING QUOTIENTS OF POWERS Write the quotient as repeated multiplication. Then write the quotient as a power.(See Exploration 1, p. 331.)
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 21
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 21= \(\frac{7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7}{7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7}\) = 73

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{7^{9}}{7^{6}}\) the repeated multiplication is
\(\frac{7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7}{7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7}\) and
the quotient as a power we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n,so \(\frac{7^{9}}{7^{6}}\) is 79-6 = 73

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 22
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 22= \(\frac{-4.5 X -4.5 X -4.5 X -4.5 X -4.5 X -4.5}{-4.5 X -4.5}\) = (-4.5)4.
Explanation:
Given \(\frac{-4.5^{6}}{-4.5^{2}}\) the repeated multiplication is
\(\frac{-4.5 X -4.5 X -4.5 X -4.5 X -4.5 X -4.5}{-4.5 X -4.5}\) and
the quotient as a power we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n ,so \(\frac{-4.5^{6}}{-4.5^{2}}\)
is (-4.5)6-2 = (-4.5)4.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 23
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 23= \(\frac{m X m X m X m X m X m X m X m X m X m}{m X m X m X m X m }\) = m5

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{m^{10}}{m^{5}}\) the repeated multiplication is
and \(\frac{m X m X m X m X m X m X m X m X m X m}{m X m X m X m X m }\)
the quotient as a power we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n so \(\frac{m^{10}}{m^{5}}\)
is (m)10-5  = m5.

DIVIDING POWERS WITH THE SAME BASE Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 24
Answer:
\(\frac{6^{10}}{6^{4}}\) = 66.

Explanation:
As given expression is \(\frac{6^{10}}{6^{4}}\) we use
rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n so \(\frac{6^{10}}{6^{4}}\) =
(6)10-4 = 66.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 25
Answer:
\(\frac{8^{9}}{8^{7}}\) = 82.

Explanation:
As given expression is \(\frac{8^{9}}{8^{7}}\) we use
rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n so \(\frac{8^{9}}{8^{7}}\) =
(8)9-7 = 82.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 26
Answer:
\(\frac{-3^{4}}{-3^{1}}\) = -33.

Explanation:
As given expression is \(\frac{-3^{4}}{-3^{1}}\) we use
rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n so \(\frac{-3^{4}}{-3^{1}}\) =
(-3)4-1 = -33.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 27
Answer:
\(\frac{4.5^{5}}{4.5^{3}}\) = 4.52.

Explanation:
As given expression is \(\frac{4.5^{5}}{4.5^{3}}\) we use
rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n so \(\frac{4.5^{5}}{4.5^{3}}\) =
(4.5)5-3 = 4.52.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 28
Answer:
\(\frac{64^{4}}{64^{3}}\) = 64.

Explanation:
As given expression is \(\frac{64^{4}}{64^{3}}\) we use
rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n so \(\frac{64^{4}}{64^{3}}\) =
(64)4-3 = 64.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 29
Answer:
\(\frac{-17^{5}}{-17^{2}}\) = (-17)3.

Explanation:
As given expression is \(\frac{-17^{5}}{-17^{2}}\) we use
rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n so \(\frac{-17^{5}}{-17^{2}}\) =
(-17)5-2 = (-17)3.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 30
Answer:
\(\frac{-6.4^{8}}{-6.4^{6}}\) = (-6.4)2.

Explanation:
As given expression is \(\frac{-6.4^{8}}{-6.4^{6}}\) we use
rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n so \(\frac{-6.4^{8}}{-6.4^{6}}\) =
(-6.4)8-6 = (-6.4)2.

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 31
Answer:
\(\frac{π^{11}}{π^{7}}\) = π4.
Explanation:
As given expression is \(\frac{π^{11}}{π^{7}}\) we use
rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n so \(\frac{π^{11}}{π^{7}}\)=
(π)11-7 = π4.

Question 17.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend simplifies the quotient. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 32
Answer:
No, friend is incorrect as \(\frac{6^{15}}{6^{5}}\) = 610 ≠ 63

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{6^{15}}{6^{5}}\) as per rule finding
\(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n so \(\frac{6^{15}}{6^{5}}\) = 615-5
= 610 but friend says \(\frac{6^{15}}{6^{5}}\) = 615/5= 63
which is incorrect therefore \(\frac{6^{15}}{6^{5}}\) = 610 ≠ 63
exponents should be subtracted not divided.

SIMPLIFYING AN EXPRESSION Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.

Question 18.
\(\frac{7^{5} \cdot 7^{3}}{7^{2}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{7^{5} \cdot 7^{3}}{7^{2}}\) = 76.

Explanation:
Given Expression as \(\frac{7^{5} \cdot 7^{3}}{7^{2}}\)
first we calculate separately values of numerators
then divide with denominator, we have numerator (7)5 X (7)
we have same bases as 7 so we add powers as (7)5+3 = (7)8
Now we have \(\frac{7^{8}}{7^{2}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
So \(\frac{7^{8}}{7^{2}}\)  = (7)8-2 = 76

Question 19.
\(\frac{6^{13}}{6^{4} \cdot 6^{2}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{6^{13}}{6^{4} \cdot 6^{2}}\) = 67

Explanation:
Given expression \(\frac{6^{13}}{6^{4} \cdot 6^{2}}\)
first we calculate separately values of denominators
then divide with numerator, we have denominator  (6)4 X (6)
we have same bases as 6 so we add powers as (6)4+2 = (6)6
Now we have \(\frac{6^{13}}{6^{6}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
So \(\frac{6^{13}}{6^{6}}\) = (6)13-6 = 67

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 33
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 33= = (-6.1)2

Explanation:
Given expression \(\frac{-6.1^{11}}{-6.1^{7} \cdot -6.1^{2}}\)
first we calculate separately values of denominators
then divide with numerator, we have denominator  (-6.1)7 X (-6.1)
we have same bases as -6.1 so we add powers as (-6.1)7+2 = (-6.1)9
Now we have \(\frac{-6.1^{11}}{-6.1^{9}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
So \(\frac{-6.1^{11}}{-6.1^{9}}\) = (-6.1)11-9 = (-6.1)2

Question 21.
\(\frac{\pi^{30}}{\pi^{18} \cdot \pi^{4}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{\pi^{30}}{\pi^{18} \cdot \pi^{4}}\) = (π)8

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{\pi^{30}}{\pi^{18} \cdot \pi^{4}}\)
first we calculate separately values of denominators
then divide with numerator, we have denominator  (π)18 X (π)
we have same bases as π so we add powers as (π)18+4 = (π)22
Now we have \(\frac{\pi^{30}}{\pi^{22} \)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
So \(\frac{\pi^{30}}{\pi^{22} \) = (π)30-22 = π8

Question 22.
\(\frac{c^{22}}{c^{8} \cdot c^{9}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{c^{22}}{c^{8} \cdot c^{9}}\) = c5

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{c^{22}}{c^{8} \cdot c^{9}}\)
first we calculate separately values of denominators
then divide with numerator, we have denominator  c8 X c
we have same bases as c so we add powers as c8+9 = c17
Now we have \(\frac{c^{22}} {c^{17}} \)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
So \(\frac{c^{22}} {c^{17}} \) = c22-17 = c5

Question 23.
\(\frac{z^{8} \cdot z^{6}}{z^{8}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{z^{8} \cdot z^{6}}{z^{8}}\) = z6

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{z^{8} \cdot z^{6}}{z^{8}}\)
first we calculate separately values of numerators
then divide with denominator, we have numerator z6 X z
we have same bases as z so we add powers as z6+8 = z14
Now we have \(\frac{z^{14}}{z^{8}} \)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
So \(\frac{z^{14}}{z^{8}} \) = z14-8 = z6

Question 24.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The sound intensity of a normal conversation is 106 times greater than the quietest noise a person can hear. The sound intensity of a jet at takeoff is 1014 times greater than the quietest noise a person can hear. How many times more intense is the sound of a jet at takeoff than the sound of a normal conversation?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 34
Answer:
108 times more intense is the sound of a jet at takeoff than
the sound of a normal conversation.

Explanation:
Given the sound intensity of a normal conversation is 106 times
greater than the quietest noise a person can hear.
The sound intensity of a jet at takeoff is 1014 times
greater than the quietest noise a person can hear.
Therefore more intense is the sound of a jet at takeoff than
the sound of a normal conversation is \(\frac{10^{14}}{10^{6}} \)
so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
So \(\frac{10^{14}}{10^{6}} \) = 1014-6= 108
therefore 108 times more intense is the sound of a jet at
takeoff than the sound of a normal conversation.

SIMPLIFYING AN EXPRESSION Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 35
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 35= (-4)5

Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide, we have numerator (-4)8 X (-4)
we have same bases as -4 so we add powers as (-4)8+3 = (-4)11
we have denominator (-4)4 X (-4)2
we have same base as -4 so we add powers as (-4)4+2 = (-4)6
Now we have \(\frac{-4^{11}}{-4^{6}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{-4^{11}}{-4^{6}}\)  = (-4)11-6 = (-4)5

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 36
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 36= 65

Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide, we have numerator (6)2 X (6)12 
we have same bases as 6 so we add powers as (6)2+12 = (6)14
we have denominator (6)1 X (6)8
we have same base as 6 so we add powers as (6)1+8 = (6)9
Now we have \(\frac{6^{14}}{6^{9}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{6^{14}}{6^{9}}\)  = (6)14-9 = 65

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 37
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 37= 310

Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide, we have numerator (3)2 X (3)6 X (3)5
we have same bases as 3 so we add powers as (3)2+6+5 = (3)13
we have denominator (3)2 X (3)1
we have same base as 3 so we add powers as (3)2+1 = (3)3
Now we have \(\frac{3^{13}}{3^{3}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{3^{13}}{3^{3}}\)  = (3)13-3 = 310

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 38
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 38= z10
Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide, we have numerator (z)7 X (z)
we have same bases as z so we add powers as z7+6 = z13
we have denominator (z)1 X (z)2
we have same base as z so we add powers as (z)1+2 = (z)3
Now we have \(\frac{3^{13}}{3^{3}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{z^{13}}{z^{3}}\)  = (z)13-3 = z10

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 39
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 39= x6

Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide, we have numerator (x)5 X (x)13 
we have same bases as x so we add powers as x5+13 = x18
we have denominator (x)4 X (x)8
we have same base as x so we add powers as (x)4+8 = (x)12
Now we have \(\frac{x^{18}}{x^{12}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{x^{18}}{x^{12}}\)  = (x)18-12 = x6

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 40
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 40= y11
Explanation:
First we calculate separately all multiple  values of numerators
and denominators then divide, we have numerator (y)8 X (y)2 X (y)4 X (y)7
we have same bases as y so we add powers as y8+2+4+7 = y21
we have denominator (y)7 X (y)1 X (y)we have same base
as y so we add powers as (y)7+1+2 = (y)10
Now we have \(\frac{y^{21}}{y^{10}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{y^{21}}{y^{10}}\)  = (y)21-10 = y11

Question 31.
REASONING
The storage capacities and prices of five devices are shown in the table.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 41
a. How many times more storage does Device D have than Device B?
b. Do storage and price have a linear relationship? Explain.
Answer:
a. 4 times more storage capacity Device D have than Device B.
b. No, as the price increases by $20 storage capacity doubles.

Explanation:
Given the storage capacities and prices of five devices are
as shown above in the table,
a. Storage Device D has capacity of 28 GB and Device B has
capacity of 28 GB as Device D has more capacity by
\(\frac{2^{8}}{2^{6}}\) = (2)8-6 = 22= 4,
therefore 4 times more storage capacity Device D
have than Device B.
b. As seen the price increases by $20 storage capacity doubles so
there is no linear relationship between storage and price.

Question 32.
DIG DEEPER!
Consider the equation \(\frac{9^{m}}{9^{n}}\) = 92
a. Find two numbers m and n that satisfy the equation.
b. Describe the number of solutions that satisfy the equation. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
a. The two numbers m and n are 3,1.
b. We have more number of solutions that satisfy the equation as
explained below

Explanation:
Given the equation \(\frac{9^{m}}{9^{n}}\) = 92
a. We have rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n so \(\frac{9^{m}}{9^{n}}\)= 9m-n= 92 so
m-n=2, m=2+n we can take n=1 we get m= 2 + 1 = 3 so m,n is 3,1.
the equation is \(\frac{9^{3}}{9^{1}}\)= 93-1= 92
b. As m=2 + n we can take n any natural number from 1 to infinity,
as if n=1 m will be 2+1=3, if n=2 , m will be 2+2 = 4 and so on.
therefore (m, n)=(n+2,n) or (m,m-2)=(3,1)….(5,3),(∞,∞-2) are the
(infinity, infinity minus 2) numbers of solutions that satisfy the equation.

Question 33.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A scientist estimates that there are about 1024 stars in the universe and that each galaxy has, on average, approximately the same number of stars as the Milky Way galaxy. About how many galaxies are in the universe?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 42
Answer:
1013 galaxies are there in the universe.

Explanation:
A scientist estimates that there are about 1024 stars in the
universe and that each galaxy has, on average, approximately
the same number of stars as the Milky Way galaxy.
so number of galaxies in the universe are \(\frac{10^{24}}{10^{1} \cdot 10^{10}}\)
first we calculate separately values of denominators
then divide with numerator, we have denominator  (10)1 X (10)10 
we have same bases as 10 so we add powers as (10)1+10 = (10)11
Now we have \(\frac{10^{24}}{10^{11}} \)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{10^{24}}{10^{11}} \)  = (10)24-11 = 1013
therefore 1013 galaxies are there in the universe.

Question 34.
NUMBER SENSE
Find the value of x that makes c = 89 true. Explain how you found your answer.
Answer:
The value of x is 10,

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{8^{3 x}}{8^{2 x}+1}\) = 89 is true,
so we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
as bases are same 8 so 83x-(2x+1) = 89 now we equate powers we have
3x-(2x+1)= 9, means x-1=9 therefore x = 9 + 1 = 10.

Lesson 8.4 Zero and Negative Exponents

EXPLORATION 1

Understanding Zero Exponents
Work with a partner.
a. Copy and complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.4 1
b. Evaluate each expression in the first column of the table in part(a). How can you use these results to define a0, where a ≠ 0?
Answer:
a.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-11

b. We define  a0

Explanation:
a. We completed the table by using quotient of powers of property,
as  \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) = am-n
then  by the quotient rule for exponents  we can write this as
an-n  =\(\frac{a^{n}}{a^{n}}\) Then this becomes a problem about
dividing fractions. Since the numerator and denominator
are both the same this becomes .

EXPLORATION 2

Understanding Negative Exponents
Work with a partner.
a. Copy and complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.4 2
b. How can you use the Multiplicative Inverse Property to rewrite the powers containing negative exponents in the first column of the table?
c. Use your results in parts (a) and (b) to define a-n, where a ≠ 0 and n is an integer.
Answer:
a.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-12
b. We rewrite the powers containing negative exponents in the first column of the table as
5-3 X 53 as 62X 6-2 as 4 X 3-4 as -4-5 X -45 as =

c. a-n, where a ≠ 0 we write a-n as \(\frac{1}{a^{n}}\)

Explanation:
a. To complete the table first we write Product of Powers Property
then write their power and value.
As here we use Product of Powers Property
for am • an = am+n  If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added. So 5-3 X 53 = 5-3+3 = 50 = 1, 62X 6-2 = 62-2 = 60 = 1,
4 X 3-4 = 4-4 =0 = 1 and -4-5 X -45 = -4-5+5 =-40 = 1.
b. The inverse property of multiplication states that if you
multiply a number by its reciprocal, also called the multiplicative inverse,
the product will be 1. (a/b)*(b/a)=1,so we rewrite the powers
containing negative exponents in the first column of the table as
5-3 X 53 as 62X 6-2 as 4 X 3-4 as -4-5 X -45 as =

Try It

Evaluate the expression.
Question 1.
4-2
Answer:
4-2 =

Explanation:
Given expression as 4-2 so we write as

Question 2.
(- 2)– 5
Answer:
(- 2)– 5=

Explanation:
Given expression as (-2)-5 so we write as

Question 3.
6-8 • 68
Answer:
6-8 • 68 = 1

Explanation:
we write the given expression 6-8 X 68 as Product of Powers Property
for am • an = am+n  If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added. So 6-8 X 68 = 6-8+8 = 60 = 1.

Question 4.
\(\frac{(-3)^{5}}{(-3)^{6}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{(-3)^{5}}{(-3)^{6}}\) = – \(\frac{1}{3}\) or -3-1

Explanation:
Given expression as \(\frac{(-3)^{5}}{(-3)^{6}}\) we use
the quotient rule for exponents  we can write this as \(\frac{a^{n}}{a^{n}}\) = am-n ,
so (-3)5-6 ,= (-3)-1 or – \(\frac{1}{3}\).

Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{5^{7}} \cdot \frac{1}{5^{4}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{5^{7}} \cdot \frac{1}{5^{4}}\) = \(\frac{1}{5^{11}}\)

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{1}{5^{7}} \cdot \frac{1}{5^{4}}\)
first we calculate separately values of denominators
then divide with numerator, we have denominator  57 X 54
we have same bases as 5 so we add powers as 57+4 = 511
as numerator is 1 we write as \(\frac{1}{5^{11}}\).

Question 6.
\(\frac{4^{5} \cdot 4^{3}}{4^{2}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{4^{5} \cdot 4^{3}}{4^{2}}\) = 46

Explanation:
Given Expression as \(\frac{4^{5} \cdot 4^{3}}{4^{2}}\)
first we calculate separately values of numerators
then divide with denominator, we have numerator (4)5 X (4)
we have same bases as 4 so we add powers as (4)5+3 = (4)8
Now we have \(\frac{4^{8}}{4^{2}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
So \(\frac{4^{8}}{4^{2}}\)  = (4)8-2 = 46

Simplify. Write the expression using only positive exponents.
Question 7.
8x-2
Answer:
8x-2 = \(\frac{8}{x^{2}}\)

Explanation:
Given 8x-2  we write the expression as positive exponents by using

so 8 X \(\frac{1}{x^{2}}\) or \(\frac{8}{x^{2}}\)

Question 8.
b0 • b-10
Answer:
b0 • b-10 = \(\frac{1}{b^{10}}\)

Explanation:
Given b0 • b-10 we write the expression as positive exponents by using

so b0 X \(\frac{1}{b^{10}}\) as  we know b0 =1,
b0 X \(\frac{1}{b^{10}}\)=1 X \(\frac{1}{b^{10}}\) or \(\frac{1}{b^{10}}\).

Question 9.
\(\frac{z^{6}}{15 z^{9}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{z^{6}}{15 z^{9}}\) = \(\frac{1}{15 z^{3}}\)

Explanation:
Given expression as \(\frac{z^{6}}{15 z^{9}}\) first we write it as
\(\frac{1}{15}\) X \(\frac{z^{6}}{z^{9}}\) now we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
as \(\frac{1}{15}\) X z6-9 we get \(\frac{1}{15}\) X z-3
= \(\frac{1}{15 z^{3}}\).

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS Evaluate the expression.
Question 10.
7-2
Answer:
7-2= \(\frac{1}{49}\)

Explanation:
Given 7-2  we write the expression as positive exponents by using

so \(\frac{1}{7^{2}}\)= \(\frac{1}{49}\)

Question 11.
4-3 • 40
Answer:
4-3 • 40 = \(\frac{1}{64}\)

Explanation:
Given  4-3 X 40 we write the expression as positive exponents by using

so  \(\frac{1}{4^{3}}\) X 40 as  we know 40 =1,
\(\frac{1}{4^{3}}\) X 40 =\(\frac{1}{4^{3}}\) x 1 = \(\frac{1}{64}\).

Question 12.
\(\frac{(-9)^{5}}{(-9)^{7}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{(-9)^{5}}{(-9)^{7}}\) = \(\frac{1}{-9^{2}}\) = \(\frac{1}{81}\)

Explanation:
Given expression as \(\frac{-9^{5}}{-9^{7}}\) now we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
as -95-7 we get -9-2 we write as \(\frac{1}{-9^{2}}\) = \(\frac{1}{81}\).

SIMPLIFYING EXPRESSIONS Simplify. Write the expression using only positive exponents.
Question 13.
10t-5
Answer:
10t-5 = \(\frac{10}{t^{5}}\)

Explanation:
Given 10t-5 we write as 10 X t-5 = now we write t-5 as tSo 10 X t-5 = 10 X

Question 14.
w3 • w-9
Answer:
w3 • w-9 =

Explanation:
Given expression is w3 • w-9  first we have general rule for am • an = am+n
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added, so we add powers as w3-9 = w-6,
So w-6 =

Question 15.
\(\frac{r^{8} \cdot r^{8}}{4}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{r^{8} \cdot r^{8}}{4}\) = \(\frac{r^{16}}{4}\)

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{r^{8} \cdot r^{8}}{4}\) first we
solve numerator by using general rule for am • an = am+n
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added, so we add powers as r8+8 = r16,
now we write as r16 X \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{r^{16}}{4}\).

Question 16.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.4 3
Answer:
d bit  is different because writing (-3) X (-3) X (-3) as a power
with an integer base is (-3)3 no negative exponent.
one more answer is all a,b,c bits have fractions but only d bit
is not in fraction form.

Explanation:
a. Writing \(\frac{1}{3 X 3 X 3}\) using negative exponent is 3-3.
b. Writing 3 to the negative third is 3-3.
c. Writing \(\frac{1^{3}}{3^{3}}\) is 3-3.
d. Writing (-3) X (-3) X (-3) as a power  with an integer base is (-3)3.
As a, b, c has value 3-3only bit d has (-3)3.
Therefore d bit  is different because writing (-3) X (-3) X (-3) as a power
with an integer base is (-3)3 we don not have a negative exponent.
one more answer is all a,b,c bits have fractions but only d bit
is not in fraction form.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 17.
The mass of a grain of sand is about 10-3 gram. About how many grains of sand are in a 10-kilogram bag of sand?
Answer:
There are about 10,000,000 grains of sand.

Explanation:
Given the mass of a grain of sand is about 10-3 gram.
We know 1 kg = 1000 grams ,10 kg = 10 X 1000 = 10,000 grams,
therefore one grain of sand is 10,000 X 1000 = 10,000,000 grains of sand.

Question 18.
A one-celled, aquatic organism called a dinoflagellate is 1000 micrometers long. A microscope magnifies the dinoflagellate 100 times. What is the magnified length of the dinoflagellate in meters? (1 micrometer is 10-6; meter.)
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.4 4
Answer:
The magnified length of the dinoflagellate in meters10-1 meters

Explanation:
Given one-celled, aquatic organism called a dinoflagellate is
1000 micrometers long. A microscope magnifies the
dinoflagellate 100 times, the magnified length in meters is
1 micrometer is 10-6 meter now dinoflagellate is 1000 X 10-6 X 100 =
103 X 10-6 X 102 we use general rule for am • an = am+n
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added so all have base 10 we add powers as
103-6+2 = 10-1 meters therefore the magnified length of
the dinoflagellate in meters10-1 meters.

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
A garden is 12 yards long. Assuming the snail moves at a constant speed, how many minutes does it take the snail to travel the length of the garden? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.4 5
Answer:
Snail takes 15 minutes to travel the length of the garden

Explanation:
Given a garden is 12 yards long and the constant speed of snail is
5-2  foot per second. We know 1 yard is equal to 3 foot and
speed = distance by time ,So 5-2  = 12 X 3 by time
therefore time = 12 X 3 X 5seconds = 36 X 25 seconds = 900 seconds,
converting seconds in minutes 900 divide by 60 or \(\frac{900}{60}\)= 15 minutes, therefore snail takes 15 minutes to travel the length of the garden.

Zero and Negative Exponents Homework & Practice 8.4

Review & Refresh

Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 1.
\(\frac{10^{8}}{10^{4}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{10^{8}}{10^{4}}\) = 104

Explanation:
Given expression \(\frac{10^{8}}{10^{4}}\) so
now we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base has am-n
So \(\frac{10^{8}}{10^{4}}\) = 108-4 = 104

Question 2.
\(\frac{y^{9}}{y^{7}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{y^{9}}{y^{7}}\) = y2

Explanation:
Given expression \(\frac{y^{9}}{y^{7}}\) so
now we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base has am-n
So \(\frac{y^{9}}{y^{7}}\) = y9-7 = y2

Question 3.
\(\frac{(-3)^{8} \cdot(-3)^{3}}{(-3)^{2}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{(-3)^{8} \cdot(-3)^{3}}{(-3)^{2}}\) = (-3)9

Explanation:
Given Expression as \(\frac{-3^{8} \cdot -3^{3}}{-3^{2}}\)
first we calculate separately values of numerators
then divide with denominator, we have numerator (-3)8 X (-3)
we have same bases as -3 so we add powers as (-3)8+3 = (-3)11
Now we have \(\frac{-3^{11}}{-3^{2}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
So \(\frac{-3^{11}}{-3^{2}}\)  = (-3)11-2 = (-3)9

Tell whether the triangles are similar. Explain.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.4 6
Answer:
Yes, The triangles are similar.

Explanation:
Given two triangles in figure to know if they are similar we have
two triangles are said to be similar if their corresponding angles
are congruent and the corresponding sides are in proportion.
In the above two figures the triangles have the same angle measures,
and the corresponding sides are in proportion. So triangles are similar.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.4 7
Answer:
Yes, The triangles are similar.

Explanation:
Given two triangles in figure to know if they are similar we have
two triangles are said to be similar if their corresponding angles
are congruent and the corresponding sides are in proportion.
In the above two figures the triangles do not have the same angle measures,
So triangles are not similar.

Question 6.
Which data display best orders numerical data and shows how they are distributed?
A. bar graph
B. line graph
C. scatter plot
D. stem-and-leaf plot
Answer:
D. stem-and-leaf plot

Explanation:
A stem-and-leaf plot best orders numerical data and shows
how the data is distributed since it orders the values from
least to greatest and shows how many values lie under each “stem” in the stem-and leaf plot so you can see how the data is distributed.

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

UNDERSTANDING NEGATIVE EXPONENTS Copy and complete the table. (See Exploration 2, p. 337.)
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.4 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-13
Explanation:
To complete the table first we write Product of Powers Property
then write their power and value.
As here we use Product of Powers Property
for am • an = am+n  If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added. So 7. 7-4 X 74 = 7-4+4 = 70 = 1,
8. (-2)5X (-2)-5 = (-2)5-5 = (-2)0 = 1.

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS Evaluate the expression.
Question 9.
\(\frac{8^{7}}{8^{7}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{8^{7}}{8^{7}}\) = 1

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{8^{7}}{8^{7}}\)= 87 X 8-7 ,
Here we use Product of Powers Property for am • an = am+n
if we have product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added. So 87 X 8-7 = 87-7 = 80 = 1.

Question 10.
50 • 53
Answer:
50 • 53 =  53 = 125.

Explanation:
Given expression is 50 X 53 ,
Here we use Product of Powers Property for am • an = am+n
if we have product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added. So 50 X 53 = 50+3 = 53 = 125.

Question 11.
(- 2)-8 • (- 2)8
Answer:
(- 2)-8 • (- 2)8 = 1

Explanation:
Given expression is -2-8 X -28 ,
Here we use Product of Powers Property for am • an = am+n
if we have product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added. So (-2)-8 X (-2)8 = (-2)-8+8 = (-2)0= 1.

Question 12.
94 • 9-4
Answer:
94 • 9-4 = 1

Explanation:
Given expression is 94 X 9-4 ,
Here we use Product of Powers Property for am • an = am+n
if we have product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added. So 94 X 9-4 = 94-4 = 90= 1.

Question 13.
6-2
Answer:
6-2= \(\frac{1}{36}\)

Explanation:
Given expression as 6-2 we write the expression as positive exponents by using

so \(\frac{1}{6^{2}}\) = \(\frac{1}{36}\).

Question 14.
1580
Answer:
1580 = 1

Explanation:
Given expression is 158it is proven that any number or
expression raised to the power of zero is always equal to 1.
In other words, if the exponent is zero then the result is 1.
So 1580 = 1.

Question 15.
\(\frac{4^{3}}{4^{5}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{4^{3}}{4^{5}}\) = \(\frac{1}{4^{2}}\) = \(\frac{1}{16}\)

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{4^{3}}{4^{5}}\)
now we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base has am-n So \(\frac{4^{3}}{4^{5}}\) =
43-5 = 4-2 = \(\frac{1}{4^{2}}\) = \(\frac{1}{16}\).

Question 16.
\(\frac{-3}{(-3)^{2}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{-3}{(-3)^{2}}\) = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{-3}{(-3)^{2}}\)
now we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base has am-n ,so \(\frac{-3}{(-3)^{2}}\) =
(-3)1-2 = (-3)-1 = –\(\frac{1}{3}\).

Question 17.
22 • 2-4
Answer:
22 • 2-4 = \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Given expression is 22 X 2-4 ,
Here we use Product of Powers Property for am • an = am+n
if we have product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added so 22-4  = 22 X 2-4 = 2-2 = \(\frac{1}{2^{2}}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\).

Question 18.
3-3 • 3-2
Answer:
3-3 • 3-2 = \(\frac{1}{243}\)

Explanation:
Given expression is 3-3 • 3-2 ,
Here we use Product of Powers Property for am • an = am+n
if we have product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added so 3-3-2  = 3-5 = \(\frac{1}{3^{5}}\) = \(\frac{1}{243}\).

Question 19.
\(\frac{1}{5^{3}} \cdot \frac{1}{5^{6}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{5^{3}} \cdot \frac{1}{5^{6}}\) = \(\frac{1}{5^{9}}\) =
\(\frac{1}{1953125}\)

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{1}{5^{3}} \cdot \frac{1}{5^{6}}\)
now we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base has am-n ,so \(\frac{1}{5^{3}} \cdot \frac{1}{5^{6}}\) =
(5)-3-6 = (5)-9 = \(\frac{1}{5^{9}}\) =
\(\frac{1}{1953125}\).

Question 20.
\(\frac{(1.5)^{2}}{(1.5)^{2} \cdot(1.5)^{4}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{(1.5)^{2}}{(1.5)^{2} \cdot(1.5)^{4}}\) = \(\frac{1}{5.0625}\)

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{(1.5)^{2}}{(1.5)^{2} \cdot(1.5)^{4}}\)
First we multiply denominators as bases are same
we add powers so (1.5)2  X (1.5)4 = (1.5)2+4 = (1.5)6
now we solve \(\frac{1.5^{2}}{1.5^{6}}\) we use rule for finding
\(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{1.5^{2}}{1.5^{6}}\) = 1.52-6 = 1.5-4 now we use =\(\frac{1}{1.5^{4}}\) =
\(\frac{1}{5.0625}\).

Question 21.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend evaluates 4-3. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.4 9
Answer:

No, friend is incorrect as 4-3 = \(\frac{1}{64}\) ≠ -64

Explanation:
Given expression is 4-3 we have = \(\frac{1}{4^{3}}\) = \(\frac{1}{64}\),
but friend says = -64 which is in correct as 4-3 = \(\frac{1}{64}\) ≠ -64.

Question 22.
CRITICAL THINKING
How can you write the number 1 as a power with base 2? a power with base 10?
Answer:
21 and 101

Explanation:
Given to write the number 1 as a power with base 2 is 21 and
a power with base 10 is 101.

Question 23.
NUMBER SENSE
Without evaluating, order 50, 54, and 5-5 from least to greatest. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Order 50, 54, and 5-5 from least to greatest is 5-5, 50 and 54

Explanation:
Given order 50, 54, and 5-5 from least to greatest as each has base 5,
we take consideration of orders as -5 < 0 < 4 so Order 50, 54, and 5-5
from least to greatest is 5-5, 50 and 54.

SIMPLIFYING EXPRESSIONS
Simplify. Write the expression using only positive exponents.
Question 24.
6y-4
Answer:
6y-4 = \(\frac{6}{y^{4}}\)

Explanation:
Given expression as 6y-4 we write the expression using only
positive exponents for 6 X y-4  as we write first y-4 we have
=
\(\frac{1}{y^{4}}\) now 6 X \(\frac{1}{y^{4}}\) = \(\frac{6}{y^{4}}\).

Question 25.
8-2 • a7
Answer:
8-2 • a7 = \(\frac{a^{7}}{64}\)

Explanation:
Given expression as 8-2 X a7 we write the expression using only
positive exponents for 8-2 X a7 as we write first 8-2 we have
=
\(\frac{1}{8^{2}}\), So a7 X \(\frac{1}{8^{2}}\) = \(\frac{a^{7}}{64}\).

Question 26.
\(\frac{9 c^{3}}{c^{4}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{9 c^{3}}{c^{4}}\) = \(\frac{9}{c}\)

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{9 c^{3}}{c^{4}}\) = 9 X \(\frac{c^{3}}{c^{4}}\)
First we solve \(\frac{c^{3}}{c^{4}}\) we use rule for finding
\(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{c^{3}}{c^{4}}\) = c3-4 = c-1
now we use .

Question 27.
\(\frac{5 b^{2}}{b^{3}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{5 b^{2}}{b^{3}}\) = \(\frac{5}{b}\)

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{5 b^{2}}{b^{3}}\) = 5 X \(\frac{b^{2}}{b^{3}}\)
First we solve \(\frac{b^{2}}{b^{3}}\) we use rule for finding
\(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{b^{2}}{b^{3}}\) = b2-3 = b-1
now we use .

Question 28.
\(\frac{8 x^{3}}{2 x^{9}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{8 x^{3}}{2 x^{9}}\) = \(\frac{4}{x^{6}}\)

Explanation:
Given expression as \(\frac{8 x^{3}}{2 x^{9}}\) we use rule for finding
\(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{x^{3}}{x^{9}}\) = x3-9 = x-6 for x-6 we use

Question 29.
3d-4 • 4d4
Answer:
3d-4 • 4d4 = 12

Explanation:
Given expression 3d-4 • 4d4 first we multiply d-4 X d4 ,
here we use Product of Powers Property for am • an = am+n
if we have product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added, we have same base d so d-4+4 = d0= 1,
Now we multiply 1 with 3,4 as 3 X 4 X 1 we get 12.

Question 30.
m-2 • n3
Answer:
m-2 • n3 =

Explanation:
Given expression is m-2 • n3 so we write m-2 we use

Question 31.
\(\frac{3^{2} \cdot k^{0} \cdot w^{0}}{w^{6}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{3^{2} \cdot k^{0} \cdot w^{0}}{w^{6}}\) =

Explanation:
Given expression \(\frac{3^{2} \cdot k^{0} \cdot w^{0}}{w^{6}}\) we know
k0 and w0 is 1 now we have \(\frac{3^{2}}{w^{6}}\) X 1 X 1 = \(\frac{9}{w^{6}}\).

Question 32.

OPEN-ENDED
Write two different powers with negative exponents that have the same value. Justify your answer.
Answer:
We  write two different powers with negative exponents that
have the same value are 2and the value will be

Explanation:
Let us take two different powers with negative exponents that
have the same value are 2we have  .

REASONING
In Exercises 33–36, use the table.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.4 10
Question 33.
How many millimeters are in a decimeter?
Answer:
100 millimeters are in a decimeter.

Explanation:
Given to find millimeter are in a decimeter we have as per table
millimeters are in a decimeter we write as 10so 100 millimeters are in a decimeter.

Question 34.
How many micrometers are in a centimeter?
Answer:
10000 micrometers are in a centimeter

Explanation:
Given to find micrometers are in a centimeter we have as per table
micrometers are in a centimeter we write as 10so 10000 micrometers are in a centimeter.

Question 35.
How many nanometers are in a millimeter?
Answer:
1,000,000 nanometers are in a millimeter

Explanation:
Given to find nanometers are in a millimeter  we have as per table
nanometers are in a millimeter we write as 10so 1,000,000 nanometers are in a millimeter.

Question 36.
How many micrometers are in a meter?
Answer:
1,000,000 micrometers are in a meter

Explanation:
Given to find micrometers are in a meter we have as per table
micrometers are in a meter we write as 10so 1,000,000 micrometers are in a meter.

Question 37.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A bacterium is 100 micrometers long. A virus is 1000 times smaller than the bacterium.
a. Using the table above, find the length of the virus in meters.
b. Is the answer to part (a) less than, greater than, or equal to 1 micrometer?
Answer:
a. The length of the virus in meters is

Explanation:
Given a bacterium is 100 micrometers long. A virus is 1000 times
smaller than the bacterium.
a. The length of the virus in meters is 
1 micrometer = 10-6 meters
= 100 X 10-6 by 1000 = 10 X 10-6 X 10-3
we have Product of Powers Property for am • an = am+n
if we have product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added so = therefore the length of the virus in meters is b. We have 1 micrometer as length of the virus it is So t

Question 38.
DIG DEEPER!
Every 2 seconds, someone in the United States needs blood. A sample blood donation is shown.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.4 11
a. One cubic millimeter of blood contains about 104 white blood cells. How many white blood cells are in the donation? (1 mm3 = 10-3 mL)
b. One cubic millimeter of blood contains about 5 × 106 red blood cells. How many red blood cells are in the donation?
c. Compare your answers for parts (a) and (b).
Answer:
a. The white blood cells in the donation are 107 white blood cells
and the blood donation contains 500 ml are  5 X 109 white blood cells.
b. The red blood cells in the donation are 5 X 109  red blood cells
and the blood donation contains 500 ml are  25 X 1011 red blood cells.
c. The white blood cells are 500 times more than the red blood cells.

Explanation:
a. One cubic millimeter of blood contains about 104 white blood cells.
(1 mm3 = 10-3 mL),The white blood cells  in the donation are
1 mm3 = 10-3 mL,
104 = 10-3 mL,
1 mL= 104+3, therefore 1 mL is 107 white blood cells,
Now the blood donation contains 500 ml = 5 X 102 X 10 7 =
5 X 109 white blood cells.
b.One cubic millimeter of blood contains about 5 × 106 red blood cells,
The red blood cells in the donation are
1 mm3 = 10-3 mL so
5 X 106 = 10-3 mL therefore 1 mL= 5 X 106 X 103
= 5 X 106+3 = 5 X 109 red blood cells
Now the blood donation contains 500 ml = 5 X 102 X 5 X 109 = 25 X 102+9
= 25 X  1011 red blood cells.
c. Now comparison of the white blood cells and the red blood cells are
25 X 1011 divide by  5 X 109 = 5 X 1011-9 = 5 X 102 = 5 X 100 = 500 ,
So the white blood cells are 500 times more than the red blood cells.

Question 39.
PRECISION
Describe how to rewrite a power with a positive exponent as a fraction with a power in the denominator. Use the definition of negative exponents to justify your reasoning.
Answer:

Explanation:
To rewrite a power with a positive exponent as a fraction
with a power in the denominator by using the definition of
negative exponents we write the power as 1 divided by a power
with the same base and a negative exponents , Example
an = a-(-n) =

Question 40.
REASONING
The definition of a negative exponent states that a-n = \(\frac{1}{a^{n^{*}}}\).
Explain why this rule does not apply when a = 0.
Answer:

Explanation:
we have negative exponent states that a-n = \(\frac{1}{a^{n^{*}}}\) but this
rule does not apply when a= 0 as 0-n = 0 or
if we use negative exponent we get =
we could get  0 or 1 so it is undefined.

Lesson 8.5 Estimating Quantities

EXPLORATION 1

Work with a partner. Match each picture with the most appropriate distance. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.5 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-14
Explanation:
Here we match each picture with the most appropriate distance
a. If we look at the picture it is very away so we take the
least distance in all as 6 X 10-2 m .
b. If we look at the picture it is very far so we take the
far distance in all as 6 X 103 m .
c. If we look at the picture it can jump very little distance so we take
as 2 X 10-1 m.
d. If we look at the picture it is at near distance so we take
as 1 X 101 m.

EXPLORATION 2

Approximating Numbers
Work with a partner. Match each number in List 1 with its closest approximation in List 2. Explain your method.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.5 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-15
Explanation:
We matched each number in List 1 with its closest
approximation in List 2 as
a. 180,000,000,000,000 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 2,00,000,000,000,000,
we have after 2 followed by 14 zeros so we take as 2 X 1014 matches with C.
therefore we match a. to C.
b. 0.0000000011 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 1 X 10-9 matches with C,
we have divided 1 by 10 followed by 9 zeros.
therefore we match b. to F.
c. 302,000,000,000 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 300,000,000,000,
we have after 3 followed by 11 zeros so we take as 3 X 1011 matches with A.
therefore match c. to A.
d. 0.00000028 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.0000003,
so 3 X 10-7 matches with E, we have divided 3 by 10 followed by 7 zeros,
therefore we match d. to E.
e. 0.0000097 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.00001,
so 1 X 10-5 matches with B, we have divided 1 by 10 followed by 5 zeros,
therefore we match e. to B.
f. 330,000,000,000,000 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 3,00,000,000,000,000
we have after 3 followed by 14 zeros so we take as 3 X 1014 matches with H.
therefore we match f. to H.
g. 26,000,000,000,000 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 30,000,000,000,000
we have after 3 followed by 13 zeros so we take as 3 X 1013 matches with D.
therefore we match g. to D.
h. 0.000023 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.00002,
so 2 X 10-5 matches with G, we have divided 2 by 10 followed by 5 zeros,
therefore we match h. to G.

Try It

Round the number. Write the result as the product of a single digit and a power of 10.
Question 1.
8,031,426,100
Answer:
8,031,426,100 = 8 X 109

Explanation:
Given number is 8,031,426,100 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 8,000,000,000 so we have 8 followed by 9 zeros,
so we write as 8 X 109.

Question 2.
98,247,836,218
Answer:
98,247,836,218 = 1 X 1011

Explanation:
Given number is 98,247,836,218 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 100,000,000,000 so we have 1 followed by 11 zeros,
so we write as 1 X 1011.

Round the number. Write the result as the product of a single digit and a power of 10.
Question 3.
0.000384509
Answer:
0.000384509 = 4 X 10-4

Explanation:
Given number is 0.000384509 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 0.0004, we have divided 4 by 10 followed
by 4 zeros so we write as 4 X 10-4.

Question 4.
0.00000726
Answer:
0.00000726 = 7 X 10-6

Explanation:
Given number is 0.00000726 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 0.000007, we have divided 7 by 10
followed by  zeros so we write as 7 X 10-6.

Question 5.
The distance from Mercury to Mars is about 105,651,744 miles. The distance from Saturn to Jupiter is about 4 times this distance. What is the approximate distance from Saturn to Jupiter?
Answer:
The distance from Saturn to Jupiter is (105,651,744)4 miles

Explanation:
Given the distance from Mercury to Mars is about 105,651,744 miles,
and the distance from Saturn to Jupiter is about 4 times this distance,
so 4 times of 105,651,744 is 105,651,744  X 105,651,744 X
105,651,744  X 105,651,744  = (105,651,744)4 miles.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

APPROXIMATING A NUMBER Round the number. Write the result as the product of a single digit and a power of 10.
Question 6.
899,032,878,300
Answer:
899,032,878,300 = 9 X 1011

Explanation:
Given number is 899,032,878,300 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 900,000,000,000 so we have 9 followed by 11 zeros,
so we write as 9 X 1011.

Question 7.
62,322,118,987
Answer:
62,322,118,987= 6 X 1010

Explanation:
Given number is 62,322,118,987 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 60,000,000,000 so we have 6 followed by 10 zeros,
so we write as 6 X 1010.

Question 8.
0.00000278101
Answer:
0.00000278101 = 3 X 10-6

Explanation:
Given number is 0.00000278101 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.000003,
we have divided 3 by 10 followed by 6 zeros so we write as
3 X 10-6.

Question 9.
0.000013094
Answer:
0.000013094 = 1 X 10-5.

Explanation:
Given number is 0.000013094 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 0.00001, we have divided 1 by 10
followed by 5 zeros so we write as 1 X 10-5.

Question 10.
APPROXIMATING A QUANTITY
Lake A has a volume of 21,150,427,000 cubic meters. Lake B has a volume that is 2.5 times the volume of Lake A. What is the approximate volume of Lake B?
Answer:

Explanation:
Given Lake A has a volume of 21,150,427,000 cubic meters.
Lake B has a volume that is 2.5 times the volume of Lake A.
The approximate volume of Lake B is 2.5 X 21,150,427,000,
we take 21,150,427,000 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 20,000,000,000 so 2.5 X 20,000,000,000
= 5 X 10,000,000,000 = 5 X 1010.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 11.
On average, a small dog’s heart beats about 530,000,000 times
during its lifetime, and a large dog’s heart beats about 1.4 times this amount.
What is the approximate number of heartbeats in the lifetime of a large dog?
Answer:
The approximate number of heartbeats in the lifetime of a
large dog is 7 X 108 times.

Explanation:
Given on average, a small dog’s heart beats about
530,000,000 times during its lifetime and a large dog’s
heart beats about 1.4 times this amount.
So number of heartbeats in the lifetime of a large dog
= 1.5 X 530,000,000 we take 530,000,000 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 500,000,000 so 1.5 X 500,000,000 = 7.5 X 100,000,000
= 7 X 108 times, therefore the approximate number
of heartbeats in the lifetime of a large dog is 7 X 108 times.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
A physicist observes a gamma ray with a wavelength of 0.00000000135 millimeter and an X-ray with a wavelength of 0.00000012 millimeter. (a) About how many times shorter is the wavelength of the gamma ray than the wavelength of the X-ray? (b) The diagram shows wavelengths of visible light. Which ray has a wavelength closer to the wavelength of dark blue light?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.5 3
Answer:
a.10 or 100 times shorter is the wavelength of the
gamma ray than the wavelength of the X-ray.
b. X-ray has a wave length closer to the wavelength of dark blue light. 

Explanation:
Given a physicist observes a gamma ray with a wavelength
of 0.00000000135 millimeter is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 0.000000001 millimeter = 1 X 10-9  millimeters,
and an X-ray with a wavelength 0.00000012 millimeter
is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.0000001 millimeter=
1 X 10-7  millimeters so now comparing wavelength
of the gamma ray with the wavelength of the X-ray,
1 X 10-9  millimeters with 1 X 10-7  millimeters so
we have 10 or 100 times shorter is the wavelength of the
gamma ray than the wavelength of the X-ray.
b. We have dark blue wavelength as 4 X 10-4  millimeters so
it is close to an X-ray with a wavelength 0.00000012 millimeter
is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.0000001 millimeter =
1 X 10-7  millimeters. So X-ray has a wave length closer to the
wavelength of dark blue light.  

Estimating Quantities Homework & Practice 8.5

Review & Refresh

Simplify. Write the expression using only positive exponents.
Question 1.
3x-5
Answer:
3x-5= \(\frac{3}{x^{5}}\)

Explanation:
Given expression as 3x-5 we write the expression using only
positive exponents for 3 X x-5  as we write first x-5 we have
=
\(\frac{1}{x^{5}}\) now 3 X \(\frac{1}{x^{5}}\) = \(\frac{3}{x^{5}}\).

Question 2.
d0 • d-4
Answer:
d0 • d-4 = \(\frac{1}{d^{4}}\)

Explanation:
Given d0 • d-4 we write the expression as positive exponents by using

so d0 X \(\frac{1}{d^{4}}\) as  we know d0 =1,
d0 X \(\frac{1}{d^{4}}\)=1 X \(\frac{1}{d^{4}}\) or \(\frac{1}{d^{4}}\).

Question 3.
\(\frac{a^{6}}{2 a^{11}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{a^{6}}{2 a^{11}}\) = \(\frac{1}{2 a^{5}}\)

Explanation:
Given expression as \(\frac{a^{6}}{2 a^{11}}\) we use rule for finding
\(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{a^{6}}{a^{11}}\) = a6-11 = a-5 for a-5 we use

Write an equation in point-slope form of the line that passes through the given point and has the given slope.
Question 4.
(- 1, 2); m = – \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:
The equation in point-slope form is (y-2)= – \(\frac{1}{3}\) (x+1)

Explanation:
Given (- 1, 2); m = – \(\frac{1}{3}\) we know
for straight-line equations  the “point-slope” form with
(x1, y1) and a slope m we have formula y – y1 = m(x – x1)
here we have  (x1, y1) are (-1,2) and a slope m is – \(\frac{1}{3}\),
So the equation in point-slope form is (y-2)= – \(\frac{1}{3}\) (x+1).

Question 5.
(3, 4); m = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:
The equation in point-slope form is (y-4)= \(\frac{3}{4}\) (x-3)

Explanation:
Given (3, 4); m = \(\frac{3}{4}\) we know
for straight-line equations  the “point-slope” form with
(x1, y1) and a slope m we have formula y – y1 = m(x – x1)
here we have  (x1, y1) are (3,4) and a slope m is \(\frac{3}{4}\),
So the equation in point-slope form is (y-4)= \(\frac{3}{4}\) (x-3).

Question 6.
(1, – 4); m = – 2
Answer:
The equation in point-slope form is (y+4)=-2 (x-1)

Explanation:
Given (1, -4); m = -2 we know
for straight-line equations  the “point-slope” form with
(x1, y1) and a slope m we have formula y – y1 = m(x – x1)
here we have  (x1, y1) are (1,4) and a slope m is – 2,
So the equation in point-slope form is (y+4)= -2(x-1).

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

APPROXIMATING NUMBERS Match the number with its closest approximation. (See Exploration 2, p. 343.)
Question 7.
0.000618
Answer:
0.000618 ≈ 0.0006 ≈ 6 X 10-4
So we match with B with its closest approximation

Explanation:
0.000618 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.0006 ≈ 6 X 10-4 ,
we have divided 6 by 10 followed by 4 zeros,
therefore we match B with its closest approximation.

Question 8.
7,257,993,201
Answer:
7,257,993,201 ≈ 7,000,000,000 ≈ 7 X 109
therefore we match D with its closest approximation.

Explanation:
Given number is 7,257,993,201 nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 7,000,000,000 so we have 7 followed by 9 zeros,
so we write as 7 X 109 therefore we match D with its closest approximation.

Question 9.
0.0006781004
Answer:
0.0006781004 ≈ 0.0007 ≈ 7 X 10-4
So we match with C with its closest approximation

Explanation:
0.000618 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.0007 ≈ 7 X 10-4 ,
we have divided 7 by 10 followed by 4 zeros,
therefore we match C with its closest approximation.

Question 10.
782,309,441
Answer:
782,309,441≈ 800,000,000 ≈ 8 X 108
therefore we match A with its closest approximation.

Explanation:
Given number is 782,309,441 nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 800,000,000 so we have 8 followed by 8 zeros,
so we write as 8 X 108 therefore we match A with its closest approximation.

A. 8 × 108
B. 6 × 10-4
C. 7 × 10-4
D. 7 × 109

APPROXIMATING A LARGE NUMBER Round the number. Write the result as a product of a single digit and a power of 10.
Question 11.
414,148,636,008
Answer:
414,148,636,008 ≈ 4 X 1011

Explanation:
Given number is 414,148,636,008 nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 400,000,000,000 so we have 4 followed by 11 zeros,
so we write as 4 X 1011.

Question 12.
231,210
Answer:
231,210 ≈ 2 X 105

Explanation:
Given number is 231,210 nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 200,000 so we have 2 followed by 5 zeros,
so we write as 2 X 105.

Question 13.
28,007,806,203
Answer:
28,007,806,203 ≈ 3 X 1010

Explanation:
Given number is  28,007,806,203 nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 30,000,000,000 so we have 3 followed by 10 zeros,
so we write as 3 X 1010.

Question 14.
38,108,996,999
Answer:
38,108,996,999 ≈ 4 X 1010

Explanation:
Given number is  38,108,996,999 nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 40,000,000,000 so we have 4 followed by 10 zeros,
so we write as 4 X 1010.

Question 15.
1,003,111,391,008
Answer:
1,003,111,391,008 ≈ 1 X 1012

Explanation:
Given number is 1,003,111,391,008 nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 1,000,000,000,000 so we have 1 followed by 12 zeros,
so we write as 1 X 1012.

Question 16.
627,638,538
Answer:
627,638,538 ≈ 6 X 108

Explanation:
Given number is 627,638,538 nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 6,00,000,000 so we have 6 followed by 8 zeros,
so we write as 6 X 108.

Question 17.
APPROXIMATING A LARGE NUMBER
A company earns $518,204,500. Round the number. Write the result as a product of a single digit and a power of 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.5 4
Answer:
$518,204,500 ≈ 5 X 108 dollars

Explanation:
Given number is $518,204,500 nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 500,000,000 so we have 5 followed by 8 zeros,
so we write as 5 X 108 dollars.

APPROXIMATING A SMALL NUMBER Round the number.
Write the result as a product of a single digit and a power of 10.
Question 18.
0.00000124
Answer:
0.00000124 ≈ 1 X 10-6

Explanation:
As 0.00000124 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.000001 ≈
1 X 0.000001 = 1 X 10-6 or we have divided 1 by 10 followed by 6 zeros.

Question 19.
0.00003946
Answer:
0.00003946 ≈ 4 X 10-5

Explanation:
As 0.00003946 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.00004 ≈
4 X 0.00001= 4 X 10-5 or we have divided 4 by 10 followed by 5 zeros.

Question 20.
0.00001726
Answer:
0.00001726 ≈ 2 X 10-5

Explanation:
As 0.00001726 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.00002 ≈ 2 X 10-5,
or we have divided 2 by 10 followed by 5 zeros.

Question 21.
0.00063718
Answer:
0.00063718 ≈ 6 X 10-4

Explanation:
As 0.00063718 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.0006 ≈ 6 X 10-4,
or we have divided 6 by 10 followed by 4 zeros.

Question 22.
0.00000000305
Answer:
0.00000000305 ≈ 3 X 10-9

Explanation:
As 0.00000000305 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 0.000000003 ≈ 3 X 10-9,
or we have divided 3 by 10 followed by 9 zeros.

Question 23.
0.000000000994
Answer:
0.000000000994 ≈ 1 X 10-9

Explanation:
As 0.000000000994 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 0.000000001 ≈ 1 X 10-9,
or we have divided 1 by 10 followed by 9 zeros.

Question 24.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend rounds 0.000468 to the nearest ten thousandth and writes the result as a product of a single digit and a power of 10. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.5 5
Answer:
Yes, Friend is correct as 0.000468 to the nearest ten thousandth is 5 X 10-4

Explanation:
As 0.000468 is nearly or approximately to the nearest
ten thousandth is equal to ≈ 0.0005 ≈ 5 X 0.0001= 5 X 10-4,
which is equal to the value of friend, So Yes, Friend is correct
as 0.000468 to the nearest ten thousandth is 5 X 10-4.

Question 25.
APPROXIMATING A QUANTITY
A series of mystery books contains 2,029,242 words. A series of science fiction books contains about 3.5 times the number of words as the mystery book series. What is the approximate number of words in the science fiction book series?
Answer:
The approximate number of words in the
science fiction book series are 7 X 106 words.

Explanation:
Given a series of mystery books contains 2,029,242 words,
a series of science fiction books contains about 3.5 times the
number of words as the mystery book series.
therefore approximate number of words in the science
fiction book series are 3.5 X 2,029,242 as 2,029,242 is
approximately equal to ≈ 2 X 1000,000 so 3.5 X 2 X 1,000,000
= 7 X 106 words.

Question 26.
APPROXIMATING A QUANTITY
A volcanic eruption ejects about 43,600,000,000 cubic feet of volcanic rock. A smaller volcanic eruption ejects about 75% of this amount. What is the approximate amount of volcanic rock that the smaller volcanic eruption ejects?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.5 6
Answer:
The approximate amount of volcanic rock that the
smaller volcanic eruption ejects is 3 X 1010 cubic feet.

Explanation:
Given a volcanic eruption ejects about 43,600,000,000 cubic feet
of volcanic rock. A smaller volcanic eruption ejects about 75% of
this amount, So the smaller volcanic eruption is 75% X 43,600,000,000
we get \(\frac{75}{100}\) X 43,600,000,000 = 75 X 43,6000000 =
32,700,000,000 is approximately equal to ≈ 3 X 10,000,000,000 = 3 X 1010 cubic feet.

Question 27.
STRUCTURE
Find a number that is approximately 1.5 times 61,040,000,100.
Write the result as the product of a single digit and a power of 10.
Answer:
The number approximate value of 1.5 times 61,040,000,100 is 9 X 1010

Explanation:
The number approximate value of 1.5 times 61,040,000,100 is
1.5 X 61,040,000,100 = 91,560,000,150 is approximately
equal to ≈ 9 X 10,000,000,000 = 9 X 1010 .

Question 28.
APPROXIMATING A QUANTITY
A mitochondrion has a diameter of about 0.00000031 meter. The diameter of a chloroplast is about 3 times that of the mitochondrion. What is the approximate diameter of the chloroplast?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.5 7
Answer:
The approximate diameter of the chloroplast is 9 X 10-7 meters.

Explanation:
A mitochondrion has a diameter of about 0.00000031 meter.
The diameter of a chloroplast is about 3 times that of the
mitochondrion. So the approximate diameter of the chloroplast is
3 X 0.00000031 = 0.00000093 is approximately
equal to ≈ 9 X 0.0000001 = 9 X 10-7 meters.

Question 29.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A photo taken with a smartphone has 1,227,104 pixels. A photo taken with a camera has 11,943,936 pixels. Approximately how many times more pixels are in the photo taken with the camera?
Answer:
10 times more pixels are in the photo taken with the camera.

Explanation:
Given a photo taken with a smartphone has 1,227,104 pixels and
A photo taken with a camera has 11,943,936 pixels.
Number of times the pixels are in the photo taken with the camera is
\(\frac{11943936}{1227104}\) = 9.7334341669 is approximately
equal to ≈ 10, So 10 times more pixels are in the photo taken with the camera.

Question 30.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A star has a core temperature of about 115,000,000°F. The temperature of a lightning strike is about 10,300°F. Approximately how many times hotter is the core temperature of the star than the temperature of the lightning strike?
Answer:
11165 times hotter is the core temperature of the star than the
temperature of the lightning strike

Explanation:
Given a star has a core temperature of about 115,000,000°F and
the temperature of a lightning strike is about 10,300°F.
Number of times hotter is the core temperature of the star
more than the temperature of the lightning strike is
\(\frac{115000000}{10300}\) = 11,165.048543689
is approximately equal to ≈ 11165, So 11165 times hotter is the
core temperature of the star than the temperature of the lightning strike.

Question 31.
REASONING
The table shows the diameters of five types of animal hairs.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.5 8
a. Order the hair types from greatest to least diameter.
b. What unit should be used to represent these data? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
a. The hair types from greatest to least diameter are
Cow, Buffalo, Camel, Donkey, Rat.
b. Millimeters unit should be used to represent these data.

Explanation:
a. Given the table shows the diameters of five types of animal hairs as
Buffalo = 0.00011 is approximately equal to ≈ 1 X 10-4
Rat       = 0.00004 is approximately equal to ≈ 4 X 10-5
Camel  = 0.00008 is approximately equal to ≈ 8 X 10-5
Cow    = 0.00016 is approximately equal to ≈ 1 X 10-4
Donkey = 0.00005 is approximately equal to ≈ 5 X 10-5,
Now from greatest to least  diameters are
1 X 10-4 > 1 X 10-4 > 8 X 10-5 > 5 X 10-5> 4 X 10-5,
therefore the hair types from greatest to least diameter are
Cow, Buffalo, Camel, Donkey, Rat.
b. As the smallest unit of length is millimeter,
Millimeter is the smallest common unit of length that is represented as
‘mm’. The relation between mm and m is 1 meter = 1000 millimeter.
So millimeters unit should be used to represent these data.

Question 32.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The distance between New York City and Princeton is about 68,500 meters. The distance between New York City and San Antonio is about 40 times this distance. What is the approximate distance between New York City and San Antonio? Write the result as the product of a single digit and a power of 10.
Answer:
The approximate distance between New York City and San Antonio is
3 X 106 meters.

Explanation:
Given the distance between New York City and Princeton
is about 68,500 meters. The distance between New York City
and San Antonio is about 40 times this distance.
So the approximate distance between New York City and San Antonio is
40 X 68500 =  2,740,000 is approximately equal to ≈ 3 X 1,000,000 = 3 X 106 meters.

Question 33.
REASONING
Is 5 × 106 a better approximation of 5,447,040 or 5,305,004? Explain.
Answer:
5 × 106 a better approximation of 5,305,004

Explanation:
We have 5,447,040 or 5,305,004 we take approximate values ,
now 5 × 106 is approximately equal to ≈ 5,000,000 now if
we see for 5,000,000 the more near value is 5,305,004 than the
5,447,040. So 5 × 106 a better approximation of 5,305,004.

Question 34.
DIG DEEPER!
A proton weighs 0.00000000000167 nanogram. About how much do 8 protons weigh? Write the result as the product of a single digit and a power of 10. Is your answer an overestimate or an underestimate?
Answer:
The weight of 8 protons is 1 × 10-11
My answer is overestimate.

Explanation:
A proton weighs 0.00000000000167 nanogram.
So 8 protons weighs is 8 X 0.00000000000167 =1.336 X 10-11
is approximately equal to ≈ 1 X 10-11.
My answer is overestimate given proton weighs
0.00000000000167 nanogram is approximately equal to ≈ 1 X 10-12
and the weight of 8 protons is 1 × 10-11 if we see 1 X 10-11 > 1 X 10-12 ,
So my answer is overestimate.

Lesson 8.6 Scientific Notation

EXPLORATION 1

Work with a partner. Use a graphing calculator.
a. Experiment with multiplying very large numbers until your calculator displays an answer that is not in standard form. What do you think the answer means?
b. Enter the function y = 10x into your graphing calculator. Use the table feature to evaluate the function for positive integer values of x until the calculator displays a y-value that is not in standard form. Do the results support your answer in part(a)? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.6 1
c. Repeat part(a) with very small numbers.
d. Enter the function y = (\(\frac{1}{10}\))x into your graphing calculator. Use the table feature to evaluate the function for positive integer values of x until the calculator displays a y-value that is not in standard form. Do the results support your answer in part(c)? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.6 2

a. Means the answer is big so answer is not in standard form it
will be in scientific notation.
b. Until at x =6 the calculator displays a y-value that is not in
standard form. Yes the results support my answer in part(a),
c. Means the answer is small so answer is not in standard form it
will be in scientific notation.
d. Until at x =6 the calculator displays a y-value that is not in
standard form. Yes the results support my answer in part(c).

Explanation:
a. If multiplying very large numbers until my calculator
displays an answer that is not in standard form. We use
scientific notation it is just a shorthand way of expressing
gigantic numbers also  known as an exponential form,
scientific notation has been one of the oldest mathematical approaches.
If numbers are too big  to be simply calculated we refer to
scientific notation to handle these circumstances.
For example 4.5 X 109 years or (on a calculator)
4.5E9 years (1 billion in scientific notation means
10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10)
b. Entering the function y = 10x into graphing calculator.
Using the table feature we evaluate the function for positive integer
values of until x =6 the calculator displays a y-value that is not in standard form.
Yes the results support my answer in part(a) as we multiplied
very large number, calculator displays an answer that is not in standard form.
c. If multiplying very small numbers until my calculator
displays an answer that is not in standard form. We use
scientific notation it is just a shorthand way of expressing
numbers also known as an exponential form,
For example 0.000003426
Step 1: Move the decimal so that there is only one digit in front of the decimal.
0.000003.426
Step 2: Count the number of moves from the original decimal to the new position.
0.000003.426, There are 6 moves
Step 3: Write the new number as a product with a power of ten.
3.426 x 10-6 , 3E-6 the number of moves becomes the exponent.
d. Entering the function y = (\(\frac{1}{10}\))x  into graphing calculator.
Using the table feature we evaluate the function for positive integer
values of until x =6 the calculator displays a y-value that is not in standard form.
Yes the results support my answer in part(c) as we multiplied
very small number, calculator displays an answer that is not in standard form.

Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.6 3

Try It

Write the number in scientific notation.
Question 1.
50,000
Answer:
50,000 = 5 X 104

Explanation:
Given number is 50,000 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 50,000 = 5 X 10000 = 5 X 104.

Question 2.
25,000,000
Answer:
25,000,000 = 25 X 106

Explanation:
Given number is 25,000,000 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 25,000,000 = 25 X 1000000 = 25 X 106.

Question 3.
683
Answer:
683 = 6.83 X 102

Explanation:
Given number is 683 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 683 = 6.83 X 100 = 6.83 X 102 .

Question 4.
0.005
Answer:
0.005 = 5 X 10-3

Explanation:
Given number is 0.005 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 0.005 = 5 X 0.001 = 5 X 10-3.

Question 5.
0.00000033
Answer:
0.00000033 = 3.3 X 10-7

Explanation:
Given number is 0.00000033 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 0.00000033 = 3.3 X 0.0000001 = 3.3 X 10-7.

Question 6.
0.000506
Answer:
0.000506 = 5.06 X 10-4

Explanation:
Given number is 0.000506 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 0.000506 = 5.06 X 0.0001 = 5.06 X 10-4.

Write the number in standard form.
Question 7.
6 × 107
Answer:
6 × 107 = 60,000,000

Explanation:
Given 6 × 10the number in standard form is
6 X 10,000,000 , So 6 × 107 = 60,000,000.

Question 8.
9.9 × 10-5
Answer:
9.9 × 10-5 = 0.000099

Explanation:
Given 9.9 × 10-5  the number in standard form is
1 × 0.000099 = 0.000099.

Question 9.
1.285 × 104
Answer:
1.285 × 10= 12850

Explanation:
Given 1.285 × 104 the number in standard form is
1.285 X 10,000 , So 1.285 × 104 = 12850.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

WRITING NUMBERS IN SCIENTIFIC NOTATION Write the number in scientific notation.
Question 10.
675,000,000
Answer:
675,000,000 = 6.75 X 108

Explanation:
Given number is 675,000,000 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 675,000,000 = 6.75 X 1,00,000,000 = 6.75 X 108 .

Question 11.
0.000000084
Answer:
0.000000084 = 8.4 X 10-8

Explanation:
Given number is 0.000000084 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 0.000000084 = 8.4 X 0.00000001 = 8.4 X 10-8.

Question 12.
0.000012001
Answer:
0.000012001 = 1 X 10-5

Explanation:
Given number is 0.000012001 first we write
in approximately equal to ≈0.00001 now in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 0.00001= 1 X 0.00001 = 1 X 10-5.

WRITING NUMBERS IN STANDARD FORM Write the number in standard form.
Question 13.
8 × 10-7
Answer:
8 × 10-7 = 0.0000008

Explanation:
Given 8 × 10-7  the number in standard form is
8 × 0.0000001 = 0.0000008.

Question 14.
3.876 × 107
Answer:
3.876 × 107 = 38,760,000

Explanation:
Given 3.876 × 10the number in standard form is
3.876 X 10,000,000 = 38,760,000 so 3.876 × 107 = 38,760,000.

Question 15.
1.11 × 10-5
Answer:
1.11 × 10-5 = 0.0000111

Explanation:
Given 1.11 × 10-5  the number in standard form is
1.11 × 0.00001 = 0.0000111.

Question 16.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which number does not belong with the other three? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.6 4
Answer:
d. 10 X 9.2-13  does not belong with the other three

Explanation:
Given 2.8 X 1015 , 4.3 X 10-30 , 1.05 X 1028 all are single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10,
but only 10 X  9.2-13  has power for 9.213 ,so 10 X  9.2-13
does not belong with the other three.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 17.
A series of movies is about 3.285 × 104 seconds long.
How long does it take to watch the series twice?
Express your answer using more-appropriate units.
Answer:
The time it takes to watch the series twice is 18.25 hours.

Explanation:
Given a series of movies is about 3.285 × 104 seconds long
and the time it takes to watch the series twice is
2 X 3.285 × 104 seconds = 6.57 X 104 seconds,
now we convert seconds into hours as 1 hour = 3600 seconds,
so \(\frac{6.57}{3600}\) X 104 = 18.25 hours, therefore
the time it takes to watch the series twice is 18.25 hours.

Question 18.
The total power of a space shuttle during launch is the sum of the power from its solid rocket boosters and the power from its main engines. e power from the solid rocket boosters is 9,750,000,000 watts. What is the power from the main engines?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.6 5
Answer:
The power from the main engines is 1.99 X 109 watts.

Explanation:
Given the power from the solid rocket boosters is
9,750,000,000 watts is approximately equal to ≈9.75 X109 watts
Let the main engine power be x, Total Power =
power from the solid rocket boosters + power from the main engines,
1.174 X 1010 watts = 9.75 X 109 watts + x, So x = (11.74 – 1.99) X 109 watts
= 9.75 X 109 watts, therefore the power from the main engines is 1.99 X 109 watts.

Question 19.
The area of a trampoline is about 1.8 × 104 square inches.
Write this number in standard form. Then represent the area of the
trampoline using more-appropriate units.
Answer:
The area of the trampoline is 125 square feet

Explanation:
Given the area of a trampoline is about 1.8 × 104 square inches,
so we get 1.8 × 104 as 18000 square inches, now we
represent the area of the trampoline using more-appropriate units
in square feet, We know 1 square feet = 144 square inches
= \(\frac{18000}{144}\) = 125 square feet,
so the area of the trampoline is 125 square feet.

Question 20.
DIG DEEPER!
The epidermis, dermis, and hypodermis are layers of your skin. The dermis is about 3.5 millimeters thick. The epidermis is about 1.25 × 10-3 meter thick. The hypodermis is about 0.15 centimeter thick. What is the difference in thickness of the thickest layer and the thinnest layer? Justify your answer.
Answer:
The difference in thickness of the thickest layer and
the thinnest layer is 0.002 meters

Explanation:
Given the epidermis, dermis, and hypodermis are layers of your skin.
The dermis is about 3.5 millimeters thick. The epidermis is about
1.25 × 10-3 meter thick. The hypodermis is about 0.15 centimeter thick.
So the difference in thickness of the thickest layer and the thinnest layer is
1 millimeter = 0.001 meters,
dermis = 3.5 X 0.001 = 0.0035 meters,
epidermis = 1.25 X 10-3 = 0.00125 meters,
hypodermis = 0.15 centimeter, we know 1 centimeter = 0.01 meter,
so 0.15 X 0.01 = 0.0015 meters, we have the thickest as 0.0035 meters and
thinnest is 0.00125 meters , So the difference in thickness of
the thickest layer and the thinnest layer is 0.0035 – 0.00125 =
0.00225 is approximately equal to ≈ 0.002 meters.

Scientific Notation Homework & Practice 8.6

Review & Refresh

Round the number. Write the result as the product of a single digit and a power of 10.
Question 1.
0.00000129
Answer:
0.00000129 ≈ 1 X 10-6

Explanation:
As 0.00000129 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.000001 ≈
1 X 0.000001 = 1 X 10-6 or we have divided 1 by 10 followed by 6 zeros.

Question 2.
4,241,933,200
Answer:
4,241,933,200 ≈ 4 X 109

Explanation:
Given number is 4,241,933,200 nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 2,000,000,000 so we have 4 followed by 9 zeros,
so we write as 4 X 109.

Question 3.
0.0000001801
Answer:
0.0000001801≈ 2 X 10-7

Explanation:
As 0.0000001801 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.0000002 ≈
2 X 0.0000001 = 2 X 10-7 or we have divided 2 by 10 followed by 7 zeros.

Question 4.
879,679,466
Answer:
879,679,466 ≈ 9 X 108

Explanation:
Given number is 879,679,466 nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 9,00,000,000 so we have 9 followed by 8 zeros,
so we write as 9 X 108.

Write the product using exponents.
Question 5.
4 • 4 • 4 • 4 • 4
Answer:
4 • 4 • 4 • 4 • 4 = (4)5  

Explanation:
We write the product 4 • 4 • 4 • 4 • 4 in exponents as (4)5
because 4 is multiplied by 5 times.

Question 6.
3 • 3 • 3 • y • y • y
Answer:
3 • 3 • 3 • y • y • y = 33y3= (3y)3

Explanation:
We write the product 3 • 3 • 3• y • y • y in exponents as (3y)3
because 3 is multiplied by 3 times and y is also multiplied by 3 times.

Question 7.
(- 2) • (- 2) • (- 2)
Answer:
(- 2) • (- 2) • (- 2) = (-2)3

Explanation:
We write the product (-2) • (-2) • (-2) in exponents as (-2)3
because -2 is multiplied by 3 times.

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

USING A GRAPHING CALCULATOR Use a graphing calculator to evaluate x the function when 10. Write the number in standard form. (See Exploration 1, p. 349.)
Question 8.
y = (\(\frac{1}{10}\))x
Answer:
The number in standard form is 0.0000000001

Explanation:
Given y = (\(\frac{1}{10}\))x and x = 10 so
y = (\(\frac{1}{10}\))10 so 1 X 10-10 = 1X 0.0000000001
= 0.0000000001 therefore the number in standard form is 0.0000000001.

Question 9.
y = 20x
Answer:
The number in standard form is 10,240,000,000,000

Explanation:
Given y = 20x and x = 10 so y= (20)10 = 10,240,000,000,000,
therefore the number in standard form is 10,240,000,000,000.

WRITING NUMBERS IN SCIENTIFIC NOTATION Write the number in scientific notation.
Question 10.
0.0021
Answer:
0.0021 = 2.1 X 10-3

Explanation:
Given number is 0.0021 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 0.0021 = 2.1 X 0.001 = 2.1 X 10-3.

Question 11.
5,430,000
Answer:
5,430,000 = 5.43 X 106

Explanation:
Given number is 5,430,000 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 5,430,000 = 5.43 X 1,000,000 = 5.43 X 106.

Question 12.
321,000,000
Answer:
321,000,000 = 3.21 X 108

Explanation:
Given number is 321,000,000 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 321,000,000 = 3.21 X 1,00,000,000 = 3.21 X 108.

Question 13.
0.00000625
Answer:
0.00000625 = 6.25 X 10-6

Explanation:
Given number is 0.00000625 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 0.00000625 = 6.25 X 0.000001 = 6.25 X 10-6.

Question 14.
0.00004
Answer:
0.00004 = 4 X 10-5

Explanation:
Given number is 0.00004 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 0.00004 = 4 X 0.00001 = 4 X 10-5.

Question 15.
10,700,000
Answer:
10,700,000 = 1.07 X 107

Explanation:
Given number is 10,700,000 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 10,700,000 = 1.07 X 10,000,000 = 1.07 X 107.

Question 16.
45,600,000,000
Answer:
45,600,000,000 = 4.56 X 1010

Explanation:
Given number is 45,600,000,000 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 45,600,000,000 = 4.56 X 10,000,000,000 = 4.56 X 1010.

Question 17.
0.000000000009256
Answer:
0.000000000009256 = 9.256 X 10-12

Explanation:
Given number 0.000000000009256 is in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 0.000000000009256 = 9.256 X 0.000000000001 = 9.256 X 10-12.

Question 18.
840,000
Answer:
840,000 = 8.4 X 105

Explanation:
Given number is 840,000 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 840,000 = 8.4 X 100,000 = 8.4 X 105.

WRITING NUMBERS IN STANDARD FORM Write the number in standard form.
Question 19
7 × 107
Answer:
7 × 107 = 70,000,000

Explanation:
Given 7 × 10the number in standard form is
7 X 10,000,000 =70,000,000.

Question 20.
8 × 10-3
Answer:
8 X 10-3 = 0.008

Explanation:
Given 8 × 10-3  the number in standard form is
8 × 0.001 = 0.008.

Question 21.
5 × 102
Answer:
5 × 102 = 500

Explanation:
Given 5 × 102 the number in standard form is
7 X 100 = 500.

Question 22.
2.7 × 10-4
Answer:
2.7 × 10-4 = 0.00027

Explanation:
Given 2.7 × 10-4  the number in standard form is
2.7 × 0.0001 = 0.00027.

Question 23.
4.4 × 10-5
Answer:
4.4 × 10-5 = 0.000044

Explanation:
Given 4.4 × 10-5  the number in standard form is
4.4 × 0.00001 = 0.000044.

Question 24.
2.1 × 103
Answer:
2.1 × 103= 2,100

Explanation:
Given 2.1 × 103 the number in standard form is
2.1 X 1000 = 2,100.

Question 25.
1.66 × 109
Answer:
1.66 × 109 = 1,660,000,000

Explanation:
Given 1.66 × 109 the number in standard form is
1.66 X 1,000,000,000 = 1,660,000,000.

Question 26.
3.85 × 10-8
Answer:
3.85 × 10-8 = 0.0000000385

Explanation:
Given 3.85 × 10-8  the number in standard form is
3.85 × 0.00000001 = 0.0000000385.

Question 27.
9.725 × 106
Answer:
9.725 × 106 = 9,725,000

Explanation:
Given 9.725 × 106 the number in standard form is
9.725 X 1,000,000 = 9,725,000.

Question 28.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The U.S.Brig Niagara, a warship from the Battle of Lake Erie in 1813, uses about 28,300 feet of rope to operate its sails and spars. Write this number in scientific notation.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.6 6.1
Answer:
28,300 feet = 2.83 X 104

Explanation:
Given the U.S.Brig Niagara, a warship from the Battle of
Lake Erie in 1813, uses about 28,300 feet of rope to
operate its sails and spars this number in scientific notation as
we write a number in scientific notation has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 28,300 = 2.83 X 10,000 = 2.83 X 104.

Question 29.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The radius of a fishing line is 2.5 × 10-4 feet. Write this ×number in standard form. Then write your answer using inches.
Answer:
The number in standard form is 0.00025 feet,
In inches it is 0.003 inches.

Explanation:
The radius of a fishing line is 2.5 × 10-4 feet,
The number in standard form is 2.5 X 0.0001 = 0.00025 feet,
Now to convert feet into inches we know 1 foot is 12 inch so
0.00025 X 12 = 0.003 inches.

Question 30.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Platelets are cell-like particles in the blood that help form blood clots.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.6 6
a. How many platelets are in 3 milliliters of blood? Write your answer in standard form.
b. An adult human body contains about 5 liters of blood. How many platelets are in an adult human body?
Answer:
a. There are 810,000,000 milliliters platelets in 3 milliliters of blood.
b. There are 1,350,000,000,000 milliliters platelets are in an adult human body.

Explanation:
a. Given blood has 2.7 X 108 platelets per milliliters,
So the number of platelets in 3 milliliters of blood is
3 X 2.7 X 108 = 8.1 X 108 = 810,000,000 milliliters.
b. An adult human body contains about 5 liters of blood,
So the number of platelets in an human body are, we know
1 liter = 1000 milliliters so 5 liters is equal to 5,000 milliliters,
5000 X 2.7 X 108 = 1,350,000,000,000 milliliters ,therefore
There are 1,350,000,000,000 milliliters platelets are in an adult human body.

CHOOSING APPROPRIATE UNITS Match each value with the most appropriate unit of measurement.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.6 7
Answer:
We match each value with the most appropriate unit of measurement
as 31. D, 32. C, 33. A , 34. B

Explanation:
Given
a. Height of a skyscraper is : 2.6 X 102 = 2.6  X 100 = 260,
so the most appropriate unit of measurement is meters as
it is used to measure big lengths.
b. Distance between two asteroids : 2.5 X 105 = 2.5 X 100,000 = 250,000
so the most appropriate unit of measurement is miles as
it is used to measure long distances.
c. Depth of bathtub: 1.6 X 101 = 16,
so the most appropriate unit of measurement is inches as
it is used to measure the length of small objects.
d. Length of memory chip : 7.8 X 100 = 7.8 X 1 = 7.8
so the most appropriate unit of measurement is millimeters as
it is used to measure very short lengths or thicknesses.

Question 35.
NUMBER SENSE
Describe how the value of a number written in scientific notation changes when you increase the exponent by 1.
Answer:
The number increases by 10 times

Explanation:
Whenever we increase the exponent by 1
in scientific notation the number becomes 10 times of
previous number. Example we have number 280 we write
number in scientific notation as single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 280 = 2.8 X 100 = 2.8 X 102 now if we increase exponent by 1 we get
2.8 X 103 as 2.8 X 1000 = 2800 here the value has increase by 10 times from
280 to 2800.

Question 36.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The area of the Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary is about 9600 square kilometers. The area of the Florida Reef Tract is about 16.2% of the area of the sanctuary. What is the area of the Florida Reef Tract? Write your answer in scientific notation.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.6 8
Answer:
The area of the Florida Reef Tract is 1.5552 X 103 square kilometers

Explanation:
Given the area of the Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary
is about 9600 square kilometers. The area of the Florida Reef
Tract is about 16.2% of the area of the sanctuary.
So the area of the Florida Reef Tract is \(\frac{16.2}{100}\) X 9600 =
1555.2 square kilometers, Now we convert 1555.2 in scientific notation as
single digit to the left of decimal sign and is multiplied
by an integer power of 10, So 1.552 X 1000 = 1.552 X 103 square kilometers,
therefore the area of the Florida Reef Tract is 1.5552 X 103 square kilometers.

Question 37.
REASONING
A gigameter is 1.0 × 106 kilometers. How many square kilometers
are in 5 square gigameters?
Answer:
There are  5 X 1012 kilometers2 are there in 5 square gigameters

Explanation:
Given a gigameter is 1.0 × 106 kilometers, So 1 Square kilometer =
(1.0 X 106)2 kilometers2 = 1.0 X 1012 kilometers2, So
5 gigameter2= 5 X 1012 kilometerstherefore there are
5 X 1012 kilometers2 are there in 5 square gigameter.

Question 38.
PROBLEM SOLVING
There are about 1.4 × 109 cubic kilometers of water on Earth.
About 2.5% of the water is freshwater. How much freshwater is on Earth?
Answer:
Fresh water available on earth is 3.5 X 107 kilometers3

Explanation:
Given there are about 1.4 × 109 cubic kilometers of water on Earth
and about 2.5% of the water is freshwater so the amount of
fresh water available is 2.5 % of 1.4 × 109 cubic kilometers
= \(\frac{2.5}{100}\) X 1.4 × 109 = 3.5 X 107 kilometers3 ,
therefore fresh water available on earth is 3.5 X 107 kilometers3 .

Question 39.
CRITICAL THINKING
The table shows the speed of light through each of five media. Determine in which media light travels the fastest and the slowest.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.6 9
Answer:
Fastest is Vacuum 3.0 X 108 m/sec and slowest is Glass 2.01 X 108 m/sec,

Explanation:
Given the table shows the speed of light through each of five media
Air is 6.7 X 108 mi/sec now convert into meters per second
6.7 X 108 X \(\frac{1609}{3600}\) = 2.99 X 108 m/sec,
Now speed in glass is 6.6 X 108 ft/sec now convert into meters per second
6.6 X 108 X 0.3048 = 2.01 X 108 m/sec,
Now speed in Ice is 2.3 X 105 km/sec now convert into meters per second
2.3 X 105 X 1000 = 2.3 X 108 m/sec, already Vacuum is in m/sec,
so now speed in Water is 2.3 X 1010 cm/sec now
convert into meters per second 2.3 X 1010 X \(\frac{1}{100}\) =
2.3 X 108 m/sec, Now
Medium            Speed in m/sec
Air                    2.99 X 108 m/sec
Glass                2.01 X 108 m/sec
Ice                    2.3 X 108 m/sec
Vacuum            3.0 X 108 m/sec
Water                2.3 X 108 m/sec , So now if we see at speeds the
fastest is Vacuum 3.0 X 108 m/sec and slowest is Glass  2.01 X 108 m/sec.

Question 40.

STRUCTURE
The mass of an atom or molecule is measured in atomic mass units. Which is greater, a carat or a milligram? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.6 10
Answer:
A carat is greater unit than milligram,

Explanation:
The mass of an atom or molecule is measured in atomic mass units.
One atomic mass unit(amu) is equivalent to
1 amu = 8.3 X 10-24 carat
1 amu = 1.66 X 10-21 milligram
now 8.3 X 10-24 carat = 1.66 X 10-21 milligram
8.3 carat = 1.66 X 103 milligram
So 1 carat = \(\frac{1660}{8.3}\) = 200 milligrams,
therefore A carat is greater unit than milligram.

Lesson 8.7 Operations in Scientific Notation

EXPLORATION 1

Adding and Subtracting in Scientific Notation
Work with a partner.
a. Complete the table by finding the sum and the difference of Expression 1 and Expression 2. Write your answers in scientific notation. Explain your method.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.7 1
b. Use your results in part(a) to explain how to find (a × 10n) + (b × 10n) and (a × 10n) – (b × 10n).
Answer:
a.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-16

b. (a × 10n) + (b × 10n) = (a + b ) X 10n
(a × 10n) – (b × 10n) = (a-b) X 10n

Explanation:
a. One of the properties of quantities with exponents is that
numbers with exponents can be added and subtracted
only when they have the same base and exponent.
Since all numbers in scientific notation have the same base (10),
we need only worry about the exponents.
To be added or subtracted, two numbers in scientific notation they
must be manipulated so that their bases have the same exponent,
this will ensure that corresponding digits in their coefficients
have the same place value.
So completed the table by finding
the sum and the difference of Expression 1 and Expression 2.
1. Sum = ( 3 X 104)  + ( 1 X 104) = ( 3 + 1) X 104 = 4 X 104,
Difference = ( 3 X 104)  – ( 1 X 104) = ( 3 – 1) X 104 = 2 X 104,
2. Sum = ( 4 X 10-3)  + ( 2 X 10-3) = ( 4 + 2) X 10-3 = 6 X 10-3,
Difference = ( 4 X 10-3)  – ( 2 X 10-3) = ( 4 – 2) X 10-3 = 2 X 10-3,
3. Sum=( 4.1 X 10-7)  + ( 1.5 X 10-7) = ( 4.1 + 1.5) X 10-7 = 5.6 X 10-7,
Difference = ( 4.1 X 10-7)  – ( 1.5 X 10-7) = ( 4.1 – 1.5) X 10-7 = 2.6 X 10-7,
4. Sum = ( 8.3 X 106)  + ( 1.5 X 106) = ( 8.3 + 1.5) X 106 = 9.8 X 106,
Difference = ( 8.3 X 106)  – ( 1.5 X 106) = ( 8.3 – 1.5) X 106 = 6.8 X 106.
b. (a × 10n) + (b × 10n) can be completed using the distributive property
of multiplication over addition, i.e., factor out the common factor 10n
as (a × 10n) + (b × 10n) = (a + b ) X 10n and
(a × 10n) – (b × 10n) can be completed using the distributive property
of multiplication over subtraction, i.e., factor out the common factor 10n
as (a × 10n) – (b × 10n) = (a-b) X 10n.

EXPLORATION 2

Multiplying and Dividing in Scientific Notation
Work with a partner.
a. Complete the table by finding the product and the quotient of
Expression 1 and Expression 2. Write your answers in scientific notation.
Explain your method.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.7 2
b. Use your results in part(a) to explain how to find (a × 10n) × (b × 10m) and
(a × 10n) ÷ (b ÷ 10m). Describe any properties that you use.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-17
b. (a × 10n) × (b × 10m)  = (a × b) X (10n × 10m) = (a × b) X (10n+m) ,
Separately we multiply the coefficients and exponents and
we use Product of Powers Property for an • am = an+m
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added and (a × 10n) ÷ (b ÷ 10m) = a ÷ b X (10nm),
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
We use the general rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\),
a quotient of two powers with the same base is am-n .

Explanation:
a. To multiply numbers in scientific notation these are the steps:
If the numbers are not in scientific notation, convert them.
Regroup the numbers using the commutative and
associative properties of exponents.
Now multiply the two
numbers written in scientific notation, we work out
the coefficients and the exponents separately.
we use the product rule; bm x b n = b(m + n) to multiply the bases.
Join the new coefficient to the new power of 10 to get the answer.
If the product of the coefficients is greater than 9, convert it to
scientific notation and multiply by the new power of 10.

To divide two numbers written in scientific notation, follow the steps below:
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
For the division of bases, use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Combine the result of coefficients by the new power of 10.
If the quotient from division of coefficients is not
less than 10 and greater than 1, convert it to scientific notation
and multiply it by the new power of 10.
Noted that when you dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So completed the table by finding the product and the
quotient of Expression 1 and Expression 2.
Now first we do write Products as
1.(3 X 104)  X  ( 1 X 104) = (3 X 1) X ( 104+4) = 3 X 108 .
2.(4 X 103)  X  (2 X 102) = (4 X 2 )  X  ( 103+2) = 8 X 105.
3.(7.7 X 10-2)  X  (1.1 X 10-3) = (7.7 X 1.1 ) X (10-2+(-3)) = 8.47 X 10-5.
4.(4.5 X 105)  X  (3 X 10-1) = (4.5 X 3
)  X  ( 105+(-1)) = 13.5 X 104.
Now we write Quotients as separately and divide the
coefficients and exponents.
For the division of bases, use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
1. (3 X 104) ÷ ( 1 X 104) = (3 ÷ 1) X ( 104-4) = 3 X 100 = 3 X 1 = 3.
2. (4 X 103) ÷ (2 X 102) = (4 ÷ 2 )  X  ( 103-2) = 2 X 101 = 2 X 10 = 20.
3. (7.7 X 10-2) ÷ (1.1 X 10-3) = (7.7 ÷ 1.1 ) X (10-2-(-3)) =7 X 101 =7 X 10 = 70
4. (4.5 X 105)  ÷  (3 X 10-1) = (4.5 ÷ 3)  X  ( 105-(-1)) = 1.5 X 106.
b. Here we multiply the coefficients separately  and
use Product of Powers Property for an • am = an+m
we have rule of product of two powers with the same base then
we add powers, so (a × 10n) × (b × 10m)  =
(a × b) X (10n × 10m) = (a × b) X (10n+m).
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
We use the general rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\),
a quotient of two powers with the same base is am-n .
So first we divide divide a ÷ b and then divide exponential terms
therefore (a × 10n) ÷ (b ÷ 10m) = a ÷ b X (10n-m).

Try It

Find the sum or difference.
Question 1.
(8.2 × 102) + (3.41 × 10-1)
Answer:
(8.2 × 102) + (3.41 × 10-1) =8203.41 X 10-1= 820.341

Explanation:
Given Expressions as (8.2 × 102) + (3.41 × 10-1)
as the powers of 10 differ we  need to modify before we factor.
We work around this by using our exponent property bm · bn = b (m+n)
to rewrite the 102 as 10-1 ·So we take 103 and then grouping the 103 with 8.2.
So 8.2 X 102 becomes  8200 X 10-1 therefore
(8.2 × 102) + (3.41 × 10-1) =(8.2 X 103 × 10-1) + (3.41 × 10-1) =
(8200 X  10-1) + (3.41 × 10-1)
using the distributive property of multiplication over addition,
we get (8200+3.41) X 10-1 =8203.41 X 10-1= 820.341

Question 2.
(7.8 × 10-5) – (4.5 × 10-5)
Answer:
(7.8 × 10-5) – (4.5 × 10-5) = 3.3 X 10-5

Explanation:
Given expressions as (7.8 × 10-5) – (4.5 × 10-5)
using the distributive property of multiplication over subtraction,
we get (7.8 – 4.5 ) X 10-5  = 3.3 X 10-5.

Find the product.
Question 3.
6 × (8 × 10-5)
Answer:
6 × (8 × 10-5) = 48 X 10-5

Explanation:
As given expression is 6 × (8 × 10-5) so we use
associative law of multiplication as a X (b X c) = (a X b ) X c,
So 6 × (8 × 10-5) = (6 × 8) × 10-5 = 48 X 10-5.

Question 4.
(7 × 102) × (3 × 105)
Answer:
(7 × 102) × (3 × 105) = 21 X 107

Explanation:
Given expressions as (7 × 102) × (3 × 105)
we work out the coefficients and the exponents separately.
and use the product rule; bm x b n = b(m + n) to multiply the bases.
So (7 × 102) × (3 × 105)  = (7 X 3) X (102 × 105) = 21 X (102+5) = 21 X 107 .

Question 5.
(2 × 104) × (6 × 10-7)
Answer:
(2 × 104) × (6 × 10-7) = 12 X 10-3

Explanation:
Given expressions as (2 × 104) × (6 × 10-7)
we work out the coefficients and the exponents separately.
and use the product rule; bm x b n = b(m + n) to multiply the bases.
So (2 × 104) × (6 × 10-7)  = (2 X 6) X (104 × 10-7) = 12 X (104-7) = 12 X 10-3 .

Question 6.
(3 × 108) × (9 × 103)
Answer:
(3 × 108) × (9 × 103) = 27 X 1011

Explanation:
Given expressions as (3 × 108) × (9 × 103)
we work out the coefficients and the exponents separately.
and use the product rule; bm x b n = b(m + n) to multiply the bases.
So (3 × 108) × (9 × 103)  = (3 X 9) X (108 × 103) = 27 X (108+3) = 27 X 1011 .

Find the quotient.

Question 7.
(9.2 × 1012) ÷ 4.6
Answer:
(9.2 × 1012) ÷ 4.6 = 2 X 1012

Explanation:
Given expression as (9.2 × 1012) ÷ 4.6,
Separately we divide the coefficients
and multiply exponent with base
so (9.2 ÷ 4.6) X 1012
= 2 X 1012.

Question 8.
(1.5 × 10-3) ÷ (7.5 × 102)
Answer:
(1.5 × 10-3) ÷ (7.5 × 102) = 0.2 X 10-5

Explanation:
Given expressions as (1.5 × 10-3) ÷ (7.5 × 102),
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So (1.5 × 10-3) ÷ (7.5 × 102) = (1.5 ÷ 7.5 ) X ( 10-3-2) = 0.2 X 10-5.

Question 9.
(3.75 × 10-8) ÷ (1.25 × 10-7)
Answer:
(3.75 × 10-8) ÷ (1.25 × 10-7) = 3 X 10-1 or 0.3

Explanation:
Given expressions as (3.75 × 10-8) ÷ (1.25 × 10-7),
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So (3.75 × 10-8) ÷ (1.25 × 10-7) =
(3.75 ÷ 1.25 ) X ( 10-8-(-7)) = 3 X 10-1= 0.3.

Question 10.
(9.2 × 106) ÷ (2.3 × 1012)
Answer:
(9.2 × 106) ÷ (2.3 × 1012) = 4 X 10-6

Explanation:
Given expressions as (9.2 × 106) ÷ (2.3 × 1012) ,
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So (9.2 × 106) ÷ (2.3 × 1012)  =
(9.2 ÷ 2.3 ) X ( 106-12) = 4 X 10-6.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 11.
WRITING
Describe how to add or subtract two numbers written in scientific notation with
the same power of 10.
Answer:
Example (a × 10m) + (b × 10m) can be completed using the distributive property
of multiplication over addition, i.e., factor out the common factor 10m
as (a × 10m) + (b × 10m) = (a + b ) X 10m , Here we have the same power 10.

Explanation:
One of the properties of quantities with exponents is that
numbers with exponents can be added and subtracted
only when they have the same base and exponent.
Since all numbers in scientific notation have the same base (10),
we need only worry about the exponents.
To be added or subtracted, two numbers in scientific notation they
must be manipulated so that their bases have the same exponent,
this will ensure that corresponding digits in their coefficients
have the same place value.

Question 12.
NUMBER SENSE
Two numbers written in scientific notation have different powers of 10. Do you have to rewrite the numbers so they have the same power of 10 before multiplying or dividing? Explain.
Answer:
No need to rewrite the numbers so that they have
the same power of 10 before multiplying or dividing.

Explanation:
The steps to multiply two numbers in scientific notation is
multiply the coefficients round to the number of
significant figures in the coefficient with the smallest number
of significant figures and we a
dd the exponents.
The steps to divide two numbers in scientific notation is
divide the coefficients–round to the number of significant
figures in the coefficient with the smallest number of significant figures
and we subtract the exponents.
No need to rewrite the numbers so that they have
the same power of 10 before multiplying or dividing.
In multiplication we add exponents with same base and
in division we subtract exponents.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.

OPERATIONS IN SCIENTIFIC NOTATION Evaluate the expression. Write your answer in scientific notation.
Question 13.
(7.26 × 104) + (3.4 × 104)
Answer:
(7.26 × 104) + (3.4 × 104) = 10.66 X 104

Explanation:
Given expressions as (7.26 × 104) + (3.4 × 104) as it is
(a × 10n) + (b × 10n) can be completed using the distributive property
of multiplication over addition, i.e., factor out the common factor 10n
as (a × 10n) + (b × 10n) = (a + b ) X 10n so (7.26 × 104) + (3.4 × 104) =
(7.26 + 3.4 ) X 104 =10.66 X 104 .

Question 14.
(2.8 × 10-5) – (1.6 × 10-6)
Answer:
(2.8 × 10-5) – (1.6 × 10-6) = 26.4 X 10-6

Explanation:
Given Expressions as (2.8 × 10-5) – (1.6 × 10-6)
as the powers of 10 differ we need to modify before we factor.
We work around this by using our exponent property bm · bn = b (m+n)
to rewrite the 10-5 as 10-6 · So we take 10-5 and then grouping the 10-5 with 2.8.
So 2.8 X 10-5 becomes  28 X 10-6 therefore (2.8 × 10-5) – (1.6 × 10-6)=
(2.8 ×10 X 10-6) – (1.6 × 10-6) = (28 X 10-6) – (1.6 × 10-6)
using the distributive property of multiplication over subtraction,
we get (28-1.6) X 10-6 = 26.4 X 10-6.

Question 15.
(2.4 × 104) × (3.8 × 10-6)
Answer:
(2.4 × 104) × (3.8 × 10-6) = 9.12 X 10-2

Explanation:
Given expressions as (2.4 × 104) × (3.8 × 10-6)
we work out the coefficients and the exponents separately.
and use the product rule; bm x b n = b(m + n) to multiply the bases.
So (2.4 × 104) × (3.8 × 10-6) = (2.4 X 3.8) X (104 × 10-6) =
9.12 X (104-6) = 9.12 X 10-2 .

Question 16.
(5.2 × 10-3) ÷ (1.3 × 10-12)
Answer:
(5.2 × 10-3) ÷ (1.3 × 10-12) = 4 X 109

Explanation:
Given expressions as (5.2 × 10-3) ÷ (1.3 × 10-12) ,
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So (5.2 × 10-3) ÷ (1.3 × 10-12)  =
(5.2 ÷ 1.3 ) X ( 10-3+12) = 4 X 109.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 17.
It takes the Sun about 2.3 × 108 years to orbit the center of the Milky Way. It takes Pluto about 2.5 × 102 years to orbit the Sun. How ×many times does Pluto orbit the Sun while the Sun completes one orbit around the Milky Way?
Answer:
9.2 X 105 times

Explanation:
Given It takes the Sun about 2.3 × 108 years to orbit the
center of the Milky Way. It takes Pluto about 2.5 × 102 years
to orbit the Sun. So number of times does Pluto orbit the Sun
while the Sun completes one orbit around the Milky Way is
dividing the number of years the sun takes by
the number of years Pluto takes. So we divide by dividing the factors and
dividing the powers of 10 then rewrite in scientific notation
as  (2.3 × 108 ) ÷ (2.5 × 102) = \(\frac{2.3}{2.5}\) X (108-2) =
0.92 X 106 = 0.92 X 10 X 105 = 9.2 X105 times.

Question 18.
A person typically breathes about 8.64 × 108 liters of air per day.
The life expectancy of a person in the United States at birth is about 29,200 days.
Estimate the total amount of air a person born in the United States breathes over a lifetime.
Answer:
The total amount of air a person born in the United States
breathes over a lifetime is 2.52288 X 1013 liters

Explanation:
A person typically breathes about 8.64 × 108 liters of air per day.
The life expectancy of a person in the United States at birth is
about 29,200 days. The total amount of air a person born in the
United States breathes over a lifetime is 29,200 X 8.64 × 108 =
292 X 102 X 8.64 X 108 =(when bases are same powers are added)
2.92 X 8.64 X 1010 =2522.88 X1010 = 2.522 X 1013 liters.
therefore the total amount of air a person born in the United States
breathes over a lifetime is 2.52288 X 1013 liters.

Question 19.
In one week, about 4100 movie theaters each sold an average of 2200 tickets for Movie A. About 3.6 × 107 total tickets were sold at the theaters during the week. An article claims that about 25% of all tickets sold during the week were for Movie A. Is this claim accurate? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.7 3
Answer:
Yes, the claim is accurate.

Explanation:
Given in one week, about 4100 movie theaters each sold
an average of 2200 tickets for Movie A. About 3.6 × 107 total
tickets were sold at the theaters during the week.
Number of tickets  for movie A =
4100 X 2200 = 9,020,000= 9.02 X 106 =
is approximately equal to ≈ 9 X 106 tickets.
Now 25% of total movie tickets is \(\frac{25}{100}\) X  3.6 × 107 =
25 X 3.6 X 105 = 90 X 105 = 9 X 10 X 105 =9 X 106 tickets.
Therefore, the claim of 25% of movie tickets sold for movie A
is approximately accurate.

Operations in Scientific Notation Homework & Practice 8.7

Review & Refresh

Write the number in scientific notation.
Question 1.
0.0038
Answer:
0.0038 = 3.8 X 10-3.

Explanation:
Given number is 0.0038 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 0.0038 = 3.8 X 0.001 = 3.8 X 10-3.

Question 2.
74,000,000
Answer:
74,000,000 = 7.4 X 107

Explanation:
Given number is 74,000,000 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 74,000,000 = 7.4 X 10,000,000 = 7.4 X 107 .

Question 3.
0.0000475
Answer:
0.0000475 = 4.75 X 10-5

Explanation:
Given number is 0.0000475 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 0.0000475 = 4.75 X 0.00001 = 4.75 X 10-5.

Find the values of the ratios (red to blue) of the perimeters and areas of the similar figures.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.7 4
Answer:
Ratios of perimeter is \(\frac{3}{4}\),
Ratios of area is \(\frac{9}{16}\)

Explanation:
The ratios of corresponding sides are 9/12. These all reduce to 3/4.
It is then said that the scale factor of these two similar squares is 3 : 4.

The perimeter of red square is 4 X 9
the perimeter of blue square is 4 X 12
When we compare the ratios of the perimeters of these similar squares,
we get 4 X 9 : 4 X 12= 9 : 12 = 3 : 4

Now Area of square is side square
so the area of red square is 92 = 81
the area of blue square is 122= 144
So the ratio of their areas is 81 : 144 = 9 :16.
Therefore Ratios of perimeter is \(\frac{3}{4}\),
Ratios of area is \(\frac{9}{16}\)

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.7 5
Answer:
Perimeter is \(\frac{3}{2}\),
Area is \(\frac{9}{4}\)

Explanation:
The ratios of corresponding sides are 6/4. These all reduce to 3/2.
It is then said that the scale factor of these two similar triangles is 3 : 2.

The perimeter of red triangle is 6 + 6 + 6 = 18 and
the perimeter of blue triangle is 4 + 4 + 4=12.
When we compare the ratios of the perimeters of these similar triangles,
we get 18 : 12 = 3:2.
We know if two similar triangles have a scale factor of a : b,
then the ratio of their areas is a2 : b2.
We have scale factor as 3 : 2 so the ratio of their areas is 32 : 22= 9 : 4.
Therefore the Perimeter is \(\frac{3}{2}\) and Area is \(\frac{9}{4}\).

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

OPERATIONS IN SCIENTIFIC NOTATION Find the sum, difference, product, and quotient of Expression 1 and Expression 2. Write your answers in scientific notation. (See Explorations 1 and 2, p. 355.)
Question 6.
3 × 103 Expression 1
2 × 103 Expression 2
Answer:
Sum = (3 X 103) + (2 × 103) = 5 X 103,
Difference = (3 X 103) – (2 × 103) = 1 X 103 = 103,
Product = (3 X 103) X  (2 × 103) = 6 X 106,
Quotient = (3 X 103) ÷ (2 × 103) = \(\frac{3}{2}\) = 1.5

Explanation:
For sum:
Given expressions as (3 × 103) + (2 × 103) as it is
(a × 10n) + (b × 10n) can be completed using the distributive property
of multiplication over addition, i.e., factor out the common factor 10n
as (a × 10n) + (b × 10n) = (a + b ) X 10n  so (3× 103) + (2 × 103) =
(3 + 2) X 103 =5 X 103.
For  difference:
Given expressions as (3 × 103) – (2 × 103)
using the distributive property of multiplication over subtraction,
we get (3-2) X 103  = 1 X 103 = 103
For product:
Given expressions as (3 × 103) × (2 × 103)
we work out the coefficients and the exponents separately.
and use the product rule; bm x b n = b(m + n) to multiply the bases.
So (3 × 103) × (2 × 103) = (3 X 2) X (103 × 103) = 6 X (103+3) = 6 X 106.
For quotient:
Given expressions as (3 × 103) ÷ (2 × 103) ,
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So (3×103) ÷ (2 × 103)  =
(3 ÷ 2 ) X ( 103-3) = (3 ÷ 2 ) X 100 = (3 ÷ 2 ) X 1 = (3 ÷ 2 ) =  \(\frac{3}{2}\) =1.5.

Question 7.
6 × 10-4 Expression 1
1.5 × 10-4 Expression 2
Answer:
Sum = (6 X 10-4) + (1.5 × 10-4) = 7.5 X 10-4,
Difference = (6 X 10-4) – (1.5 × 10-4) = 4.5 X 10-4 ,
Product = (6 X 10-4) X  (1.5 × 10-4) = 9 X 10-8,
Quotient = (6 X 10-4) ÷ (1.5 × 10-4) = 4 X 100,

Explanation:
For sum:
Given expressions as (6 × 10-4) + (1.5 × 10-4) as it is
(a × 10n) + (b × 10n) can be completed using the distributive property
of multiplication over addition, i.e., factor out the common factor 10n
as (a × 10n) + (b × 10n) = (a + b ) X 10n  so (3× 103) + (2 × 103) =
(6 + 1.5) X 10-4 =7.5 X 10-4.
For  difference:
Given expressions as (6 × 10-4) – (1.5 × 10-4)
using the distributive property of multiplication over subtraction,
we get (6-1.5) X 10-4  = 4.5 X 10-4.
For product:
Given expressions as (6 × 10-4) × (1.5 × 10-4)
we work out the coefficients and the exponents separately.
and use the product rule; bm x b n = b(m + n) to multiply the bases.
So (6 × 10-4) × (1.5 × 10-4) = (6 X 1.5) X (10-4 × 10-4) = 6 X (10-4-4) = 9 X 10-8.
For quotient:
Given expressions as (6 × 10-4) ÷ (1.5 × 10-4) ,
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So (6×10-4) ÷ (1.5 × 10-4)  =
(6 ÷ 1.5 ) X ( 10-4-(-4)) = (6 ÷ 1.5 ) X 100 = (4) X 100 or 4.

ADDING AND SUBTRACTING IN SCIENTIFIC NOTATION Find the sum or difference. Write your answer in scientific notation.
Question 8.
(2 × 105) + (3.8 × 105)
Answer:
(2 × 105) + (3.8 × 105) = 5.8 X 105.

Explanation:
Given expressions as (2 × 105) + (3.8 × 105) as it is
(a × 10n) + (b × 10n) can be completed using the distributive property
of multiplication over addition, i.e., factor out the common factor 10n
as (a × 10n) + (b × 10n) = (a + b ) X 10n  so (2× 105) + (3.8 × 105) =
(2 + 3.8) X 105 =5.8 X 105.

Question 9.
(6.33 × 10-9) – (4.5 × 10-9)
Answer:
(6.33 × 10-9) – (4.5 × 10-9) = 1.83 X 10-9.

Explanation:
Given expressions as (6.33 × 10-9) – (4.5 × 10-9)
using the distributive property of multiplication over subtraction,
we get (6.33 – 4.5) X 10-9  = 1.83 X 10-9.

Question 10.
(9.2 × 108) – (4 × 108)
Answer:
(9.2 × 108) – (4 × 108) = 5.2 X 108.

Explanation:
Given expressions as (9.2 × 108) – (4 × 108)
using the distributive property of multiplication over subtraction,
we get (9.2 – 4) X 108  = 5.2 X 108.

Question 11.
(7.2 × 10-6) + (5.44 × 10-6)
Answer:
(7.2 × 10-6) + (5.44 × 10-6) = 12.64 X 10-6 = 1.264 X 10-5

Explanation:
Given expressions as (7.2 × 10-6) + (5.44 × 10-6) as it is
(a × 10n) + (b × 10n) can be completed using the distributive property
of multiplication over addition, i.e., factor out the common factor 10n
as (a × 10n) + (b × 10n) = (a + b ) X 10n  so (2× 105) + (3.8 × 105) =
(7.2 + 5.44) X 10-6 =12.64 X 10-6 = 1.264 X 10-5.

Question 12.
(7.8 × 107) – (2.45 × 106)
Answer:
(7.8 × 107) – (2.45 × 106) = 7.55 X 107

Explanation:
Given expressions as (7.8 × 107) – (2.45 × 106)
as the powers of 10 differ we need to modify before we factor.
We work around this by using our exponent property bm · bn = b (m+n)
to rewrite the 106 as 107 · So we take 107 and then grouping the 107 with 2.45.
So 2.45 X 106 becomes  0.245 X 107 therefore (7.8 × 107) – (0.245 × 107)=
(7.8 X 107) – (2.45 X 10-1X 101 X 106) = (7.8 X 107) – (0.245 × 107)
using the distributive property of multiplication over subtraction,
we get (7.8 – 0.245) X 107 = 7.55 X 107.

Question 13.
(5 × 10-5) + (2.46 × 10-3)
Answer:
(5 × 10-5) + (2.46 × 10-3) = 2.51 X 10-5.

Explanation:
Given expressions as (5 × 10-5) + (2.46 × 10-3)
as the powers of 10 differ we need to modify before we factor.
We work around this by using our exponent property bm · bn = b (m+n)
to rewrite the 10-5 as 10-3 · So we take 10-3 and then grouping the 10-3 with 5.
So 5 X 10-5 becomes  0.05 X 10-3 therefore (5 × 10-5) + (2.46 × 10-3)=
(5 X 10-2 X 10-3) + (2.46 X 10-3) = (0.05 X 10-3) + (2.46 × 10-3)
using the distributive property of multiplication over addition,
we get (0.05 + 2.46) X 10-5 = 2.51 X 10-5.

Question 14.
(9.7 × 106) + (6.7 × 105)
Answer:
(9.7 × 106) + (6.7 × 105) = 103.7 X 105 or 1.037 X 107

Explanation:
Given expressions as (9.7 × 106) + (6.7 × 105)
as the powers of 10 differ we need to modify before we factor.
We work around this by using our exponent property bm · bn = b (m+n)
to rewrite the 106 as 105 · So we take 105 and then grouping the 105 with 9.7.
So 9.7 X 106 becomes  97 X 105 therefore (9.7 × 106) + (6.7 × 105)=
(9.7 X 101 X 105) + (6.7 X 105) = (97 X 105) + (6.7 × 105)
using the distributive property of multiplication over addition,
we get (97 + 6.7) X 105 = 103.7 X 105 = 1 .037 X 102 X 105 = 1.037 X 107 .

Question 15.
(2.4 × 10-1) – (5.5 × 10-2)
Answer:
(2.4 × 10-1) – (5.5 × 10-2) = 1.85 X 10-1

Explanation:
Given expressions as (2.4 × 10-1) – (5.5 × 10-2)
as the powers of 10 differ we need to modify before we factor.
We work around this by using our exponent property bm · bn = b (m+n)
to rewrite the 10-2 as 10-1 · So we take 10-1 and then grouping the 10-1 with 5.5.
So 5.5 X 10-2 becomes  0.55 X 10-1 therefore (2.4 × 10-1) – (5.5 × 10-2) =
(2.4 X 10-1) – (5.5 X 10-1X 10-1) = (2.4 X 10-1) – (0.55 × 10-1)
using the distributive property of multiplication over subtraction,
we get (2.4 – 0.55) X 10-1 = 1.85 X 10-1.

Question 16.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend adds 2.5 × 109 and 5.3 × 108. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.7 6
Answer:
Yes, Friend is correct

Explanation:
Given expressions as 2.5 × 109 and 5.3 × 108
we do sum as the powers of 10 differ we need to modify before we factor.
We work around this by using our exponent property bm · bn = b (m+n)
to rewrite the 108 as 109 · So we take 109 and then grouping the 109 with 5.3.
So 5.3 X 109 becomes  0.53 X 109 therefore (2.5 × 109) + (5.3 × 108) =
(2.5 X 109) + (5.3 X 10-1 X 10 X 108) = (2.5 X 109) + (0.53 × 109)
using the distributive property of multiplication over addition,
we get (2.5 + 0.53 ) X 109 = 3.03 X 109.
As the results are same friend is correct.

MULTIPLYING AND DIVIDING IN SCIENTIFIC NOTATION
Find the product or quotient. Write your answer in scientific notation.
Question 17.
5 × (7 × 107)
Answer:
5 × (7 × 107) = 3.5 X 108

Explanation:
As given expression is 5 × (7 × 107) so we use
associative law of multiplication as a X (b X c) = (a X b ) X c,
So 5 × (7 × 107) = (5 X 7) × 107 = 35 X 107.= 3.7 X 10 X 107 = 3.7 X 108.

Question 18.
(5.8 × 10-6) ÷ (2 × 10-3)
Answer:
(5.8 × 10-6) ÷ (2 × 10-3) = 2.9 X 10-3.

Explanation:
Given expressions as (5.8 × 10-6) ÷ (2 × 10-3) ,
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So (5.8 × 10-6) ÷ (2 × 10-3)  = (5.8 ÷ 2 ) X ( 10-6+3) = 2.9 X 10-3.

Question 19.
(1.2 × 10-5) ÷ 4
Answer:
(1.2 × 10-5) ÷ 4 = 3 X 10-6

Explanation:
Given expression is (1.2 × 10-5) ÷ 4 so (1.2 ÷ 4) X 10-5= 0.3 X 10-5=
3 X 10-1X 10-5= 3 X 10-6.

Question 20.
(5 × 10-7) × (3 × 106)
Answer:
(5 × 10-7) × (3 × 106) = 15 X 10-1 = 1.5

Explanation:
Given expressions as (5 × 10-7) × (3 × 106)
we work out the coefficients and the exponents separately.
and use the product rule; bm x b n = b(m + n) to multiply the bases.
So (5 × 10-7) × (3 × 106)  = (5 X 3) X (10-7 × 106) = 15 X (10-7+6) = 15 X 10-1 = 1.5.

Question 21.
(3.6 × 107) ÷ (7.2 × 107)
Answer:
(3.6 × 107) ÷ (7.2 × 107) = 5 X 10-1

Explanation:
Given expressions as (5.8 × 10-6) ÷ (2 × 10-3) ,
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So (3.6 × 107) ÷ (7.2 × 107)  = (3.6 ÷ 7.2 ) X ( 10-7+7) = 0.5 X 100 = 5 X 10-1.

Question 22.
(7.2 × 10-1) × (4 × 10-7)
Answer:
(7.2 × 10-1) × (4 × 10-7) = 2.88 X 10-7

Explanation:
Given expressions as (7.2 × 10-1) × (4 × 10-7)
we work out the coefficients and the exponents separately.
and use the product rule; bm x b n = b(m + n) to multiply the bases.
So (7.2 × 10-1) × (4 × 10-7)  = (7.2 X 4) X (10-1 × 10-7) =
28.8 X (10-1-7) = 28.8  X 10-8 = 2.88 X 10-7.

Question 23.
(6.5 × 108) × (1.4 × 10-5)
Answer:
(6.5 × 108) × (1.4 × 10-5) = 9.1  X 103

Explanation:
Given expressions as (6.5 × 108) × (1.4 × 10-5)
we work out the coefficients and the exponents separately.
and use the product rule; bm x b n = b(m + n) to multiply the bases.
So (6.5 × 108) × (1.4 × 10-5)  = (6.5 X 1.4) X (108 × 10-5) =
9.1 X (108-5) = 9.1  X 103.

Question 24.
(2.8 × 104) ÷ (2.5 × 106)
Answer:
(2.8 × 104) ÷ (2.5 × 106) = 1.12 X 10-2

Explanation:
Given expressions as (2.8 × 104) ÷ (2.5 × 106) ,
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So (2.8 × 104) ÷ (2.5 × 106)  = (2.8 ÷ 2.5 ) X ( 104-6) = 1.12 X 10-2.

MATCHING You use technology to find four sums.
Match the sum with its standard form.
Question 25.
4.3E8
Answer:
4.3E8 matches with C. 430,000,000

Explanation:
Given number 4.3E8 here  nearly or approximately equals to ≈ 4.3 X 108,
The exponent “8” says to use the 10 by eight times in a multiplication as
4.3 E 8 = 4.3 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 = 430,000,000,
So 4.3E8 we will match with C.

Question 26.
4.3E – 8
Answer:
4.3E – 8 matches with B. 0.000000043

Explanation:
Given number 4.3E – 8 nearly or approximately equals to ≈ 4.3 X 10-8,
The exponent “-8” says to use the 10-1 by eight times in a multiplication as
4.3 E 8 = 4.3 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1 = 0.000000043,
so 4.3E -8 we will match with B.

Question 27.
4.3E10
Answer:
4.3E10 matches with D. 43,000,000,000

Explanation:
Given number 4.3E10  nearly or approximately equals to ≈ 4.3 X 1010,
The exponent “10” says to use the 10 by ten times in a multiplication as
4.3 E 10 = 4.3 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 =
43,000,000,000 so 4.3E10 we will match with D.

Question 28.
4.3E – 10
Answer:
4.3E – 10 matches with A.0.00000000043

Explanation:
Given number 4.3E – 10 nearly or approximately equals to ≈ 4.3 X 10-10,
The exponent “-10” says to use the 10-1 by eight times in a multiplication as
4.3 E 8 = 4.3 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1
= 0.00000000043 so 4.3E -10 we will match with A.

A. 0.00000000043
B. 0.000000043
C. 430,000,000
D. 43,000,000,000

Question 29.
MODELING REAL LIFE
How many times greater is the thickness of a dime than the thickness of a dollar bill?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.7 7
Answer:
The dime is about 12 times thicker than the dollar bill.

Explanation:
Given the thickness of dime is 0.135 = 1.35 X 10-1 and
the thickness of a dollar is 1.0922 X 10-2 divide the thickness of
dime with the thickness of dollar as (1.35 × 10-1) ÷ (1.0922 × 10-2)
now we separately divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So (1.35 × 10-1) ÷ (1.0922 × 10-2)  = (1.35 ÷ 1.0922 ) X ( 10-1+2) =
1.2360 X 101= 12.36 approximately equals to ≈ 12.
Therefore the dime is about 12 times thicker than the dollar bill.

Question 30.
MULTIPLE CHOICE
On a social media website, Celebrity A has about 8.6 × 106 followers and Celebrity B has about 4.1 × 106 followers. Determine which of the following is the best estimate for the number of followers for Celebrity A compared to the number of followers for Celebrity B.
A. more than 2 times greater
B. less than 2 times greater
C. more than 20 times greater
D. less than 20 times greater
Answer:
The best estimate for the number of followers for Celebrity A
compared to the number of followers for Celebrity B is
A. more than 2 times greater.

Explanation:
Given on a social media website, Celebrity A has about
8.6 × 106 followers and Celebrity B has about 4.1 × 106 followers.
To find the best estimate for the number of followers for Celebrity A
compared to the number of followers for Celebrity B we divide them as
the number of followers for Celebrity A to the number of
followers for Celebrity B as (8.6 × 106) ÷ (4.1× 106)
now we separately divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So (8.6× 106) ÷ (4.1 × 106)  = (8.6 ÷ 4.1) X ( 106-6) =
2.097 X 100= 2.097 X 1 = 2.097 approximately equals to ≈ 2.
The best estimate for the number of followers for Celebrity A
compared to the number of followers for Celebrity B is
A. more than 2 times greater.

REASONING Evaluate the expression. Write your answer in scientific notation.
Question 31.
5,200,000 × (8.3 × 102) – (3.1 × 108)
Answer:
5,200,000 × (8.3 × 102) – (3.1 × 108) = 4.006 X 109

Explanation:
Given expressions as 5,200,000 × (8.3 × 102) – (3.1 × 108),
So first we solve 5,200,000 × (8.3 × 102) as 5.2 X 106 X (8.3 × 102),
we work out the coefficients and the exponents separately.
and use the product rule; bm x b n = b(m + n) to multiply the bases.
(5.2 X 8.3) X (106 X 102
) = (43.16) X (106+2) = 43.16 X 108,
now we subtract expressions as (43.16 X 108) – (3.1 × 108) =
using the distributive property of multiplication over subtraction,
we get (43.16 – 3.1) X 108  = 40.06 X 108 = 4.006 X 10 X 108 = 4.006 X 109.

Question 32.
(9 × 10-3) + (2.4 × 10-5) ÷ 0.0012
Answer:
(9 × 10-3) + (2.4 × 10-5) ÷ 0.0012 = 7.52

Explanation:
Given (9 × 10-3) + (2.4 × 10-5) ÷ 0.0012 first we solve
(9 × 10-3) + (2.4 × 10-5) given expressions as 9 × 10-3 and 2.4 × 10-5
we do sum as the powers of 10 differ we need to modify before we factor.
We work around this by using our exponent property bm · bn = b (m+n)
to rewrite the 10-5 as 103 · So we take 10-5 and then grouping the 10-5 with 2.4.
So 2.4 X 10-5 becomes  0.024 X 10-3 therefore (9 × 10-3) + (2.4 × 10-5)=
(9X 10-3) + (2.4 X 10-2 X 10-3) = (9 X 10-3) + (0.024 × 10-3)
using the distributive property of multiplication over addition,
we get (9 + 0.024 ) X 10-3 = 9.024 X 10-3.
So (9 × 10-3) + (2.4 × 10-5) = 9.024 X 10-3 now we write 0.0012 as
1.2 X 10-3 therefore we divide (9.024 X 10-3) ÷ (1.2 X 10-3),
now we separately divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.

So (9.024 ÷ 1.2)  X (10-3 ÷ 10-3) so 7.52 X 10-3+3 = 7.52 X 100 =
7.52 X 1 = 7.52.

Question 33.
GEOMETRY
Find the perimeter of the rectangle at the right.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.7 8
Answer:
The perimeter of the rectangle at the right is 1.962 X 108 cm.

Explanation:
Given area of rectangle as 5.612 X 1014cm2 and breadth as
9.2 X 107 cm , We will find the length first we take length as l,
we know area of rectangle is length X breadth so
5.612 X 1014 cm2 = l X 9.2 X 107
so l= (5.612 X 1014 ) ÷ (9.2 X 107) now we separately divide
the coefficients and exponents. We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
(5.612 X 9.2)  X (1014 ÷ 107) = 0.61 X (1014-7) = 0.61X 107=0.61 X 107 cm,
therefore length of rectangle is 0.61 X 107 cm now we will calculate
perimeter of rectangle as we know perimeter of rectangle =
2 x ( length + breadth)= 2 X ((0.61 X 107)+(9.2 X 107))cm,
now we calculate first (0.61 X 107)+(9.2 X 107) using the
distributive property of multiplication over addition,
we get (0.61 + 9.2) X 107 = 9.81 X 107  now 2 X (9.81X 107)=
19.62 X 107= 1.962 X 108 cm. Therefore the perimeter of the
rectangle at the right is 1.962 X 108 cm.

Question 34.
DIG DEEPER!
A human heart pumps about 7 × 10-2 liter of blood per heartbeat.
The average human heart beats about 72 times per minute.
How many liters of blood does a heart pump in 1 year? 70 years?
Answer:
2.65 X 106 liters of blood a heart pump in 1 year.
1.855 X 108 liters of blood a heart pump for 70 years.

Explanation:
Given a human heart pumps about 7 × 10-2 liter of blood per heartbeat.
The average human heart beats about 72 times per minute.
The the number of liters per minute multiply the number of
heartbeats per minute by the number of liters per heartbeat as
72 X 7 × 10-2 = 504 × 10-2 =5.04 liters per minute,
now we multiply by 60 to get liters per hour since
there are 60 minutes in 1 hour so 60 X 5.04 = 302.4 liters per hour,
now we multiply by 24 to get liters per day since
there are 24 hours in 1 day so 302.4 X 24 = 7257.6 liters per day,
now we multiply by 365 to get liters per year since
there are 365 days in 1 year and write in scientific notation
and round to two decimal places as 7257.6 X 365 = 2649024 =
2.649024 X 106 approximately equal to ≈ 2.65 X 106 liters per year
Now for 70 years it is 70 X 2.65 X 106 = 185.5 X 106 = 1.855 X 100 X 106 =
1.855 X 102 X 106 =1.855 X 108 liters for 70 years.

Question 35.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Use the Internet or another reference to find the populations and areas (in square miles) of India, China, Argentina, the United States, and Egypt. Round each population to the nearest million and each area to the nearest thousand square miles.
a. Write each population and area in scientific notation.
b. Use your answers to part(a) to find and order the population densities (people per square mile) of each country from least to greatest.
Answer:
a. In India : Population = 1.311 X 109 , Area = 1.269 X 106
In China : Population = 1.371 X 109 , Area = 3.705 X 10
In Argentina : Population = 4.3 X 107 , Area = 1.074 X 106
In United States : Population = 3.21 X 108, Area = 3.797 X 106
In Egypt: Population = 9.2 X 107 , Area = 3.9 X 106

b. The population densities are
India = 1.033 X 103
China = 3.7 X 102
Argentina =4.0 X 101
United States = 8.45 X 101
and in Egypt = 2.36 X 101
Each country from least to greatest is
Egypt, Argentina, United States, China, India.

Explanation:
The following were found by doing a google search :
we write each population and area in scientific notation,
We  know 1 billion = 109 and 1 million = 106 ,
a. In India : Population = 1.311 billion= 1.311 X 10
Area = 1.268 million = 1.269 X 106
In China : Population = 1.371 billion = 1.371 X 10
Area =3.705 million= 3.705 X 10
In Argentina : Population= 43 million = 4.3 X 10
Area = 1.074 million = 1.074 X 106
In United States : Population=321 million = 3.21 X 10
Area =3.797 million= 3.797 X 106
In Egypt: Population = 92 million= 9.2 X 10
Area =390,000= 3.9 X 106

b. Divide each country’s population by its area to
get its population density, and we separately divide
the coefficients and exponents. We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.

India = ( 1.311 X 109 ) ÷ ( 1.269 X 106) = 1.033 X 103
(1.311 ÷ 1.269) X (109-6) = 1.033 X 103 ,
China = ( 1.371 X 109 ) ÷ ( 3.705 X 106) =
(1.371 ÷ 3.705) X (109-6) = 0.370 X 103 = 3.7 X 102,
Argentina = ( 4.3 X 107 ) ÷ ( 1.074 X 106) =
(4.3 ÷ 1.074) X (107-6) = 4 X 101,
United States = ( 3.21 X 108 ) ÷ ( 3.797 X 106) =
(3.21 ÷ 3.797) X (108-6) = 0.845 X 102 = 8.45X 101,
Egypt = (9.2 X 107 ) ÷ ( 3.9 X 106) =
(9.2 ÷ 3.9) X (107-6) = 2.36 X 101,
Now we write each country from least to greatest density as
2.36 X 101 < 4 X 101 < 8.45X 101< 3.7 X 102,1.033 X 103 so
Egypt, Argentina, United States, China, India.

Exponents and Scientific Notation Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan
Question 1.
Atoms are made of protons, neutrons, and electrons. The table shows the numbers of protons and the masses of several atoms. Use a line of best fit to estimate the mass (in grams) of an atom that has 29 protons.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cc 1

Understand the problem.
You know the numbers of protons and the masses of several atoms. You are asked to use the line of best fit to estimate the mass of an atom that has 29 protons.

Make a plan.
Use a graphing calculator to find an equation of the line of best fit.
Then evaluate the equation when x = 29.

Solve and check.
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.
Answer:
Mass of an atom that has 29 protons is 4.843 X 10-23 grams

Explanation:
Given 1 proton has 1.67 X 10-24 grams of mass,
So 29 protons has 29 X 1.67 X 10-24 grams,
48.43 X 10-24 = 4.843 X 10-23 grams.

Question 2.
Modoc Country, California, is 74.9 miles long and 56.2 miles wide. 263A map of the county is drawn using a scale factor of 2.11 × 10-6. What is the perimeter of the county on the map? Express your answer using more appropriate units.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cc 2
Answer:
The perimeter of the country on the map is 6.66631 X 1011 inches

Explanation:
Given Modoc Country, California, is 74.9 miles long and 56.2 miles wide.
First we calculate perimeter it is 2 X ( 74.9 + 56.2) mile = 2 X 131.1 =
262.2 miles, So perimeter of Modoc Country, California is 262.2 miles.
Now on map we will use in inches , we know 1 mile = 5280 feet and
1 feet is equal to 12 inches so 262.2 we will convert into inches.
262.2 X 5280 X 12 = 1406592 inches. Now we are given with
scaling factor on the map as 2.11 × 10-6 equals to 1 inch on the map,
So now perimeter of the country on the map is
(1406592 ) ÷ 2.11 × 10-6 = 666631.27 X 106 = 6.66631 X 1011 inches.

Question 3.
A research company estimates that in the United States, 7733 about 8.37 × 107 adult males and 6.59 × 107 adult females watch NFL football, while 3.13 × 107 adult males and 5.41 × 107 adult females do not watch NFL football. Organize the results in a two-way table. Include the marginal frequencies.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-18

Explanation:
Given A research company estimates that in the United States, 7733 about
8.37 × 107 adult males and 6.59 × 107 adult females watch NFL football,
while 3.13 × 107 adult males and 5.41 × 107 adult females do not watch NFL football.
Organized the results in two-way table above,
Entries in the “Total” row and “Total” column are called
marginal frequencies or the marginal distribution.
Entries in the body of the table are called joint frequencies.
So total adult watched NFL football match are
(8.37 X 107) + (6.59 X 107)=14.96 X 107 and do not
watch NFL football are(3.13 X 107) + (5.41 X 107) = 8.54 X 107.

Performance Task

Elements in the Universe
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Carbon Atoms.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cc 3
Answer:

Exponents and Scientific Notation Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary

Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 1

Let us take an example : 52 ,
An expression that represents repeated multiplication
of the same factor is called a power.
Here the number 5 is called the base,
and the number 2 is called the exponent.
The exponent corresponds to the number of times
the base is used as a factor.
A method for expressing very large or very small numbers
as a product of decimal less than 10 and multiplied
by a power of 10.
Example: 8  X 107 or 5 X 10-2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-23
Graphic Organizers

You can use a Definition and Example Chart to organize information about a concept.
Here is an example of a Definition and Example Chart for the vocabulary term power.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 2

Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 3
1. Product of Powers Property
2. Power of a Power Property
3. Power of a Product Property
4. Quotient of Powers Property
5. negative exponents
6. scientific notation
7. adding and subtracting numbers in scientific notation
8. multiplying and dividing numbers in scientific notation

Graphic Organizer:
1. Product of Powers Property
2. Power of a Power Property
3. Power of a Product Property
4. Quotient of Powers Property
5. negative exponents & power of a quotient
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-19
6. scientific notation
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-20
7. adding and subtracting numbers in scientific notation
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-21
8. multiplying and dividing numbers in scientific notation
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-22

Chapter Self-Assessment

As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 4

8.1 Exponents (pp. 319–324)
Learning Target: Use exponents to write and evaluate expressions. Write the product using exponents.

Question 1.
(- 9) • (- 9) • (- 9) • (- 9) • (- 9)
Answer:
(- 9) • (- 9) • (- 9) • (- 9) • (- 9) =(-9)5

Explanation:
As -9 is multiplied by 5 times we write as
(-9)5 here -9 is base and 5 is exponent.

Question 2.
2 • 2 • 2 • n • n
Answer:
2 • 2 • 2 • n • n = (2)X (n)

Explanation:
As 2 is multiplied 3 times we write as (2)and n
is multiplied twice so (n)2
so the expression is (2)X (n)2 .

Evaluate the expression.
Question 3.
113
Answer:
113 = 1331

Explanation:
Given 113 means 11 is multiplied thrice
as 11 X 11 X 11 we get 1331.
here base is 11 and exponent is 3.

Question 4.
-(\(\frac{1}{2}\))4
Answer:
-(\(\frac{1}{2}\))4 = – \(\frac{1}{16}\)

Explanation:
Given -(\(\frac{1}{2}\))4 means \(\frac{1}{2}\) is multiplied four times
as- (\(\frac{1}{2}\) X \(\frac{1}{2}\) X \(\frac{1}{2}\) X \(\frac{1}{2}\) ) = – \(\frac{1}{16}\).

Question 5.
|\(\frac{1}{2}\left(16-6^{3}\right)\)|
Answer:
|\(\frac{1}{2}\left(16-6^{3}\right)\)| = 100

Explanation:
Given expression as |\(\frac{1}{2}\left(16-6^{3}\right)\)|=
first we solve 63 =6 X 6 X 6 = 216 now (16-216) = -200
so |\(\frac{1}{2}\) X -200|= |-100|= 100.

Question 6.
The profit P(in dollars) earned by a local merchant selling x items is 3 represented by the equation P = 0.2x3 – 10. How much more profit does he earn selling 15 items than 5 items?
Answer:
More profits  he earn by selling 15 items than 5 items is $650

Explanation:
Given P = 0.2x3 – 10
Profit by selling 5 items is
0.2 X (5)3 – 10 = 0.2 X 125 – 10 = 25 – 10 = $15.
Profit by selling 15 items is
0.2 X (15)3 – 10 = 0.2 X 3375 – 10 = 675 – 10 = $665.
More profits  he earn by selling 15 items than 5 items is
$665 -15 = $650.

8.2 Product of Powers Property (pp. 325–330)
Learning Target: Generate equivalent expressions involving products of powers.

Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 7.
p5 • p2
Answer:
p5 • p2 = p7

Explanation:
We write the given p5 • p7 expression as a power,
we have general rule for am • an = am+n
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added,
so p5 • p2 as bases are same p powers are added p5+2 = p7.

Question 8.
(n11)2
Answer:
(n11)2 = n22

Explanation:
We write the given expression (n11)2 as a power,
General rule for finding (am)power of a power,
If two powers have the same base then
we can multiply the powers as (am)n = am x n .
so (n11)2 has powers of powers therefore powers
are multiplied as (n)11 X 2= (n)22

Question 9.
\(\left(-\frac{2}{5}\right)^{3} \cdot\left(-\frac{2}{5}\right)^{2}\)
Answer:
\(\left(-\frac{2}{5}\right)^{3} \cdot\left(-\frac{2}{5}\right)^{2}\) = –

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\left(-\frac{2}{5}\right)^{3} \cdot\left(-\frac{2}{5}\right)^{2}\)
we have general rule for am • an = am+n
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added, so we add powers as (-\(\frac{2}{5}\))3+2 =
(-\(\frac{2}{5}\))5 So \(\left(-\frac{2}{5}\right)^{3} \cdot\left(-\frac{2}{5}\right)^{2}\) =

Question 10.
Simplify (- 2k)4.
Answer:
(- 2k)4 = (-2)4 X k4

Explanation:
Given to simplify the expression (- 2k)we use general rule to
write (ab)m  power of a product as am X bm ,So (- 2k)4 = (-2)4 X k4

Question 11.
Write an expression that simplifies to x24 using the Power of a Power Property.
Answer:
x24 = (x12)2

Explanation :
To simplify  x24 using the Power of a Power Property,
we use general rule for finding (am)power of a power,
If two powers have the same base then
we can multiply the powers as (am)n = am x n ,here m X n = 24,
lets take m, n as 12,2 so that 12 X 2 = 24, therefore (x12)2 =  x12 x 2 =  x24.
therefore x24 = (x12)2 .

Question 12.
You send an email with a file size of 4 kilobytes. One kilobyte is 210 bytes. What is the file size of your email in bytes?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 12
Answer:
The file size of my email in bytes is

Explanation:
Given I send an email with a file size of 4 kilobytes. One kilobyte is 210 bytes.
The file size of my email in bytes is 4 X 210 bytes as 4 can be written as 2 X 2 =22,
So 22 X 210 we have general rule for am • an = am+n
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added, 22 X 210 = 22+10 = 212 bytes.

Question 13.
Explain how to use properties of powers 2 to simplify the expression 27 • 32.
Answer:
27 • 32 = 33 X 32 = 35

Explanation:
Given expression as 27 • 32 first we write 27 as power of 3,
so 27 = 3 X 3 X 3 = 33 now 27 • 32 = 33 X 32 ,
we have general rule for am • an = am+n
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added, 33 X 32 = 33+2= 35.

8.3 Quotient of Powers Property (pp. 331–336)

Learning Target: Generate equivalent expressions involving quotients of powers.

Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 14= (8)8-3 = (8)

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{8^{8}}{8^{3}}\) we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\),
a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
so \(\frac{8^{8}}{8^{3}}\) = (8)8-3 = (8)

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 15= 510
Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide, we have numerator (5)2 X (5)
we have same bases as 5 so we add powers as (5)2+9 = (5)11
we have denominator  (5)1
Now we have \(\frac{5^{11}}{5^{1}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{5^{11}}{5^{1}}\)  = (5)11-1 = 510.

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 16= w4
Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide, we have numerator (w)8 X (w)
we have same bases as w so we add powers as (w)8+5 = (w)13
we have denominator (w)7 X (w)2
we have same base as w so we add powers as (w)7+2 = (w)9
Now we have \(\frac{w^{13}}{w^{9}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{w^{13}}{w^{9}}\)  = (w)13-9 = w4.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 17
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 17= m5

Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide, we have numerator (m)8 X (m)10 X (m)2
we have same bases as m so we add powers as (m)8+10+2 = (m)20
we have denominator (m)6 X (m)9
we have same base as m so we add powers as (m)6+9 = (m)15
Now we have \(\frac{m^{20}}{m^{15}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{m^{20}}{m^{15}}\)  = (m)20-15 = m5.

Question 18.
Write an expression that simplifies to x3 using the Quotient of Powers Property.
Answer:
x3 = \(\frac{x^{6}}{x^{3}}\)

Explanation:
To simplify x3 using the Quotient of Powers Property,
we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n here we have m-n = 3,So lets take
m, n as 6,3 so that 6-3 = 3 therefore \(\frac{x^{6}}{x^{3}}\)= x6-3 = x3.
therefore x3 = \(\frac{x^{6}}{x^{3}}\).

Question 19.
At the end of a fiscal year, a company has made 1.62 × 77 dollars in profit. The company employs 73 people. How much will each person receive if the company divides the profit equally among its employees?
Answer:
Each person will receive $3889.62 if the company divides
the profit equally among its employees.

Explanation:
Given at the end of a fiscal year, a company has made 1.62 × 77 dollars in profit,
The company employs 73 people. To find how much each person
receive if the company divides the profit equally among its employees is
1.62 × 77 ÷ 73 we use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted. 1.62 X ( 77 ÷ 73 ) = 1.62 X ( 77-3)
=
1.62 X 74 = 1.62 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7 = 3889.62, Therefore each person
will receive $3889.62 if the company divides the profit equally among its employees.

8.4 Zero and Negative Exponents (pp. 337–342)
Learning Target: Understand the concepts of zero and negative exponents.

Evaluate the expression.
Question 20.
2-4
Answer:
4-2

Explanation:
Given expression as 2-4 so we write as

Question 21.
950
Answer:
950 = 1

Explanation:
Given expression is 95it is proven that any number or
expression raised to the power of zero is always equal to 1.
In other words, if the exponent is zero then the result is 1.
So 950 = 1.

Question 22.
\(\frac{8^{2}}{8^{4}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{8^{2}}{8^{4}}\) = \(\frac{1}{8^{2}}\) = \(\frac{1}{64}\).

Explanation:
Given expression as \(\frac{8^{2}}{8^{4}}\) now we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
as 82-4 we get 8-2 we write as \(\frac{1}{8^{2}}\) = \(\frac{1}{64}\).

Question 23.
(- 12)-7 • (- 12)7
Answer:
(- 12)-7 • (- 12)7= 1

Explanation:
Given expression is -12-7 X -127 ,
Here we use Product of Powers Property for am • an = am+n
if we have product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added. So (12)-7 X (12)7 = (12)-7+7 = (12)0= 1.

Question 24.
\(\frac{1}{7^{9}} \cdot \frac{1}{7^{6}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{7^{9}} \cdot \frac{1}{7^{6}}\) = \(\frac{1}{7^{15}}\)

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{1}{7^{9}} \cdot \frac{1}{7^{6}}\)
first we calculate separately values of denominators
then divide with numerator, we have denominator  79 X 76
we have same bases as 7 so we add powers as 79+6 = 715
as numerator is 1 we write as \(\frac{1}{7^{15}}\).

Question 25.
\(\frac{9^{4} \cdot 9^{2}}{9^{2}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{9^{4} \cdot 9^{2}}{9^{2}}\) = 9

Explanation:
Given Expression as \(\frac{9^{4} \cdot 9^{2}}{9^{2}}\)
first we calculate separately values of numerators
then divide with denominator, we have numerator (9)4 X (9)
we have same bases as 9 so we add powers as (9)4+2 = (9)6
Now we have \(\frac{9^{6}}{9^{2}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n,
So \(\frac{9^{6}}{9^{2}}\)  = (9)6-2 = (9)4.

Simplify. Write the expression using only positive exponents.
Question 26.
x-2 • x0
Answer:
x-2 • x0 = \(\frac{1}{x^{2}}\)

Explanation:
Given expression is x-2 • x= \(\frac{1}{x^{2}}\).

Question 27.
y-8y3
Answer:
y-8y3 = \(\frac{1}{y^{5}}\)

Explanation:
Given expression is y-8 • y= \(\frac{1}{y^{5}}\).

Question 28.
\(\frac{3^{-1} \cdot z^{5}}{z^{-2}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{3^{-1} \cdot z^{5}}{z^{-2}}\) =

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{3^{-1} \cdot z^{5}}{z^{-2}}\)
we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\),
a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
for \(\frac{z^{5}}{z^{-2}}\) as z= z7
now we have 3-1 X z7

Question 29.
Write an expression that simplifies to x-4.
Answer:
x-4 =

Explanation:
To simplify  x-4 we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\),
a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n,So m-n = -4 we take
m, n as 4,8 which makes (4-8) = -4 therefore x-4 =

Question 30.
Water flows from a shower head at a rate of 24-1 gallon per second. How many gallons do you use when taking a 15-minute shower? a 20-minute shower?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 30
Answer:
In 15 minutes we use in 20 minutes shower we use 50

Explanation:
Given water flows from a shower head at a rate of 24-1 gallon per second,
to know how many gallons we used in 15-minutes first
we convert minutes to seconds as 1 minute is equal to 60 seconds,
so 15 minutes is equal to 15 X 60 = 900 seconds now number of gallons we
used in 15 minutes are 900 X 24-1 =

Question 31.
Explain two different methods for simplifying w-2 • w5.
Answer:
One is product of powers = w-2 • w5 = w-2+5 = w3 or
other is quotient of two powers with the same base = w5-2 = w3

Explanation:
To simplify w-2 • w5 first we use
other method is we write as .

8.5 Estimating Quantities (pp. 343–348)

Learning Target: Round numbers and write the results as the product of a single digit and a power of 10.

Round the number. Write the result as a product of a single digit and a power of 10.
Question 32.
29,197,543
Answer:
29,197,543 = 3 X 107

Explanation:
Given number is 29,197,543 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 30,000,000 so we have 3 followed by 11 zeros,
so we write as 3 X 107.

Question 33.
0.000000647
Answer:
0.000000647 = 6 X 10-7

Explanation:
Given number 0.000000647 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 0.0000006, we have divided 6 by 10 followed
by 7 zeros so we write as 6 X 10-7.

Question 34.
The speed of light is 299,792,458 meters per second. About how far can a light beam travel in 3 seconds? Write your answer as a product of a single digit and a power of 10.
Answer:
A light beam can travel 9 X 108 meters in 3 seconds.

Explanation:
Given the speed of light is 299,792,458 meters per second.
to know about how far can a light beam travel in 3 seconds is
3 X 299,792,458 now we write 299,792,458 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 300,000,000 so 3 X 300,000,000 = 900,000,000
so we have 9 followed by 8 zeros so we write as 9 X 108 meters.
Therefore a light beam can travel 9 X 108 meters in 3 seconds.

Question 35.
The population of Albany, New York is about 98,989 and the population of Moscow, Russia is about 12,235,448. Approximately how many times greater is the population of Moscow than the population of Albany?
Answer:
100 times greater is the population of Moscow than the population of Albany.

Explanation:
Given the population of Albany, New York is about 98,989 and
the population of Moscow, Russia is about 12,235,448 if we see the
the population of Moscow is greater than the population of Albany.
So 12,235,448

8.6 Scientific Notation (pp. 349–354)
Learning Target: Understand the concept of scientific notation.

Write the number in scientific notation.
Question 36.
0.00036
Answer:
0.00036= 3.6 X 10-4

Explanation:
Given number is 0.00036 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 0.00036 = 3.6 X 0.0001 = 3.6 X 10-4.

Question 37.
800,000
Answer:
800,000 = 8 X 105

Explanation:
Given number is 800,000 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 800,000 = 8 X 100000 = 8 X 105.

Question 38.
79,200,000
Answer:
79,200,000 = 7.92 X 107

Explanation:
Given number is 79,200,000 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 79,200,000 = 7.29 X 10000000 = 7.29 X 107.

Write the number in standard form.
Question 39.
2 × 107
Answer:

2 X 107 = 20,000,000

Explanation:
Given 2 × 10the number in standard form is
2 X 10,000,000 = 20,000,000.
So 2 X 107 = 20,000,000.

Question 40.
4.8 × 10-3
Answer:
4.8 × 10-3  = 0.0048

Explanation:
Given 4.8 × 10-3  the number in standard form is
4.8 × 0.001 = 0.0048.

Question 41.
6.25 × 105
Answer:
6.25 × 105 = 6,25,000

Explanation:
Given 6.25 105  the number in standard form is
6.25 X 100,000 = 6,25,000.
So 6.25 X 105 = 6,25,000.

Question 42.
The mass of a single dust particle is 7.52 × 10-10 kilogram. What is the mass of a dust ball made of 100 dust particles? Express your answer using more-appropriate units.
Answer:
The mass of a dust ball made of 100 dust particles is 7.52 10-8 kilogram

Explanation:
Given the mass of a single dust particle is 7.52 × 10-10 kilogram.
So the mass of a dust ball made of 100 dust particles is
7.52 × 10-10 X 100 = 7.52 X 10-10 X 102 = 7.52 × 10-10+2 = 7.52 × 10-8.
Therefore the mass of a dust ball made of 100 dust
particles is 7.52 10-8 kilogram.

8.7 Operations in Scientific Notation (pp. 355–360)
Learning Target: Perform operations with numbers written in scientific notation.

Evaluate the expression. Write your answer in scientific notation.
Question 43.
(4.2 × 108) + (5.9 × 109)
Answer:
(4.2 × 108) + (5.9 × 109) = 6.32 X 109

Explanation:
Given Expressions as (4.2 × 108) + (5.9 × 109)
as the powers of 10 differ we  need to modify before we factor.
We work around this by using our exponent property bm · bn = b (m+n)
to rewrite the 108 as 109 ·So we take 109 and then grouping the 109 with 4.2.
So 4.2 X 108 becomes  0.42 X 109 therefore
(4.2 × 108) + (5.9 × 109) =(0.42 X 101X 108) + (5.9 X 109) =
(0.42 X  109) + (5.9 × 109)
using the distributive property of multiplication over addition,
we get (0.42+5.9) X 109 = 6.32 X 109.

Question 44.
(5.9 × 10-4) – (1.8 × 10-4)
Answer:
(5.9 × 10-4) – (1.8 × 10-4) = 4.1 X 10-4

Explanation:
Given expressions as (5.9 × 10-4) – (1.8 × 10-4)
using the distributive property of multiplication over subtraction,
we get (5.9 – 1.8 ) X 10-4  = 4.1 X 10-4.

Question 45.
(7.7 × 108) × (4.9 × 10-5)
Answer:
(7.7 × 108) × (4.9 × 10-5) =3.773 X 104

Explanation:
Given expressions as (7.7 × 108) × (4.9 × 10-5)
we work out the coefficients and the exponents separately.
and use the product rule; bm x b n = b(m + n) to multiply the bases.
So (7.7 × 108) × (4.9 × 10-5)  = (7.7 X 4.9) X (108 × 10-5) =
37.73 X (108-5) = 3.773 X 10 X 103 = 3.773 X 104.

Question 46.
(3.6 × 105) ÷ (1.8 × 109)
Answer:
(3.6 × 105) ÷ (1.8 × 109) = 2 X 10-4

Explanation:
Given expressions as (3.6 × 105) ÷ (1.8 × 109) ,
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So (3.6 × 105) ÷ (1.8 × 109)  = (3.6 ÷ 1.8 ) X ( 105-9) = 2 X 10-4.

Question 47.
A white blood cell has a diameter of about 0.000012 meter. How many times greater is the diameter of a white blood cell than the diameter of a red blood cell?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 47
Answer:
1.5 times greater is the diameter of a white blood cell
than the diameter of a red blood cell

Explanation:
Given a white blood cell has a diameter of about 0.000012 meter and
red blood cell has a diameter of about 8 X 10-6 meter,
the number of times greater is the diameter of a white blood cell
than the diameter of a red blood cell is 0.000012 ÷ 8 X 10-6 we write
0.000012 approximately equal to ≈ 1.2 X 10-5 now separately we
divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.

so (1.2 X 10-5) ÷ 8 X 10-6 = (1.2 ÷ 8)  X (10-5 ÷ 10-6) =
0.15 X (10-5+6) = 0.15 X 10 = 1.5 therefore 1.5 times greater is
the diameter of a white blood cell than the diameter of a red blood cell.

Exponents and Scientific Notation Practice Test

Write the product using exponents.
Question 1.
(- 15) • (- 15) • (- 15)
Answer:
(- 15) • (- 15) • (- 15) = (-15)3

Explanation:
As -15 is multiplied by 3 times we write as
(-15)3 here -15 is base and 3 is exponent.

Question 2.
4 • 4 • x • x • x
Answer:
4 • 4 • x • x • x = (4)X (x)

Explanation:
As 4 is multiplied 2 times we write as (4)and x
is multiplied thrice so (x)3
so the expression is 4 • 4 • x • x • x = (4)X (x)

Evaluate the expression.
Question 3.
10 + 33 ÷ 9
Answer:
10 + 33 ÷ 9 = 13

Explanation:
Given expression 10 + 33 ÷ 9 first we write 9 as
3 X 3 = 32 ÷now we divide 33 ÷ 32 so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n, 33 ÷ 32 = ( 33-2) = 31= 3,
now we add 10 so 10 + 3 = 13.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation pt 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation pt 4= (-2)-1=
Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide, we have numerator (-2)1 X (-2)-4 
we have same bases as -2 so we add powers as (-2)1-4 = (-2)-3
we have denominator (-2)-2
Now we have \(\frac{-2^{-3}}{-2^{-2}}\) so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{-2^{-3}}{-2^{-2}}\) = (-2)-3+2 = (-2)-1n

Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 5.
910 • 9
Answer:
910 • 9 = 911

Explanation:
We write the given 910 • 91 expression as a power,
we have general rule for am • an = am+n
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added, so 910 • 91 as bases are same 9
powers are added 910+1 = 911.

Question 6.
(66)5
Answer:
(66)= 630

Explanation:
We write the given expression (66)5 as a power,
General rule for finding (am)power of a power,
If two powers have the same base then
we can multiply the powers as (am)n = am x n .
so (66)5 has powers of powers therefore powers
are multiplied as (6)6 X 5= (6)30

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation pt 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation pt 7= (-3.5)6
Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide, we have numerator (-3.5)13 X (-3.5)
we have same bases as -3.5 so we add powers as (-3.5)13+2 = (-3.5)15
we have denominator (-3.5)9
Now we have \(\frac{-3.5^{15}}{-3.5^{9}}\) so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{-3.5^{15}}{-3.5^{9}}\) = (-3.5)15-9 = (-3.5)6.

Question 8.
Simplify (2y)7.
Answer:
(2y)7 =(2)7 X y7

Explanation:
Given to simplify the expression (2y)we use general rule to
write (ab)m  power of a product as am X bm ,So (2y)7 = (2)7 X y7

Round the number. Write the result as a product of a single digit and a power of 10.
Question 9.
4,610,428,970
Answer:
4,610,428,970 = 5 X 109

Explanation:
Given number is 4,610,428,970 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 5,000,000,000 so we have 5 followed by 9 zeros,
so we write as 4,610,428,970 = 5 X 109 .

Question 10.
0.00000572
Answer:
0.00000572 = 5.72 X 10-6

Explanation:
Given number 0.00000572 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 0.000006, we have divided 6 by 10 followed
by 6 zeros so we write as 6 X 10-6.

Write the number in standard form.
Question 11.
3 × 107
Answer:

3 X 107 = 30,000,000

Explanation:
Given 3 × 10the number in standard form is
3 X 10,000,000 = 30,000,000.
So 3 X 107 = 30,000,000.

Question 12.
9.05 × 10-3
Answer:
9.05 × 10-3 = 0.00905

Explanation:
Given 9.05 × 10-3  the number in standard form is
9.05 × 0.001 = 0.00905.

Evaluate the expression. Write your answer in scientific notation.
Question 13.
(7.8 × 107) + (9.9 × 107)
Answer:
(7.8 × 107) + (9.9 × 107) = 1.77 X 108

Explanation:
Given expressions as (7.8 × 107) + (9.9 × 107)
using the distributive property of multiplication over addition,
we get (7.8 × 107) + (9.9 × 107)  = (7.8 + 9.9 ) X 107 = 17.7 X 107 =
1.77 X 10 X 107 =1.77 X 108.

Question 14.
(6.4 × 105) – (5.4 × 104)
Answer:
(6.4 × 105) – (5.4 × 104) = 5.86 X 105

Explanation:
Given expressions as (6.4 × 105) – (5.4 × 104)
as the powers of 10 differ we need to modify before we factor.
We work around this by using our exponent property bm · bn = b (m+n)
to rewrite the 104 as 105 · So we take 104 and then grouping the 104 with 5.4.
So 5.4 X 104 becomes  0.54 X 105 therefore = (6.4 × 105) – (5.4 × 104) =
(6.4 X 105) – (5.4 X 10-1X 10 X 104) = (6.4 X 105) – (0.54 × 105)
using the distributive property of multiplication over subtraction,
we get (6.4 – 0.54) X 105 = 5.86 X 105.

Question 15.
(3.1 × 106) × (2.7 × 10-2)
Ans;
(3.1 × 106) × (2.7 × 10-2) = 8.37 X 104.

Explanation:
Given expressions as (3.1 × 106) × (2.7 × 10-2)
we work out the coefficients and the exponents separately.
and use the product rule; bm x b n = b(m + n) to multiply the bases.
So (3.1 × 106) × (2.7 × 10-2) = (3.1 X 2.7) X (106 × 10-2) =
8.37 X (106-2) = 8.37 X 104.

Question 16.
(9.6 × 107) ÷ (1.2 × 10-4)
Answer:
(9.6 × 107) ÷ (1.2 × 10-4) = 8 X 1011

Explanation:
Given expressions as (9.6 × 107) ÷ (1.2 × 10-4),
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So (9.6 × 107) ÷ (1.2 × 10-4) = (9.6 ÷ 1.2 ) X ( 107-(-4)) = 8 X 1011.

Question 17.
Is (xy2)3 the same as (xy3)2? Explain.
Answer:
(xy2)3 is not same as (xy3)2

Explanation:
Given expressions (xy2)3 the same as (xy3)
first we solve the expressions with general rule for
finding (am)power of a power,
If two powers have the same base then
we can multiply the powers as (am)n = am x n as
(xy2)3 = (x)3 X (y2)3 = (x)3 X (y2x3) = x3 X y6.
Now (xy3)2 = (x)2 X (y3)2 = (x)2 X (y3×2) = x2 X y6.
Now comparing  x3 X y6 with x2 X y6 as x powers are not same so
(xy2)3 is not same as (xy3)2.

Question 18.
One scoop of rice weighs about 39 milligrams.
a. Write a linear function that relates the weight of rice to the number of scoops. What is the weight of 5 scoops of rice?
b. A grain of rice weighs about 33 milligrams. About how many grains of rice are in 1 scoop?
Answer:
a. The linear function that relates the weight of rice to the
number of scoops is y= 39x ,The weight of 5 scoops of rice
is 98415 grams,
b. There are 729 grains in 1 scoop of rice

Explanation:
Given One scoop of rice weighs about 39 milligrams.
Let us take x as number of scoops and y represent
the weight of rice,
a.The linear function that relates the
weight of rice to the number of scoops is y= 39x ,
so the weight of 5 scoops of rice = y= 39 X 5 =
19683 X 5 = 98415 grams,
The weight of 5 scoops of rice is 98415 grams,
b. A grain of rice weighs about 33 milligrams the number of
grains of rice are in 1 scoop is 39 ÷ 33,We use the division rule
of exponents, where the exponents are subtracted.
So (39 ÷ 33) = 39-3 = 36 = 3 X 3 X 3 X 3 X 3 X 3 = 729,
therefore there are 729 grains in 1 scoop of rice.

Question 19.
There are about 10,000 taste buds on a human tongue.
Write this number in scientific notation.
Answer:
10,000 = 1 x 104 taste buds are there on a human tongue.

Question 20.
From 1978 to 2008, the amount of lead allowed in the air in the
United States was 1.5 × 10-6 gram per cubic meter.
In 2008, the amount allowed was reduced by 90%.
What is the new amount of lead allowed in the air?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation pt 20
Answer:
1.5 X 10-7 gram per cubic meter is the new amount of lead allowed in the air.

Explanation:
Given from 1978 to 2008, the amount of lead allowed in the air in the
United States was 1.5 × 10-6 gram per cubic meter.
In 2008, the amount allowed was reduced by 90%.
to know the new amount of lead allowed in the air, we see
as it was reduced by 90% then 10% is still allowed, to find 10% of
original amount multiply by 0.1 so 0.1 X 1.5 × 10-6 = 0.15 X 10-6 =
= 1.5 X 10-7 gram per cubic meter, Therefore 1.5 X 10-7 gram per cubic meter
is the new amount of lead allowed in the air.

Exponents and Scientific Notation Cumulative Practice

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cp 1
Answer :
Bit B, 3072 years.

Explanation:
Cats were tamed 3 X 210 years ago in Egypt, So it was
3 X 210 = 3 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 = 3072 Years,
So bit b is matched.

Question 1.
Mercury’s distance from the Sun is approximately 5.79 × 107 kilometers. What is this distance in standard form?
A. 5,790,000 km
B. 57,900,000 km
C. 579,000,000 km
D. 5,790,000,000 km
Answer:
The distance of 5.79 × 107 kilometers in standard form is approximately
equal to ≈ 57,900,000 km so matches with  B bit.

Explanation:
Given Mercury’s distance from the Sun is approximately 5.79 × 107 kilometers,
So the distance in standard form is the number in standard form is
5.79 X 10,000,000 = 57,900,000 km. So 5.79 X 107 km matches with B bit
57,900,000 km.

Question 2.
Your friend solves the problem. What should your friend change to correctly answer the question?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cp 2
F. The left side of the equation should equal 360° instead of 180°.
G. The sum of the acute angles should equal 90.°
H. Evaluate the smallest angle when x = 15.
I. Evaluate the largest angle when x = 15.
Answer:
I. Evaluate the largest angle when x = 15.

Explanation:
Friend already solved x = 15°,So  the largest angle in the triangle
is 8x = 8 X 15°= 120°,So friend needs to
Evaluate the largest angle when x = 15. So bit I is the correct answer.

Question 3.
Which expression is equivalent to the expression 2423?
A. 212
B. 47
C. 48
D. 128
Answer:
2423 = 128, D bit

Explanation:
Given expression is 2423 we know when bases are same
product of powers property says add the powers.
So 2423 = 24 X 23 = 24+3= 27 =  2 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 = 128,
therefore 2423 =128, so it matches with bit D.

Question 4.
You randomly survey students in your school about whether they have a pet. You display your results in the two-way table. How many female students took the survey?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cp 4
Answer:
Female 46 students took the survey.

Explanation:
As per two-way table it displays number of students in school
about whether they have a pet or not , So yes are 35 and no are 11,
Therefore total number of female students are 35 + 11 = 46,
So 46 female students took the survey.

Question 5.
A bank account pays interest so that the amount in the account doubles every 10 years. The account started with $5,000 in 1940. Which expression represents the amount (in dollars) in the account n decades later?
F. 2n • 5000
G. 5000 (n + 1)
H. 5000n
I. 2n + 5000
Answer:
F. 2n • 5000

Explanation:
Given a bank account pays interest so that the amount in the account
doubles every 10 years. The account started with $5,000 in 1940,
The expression that represents the amount (in dollars) in
the account n decades later is since the amount is getting doubled
every decade, So it will be increasing in multiples of  2,
so the correct answer is 2n X 5000 so bit  F.

Question 6.
The formula for the volume V of a pyramid is V = \(\frac{1}{3}\)Bh.
Which equation represents a formula for the height h of the pyramid?
A. h= \(\frac{1}{3}\) VB
B. h = \(\frac{3 V}{B}\)
C. h = \(\frac{V}{3B}\)
D. h = V – \(\frac{1}{3}\)B
Answer:
B. h = \(\frac{3 V}{B}\)

Explanation:
Given the formula for the volume V of a pyramid is V = \(\frac{1}{3}\)Bh,
If we cross multiply 3 with V divide by B we get height,
So the formula for the height h of the pyramid is h = 3 V X \(\frac{1}{B}\).
Therefore the correct answer is bit B, h = \(\frac{3 V}{B}\).

Question 7.
The gross domestic product (GDP) is a way to measure how much a country produces economically in a year. The table below shows the approximate population and GDP for the United States.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cp 7
Part A Write the population and the GDP using scientific notation.
Part B Find the GDP per person for the United States using your answers from PartA. Write your answer in scientific notation. Show your work and explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Part A : Population is 3.24 X 108,
GDP is $1.86 X 1013
Part B :
The GDP per person for the United States is 5.74 X 105

Explanation:
Part A:
Given the population of United States, 2016 is 324,000,000 the scientific
notation is 3.24 X 100,000,000 = 3.24 X 108 and GDP is
$18,600,000,000,000 in scientific notation is $1.86 X 10,000,000,000,000 =
$1.86 X 1013.
Part B :
The GDP per person is dividing the GDP of a country by its population,
So ($1.86 X 1013) ÷ (3.24 X 108) ,Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator,
Therefore (1.86 ÷ 3.24) X (1013 ÷ 108)  = 0.574 X (1013-8) =
0.574 X 105 = 0.574  X 10 X 104 = 5.74 X 105.

Question 8.
What is the equation of the line shown in the graph?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cp 8
Answer:
F. y = –
Explanation:
The equation of line is y = mx + b, Where m is slope and
b is y – intercept So m= (y2-y1) ÷ (x2 -x1)
from graph we have (x1,y1)= (3,2) and (x2,y2) = (-3,4)
m= (4-2) ÷ (-3-3) = 2 ÷ (-6) = (-1 ÷ 3) = now y-intercept is y value of the point where the line intersects the y- axis.
So here it is 3, Now the equation of the line is y =-y = -(1 ÷

Question 9.
Which graph represents a linear function?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cp 9
Answer:
Graph In B bit represents a linear function

Explanation:
Linear function is one where if there is a constant rate of change,
If we see all the graphs only in graph B there is constant rate of change,
in graph A it is increasing, decreasing and again increasing,
in graph C it is higher and at a time decreased
in graph D it decreased and again increased,
Therefore only in graph B , therefore only in graph B
it represents a linear function.

Question 10.
Find (- 2.5)-2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cp 10
Answer:
(- 2.5)-2 =

Explanation:
Given expression as (- 2.5)-2 we write the expression as
positive exponents by using So (- 2.5)-2  is

Question 11.
Two lines have the same y-intercept. The slope of one line is 1, and
the slope of the other line is – 1. What can you conclude?
F. The lines are parallel.
G. The lines meet at exactly one point.
H. The lines meet at more than one point.
I. The situation described is impossible.
Answer:
G. The lines meet at exactly one point.

Explanation:
If two lines have different slopes, they cannot be the same line.
However, if they share a y-intercept, that means they cross the
y-axis at the same y value. Since the x value is constant on the
y-axis (0), they also share an x-value here. If they share an x value
and corresponding y value, they intersect at that point,
in this case their y-intercept and two lines can’t intersect
at more than one point, So we conclude the lines meet at exactly one point.

Question 12.
Which list of ordered pairs represents the mapping diagram?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cp 12
A. (1, 2), (2, 0), (3, – 2)
B. (1, 0), (2, 2), (3, – 2)
C. (1, 0), (2, 2), (2, – 2), (3, – 2)
D. (0, 1), (2, 2), (- 2, 2), (- 2, 3)
Answer:
C. (1, 0), (2, 2), (2, – 2), (3, – 2)

Explanation:
A mapping shows how the elements are paired.
Its like a flow chart for a function, showing the input and output values.
A mapping diagram consists of two parallel columns..
Lines or arrows are drawn from domain to range,
to represent the relation between any two elements.
So by seeing as 1 is related 0, 2 is related to 2, -2 and 3 is related to -2,
therefore the ordered pairs are (1,0),(2,2),(2,-2),(3,-2) matches with
bit C.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays

Students of Grade 8 can get the best solutions with explanations from Big Ideas Math Answers. Our Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays helps to score the highest marks in the exams and also improves your skills. Enhance your Knowledge by referring to BIM Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays from ccssanswers.com

Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays

The concepts of maths are applicable in modeling Real life. The Big Ideas Math Textbook 8 Grade Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays Answers improves the skills. The solutions are prepared from Big Ideas Math- Modeling Real Life Grade 8 student Edition Set. Learning targets and success criteria help the students to focus on learning the subject. By this teachers and parents can understand the graph of the student’s performance.

Performance Task

Lesson: 1 Scatter Plots

Lesson: 2 Lines of Fit

Lesson: 3 Two-Way Tables

Lesson: 4 Choosing a Data Display

Chapter: 6 – Data Analysis and Displays 

Data Analysis and Displays STEAM Video/Performance Task

STEAM Video

Fuel Economy
The fuel economy of a vehicle is a measure of the effciency of the vehicle’s engine. What are the benefits of using a car with high fuel economy?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 1
Watch the STEAM Video “Fuel Economy.” Then answer the following questions.
1. Tory says that the footprint of a vehicle is the area of the rectangle formed by the wheel base and the track width. What is the footprint of a car with a wheel base of 106 inches and a track width of 61 inches?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 2
2. The graph shows the relationship between the fuel economy and the footprint for four vehicles.
a. What happens to the fuel economy as the footprint increases?
b. Plot the point (50, 40) on the graph. What does this point represent? Does the point fit in with the other points? Explain.

Answer:
1.The footprint of a car = 6,466 sq inches.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
Tory says that the footprint of a vehicle is the area of the rectangle formed by the wheelbase and the track width.
area of rectangle = length  x width
Given that the footprint of a car = 106 inches.
width with 61 inches.
area = 106 x 61
footprint = 6,466 sq inches.

Answer:
2. a.The fuel economy increases when the footprint increases.

Explanation:
In the above-shown video,
tory says that whenever the footprint increases the fuel economy also increases.
whenever the footprint decreases the fuel economy decreases.

Answer:
2.b.The point (50, 40) represents the outlier.

Explanation:
In the above-given graph,
the point (50, 40) lies in the graph.
it represents the outlier of the graph.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-6-Data Analysis and Displays-6-1

Performance Task

Cost vs. Fuel Economy
After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the STEAM concepts you learned to answer the questions in the Video Performance Task. You will be given fuel economies and purchase prices of hybrid and non hybrid car models.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 3
You will be asked to create graphs to compare car models. Why might you want to know the relationship between the fuel economy and the purchase price of a vehicle?

Answer:
The relationship between the fuel economy and the purchase price of a vehicle is proportional.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
Given that the city fuel Economy and the purchase price of the cars.
for car A (21.8, 24)
for car B(22.4, 22)
for car C(40.1, 18)
if the fuel economy increases the purchase price also increases.
whenever the economy decreases the purchase price also decreases.

Data Analysis and Displays Getting Ready for Chapter 6

Chapter Exploration
1. Work with a partner. The table shows the number of absences and the final grade for each student in a sample.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 4
a.Write the ordered pairs from the table. Then plot them in a coordinate plane.
b. Describe the relationship between absences and final grade.
c. MODELING A student has been absent6 days. Use the data to predict the student’s final grade. Explain how you found your answer.

Answer:
a. (0, 95), (3, 88), (2, 90), (5, 83), (7, 79), (9, 70), (4, 85), (1, 94), (10, 65), (8, 75).
b. the relationships between the absences and the final grade is decreasing when the absences increases.
c. The student’s final grade is 80.

Explanation:
a. From the above-given figure,
The ordered pairs are:
(0, 95), (3, 88), (2, 90), (5, 83), (7, 79), (9, 70), (4, 85), (1, 94), (10, 65), (8, 75).
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-6-Data Analysis and Displays-6-2

B. whenever the final grade is decreasing the absences also decrease.
whenever the final grade increases the absence also increases.
c. Given that the student has been absent for 6 days.
The student’s final grade is 80.

2. Work with a partner. Match the data sets with the most appropriate scatter plot. Explain your reasoning.
a. month of birth and birth weight for infants at a day care
b. quiz score and test score of each student in a class
c. age and value of laptop computers
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 5

Vocabulary
The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
scatter plot
two-way table
line of fit
joint frequency

Answer:
Scatter plot = A scatter plot uses dots to represent values for two different numeric variables. The position of each dot on the horizontal and vertical axis indicates values for an individual data point.
Two-way table = A two-way table is a way to display frequencies or relative frequencies for two categorical variables.
Line of fit = Line of fit refers to a line through a scatter plot of data points that best expresses the relationship between those points.
Joint frequency = Joint frequency is joining one variable from the row and one variable from the column.

Explanation:
Scatter plot = A scatter plot uses dots to represent values for two different numeric variables. The position of each dot on the horizontal and vertical axis indicates values for an individual data point.
Two-way table = A two-way table is a way to display frequencies or relative frequencies for two categorical variables.
Line of fit = Line of fit refers to a line through a scatter plot of data points that best expresses the relationship between those points.
Joint frequency = Joint frequency is joining one variable from the row and one variable from the column.

Lesson 6.1 Scatter Plots

EXPLORATION 1

Work with a partner. The weights and circumferences of several sports balls are shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.1 1
a. Represent the data in the coordinate plane. Explain your method.
b. Is there a relationship between the size and the weight of a sports ball? Explain your reasoning.
c. Is it reasonable to use the graph to predict the weights of the sports balls below? Explain your reasoning.
Kickball : circumference = 26 in.
Bowling ball : circumference = 27 in.
Answer:
a.(21, 30), (5, 9), (1.6, 5.3), (16, 28), (2, 8), (1.4, 7), (7, 12), (10, 26).

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-6-Data Analysis and Displays-6.1-1

Answer:
b. The weight is measured in inches and size is measured in ounces.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the size and the weight of the balls are given.
size and weight of basketball = (21, 30).
size and weight of baseball = (5, 9).
size and weight of golfball = (1.6, 5.3).
size and weight of soccerball = (16, 28).
size and weight of tennis = (2, 8).
size and weight of racquetball = (1.4, 7).
size and weight of softball = (7, 12).
size and weight of volleyball = (10, 26)

Answer:
c. No, it is not reasonable to use the graph.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.1 2

Try It

Question 1.
Make a scatter plot of the data. Identify any outliers, gaps, or clusters.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.1 3

Answer:
outliers = (120, 70)
gaps =(10, 62) to (45, 85)
clusters =(80, 95), (90, 97), (80, 91)

Explanation:
outliers =(120, 70)
gaps = (10, 62) to (45, 85)
clusters = (80, 95), (90, 97), (80, 91)

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-6-Data Analysis and Displays-6.1-2

Question 2.
Describe the relationship between the data in Example 1.

Answer:
Linear relationship.

Explanation:
In the above-given graph,
the relationship used is a linear relationship.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 3.
SCATTER PLOT
Make a scatter plot of the data. Identify any outliers, gaps, or clusters. Then describe the relationship between the data.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.1 4
Answer:
outliers = (3,24)
clusters = 22 to 36
gaps = (4, 27), (8, 36)

Explanation:
outliers = (3,24)
clusters = 22 to 36
gaps = (4, 27), (8, 36)

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-6-Data Analysis and Displays-6.1-3

Question 4.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Using the scatter plot, which point does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.1 5

Answer:
The point (3.5, 3) does not belong with the other three.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure
The points (1,8),  (3, 6.5), and (8, 2) lies in the coordinate plane.
the point (3.5, 3) does not belong with the other three.
the point (3.5, 3) is an outlier.
Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 5.
The table shows the high school and college grade point averages (GPAs) of 10 students. What college GPA do you expect for a high school student with a GPA of 2.7?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.1 6

Answer:
The college GPA I expect for a high school student with a GPA of 2.7 is 2.45.

Explanation:
In the above-given points,
given that the college GPA for high school students.
college GPA for 2.4 = high school students of 2.6
so I am expecting the 2.45 for 2.7.

Question 6.
The scatter plot shows the ages of 12 people and the numbers of pets each person owns. Identify any outliers, gaps, or clusters. Then describe the relationship between the data.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.1 7

Answer:
outliers = (40, 6)
clusters = (20, 2) to (70, 1)
gaps = (0, 30), (1, 35), (2, 50) and so on.

Explanation:
Given that,
the person’s age (years) in the x-axis.
a number of pets owned in the y-axis.
outliers = (40, 6)
clusters = (20, 2) to (70, 1)
gaps = (0, 30), (1, 35), (2, 50) and so on.

Scatter Plots Homework & Practice 6.1

Review & Refresh

Solve the system. Check your solution.
Question 1.
y = – 5x + 1
y = – 5x – 2

Answer:
There is no solution for the given equation.

Explanation:
Given that y = – 5x + 1
y = – 5x – 2
so there is no solution for the given equation.

Question 2.
2x + 2y = 9
x = 4.5 – y

Answer:
9 = 9

Explanation:
Given that,
2x + 2y = 9
x = 4.5 – y
2(4.5 – y) + 2y = 9
9 – 2y + 2y = 9
-2y and + 2y get cancelled on both sides.
9 = 9

Question 3.
y = – x
6x + y = 4

Answer:
x = (4/5 , -4/5)

Explanation:
Given that y = -x
6x + y = 4
6x + (-x) = 4
6x – x = 4
5x = 4
x = (4/5)

Question 4.
When graphing a proportional relationship represented by y = mx, which point is not on the graph?
A. (0, 0)
B. (0, m)
C. (1, m)
D. (2, 2m)

Answer:
Point A is not on the graph.

Explanation:
In the above question,
given that the points are:
(0, 0)
(0, m)
(1, m)
(2, 2m)
the point (0, 0) is not in the graph.

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

USING A SCATTER PLOT The table shows the average prices (in dollars) of jeans sold at different stores and the numbers of pairs of jeans sold at each store in one month. (See Exploration 1, p. 237.)

Question 5.
Represent the data in a coordinate plane.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.1 8

Answer:
The points are (22, 152), (40, 94), (28, 134), (35, 110), and (46, 81)

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The points are (22, 152), (40, 94), (28, 134), (35, 110), and (46, 81)
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-6-Data Analysis and Displays-6.1-4

Question 6.
Is there a relationship between the average price and the number sold? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
The linear relationship.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the relationship given is linear relationship.

MAKING A SCATTER PLOT Make a scatter plot of the data. Identify any outliers, gaps, or clusters.
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.1 9

Answer:
Outliers = (102, 63)
gaps = x from 40 to 44
clusters = 82 to 89

Explanation:
outliers = (102, 63)
gaps = x from 40 to 44
clusters = 82 to 89
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-6-Data Analysis and Displays-6.1-5

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.1 10

Answer:
Outliers = (0, 5.5)
gaps = x from 4.5 to 5.5
clusters = 1.5 to 2.5

Explanation:
outliers = (0, 5.5)
gaps = x from 4.5 to 5.5
clusters = 1.5 to 2.5
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-6-Data Analysis and Displays-6.1-6

IDENTIFYING RELATIONSHIPS Describe the relationship between the data. Identify any outliers, gaps, or clusters.
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.1 11

Answer:
Outliers = (15, 10)
gaps = from x = 15 to x = 25
clusters = 0
Negative linear relationship.

Explanation:
Outliers = (15, 10)
gaps = from x = 15 to x = 25
clusters = 0
There are no clusters.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.1 12

Answer:
There are no clusters.
gaps = from x = 4 to x = 36
outliers.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are no clusters.
gaps = from x = 4 to x = 36
no outliers.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.1 13

Answer:
There is no relationship.
there are no clusters.
no gaps.
no outliers.

Explanation:
In the above-given graph,
there are no clusters.
no gaps.
no clusters.
there is no relationship.

Question 12.
CRITICAL THINKING
The table shows the average price per pound for honey at a store from 2014 to 2017. Describe the relationship between the data.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.1 14

Answer:
The relationship is a positive linear relationship.

Explanation:
In the above-figure,
given points are:
(2014, $4.65), (2015, $5.90), (2016, $6.50), and (2017, $7.70)
so the above given is a positive linear relationship.

Question 13.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The scatter plot shows the amount of rainfall and the amount of corn produced by a farm over the last 10 years. Describe the relationship between the amount of rainfall and the amount of corn produced.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.1 15

Answer:
The relationship is a positive linear relationship.

Explanation:
In  the above-given figure,
outliers = (49, 80)
clusters = from x = 190 to 220.

Question 14.
OPEN-ENDED
Describe a set of real-life data that has a negative linear relationship.
Answer:

Question 15.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The scatter plot shows the total earnings (wages and tips) of a food server during one day.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.1 16
a. About how many hours must the server work to earn $70?
b. About how much does the server earn for 5 hours of work?
c. Describe the relationship shown by the data.

Answer:
a. 3.5 h
b. 85 $
c. positive linear relationship.

Explanation:
In the above-given graph,
given that,
a. the hours must server work to earn $70 = 3.5 h
b. The server earns for 5 hours of work = $ 85.
c. the relationship is shown by the data = positive linear relationship.

Question 16.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The table shows the memory capacities (in gigabytes) and prices (in dollars) of tablet computers. (a) Make a scatter plot of the data. Then describe the relationship between the data. (b) Identify any outliers, gaps, or clusters. Explain why they might exist.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.1 17

Answer:
Outliers =(16, 50)
gaps = 128 on x.
clusters = 64, 32, 64

Explanation:
Outliers =(16, 50)
gaps =128 on x.
clusters = 64, 32, 64.

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-6-Data Analysis and Displays-6.1-7

Question 17.
PATTERNS
The scatter plot shows the numbers of drifting scooters sold by a company.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.1 18
a. In what year were1000 scooters sold?
b. About how many scooters were sold in 2015?
c. Describe the relationship shown by the data.
d. Assuming this trend continues, in what year are about 500 drifting scooters sold?

Answer:
a. 2014
b. about 950 scooters.
c. negative linear relationship.
d. 2019.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
Given that the number of vehicles sold in the year.
a. 2014
b. about 950 scooters.
c. negative linear relationship.
d. 2019

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
Sales of sunglasses and beach towels at a store show a positive linear relationship in the summer. Does this mean that the sales of one item cause the sales of the other item to increase? Explain.

Answer:
Yes.

Explanation:
In the above-figure,
given that the sales of the sunglasses and beach towels at a store show a positive linear relationship.
yes the sales of one item cause the sales of the other item to increase.

Lesson 6.2 Lines of Fit

EXPLORATION 1

Representing Data by a Linear Equation
Work with a partner. You have been working on a science project for 8 months. Each month, you measured the length of a baby alligator.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.2 1
a. Use a scatter plot to draw a line that you think best describes the relationship between the data.
b. Write an equation for your line in part(a).
c. MODELING Use your equation in part(b) to predict the length of the baby alligator next September.

Answer:
a. The relation is a linear relationship.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-6-Data Analysis and Displays-6.1-8

Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.2 2

Try It

Question 1.
The table shows the numbers of people who attend a festival over an eight-year period. (a) Make a scatter plot of the data and draw a line of fit. (b) Write an equation of the line of fit. (c) Interpret the slope and the y-intercept of the line of fit.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.2 3

Answer:
The order pairs (1, 420), (2, 500), (3, 650), (4, 900), (5, 1100), (6, 1500), (7, 1750), (8, 2400)

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-6-Data Analysis and Displays-6.2-2

Question 2.
Find an equation of the line of best fit for the data in Example 1. Identify and interpret the correlation coefficient.
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 3.
FINDING A LINE OF FIT
The table shows the numbers of days spent training and the race times for several people in a race.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.2 4
a. Make a scatter plot of the data and draw a line of fit.
b. Write an equation of the line of fit.
c. Interpret the slope and the y-intercept of the line of fit.

Answer:

Question 4.
IDENTIFYING RELATIONSHIPS
Find an equation of the line of best fit for the data at the left. Identify and interpret the correlation coefficient
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 5.
The ordered pairs show amounts y (in inches) of rainfall equivalent x to inches of snow. About how many inches of rainfall are equivalent to 6 inches of snow? Justify your answer.
(16, 1.5) (12, 1.3) (18, 1.8) (15, 1.5) (20, 2.1) (23, 2.4)
Answer:

Question 6.
The table shows the heights (in feet) of a high jump bar and the number of people who successfully complete each jump. Identify and interpret the correlation coefficient.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.2 5
Answer:

Lines of Fit Homework & Practice 6.2

Review & Refresh

Describe the relationship between the data. Identify any outliers, gaps, or clusters.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.2 6

Answer:
Negative linear relationship.
outliers = (6, 10)
clusters = 0
gaps = 0

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The relationship is negative linear relationship.
outliers = (6, 10)
cluster = 0
gaps = 0
there are no clusters and no gaps.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.2 7

Answer:

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.2 8

Answer:

positive linear relationships.
outliers = 0
gaps = 0
clusters = x = 11 to x = 15

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that
positive linear relationship.
outliers = 0
gaps = 0
clusters = x = 11 to x = 15

Write the fraction as a decimal and a percent.
Question 4.
\(\frac{29}{100}\)

Answer:
Decimal = 0.29
percent = 29 %

Explanation:
Given that
(29/100)
0.29
percent = 29%
decimal = 0.29

Question 5.
\(\frac{7}{25}\)

Answer:
Decimal = 0.28
percent = 28%

Explanation:
Given that
(7/25) = 0.28
decimal = 0.28
percent = 28

Question 6.
\(\frac{35}{50}\)

Answer:
Decimal = 0.7
percent = 0.007

Explanation:
Given that
(35/50) = 0.7
decimal = 0.7
percent = 0.007

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving
REPRESENTING DATA BY A LINEAR EQUATION Use a scatter plot to draw a line that you think best describes the relationship between the data. (See Exploration 1, p. 243.)
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.2 9

Answer:
The points are (0,0), (1, 0.8), (2, 1.50), (3, 2.20), (4, 3.0), (5, 3.75)

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
Given that :
the points are (0, 0), (1, 0.8), (2, 1.50), (3, 2.20), (4, 3.0), (5, 3.75)
The blue berries are in the x-axis.
weight is measured in pounds.
weight is shown in the y-axis.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-6-Data Analysis and Displays-6.2-3
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.2 10

Answer:
The given points are (0,91), (2, 82), (4, 74), (6, 65), (8, 55), (10, 43).

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
Given that :
the points are (0, 91, (2, 82), (4, 74), (6, 65), (8, 55), (10, 43)
The Age is given on the x-axis.
value is measured in dollars.
value is given in the y-axis.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-6-Data Analysis and Displays-6.2-4
Question 9.
FINDING A LINE OF FIT
The table shows the daily high temperatures (°F)and the numbers of hot chocolates sold at a coffee shop for eight randomly selected days.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.2 11
a. Make a scatter plot of the data and draw a line of fit.
b.Write an equation of the line of fit.
c. Interpret the slope and the y-intercept of the line of fit.

Answer:
a.The given points are (30, 45), (36, 43), (44, 36), (51, 35), (60, 30), (68, 27), (75, 23), (82, 17).
b. y = -0.5x + 60
c. you could expect that 60 hot chocolates are sold when the temperature is 0 degree f, and the sales decrease by 1 hot chocolate for every 2 degrees f increase in temperature.

Explanation:
a.The given points are (30, 45), (36, 43), (44, 36), (51, 35), (60, 30), (68, 27), (75, 23), (82, 17).
b. y = -0.5x + 60
c. you could expect that 60 hot chocolates are sold when the temperature is 0 degree f, and the sales decrease by 1 hot chocolate for every 2 degrees f increase in temperature.

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-6-Data Analysis and Displays-6.2-5

Question 10.
NUMBER SENSE
Which correlation coefficient indicates a stronger relationship: – 0.98 or 0.91? Explain.

Answer:
0.91 indicates a stronger correlation coefficient.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
-0.98 is a negative value and 0.91 is a positive value.
So 0.91 indicates a stronger correlation coefficient.

Question 11.
IDENTIFYING RELATIONSHIPS
The table shows the admission costs (in dollars) and the average number of daily visitors at an amusement park each year for the past 8 years. Find an equation of the line of best fit. Identify and interpret the correlation coefficient.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.2 12

Answer:
The equation for the line of best fit is Y = -4.9x + 1042
about -0.969.
strong negative correlation.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The given points are (20, 940), (21, 935), (22, 940), (24, 925), (25, 920), (27, 905), (28, 910), and (30, 890)
The equation for the line of best fit is y = -4.9x + 1042.
about -0.969.
strong negative correlation.

Question 12.
REASONING
The table shows the weights(in pounds) and the prescribed dosages (in milligrams) of medicine for six patients.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.2 13
a. Find an equation of the line of best fit. Identify and interpret the correlation coefficient.
b. Interpret the slope of the line of best fit.
c. A patient who weighs 140 pounds is prescribed 135 milligrams of medicine. How does this affect the line of best fit?
Answer:

Question 13.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The table shows the populations (in millions) and the numbers of electoral votes assigned for eight states in the 2016 presidential election.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.2 14
a. Find an equation of the line of best fit. Identify and interpret the correlation coefficient.
b. Interpret the slope of the line of best fit.
c. Interpret the y-intercept of the line of best fit.
d. RESEARCH Research the Electoral College to explain the meaning of your answer in part(c).

Answer:
a. y = 1.3 x + 2; about 0.9995; strong positive correlation.
b. The number of electoral votes increases by 1.3 for every increase of 1  million people in the state.
c. A state with a population of 0 has 2 electoral votes.
d. The number of electoral votes a state has is based on the number of members that the state has in congress. Each state has 2 senators, plus a number of members of the House of Representatives based on its population. so, the y-intercept is 2 because a hypothetical state with no population would still have 2 senators.

Explanation:
a. y = 1.3 x + 2; about 0.9995; strong positive correlation.
b. The number of electoral votes increases by 1.3 for every increase of 1  million people in the state.
c. A state with a population of 0 has 2 electoral votes.
d. The number of electoral votes a state has is based on the number of members that the state has in congress. Each state has 2 senators, plus a number of members of the House of Representatives based on its population. so, the y-intercept is 2 because a hypothetical state with no population would still have 2 senators.

Question 14.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The table shows the numbers (in millions) of active accounts for two social media websites over the past five years. Assuming this trend continues, how many active accounts will Website B have when Website A has 280 million active accounts? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.2 15

Answer:

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
The table shows the heights y(in feet) of a baseball x seconds after it was hit.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.2 16
a. Predict the height after 5 seconds.
b. The actual height after 5 seconds is about 3 feet. Why might this be different from your prediction?

Answer:
a. 251 ft.
b. The height of the baseball is not linear.

Explanation:
a. The height after 5 seconds is 251 feet.
Given that the seconds on the x-axis and height on the y-axis.
the points are (0, 3), (0.5, 39), (1, 67), (1.5, 87), and (2, 99).
b. The actual height after 5 seconds is about 3 feet.

Lesson 6.3 Two-Way Tables

EXPLORATION 1

Analyzing Data
Work with a partner. You are the manager of a sports shop. The table shows the numbers of soccer T-shirts that your shop has left in stock at the end of a soccer season.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.3 1
a. Complete the table.
b. Are there any black-and-gold XL T-shirts in stock? Justify your answer.
c. The numbers of T-shirts you ordered at the beginning of the soccer season are shown below. Complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.3 2
d. REASONING How would you alter the numbers of T-shirts you order for the next soccer season?
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.3 3

Try It

Question 1.
How many students in the survey above studied for the test and failed?
Answer:

Question 2.
You randomly survey students in a cafeteria about their plans for a football game and a school dance. The two-way table shows the results. Find and interpret the marginal frequencies for the survey.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.3 4
Answer:

Question 3.
You randomly survey students about whether they buy a school lunch or pack a lunch. The results are shown. Make a two-way table that includes the marginal frequencies.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.3 5
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 4.
READING A TWO-WAY TABLE
The results of a music survey are shown in the two-way table. How many students dislike both country and jazz? How many students like country but dislike jazz?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.3 6
Answer:

Question 5.
MAKING A TWO-WAY TABLE
You randomly survey students about their preference for a class field trip. The results are shown in the tally sheets. Make a two-way table that includes the marginal frequencies.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.3 7
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 6.
The results of a voting survey are shown in the two-way table. For each age group, what percent of voters prefer Candidate A? Candidate B? Determine whether there is a relationship between age and candidate preference.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.3 8
Answer:

Question 7.
You randomly survey 40 students about whether they play an instrument. You find that8 males play an instrument and 13 females do not play an instrument. A total of 17 students in the survey play an instrument. Make a two-way table that includes the marginal frequencies.
Answer:

Question 8.
Collect data from each student in your math class about whether they like math and whether they like science. Is there a relationship between liking math and liking science? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Two-Way Tables Homework & Practice 6.3

Review & Refresh

Find an equation of the line of best fit for the data.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.3 9

Answer:
The line y = 12.6x + 75.8 best fit for the data.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
Given that the points are (0,75), (1, 91), (2, 101), (3, 109) and (4, 129).
The line y = 12.6x + 75.8 is the best fit for the data.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.3 10
Answer:

The vertices of a triangle are A (1, 2), B (3, 1), and C (1, – 1). Draw the figure and its image after the translation.
Question 3.
4 units left
Answer:

Question 4.
2 units down
Answer:

Question 5.
(x – 2, y + 3)
Answer:

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

ANALYZING DATA In Exploration 1, determine how many of the indicated T-shirt are in stock at the end of the soccer season. (See Exploration 1, p. 249.)
Question 6.
black-and-white M

Answer:
4 T-shirts are in stock at the end of the soccer season.

Explanation:
In the above-given Exploration 1,
Given that The T-shirts are in stock.
4 T-shirts are in stock at the end of the soccer season.

Question 7.
blue-and-gold XXL

Answer:
0 shirts.

Explanation:
In the above-given Exploration 1,
Given that The T-shirts are in stock.
0 T-shirts are in stock at the end of the soccer season.

Question 8.
blue-and-white L

Answer:
1 T-shirt.

Explanation:
In the above-given Exploration 1,
Given that the T-shirts are in stock.
1 T-shirt is in stock at the end of the soccer season.

READING A TWO-WAY TABLE You randomly survey students about participating in a yearly fundraiser. The two-way table shows the results.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.3 11
Question 9.
How many female students participateFundraiserin the fundraiser?

Answer:
51 students participate.

Explanation:
In the above-given table,
Given that male and female students are participated in the fundraiser.
so 51 female students participate.

Question 10.
How many male students do not participate in the fundraiser?

Answer:
30 male students do not participate.

Explanation:
In the above-given table,
Given that male and female students are participated in the fundraiser.
so 30 male students do not participate.

FINDING MARGINAL FREQUENCIES Find and interpret the marginal frequencies.
Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.3 12

Answer:
71 students are juniors.
75 students are seniors.
93 students will attend the school play.
53 students will not attend the school play.
146 students were surveyed.

Explanation:
In the above-given table,
Given that students of the class participate in the school play.
71 students are juniors.
75 students are seniors.
93 students will attend the school play.
53 students will not attend the school play.
146 students were surveyed.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.3 13

Answer:
The data plan of 78 people is limited for the cell phone company A.
The data plan of  94 people is limited for the cell phone company B.
The data plan of 175 people is unlimited for the cell phone company A.
The data plan of 135 people is unlimited for the cell phone company B.
482 people were surveyed.

Explanation:
In the above-given table,
The data plan of the cell phone company are given.
The data plan of 78 people is limited for the cell phone company A.
The data plan of  94 people is limited for the cell phone company B.
The data plan of 175 people is unlimited for the cell phone company A.
The data plan of 135 people is unlimited for the cell phone company B.
482 people were surveyed.

Question 13.
MAKING A TWO-WAY TABLE
A researcher randomly surveys people with a medical condition about whether they received a treatment and whether their condition improved. The results are shown. Make a two-way table that includes the marginal frequencies.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.3 14

Answer:
The people who improved with treatment = 34.
The people who did not improve with treatment = 10
The people who improved with no treatment = 12.
The people who did not improve with no treatment = 29
Totally are about 85 people.

Explanation:
The people who improved with treatment = 34.
The people who did not improve with treatment = 10
The people who improved with no treatment = 12.
The people who did not improve with no treatment = 29
Totally are about 85 people.

Question 14.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You randomly survey students in your school about the color of their eyes. The results are shown in the tables.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.3 15
a. Make a two-way table.
b. Find and interpret the marginal frequencies for the survey.
c. For each eye color, what percent of the students in the survey are male? female? Organize the results in a two-way table.
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.3 16
Question 15.
REASONING
Use the information from Exercise 14. For each gender, what percent of the students in the survey have green eyes? blue eyes? brown eyes? Organize the results in a two-way table.
Answer:

Question 16.
CRITICAL THINKING
What percent of students in the survey in Exercise 14 are either female or have green eyes? What percent of students in the survey are males who do not have green eyes? Find and explain the sum of these two percents.
Answer:

Question 17.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You randomly survey people in your neighborhood about whether they have at least $1000 in savings. The results are shown in the tally sheets. For each age group, what percent of the people have at least $1000 in savings? do not have at least $1000 in savings? Determine whether there is a relationship between age and having at least $1000 in savings.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.3 17
Answer:

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
The three-dimensional bar graph shows information about the numbers of hours students at a high school work at part-time jobs during the school year.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.3 18
a. Make a two-way table that represents the data. Use estimation to find the entries in your table.
b. A newspaper article claims that more males than females drop out of high school to work full-time. Do the data support this claim? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Lesson 6.4 Choosing a Data Display

EXPLORATION 1

Displaying Data
Work with a partner. Analyze and display each data set in a way that best describes the data. Explain your choice of display.

a. NEW ENGLAND ROADKILL A group of schools in New England participated in a two-month study. They reported 3962 dead animals.
Birds: 307
Mammals: 2746
AmphibiAnswer: 145
Reptiles: 75
Unknown: 689
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.4 1
b. BLACK BEAR ROADKILL The data below show the numbers of black bears killed on a state’s roads each year for 20 years.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.4 2
c. RACCOON ROADKILL A one-week study along a four-mile section of road found the following weights (in pounds) of raccoons that had been killed by vehicles.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.4 3
d. What can be done to minimize the number of animals killed by vehicles?
Answer:

Try It

Choose an appropriate data display for the situation. Explain your reasoning.
Question 1.
the population of the United States divided into age groups
Answer:

Question 2.
the number of students in your school who play basketball, football, soccer, or lacrosse
Answer:

Tell whether the data display is appropriate for representing the data in Example 2. Explain your reasoning.
Question 3.
dot plot
Answer:

Question 4.
circle graph
Answer:

Question 5.
stem-and-leaf plot
Answer:

Question 6.
Which bar graph is misleading? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.4 4
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

CHOOSING A DATA DISPLAY Choose an appropriate data display for the situation. Explain your reasoning.
Question 7.
the percent of band students playing each instrument
Answer:

Question 8.
a comparison of the amount of time spent using a tablet computer and the remaining battery life
Answer:

Question 9.
IDENTIFYING A MISLEADING DISPLAY
Is the box-and-whisker plot misleading? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.4 5
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 10.
An employee at an animal shelter creates the histogram shown. A visitor concludes that the number of 7-year-old to 9-year-old dogs is triple the number of 1-year-old to 3-year-old dogs. Determine whether this conclusion is accurate. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.4 6
Answer:

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
A business manager creates the line graph shown. (a) How do the data appear to change over time? Explain why this conclusion may not be accurate. (b) Why might the business manager want to use this line graph?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.4 7
Answer:

Choosing a Data Display Homework & Practice 6.4

Review & Refresh

You randomly survey students about whether they recycle. The two-way table shows the results.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.4 8
Question 1.
How many male students recycle? How many female students do not recycle?
Answer:

Question 2.
Find and interpret the marginal frequencies.
Answer:

Find the slope and the y-intercept of the graph of the linear equation.
Question 3.
y = 4x + 10
Answer:

Question 4.
y = – 3.5x – 2
Answer:

Question 5.
y – 8 = – x
Answer:

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

Question 6.
DISPLAYING DATA
Analyze and display the data in a way that best describes the data. Explain your choice of display. (See Exploration 1, p. 255.)
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.4 9

Answer:

CHOOSING A DATA DISPLAY Choose an appropriate data display for the situation. Explain your reasoning.
Question 7.
a student’s test scores and how the scores are spread out

Answer:
stem and leaf plot shows how data is distributed.

Question 8.
the prices of different televisions and the numbers of televisions sold
Answer:

Question 9.
the outcome of rolling a number cube
Answer:

Question 10.
the distance a person drives each month
Answer:

Question 11.
IDENTIFYING AN APPROPRIATE DISPLAY
A survey asked 800 students to choose their favorite school subject. The results are shown in the table. Tell whether each data display is appropriate for representing the portion of students who prefer math. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.4 10
Answer:

Question 12.
IDENTIFYING AN APPROPRIATE DISPLAY
The table shows how many hours you worked as a lifeguard from May to August. Tell whether each data display is appropriate for representing how the number of hours worked changed during the 4 months. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.4 11
Answer:

Question 13.
WRITING
When should you use a histogram instead of a bar graph to display data? Use an example to support your answer.
Answer:

IDENTIFYING MISLEADING DISPLAYS Which data display is misleading? Explain.
Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.4 12
Answer:

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.4 13
Answer:

Question 16.
REASONING
What type of data display is appropriate for showing the mode of a data set?
Answer:

Question 17.
CRITICAL THINKING
The director of a music festival creates the data display shown. A customer concludes that the ticket price for Group C is more than double the ticket price for Group A. Determine whether this conclusion is accurate. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.4 14
Answer:

Question 18.
PATTERNS
A scientist gathers data about a decaying chemical compound and creates the scatter plot shown.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.4 15
a.The scientist concludes that there is a negative linear relationship between the data. Determine whether this conclusion is accurate. Explain.
b. Estimate the amount of the compound remaining after 1 hour, 3 hours, 5 hours, and 7 hours.
Answer:

Question 19.
REASONING
A survey asks 100 students to choose their favorite sports. The results are shown in the circle graph.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.4 16
a. Explain why the graph is misleading.
b. What type of data display is more appropriate for the data? Explain.
Answer:

Question 20.
STRUCTURE
With the help of computers, mathematicians have computed and analyzed trillions of digits of the irrational number π. One of the things they analyze is the frequency of each of the numbers 0 through 9. The table shows the frequency of each number in the first 100,000 digits of π.
a. Display the data in a bar graph.
b. Display the data in a circle graph.
c. Which data display is more appropriate? Explain.
d. Describe the distribution.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays 6.4 17
Answer:

Data Analysis and Displays Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan
Question 1.
You randomly survey middle school students about whether they prefer action, comedy, or animation movies. The two-way table shows the results. Estimate the probability that a randomly selected middle school student prefers action movies.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays cc 1
Understand the problem.
You know the results of a survey about movie preference. You are asked to estimate the probability that a randomly selected middle school student prefers action movies.

Make a plan.
Find the marginal frequencies for the data. Then use the marginal frequencies to find the probability that a randomly selected middle school student prefers action movies.

Solve and check.
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.
Answer:

Question 2.
An equation of the line of best fit for a data set is y = – 0.68x + 2.35. Describe what happens to the slope and the y-intercept of the line when each y-value in the data set increases by 7.
Answer:

Question 3.
On a school field trip, there must be 1 adult chaperone for every 16 students. There are 8 adults who are willing to be a chaperone for the trip, but only the number of chaperones that are necessary will attend. Ina class of 124 students, 80 attend the trip. Make a two-way table that represents the data.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays cc 2
Answer:

Performance Task

Cost vs. Fuel Economy
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Fuel Economy.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays cc 3

Data Analysis and Displays Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary

Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays cr 1

Graphic Organizers

You can use Information Frame an to help organize and remember a concept. Here is an example of an Information Frame for scatter plots.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays cr 2

Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.
1. lines of fit
2. two-way tables
3. data displays
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays cr 3

Chapter Self-Assessment

As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays cr 4

6.1 Scatter Plots   (pp. 237–242)
Learning Target: Use scatter plots to describe patterns and relationships between two quantities.

Question 1.
Make a scatter plot of the data. Identify any outliers, gaps, or clusters.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays cr 5
Answer:

Describe the relationship between the data. Identify any outliers, gaps, or clusters.
Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays cr 6
Answer:

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays cr 7
Answer:

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays cr 8
Answer:

Question 5.
Your school is ordering custom T-shirts. The scatter plot shows the numbers of T-shirts ordered and the cost per shirt. Describe the relationship between the numbers of T-shirts ordered and the cost per T-shirt.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays cr 9.1
Answer:

Question 6.
Describe a set of real-life data that has each relationship.
a. positive linear relationship
b. no relationship
Answer:

Question 7.
The table shows the numbers of hours a waitress works and the amounts she earns in tips. How many hours do you expect the waitress to work when she earns $42 in tips?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays cr 9
Answer:

6.2 Lines of Fit   (pp. 243–248)
Learning Target: Use lines of fit to model data.

Question 8.
The table shows the numbers of students at a middle school over a 10-year period.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays cr 10
a. Make a scatter plot of the data and draw a line of fit.
b. Write an equation of the line of fit.
c. Interpret the slope and the y-intercept of the line of fit.
d. Predict the number of students in year 11.
Answer:

Question 9.
Find an equation of the line of best fit for the data in Exercise 8. Identify and interpret the correlation coefficient.
Answer:

Question 10.
The table shows the revenue (in millions of dollars) for a company over an eight-year period. Assuming this trend continues, how much revenue will there be in year 9?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays cr 11.1
Answer:

6.3 TwoWay Tables   (pp. 249–254)
Learning Target: Use two-way tables to represent data. You randomly survey students about participating in the science fair. The two-way table shows the results.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays cr 11
Question 11.
How many male students participate in the science fair?
Answer:

Question 12.
How many female students do not participate in the science fair?
Answer:

Question 13.
You randomly survey students in your school about whether they liked a recent school play. The two-way table shows the results. Find and interpret the marginal frequencies.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays cr 13
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays cr 14
You randomly survey people at a mall about whether they like the new food court. The results are shown.
Question 14.
Make a two-way table that includes the marginal frequencies.
Answer:

Question 15.
For each group, what percent of the people surveyed like the food court? dislike the food court? Organize your results in a two-way table.
Answer:

Question 16.
Does your table in Exercise 15 show a relationship between age and whether people like the food court?
Answer:

6.4 Choosing a Data Display (pp. 255–262)

Learning Target: Use appropriate data displays to represent situations.

Choose an appropriate data display for the situation. Explain your reasoning.
Question 17.
the numbers of pairs of shoes sold by a store each week
Answer:

Question 18.
the percent of votes that each candidate received in an election.
Answer:

Question 19.
Bird banding is attaching a tag to a bird’s wing or leg to track the movement of the bird. This provides information about the bird’s migration patterns and feeding behaviors. The table shows the numbers of robins banded in Pennsylvania over 5 years. Tell whether each data display is appropriate for representing how the number of bandings changed during the 5 years. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays cr 19
Answer:

Question 20.
Give an example of a bar graph that is misleading. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 21.
Give an example of a situation where a dot plot is an appropriate data display. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Data Analysis and Displays Practice Test

Question 1.
The graph shows the population (in millions) of the United States from 1960 to 2010.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays pt 1
a. In what year was the population of the United States about 180 million?
b. What was the approximate population of the United States in 1990?
c. Describe the relationship shown by the data.
Answer:

Question 2.
The table shows the weight of a baby over several months.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays pt 2
a. Make a scatter plot of the data and draw a line of fit.
b. Write an equation of the line of fit.
c. Interpret the slope and the y-intercept of the line of fit.
Answer:

Question 3.
You randomly survey students at your school about what type of books they like to read. The two-way table shows your results. Find and interpret the marginal frequencies.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays pt 3
Answer:

Choose an appropriate data display for the situation. Explain your reasoning.
Question 4.
magazine sales grouped by price range
Answer:

Question 5.
the distance a person hikes each week
Answer:

Question 6.
The table shows the numbers of AP exams (in thousands) taken from 2012 to 2016, where x = 12 represents the year 2012. Find an equation of the line of best fit. Identify and interpret the correlation coefficient.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays pt 6
Answer:

Question 7.
You randomly survey shoppers at a supermarket about whether they use reusable bags. Of 60 male shoppers,15 use reusable bags. Of 110 female shoppers,60 use reusable bags. Organize your results in a two-way table. Include the marginal frequencies. Estimate the probability that a randomly selected male shopper uses reusable bags.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays pt 7
Answer:

Data Analysis and Displays Cumulative Practice

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays cp 1
Question 1.
What is the solution of the system of linear equations?
y = 2x – 1
y = 3x + 5
A. ( 13, 6)
B. (- 6, – 13)
C. (- 13, 6)
D. (- 6, 13)
Answer:

Question 2.
The diagram shows parallel lines cut by a transversal. Which angle is the corresponding angle for ∠6 ?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays cp 2
F. ∠2
G. ∠3
H. ∠4
I. ∠8
Answer:

Question 3.
You randomly survey students in your school. You ask whether they have jobs. You display your results in the two-way table. How many male students do not have a job?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays cp 3
Answer:

Question 4.
Which scatter plot shows a negative relationship between x and y?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays cp 4
Answer:

Question 5.
A system of two linear equations has no solution. What can you conclude about the graphs of the two equations?
F. The lines have the same slope and the same y-intercept.
G. The lines have the same slope and different y-intercepts.
H. The lines have different slopes and the same y-intercept.
I. The lines have different slopes and different y-intercepts.
Answer:

Question 6.
What is the solution of the equation?
0.22(x + 6) = 0.2x + 1.8
A. x = 2.4
B. x = 15.6
C. x = 24
D. x = 156
Answer:

Question 7.
A person who is 5\(\frac{1}{2}\) feet tall casts a 3\(\frac{1}{2}\) -foot-long shadow. A nearby flagpole casts a 28-foot-long shadow. What is the height (in feet) of the flag pole?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays cp 7
Answer:

Question 8.
A store records total sales (in dollars) each month for three years. Which type of graph can best show how sales increase over this time period?
F. circle graph
G. line graph
H. histogram
I. stem-and-leaf plot
Answer:

Question 9.
Trapezoid KLMN is graphed in the coordinate plane shown.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays cp 9
Rotate Trapezoid 90° clockwise about the origin. What are the M’, coordinates of point, the image of point M after the rotation?
A. (- 3, – 2)
B. (- 2, – 3)
C. (- 2, 3)
D. (3, 2)
Answer:

Question 10.
The table shows the numbers of hours students spent watching television from Monday through Friday for one week and their scores on a test that Friday.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays cp 10
Part A Make a scatter plot of the data.
Part B Describe the relationship between the hours of television watched and the test scores.
Part C Explain how to justify your answer in PartB using the linear regression feature of a graphing calculator.
Answer:

Conclusion:

Get the free access to Download Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 6 Data Analysis and Displays from here. All the solutions are prepared in a simple manner. Test yourself by answering the questions given at the end of the chapter. Keep in touch with us to get the Solutions of all Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapters.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem

Students who are searching for Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem can refer here. By Solving the Big Ideas Math Book Answers, students can get a good grip on the subject and master mathematical concepts. Mathematics students can construct the meaning of core concepts and principles by addressing the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8. Students can get better problem-solving skills by preparing from Grade 8th.

Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem

Check out the topic before you start your preparation for the exams. This will help you to plan the timetable and to secure good marks in the exams. Enhance your performance by completing the assignments, homework, and tasks within the time. Parents who feel difficult to make their child master in maths can refer to this BIM Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem. Hit the below link and kickstart your preparation.

Performance Task

Lesson: 1 Finding Square Roots

Lesson: 2 The Pythagorean Theorem

Lesson: 3 Finding Cube Roots

Lesson: 4 Rational Numbers

Lesson: 5 Irrational Numbers

Lesson: 6 The Converse of the Pythagorean Theorem

Chapter: 9 – Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem

Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem STEAM Video/Performance Task

STEAM Video

Metronome Design
A metronome is a device that ticks at a constant rate. A metronome includes a pendulum, which swings back and forth in a precise time called a period. Why do musicians use metronomes?
Watch the STEAM Video “Metronome Design.” Then answer the following questions. The equation T = 0.2√L relates the period T (in seconds) and the length L (in centimeters) of a pendulum, where √L is the square root of L.
1. The table shows the square roots of several values of L. Use the pattern to find the values of √36 , √49 , and √64 .
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 1
2. What is the period of a pendulum that is 100 centimeters long? Justify your answer.

Answer:
1. √36 = 6
√49 = 7
√64 = 8
2. √100 = 10

Explanation:
In the above given table the square roots of 1,2, 3,4,5 are given
square root of 36 = 6
6 x 6 = 36
square root of  49 = 7
7 x 7 =49
square root of  64 = 8
8 x 8 =64
2. given that period of the pendulum is 100 centimeters.
square root of 100 =10
10 x 10 = 100

Performance Task

Identify and Correct the Error!
After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be given the lengths of several pendulums.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 2
You will be asked to identify and correct errors in calculations of periods. Why is it important to pay attention to units when substituting values into a formula?

Answer:
0.438 sec, 1.219 sec, 1.612sec.

Explanation:
1 feet = 0.3048 seconds
so in the question given that the length of 1.44= 1.44 x 0.3048 sec
0.438 sec
4 x 0.3048 = 1.219 sec
5.29 x 0.3048 = 1.612 sec.

Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem Getting Ready for Chapter 9

Chapter Exploration

When you multiply a number by itself, you square the number.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 3
To“undo” this, take the square root of the number.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 4
1. Work with a partner. Find the radius of each circle.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 5

Answer:
a. 6 in
b. 1 yd
c. 0.5 ft
d. (3/9) m
e. 0.7 cm
f. 1.2 in

Explanation:
a. The radius of circle = (√A/π)
where A = area of a circle, π = 3.14
given that area = 36 π in²
radius = (√ 36 π / π )
both in the numerator and denominator π  get canclled.
radius = ( √ 36)
square root of 36 is 6 x 6
√ 36 = √ 6²
where square and square root get cancelled.
radius = 6 in
b. The radius of circle = (√A/π)
where A = area of a circle, π = 3.14
given that area = π yd²
radius = (√ π / π )
both in the numerator and denominator π  get canceled.
radius = ( √ 1)
the square root of 1 is 1 x 1
√ 1= √ 1²
where square and square root get canceled.
radius =1 yd
c. The radius of circle = (√A/π)
where A = area of a circle, π = 3.14
given that area = 0.25 π ft
radius = (√ 0.25π / π )
both in the numerator and denominator π  get canceled.
radius = ( √ 0.25)
the square root of 0.25 is 0.5 x 0.5
√ 0.25 = √ 0.5²
where square and square root get canceled.
radius = 0.5 ft
c. The radius of circle = (√A/π)
where A = area of a circle, π = 3.14
given that area = 0.25 π ft
radius = (√ 0.25π / π )
both in the numerator and denominator π  get canceled.
radius = ( √ 0.25)
the square root of 0.25 is 0.5 x 0.5
√ 0.25 = √ 0.5²
where square and square root get canceled.
radius = 0.5 ft
d. The radius of circle = (√A/π)
where A = area of a circle, π = 3.14
given that area = (9/16) π m²
radius = (√ (9/16)π / π )
both in the numerator and denominator π  get canceled.
radius = ( √ (9/16)
the square root of (9/16) is (3/4) x (3/4)
√ (9/16) = √ (3/4)²
where square and square root get canceled.
radius = (3/4) m
e. The radius of circle = (√A/π)
where A = area of a circle, π = 3.14
given that area = (0.49) πcm²
radius = (√ (0.49)π / π )
both in the numerator and denominator π  get canceled.
radius = ( √ (0.49)
the square root of (0.49) is (0.7) x (0.7)
√ (0.49) = √ (0.7)²
where square and square root get canceled.
radius = (0.7) cm
f. The radius of circle = (√A/π)
where A = area of a circle, π = 3.14
given that area = (1.44) π in²
radius = (√ (1.44)π / π )
both in the numerator and denominator π  get canceled.
radius = ( √ (1.44)
the square root of (1.44) is (1.2) x (1.2)
√ (1.44) = √ (1.2)²
where square and square root get canceled.
radius = (1.2) in

2. WRITING GUIDELINES Work with a partner. Explain how you can find the radius and diameter of a circular object when you are given its area. Justify your answer using an example that is different from those in Exercise 1.

Answer:
The radius of circle = 8 cm
The diameter of circle = 16 cm

Explanation:
for example, we have to consider the area of a circle is  64π cm² given.
we have to find the radius and diameter of the circle.
The radius of circle = (√A/π)
where A = area of a circle, π = 3.14
the radius of circle = (√64π/π)
both in the numerator and denominator π  get canceled.
radius = ( √ (64)
the square root of (64) is (8) x (8)
√ (64) = √ (8)²
where square and square root get canceled.
radius = 8 cm
The radius of circle = (2√A/π)
where A = area of a circle, π = 3.14
the radius of circle = (2√64π/π)
both in the numerator and denominator π  get canceled.
diameter = ( 2√ (64)
the square root of (64) is (8) x (8)
√ (64) = 2√ (8)²
where square and square root get canceled.
diameter = 2 x 8 cm
diameter = 16 cm
Vocabulary
The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what the terms might mean and record your thoughts.
square root
cube root
irrational number
perfect square
perfect cube

Answer:
square root = a number that produces a specified quantity when multiplied by itself.
cube root = the number which produces a given number when cubed.
irrational number = an irrational number is a number that cannot be expressed as a fraction for any integers.
perfect square = perfect square is another term for square number.
perfect cube = a perfect cube is an integer that is equal to some other integer raised to the third power
square root  of 36

Explanation:
36 = 6 x 6
√ 36 = √ 6 ²
where square and square root get canceled.
36 = 6
cube root of 343
343 = 7 x 7 x 7
3√ 343 = √ 7  ³
where cube and cube root get canceled.
343 = 7
irrational number
Example : √ 2, √ 3, √ 5, √ 11, √ 12, π (pi) are  all irrational.
perfect square
9 = 3 x 3
perfect cube
125 = 5 x 5 x 5

Lesson 9.1 Finding Square Roots

EXPLORATION 1

Finding Side Lengths
Work with a partner. Find the side length of each square. Explain your method.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 1

Answer:
a. 9yd
b. 18 cm
c. 19 mi
d. 15 mi
e. 1.7 in
f. 0.2 ft

Explanation:
Area of a square = a ²
where a = side
Given that A = 81yd ²
A = s x s
A = 9 x 9
a = 9
b.Given that A =324cm ²
A = s x s
A = 18 x 18
a = 18 cm
c. Given that A =361 mi ²
A = s x s
A = 19 x 19
a = 19 mi
d. Given that A =225 mi²
A = s x s
A = 15 x 15
a = 15 mi
e. Given that A =2.89in ²
A = s x s
A = 1.7 x 1.7
a = 1.7 in
f. Given that A =(4/9) ft ²
A = s x s
A = (2/3) x (2/3)
a = (2/3) ft

EXPLORATION 2

Finding Solutions of Equations
Work with a partner. Use mental math to solve each equation. How many solutions are there for each equation? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 2

Answer:
x = +0, -0
x = +1, -1
x = +2, -2
x = +3, -3
x = +4, -4
x = +5, -5

Explanation:
x² = 0, x = +0, -0
x² = 1, x =+1, -1
x² = 4, x = +2, -2
x² = 9, x = +3, -3
x² = 16, x = +4, -4
x² = 25, x = +5, -5

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 3

Try It

Find the two square roots of the number.
Question 1.
36

Answer:
6 , -6

Explanation:
square root of 36 = 6x 6
6 and -6

Question 2.
100

Answer:
10 , – 10

Explanation:
square root of 100 = 10 x 10
10 and – 10

Question 3.
121

Answer:
11,  – 11

Explanation:
square root of 121 = 11 x 11
11 and – 11

Find the square root(s).
Question 4.
\(\sqrt{4}\)

Answer:
2

Explanation:
square root of 4 = 2 x 2
2

Question 5.
– \(\sqrt{81}\)

Answer:
9

Explanation:
square root of 81 = 9 x 9
9

Question 6.
± \(\sqrt{64}\)

Answer:
8

Explanation:
square root of 64 = 8 x 8
8

Find the square root(s).
Question 7.
– \(\sqrt{\frac{1}{100}}\)

Answer:
– 0.1

Explanation:
square root of (1/100) = (1/10 x 10)
(1/10) = 0.1
– 0.1

Question 8.
± \(\sqrt{\frac{4}{25}}\)

Answer:
± 0.4

Explanation:
square root of (4/25) = 0.16
0.16 = 0.4 x 0.4

Question 9.
\(\sqrt{12.25}\)

Answer:
3.5

Explanation:
square root of (12.25) = 3.5
12.25 = 3.5 x 3.5

Evaluate the expression.
Question 10.
12 – 3\(\sqrt{25}\)

Answer:
-3

Explanation:
square root of 25 = 5
12 – 3 (5)
12 – 15
-3

Question 11.
\(\sqrt{\frac{28}{7}}\) + 2.4

Answer:
4.4

Explanation:
(28/7) = 4
square root of 4 = 2
2 + 2.4
4.4

Question 12.
15 – (√4)2

Answer:
11

Explanation:
square root of 16  = 4
15 – 4
11

Solve the equation.
Question 13.
k2 = 169

Answer:
k = 13

Explanation:
square root of 169 = 13 x 13
k = 13

Question 14.
7n2 = 175

Answer:
n = 5

Explanation:
n² = (175/7)
n = 25
square root of 25  = 5 x 5
n = 5

Question 15.
190 = 4b2 – 6

Answer:
b = 7

Explanation:
190 = 4b2 – 6
4b² = 190 + 6
4b²=196
b² = (196/4)
b² = 49
b = 7

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

FINDING SQUARE ROOTS Find the square root(s).
Question 16.
\(\sqrt{256}\)

Answer:
16

Explanation:
square root of 256  = 16 x 16
16

Question 17.
– \(\sqrt{\frac{1}{9}}\)

Answer:
– (1/3)

Explanation:
square root of (1/9)  = (1/3)
square root of 9 = 3 x 3
given in – ve symbol
– (1/3)

Question 18.
± \(\sqrt{1.44}\)

Answer:
± 1.2

Explanation:
square root of 1.44 = 1.2
square root of 1.44 = 1.2 x 1.2
given in ± symbol
± 1.2

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS Evaluate the expression.
Question 19.
\(\sqrt{\frac{81}{9}}\) – 7

Answer:
– 4

Explanation:
square root of 81 = 9 x 9
square root of  9 = 3x   3
(9/3) = 3
3 – 7 = -4

Question 20.
– 1 – \(\sqrt{121}\)

Answer:
-12

Explanation:
square root of 121  = 11 x 11
– 1 – 11
– 12

Question 21.
5 + (\(\sqrt{2}\))2

Answer:
7

Explanation:
square root of 4   = 2 x 2
5 + 2
7

SOLVING EQUATIONS Solve the equation.
Question 22.
2r2 = 162

Answer:
r = 9

Explanation:
2r2 = 162
r ² = (162/2)
r² = 81
square root of 81   = 9 x 9
r = 9

Question 23.
d2 + 5 = 41

Answer:
d = 6

Explanation:
d2 + 5 = 41
d ² = 41 – 5
d ²  = 36
square root of 36   = 6 x 6
d = 6

Question 24.
– 42 = 7b2 – 385

Answer:
b = – 7

Explanation:
– 42 = 7b2 – 385
7b ²  = – 385 + 42
7b ²  = – 343
b ²  = (- 343/7)
b ²  = – 49
square root of  – 49 = 7 x 7
b = – 7

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 25.
Your distance d (in miles) from the horizon can be approximated by d = 1.22√h, where h is your eye level (in feet above ground level). What is your eye level when you are 9.76 miles from the horizon?

Answer:
The eye level when you are 9.76 miles from the horizon = 11.907 ft

Explanation:
Given that the horizon can be approximated by 1.22 feet
so 1.22 x 11.907
11.907 ft
the eye level when you are 9.76 miles from the horizon = 11.907 ft.

Question 26.
DIG DEEPER!
The speed s (in meters per second) of a tsunami can be modeled by the function s = √9.8d, where d is the water depth (in meters).
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 4
a.What is the speed of the tsunami when the water depth is 500 meters?
b. What happens to the speed of the tsunami as the depth decreases? Explain.

Answer:
a. The speed of tsunami  = 4,900 sq meters.
b. if the speed of the tsunami as depth decreases it has low flow.

Explanation:
a. Given that the speed of the tsunami = √9.8d
√9.8 x 500 where d = 500 given
4,900 sq meters
b. if the speed of the tsunami as depth decreases the flow of the water is also less.

Finding Square Roots Homework & Practice 9.1

Review & Refresh

Evaluate the expression. Write your answer in scientific notation.
Question 1.
(4.3 × 103) + (2.4 × 103)

Answer
6.7 x 10 ³

Explanation:
(4.3 × 103) + (2.4 × 103)
(4.3 + 2.4) x 10³
6.7 x 10 ³

Question 2.
(1.5 × 10-2) – (3.5 × 10-3)

Answer:
2 × 10-2

Explanation:
(1.5 × 10-2) – (3.5 × 10-3)
(1.5 – 3.5) x 10-2
2 × 10-2

Question 3.
9 × (7 × 10-2)

Answer:
6.3 x  10 ¹

Explanation:
9 × (7 × 10-2)
(9 x 10) x 10-2
6.3 x  10 ¹

Question 4.
(6.6 × 10-5) ÷ (1.1 × 104)

Answer:
6 x 10-5

Explanation:
(6.6 × 10-5) ÷ (1.1 × 104)
(6.6/ 1.1) x 10-5
6 x 10-5

Make a scatter plot of the data. Identify any outliers, gaps, or clusters.
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 5

Answer:

Explanation:
outliers = (8,33) and (9,36)
gap = 3.5 meters to 8 meters.
fillers=2 meters to 3 meters.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 6

Answer:

Explanation:
outliers = (1,4.05) and (1, 4.00)
gap = 0.5 gallons to 1 gallon
fillers =1meter to 1.5 meters.

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

FINDING SIDE LENGTHS Find the side length s of the square. (See Exploration 1, p. 373.)
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 7

Answer:
S = 21 cm

Explanation:
Area = 441 cm²
Area of square = a ²
where a = side
square root of 441 = 21 x 21
side length = 21

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 8

Answer:
S = 1.3 km

Explanation:
Area = 1.69 km²
Area of square = a ²
where a = side
square root of 1.69 = 1.3 x 1.3
side length = 1.3km

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 9

Answer:
S = (6/7) yd

Explanation:
Area = (36/49)²
Area of square = a ²
where a = side
square root of (36/49) = (6/7) x (6/7)
side length =(6/7) yd

FINDING SQUARE ROOTS OF A PERFECT SQUARE Find the two square roots of the number.
Question 10.
9

Answer:
3, – 3

Explanation:
square root of 9 = 3 x 3
3
given that two square roots
3, -3

Question 11.
64

Answer:
8, – 8

Explanation:
square root of 64 = 8 x 8
8
given that two square roots
8, -8

Question 12.
4

Answer:
2, -2

Explanation:
square root of 4 = 2 x 2
2
given that two square roots
2, -2

Question 13.
144

Answer:
12, -12

Explanation:
square root of 144 = 12 x 12
12
given that two square roots
12, -12

FINDING SQUARE ROOTS Find the square root(s).
Question 14.
√625

Answer:
25

Explanation:
√625
√25² therefore square and square root get canceled.
the square root of 625 is 25

Question 15.
± √196

Answer:
± 14

Explanation:
± √196
√14² therefore square and square root get canceled.
the square root of 196 is 14

Question 16.
– √1600

Answer:
– 40

Explanation:
– √1600
√40² therefore square and square root get canceled.
the square root of 1600 is 40

Question 17.
± √2500

Answer:
± 50

Explanation:
± √2500
√50² therefore square and square root get canceled.
the square root of 2500 is 50

Question 18.
\(\sqrt{\frac{1}{16}}\)

Answer:
(1/4)

Explanation:
√(1/16)
√(1/4)² therefore square and square root get canceled.
the square root of (1/16) is (1/4)

Question 19.
\(\sqrt{\frac{49}{576}}\)

Answer:
(7/24)

Explanation:
√(49/576)
√(7/24)² therefore square and square root get canceled.
the square root of (49/576) is (7/24)

Question 20.
± \(\sqrt{\frac{1}{961}}\)

Answer:
±(1/31)

Explanation:
√(1/961)
√(1/31)² therefore square and square root get canceled.
the square root of (1/961) is (1/31)

Question 21.
– \(\sqrt{\frac{9}{100}}\)

Answer:
– (3/10)

Explanation:
√(9/100)
√(3/10)² therefore square and square root get canceled.
the square root of (9/100) is (3/10)

Question 22.
± √4.84

Answer:
± 2.2

Explanation:
√4.84
√2.2² therefore square and square root get canceled.
the square root of 4.84 is 2.2

Question 23.
√7.29

Answer:
2.7

Explanation:
√7.29
√27² therefore square and square root get canceled.
the square root of 7.29 is 2.7

Question 24.
– √361

Answer:
– 19

Explanation:
-√361
√19² therefore square and square root get canceled.
the square root of  361 is 19

Question 25.
– √2.25

Answer:
– 1.5

Explanation:
– √2.25
√15² therefore square and square root get canceled.
the square root of  2.25 is 1.5

Question 26.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds ± \(\sqrt{\frac{1}{4}}\). Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 10
Answer:
± (1/2)

Explanation:
±√(1/4)
√(1/2)² therefore square and square root get canceled.
the square root of  (1/4) is (1/2)

Question 27.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The area of a square patch of fabric is 2.25 square inches. What is the side length of the patch?

Answer:
1.5 inch

Explanation:
Area of a square patch of fabric is 2.25
area of a square is s²
area = 1.5 x 1.5
side = 1.5 inch

Question 28.
CRITICAL THINKING
There are two square roots of 25. Why is there only one answer for the radius of the button?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 11

Answer:
The radius of the button = 5 mm

Explanation:
Given that the area of a circle = πr²
25π = πr²
where π get canceled on both sides.
25 = r²
r = 5

NUMBER SENSE Copy and complete the statement with <, >, or =.
Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 12

Answer:
√81 >  8

Explanation:
square root  of 81 = 9 x 9
9 is greater then  8

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 13

Answer:
0.5  = √0.25

Explanation:
square root  of 0.25 = 0.5 x 0.5
0.5 is equal to 0.5

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 14

Answer:
(3/2)  < √(25/4)

Explanation:
square root  of (25/4) = (5/2) x (5/2)
(3/2) is less than (5/2)
(3/2) = 1.5
(5/2) = 3.5

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS Evaluate the expression.
Question 32.
(√9)2 + 5

Answer:
14

Explanation:
square and square root get canceled.
9 + 5
14

Question 33.
28 – (√144)2

Answer:
-116

Explanation:
square and square root get canceled.
28 – 144
-116

Question 34.
3√16 – 5

Answer:
7

Explanation:
the square root of 16 is 4
16 = 4 x 4
3 x 4 – 5
12 – 5
7

Question 35.
10 – 4\(\sqrt{\frac{1}{16}}\)

Answer:
9

Explanation:
the square root of 16 is 4
16 = 4 x 4
10 – 4 (1/4)
10 – 4 (0.25)
10 – 1
9

Question 36.
√6.76 + 5.4

Answer:
12.56

Explanation:
square and square root get canceled
6.76 + 5.4
12.16

Question 37.
8√8.41 + 1.8

Answer:
25

Explanation:
square and square root get canceled
8 x 8.41 + 1.8
67.28 + 1.8
69.08

Question 38.
2(\(\sqrt{\frac{80}{5}}\) – 5)

Answer:
3

Explanation:
the square root of 16 is 4 x 4
(80/5) = 16
2 x 4 -5
8 – 5
3

Question 39.
4(\(\sqrt{\frac{147}{3}}\) + 3

Answer:
40

Explanation:
the square root of 49 is 7 x 7
(147/3) = 49
4 x 7 + 3
37 + 3
40

Question 40.
NUMBER SENSE
Without calculating, describe how the value of \(\sqrt{\frac{1}{a}}\) changes as a increases. Assume a > 0.
Answer:
0.5

Explanation:
Assuming a > 0
a = 4
the square root of 4 is 2
4 = 2 x 2
(1/2) = 0.5

SOLVING EQUATIONS Solve the equation.
Question 41.
x2 = 100

Answer:
x = 10 , x = -10

Explanation:
x2 = 100
x² = 10²
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
x = 10

Question 42.
42 = d2 – 22

Answer:
d = 8 , d = 8

Explanation:
42 = d2 – 22
d² = 42 + 22
d² = 64
d² = 8²
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
d = 8

Question 43.
4z2 = 144

Answer:
z = 6, z = -6

Explanation:
4z2 = 144
z² = (144/4)
z² = 36
z² = 6²
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
z = 6

Question 44.
\(\sqrt{\frac{136}{9}}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\) m2 – 10

Answer:
m = 4.8335, m = -4.8335

Explanation:
(136/9) = 45.33
(1/3) = 0.333
0.3333 m2 – 10
m2  = 10 – 0.33
m2 = 9.67
m = 4.835

Question 45.
0.25r2 = 49

Answer:
r = 14, r = -14

Explanation:
0.25r2 = 49
r² = (49/0.25)
r² = 196
r² = 14²
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
r = 14

Question 46.
3h2 = h2 + 18

Answer:
h = 3, h = -3

Explanation:
3h2 = h2 + 18
3h² – h²  = 18
2h²  = 18
h²  = (18/2)
h²  = 9
h²  = 3²
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
h = 3

Question 47.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the equation 9x2 = 36. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 15

Answer:
Yes, my friend is correct.

Explanation:
9x2 = 36
x² = (36/9)
x² = 4
x² = 2²
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
x =2

Question 48.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The period of a pendulum is the time the pendulum takes to complete one back-and-forth T swing. The period T (in seconds) can be modeled by the function T = 1.1√L, where L is the length (in feet) of the pendulum. Estimate the length of a pendulum with a period of 1.65 seconds.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 16

Answer:
The length of the pendulum with a period of 1.65 seconds = 0.50292 sec

Explanation:
Given that the period (in seconds) is 1.1
1.65 x 0.3048
1 feet = 0.3048 sec
0.50292

Question 49.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The area of a sail is 40\(\frac{1}{2}\) square feet. The base and the height of the sail are equal. What is the height of the sail?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 17

Answer:
The height of the sail = 9 ft

Explanation:
Area of triangle = (b h/2)
area = 40 x (1/2)
40 x 0.5 = 20
h = 9 , b = 4
(9 x 4/2) = (36/2)
18 = area

Question 50.
REASONING
Is the product of two perfect squares always a perfect square? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
Yes, the product of two perfect squares always a perfect square.

Explanation:
for example, we take 9
the square root of 9 = 3 x 3
3 is also a perfect square.

Question 51.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The kinetic energy (in joules) of a falling apple is represented byK = \(\frac{v^{2}}{2}\), where v is the speed of the apple (in meters per second). How fast is the apple traveling when the kinetic energy is 32 joules?

Answer:
The apple traveling when the kinetic energy is 32 joules = 8 meter per second.

Explanation:
Given that the apple is  represented by k
k = 2 x 2
k = 4
also given that 32 joules.
32 / 4 = 8 meter per sec.

Question 52.
PRECISION
The areas of the two watch faces have a ratio of 16:25.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 18
a. What is the ratio of the radius of the smaller watch face to the radius of the larger watch face?
b. What is the radius of the larger watch face?

Answer:
a. The ratio of the radius of the smaller watch face to the radius of the larger watch face = 4: 5
b. the radius of the larger watch face = 25

Explanation:
a. square root of (16/25) = (4/5)
ratio = 4: 5
b. the radius of the larger watch = 25

Question 53.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The cost (in dollars) of making a square window with a side length of n inches is represented by C = \(\frac{n^{2}}{2}\) + 175. A window costs $355. What is the side length (in feet) of the window? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The side length of the window = 2.5  feet

Explanation:
Given that the window costs = 355$
the side length of n inches is represented by c
the side length of the window  355 =  n x n /5+ 175
n = 30
(30/12)
2.5 ft
Question 54.
DIG DEEPER!
Albert Einstein’s most famous equation is E = mc2, where E is the energy of an object (in joules), is the mass of the object (in kilograms), and c is the speed of light (in meters per second). A hydrogen atom has 15.066 × 10-7 joule of energy and a mass of 1.674 × 10-27 kilogram. What is the speed of light? Write your answer in scientific notation.

Answer:
The speed of the light =3 x 10²⁰ meters per second.

Explanation:
Given that mass of the object = 1.674 x  10-27
energy of the object = 15.066 x 10-7
Albert Einsteins equation = E = mc2
where m = mass , e = energy, c = speed
c² = (E/M)
c² = (15.066/1.674)
c² = 9 x 10²⁰
c² = 3²
c = 3 x 10²⁰

Question 55.
GEOMETRY
The area of the triangle is represented by the formula A = \(\sqrt{s(s-21)(s-17)(s-10)}\), where s is equal to half the perimeter. What is the height of the triangle?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 19
Answer:
The height of the triangle = 8 cm

Explanation:
Area of the triangle = 2 (A/b)
where b = base A = area
area = 2 x 4
area = 8 cubic cm

Question 56.
WRITING
Can you find the square root of a negative number? Explain.

Answer:
Yes, we can find the square root of a negative number.

Explanation:
The square root of – 144 is – 12 x 12
the square root of – ve number is also a + ve.

REASONING Without solving, determine the number of solutions of the equation.
Question 57.
x2 = 1

Answer:
2 solutions
x = 1, x = -1

Explanation:
x² = 1²
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
x = 1

Question 58.
b2 = – \(\sqrt{\frac{1}{9}}\)

Answer:
b = -0.16, b = 0.16

Explanation:
b2 = – \(\sqrt{\frac{1}{9}}\)
square root of (1/9) = (1/3)
b² = – (1/3)
b² = – 0.33
b = 0.16

Question 59.
z = √-144

Answer:
z = 0

Explanation:
√-144 = √(12 x 12 )²
√-144 = 12
square and square root get cancelled.
z = -12

Lesson 9.2 The Pythagorean Theorem

Pythagoras was a Greek mathematician and philosopher who proved one of the most famous rules in mathematics. In mathematics, a rule is called a theorem. So, the rule that Pythagoras proved is called the Pythagorean Theorem.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 1

EXPLORATION 1

Discovering the Pythagorean Theorem
Work with a partner.

  • On grid paper,draw a right triangle with one horizontal side and one vertical side.
  • Label the lengths of the two shorter sides a and b. Label the length of the longest side c.
  • Draw three squares that each share a side with your triangle. Label the areas of the squares a2, b2, and c2.
  • Cut out each square. Then make eight copies of the right triangle and cut them out.

Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 2
a. Arrange the figures to show how a2 and b2 relate to c2. Use an equation to represent this relationship.
b. Estimate the side length of your triangle. Then use the relationship in part(a) to find c. Compare the values.

Answer:
a. a² + b² = c²
b. 9 + 16 = 25

Explanation:
a. a² + b² = c²
b. we are estimating a = 3 , b = 4 , c =5
a² + b² = c²
3² + 4² = 5²
9 + 16 = 25

Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 3

Try It

Find the length of the hypotenuse of the triangle.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 4

Answer:
Length = -6, 6

Explanation:
a² + b² = c²
15 – 8 = 6

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 5

Answer:
Length = 0.7

Explanation:
a² + b² = c²
0.4² + 0.3² =0.7²
length = 0.7

Find the missing length of the triangle.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 6

Answer:
Length of the triangle = 8 , -8

Explanation:
a² + b² = c²
16² -8 =8²
length = 8yd

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 7

Answer:
Length of the triangle = 0.8 m

Explanation:
a² + b² = c²
0.8² + 9.6² =10.4²
length = 0.8 m

Find x
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 8

Answer:
x = 10 yd

Explanation:
a² + b² = x²
9² + 1² =10²
length = 10 yd

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 9

Answer:
x = 15.4 ft

Explanation:
a² + b² = x²
6.6² + 8.8² =15.4²
length = 15.4 ft

Find the distance between the points.
Question 7.
(3, 6) and (7, 9)

Answer:
3, 2

Explanation:
(3,6) = (6- 3) = 3
(7 , 9) = (9 – 7) = 2

Question 8.
(- 3, – 4) and (2, 8)

Answer:
-7 , 6

Explanation:
(-3 ,-4) = (-4- -3) = -7
(2 , 8) = (8 – 2) = 6

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

FINDING A MISSING LENGTH Find x.
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 10

Answer:
The missing length = 1.6 ft

Explanation:
a² + x² = c²
2.4² + 1.6² =4²
length = 1. 6 ft

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 11

Answer:
The missing length = 2.8 cm

Explanation:
a² + x² = c²
1.6² + 1.2² =2.8²
length = 2.8 cm

Question 11.
FINDING A DISTANCE
Find the distance between (- 5, 2) and (7, – 7).

Answer:
– 3 , 0

Explanation:
(-5 ,2) = (-4 -2) = -3
(7 , -7) = (7 – 7) = 0
-3 , 0

Question 12.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 12

Answer:
The hypotenuse = c
longest side = c
leg = c
opposite to right angle = c

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + x² = c²
The hypotenuse = c
longest side = c
leg = c
opposite to right angle = c

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 13.
A zoo keeper knows that an escaped red panda is hiding somewhere in the triangular region shown. What is the area (in square miles) that the zoo keeper needs to search? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 13

Answer:
The area that zoo keeper needs to search = 9.8 sq m

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
2.4 + 7.4 = 9.8 sq m
c² = a² + b²

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
Objects detected by radar are plotted in a coordinate plane where each unit represents 1 mile. The point (0, 0) represents the location of a shipyard. A cargo ship is traveling at a constant speed and in a constant direction parallel to the coastline. At9 A.M., the radar shows the cargo ship at(0, 15). At 10 A.M., the radar shows the cargo ship at(16, 15). How far is the cargo ship from the shipyard at 4 P.M.? Explain.

Answer:
The cargo ship from the shipyard at 4 p.m = (16, 0)

Explanation:
Given that cargo ship at (0, 15) 9 a.m
cargo ship at (16, 15) 10 a.m
(16 – 0) , (15 – 15)
(16, 0) at 4 p.m

The Pythagorean Theorem Homework & Practice 9.2

Review & Refresh

Solve the equation.
Question 1.
7z2 = 252

Answer:
z = 6

Explanation:
7z2 = 252
z² = (252/7)
z² = 36
z² = 6²
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
z = 6

Question 2.
0.75 q2 = 108

Answer:
q = 12

Explanation:
0.75 q2 = 108
q² = (108/0.75)
q² = 144
q² = 12²
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
q = 12

Question 3.
\(\sqrt{\frac{1000}{10}}\) = n2 – 54

Answer:
n = 8

Explanation:
(1000/10) = 100
square root of 100 = 10 x 10
10 = n² – 54
n² = 10 + 54
n² = 64
n² = 8²
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
n = 8

Question 4.
What is the solution of the system of linear equations y = 4x + 1 and 2x + y = 13?
A. (1, 5)
B. (5, 3)
C. (2, 9)
D. (9, 2)

Answer:
option c is correct.

Explanation:
y = 4x + 1, 2x + y = 13
if we consider x = 2 and y = 9 the values are equal.
9 = 4(2) + 1 , 2 (2) + 9 = 13
9 = 8 + 1, 4 + 9 = 13
9 = 9 , 13 = 13.

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

USING GRID PAPER Find c. (See Exploration 1, p. 381.)
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 14

Answer:
The value of c = 13

Explanation:
given that grid paper
a = 6 ( 6 boxes touching.)
b = 6 ( 8 boxes touching.)
c = 13 (13 boxes touching.)

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 15

Answer:
The value of c = 15

Explanation:
given that grid paper
a = 5 ( 5 boxes touching.)
b = 12 ( 12 boxes touching.)
c = 15 (15 boxes touching.)

FINDING A MISSING LENGTH Find the missing length of the triangle.
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 16
Answer:
The missing length = 41km

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
20² + 21² =41²
length = 41 km

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 17

Answer:
The missing length = 16.8 sq ft

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
7.2² + 9.6² =16.8²
length = 16.8 sq ft

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 18

Answer:
The missing length = 5.0 sq in

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
5.0² + 5.6² =10.6²
length = 10.6 sq in

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 19

Answer:
The missing length = 6  mm

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
9² + 6² =15²
length = 6 mm

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 20

Answer:
The missing length = 16  cm

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
10² + 16² =26²
length = 16 cm

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 21

Answer:
The missing length = 5.0 yd

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
5.0² + 1.1² = 6.1²
length = 5.0 yd

Question 13.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the missing length of the triangle. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 22

Answer:
No my friend is not correct.

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
7² + 18² = 25²
length = 18 ft

FINDING LENGTHS OF THREE-DIMENSIONAL FIGURES Find x.
Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 23

Answer:
The missing length = 14 ft

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
10² + 14² = 24²
length = 14 ft

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 24

Answer:
The missing length = 50 in

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
14² + 48² = 50²
length = 50 in

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 25

Answer:
The missing length = 0.6 m

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
0.6² + 0.9² = 1.5²
length = 0.6 m

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 26

Answer:
The missing length = 6 cm

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
4.5² + 2.5² = 6²
length = 6 cm

FINDING DISTANCES IN THE COORDINATE PLANE Find the distance between the points.
Question 18.
(0, 0), (9, 12)

Answer:
(9,12)

Explanation:
(0, 0), (9, 12)
(9-0) = 9
(12 – 0) = 12

Question 19.
(1, 2), (- 3, 5)

Answer:
5 units
Explanation:
(1, 2), (-3, 5)
(-3-1) = -4
(5- 2) = 5

Question 20.
(—18, 9), (22, 0)

Answer:
(4,9)

Explanation:
(—18, 9), (22, 0)
(22-18) = 4
(9- 0) = 9

Question 21.
(- 7, – 2), (13, – 23)

Answer:
29 units

Explanation:
(- 7, – 2), (13, – 23)
(13-7) = 6
(-23- 2) = -25

Question 22.
(15, – 17), (- 20, – 5)

Answer:
(-35, -22)

Explanation:
(15, – 17), (- 20, – 5)
(-20-15) = -35
(-5- 17) = -22

Question 23.
(- 13, – 3.5), (17, 2)

Answer:
(30, 18.5)

Explanation:
(- 13, – 3.5), (17, 2)
(17+13) = 30
(15+ 3.5) = 18.5

FINDING A MISSING LENGTH Find x.
Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 27

Answer:
The missing length = 8 cm

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
8² + 12² = 20²
length = 8 cm

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 28

Answer:
The missing length = 37 mm

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
13² + 22² = 37²
length = 37 mm

Question 26.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The figure shows the location of a golf ball after a tee shot. How many feet from the hole is the ball?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 29

Answer:
The ball from the hole = 540 feet

Explanation:
Given that the hole and  ball is
180 x 3
540 feet
1 yd = 3 ft

Question 27.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A tennis player asks the referee a question. The sound of the player’s voice travels 30 feet. Can the referee hear the question? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 30

Answer:
Yes, the referee hears the voice.

Explanation:
In the question given that the sound of the player’s voice travels 30 feet.
in the figure given that 24 feet.
so the referee can hear the voice.

Question 28.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You are cutting a rectangular piece of fabric in half along a diagonal. The fabric measures 28 inches wide and 1\(\frac{1}{4}\) yards long. What is the length (in inches) of the diagonal?

Answer:
The length of the diagonal = 28.25 in

Explanation:
Given that the fabric wides = 28 inches.
(1/4) = 0.25 in
The length of the diagonal  = 28 x 0.25
28.25 in

Question 29.
PROJECT
Measure the length, width, and height of a rectangular room. Use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the distance from B to C and the distance from A to B.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 31

Answer:
a² + b²  = c²

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
length + width = height

Question 30.
STRUCTURE
The legs of a right triangle have lengths of 28 meters and 21 meters. The hypotenuse has a length of 5x meters. What is the value of x?

Answer:
The value of x = 9.8 meters.

Explanation:
Given that the right triangle has length  = 28 meters and 21 meters.
the hypotenuse = 5x
28 + 21 = 5x
49 = 5x
x = (49/5)
x = 9.8 meters.

Question 31.
PRECISION
You and a friend stand back-to-back. You run 20 feet forward, then 15 feet to your right. At the same time, your friend runs 16 feet forward, then 12 feet to her right. She stops and hits you with a snowball.
a. Draw the situation in a coordinate plane.
b. How far does your friend throw the snowball?
Answer:

Question 32.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The coordinate plane shows dig sites for archaeological research. Each unit on the grid represents 1 square foot. What is the distance from Site A to Site C?

Answer:
7 square feet.

Explanation:
Given that each grid represents 1 sq feet.
in the below figure shows that the distance.
distance from site A to site C is 7 sq ft.
the boxes 7 are touching the edges of the site A to B

Question 33.
PRECISION
A box has a length of 30 inches, a width of 40 inches, and a height of 120 inches. Can a cylindrical rod with a length of 342.9 centimeters fit in the box? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 32

Answer:
No, the cylindrical rod with a length of 135 cm will fit in the box.

Explanation:
Given that the box has a length = 30 in
width = 40 in
height = 120 in
area = l x w x h
area = 30 x 40 x 120
area = 1,44,000 cm

Question 34.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A green roof is like a traditional roof but covered with plants. Plants used for a green roof cost $0.75 per square foot. The roof at the right is 40 feet long. How much does it cost to cover both sides of the roof? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 33

Answer:
The cost to cover both sides of the roof = 60 sq ft

Explanation:
Given that the plants used for a green roof cost = $0.75 sq ft.
the roof at the right = 40 ft long
the roof at both sides = 40 + 40 =80
1 sq feet = 0.75 $
80 x $0.75 = 60 sq ft

Question 35.
CRITICAL THINKING
A triangle has coordinates A(2, 1), B(2, 4), and C(5, 1). Write an expression for the length of \(\overline{B C}\). Use a calculator to find the length of \(\overline{B C}\) to the nearest hundredth.

Answer:
4.24 units

Question 36.
DIG DEEPER!
Write an equation for the distance d between the points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2). Explain how you found the equation.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 34

Answer:
x1 + y1 = x2 + y2

Explanation:
Given that the points (x1, y1) and (x2 , y2)
the equation is
x1 + y1 = x2 + y2

Lesson 9.3 Finding Cube Roots

EXPLORATION 1

Finding Edge Lengths
Work with a partner. Find the edge length of each cube. Explain your method.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 1

Answer:
a. 2 cm
b. 3 ft
c. 5m
d. 7 in
e. 0.1 cm
f. 0.5 yd

Explanation:
a. volume = 8 = 2 x 2 x 2
b. 27 = 3 x 3 x 3
c. 125 = 5 x 5 x 5
d. 343 = 7 x 7 x 7
e. 0.001 = 0.1 x 0.1 x 0.1
f. (1/8) = 0.5 x 0.5 x 0.5

EXPLORATION 2

Finding Solutions of Equations
Work with a partner. Use mental math to solve each equation. How many solutions are there for each equation? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 2

Answer:
x = -3
x = -2
x = -1
x = 1
x = 2
x = 3

Explanation:
x³ = -27
x³ = -3³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
x = -3
x³ = -8
x³ = -2³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
x = -2
x³ = -1
x³ = -1³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
x = -1
x³ = 27
x³ = 3³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
x = 3
x³ = 8
x³ = 2³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal
x = 2
x³ = 1
x³ =1³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal
x = 1

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 3

Try It

Find the cube root.
Question 1.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 1 } \)

Answer:
1

Explanation:
cube root of 1 is  1
3√1 = 1

Question 2.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ -343 } \)

Answer:
-7

Explanation:
cube root of -343 is  -7
3√ -343= 7 x 7 x 7
(-343)³ = 7³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
-343 = 7

Question 3.
\(\sqrt[3]{-\frac{27}{1000}}\)

Answer:
(-3/10)

Explanation:
cube root of -27 is  -3
3√ -27= 3 x 3 x 3
(-27)³ = 3³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
-27 = 3
cube root of -1000 is  -10
3√ -1000= 10 x 10 x 10
(-1000)³ = 10³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
-1000= 10

Evaluate the expression.

Question 4.
18 – 4 \(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 8 } \)

Answer:
10

Explanation:
cube root of 8 is  2
3√ 8 = 2 x 2 x 2
(8)³ = 2³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
8= 2
18 – 4 (2)
18 – 8
10

Question 5.
(\(\sqrt[3]{-64})^{3}\)) + 43

Answer:
44.333

Explanation:
cube root of -64 is  -4
3√ -64 = 4 x 4 x 4
(-64)³ = 4³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
-64= 4
1.333 + 43
44.333

Question 6.
5\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 512 } \) – 19

Answer:
21

Explanation:
cube root of 512 is  8
3√512 = 8 x 8 x 8
(512)³ = 8³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
512= 8
5 x 8 -19
40 – 19
21

Solve the equation.
Question 7.
z3 = – 1000

Answer:
z = -10

Explanation:
cube root of -1000 is  -10
3√-1000 = 10 x 10 x 10
z3  = 10³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
z= -10

Question 8.
3b3 = 1029

Answer:
b = 7

Explanation:
3b3 = 1029
b³ = (1029/3)
b³ = 343
cube root of 343 is  7
3√343 = 7 x 7 x 7
b³  = 7³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
b = 7

Question 9.
33 = – \(\frac{1}{5}\) m3 + 8

Answer:
m³ = 25.8

Explanation:
33 = – 0.2 m³  + 8
m³  = 33+0.2 -8
m³  = 25.8

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

FINDING CUBE ROOTS Find the cube root.
Question 10.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 64 } \)

Answer:
4

Explanation:
cube root of 64 is  4
3√64 = 4 x 4 x 4
64³ = 4³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
64 = 4

Question 11.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ -216 } \)

Answer:
-6

Explanation:
cube root of -216 is  -6
3√-216 = 6 x 6 x 6
216³ = 6³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
216 = 6

Question 12.
\(\sqrt[3]{-\frac{343}{100}}\)

Answer:
– 7

Explanation:
cube root of  -343 is  -7
3√-343 = 7 x 7 x 7
-343³ = 7³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
-343 = 7

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS Evaluate the expression.
Question 13.
\((\sqrt[3]{-27})^{3}\) + 61

Answer:
52

Explanation:
cube root of  -27 is  -3
3√-27 = 3 x 3 x 3
-27³ = 3³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
-27 = -3
-3 x 3 + 61
-9 + 61
52

Question 14.
15 + 3\(\sqrt[3]{125}\)

Answer:
30

Explanation:
cube root of  125 is  5
3√125 = 5 x 5 x 5
125³ = 5³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
125 = 5
15 + 3 (5)
15 + 15
30

Question 15.
z\(\sqrt[3]{-729}\) – 5

Answer:
-14

Explanation:
cube root of  -729 is  -9
3√-729 = 9 x 9 x 9
729³ = 9³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
729 = 9
-9 -5 = -14

SOLVING EQUATIONS Solve the equation.
Question 16.
d3 = 512

Answer:
d = 8

Explanation:
cube root of  512 is  8
3√512 = 8 x 8 x 8
512³ = 8³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
d³ = 8³
d = 8

Question 17.
w3 – 12 = – 76

Answer:
w = -4

Explanation:
w3 – 12 = – 76
w³ = -76 + 12
w³ = -64
cube root of  -64 is  -4
3√-64 = 4 x 4 x 4
w³ = 4³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
w = 4

Question 18.
– \(\frac{1}{3}\)m3 + 13 = 4

Answer:
-8.67

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 19.
You have 275 square inches of wrapping paper. Do you have enough wrapping paper to wrap the gift box shown? Explain.

Answer:
Yes i have enough wrapping paper to wrap the gift box.

Explanation:
Given that 275 sq in of wrapping paper.
6.5 x 6.5 x 6.5 = 274.6
275 sq in

Question 20.
A cube-shaped end table has a volume of 16,000 cubic centimeters. Does the end table fit in the corner shown? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 4
Answer:
No the end table does not fit in the corner.

Explanation:
volume = 343
343³ = 7³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
343 = 7

Question 21.
DIG DEEPER!
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 5
The relationship between the volumes and the lengths of two cereal boxes is represented by
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 6
Box A has a volume of 192 cubic inches and a length of 8 inches. Box B has a volume of 375 cubic inches. What is the length of Box B? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The length of the box B = 1.6 inches.

Explanation:
(v of A/ v of B ) = ( l of A / l of B) ³
B³ = (192/375) x 8
b³ = 0.512 x 8
b³ = 4.096
b ³ = 1.6³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
b = 1.6

Finding Cube Roots Homework & Practice 9.3

Review & Refresh

Find the missing length of the triangle.
Question 1

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 7

Answer:
The missing length = 40 m

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
24² + 32² = 40²
576 + 1024 = 1600
1600 = 1600
length = 56m

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 8

Answer:
The missing length = 10 ft

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
7.8² + 10² = 17.8²
length = 10 ft

Question 3.
Which linear function is shown by the table?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 9
Answer:
option C is correct.

Explanation:
y = 3x + 1
x = 1, y = 4
4 = 3(1) + 1
y= 4

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

FINDING EDGE LENGTHS Find the edge length s of the cube. (See Exploration 1, p. 389.)
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 10

Answer:
The edge length of the cube = 6

Explanation:
cube root of  216 is  6
3√216 = 6 x 6 x 6
216³ = 6³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
s³ = 6³
s = 6

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 11

Answer:
The edge length of the cube = (1/3) ft

Explanation:
cube root of  (1/27) is  (1/3)
3√(1/27) = (1/3)x (1/3)  x (1/3)
(1/27)³ = (1/3)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
s³ = (1/3)³
s = (1/3)

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 12

Answer:
The edge length of the cube = 0.4

Explanation:
cube root of  0.064 is  0.4
3√0.064 = 0.4 x 0.4  x 0.4
0.064³ = 0.4³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
s³ = 0.4³
s = 0.4

FINDING CUBE ROOTS Find the cube root.
Question 7.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 729 } \)

Answer:
9

Explanation:
cube root of 729 is 9
3√729 = 9 x 9 x 9
729³ = 9³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
729 = 9

Question 8.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ -125 } \)

Answer:
-5

Explanation:
cube root of -125 is -5
3√-125 = 5 x 5 x 5
-125³ = -5³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
125 = -5

Question 9.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ -1000} \)

Answer:
-10

Explanation:
cube root of -1000 is -10
3√-1000 = 10 x 10 x 10
-1000³ = -10³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
-1000 = -10

Question 10.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 1728 } \)

Answer:
12

Explanation:
cube root of 1728 is 12
3√1728 = 12 x 12 x 12
1728³ = 12³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
1728 = 12

Question 11.
\(\sqrt[3]{-\frac{1}{512}}\)

Answer:
(-1/6)

Explanation:
cube root of – 512 is -(1/6)
3√-512 = (1/6) x (1/6) x (1/6)
-512³ = -(1/6)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
-512 = (-1/6)

Question 12.
\(\sqrt[3]{\frac{343}{64}}\)

Answer:
(7/4)

Explanation:
cube root of (343/64) is (7/4)
3√343 = (7/4) x (7/4) x (7/4)
343³ = (7/4)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
343 = (7/4)

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS Evaluate the expression.
Question 13.

18 – (\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 27 }\))3

Answer:
-9

Explanation:
3√27³ = 27
where cube and cube root get cancelled.
18 – 27
-9

Question 14.
\(\left(\sqrt[3]{-\frac{1}{8}}\right)^{3}\) + 3\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer:
1.75

Explanation:
cube root of (1/18) is -(1/2)
3√(1/18) = (1/2) x (1/2) x (1/2)
(1/18)³ = (1/2)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
(1/18) =- (1/2)
-(1/2) + 3(3/4)
– 0.5 + 3 (0.75)
-0.5 + 2.25
1.75

Question 15.
5\(\sqrt[3]{729}\) – 24

Answer:
21

Explanation:
cube root of (729) is (9)
3√729 = (9) x (9) x (9)
729³ = (9)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
729 = 9
5 x 9 -24
45 – 24
21

Question 16.
\(\frac{1}{4}-2 \sqrt[3]{\frac{1}{216}}\)

Answer:
-11.75

Explanation:
cube root of (216) is (6)
3√216 = (6) x (6) x (6)
216³ = (6)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
216 = 6
(1/4) -2 (6)
(1/4) – 12
0.25 – 12
-11.75

Question 17.
54 + \(\sqrt[3]{-4096}\)

Answer:
38

Explanation:
cube root of (-4096) is (-16)
3√-4096 = (-16) x (-16) x (-16)
-4096³ = (-16)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
4096 = -16
54 +(-16)
54 – 16
38

Question 18.
4\(\sqrt[3]{8000}\) – 6

Answer:
166

Explanation:
cube root of (8000) is (43)
3√8000 = (43) x (43) x (43)
8000³ = (43)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
8000 = 43
4 x 43 -6
172 – 6
166

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS Evaluate the expression for the given value of the variable.
Question 19.
\(\sqrt[3]{\frac{n}{4}}+\frac{n}{10}\), n = 500

Answer:
55

Explanation:
(500/4) = 125
(500/10) = 50
cube root of (125) is (5)
3√125 = (5) x (5) x (5)
125³ = (5)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
125 = 5
5 + 50
55

Question 20.
\(\sqrt[3]{6 w}\) – w, w = 288

Answer:
276

Explanation:
w = 288 given
6 x 288 = 1728

Question 21.
2d + \(\sqrt[3]{-45 d}\), d = 75

Answer:
165

Explanation:
d = 75 given
-45 x 75 = -3375
cube root of (-3375) is (-15)
3√-3375 = (-15) x (15) x (15)
(-3375)³ = (-15)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
3375 = 15
2x 75 + 15
150 +15
165

SOLVING EQUATIONS Solve the equation.
Question 22.
x3 = 8

Answer:
x = 2

Explanation:
x³= 8
x³ = 2³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
x = 2

Question 23.
t3 = – 343

Answer:
t = – 7

Explanation:
t³ = -343
t³ = -7³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
t = -7

Question 24.
– 75 = y3 + 50

Answer:
y = -5

Explanation:
– 75 = y3 + 50
y³ = -75 – 50
y³ = -125

y³ = -5³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
y = -5

Question 25.
– \(\frac{1}{2}\)z3 = – 108

Answer:
z = 6

Explanation:
-(1/2)z³ = -108
(1/2) = 0.5
-0.5z³ = -108
z³ = (-108 /-0.5)
z³ = 216
z³ = 6³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
z = 6

Question 26.
2h3 – 11 = 43

Answer:
h = 17

Explanation:
2h3 – 11 = 43
2h³ = 43 + 11
2h³ = 54
h³ = (54/2)
h³ = 17
h = 17

Question 27.
– 600 = \(\frac{2}{5}\)k3 + 750

Answer:
k = -15

Explanation:
(2/5) = 0.4
-600 = 0.4 k³ + 750
0.4 k³ = -600 -750
0.4k³ = -1350
k³ = -(1350/0.4)
k³ = -3375
k³ = -15³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
k = -15

Question 28.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The volume of a cube-shaped compost bin is 27 cubic feet. What is the edge length of the compost bin?

Answer:
The edge length of the compost bin = 3 feet.

Explanation:
Given that the volume of a cube-shaped compost bin = 27 cubic ft.
volume of cube = s x sx s
volume = 3 x 3 x3
volume = 27

Question 29.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The volume of a cube of ice for an ice sculpture is 64,000 cubic inches.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 13
a. What is the edge length of the cube of ice?
b. What is the surface area of the cube of ice?

Answer:
a. The edge length of the cube of ice = 40 inches.
b. The surface area of the cube of ice = 9600 sq in

Explanation:
a. The edge length of the cube of ice = 40 in
volume = s x s x s
v = 40 x 40 x 40
v = 40 in
b. The surface area of cube  = 6a²
area = 6 x 40 x 40
where a = edge
area = 6 x 1600
area = 9600 sq in

Question 30.
NUMBER SENSE
There are three numbers that are their own cube roots. What are the numbers?

Answer:
-1, 1 , 0

Explanation:
cube root of -1 = -1
cube root of 1 = 1
cube root of 0 = 0
The 3 numbers have their own cube roots.

REASONING Copy and complete the statement with <, >, or =.
Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 14

Answer:
-(1/4) <   3√(-8/125)

Explanation:
(1/4) = -0.25
(8/125) = (-2/5)
(-2/5) = 0.4

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 15

Answer:
3√ 0.001 >   0.01

Explanation:
3√ 0.001 = 0.1
0.1 > 0.01

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 16

Answer:
3√64 <    √64

Explanation:
3√64  = 4 x 4 x4
3√64  = 4
√64 = 8 x 8
√64 = 8
4  <  8

Question 34.
DIG DEEPER!
You bake a dessert in the baking pan shown. You cut the dessert into cube-shaped pieces of equal size. Each piece has a volume of 8 cubic inches. How many pieces do you get from one pan? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 17

Answer:
24 pieces.

Explanation:
Given that volume = 8 cubic inches
s = 2 in
Area = 64 sq in given
area = 6 x a²
area = 6 x 2 x2
area = 6 x 4
area = 24 sq in

Question 35.
LOGIC
Determine whether each statement is true for square roots. Then determine whether each statement is true for cube roots. Explain your reasoning.
a. You cannot find the square root of a negative number.
b. Every positive number has a positive square root and a negative square root.

Answer:
a.Yes
b. yes

Explanation:
a. we can find the square root of a negative number.
for example -2
the square root of -2 = -4
b. yes, every positive number has a positive square root and a negative square root.
for example = 4
-2 and 2 are the square roots of 4

Question 36.
GEOMETRY
The pyramid has a volume of 972 cubic inches. What are the dimensions of the pyramid?

Answer:
The dimensions of the pyramid = 14 in

Explanation:
Given that volume of pyramid = 972 cubic in
volume = ( l w h/3)
volume = (14 x 14 x 14/3)
v = 972 cubic in

Question 37.
REASONING
The ratio 125 : x is equivalent to the ratio x2 :125. What is the value of x?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 18

Answer:
The value of x = 25

Explanation:
Given that the ratio = 125 : x
x ² : 125  = x = 25
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
x = 25

CRITICAL THINKING Solve the equation.
Question 38.
(3x + 4)3 = 2197

Answer:
x = 6

Explanation:
(3x + 4)3 = 2197
9x³+ 64 = 2197
9x³ = 2197 – 64
9 x³ = 2133
x³ = (2133/9)
x³ =  237
x = 6

Question 39.
(8x3 – 9)3 = 5832

Answer:
x³ = 11.86
x = 3/2

Explanation:
512 x³ – 243 = 5832
512 x³ = 5832 + 243
512 x³ = 6075
x³ = 6075/512
x³ = 11.86

Question 40.
((5x – 16)3 – 4)3 = 216,000

Answer:
x = 56

Explanation:
125 x³ – 4096 – 64 = 216000
125 x³ – 4096 = 216000 + 64
125 x³ = 216064 + 4096
125 x³ = 220160
x³ = 1761.28
x = 56

Lesson 9.4 Rational Numbers

EXPLORATION 1

Work with a partner.
a. Complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.4 1
b. For each row of the table, use the two equations and what you know about solving systems of equations to write a third equation that does not involve a repeating decimal. Then solve the equation. What does your solution represent?
c. Write each repeating decimal below as a fraction. How is your procedure similar to parts (a) and (b)? How is it different?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.4 2
d. Explain how to write a repeating decimal with n repeating digits as a fraction.

Answer:
a. x = 0.666 , 10 x = 10 x 0.666 = 6.666
x = 0.111, 10 x = 10 x0.111 = 1.111
x = 0.2444, 10 x = 10 x 0.24444 = 2.4444
c. x = (12/100)
x = (0.45/100)
x = (0.27/100)
x = (0.940/1000)

Explanation:
Given that x = 0.333
10 x = 10 x 0.333 = 3.3333
x = 0.666
10 x = 10 x 0.666 = 6.6666
x = 0.111
10 x = 10 x 0.111 = 1.111
x = 0.244
10 x = 10 x 0.244 = 2.444

Try It

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.
Question 1.
\(\frac{3}{15}\)

Answer:
0.2

Explanation:
(3/15) = 0.2

Question 2.
–\(\frac{2}{9}\)

Answer:
-0.222

Explanation:
(-2/9) = -0.222

Question 3.
4\(\frac{3}{8}\)

Answer:
1.5

Explanation:
(3/8) = 0.375
4 x 0.375 = 1.5

Question 4.
2\(\frac{6}{11}\)

Answer:
1.09

Explanation:
(6/11) = 0.5454
2 x 0.5454 = 1.0909

Write the decimal as a fraction or a mixed number.
Question 5.
0.888 …..

Answer:
(111/125)

Explanation:
0.888
(888/1000)
(444/500)
(222/250)
(111/125)

Question 6.
\(2.0 \overline{6}\)

Answer:
(33/100)

Explanation:
(2.0 /6)
0.333
(33/100)

Question 7.
\(0 . \overline{64}\)

Answer:
0

Explanation:
(0/64)
64

Question 8.
\(-4 . \overline{50}\)

Answer:
-(8/100)

Explanation:
-4 /50
– 0.08
-8/100

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 9.
VOCABULARY
How can you identify a rational number?

Answer:
A rational number is a number that can be written as a ratio, which means it can be written as a fraction, in which both the numerator and denominator are whole numbers.

Explanation:
8
(8/1)
the number 8 is a rational number because the number written as a fraction.

WRITING FRACTIONS OR MIXED NUMBERS AS DECIMALS Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.
Question 10.
\(\frac{9}{50}\)

Answer:
0.18

Explanation:
(9/50)
(9/50) = 0.18

Question 11.
– \(\frac{7}{18}\)

Answer:
-0.388

Explanation:
-(7/18)
-(7/18) = -0.388

Question 12.
3\(\frac{4}{9}\)

Answer:
1.333

Explanation:
(4/9)
4/9 = 0.444
3 x 0.444
1.333

Question 13.
– 12 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Answer:
– 1.9992

Explanation:
(1/6)
(1/6) = 0.1666
0.1666 x -12
-1.9992

WRITING A REPEATING DECIMAL AS A FRACTION Write the repeating decimal as a fraction or a mixed number.
Question 14.
\(-1 . \overline{7}\)

Answer:
(-1/7)

Explanation:
-1: 7
-(1/7)

Question 15.
\(0 . \overline{2}\)

Answer:
(0/2)

Explanation:
0 : 2
(0/2)

Question 16.
\(8 . \overline{93}\)

Answer:
(8 /93)

Explanation:
8 : 93
(8/93)

Question 17.
\(-6 . \overline{235}\)

Answer:
-(6/235)

Explanation:
-6 : 235
-(6 /235)

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 18.
A fun house mirror distorts the image it reflects. Objects reflected in the mirror appear \(1 . \overline{3}\) times taller. When a five-foot-tall person looks in the mirror, how tall does he appear?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.4 3

Answer:
He appears in the mirror  = 5 feet.

Explanation:
1 x 3 = 3 given that
1 x 5 = 5

Question 19.
An exchange rate represents the value of one currency relative to another. Your friend visits a country that uses a local currency with an exchange rate of \(1 . \overline{265}\) units of the local currency to $1. If a bank charges $2 to change currency, how many units of the local currency does your friend receive when she gives the bank $200?

Answer:
Friend receive local currency = 1,06,000 units.

Explanation:
Given that local currency of $1 = 265 units.
if a bank charges to $ 2
265 + 265 = 530
the local currency of the friend receive when she gives the bank $ 200
200 x 530
1,06,000 units.

Question 20.
DIG DEEPER!
A low fuel warning appears when a particular car has \(0.014 \overline{6}\) 6 of a tank of gas remaining. The car holds 18.5 gallons of gas and can travel 36 miles for each gallon used. How many miles can the car travel after the low fuel warning appears?

Answer:
9.324 gallons.

Explanation:
(0.014/6) = 0.0023
0.0023 x 6
0.014
Given that car holds 18.5 gallons of gas can travel 36 miles for each gallon.
36 x 0.014
0.504
0.504 x 18.5 gallons
9.324 gallons.

Rational Numbers Homework & Practice 9.4

Review & Refresh

Evaluate the expression.
Question 1.
2 + \(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 27 } \)

Answer:
5

Explanation:
cube root of (27) is (3)
3√27 = (3) x (3) x (3)
27³ = (3)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
27 = 3
2 + 3
5

Question 2.
1 – \(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 8 } \)

Answer:
-1

Explanation:
cube root of (8) is (2)
3√8 = (2) x (2) x (2)
8³ = (2)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
8 = 2
1- 2
-1

Question 3.
7\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 125 } \) – 12

Answer:
23

Explanation:
cube root of (125) is (5)
3√125 = (5) x (5) x (5)
125³ = (5)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
125 = 5
7 x 5 -12
35 -12
23

Find the measures of the interior angles of the triangle.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.4 4

Answer:
x = 75⁰

Explanation:
Right angle triangle = 90⁰
x = 90⁰ – 15⁰
given that 75⁰
x = 75⁰

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.4 5

Answer:
x = 80⁰

Explanation:
x + 40⁰ = 60⁰
x = 60⁰ +40⁰ +80
x = 80⁰

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.4 6
Answer:

Explanation:
given that (x – 5)⁰ = 140⁰
x – 5⁰ = 140⁰
x = 140⁰ + 5⁰
x = 145⁰
2x = 145⁰ x 2
2x = 290⁰
x = 290⁰/2
x = 145⁰

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

WRITING REPEATING DECIMALS AS FRACTIONS Write the repeating decimal as a fraction. (See Exploration 1, p. 395.)
Question 7.
0.777 . . .

Answer:
(7/9)

Explanation:
0.7777. . .
(7/9)

Question 8.
0.858585 . . .

Answer:
(85/99)

Explanation:
0.858585 . . .
(85/99)

Question 9.
0.232323 . . .

Answer:
(23/99)

Explanation:
0.232323 . . .
(23/99)
it is a repeating decimal

WRITING FRACTIONS OR MIXED NUMBERS AS DECIMALS Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.
Question 10.
–\(\frac{3}{20}\)

Answer:
-0.15

Explanation:
(3/20) = 0.15

Question 11.
9\(\frac{1}{12}\)

Answer:
9.083

Explanation:
(1/12) = 0.833
0.833 x 9 = 9.083

Question 12.
\(\frac{5}{36}\)

Answer:
0.1388

Explanation:
(5/36) = 0.1388

Question 13.
6\(\frac{1}{40}\)

Answer:
6.025

Explanation:
(1/40) = 0.025
6 x 0.025
6.025

Question 14.
\(\frac{11}{75}\)

Answer:
0.1466

Explanation:
(11/75)
0.1466

Question 15.
– 2\(\frac{7}{18}\)

Answer:
-2.38
Explanation:
(17/18)
0.3888
-2 x 0.3888
-2.38

Question 16.
PRECISION
Your hair is \(\frac{5}{16}\) inch long. Write this length as a decimal.

Answer:
0.3125 in

Explanation:
(5/16)
0.3125

WRITING A REPEATING DECIMAL AS A FRACTION Write the repeating decimal as a fraction or a mixed number.
Question 17.
\(-0 . \overline{5}\)

Answer:
-5/9

Explanation:
-5/9

Question 18.
\(4 . \overline{1}\)

Answer:
4

Explanation:
4 x 1
4

Question 19.
\(-0.3 \overline{56}\)

Answer:
-353/990
Explanation:
-0.3 x 56
-26.7
-(353/990)

Question 20.
\(6.0 \overline{89}\)

Answer:
(674/1000)

Explanation:
(6/89)
0.0674
(674/1000)

Question 21.
\(0.18 \overline{72}\)

Answer:
103/550
Explanation:
(0.18/72)
103/550

Question 22.
\(11 . \overline{510}\)

Answer:
(2156/10000)

Explanation:
(11/510)
0.02156
(2156/10000)

Question 23.
STRUCTURE
A forecast cone defines the probable path of a tropical cyclone. The probability that the center of a particular tropical cyclone remains within the forecast cone is \(0 . \overline{8}\). Write this probability as a fraction.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.4 7

Answer:
8 : 9

Explanation:
Given that cone is 8 x 9
they said to write it in the fraction.

Question 24.
STRUCTURE
Describe how to write a decimal with 12 repeating digitsas a fraction.

Answer:
12: 0

Explanation:
given that 12 is a decimal
and they said to write in decimal.
12 : 0

Question 25.
STRUCTURE
An approximation for the value of π is \(\frac{22}{7}\). Write this number as a repeating decimal.

Answer:
3.14 2857

Explanation:
π = (22/7)
(22/7) = 3.14
3.142857

Question 26.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The density of iodine is about \(6.28 \overline{1}\) times the density of acetone. The density of acetone is about 785 kilograms per cubic meter. What is the density of iodine? Write your answer as a repeating decimal.

Answer:
4929.8. . .

Explanation:
The density of iodine = 6.28 given
the density of acetone is 785 kg for cubic meter.
6.28 x 785
4,929.8

Question 27.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A disinfectant manufacturer suggests that its product kills \(99.9 \overline{8}\) % of germs. Write this percent as a repeating decimal and then as a fraction. How many germs would survive when the disinfectant is applied to an object with 18,000 germs?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.4 8

Answer:
Fraction = (8999/9000)
2 germs

Explanation:
Given that the product kills (99.9/8)%
8999/9000
2 germs
Question 28.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You and your friend are making pear tarts for a bake sale. Your recipe uses \(\frac{7}{6}\) times the weight of the diced pears used in your friend’s recipe. Your friend’s recipe calls for 0.3 pound of diced pears. How many pounds of pears should you buy to have enough for both recipes?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.4 9

Answer:
0.35 pounds of pears should buy to have enough for both recipes.

Explanation:
Given that my recipe uses (7/6) times the weight of the diced pears used in friends recipe.
my friends recipie calls for 0.3 pounds of diced pears.
(7/6) x 0.3
1.16666 x 0.3
0.35 pounds

Question 29.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The table shows the principal and interest earned per year for each of three savings accounts with simple annual interest. Which account has the greatest interest rate? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.4 10

Answer:
Account c has the greatest interest rate.

Explanation:
Simple interest = (px r x t /100)
where p = principal amount, rate of interest, and time = t
Account A = $ 4/$90 =0.04 = 4.4 %
Account B = $5.50/$120.00 = 0.04583 = 4.583%
Account C = $4.80/$100.00 = 0.048 = 4.8%

Question 30.
DIG DEEPER!
The probability that an athlete makes a half-court basketball shot is 22 times the probability that the athlete makes a three-quarter-court shot. The probability that the athlete makes three-quarter-court shot is \(0.00 \overline{9}\). What is the probability that the athlete makes a half-court shot? Write your answer as a percent.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.4 11

Answer:
1.98 %

Explanation:
Given that the athlete makes three-quarter-court shot is 0.00 x 9
basketball shot is 22 times the probability that the athlete makes 3 -quarter-court shot.
0.00 x 9
0
22 x 9
198 writing it as decimal
1.98%
NUMBER SENSE Determine whether the numbers are equal. Justify your answer.
Question 31.
\(\frac{9}{22}\) and \(0.4 \overline{09}\)

Answer:
The numbers are not equal.

Explanation:
(9/22) = 0.4090
(0.4/9)  = 0.0444

Question 32.
\(\frac{1}{999}\) and 0

Answer:
The numbers are not equal.

Explanation:
(1/999) = 0.001
0 = 0.001

Question 33.
\(\frac{135}{90}\) and 1.5

Answer:
The numbers are not equal.

Explanation:
(35/90) = 1.5
1.5 = 1.5

ADDING AND SUBTRACTING RATIONAL NUMBERS Add or subtract.
Question 34.
\(0.4 \overline{09}+0.6 \overline{81}\)

Answer:
0.45180

Explanation:
(0.4/9) = .04444
(0.6/81) = 0.0074
0.0074 +0.444

Question 35.
\(-0 . \overline{63}+\frac{5}{99}\)

Answer:
-58/99

Explanation:
(5/99) = 0.0505
63 + 0.0505

Question 36.
\(\frac{11}{6}-0 . \overline{27}\)

Answer:
-25.1666

Explanation:
(11/6) = 1.833333
27
1.83333  – 27
-25.1666

Question 37.
\(0 . \overline{03}-0 . \overline{04}\)

Answer:
-1/99

Question 38.
STRUCTURE
Write a repeating decimal that is between \(\frac{9}{7}\) and \(\frac{10}{7}\). Justify your answer.

Answer:
1.3546

Explanation:
(9/7)
1.2857
(10/7)
1.4285
The number between 1.2857 and 1.4285 is 1.3546

Lesson 9.5 Irrational Numbers

EXPLORATION 1

Approximating Square Roots
Work with a partner. Use the square shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 1
a. Find the exact length x of the diagonal. Is this number a number a rational number or an irrational number? Explain.
b. The value of x is between which two whole numbers? Explain your reasoning.
c. Use the diagram below to approximate the length of the diagonal to the nearest tenth.Explain your method.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 2
d. Which of the following is the closest approximation of the length of the diagonal? Justify your answer using inverse operations.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 3
Answer:
a. The length of x = √2
a number is an irrational number.
d. 1.412 is the closest approximation of the length of the diagonal.

Try It

Classify the real number.
Question 1.
0.121221222 ……

Answer:
Irrational number.

Explanation:
Irrational number : the decimal form neither terminates nor repeats.
so the given number is a irrational number.

Question 2.
– √196
Answer:
The number is real number

Explanation:
the real number are the numbers which includes both rational and irrational numbers.

Question 3.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 2 } \)

Answer:
The number is real number

Explanation:
cube root of 3 is 2
where cube and cube root get cancelled.

Approximate the number to the nearest (a) integer and (b) tenth.
Question 4.
√8

Answer:
Integer = 3
tenth = 3 .0

Explanation:
square root of 8 = 2 x 2 x2
2 x2 = 4
3 is nearest integer to the 2

Question 5.
– √13

Answer:
-14

Question 6.
– √24
Answer:
13

Question 7.
√20
Answer:
11

Which number is greater? Explain.
Question 8.
√8, π

Answer:
√8 is greater.

Explanation:
√8 = 8
π = 3.14
so 8 is greater.

Question 9.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 65 }\), √26

Answer:
√26 is greater.

Explanation:
cube root of 65 = 4 x 4 x4
square root of 26 = 26
26 is greater.

Question 10.
– √2, – \(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 10 }\)
Answer:
10 is greater.

Explanation:
cube root of 10 = 10
square root of -2 = -2
soo 10 is greater.

Approximate the distance between the points to the nearest tenth.
Question 11.
(- 3, – 1) and (- 2, – 2)
Answer:

Question 12.
(1, – 1) and (5, 4)
Answer:

Question 13.
(5, 4) and (9, 8)
Answer:

Question 14.
(- 7, 10) and (3, – 5)
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 15.
VOCABULARY
How are rational numbers and irrational numbers different?

Answer:
rational number: a rational number is a number such as -3/7 that can be expressed as the quotient or fractionp/q of two integers, a numerator p, and non zero denominator q. Every integer is a rational number.
irrational number: irrational numbers are all the real numbers that are not rational numbers.

Explanation:
rational number: a rational number is a number such as -3/7 that can be expressed as the quotient or fractionp/q of two integers, a numerator p, and non zero denominator q. Every integer is a rational number.
irrational number: irrational numbers are all the real numbers that are not rational numbers.

CLASSIFYING REAL NUMBERS Classify the real number.
Question 16.
\(\frac{48}{16}\)
Answer:
Real number

Explanation:
(48/16) = 3
3 is a real number.

Question 17.
– √76
Answer:
Irrational numbers

Explanation:
76 is irrational number
irrational numbers are real numbers.

Question 18.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ -216 }\)

Answer:
-6 is a rational number.

Explanation:
cube root of 216 = -6

APPROXIMATING AN IRRATIONAL NUMBER Approximate the number to the nearest (a) integer and (b) tenth.
Question 19.
√51
Answer:
26

Question 20.
– √87
Answer:
44

Question 21.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 60 }\)
Answer:
5

Question 22.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which number does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 4

Answer:
-3.3 is different from the three.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 23.
The equation 3600b2 = hw represents the relationship among the body surface area b (in square meters), height h (in centimeters), and weight w (in kilograms) of a person. To the nearest tenth, approximate the body surface area of a person who is 168 centimeters tall and weighs 60 kilograms.

Answer:
2.8 cm

Explanation:
Given that the surface area of a person = 168 cm
w = 60
3600 b² = 168 x 60
3600 b² = 10080
b² = (10080/3600)
b² = 2.8

Question 24.
Which plane is closer to the base of the airport tower? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 5

Answer:
Plane B is closer to the base of the airport tower.

Irrational Numbers Homework & Practice 9.5

Review & Refresh

Write the repeating decimal as a fraction or a mixed number.
Question 1.
\(0 . \overline{4}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
\(1.0 \overline{3}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
\(0 . \overline{75}\)

Answer:

Question 4.
\(2 . \overline{36}\)
Answer:

Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 5.
(54)2

Answer:
5 ⁸

Explanation:
(54)2
5 ⁸ = 5 x 5 x 5 x 5 x5 x5 x5
5⁸

Question 6.
(- 9)4 . (- 9)7

Answer:
(-9)¹¹

Explanation:
(-9)⁴ . (-9)⁷
when exponents are equal powers must be added.
(-9)⁴ +⁷
(-9)¹¹

Question 7.
a8 . a

Answer:
a⁹

Explanation:
(a)⁸ . (a)¹
when exponents are equal powers must be added.
(a)⁸ +¹
(a)⁹

Question 8.
(y3)6

Answer:
y ⁶

Explanation:
cube root of y = y x y x y
y ⁶

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

APPROXIMATING SQUARE ROOTS Find the exact length x of the diagonal of the square or rectangle. The value of x is between which two whole numbers? (See Exploration 1, p. 401.)
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 6

Answer:
x = 18

Explanation:
Given that the sides of a square = s x s
square =2 3 x 3
s = 18

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 7

Answer:
x = 24

Explanation:
Given that the sides of a rectangle  = 2 (l + b)
rectangle = 2( 8 + 4)
rectangle = 2(12)
rectangle = 24

CLASSIFYING REAL NUMBERS Classify the real number.
Question 11.
0
Answer:
whole
integer
rational

Question 12.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 343 }\)

Answer:
7

Explanation:
cube root of 343 = 7 x 7 x 7
7

Question 13.
\(\frac{π}{6}\)

Answer:
18.84
irrational number.

Question 14.
– √81

Answer:
-9

Explanation:
square root of -81 = -9 x -9

Question 15.
– 1.125

Answer:
rational number

Question 16.
\(\frac{52}{13}\)

Answer:
676

Explanation:
(52/13)
676

Question 17.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ -49 }\)

Answer:
-7
irrational

Question 18.
√15

Answer:
15

Question 19.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend classifies √144. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 8

Answer:
No

Explanation:
144 is a perfect square.
square root of 144 is rational number.

Question 20.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You cut a photograph into a right triangle for a scrapbook. The lengths of the legs of the triangle are 4 inches and 6 inches. Is the length of the hypotenuse a rational number? Explain.

Answer:
√52

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
4² + 6² = c²
16 + 36 = c²
52 = c²
c =√52

Question 21.
REASONING
Place each number in the correct area of the Venn diagram.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 9
a. the last digit of your phone number
b. the square root of any prime number
c. the quotient of the circumference of a circle and its diameter

Answer:
b. irrational number.
c. irrational number.

APPROXIMATING AN IRRATIONAL NUMBER Approximate the number to the nearest (a) integer and (b) tenth.
Question 22.
√46

Answer:
a. 46
b.√36

Explanation:
square root of 46 = 46
nearest tenth = 36
46 – 10 = 36

Question 23.
– √105

Answer:
a.-10
b.-10 .2

Explanation:
square root of -105 = -10
nearest tenth = -10.2
Question 24.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ -12 }\)

Answer:
a.³√-12
b..³√-2

Explanation:
square root of -12= -12
nearest tenth = -2
12 – 10 = 2

Question 25.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 310 }\)

Answer:
a. 7
b. 6.8

Explanation:
cube root of 310 = 7
nearest tenth = 7
6.8

Question 26.
\(\sqrt{\frac{27}{4}}\)

Answer:
6.75
6.65

Explanation:
(27/4)
6.75
6.75 – 10 = 6.65

Question 27.
\(-\sqrt{\frac{335}{2}}\)

Answer:
-13
12.9

Explanation:
(335/2)
-13
-13 – 10
-12.9

COMPARING IRRATIONAL NUMBERS Which number is greater? Explain.
Question 28.
√125, √135

Answer:
√135

Explanation:
135 is greater than 125

Question 29.
√22, \(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 34 }\)

Answer:
34

Explanation:
34 is greater then 22

Question 30.
– \(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 100 }\), – √42

Answer:
-42

Explanation:
-42 is greater than -100

Question 31.
√5, π

Answer:
√5

Explanation:
5 is greater than 3.14

Question 32.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 130 }\), √28

Answer:
130

Explanation:
130 is greater than 28

Question 33.
– √38, \(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ -250 }\)

Answer:
-250

Explanation:
250 is greater than 38

USING TOOLS Use the graphing calculator screen to determine whether the statement is true or false.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 10
Question 34.
To the nearest tenth, √10 = 3.1.

Answer:
3.16227766

Question 35.
The value of √14 is between 3.74 and 3.75.

Answer:
True

Explanation:
Given that the √14 = 3.74165

Question 36.
√10 lies between 3.1 and 3.16 on a number line.

Answer:
True

Explanation:
Given that the √10 = 3.1622

USING THE PYTHAGOREAN THEOREM Approximate the distance between the points to the nearest tenth.
Question 37.
(1, 2), (7, 6)

Answer:
7.2 units.

Question 38.
(2, 4), (7, 2)
Answer:

Question 39.
(- 1, – 3), (1, 3)

Answer:
6.3 units.

Question 40.
(- 6, – 7), (0, 0)
Answer:

Question 41.
(- 1, 1), (7, 4)

Answer:
8.5 units.

Explanation:
7 + 1 = 8
4 + 1 = 5
8.5 units

Question 42.
(- 6, 5), (- 4, – 6)
Answer:

Question 43.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The locations of several sites in a forest are shown in the coordinate plane. Approximate each distance to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 11
a. How far is the cabin from the peak?
b. How far is the fire tower from the lake?
c. How far is the lake from the peak?
d. You are standing at(- 5, – 6). How far are you from the lake?

Answer:
a. 5.8 km
b. 8.6 km
c. 7.1 km
d. 11.7 km

Question 44.
WRITING
Explain how to continue the method in Example 2 to approximate √71 to the nearest hundredth.

Answer:
29

Question 45.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The area of a four square court is 66 square feet. Approximate the side length s of the four square court to the nearest whole number.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 12

Answer:
The side length = 8 ft

Explanation:
The area of a four square court is 66 square feet given.
the side lengths = 8 x 8
s = 8 ft

Question 46.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A checker board is 8 squares long and 8 squares wide. The area of each square is 14 square centimeters. Approximate the perimeter (in centimeters) of the checker board to the nearest tenth.

Answer:
The perimeter of the checker board = 384

Explanation:
Given that the checker board is 8 squares long and 8 squares wide.
perimeter = 6 x side x side
perimeter = 6 x 8 x 8
p= 6 x 64
p = 384  cm

Question 47.
GEOMETRY
The cube has a volume of 340 cubic inches. Approximate the length d of the diagonal to the nearest whole number. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 13

Answer:
The length of the diagonal = 12 in

Explanation:
Given that the volume of cube = 340 cubic inches.
v = s x s
v =  7 x 7
d = 7 x 7 + 10 x 10 = 149
12 in
Question 48.
CRITICAL THINKING
Ona number line, π is between 3 and 4.
a. Use this information to draw a number line and shade a region that represents the location of π2. Explain your reasoning.
b. Repeat part(a) using the fact that π is between 3.1 and 3.
c. Repeat part(a) using the fact that π is between 3.14 and 3.15.
Answer:

NUMBER SENSE Approximate the square root to the nearest tenth.
Question 49.
√0.39

Answer:
0.6

Explanation:
√0.39²
where square and square root get cancelled.
0.39  – 10
0.6

Question 50.
√1.19

Answer:
1.09

Explanation:
√1.19²
where square and square root get cancelled.
1.19  – 10
1.09

Question 51.
√1.52

Answer:
1.2

Explanation:
√1.52²
where square and square root get cancelled.
1.52  – 10
1.2

Question 52.
STRUCTURE
Is \(\sqrt{\frac{1}{4}}\) a rational number? Is \(\sqrt{\frac{3}{16}}\) a rational number? Explain.
Answer:

Question 53.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The equation s2 = 54r represents the relationship between the speed s (in meters per second) of a roller-coaster car and the radius r (in meters) of the loop. Approximate the speed of a roller-coaster car going around the loop shown to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 14

Answer:
s = 30.1 meters per second.

Explanation:
s2 = 54r
where r = 16.764 m
s² = 54 x 16.764 m
s² = 905.256
s =30.1

Question 54.
OPEN-ENDED
Find two numbers a and b that satisfy the diagram.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 15

Answer:
√a = 9.3
√b = 9.8

Explanation:
Given that a = 9
b = 10
√a = 9.3
√b = 9.8
the distance between the two points is 1 inch

Question 55.
DIG DEEPER!
The equation d3 = t3 represents the relationship between the mean distance d (in astronomical units) of a planet from the Sun and the t time (in years) it takes the planet to orbit the Sun.
a. Jupiter takes about 11.9 years to orbit the Sun. Approximate the mean distance of Jupiter from the Sun to the nearest tenth.
b. The mean distance of Saturn from the Sun is about 9.5 astronomical units. Approximate the time it takes Saturn to orbit the Sun to the nearest tenth.

Answer:
a. d = 5.2 astronomical units
b. 29.3 years

Explanation:
Given that the
a. Jupiter takes about 11.9 years to orbit the sun.
b. the mean distance of Saturn from the sun is about 9.5 astronomical units.
Question 56.

MODELING REAL LIFE
The equation h = – 16t2 + 26 represents the height h (in feet) of a water balloon t seconds after it is dropped. Approximate the time it takes the water balloon to reach the ground to the nearest tenth. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 16

Answer:
– 28 feet.

Explanation:
Given that the equation h = – 16t2 + 26
we assuming t = 2
h = -16 x 4 + 26
h = -64 + 26
h = -38
nearest tenth = 38 – 10
– 28 feet

Question 57.
NUMBER SENSE
Determine whether the statement is sometimes, always, or never true. Explain your reasoning.
a. A rational number multiplied by a rational number is rational.
b. A rational number multiplied by an irrational number is rational.
c. An irrational number multiplied by an irrational number is rational.

Answer:
a. always.
b. sometimes.
c. sometimes.

Explanation:
a. if a/b and c/d are rational numbers, then ac and bd are integers and bd not equal to zero. so ac/bd is rational.
b. for example, π . 0 = 0 is rational, but 2. √3 is irrational.
c. for example, √2 . π  is irrational, but π  . 1/ π  is rational.

Lesson 9.6 The Converse of the Pythagorean Theorem

The converse of a statement switches the hypothesis and the conclusion.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 1

EXPLORATION 1

Analyzing the Converse of a Statement
Work with a partner.
a.Write the converse of each statement. Then determine whether each statement and its converse are true or false.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 2

  • If I live in California,then I live in the United States.
  • If my heart is beating, then I am alive.
  • If one figure is a translation of another figure,then the figures are congruent.

b. Write your own statement whose converse is true. en write your own statement whose converse is false.

EXPLORATION 2

The Converse of the Pythagorean Theorem
Work with a partner.
a.Write the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem. Do you think the converse is true or false?
b. Consider △DEFwith side lengths a, b, and c such that a2 + b2 = c2. Also consider △JKL with leg lengths a and b, where the measure of ∠K is 90°. Use the two triangles and the Pythagorean Theorem to show that the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem is true.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 3

Try It

Tell whether the triangle with the given side lengths is a right triangle.
Question 1.
28 in., 21 in., 20 in.

Answer:
The given sides does not form a right triangle.
Explanation:
20² + 21² = 28²
400  + 441 = 784
841 = 784
the given sides does not form a right triangle.

Question 2.
1.25 mm, 1 mm, 0.75 mm

Answer:
The given sides form a right triangle.
Explanation:
1² + 0.75² = 1.25²
1 + 0.5625= 1.5623
1.5625 = 784
the given sides  form a right triangle.

Tell whether the points form a right triangle.
Question 4.
D (- 4, 0), E (- 2, 3), F (1, 0)

Answer:
Yes the given points form a right triangle.

Question 5.
J (4, 1), K (1, – 3), L (- 3, 0)

Answer:
Yes the given points form a right triangle.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 5.
WRITING
Explain the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem.

Answer:
a² + b² ≠ c²

Explanation:
a² + b² = c²
where a, b and c are side lengths of a triangle.
converse of pythagoras theorem
a² + b² ≠ c²

Question 6.
IDENTIFYING A RIGHT TRIANGLE
Is a triangle with side lengths of 2 millimeters, 2.5 millimeters, and 3 millimeters a right triangle?

Answer:
No the side lengths does not form a right triangle.

Explanation:
2 ² + 2.5² = 3²
4  + 6.25 = 9
10.25 = 9

Question 7.
IDENTIFYING A RIGHT TRIANGLE
Do the points (- 1, 1), (- 3, 5), and (0, 8) form a right triangle?

Answer:
No the given points does not form a right triangle.

Question 8.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which set of numbers does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 4

Answer:
3, 6, 8 set does not belong with the other 3 sets.

Explanation:
3 ² + 6² = 8²
9  + 36 = 64
45 = 64
the given sides does not form a right triangle.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 9.
You practice archery as shown. Determine whether the arrow is perpendicular to the vertical support. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 5

Answer:
Yes the archery is perpendicular to vertical support.

Explanation:
2 times of 7 is 14.
so archery is perpendicular to vertical support.

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
Three fire hydrants in a neighborhood are represented on a map. The coordinates of the fire hydrants are (0, 0), (2, 5), and (7, y). The fire hydrants are arranged in a right triangle, where y is a natural number less than 10. Find y.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 6

Answer:
y = 5

Explanation:
Given that the coordinates of the fire hydrants are (0, 0), (2, 5), and (7, y).
y can meet the y-axis on 5
y = 5
7 -2 = 5

The Converse of the Pythagorean Theorem Homework & Practice 9.6

Review & Refresh

Approximate the number to the nearest (a) integer and (b) tenth.
Question 1.
√31

Answer:
a. 6
b. 5.6

Explanation:
square root of 31 = 31
√31 ² = 6
where square and square root get cancelled.
nearest tenth = it is decreased by 10
5.6

Question 2.
– √7

Answer:
a. 7
b. -3

Explanation:
square root of 7 = 7
√7 ² = 7
where square and square root get cancelled.
nearest tenth = it is decreased by 10
7 -10
-3

Question 3.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 25 }\)

Answer:
a. 3
b. 2.9

Explanation:
cube root of 25 = 25
3√25 = 3
where square and square root get cancelled.
nearest tenth = it is decreased by 10
2.9

The figures are similar. Find x.
Question 4.
The ratio of the perimeters is 2 : 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 7

Answer:
x = 2

Explanation:
Given that the ratio of perimeters = 2 : 5
x = 2
5 x 2 = 10

Question 5.
The ratio of the perimeters is 4 : 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 8

Answer:
x = 4.5

Explanation:
Given that the ratio of perimeters = 4 : 3
x = 4.5
3 x 2 = 4.5

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

ANALYZING THE CONVERSE OF A STATEMENT Write the converse of the statement. Then determine whether the statement and its converse are true or false. Explain. (See Exploration 1, p. 409.)
Question 6.
If a is an odd number, then a2 is odd.

Answer:
False.
if a is not an odd number, then square of a is not odd.

Explanation:
The given statement is true.
converse of a given statement is false.

Question 7.
If ABCD is a square, then ABCD is a parallelogram.

Answer:
True.
If ABCD is  not a square, then ABCD is not a parallelogram.

Explanation:
The given statement is false.
converse of a given statement is true.
IDENTIFYING A RIGHT TRIANGLE Tell whether the triangle with the given side lengths is a right triangle.
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 9

Answer:
Yes the given side lengths is a right triangle.

Explanation:
8 ² + 15² = 17²
64  + 225 = 289
289 = 625

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 10

Answer:
Yes the given side lengths is a right triangle.

Explanation:
27 ² + 36² = 45²
729  + 1296 = 2025
2025 = 625

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 11

Answer:c

Question 11.

14 mm, 19 mm, 23 mm

Answer:
No the given side lengths is not a right triangle.

Explanation:
14 ² + 19² = 23²
196  + 361  = 529
557 = 625

Question 12.
\(\frac{9}{10}\) mi, 1 \(\frac{1}{5}\) mi, 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) mi

Answer:

Question 13.
1.4 m, 4.8 m, 5 m

Answer:
Yes the given side lengths is  a right triangle.

Explanation:
1.4 ² + 4.8² = 5²
1.96  + 23.04  = 25
25 = 25

Question 14.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A post-and-beam frame for a shed is shown in the diagram. Does the brace form a right triangle with the post and beam? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 12

Answer:
Yes the given side lengths is a right triangle.

Explanation:
15 ² + 20² = 25²
225  + 400 = 625
625 = 625

Question 15.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A traffic sign has side lengths of 12.6 inches, 12.6 inches, and 12.6 inches. Is the sign a right triangle? Explain.

Answer:
No the given side lengths is not a right triangle.

Explanation:
12.6 ² + 12.6² = 12.6²
158.76 + 158.76 = 158.76
317.52 = 158.76

IDENTIFYING A RIGHT TRIANGLE Tell whether a triangle with the given side lengths is a right triangle.
Question 16.
√63, 9, 12

Answer:
Yes the given side lengths is a right triangle.

Explanation:
√63 ² + 9² = 12²
63 + 81 = 144
144 = 144

Question 17.
4, √15, 6

Answer:
No the given side lengths is not a right triangle.

Explanation:
√15 ² + 4² = 6²
15 + 16 = 36
31 = 36

Question 18.
√18, √24, √42

Answer:
Yes the given side lengths is a right triangle.

Explanation:
√18 ² + √24² = √42²
18 +24 = 42
42= 42

Question 19.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend determines whether a triangle with side lengths of 3, √58, and 7 is a right triangle. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 13

Answer:
No my friend is  not correct.

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
13² + 58² = 7²
9 + 58  is not equal to 49

IDENTIFYING A RIGHT TRIANGLE Tell whether the points form a right triangle.
Question 20.
(0, 0), (0, 5), (2, 0)

Answer:
Yes the points  forms a right triangle

Explanation:
the above given points are all positive

Question 21.

(0, 8), (2, 2), (11, 6)

Answer:
No the points not forms a right triangle

Explanation:
the above given points are all positive.

Question 22.
(- 1, 0), (5, 0), (2, – 3)

Answer:
No the points not forms a right triangle

Explanation:
the above given points are all positive and negative.

Question 23.
(- 1, – 2), (2, 6), (4, – 1)

Answer:
No the points does not forms a right triangle

Explanation:
the above given points are all positive

Question 24.

(- 8, 6), (7, 9), (0, – 13)

Answer:
Yes the points  forms a right triangle

Explanation:
the above given points are all positive and negative

Question 25.
(0.5, 1.5), (7.5, 5.5), (9.5, 0.5)

Answer:
No  the points does not  forms a right triangle

Explanation:
the above given points are all positive and negative

Question 26.
LOGIC
The equation a2 + b2 = c2 is not true for a particular triangle with side lengths of a, b, and c. What can you conclude about the type of triangle?

Answer:
If the triangle is right triangle the above condition satisfies.

Explanation:
The equation a2 + b2 = c2 is a pythagoras theroem.
it satisfies for only right triangle.
where a,b, c are side lengths.
Question 27.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You spend the day looking for hidden containers in a wooded area using a Global Positioning System (GPS). You park your bike on the side of the road, and then locate Container 1 and Container 2 before going back to your bike. Does your path form a right triangle? Explain. Each grid line represents 10 yards.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 14

Answer:
No path does not forms a right triangle.

Explanation:
(10, 50) , (20, -20) and (80, -10)
the given points form a right triangle.

Question 28.
DIG DEEPER!
The locations of a fishing boat, buoy, and kayak are represented by the points (0, 0), (16, 12), and (10, – 5). Each unit represents 1 nautical mile
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 15
a. Do the boat, kayak, and buoy form a right triangle?
b. The boattravels at8 nautical miles per hour. How long does the boat take to reach the buoy if the boat travels directly toward it?

Answer:
a. yes the boat, kayak, buoy form a right triangle.
b. the boat travels at 8 nautical miles per hr= 80 miles per hr

Explanation:
a.yes the boat, kayak, buoy form a right triangle.
b. the boat travels at 8 nautical miles per hr.
8 x 10
80 miles per hr

Question 29.
The vertices of a quadrilateral are (1, 2), (5, 4), (6, 2), and (2, 0). Use the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem to determine whether the quadrilateral is a rectangle.
Answer:
Yes the given points forms a rectangle.

Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan
Question 1.
The scale drawing of a baseball field has a scale factor of \(\frac{1}{270}\). Approximate the distance from home plate to second base on the actual baseball field to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cc 1
Understand the problem.
You know several measurements and the scale factor in a scale drawing of a baseball field. You are asked to approximate the distance from home plate to second base on the actual baseball field.

Make a plan.
The distance from home plate to second base is the hypotenuse of a right triangle. Approximate the distance in the scale drawing to the nearest tenth. Then use the scale factor to approximate the distance on the actual field.

Solve and check.
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.

Answer:
0.048 sq in

Explanation:
Given that the scale factor of (1/270)
(1/270) = 0.003
from home plate to second base
4 x 4
16 x 0.003
0.048

Question 2.
You cut the wood cube shown into two identical triangular prisms. Approximate the surface area of each triangular prism to the nearest tenth. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cc 2
Answer:
The surface area of triangular prism = 64 cm

Explanation:
the volume of the cube
v = s x s x
v = 8 x 8 x 8
v = 64 x 8
v = 512

Question 3.
Complete the mapping diagram representing the relationship between the lengths of the hypotenuse and the legs of an isosceles right triangle. Is the relationship linear? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cc 3

Answer:
a√2

Performance Task

Identify and Correct the Error!
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Metronome Design.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cc 4

Answer:

Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary

Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 1

Graphic Organizers
You can use a Four Square to organize information about a concept. Each of the four squares can be a category, such as definition, vocabulary, example, non-example, words, algebra, table, numbers, visual, graph, or equation. Here is an example of a Four Square for Pythagorean Theorem.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 2

Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 3
1. square roots
2. cube roots
3. rational numbers
4. irrational numbers
5. real numbers
6. converse of the Pythagorean Theorem

Chapter Self-Assessment

As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 4

9.1 Finding Square Roots (pp. 373–380)
Learning Target: Understand the concept of a square root of a number.

Find the square root(s).
Question 1.
√1

Answer:
1

Explanation:
square root of 1 = 1 x 1

Question 2.
– \(\sqrt{\frac{9}{25}}\)

Answer:
-(3/5)

Explanation:
square root of 9 = 3x 3
square root of 25 = 5 x 5

Question 3.
± √1.69

Answer:
± 1.3

Explanation:
square root of 1.69 = 1.3 x 1.3

Evaluate the expression.
Question 4.
15 – 4 √36

Answer:
-9

Explanation:
15 – 4 √36
square root of 36 = 6 x 6
15 – 4 x 6
15 – 24
-9

Question 5.
\(\sqrt{\frac{54}{6}}+\frac{2}{3}\)

Answer:
9.66

Explanation:
(54/6) = 9
(2/3) = 0.66
9 + 0.66
9.66

Question 6.
\((\sqrt{9})^{2}\) – 12

Answer:
-7.5

Explanation:
(9/2) = 4.5
4.5 – 12
-7.5

Question 7.
The total area of a checker board is 256 square inches. What is the side length (in inches) of one of the small squares?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 7

Answer:
The side length = 16 in

Explanation:
Given that total area = 256 sq in
area of square = s x s
area = 16 x 16
side = 16 in

9.2 The Pythagorean Theorem (pp. 381–388)
Learning Target: Understand the Pythagorean Theorem.

Find the missing length of the triangle.
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 8

Answer:
The missing length = 47 in

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
12² + 35² = 47²
length = 47 in

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 9

Answer:
The missing length = 0.2 cm

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
0.3² + 0.2² = 0.5²
length = 0.2 cm

Question 10.
You lean a 13-foot ladder on a house so the bottom of the ladder is 5 feet from the house. From the top of the ladder, you can safely reach another 4 feet higher. Can you reach a window that is located 13 feet above the ground? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 10

Answer:
No we cannot reach a window.

Explanation:
Given that we lean a 13-foot ladder on a house
so that the bottom of the ladder is 5 feetfrom the house.
from the top of ladder, we can reach safely another 4 feet higher.
5 + 4
we can reach 9 feet.

Question 11.
Find the distance between (- 6, 8) and (10, – 4).
Answer:

9.3 FindingCube Roots (pp. 389–394)
Learning Target: Understand the concept of a cube root of a number.

Find the cube root.
Question 12.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ -2197 }\)

Answer:
-13

Explanation:
cube root of (-2197) is (-13)
3√-2197= (-13) x (-13) x (-13)
-2197³ = (-13)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
-2197 = -13

Question 13.
\(\sqrt[3]{\frac{64}{343}}\)

Answer:-
(4/7)

Explanation:
cube root of (64/343) is (4/7)
3√(64/343)= (4/7) x (4/7) x (4/7)
(64/343)³ = (4/7)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
(64/343)= (4/7)

Question 14.
\(\sqrt[3]{-\frac{8}{27}}\)

Answer:
-2/3

Explanation:
cube root of (8/27) is (2/3)
3√(8/27)= (2/3) x (2/3) x (2/3)
(8/27)³ = (2/3)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
(8/27)= (2/3)

Question 15.
Evaluate the expression 25 + 2\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ -64 }\).
Answer:
17

Explanation:
cube root of (-64) is (-4)
3√(64)= (4) x (4) x (4)
(64)³ = (4)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
(64)= 4
25 + 2(-4)
25 -8
17

Question 16.
Solve the equation – 55 = \(\frac{1}{4}\)x3 + 73.
Answer:
x =8

Explanation:
-55 = 0.25 x ³ + 73
0.25 x³ = -55 -73
0.25 x³ = -128
x³ = -(128/0.25)
x³ = 512
x = 8

Question 17.
You are shipping a puzzle cube to your friend using the cube-shaped box shown. What is the difference between the height of the puzzle cube and the top of the box when you place the cube in the box?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 17

Answer:
The height of the puzzle cube = 6 cm

Explanation:
Given that the volume of the cube-shaped box = 216 cubic cm
volume of cube = s x s x s
v = 6 x 6 x 6
v = 36 x 6
v = 216
the height of puzzle cube= 6 cm

9.4 Rational Numbers (pp. 395–400)
Learning Target: Convert between different forms of rational numbers.

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.
Question 18.
– 2\(\frac{5}{6}\)

Answer:
-1.66

Explanation:
(5/6) = 0.83
-1.66

Question 19.
\(\frac{27}{80}\)

Answer:
0.33

Explanation:
(27/80)
0.3375

Question 20.
3\(\frac{8}{9}\)

Answer:
2.66

Explanation:
(8/9)  = 0.888
3 x 8/9
3 x 0.88
2.66

Question 21.
Write \(1 . \overline{36}\) as a mixed number.
Answer:

Question 22.
The gas mileage of a hybrid car is \(3.0 \overline{3}\) times the gas mileage of a regular car. The regular car averages 24 miles per gallon. Find the gas mileage of the hybrid car.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 22
Answer:
The gas mileage of the hybrid car is 72 miles

Explanation:
Given that the mileage of the hybrid car is 3
the regular car averages 24 miles per gallon.
the gas mileage of the hybrid car is
24 x 3
72 miles

Question 23.
Your friend’s cat weighs 0.8 3 times the weight of your cat. Your friend’s cat weighs 10 pounds. How much more does your cat weigh than your friend’s cat?

Answer:
2 pounds

Explanation:
Given that the my friend’s cat weighs = 0.8
3 times the weight of my cat.
my friend cat weighs = 10 pounds
10 x 0.2 = 2 pounds.

Question 23.
An apple dessert recipe makes \(2 . \overline{3}\) pounds of dessert and serves 6 people. What is the serving size (in pounds)?

Answer:
The serving size is 18 pounds.

Explanation:
given that an apple dessert recipe makes 3 pounds.
the serving size is
6 x 3
18 pounds.

9.5 Irrational Numbers (pp. 401–408)
Learning Target: Understand the concept of irrational numbers.

Classify the real number.
Question 24.
\(0.81 \overline{5}\)

Answer:
real number

Explanation:
given expression is a real number.

Question 25.
√101
Answer:
no

Explanation:
square root of 101 is real algebraic number
so it is not a real number.

Question 26.
√4
Answer:
no

Explanation:
square root of 4 is real algebraic number
so it is not a real number.

Approximate the number to the nearest (a) integer and (b) tenth.
Question 27.
√14

Answer:
a. 3
b. 4

Explanation:
3 is a integer for square root of 14
4 is the nearest tenth for 14

Question 28.
√90

Answer:
89
80

Explanation:
89 is a integer for square root of 90
80 is the nearest tenth for 90

Question 29.
√175

Answer:
174
165

Explanation:
174 is a integer for square root of 175
165 is the nearest tenth for 175

Question 31.
Which is greater, √48 or \(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 127 }\) ? Explain.

Answer:
cube root of 127 is greater.

Explanation:
cube root of 127 = 127
cube root of 48 = 48

Question 32.
Approximate the distance between (- 2, – 5) and (3, 5) to the nearest tenth.
Answer:

Question 33.
The equation d = \(\frac{v^{2}}{15.68}\)represents the relationship between the distance d (in meters) needed to stop a vehicle and the velocity v (in meters per second) of the vehicle. Approximate the velocity of the vehicle when it takes 40 meters to stop.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 33

Answer:
The velocity of vehicle  = 5.102 meters

Explanation:
given that the equation d = (2/15.68)
(2/15.68 = 0.12755
the velocity of the vehicle when it takes 40 meters
0.12755 x 40
5.102 meters.

9.6 The Converse of the Pythagorean Theorem (pp. 409–414)
Learning Target: Understand the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem.

Tell whether the triangle with the given side lengths is a right triangle.
Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 34

Answer:
yes.

Explanation:
the given triangle is a right triangle.

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 35

Answer:
no

Explanation:
the given measures not forming a right triangle.

Question 36.
Tell whether the points A (1, – 1), B (3, – 4), and C (4, 1) form a right triangle.

Answer:
no

Explanation:
given that the points
A(1, -1) B(3, -4) and C(4, 1)
the given measures does not form the right triangle.

Question 37.
You want to make a wooden border around a flower bed in the shape of a right triangle. You have three pieces of wood that measure 3.5 meters, 1.2 meters, and 3.9 meters. Do these pieces of wood form a right triangle? If not, explain how you can cut the longest piece of wood to make a right triangle.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 37

Answer:
Yes these pieces of wood form a right triangle.

Explanation:
Given that the length of wooden pieces have measures of 3.5 m, 1.2 m, 3.9 m
so it can cut the wooden border in the shape of right triangle.

Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem Practice Test

Question 1.
Find − √1600 .

Answer:
-40

Explanation:
square root of 1600 = 40 x 40
√1600 = 40²
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
40

Question 2.
Find \(\sqrt[3]{-\frac{729}{64}}\).

Answer:
(-9/4)

Explanation:
cube root of -729 = 9
cube root of -64 = 4
-(9/4)

Evaluate the expression.
Question 3.
12 + 8√16

Answer:
80

Explanation:
12 + 8√16
square root of 16 is 4
12 + 8 x 4
20 x 4
80

Question 4.
\((\sqrt[3]{-125})^{3}+75\)

Answer:
60

Explanation:
cube root of -125 is -5
-5 x 3 + 75
-15 + 75
60
Question 5.
Find the missing length of the triangle.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem pt 5

Answer:
The missing length = 2 in

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
2² + 24² = 26²
length = 2 in

Classify the real number.
Question 6.
16 π

Answer:

Explanation:
square root of 16 = 4 x 4
square root of 16 = 4

Question 7.
– √49
Answer:
7

Explanation:
square root of 49 = 7 x 7
square root of 49 = 7

Question 8.
Approximate √83 to the nearest (a) integer and (b) tenth.
Answer:
83

Question 9.
Write \(1 . \overline{24}\) as a mixed number.

Answer:
23

Question 10.
Tell whether the triangle is a right triangle.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem pt 10

Answer:
The given triangle is not a right triangle.

Explanation:
The above given triangle is not a right triangle,
right triangle = 90 degrees.

Approximate the distance between the points to the nearest tenth, if necessary.
Question 11.
(- 2, 3), (6, 9)

Answer:
(4, 6)

Explanation:
(- 2, 3), (6, 9)
(6-2, 9-3)
(4, 6)

Question 12.
(0, – 5), (4, 1)
Answer:

Question 13.
How high is the hand of the superhero balloon above the ground?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem pt 13

Answer:
The hand of  superhero ballon above the ground = 78 cubic feet.

Explanation:
The height of the ground = 6 ft
height from the man hand = 11ft
the distance from super hero to hand of the man is
6 + 11 + 61
17 + 61
78 cubic feet

Question 14.
The area of a circular pool cover is 314 square feet. Write and solve an equation to find the diameter of the pool cover. Use 3.14 for π.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem pt 14

Answer:
46,735.76

Explanation:
Area  of the circle = π x r x r
Area = 3.14 x 122 x 122
Area = 46,735.76 ft

Question 15.
Five roads form two triangles. What is the value of x? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem Cumulative Practice

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cp 1
Question 1.
The period T of a pendulum is the time (in seconds) it takes the pendulum to swing back and forth once. The period can be found using the formula T = 1.1 √L, where is the length (in feet) of the pendulum. A pendulum has a length of 4 feet. What is the period of the pendulum?
A. 2.2 sec
B. 3.1 sec
C. 4.4 sec
D. 5.1 sec

Answer:
option C is correct.

Explanation:
given that the pendulum has a length of 4 feet.
T = 1.1 l
where t = time and l = length
T = 4.4 sec

Question 2.
Whatis the value of y = 5 – 2x when x = – 3?
F. – 1
G. 1
H. 4
I. 11

Answer:
option F is correct.

Explanation:
given that x = -3
y = 5 -2 x
y = 5- 2 (-3)
y = 5 -6
y = -1

Question 3.
Which graph represents the linear equation 3x + 2y = 12?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cp 3

Answer:
option B is correct.

Explanation:
In the above 4 graphs option B is correct.
3x + 2y = 12
x = 2 and y= 3
3 x 2 + 2 x 3
6 + 6 = 12

Question 4.
Which expression is equivalent to \(\frac{(-3)^{12}}{(-3)^{3}}\)?
F. (- 3)4
G. (- 3)9
H. 09
I. 19

Answer:
option F is correct.

Explanation:
given that -3 x -3 x -3 x -3
(-3)⁴

Question 5.
A football field is 40 yards wide and 120 yards long. Approximate the distance between opposite corners of the football field to the nearest tenth. Show your work and explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cp 5

Answer:
The distance between opposite corners of the football field is 80 yards

Explanation:
Given that the football field is 40 yards and 120 yards long.
the distance between opposite corners = 120 – 40
120 – 40 = 80 yards

Question 6.
A computer consultant charges $50 plus $40 for each hour she works. The consultant charged $650 for one job. This can be represented by the equation below, where h represents the number of hours worked.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cp 6
40h + 50 = 650
How many hours did the consultant work?

Answer:
The consultant work = 7 hours.

Explanation:
Given that the consultant charges $ 50 + $ 40
for 1 hour the consultant charges $ 90
The consultant charged = 650$
seven hours worked = 650
9 x 7 = 63

Question 7.
Which triangle is not a right triangle?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cp 7

Answer:
option D is not a right triangle.

Explanation:
Given that the three triangles are right triangle.
right triangle = 90 degree.

Question 8.
What is the distance between (- 3,- 1) and (- 1, – 5)?
F. \(\sqrt{12}\)
G. \(\sqrt{20}\)
H. \(\sqrt{40}\)
I. \(\sqrt{52}\)

Answer:
option F is correct.

Explanation:
given that the distance is (-3, -1) and (-1, -5)
(-3, -1) and (-1, -5)
(-4 , -6)

Question 9.
An airplane flies from City 1 at (0, 0) to City 2 at (33, 56) and then to City 3 at (23, 32). Whatis the total number of miles it flies? Each unit represents 1 mile.
Answer:
The total number of miles it flies = 56 miles

Explanation:
given that city 1 at (0, 0)
city 2 at (33, 56)
city 3 at (23, 32)
33 + 23
56

Question 10.
The national debt of Country A is $398,038,013,519. The national debt of Country B is $2,137,348,918. Approximately how many times greater is the debt of Country A than the debt of Country B?
A. 2 times greater
B. 20 times greater
C. 133 times greater
D. 200 times greater

Answer:
option B is correct.

Explanation:
country A = $398,038,013,519
country B = $2,137,348,918.

Question 11.
What is the solution of the system?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cp 11
F.(2, 4)
G. (3, 0)
H.(4, 2)
I. (5, 0)

Answer:
option H is correct.

Explanation:
In the given graph
the line x-axis meets on 4 and y-axis meet on 2
(4, 2)

Question 12.
In the diagram, lines ℓ and m are parallel. Which angle has the same measure as ∠1?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cp 12
A. ∠2
B. ∠5
C. ∠7
D. ∠8

Answer:
option D

Explanation:
given that l and m are parallel lines.
˂ 1 is equal to ˂8

Question 12.
Which graph represents the linear equation y = – 2x – 2?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cp 13

Answer:
option F is correct.

Explanation:
graph F represents the linear equation.
y = -2x -2

Conclusion:

I wish the details mentioned in the above article regarding the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem is beneficial for high school students. If you have any queries feel free to post your doubts in the below comment section. Best of Luck!!!

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations

Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations are provided in a comprehensive manner for better understanding. Solve all the questions from Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations Answer Key and become an expert in equations topic. Thus, you can find answers for any kind of question framed on the concept and clear your tests or assessments with higher scores. Hence Download Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations pdf and learn the fundamentals in an easy manner.

Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Equations

The list of topics in Equations is given in the below section. The solutions are prepared as per the list of the topics in Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations. To help you out with chapter 4 Multiply Whole Numbers we have jotted down all the exercise problems in your Big Ideas Math Textbook. Just tap on the respective link you wish to prepare and learn the fundamentals included within it easily. Here you can learn the topics like Solving Simple Equations, Solving Multi-step Equations, Solving Equations with Variables on Both Sides, Rewriting Equations and Formulas.

performance

Lesson: 1 Solving Simple Equations

Lesson: 2 Solving Multi-step Equations

Lesson: 3 Solving Equations with Variables on Both Sides

Lesson: 4 Rewriting Equations and Formulas

Chapter: 1 – Equations 

STEAM Video/performance

STEAM Video

A half marathon is a race that is 13.1 miles long. How can a runner develop a routine to help train for a half marathon?

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 1

Watch the STEAM Video “Training for a Half Marathon.” Then answer the following questions.

Question 1.
Alex and Enid are training for a half marathon. They run four days each week, as shown in the table. How far do they have to run on Saturday to average 4.75 miles per running day in Week Nine?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 2

Answer:
They have to run 13.1 miles on Saturday in Week Nine.

Explanation:
The average on Saturday = 4.7 miles per running day
Sum of distance ran miles/number of weeks = 4.7
(7.0 + 7.0 + 8.5 + x)/4 = 4.7
(22.5 + x)/4 = 4.7
22.5 + x = 4.7 x 4
22.5 + x = 9.4
x = 9.4 – 22.5
x = -13.1
They have to run 13.1 miles on Saturday in Week Nine.

Question 2.
Assuming they meet their goal on Saturday in Week Nine, what is the average number of miles per running day over the 4 weeks in the table?

Answer:
The average number of miles per running day over the 4 weeks in the table is 2.875 miles per day.

Explanation:
Given the running details on week 4 is
Monday – 2.0, Wednesday – 2.1, Friday – 1.9, Saturday – 5.5
The average number of miles per running day of week 4 = (2.0 + 2.1 + 1.9 + 5.5)/4
= 11.5/4
= 2.875 miles per day.

Performance Task

Target Heart Rates

After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be given information about a person’s heart rate.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 4
You will be asked to find the range of a person’s target heart rate. What factors might affect the range of a person’s target heart rate?

Getting Ready for Chapter 1

Chapter Exploration

Question 1.
Work with a partner. Use algebra tiles to model and solve each equation.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 5
c. x – 4 = 1
d. x + 5 = -2
e. -7 = x + 4
f. x + 6 = 7
g. -5 + x = -3
h. -4 = x – 4

Answer:
a. x = -6
b. x = -1
c. x = 5
d. x = -7
e. x = -11
f. x = 1
g. x = 2
h. x = 0

Explanation:
a. x + 3 = -3
Subtract 3 from both sides
x + 3 – 3 = -3 – 3
x = -6
b. -3 = x – 2
Add 2 to each side
-3 + 2 = x – 2 + 2
-1 = x
c. x – 4 = 1
Add 4 to each side
x – 4 + 4 = 1 + 4
x = 5
d. x + 5 = -2
Subtract 5 from each side
x + 5 – 5 = -2 – 5
x = -7
e. -7 = x + 4
Subtract 4 from each side
-7 – 4 = x + 4 – 4
-11 = x
f. x + 6 = 7
Subtract 6 from each side
x + 6 – 6 = 7 – 6
x = 1
g. -5 + x = -3
Add 5 to each side
-5 + x + 5 = -3 + 5
x = 2
h. -4 = x – 4
Add 4 to each side
-4 + 4 = x – 4 + 4
0 = x

Question 2.
WRITE GUIDELINES
Work with a partner. Use your models in Exercise 1 to summarize the algebraic steps that you can use to solve an equation.

Answer:
Write the given equation as it is.
And add or subtract the same quantity on both sides of the equation that makes variable one side of the equation.
Simplify the equation to get the value variable.

Vocabulary

The following vocabulary term is defined in this chapter. Think about what the term might mean and record your thoughts.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 7

Lesson 1.1 Solving Simple Equations

EXPLORATION 1

Work with a partner.
a. You have used the following properties in a previous course. Explain the meaning of each property.

  • Addition Property of Equality
  • Subtraction Property of Equality
  • Multiplication Property of Equality
  • Division Property of Equality

b. Which property can you use to solve each of the equations modeled by the algebra tiles? Solve each equation and explain your method.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 8
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 9
c. Write an equation that can be solved using one property of equality. Exchange equations with another pair and find the solution.

1.1 Lesson

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
b + 2 = -5

Answer:
b = -7

Explanation:
Given equation is b + 2 = -5
Subtract 2 from each side
b + 2 – 2 = -5 – 2
b = -7
Putting b = -7 in b + 2 = -5
-7 + 2 = -5

Question 2.
-3 = k + 3

Answer:
k = -6

Explanation:
Given equation is -3 = k + 3
Subtract 3 from each side
-3 -3 = k + 3 – 3
-6 = k
Putting k = -6 in -3 = k + 3
-3 = -6 + 3

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 10

Answer:
t = -1/2

Explanation:
Given equation is t – 1/4 = -3/4
Add 1/4 to each side
t – 1/4 + 1/4 = -3/4 + 1/4
t = (-3 + 1)/4
t = -2/4
t = -1/2
Putting t = -1/2 in t – 1/4 = -3/4
-1/2 – 1/4 = (-2 – 1)/4
= -3/4

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 10.1

Answer:
y = -28

Explanation:
Given equation is y/4 = -7
Multiply each side by 4
y/4 x 4 = -7 x 4
y = -28
Putting y = -28 in y/4 = -7
-28/4 = -7

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 11

Answer:
z = -9

Explanation:
Given equation is -2z/3 = 6
Multiply each side by 3
-2z/3 x 3 = 6 x 3
-2z = 18
Divide each side by -2
-2z/-2 = 18/-2
z = -9
Putting z = -9 in -2z/3 = 6
[-2(-9)]/3 = 18/3 = 6

Question 6.
0.09w = 1.8

Answer:
w = 20

Explanation:
Given equation is 0.09w = 1.8
Divide each side by 0.09
0.09w/0.09 = 1.8/0.09
w = 20
putting w = 20 in 0.09w = 1.8
0.09 x 20 = 1.8

Question 7.
6π = πx

Answer:
x = 6

Explanation:
Given equation is 6π = πx
Divide each side by π
6π/π = πx/π
6 = x
Putting x = 6 in 6π = πx
6π = π(6)

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 12

Answer:
p = 13

Explanation:
Given equation is p – 8 ÷ 1/2 = -3
p – 16 = -3
Add 16 to each side
p – 16 + 16 = -3 + 16
p = 13
Putting p = 13 in p – 8 ÷ 1/2 = -3
13 – 8 ÷ 1/2 = -3
13 – 16 = -3

Question 9.
q + | -10 | = 2

Answer:
q = -8

Explanation:
q + | -10 | = 2
Mod of negative 10 is 10
q + 10 = 2
Subtract 10 from each side
q + 10 – 10 = 2 – 10
q = -8
Putting q = -8 in q + | -10 | = 2
-8 + | -10 | = -8 + 10 = 2

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

WRITING
Are the equations equivalent? Explain.

Question 10.
x + 3 = 4 and x = 1

Answer:
Yes, equations are equivalent.

Explanation:
Given equations are x + 3 = 4 and x = 1
x = 4 – 3 & x = 1
x = 1 & x = 1

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 14

Answer:
No, equations are not equivalent.

Explanation:
Given equations are -y/5 = 2 and y = 10
-y = 2 x 5 & y = 10
-y = 10 & y = 10
y = -10 & y = 10

Question 12.
OPEN-ENDED
Write an equation that you can use the Division Property of Equality to solve.

Answer:
3x + 6 = 36

Explanation:
3x + 6 = 36
Subtract 6 from each side
3x + 6 – 6 = 36 – 6
3x = 30
Dvide each side by 3
3x/3 = 30/3
x = 10

SOLVING EQUATIONS
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 13.
-5 = w – 3

Answer:
w = -2

Explanation:
-5 = w – 3
Add 3 to each side
-5 + 3 = w – 3 + 3
-2 = w
Putting w = -2 in -5 = w – 3
-5 = -2 – 3

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 15

Answer:
n = -12

Explanation:
Given equation is -2/3 n = 8
multiply each side by 3
-2/3 n x 3 = 8 x 3
-2n = 24
Divide each side by -2
-2n/-2 = 24/-2
n = -12
Putting n = -12 in -2/3 n = 8
-2/3 (-12) = -2 x -4 = 8

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 16

Answer:
p = 33

Explanation:
Given equation is p – 9 ÷ 1/3 = 6
p – 27 = 6
Add 27 to each side
p – 27 + 27 = 6 + 27
p = 33
Putting p = 33 in p – 9 ÷ 1/3 = 6
33 – 9 ÷ 1/3 = 33 – 27
= 6

Question 16.
q + | 3 | = -5

Answer:
q = -8

Explanation:
q + | 3 | = -5
q + 3 = -5
Subtract 3 from each side
q + 3 – 3 = -5 – 3
q = -8
Putting q = -8 in q + | 3 | = -5
-8 + | 3 | = -8 + 3
= -5

Question 17.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which equation does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 17

Answer:
x – 3 = 9 does not belong with the other three.

Explanation:
x – 2 = 4
x = 4 + 2
x = 6
x – 3 = 9
x = 9 + 3
x = 12
x – 5 = 1
x = 1 + 5
x = 6
x – 6 = 0
x = 6
So, x – 3 = 9 does not belong with the other three.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 18.
A shipwreck is 300 meters away from a diving station. An undersea explorer travels away from the station at a speed of 2 meters per second. The explorer is x meters away from the station and will reach the shipwreck in 100 seconds. What is the value of x?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 18

Answer:
The value of x is 100.

Explanation:
Given that,
The distance from shipwreck to the diving station = 300 m
The distance formula is d = speed x time
The distance from the explorer to the shipwreck = (2 m/s) x (100s)
= 200 m
He is also x meters away from the diving station
So, the distance between the diving station and shipwreck is x + 20 m
x + 20 = 300
Subtract 200 from both sides
x + 200 – 200 = 300 – 200
x = 100

Question 19.
You conduct an inventory for a hardware store and count 40 rolls of duct tape. Your manager wants to keep 7 boxes of duct tape in stock. If each box holds 8 rolls of duct tape, how many boxes should you order? Justify your answer.

Answer:
I should order 2 boxes of duct tapes

Explanation:
Number of rolls of duct tape available = 40
Number of rolls of duct tape each box can hold = 8 rols
Number of boxes of duct tape the manager wants to keep in stock = 7
Let x represent the number of boxes of duct tape available
Then 8x = 40
Divide each side by 8
8x/8 = 40/8
x = 5
5 boxes of duct tapes are available in stock.
Number of boxes I order = Number of boxes in the stock – Number of boxes available = 7 – 5
= 2
So, I should order 2 boxes of duct tapes

Question 20.
DIG DEEPER!
Your fitness tracker overestimates the number of steps you take by 5%. The tracker indicates that you took 7350 steps today. Write and solve an equation to find the actual number of steps you took today.

Answer:
Your actual number of steps is 7000.

Explanation:
Let x be the actual number of steps
Since the fitness tracker overestimates, the sum of the number of actual steps and 5% of its equal to 7350
Then, the equation will be
x + 0.05x = 7350
1.05x = 7350
Divide each side by 1.05
1.05x/1.05 = 7350/1.05
x = 7000
So, your actual number of steps is 7000.

Solving Simple Equations Homework & Practice 1.1

Review & Refresh

Evaluate the expression.

Question 1.
(32 – 8) + 4

Answer:
(32 – 8) + 4 = 5

Explanation:
Given expression is (32 – 8) + 4
= (9 – 8) + 4
= 1 + 4
= 5

Question 2.
1 + 5 × 32

Answer:
1 + 5 × 3² = 41

Explanation:
Given expression is 1 + 5 × 3²
= 1 + 5 x 9
= 1 + 40
= 41

Question 3.
4 × 3 + 102

Answer:
4 × 3 + 10² = 112

Explanation:
Given expression is 4 × 3 + 10²
= 4 x 3 + 10 x 10
= 12 + 100
= 112

Identify the terms, coefficients, and constants in the expression.

Question 4.
11q + 2

Answer:
The constant = 2
Terms = p
Coefficients = 11

Explanation:
Given that,
11q + 2
The constant = 2
Terms = p
Coefficients = 11

Question 5.
h + 9 + g

Answer:
The constant = 9
Terms = h, g
Coefficients = 1, 1

Explanation:
Given that,
h + 9 + g
The constant = 9
Terms = h, g
Coefficients = 1, 1

Question 6.
6m2 + 7n

Answer:
The constant = 0
Terms = m², n
Coefficients = 6, 7

Explanation:
Given that,
6m² + 7n
The constant = 0
Terms = m², n
Coefficients = 6, 7

Write the phrase as an expression.

Question 7.
the quotient of 22 and a number a

Answer:
22/a

Explanation:
Given that,
the quotient of 22 and a number a
= 22/a

Question 8.
the difference of a number t and 9

Answer:
t – 9

Explanation:
Given that,
the difference of a number t and 9
t – 9

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving
USING PROPERTIES OF EQUALITY
Which property of equality can you use to solve the equation modeled by the algebratiles? Solve the equation and explain your method. (See Exploration 1, p. 3.)

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 19

Answer:
x = 4

Explanation:
x – 5 = -1
Add 5 to each side
x – 5 + 5 = -1 + 5
x = 4

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 20

Answer:
x = 3

Explanation:
x + x + x = + 1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1
3x = 9
Divide each side by 3
3x/3 = 9/3
x = 3

SOLVING EQUATIONS USING ADDITION OR SUBTRACTION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 11.
x + 12 = 7

Answer:
x = -5

Explanation:
Given equation is
x + 12 = 7
Subtract 12 from both sides
x + 12 – 12 = 7 – 12
x = -5
Putting x = -5 in x + 12 = 7
-5 + 12 = 7

Question 12.
g – 16 = 8

Answer:
g = 24

Explanation:
Given equation is
g – 16 = 8
Add 16 to each side
g – 16 + 16 = 8 + 16
g = 24
Putting g = 24 in g – 16 = 8
24 – 16 = 8

Question 13.
-9 + p = 12

Answer:
p = 21

Explanation:
Given equation is -9 + p = 12
Add 9 to each side
-9 + p + 9 = 12 + 9
p = 21
putting p = 21 in -9 + p = 12
-9 + 21 = 12

Question 14.
2.5 + y = -3.5

Answer:
y = -5.5

Explanation:
Given equation is
2.5 + y = -3.5
Subtract 2.5 from each side
2.5 + y -2.5 = -3.5 – 2.5
y = -5.5
putting y = -5.5 in 2.5 + y = -3.5
2.5 – 5.5 = -3.5

Question 15.
x – 8π = π

Answer:
x = 9π

Explanation:
Given equation is
x – 8π = π
Add 8π to each side
x – 8π + 8π = π + 8π
x = 9π
Putting x = 9π in x – 8π = π
9π – 8π = π

Question 16.
4π = w – 6π

Answer:
w = 10π

Explanation:
Given equation is
4π = w – 6π
add 6π to each side
4π + 6π= w – 6π + 6π
10π = w
putting w = 10π in 4π = w – 6π
4π = 10π – 6π

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 21

Answer:
d = 2/3

Explanation:
Given equation is 5/6 = 1/6 + d
Subtract 1/6 from each side
5/6 -1/6 = 1/6 + d – 1/6
(5 – 1)/6 = d
d = 4/6
d = 2/3
Putting d = 2/3 in 5/6 = 1/6 + d
5/6 = 1/6 + 2/3
= (1 + 4)/6 = 5/6

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 22

Answer:
r = -7/24

Explanation:
Given equation is 3/8 = r + 2/3
Subtract 2/3 from each side
3/8 – 2/3 = r + 2/3 – 2/3
(9 – 16)/24 = r
-7/24 = r
Putting r = -7/24 in 3/8 = r + 2/3
3/8 = -7/24 + 2/3
= (-7 + 16)/24 = 9/24
= 3/8

Question 19.
n – 1.4 = -6.3

Answer:
n = -4.9

Explanation:
Given equation is n – 1.4 = -6.3
Add 1.4 to each side
n – 1.4 + 1.4 = -6.3 + 1.4
n = -4.9
Putting n = -4.9 in n – 1.4 = -6.3
-4.9 – 1.4 = -6.3

Question 20.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A discounted concert ticket costs $14.50 less than the original price p. You pay $53 for a discounted ticket. Write and solve an equation to find the original price.

Answer:
53 = p − 14.5
The original price was $67.50.

Explanation:
Let c represent what you paid for the ticket, the discounted price.
We’re told that the discount price, which you pay, is $ 14.50 less than the original price, which will be represented by p.
Algebraically, this means that
c = p –  14.5
Furthermore, we’re told you pay $53, i.e c = 53
53 = p − 14.5
Now, solve for p
p = 53 + 14.5
p = 67.50
So, the original price was $67.50.

Question 21.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A game of bowling has ten frames. After five frames, your friend’s bowling score is 65 and your bowling score is 8 less than your friend’s score.
a. Write and solve an equation to find your score.
b. By the end of the game, your friend’s score doubles and your score increases by 80. Who wins the game? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 23

Answer:
a) x + 8= 65
My score is 57
b) I won the game.

Explanation:
a) Friends bowling score = 65
My score = 8 less than friends sore
Let us take x as my score
Equation is x + 8= 65
Subtrcat 8 from each side
x + 8 – 8 = 65 – 8
x = 57
My score is 57
b) Friend’s score is doubled = 65 x 2 = 130
My score is increased by 80 = 57 + 80 = 137
So, I won the game.

SOLVING EQUATIONS USING MULTIPLICATION OR DIVISION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 22.
7x = 35

Answer:
x = 5

Explanation:
Given equation is 7x = 35
divide each side by 7
7x/7 = 35/7
x = 5
putting x = 5 in 7x = 35
7(5) = 35

Question 23.
4 = -0.8n

Answer:
n = -5

Explanation:
Given equation is 4 = -0.8n
Divide each side by -0.8
4/-0.8 = -0.8n/-0.8
-5 = n
Putting n = -5 in 4 = -0.8n
4 = -0.8(-5)

Question 24.
6 = –\(\frac{w}{8}\)

Answer:
w = -48

Explanation:
Given equation is 6 = -w/8
Multiply each side by 8
6 x 8 = -w/8 x 8
48 = -w
Multiply each side by (-1)
48 x -1 = -w x -1
w = -48
putting w = -48 in 6 = -w/8
6 = -(-48)/8 = 48/8

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 24

Answer:
m = 7.3π

Explanation:
Given equation is m/π = 7.3
multiply each side by π
m/π x π = 7.3 x π
m = 7.3π
Putting m = 7.3π in m/π = 7.3
7.3π/π = 7.3

Question 26.
-4.3g = 25.8

Answer:
g = -6

Explanation:
Given equation is -4.3g = 25.8
divide each side by -4.3
-4.3g/-4.3 = 25.8/-4.3
g = -6
putting g = -6 in -4.3g = 25.8
-4.3(-6) = 25.8

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 25

Answer:
k = 5/3

Explanation:
Given equation is 3/2 = (9/10) k
Multiply each side by 10/9
3/2 x (10/9) = (9/10) k x (10/9)
5/3 = k
Putting k = 5/3 in 3/2 = (9/10) k
3/2 = (9/10) x (5/3)

Question 28.
-7.8x = -1.56

Answer:
x = 0.2

Explanation:
Given equation is -7.8x = -1.56
Divide each side by -7.8
-7.8x/-7.8 = -1.56/-7.8
x = 0.2
Putting x = 0.2 in -7.8x = -1.56
-7.8(0.2) = -1.56

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 26

Answer:
p = -7/3

Explanation:
Given equation is -2 = (6/7)p
Multiply each side by (7/6)
-2 x (7/6) = (6/7)p x (7/6)
-7/3 = p
putting p = -7/3 in -2 = (6/7)p
-2 = (6/7) x (-7/3)

Question 30.
3πd = 12π

Answer:
d = 4π

Explanation:
Given equation is 3πd = 12π
Divide each side by 3π
3πd/3π = 12π/3π
d = 4π
Putting d = 4π in 3πd = 12π
3π x 4π = 12π

Question 31.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the equation. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 27

Answer:
Wrong

Explanation:
-1.5 + k = 8.2
k = 8.2 + 1.5
k = 9.7

Question 32.
STRUCTURE
A gym teacher orders 42 tennis balls. The tennis balls come in packs of 3. Which of the following equations represents the number x of packs?

Answer:
3x = 42

Explanation:
A gym teacher orders 42 tennis balls
Each pack has 3 balls
To find the number of packages of tennis balls, take the total number of tennis balls and divide that number by the number of packages.
42/3 = 14
3x = 42

Question 33.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You clean a community park for 6.5 hours. You earn $42.25. How much do you earn per hour?

Answer:
The amount I earn per hour is $6.50

Explanation:
The amount I earned for cleaning a community park = $42.25
Time = 6.5 hours
Let the amount I earned per hour is x
Equation is 6.5x = 42.25
Divide each side by 6.5
6.5x/6.5 = 42.25/6.5
x = 6.5
The amount I earn per hour is $6.50

Question 34.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A rocket is scheduled to launch from a command center in 3.75 hours. What time is it now?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 28

Answer:
The time is 7:35

Explanation:
A rocket is scheduled to launch at 11:20 AM from a command center in 3.75 hours.
11(20/60) – 3(3/4) = 11(1/3) – 3(3/4)
= 34/3 – 15/4
= (136 – 45)/12
= 91/12 = 7(7/12)
The time is 7:35

Question 35.
MODELING REAL LIFE
After earning interest, the balance of an account is $420. The new balance is \(\frac{7}{6}\) of the original balance. How much interest did it earn?

Answer:
You earned $60 as interest.

Explanation:
x/420 = 6/7
x = 420 x 6/7
x = 360 x 6
x = 360
The amountt of interest = new balance – original balance
= 420 – 360 = 60
So, you earned $60 as interest.

Question 36.
MODELING REAL LIFE
After a cleanup, algae covers 2 miles of a coastline. The length of the coastline1covered after the cleanup is of the previous length. How many miles of the coast did the algae previously cover?

Answer:
Miles of the coast the algae previously covered is 6 miles.

Explanation:
Number of miles the algae covers after cleanup = 2 miles
Let x as the miles algae previously covered
Equation is (1/3)x = 2
x = 2 x 3
x = 6
Miles of the coast the algae previously covered is 6 miles.

Question 37.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Cedar Point, an amusement park, has some of the tallest roller coasters in the United States. The Mantis is 165 feet shorter than the Millennium Force. What is the height of the Mantis?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 29

Answer:
The height of Mantis is 145 feet.

Explanation:
Height of the Millennium Force = 310 Feet
The mantis is shorter than Millennium Force by 165 feet
Let us take x as the height of the mantis
x = 310 – 165
x = 145 feet
The height of Mantis is 145 feet.

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 38.
-3 = h + 8 ÷ 2

Answer:
h = -7

Explanation:
Given equation is -3 = h + 8 ÷ 2
-3 = h + 4
Subtract 4 from each side
-3 – 4 = h + 4 – 4
-7 = h
Putting h = -7 in -3 = h + 8 ÷ 2
-3 = -7 + 8 ÷ 2
= -7 + 4

Question 39.
12 = w – | -7 |

Answer:
w = 19

Explanation:
Given equation is 12 = w – | -7 |
12 = w – 7
Add 7 to each side
12 + 7 = w – 7 + 7
19 = w
Putting w = 19 in 12 = w – | -7 |
12 = 19 – | -7 | = 19 – 7

Question 40.
q + | 6.4 | = 9.6

Answer:
q = 3.2

Explanation:
Given equation is q + | 6.4 | = 9.6
q + 6.4 = 9.6
Subtract 6.4 from each side
q + 6.4 – 6.4 = 9.6 – 6.4
q = 3.2
Putting q = 3.2 in q + | 6.4 | = 9.6
3.2 + | 6.4 | = 3.2 + 6.4 = 9.6

Question 41.
d – 2.8 ÷ 0.2 = -14

Answer:
d = 0

Explanation:
Given equation is d – 2.8 ÷ 0.2 = -14
d – 14 = -14
Add 14 to each side
d – 14 + 14 = -14 + 14
d = 0
Put d = 0 in d – 2.8 ÷ 0.2 = -14
0 – 2.8 ÷ 0.2 = -14

Question 42.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 30

Answer:
x = -3/9

Explanation:
Given equation is 8/9 = x + (1/3) x 7
8/9 = x + 7/3
Subtract 7/3 from each side
8/9 -7/3 = x + 7/3 -7/3
(8 – 21)/9 = x
-13/9 = x
Put x = -3/9 in 8/9 = x + (1/3) x 7
8/9 = -13/9 + (1/3) x 7
= -13/9 + 7/3 = (-13 + 21)/3

Question 43.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 31

Answer:
p = -1/12

Explanation:
Given equation is p – 1/4 . 3 = -5/6
p – 3/4 = -5/6
Add 3/4 to each side
p – 3/4 + 3/4 = -5/6 + 3/4
p = (-10 + 9)/12
p = -1/12
put p = -1/12 in p – 1/4 . 3 = -5/6
-1/12 – 1/4 . 3 = -1/12 – 3/4
= (-1 – 9)/12 = -10/12
= -5/6

Question 44.
GEOMETRY
The volume V of the prism is 1122 cubic inches. Use the formula V = Bh to find the height h of the prism.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 32

Answer:
The height of the prism is 12 inches.

Explanation:
Prism volume = 1122 cubic inches
Base b = 93.5 sq in
Volume formula V = Bh
1122 = 93.5 x h
h = 1122/93.5
h = 12 inches

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Write and solve an equation to find the value of x.

Question 45.
The angles are complementary.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 33

Answer:
x = 45°

Explanation:
Complementary angles mean the sum of angles is 90 degrees.
x + 45 = 90
x = 90 – 45
x = 45°

Question 46.
The angles are supplementary.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 34

Answer:
x° = 130°

Explanation:
Two angles are called supplementary when their measures add up to 180 degrees.
So, x° + 50° = 180°
x° = 180° – 50°
x° = 130°

Question 47.
CRITICAL THINKING
Which of the operations +, −, ×, ÷, are inverses of each other? Explain.

Answer:
addition (+), Subtraction (-) are inverse to each other.
Multiplication (x), division (÷) are inverse to each other.
Because, when you move the quantity which is having + sign from one side to the other side of the equation, it automatically converts to – sign.
In the same way other operations also.

Question 48.
LOGIC
Without solving, determine whether the solution of -2x = -15 is greater than or less than -15. Explain.

Answer:
The solution is greater than -15

Explanation:
The solution is greater than -15
Here both sides of the equation have – sign. They are eliminated
When you divide 15 by 2 you will get obviously answer greater than -15.

Question 49.
OPEN-ENDED
Write a subtraction equation and a division equation so that each has a solution of 2. Justify your answer.

Answer:
The subtraction equation is x + 4 = 6
The division equation is 2x = 4

Explanation:
The subtraction equation is x + 4 = 6
x = 6 – 4
x = 2
The division equation is 2x = 4
x = 4/2
x = 2

Question 50.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Ants of a particular species can carry 50 times their body weight. It takes 32 ants of that species to carry the cherry shown. About how much does each ant weigh?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 35

Answer:
The weight of each ant is 3 mg

Explanation:
Weight of the cherry = 4800 mg
Number of Ants that carry the cherry = 32
Ants of a particular species can carry 50 times their body weight.
Let w is the weight of each ant
w. 50 . 32 = 4800
1600w = 4800
w = 4800/1600
w = 3
The weight of each ant is 3 mg

Question 51.
REASONING
One-fourth of the girls and one-eighth of the boys in a grade retake their school pictures. The photographer retakes pictures for 16 girls and 7 boys. How many students are in the grade?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 36

Answer:
Total number of students = 120

Explanation:
Let the total number of girls be g, hence according to the question only one-fourth of a total number of girls(g) have retaken their pictures which is 16.
(1/4)g = 16
g = 16 x 4
g= 64
According to the question, only one-eighth of the total number of boys(b) have retaken their pictures which is 7.
(1/8)b = 7
b = 7 x 8
b = 56
Total number of students = boys + girls
= 56 + 64 = 120

Question 52.
DIG DEEPER!
You use a crowdfunding website to raise money. The website keeps 5% of each donation. Five of your friends each donate the same amount. The total funding you receive is $47.50. How much does each friend donate?

Answer:
Each friend donate $10

Explanation:
Assume x as the amount each friend donate
the website keeps 5% of each donation
The total funding you receive is $47.50.
4.75x = 47.50
x = 47.50/4.75
x = 10
Each friend donate $10

Question 53.
CRITICAL THINKING
A neighbor pays you and two friends $90 to paint her garage. You divide the money three ways in the ratio 2 : 3 : 5.
a. How much does each person receive?
b. What is one possible reason the money is not divided evenly?

Answer:
a. They receive $18, &=$27, $45
b. The possible reason for unequal distribution is that the ratios are different for each of them.

Explanation:
a. let the common multiplier for each of the people be x
So, each one gets the value of 2x, 3x, 5x
As per the question, the total amount paid is$90
So, 2x + 3x + 5x = 90
10x = 90
x = 90/10
x = 9
Hence, person receives 9(2) = $18, 9(3) = $27, 9(5) = $45
b. The possible reason for unequal distribution is that the ratios are different for each of them.

Lesson 1.2 Solving Multi-step Equations

EXPLORATION 1
Work with a partner. Find each angle measure in each figure. Use equations to justify your answers.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 37

1.2 Lesson

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 4.
-4n – 8n + 17 = 23

Answer:
n = -1/2

Explanation:
Given equation is -4n – 8n + 17 = 23
-12n + 17 = 23
-12n = 23 – 17
-12n = 6
n = -6/12
n = -1/2
Put n = -1/2 in -4n – 8n + 17 = 23
-4(-1/2) – 8(-1/2) + 17 = 2 + 4 + 17 = 23

Question 5.
10 = 3n + 20 – n

Answer:
n = -5

Explanation:
Given equation is 10 = 3n + 20 – n
10 = 2n + 20
10 – 20 = 2n
-10 = 2n
n = -10/2
n = -5
put n = -5 in 10 = 3n + 20 – n
10 = 3(-5) + 20 – (-5)
= -15 + 20 + 5 = -15 + 25

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 6.
-3(x + 2) + 5x = -9

Answer:
x = -3/2

Explanation:
Given equation is -3(x + 2) + 5x = -9
-3x – 6 + 5x = -9
2x – 6 = -9
2x = -9 + 6
2x = -3
x = -3/2
Put x = -3/2 in -3(x + 2) + 5x = -9
-3((-3/2) + 2) + 5(-3/2) = 9/2 – 6 – 15/2
= (9 – 15 – 12)/2 = -18/2 = -9

Question 7.
5 + 1.5(2d – 1) = 0.5

Answer:
d = -1

Explanation:
Given equation is 5 + 1.5(2d – 1) = 0.5
5 + 3d – 1.5 = 0.5
3d + 3.5 = 05
3d = 0.5 – 3.5
3d = -3
d = -3/3
d = -1
Put d = -1 in 5 + 1.5(2d – 1) = 0.5
5 + 1.5(2(-1) – 1) = 5 + 1.5(-2 – 1)
= 5 + 1.5(-3) = 5 – 4.5 = 0.5

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 8.
-5x + 1 = 31

Answer:
x = -6

Explanation:
Given equation is -5x + 1 = 31
Subtract 1from each side
-5x + 1 -1 = 31 – 1
-5x = 30
Divide each side by -5
-5x/-5 = 30/-5
x = -6
Put x = -6 in -5x + 1 = 31
-5(-6) + 1 = 30 + 1 = 31

Question 9.
\(\frac{1}{3}\)x – 9 = -12

Answer:
x = -9

Explanation:
Given equation is (1/3)x – 9 = -12
(1/3)x = -12 + 9
(1/3)x = -3
x = -3 x 3
x = -9
Put x = -9 in (1/3)x – 9 = -12
(1/3)(-9) – 9 = -3 – 9
= -12

Question 10.
-n – 6n + 4 = 53

Answer:
n = -7

Explanation:
Given equation is -n – 6n + 4 = 53
-7n + 4 = 53
-7n = 53 – 4
-7n = 49
n = -49/7
n = -7
put n = -7 in -n – 6n + 4 = 53
-(-7) – 6(-7) + 4 = 7 + 42 + 4 = 53

Question 11.
14 = 6n + 6 – 2n

Answer:
n = 2

Explanation:
Given equation is 14 = 6n + 6 – 2n
14 = 4n + 6
14 – 6 = 4n
8 = 4n
8/4 = n
n = 2
Put n = 2 in 14 = 6n + 6 – 2n
14 = 6(2) + 6 – 2(2)
= 12 + 6 – 4 = 18 – 4

Question 12.
-8(x + 1) + 2x = -32

Answer:
x = 4

Explanation:
Given equation is -8(x + 1) + 2x = -32
-8x – 8 + 2x = -32
-6x – 8 = -32
-6x = -32 + 8
-6x = -24
x = -24/-6
x = 4
Put x = 4 in -8(x + 1) + 2x = -32
-8(4 + 1) + 2(4) = -8(5) + 8
= -40 + 8 = -32

Question 13.
3 + 4.5(2d – 3) = 7.5

Answer:
d = 2

Explanation:
Given equation is 3 + 4.5(2d – 3) = 7.5
3 + 9d – 13.5 = 7.5
9d – 10.5 = 7.5
9d = 7.5 + 10.5
9d = 18
d = 18/9
d = 2
Put d = 2 in 3 + 4.5(2d – 3) = 7.5
3 + 4.5(2(2) – 3) = 3 + 4.5(4 – 3)
= 3 + 4.5(1)
= 3 + 4.5 = 7.5

Question 14.
WRITING
Write the sentence as an equation, then solve.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 38

Answer:
2 + 3x = 17, x = 5

Explanation:
2 + 3x = 17
Subtract 2 from each side
2 + 3x – 2 = 17 – 2
3x = 15
Divide each side by 3
3x/3 = 15/3
x = 5

Question 15.
OPEN-ENDED
Explain how to solve the equation
2(4x – 11) + 9 = 19.

Answer:
x = 4

Explanation:
Given equation is 2(4x – 11) + 9 = 19.
Expand brackets
8x – 22 + 9 = 19
Simpify
8x – 13 = 19
Add 13 to each side
8x – 13 + 13 = 19 + 13
8x = 32
Divide each side by 8
8x/8 = 32/8
x = 4

Question 16.
CRITICAL THINKING
How can you solve 3(x + 2) = 9 without distributing the 3?

Answer:
x = 1

Explanation:
3(x + 2) = 9
Divide both sides by 3
3(x + 2)/3 = 9/3
x + 2 = 3
Subtract 2 from both sides
x + 2 -2 = 3 – 2
x = 1

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 17.
Find the number x of action figures that a small business needs to produce on Friday so that the mean number of action figures produced per day is 50.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 39

Answer:
On friday the number of action figures that a sma business should produce is 53.

Explanation:
Mean = 50
(55 + 45 + 53 + 44 + x)/5 = 50
(197 + x)/5 = 50
197 + x = 50 x 5
197 + x = 250
x = 250 – 197
x = 53
On friday the number of action figures that a sma business should produce is 53.

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
A hard drive is 80% full and has 12,000 MB of free space. One minute of video uses 60 MB of storage. How many minutes of the video should be deleted so that the hard drive is 75% full?

Answer:
50 minutes video should be deleted so that the hard drive is 75% full

Explanation:
Let x be the capacity of the hard drive.
A hard drive is 80% full and has 12,000 MB of free space
0.8x + 12000 = x
12000 = x – 0.8x
0.2x = 12000
x = 12000/0.2
x = 60,000 MB
One minute of video uses 60 MB of storage.
Let t be the number of minutes of video that should be deleted
60t = 0.8x – 0.75x
60t = 0.05x
60t = 0.05 x 60000
60t = 3000
t = 3000/60
t = 50
50 minutes video should be deleted so that the hard drive is 75% full

Question 19.
A teacher spends $354 on costumes and microphones for six cast members in a play. Each cast member receives a costume that costs $38 and a microphone that costs $c. What did the teacher spend on each microphone? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The teacher spends $21 on each microphone

Explanation:
The amount the teacher spends on six costumes and microphone = $354
Each cast member receives a costume that costs $38 and a microphone that costs $c.
6(38 + c) = 354
38 + c = 354/6
38 + c = 59
c = 59 – 38
c = 21
The teacher spends $21 on each microphone

Solving Multi-step Equations Homework & Practice 1.2

Review & Refresh

Solve the equation.

Question 1.
y + 8 = 3

Answer:
y = -5

Explanation:
Given equation is y + 8 = 3
y + 8 – 8 = 3 – 8
y = -5

Question 2.
h – 1 = 7.2

Answer:
h = 8.2

Explanation:
Given equation is h – 1 = 7.2
Add 1 to each side
h – 1 + 1 = 7.2 + 1
h = 8.2

Question 3.
5 = -2n

Answer:
n = -5/2

Explanation:
Given equation is 5 = -2n
Divide each side by -2
5/-2 = -2n/-2
-5/2 = n

Question 4.
-3.3m = -1.1

Answer:
m = 1/3

Explanation:
Given equation is -3.3m = -1.1
Divide each side by -3.3
-3.3m/-3.3 = -1.1/-3.3
m = 1/3

Write the decimal as a fraction or mixed number in simplest form.

Question 5.
-0.2

Answer:
-0.2 = -1/5

Explanation:
Given decimal value is -0.2
Fraction form of the decimal = -2/10 = -1/5

Question 6.
3.82

Answer:
3.82 = 191/50

Explanation:
Given decimal value is 3.82
Fraction form of the decimal = 382/100 = 191/50

Question 7.
-0.454

Answer:
-0.454 = -217/500

Explanation:
Given decimal value is -0.454
Fraction form of the decimal = -454/1000 = -217/500

Question 8.
-0.125

Answer:
-0.125 = -1/8

Explanation:
Given decimal value is -0.125
Fraction form of the decimal = -125/1000 = -1/8

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving
FINDING ANGLE MEASURES
Find each angle measure in the figure. Use equations to justify your answers. (See Exploration 1, p. 11.)

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 40

Answer:
Angles of a triangle are 20°, 24°, 136°.

Explanation:
The sum of angles in triangle = 180°
4y + 20 + (y – 10)= 180°
4y + 20 + y – 10= 180
5y + 10 = 180
5y = 180 – 10
5y = 170
y = 170/5
y = 34°
So, ranges are 4 x 34 = 136°, (34 – 10) = 24°, 20

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 41

Answer:
The angles of the triangle are 37.5°, 75°, 67.5°.

Explanation:
The sum of angles in triangle = 180°
x + 2x + (x + 30) = 180
4x + 30 = 180
4x = 180 – 30
4x = 150
x = 150/4
x = 37.5°
The measure of each angle is 37.5°, 2 x 37.5 = 75°, (37.5 + 30) = 67.5°

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 11.
10x + 2 = 32

Answer:
x = 3

Explanation:
Given equation is 10x + 2 = 32
10x = 32 – 2
10x = 30
x = 30/10
x = 3
Put x = 3 in 10x + 2 = 32
10(3) + 2 = 30 + 2 = 32

Question 12.
19 – 4c = 17

Answer:
c = 1/2

Explanation:
Given equation is 19 – 4c = 17
Add 4c to each side
19 – 4c + 4c = 17 + 4c
19 = 17 + 4c
Subtract 17 from each side
19 – 17 = 17 + 4c – 17
2 = 4c
c = 2/4
c = 1/2
Put c = 1/2 in 19 – 4c = 17
19 – 4(1/2) = 19 – 2 = 17

Question 13.
5x + 2x + 4 = 18

Answer:
x = 2

Explanation:
Given equation is 5x + 2x + 4 = 18
7x + 4 = 18
7x = 18 – 4
7x = 14
x = 14/7
x = 2
Put x = 2 in 5x + 2x + 4 = 18
5(2) + 2(2) + 4 = 10 + 4 + 4 = 18

Question 14.
2 = -9n + 22 – n

Answer:
n = 2

Explanation:
Given equation is 2 = -9n + 22 – n
2 = -10n + 22
2 – 22 = -10n
-20 = -10n
n = -20/-10
n = 2
Put n = 2 in 2 = -9n + 22 – n
2 = -9(2) + 22 – 2
= -18 + 22 – 2 = -20 + 22

Question 15.
1.1x + 1.2x – 5.4 = -10

Answer:
x = -2

Explanation:
Given equation is 1.1x + 1.2x – 5.4 = -10
2.3x – 5.4 = -10
2.3x = -10 + 5.4
2.3x = -4.6
x = -4.6/2.3
x = -2
Put x = -2 in 1.1x + 1.2x – 5.4 = -10
1.1(-2) + 1.2(-2) – 5.4 = -2.2 – 2.4 – 5.4 = -10

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 42

Answer:
h = -9

Explanation:
Given equation is (2/3)h – (1/3)h + 11 = 8
(2 – 1)/3 h + 11 = 8
(1/3)h + 11 = 8
(1/3)h = 8 – 11
(1/3)h = -3
h = -3 x 3
h = -9
Put h = -9 in (2/3)h – (1/3)h + 11 = 8
(2/3)(-9) – (1/3)(-9) + 11 = -6 + 3 + 11
= 14 – 6 = 8

Question 17.
6(5 – 8v) + 12 = -54

Answer:
v = 2

Explanation:
Given equation is 6(5 – 8v) + 12 = -54
30 – 48v + 12 = -54
42 – 48v = -54
42 + 54 = 48v
96 = 48v
v = 96/48
v = 2
Put v = 2 in 6(5 – 8v) + 12 = -54
6(5 – 8(2)) + 12 = 6(5 – 16) + 12
= 6(-11) + 12 = -66 + 12 = -54

Question 18.
21(2 – x) + 12x = 44

Answer:
x = -2/9

Explanation:
Given equation is 21(2 – x) + 12x = 44
42 – 21x + 12x = 44
42 – 9x = 44
42 – 44 = 9x
-2 = 9x
x = -2/9
Put x = -2/9 in 21(2 – x) + 12x = 44
21(2 – (-2/9)) + 12(-2/9) = 21(2 + 2/9) – 24/9
= 42 + 42/9 – 24/9
= 42 + (42 – 24)/9
= 42 + 18/9 = 42 + 2 = 44

Question 19.
8.5 = 6.5(2d – 3) + d

Answer:
d = 2

Explanation:
Given equation is 8.5 = 6.5(2d – 3) + d
8.5 = 13d – 19.5 + d
8.5 = 14d – 19.5
8.5 + 19.5 = 14d
28 = 14d
d = 28/14
d = 2
Put d = 2 in 8.5 = 6.5(2d – 3) + d
8.5 = 6.5(2(2) – 3) + 2
= 6.5(4 – 3) + 2
= 6.5 x 1 + 2 = 6.5 + 2

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 43

Answer:
x = -6

Explanation:
Given equation is -1/4 (x + 2) + 5 = -x
-x/4 – 2.(1/4) + 5 = -x
-x/4 – 1/2 + 5 = -x
-1/2 + 5 = -x + x/4
(-1 + 10)/2 = (-4x + x)/4
9/2 = -3x/4
9/2 x (-4/3) = x
x = -6
Put x = -6 in -1/4 (x + 2) + 5 = -x
-1/4 (-6 + 2) + 5 = -(-6)
-1/4(-4) + 5 = 6
1 + 5 = 6

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the equation. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 44

Answer:
Wrong

Explanation:
-2(7 – y) + 4 = -4
-14 + 2y + 4 = -4
-10 + 2y = -4
2y = -4 + 10
2y = 6
y = 3

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 45

Answer:
Correct

Explanation:
3(y – 1) + 8 = 11
3y – 3 + 8 = 11
3y + 5 = 11
3y = 11 – 5
3y = 6
y = 2

Question 23.
STRUCTURE
The cost C (in dollars) of making watches is represented C = 15n + 85. How many watches are made when the cost is $385?

Answer:
20 watches can be manufactured.

Explanation:
C = 15n + 85
385 = 15n + 85
15n = 385 – 85
15n = 300
n = 300/15
n = 20
So, 20 watches can be manufactured.

Question 24.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The height of the house is 26 feet. What is the height x of each story?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 48

Answer:
Height of each story is 10 ft.

Explanation:
The height of the house is 26 feet
x + x + 6 = 26
2x + 6 = 26
2x = 26 – 6
2x = 20
x = 20/2
x = 10 ft
Height of each story is 10 ft.

Question 25.
MODELING REAL LIFE
After the addition of an acid, a solution has a volume of 90 milliliters. The volume of the solution is 3 milliliters greater than 3 times the volume of the solution before the acid was added. What was the original volume of the solution?

Answer:
The original volume of the solution is 29 milliliters

Explanation:
Volume of the solution = 90 milliliters
Let us take x as the original volume of the solution
3x + 3 = 90
3x= 90 – 3
3x = 87
x = 87/3
x = 29
So, the original volume of the solution is 29 milliliters

Question 26.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A grocer prepares free samples of a salad to give out during the day. By lunchtime, the grocer has given out 5 fewer than half the total number of samples. How many samples did the grocer prepare if she gives out 50 samples before lunch?

Answer:
The grocer prepares 110 samples

Explanation:
Let x be the total number of samples the grocer prepares
Total number of samples a grocer given out = 50
(1/2) x – 5 = 50
(1/2)x = 50 + 5
1/2 x = 55
x = 55 x 2
x = 110
So, the grocer prepares 110 samples.

Question 27.
GEOMETRY
What is the length of the missing base of the trapezoid?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 49

Answer:
The missing base is 6 in.

Explanation:
The trapezoid area formula is (a + b)/2 x height
Given trapezoid area = 21 sq. in
(8 + x)/2 x 3 = 21
(8 + x)/2 = 21/3
(8 + x)/2 = 7
(8 + x) = 7 x 2
8 + x = 14
x = 14 – 8
x = 6
The missing base is 6 in.

Question 28.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You order two servings of pancakes and a fruit cup. The cost of the fruit cup is $1.50. You leave a 15% tip. Your total bill is $11.50. How much does one serving of pancakes cost?

Answer:
The cost of one serving of pancake is $4.25

Explanation:
The total cost excluding the tip would be a sum of 1.5 for a fruit cup and twice of price of each pancake servings(b),
hence the price should be 1.5 + 2b.
The customer pays 15% tip that means 0.15 times the bill.
1.15(1.5 + 2b) = 11.5
1.5 + 2b = 11.5/1.15
1.5 + 2b = 10
2b = 10 – 1.5
2b = 8.5
b = 8.5/2
b = 4.25
The cost of one serving of pancake is $4.25

Question 29.
PROBLEM SOLVING
How many people must attend the third show so that the average attendance per show is 3000?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 50

Answer:
3500 people must attend the third show so that the average attendance per show is 3000.

Explanation:
The average attendance = 3000 per show
(2580 + 2920 + x)/3 = 3000
5500 + x = 3000 x 3
5500 + x = 9000
x = 9000 – 5500
x = 3500
3500 people must attend the third show so that the average attendance per show is 3000.

Question 30.
DIG DEEPER!
Divers in a competition are scored by an international panel of judges. The highest and the lowest scores are dropped. The total of the remaining scores is multiplied by the degree of difficulty of the dive. This product is multiplied by 0.6 to determine the final score.
a. A diver’sfinal score is 77.7. What is the degree of difficulty of the dive?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 51
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 52

b. CRITICAL THINKING
The degree of difficulty of a dive is 4.0. The diver’s final score is 97.2. Judges award half or whole points from 0 to 10. What scores could the judges have given the diver?

Answer:
a. The degree of difficulty of dive is 3.5
b. The scores are 7.5, 8.0, 8.0, 8.0, 8.0, 8.5, 9.0

Explanation:
a. Let x be the degree of difficulty
By eliminating the scores6.5 and 8.5, we ge
(7 + 7 + 7.5 + 7.5 + 8). x . 0.6 = 77.7
37 . 0.6x = 77.7
22.2x = 77.7
x = 77.7/22.2
x = 7/2
x = 3.5
The degree of difficulty of dive is 3.5
b. Let s be the sum of the scores given by 5 judges
s x 4 x 0.6 = 97.2
2.4s = 97.2
s = 97.2/2.4
s = 40.5
40.5/5 = 8.1
So, the average score is 8.1
The scores are 7.5, 8.0, 8.0, 8.0, 8.0, 8.5, 9.0

Lesson 1.3 Solving Equations with Variables on Both Sides

EXPLORATION 1
Finding Missing Measures in Figures
Work with a partner.
a. If possible, find the value of x so that the value of the perimeter (in feet) is equal to the value of the area (in square feet) for each figure. Use an equation to justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 53
b. If possible, find the value of y so that the value of the surface area (in square inches) is equal to the value of the volume (in cubic inches) for each figure. Use an equation to justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 54
c. How are the equations you used in parts (a) and (b) different from equations used in previous sections? Explain how to solve this type of equation.

1.3 Lesson

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
-3x = 2x + 20

Answer:
x = -4

Explanation:
Given equation is -3x = 2x + 20
-3x – 2x = 20
-5x = 20
x = -20/5
x = -4
Put x = -4 in -3x = 2x + 20
-3(-4) = 2(-4) + 20
12 = -8 + 20

Question 2.
2.5y + 6 = 4.5y – 1

Answer:
y = 3.5

Explanation:
Given equation is 2.5y + 6 = 4.5y – 1
6 + 1 = 4.5y – 2.5y
7 = 2y
y = 7/2
y = 3.5
Put y = 3.5 in 2.5y + 6 = 4.5y – 1
2.5(3.5) + 6 = 4.5(3.5) – 1
8.75 + 6 = 15.75 – 1
14.75 = 14.75

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 3.
6(4 – z) =2z

Answer:
z = 3

Explanation:
Given equation is 6(4 – z) =2z
24 – 6z = 2z
24 = 2z + 6z
8z = 24
z = 24/8
z = 3
Put z = 3 in 6(4 – z) =2z
6(4 – 3) = 2(3)
6(1) = 6

Question 4.
5(w – 2) = -2(1.5w + 5)

Answer:
w = 0

Explanation:
Given equation is 5(w – 2) = -2(1.5w + 5)
5w – 10 = -3w – 10
5w + 3w = -10 + 10
8w = 0
w = 0
Put w = 0 in 5(w – 2) = -2(1.5w + 5)
5(0 – 2) = -2(1.5(0) + 5)
5(-2) = -2(5)
= -10 = -10

Try It

Solve the equation.

Question 5.
2x + 1 = 2x – 1

Answer:
The equation 2x + 1 = 2x – 1 is never true. So, it does not have a soution

Explanation:
Given equation is 2x + 1 = 2x – 1
2x + 1 = 2x – 1
2x – 2x = -1 – 1
0 = -2

Question 6.
6(5 – 2v) = -4(3v + 1)

Answer:
The equation 6(5 – 2v) = -4(3v + 1) is never true. So, it does not have a soution

Explanation:
Given equation is 6(5 – 2v) = -4(3v + 1)
30 – 12v = -12v – 4
30 – 12v + 12v = -4
30 – 0 = -4
30 = -4
The equation 6(5 – 2v) = -4(3v + 1) is never true. So, it does not have a soution

Try It

Solve the equation

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 56

Answer:
The equation 1/2 (6t – 4) = 3t – 2 is always true. So, it has infinitely many solutions.

Explanation:
Given equation is 1/2 (6t – 4) = 3t – 2
3t – 2 = 3t – 2
The equation 1/2 (6t – 4) = 3t – 2 is always true. So, it has infinitely many solutions.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 57

Answer:
The equation 1/3 (2b + 9) = 2/3 (b + 9/2) is always true. So, it has infinitely many solutions.

Explanation:
Given equation is 1/3 (2b + 9) = 2/3 (b + 9/2)
2b + 9 = 2/3 (b + 9/2) x 3
2b + 9 = 2(b + 9/2)
2b + 9 = 2b + 9
The equation 1/3 (2b + 9) = 2/3 (b + 9/2)is always true. So, it has infinitely many solutions.

Try It

Question 9.
WHAT IF?
The diameter of the purple circle is 3x. What is the area of each circle?

Answer:
The areas of circles are 25π, 36π.

Explanation:
The diameter of the purple circle is 3x
Diameter = double the radius
3x = 2r
r = 3x/2
Two circles are identical
x + 2 = 3x/2
3x/2 – x = 2
x/2 = 2
x = 4
The radius of green circle is (1 + 4) = 5
The radius of purple circle is 3(4)/2 = 6
The area of each circle = πr²
= π (5)² = 25π
The area of second circle = π (6)² = 36π

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 10.
OPEN-ENDED
Write an equation with variables on both sides that has a single solution of -1. Explain how to solve your equation.

Answer:
5x + 6= 6x + 7

Explanation:
Write an equation with variables on both sides that has a single solution of -1
5x + 6= 6x + 7
Subtract 5x from each side
5x + 6 – 5x = 6x + 7 – 5x
6 = x + 7
Subtract 7 from each side
6 – 7 = x+ 7 – 7
-1 = x

STRUCTURE
Without solving, determine whether the equation has one solution, no solution, or infinitely many solutions. Justify your answer.

Question 11.
3(x – 1) = -3

Answer:
The equation has only one solution

Explanation:
Given equation is 3(x – 1) = -3
(x – 1) = -1
x = -1 + 1
x = 0

Question 12.
6x + 6 = 6(x + 1)

Answer:
The equation has infinitely many solutions

Explanation:
Given equation is 6x + 6 = 6(x + 1)
The equation has infinitely many solutions
6x + 6 = 6x + 6

Question 13.
z + 1 = z + 6

Answer:
The equation has no solution

Explanation:
Given equation is z + 1 = z + 6
The equation has no solution
1 = 6

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution, if possible.

Question 14.
-7x = x + 24

Answer:
x = -3

Explanation:
Given equation is -7x = x + 24
-7x – x = 24
-8x = 24
x = -24/8
x = -3
Put x = -3 in -7x = x + 24
-7(-3) = -3 + 24
= 21

Question 15.
8(3 – z) = 4z

Answer:
z = 2

Explanation:
Given equation is 8(3 – z) = 4z
24 – 8z = 4z
24 = 4z + 8z
24 =12z
z = 24/2
z = 2
Put z = 2 in 8(3 – z) = 4z
8(3 – 2) = 4(2)
8(1) = 8

Question 16.
2(t – 3) = 2t – 6

Answer:
The equation has infinitely many solutions.

Explanation:
Given equation is 2(t – 3) = 2t – 6
2t – 6 = 2t – 6
The equation has infinitely many solutions.

Question 17.
WRITING AND SOLVING AN EQUATION
The squares are identical. What is the area of each square?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 58

Answer:
The areas of squares are 256 sq units, 256 sq units.

Explanation:
What is the area of each square?
So, 3x + 7 = 5x + 1
7 – 1 = 5x – 3x
6 = 2x
x = 6/2
x = 3
The side of first square = 3(3) + 7 = 9 + 7
= 16
First square area = side²
= 16² = 256 sq units
Second square side length = 5(3) + 1 = 15 + 1 = 16
Second sqaure area = 16² = 256 sq units

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 18.
Your cousin renews his apartment lease and pays a new monthly rent. His new rent is calculated by applying a discount of $50 to his original rent and then applying a 10% increase to the discounted amount. What was your cousin’s original monthly rent when his new rent is 5% greater?

Answer:
Cousin’s original monthly rent is $1100.

Explanation:
Let us take rent as x
Then, discounted rent = x – 50
The increase applied is 10%
So, final rent is (x – 50) + 10% = (x – 50)1.1
x + 5% = 1.05x
1.1(x – 50) = 1.05x
1.1x – 1.05x = 55
0.05x = 55
x = 55/0.05
x = 1100
Therefore, cousin’s original monthly rent is $1100.

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
You and your friend race on a trail that is 10 miles long. In each situation, does your friend pass you before the end of the trail? Justify your answer.
a. You have a four-mile head start and jog at 6 miles per hour. Your friend bikes at 8 miles per hour.
b. You have a five-mile head start and run at 7 miles per hour. Your friend bikes at 17 miles per hour.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 59

Answer:
a) Your friend will pass you after the end of the trial.
b) Your friend will pass you before the end of the trail.

Explanation:
a) Let x be the time after which your friend passes you
In x hours you jog the distance 6x, your friend bikes 8x
8x = 4 + 6x
8x – 6x = 4
2x = 4
x = 4/2
x = 2
So in 2 hours, your friend bikes 2. 8 = 16 miles
Therefore, he will pass you after the end of the trial because 16 > 10.
b) In x hours you jog the distance 7x, while your friend bikes 17x
17x = 5 + 7x
17x – 7x = 5
10x = 5
x = 5/10
x = 0.5
In 0.5 hours, your friend bikes 0.5 x 17 = 8.5 miles
So he will pass you before the end of the trail because 8.5 < 10.

Solving Equations with Variables on Both Sides Homework & practice 1.3

Review & Refresh

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
-9z + 2 = 11

Answer:
z = -1

Explanation:
Given equation is -9z + 2 = 11
-9z + 2 – 2 = 11 – 2
-9z = 9
z = -9/9
z = -1
Put z = -1 in -9z + 2 = 11
-9(-1) + 2 = 9 + 2 = 11

Question 2.
-3n – 4n – 17 = 25

Answer:
n = -6

Explanation:
Given equation is -3n – 4n – 17 = 25
-7n – 17 = 25
-7n = 25 + 17
-7n = 42
n = -42/7
n = -6
Put n = -6 in -3n – 4n – 17 = 25
-3(-6) – 4(-6) – 17 = 18 + 24 – 17
= 42 – 17 = 25

Question 3.
-2(x + 3) + 5x = -39

Answer:
x = -11

Explanation:
Given equation is -2(x + 3) + 5x = -39
-2x – 6 + 5x = -39
3x – 6 = -39
3x = -39 + 6
3x = -33
x = -33/3
x = -11
Put x = -11 in -2(x + 3) + 5x = -39
-2(-11 + 3) + 5(-11) = -2(-8) – 55
= 16 – 55 = 3-9

Question 4.
-15 + 7.5(2d – 1) = 7.5

Answer:
d = 2

Explanation:
Given equation is -15 + 7.5(2d – 1) = 7.5
-15 + 15d – 7.5 = 7.5
-22.5 + 15d = 7.5
15d = 7.5 + 22.5
15d = 30
d = 30/15
d = 2
Put d = 2 in -15 + 7.5(2d – 1) = 7.5
-15 + 7.5(2(2) – 1) = -15 + 7.5(4 – 1)
= -15 + 7.5(3) = -15 + 22.5 = 7.5

Find the volume of the solid.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 60

Answer:
Volume = 27 cubic cm

Explanation:
Length = 3 cm, width = 2 cm height = 4.5 cm
Solid volume formula is length x width x height
Volume V = 3 x 2 x 4.5
= 27 cubic cm

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 61

Answer:
Volume is 15.75 cubic cm.

Explanation:
Given that,
b = 4.5, h = 2, l = 3.5
The volume of Triangular Prism = ½ × b × h × l
V = ½ × 4.5 × 2 × 3.5
= 4.5 x 1 x 3.5
= 15.75 cubic cm

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 62

Answer:
Volume is 24 cubic in

Explanation:
Given that,
Area of pentagon = 18 in²
Height h = 4 in
The volume of the pentagonal pyramid = 1/3 x base area x height
= 1/3 x 18 x 4
= 6 x 4 = 24 cubic in

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving
FINDING MISSING MEASURES IN FIGURES
If possible, find the value of so that the value of the surface area (in square inches) is equal to the value of the volume (in cubic inches). Use an equation to justify your answer. (See Exploration 1, p. 17.)

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 63

Answer:
2(14x + 33) = 33x, x = 66/5

Explanation:
Given that,
length l =x in, width w = 11 in, height h = 3 in
Surface area of rectangular prism = Volume of the rectangular prism
2(wl + hl + hw) = whl
2(11x + 3x + 33) = 11 . 3. x
2(14x + 33) = 33x
28x + 66 = 33x
66 = 33x – 28x
66 = 5x
x = 66/5

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 64

Answer:
2(36 + 13x) = 36x, x = 7.2

Explanation:
Given that,
length l = 9 in, width w = 4 in, height h = x in
The surface area of rectangular prism = Volume of the rectangular prism
2(wl + hl + hw) = whl
2(36 + 9x + 4x) = 9 . 4 . x
2(36 + 13x) = 36x
72 + 26x = 36x
72 = 36x – 26x
10x = 72
x = 72/10
x = 7.2

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 65

Answer:
2(9x + 18) = 18x, It does not have a solution

Explanation:
Given that,
length l = 6 in, width w = 3 in, height h = x in
The surface area of rectangular prism = Volume of the rectangular prism
2(wl + hl + hw) = whl
2(3x + 6x + 18) = 6 . 3 . x
2(9x + 18) = 18x
18x + 18 = 18x
18x – 18x = 18
0 = 18

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 11.
m – 4 = 2m

Answer:
m = -4

Explanation:
Given equation is m – 4 = 2m
2m – m = -4
m = -4
Put m = -4 in m – 4 = 2m
-4 – 4 = 2(-4)
-8 = -8

Question 12.
3k – 1 = 7k + 2

Answer:
k = -3/4

Explanation:
Given equation is 3k – 1 = 7k + 2
-1 – 2 = 7k – 3k
-3 = 4k
k = -3/4
Put k = -3/4 in 3k – 1 = 7k + 2
3(-3/4) – 1 = 7(-3/4) + 2
-9/4 – 1 = -21/4 + 2
(-9 – 4)/4 = (-21 + 8)/4
-13/4 = -13/4

Question 13.
6x = 5x + 22

Answer:
x = 22

Explanation:
Given equation is 6x = 5x + 22
6x – 5x = 22
x = 22
Put x = 22 in 6x = 5x + 22
6(22) = 5(22) + 22
132 = 110 + 22

Question 14.
-24 – 8p = 4p

Answer:
p = -2

Explanation:
Given equation is -24 – 8p = 4p
-24 = 4p + 8p
-24 = 12p
p = -24/12
p = -2
Put p = -2 in -24 – 8p = 4p
-24 – 8(-2) = 4(-2)
-24 + 16 = -8

Question 15.
12(2w – 3) = 6w

Answer:
w = 2

Explanation:
Given equation is 12(2w – 3) = 6w
24w – 36 = 6w
24w – 6w = 36
18w = 36
w = 36/18
w = 2
Put w = 2 in 12(2w – 3) = 6w
12(2w – 3) = 6w
12(2(2)- 3) = 6(2)
12(4 – 3) = 12
12 = 12

Question 16.
2(n – 3) = 4n + 1

Answer:
n = -7/2

Explanation:
Given equation is 2(n – 3) = 4n + 1
2n – 6 = 4n + 1
-6 – 1 = 4n – 2n
-7 = 2n
n = -7/2
Put n = -7/2 in 2(n – 3) = 4n + 1
2(-7/2 – 3) = 4(-7/2) + 1
2(-7 – 6)/2 = 2(-7) + 1
-13 = -14 + 1

Question 17.
2(4z – 1) = 3(z + 2)

Answer:
z = 8/5

Explanation:
Given equation is 2(4z – 1) = 3(z + 2)
8z – 2 = 3z + 6
8z – 3z = 6 +2
5z = 8
z = 8/5
Put z = 8/5 in 2(4z – 1) = 3(z + 2)
2(4(8/5) – 1) = 3(8/5 + 2)
64/5 – 2 = 24/5 + 6
(64 – 10)/5 = (24 + 30)/5
54/5 = 54/5

Question 18.
0.1x = 0.2(x + 2)

Answer:

Explanation:
Given equation is 0.1x = 0.2(x + 2)
0.1x = 0.2x + 0.4
0.2x – 0.1x = -0.4
0.1x = -0.4
x = -0.4/0.1
x = -4
Put x = -4 in 0.1x = 0.2(x + 2)
0.1(-4) = 0.2(-4 + 2)
-0.4 = 0.2(-2)

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 66

Answer:
d = 14

Explanation:
Given equation is (1/6)d + 2/3 = 1/4 (d – 2)
(1/6)d + 2/3 = d/4 – 2/4
(1/6)d + 2/3 = d/4 – 1/2
d/6 – d/4 = -1/2 – 2/3
(4d – 6d)/24 = (-3 – 4)/6
-2d/24 = -7/6
d = -7/6 x (-24/2)
d = 14
Put d = 14 in (1/6)d + 2/3 = 1/4 (d – 2)
(1/6)14 + 2/3 = 1/4 (14 – 2)
7/3 + 2/3 = 1/4 (12)
9/3 = 3

Question 20.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the equation shown. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 67

Answer:
Wrong

Explanation:
3x – 4 = 2x + 1
3x – 2x = 1 + 4
x = 5

Question 21.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Write and solve an equation to find the number of miles you must drive to have the same cost for each of the car rentals.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 68

Answer:
The number of miles I should drive to have the same cost for each of the car rentals is 40 miles

Explanation:
Let x represent the number of miles
20 + 0.5x = 30 + 0.25x
20 – 30 = 0.25x – 0.5x
-10 = -0.25x
x = 10/0.25
x = 40
The number of miles I should drive to have the same cost for each of the car rentals is 40 miles

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution, if possible.

Question 22.
x + 6 = x

Answer:
The equation has no solution

Explanation:
Given equation is x + 6 = x
x – x = -6
0 = -6
The equation has no solution

Question 23.
3x – 1 = 1 – 3x

Answer:
x = 1/3

Explanation:
Given equation is 3x – 1 = 1 – 3x
3x + 3x = 1 + 1
6x = 2
x = 2/6
x = 1/3
Put x = 1/3 in 3x – 1 = 1 – 3x
3(1/3) – 1 = 1 – 3(1/3)
1 – 1 = 1 – 1

Question 24.
3x + 15 = 3(x + 15)

Answer:
The equation has no solution

Explanation:
Given equation is 3x + 15 = 3(x + 15)
3x + 15 = 3x + 45
3x – 3x = 45 – 15
0 = 30
The equation has no solution

Question 25.
4x – 9 = 3.5x – 9

Answer:
x = 0

Explanation:
Given equation is 4x – 9 = 3.5x – 9
4x – 3.5x = -9 + 9
-0.5x = 0
x = 0
Put x = 0 in 4x – 9 = 3.5x – 9
4(0) – 9 = 3.5(0) – 9
-9 = -9

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 69

Answer:
The equation has infinitely many solutions

Explanation:
Given equation is 1/3 (9x + 3) = 3x + 1
3x + 1 = 3x + 1
3x – 3x = 1 – 1
0 = 0
The equation has infinitely many solutions

Question 27.
5x – 7 = 4x – 1

Answer:
x = 6

Explanation:
Given equation is 5x – 7 = 4x – 1
5x – 4x = 7 – 1
x = 6
Put x = 6 in 5x – 7 = 4x – 1
5(6) – 7 = 4(6) – 1
30 – 7 = 24 – 1
23 = 23

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 70

Answer:
The equation has no solution

Explanation:
Given equation is ½ x + ½ x = x + 1
x = x + 1
x – x = 1
0 = 1
The equation has no solution

Question 29.
2x + 4 = -(-7x + 6)

Answer:
x = 2

Explanation:
Given equation is 2x + 4 = -(-7x + 6)
2x + 4 = 7x – 6
4 + 6 = 7x – 2x
10 = 5x
x = 10/5
x = 2
Put x = 2 in 2x + 4 = -(-7x + 6)
2(2) + 4 = -(-7(2) + 6)
4 + 4 = -(-14 + 6)
8 = -(-8)

Question 30.
5.5 – x = -4.5 – x

Answer:
The equation has no solution

Explanation:
Given equation is 5.5 – x = -4.5 – x
5.5 + 4.5 = -x + x
10 = 0

Question 31.
-3(2x – 3) = -6x + 9

Answer:
The equation has infinitely many solutions

Explanation:
Given equation is -3(2x – 3) = -6x + 9
-6x + 9 = -6x + 9
-6x + 6x = 9 – 9
The equation has infinitely many solutions

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 71

Answer:
The equation has no solution

Explanation:
Given equation is 10x – 8/3 – 4x= 6x
6x – 8/3 = 6x
6x – 6x = 8/3
0 = 8/3
The equation has no solution

Question 33.
6(7x + 7) = 7(6x + 6)

Answer:
The equation has infinitely many solutions

Explanation:
Given equation is 6(7x + 7) = 7(6x + 6)
42x + 42 = 42x + 42
The equation has infinitely many solutions

Question 34.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the equation shown. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 72

Answer:
The equation has infinitely many solutions

Explanation:
-4(2n – 3) = 12 – 8n
-8n + 12 = 12 – 8n
-8n + 8n = 12 – 12
0 = 0
The equation has infinitely many solutions

Question 35.
OPEN-ENDED
Write an equation with variables on both sides that has no solution. Explain why it has no solution.

Answer:
5(2x – 3) = 10x – 15

Explanation:
The equation is 5(2x – 3) = 10x – 15
10x – 15 = 10x – 15
10x – 10x = -15 + 15
0 = 0
For any values of x, the equation satisies.
So, The equation has infinitely many solutions

Question 36.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A cable television provider charges $75 for installation and $39.96 per month for a basic entertainment package.A satellite television provider others free installation and charges $13.32 per month for service for each television. Your neighbor subscribes to the cable provider the same month you subscribe to the satellite provider. After how many months is your neighbor’s total cost the same as your total cost when you own three televisions?

Answer:
Never my neighbor’s total cost, my total cost will be same.

Explanation:
Let x as the number of months
My satellite cost for 3 televisions is 13.32x * 3 = 39.96x
My friends cable cost = 75 + 39.96x
75 + 39.96x = 39.96x
75 = 39.96x – 39.96x
75 = 0
75 is never equal to zero.
So, never my neighbor’s total cost, my total cost will be same.

Question 37.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A pizza parlor makes 52 pizza crusts the first week of summer and 180 pizza crusts each subsequent week. A diner makes 26 pizza crusts the first week of summer and 90 pizza crusts each subsequent week. In how many weeks will the total number of pizza crusts made by the pizza parlor be twice the total number of pizza crusts made by the diner?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 73

Answer:
The pizza parlor always makes twice the pizza crust than the dinner.

Explanation:
Let x is the number of weeks
Pizza parlor = 52 + 180x
Dinner = 26 + 90x
The number of pizza crusts made by the pizza parlor be twice the total number of pizza crusts made by the diner
52 + 180x = 2(26 + 90x
52 + 180x = 52 + 180x
52 – 52 = 180x – 180x
0 = 0
Infinite solutions.
So, the pizza parlor always makes twice the pizza crust than the dinner.

Question 38.
PRECISION
Is the triangle an equilateral triangle? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 74

Answer:
The given triangle is not equilateral triangle

Explanation:
Equilateral triangle have all sides of equal length
2x + 5.2 = 3x + 1.2
2x – 3x = 1.2 – 5.2
-x = -4
x = 4
3x + 1.2 = 2x + 6.2
3x – 2x = 6.2 – 1.2
x = 5
So, the given triangle is not equilateral triangle

GEOMETRY
Find the perimeter of the regular polygon.

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 75

Answer:
Perimeter = 3

Explanation:
Perimeter is the sum of all sides of the polygon
As it is a regular polygon all sides are equal
5 – 2x = -4x + 9
5 – 9 = -4x + 2x
-4 = -2x
x = 4/2
x = 2
One side = 5 – 2(2) = 5 – 4 = 1
Perimeter = 1 + 1 + 1 = 3

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 76

Answer:
Perimeter = 7.5

Explanation:
Perimeter is the sum of all sides of the polygon
As it is a regular polygon all sides are equal
3(x – 1) = 5x – 6
3x – 3 = 5x – 6
5x – 3x = -3 + 6
2x = 3
x = 3/2 = 1.5
One side = 5(1.5) – 6
= 7.5 – 6 = 1.5
Perimeter = 5(1.5) = 7.5

Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 77

Answer:
Perimeter = 344/3

Explanation:
Perimeter is the sum of all sides of the polygon
As it is a regular polygon all sides are equal
4/3 x – 1/3 = x + 7
4/3 x – x = 7 + 1/3
x = (21 + 1)/3
x = 22/3
One side = 22/3 + 7
= (22 + 21)/3 = 43/3
Perimeter = 8(43/3)
= 344/3

Question 42.
PRECISION
The cost of mailing a DVD in an envelope using Company B is equal to the cost of mailing a DVD in a box using Company A. What is the weight of the DVD with its packing material? Round your answer to the nearest hundredth.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 78

Answer:
The weight of the DVD with its packing material is around 0.19 lb.

Explanation:
Let x is the weight of the DVD
Cost of mailing a DVD in a box using company A is 2.50x + 2.25
Cost of mailing a DVD in a box using company B 8.50x + 1.10
$8.50x + $1.10 = $2.50x + $2.25
8.50x – 2.50x = 2.25 – 1.10
6x = 1.15
x = 1.15/6
x = 0.19
The weight of the DVD with its packing material is around 0.19 lb.

Question 43.
WRITING
Would you solve the equation 0.25x + 7 = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x – 8 using fractions or decimals ? Explain.

Answer:
x = 180

Explanation:
0.25x + 7 = 1/3 x – 8
0.25x – 1/3 x = -8 – 7
25/100x – 1/3 x = -15
1/4 x – 1/3 x = -15
(3 – 4)/12 x = -15
-1/12 x = -15
x = -15 x -12
x = 180

Question 44.
NUMBER SENSE
The weight of an object is equal to \(\frac{3}{4}\) of its own weight plus \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a pound. How much does the object weigh? Explain.

Answer:
The object weight is 3 lb.

Explanation:
Let us take x as the object weight
x = 3/4 x + 3/4
4x = 3x + 3
4x – 3x = 3
x = 3
The object weight is 3 lb.

Question 45.
STRUCTURE
Fill in the blanks in three different ways to create an equation that has one solution, no solution, and infinitely many solutions.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 80

Answer:
7x + 3x + 10 = -2(10x + 10) has one solution.
7x + 3x + 10 = -2(-5x – 5) has infinite solutions
7x + 3x + 10 = -2(-5x + 1) has no solution.

Explanation:
Given that,
7x + 3x + 10 = -2(_ x + _)
One solution
7x + 3x + 10 = -2(10x + 10)
10x + 10 = -20x – 20
10x + 20x = -20 – 10
30x = -30
x = -30/3
x = -1
Infinite solutions
7x + 3x + 10 = -2(-5x – 5)
10x + 10 = 10x + 10
10x – 10x = 10 – 10
0 = 0
No solution
7x + 3x + 10 = -2(-5x + 1)
10x + 10 = 10x – 2
10 = -2

Question 46.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The volume of red blood cells in a blood sample is equal to the total volume of the sample minus the volume of plasma. What is the total volume x of blood drawn?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 81

Answer:
The volume of blood is 5.95 mL.

Explanation:
The volume of red blood cells in a blood sample is equal to the total volume of the sample minus the volume of plasma.
45% = sample volume – 5.5
0.45 = sample volume – 5.5
sample volume = 045 + 5.5
= 5.95

Question 47.
PROBLEM SOLVING
One serving of oatmeal provides 16% of the fiber you need daily. You must get the remaining 21 grams of fiber from other sources. How many grams of fiber should you consume daily? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The total amount of fiber you need daily is 25 grams.

Explanation:
Let x is the total amount of fiber you needed daily.
Since one serving of oatmeal provides 16% of the fiber you need daily, then 0.16x grams is the amount of fiber you get from oatmeal
If you get another 21 grams of fiber from other sources, then 0.16x + 21 grams is the total amount of fiber you need daily
x and 0.16x + 21 both represent the total amount of fiber you need daily
So 0.16x + 21 = x
21 = x – 0.16x
21 = 0.84x
x = 21/0.84
x = 25
The total amount of fiber you need daily is 25 grams.

Question 48.
DIG DEEPER!
The floor of a six-foot-wide hallway is painted as shown, using equal amounts of white and black paint.
a. How long is the hallway?
b. Can this same hallway be painted with the same pattern, but using twice as much black paint as white paint? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 82

Answer:
a. The total length of the hallway = 9x + 4
b. Yes

Explanation:
a. The total length of the hallway = The length of white paints + lngth of black paints
= 5(x) + 4(x + 1)
= 5x + 4x + 4 = 9x + 4

Question 49.
PRECISION
Consider the equation c = ax – bx, where a, b, and c are whole numbers. Which of the following result in values a, b and c so that the original equation has exactly one solution? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 83

Answer:
a ≠  b, c = 0

Explanation:
c = ax – bx,
Substitute a ≠  b, c = 0 values in above equation
c = ax – bx
0 = x(a – b)

Lesson 1.4 Rewriting Equations and Formulas

EXPLORATION

Work with a partner.
a. Write a formula for the height h of each figure. Explain your method.

  • A parallelogram with area A and base b
  • A rectangular prism with volume V, length l, and width w
  • A triangle with area A and base b

b. Write a formula for the length l of each figure. Explain your method.

  • A rectangle with perimeter P and width w
  • A rectangular prism with surface area S, width w, and height h.

c. Use your formulas in parts (a) and (b) to find the missing dimension of each figure.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 84

1.4 Lesson

Try It

Solve the equation for y.

Question 1.
5y – x = 10

Answer:
y = (10 + x)/5

Explanation:
Given equation is 5y – x = 10
Add x to both sides
5y – x + x = 10 + x
5y = 10 + x
Divide both sides by 5
5y/5 = (10 + x)/5
y = (10 + x)/5

Question 2.
4x – 4y = 1

Answer:
y = (4x – 1)/4

Explanation:
Given equation is 4x – 4y = 1
Subtract 4x from both sides
4x – 4y – 4x  = 1 – 4x
-4y = 1 – 4x
Divide both sides by -4
-4y/-4 = (1-4x)/-4
y = (4x – 1)/4

Question 3.
12 = 6x + 3y

Answer:
y = (12 – 6x)/3

Explanation:
Given equation is 12 = 6x + 3y
Subtract 6x from each side
12 – 6x = 6x + 3y – 6x
12 – 6x = 3y
Divide each side by 3
(12 – 6x)/3 = 3y/3
y = (12 – 6x)/3

Try It

Solve the formula for the red variable.

Question 4.
Area of rectangle: A = bh

Answer:
b = A/h

Explanation:
Given that,
Area of the rectangle A = bh
Divide each side by h
A/h = bh/h
A/h = b
Area/height = base

Question 5.
Simple interest: I = Prt

Answer:
P = I/rt

Explanation:
Given that,
Simple interest: I = Prt
Divide each side by rt
I/rt = Prt/rt
P = I/rt

Question 6.
Surface area of cylinder: S = 2πr2 + 2πrh

Answer:
h = (S – 2πr²)/2πr

Explanation:
Given that,
Surface area of cylinder: S = 2πr² + 2πrh
Subtract 2πr² from each side
S – 2πr² = 2πr² + 2πrh – 2πr²
S – 2πr² = 2πrh
Divide each side by 2πr
(S – 2πr²)/2πr = h

Try It

Question 7.
Solve the formula F = \(\frac{9}{5}\)C + 32 for C. Justify your answer.

Answer:
C = 5(F – 32)/9

Explanation:
Given that,
F = (9/5)C + 32
Subtract 32 from each side
F – 32 = (9/5)C + 32 – 32
F – 32 = (9/5)C
Multiply each side by (5/9)
(F – 32) x (5/9) = (9/5)C x (5/9
5(F – 32)/9 = C

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 8.
REWRITING A Formula
The formula for the circumference of a circle is C = 2πr. Solve the formula for r.

Answer:
r = C/2π

Explanation:
Given that
The formula for the circumference of a circle is C = 2πr
Divide each side by 2π
C/ 2π = 2πr/2π
C/2π = r

Question 9.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 85

Answer:
2y – 4x = 6

Explanation:
1. 4x = 6 + 2y
4x – 6 = 2y
(4x – 6)/2 = y
y = [2(2x – 3)]/2
y = (2x – 3)
2. 6 = 4x – 2y
6 – 4x = -2y
y = (4x – 6)/2
y = (2x – 3)
3. 2y – 4x = -6
2y = -6 + 4x
y = (4x – 6)/2
y = 2x – 3
4. 2y – 4x = 6
2y = 6 + 4x
y = 3 + 2x

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 10.
Room temperature is considered to be 70°F. The temperature outside is currently 23°C. Is this greater than or less than room temperature?

Answer:
The outside temperature is greater than room temperature

Explanation:
Room temperature is considered to be 70°F. The temperature outside is currently 23°C
F = (9/5) C + 32
Put C = 23°
F = (9/5)23 + 32
F = 41.1+ 32
F = 73.4°
C = 23° is greater than F = 70°
So the outside temperature is greater than room temperature

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
A bird flies at a top speed of 20,000 meters per hour. The bird flies 30,000 meters without stopping.
a. For how many hours did the bird fly if it flew at top speed?
b. In part(a), did you rewrite a formula to find the number of hours the bird flew, or did you use another approach? Explain.

Answer:
a) The bird flew 1.5 hours at Top speed
b) Yes, I rewrite a formula to find the number of hours the bird flew.

Explanation:
Speed of the bird = 20000 meters per hour
Distance travelled = 30000 meters
a) Distance = speed x time
d = s x t
t = d/s
t = 30000/20000
t = 1.5
The bird flew 1.5 hour at Top speed
b) Yes, I rewrite a formula to find the number of hours the bird flew.

Question 12.
A ball pit is in the shape of a cylinder with a lateral surface area of 245 square feet. The diameter of the ball pit is 312 inches. What is the height of the ball pit? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 86

Answer:
The height of the ball pit is 3 feet.

Explanation:
Diameter of the ball pit = 312 inches = 26 feet
Radius of the ball pit = 26/2 = 13 feet
Lateral surface area = 245 sq. ft
Surface area = 2πrh
245 = 2 x 3.14 x 13 x h
245 = 81.64h
h = 245/81.64
h = 3 feet
The height of the ball pit is 3 feet

Rewriting Equations and Formulas Homework & Practice 1.4

Solve the equation. Check your solution, if possible.

Question 1.
-2x = x + 15

Answer:
x = -5

Explanation:
Given equation is -2x = x + 15
-2x – x = 15
-3x = 15
x = -15/3
x = -5
Put x = -5 in -2x = x + 15
-2(-5) = -5 + 15
10 = 10

Question 2.
4(z – 3) = 2z

Answer:
z = 6

Explanation:
Given equation is 4(z – 3) = 2z
4z – 12 = 2z
4z – 2z = 12
2z = 12
z = 12/2
z = 6
Put z = 6 in 4(z – 3) = 2z
4(6 – 3) = 2(6)
4(3) = 12

Question 3.
x – 8 = x – 1

Answer:
The equation has no solution

Explanation:
Given equation is x – 8 = x – 1
x – x = -1 + 8
0 = 7
The equation has no solution

Question 4.
5(4 + t) = 5t + 20

Answer:
The equation has infinitely many solutions

Explanation:
Given equation is 5(4 + t) = 5t + 20
20 + 5t = 5t + 20
20 + 5t – 20 = 5t
5t = 5t
The equation has infinitely many solutions

Find the unit rate.

Question 5.
60 miles in 5 hours

Answer:
Speed = 12 miles per 1 hour

Explanation:
60 miles in 5 hours
Speed = 60 miles in 5 hours
= 60/5 = 12 miles per 1 hour

Question 6.
$8.50 : 5 ounces

Answer:
$8.50 : 5 ounces = 1.7 per ounce

Explanation:
$8.50 : 5 ounces
Unit rate = $8.50/5
= 1.7 per ounce

Question 7.
9 pounds per 6 crates

Answer:
9 pounds per 6 crates = 1.5

Explanation:
9 pounds per 6 crates
Unit rate = 9/6
= 1.5

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving
REWRITING FORMULA
Solve the formula for the height of the figure. Then use the new formula to find the height. (See Exploration 1, p. 25.)

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 87

Answer:
Height = 6mm

Explanation:
A = ½bh
36 = ½ x 12 x h
36 = 6h
h = 36/6
h = 6 mm

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 88

Answer:
Height = 6 inch

Explanation:
Volume V = Base area x height
h = V/B
h = 36/6
h = 6 inch

IDENTIFYING LITERAL EQUATIONS
Is the equation a literal equation? Explain.

Question 10.
y = 4

Answer:
y = 4 is not a liter equation.

Explanation:
y = 4 is not a liter equation. A literal equation is an equation that has two or more variables.

Question 11.
t + 8y = 7

Answer:
t + 8y = 7 is a literal equation.

Explanation:
t + 8y = 7 is a literal equation because it has two variables t, and y.

Question 12.
z = 4x + 9y

Answer:
z = 4x + 9y is a literal equation.

Explanation:
z = 4x + 9y is a literal equation because it has 3 variables x, y , and z.

REWRITING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation for y.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 89

Answer:
y = (12 – x)/3

Explanation:
Given equation is (1/3)x + y = 4
Subtract each side by (1/3)x
(1/3)x + y – (1/3)x = 4 – (1/3)x
y = 4 – (1/3)x
y = (12 – x)/3

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 90

Answer:
y = (7 – 3x)/5

Explanation:
Given equation is 3x + (1/5)y = 7
Subtract 3x from each side
3x + (1/5)y – 3x = 7 – 3x
(1/5)y = 7 – 3x
Multiply each side by 5
(1/5)y x 5 = (7 – 3x)/5
y = (7 – 3x)/5

Question 15.
6 = 4x + 9y

Answer:
y = (6 – 4x)/9

Explanation:
Given equation is 6 = 4x + 9y
Subtract 4x from each side
6 – 4x = 4x + 9y – 4x
6 – 4x = 9y
Divide each side by 9
(6 – 4x)/9 = 9y/9
y = (6 – 4x)/9

Question 16.
π = 7x – 2y

Answer:
y = (7x – π)/2

Explanation:
Given equation is π = 7x – 2y
Subtract 7x from each side
π – 7x = 7x – 2y – 7x
π – 7x = -2y
Divide eachside by -2
(π – 7x)/-2 = -2y/-2
(7x – π)/2 = y

Question 17.
4.2x – 1.4y = 2.1

Answer:
y = 3(2x – 1)/2

Explanation:
Given equation is 4.2x – 1.4y = 2.1
Subtract 4.2x from each side
4.2x – 1.4y – 4.2x = 2.1 – 4.2x
-1.4y = 2.1 – 4.2x
Divide each side by -1.4y
-1.4y/-1.4 = (2.1 – 4.2x)/-1.4
y = (4.2x – 2.1)/1.4
= 2.1(2x – 1)/1.4
y = 3(2x – 1)/2

Question 18.
6y – 1.5x = 8

Answer:
y = (8 – 1.5x)/6

Explanation:
Given equation is 6y – 1.5x = 8
Add 1.5x to each side
6y – 1.5x – 1.5x = 8 – 1.5x
6y = 8 – 1.5x
Divide each side by 6
6y/6 = (8 – 1.5x)/6
y = (8 – 1.5x)/6

Question 19.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend rewrites the equation 2x – y = 5. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 91

Answer:
Wrong

Explanation:
2x – y = 5
Subtract 2x from each side
2x – y – 2x = 5 – 2x
-y = -2x + 5
y = 5 – 2x

REWRITING A FORMULA
Solve the formula for the red variable.

Question 20.
d = rt

Answer:
t = d/r

Explanation:
Given that,
d = rt
t = d/r

Question 21.
e = mc2

Answer:
m = e/c²

Explanation:
Given that,
e = mc²
e/c² = m

Question 22.
R – C = P

Answer:
C = R – P

Explanation:
Given that,
R – C = P
-C = P – R
C = R – P

Question 23.
P = a + b + c

Answer:
a = P – b – c

Explanation:
Given that,
P = a + b + c
P – b – c = a
a = P – b – c

Question 24.
B = 3\(\frac{V}{h}\)

Answer:
V = Bh/3

Explanation:
Given that,
B = 3(V/h)
Multiply each side by h
Bh = 3(V/h) x h
Bh = 3V
Divide each side by 3
Bh/3 = 3V/3
V = Bh/3

Question 25.
D = \(\frac{m}{V}\)

Answer:
V = m/D

Explanation:
Given that,
D = m/V
Multiply each side by V
DV = (m/V)V
DV = m
Divide each side by D
DV/D = m/D
V = m/D

Question 26.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The formula K = C + 273.15 converts temperatures from degrees Celsius to Kelvin K.
a. Convert 200 degrees Celsius to Kelvin.
b. Solve the formula for C.
c. Convert 300 Kelvin to degrees Celsius.

Answer:
a. K = 473.15
b. C = K – 273.15
c. C = 26.85°

Explanation:
Given formula is K = C + 273.15
a) Convert 200 degrees Celsius to Kelvin.
K = C + 273.15
Put C = 200
K = 200 + 273.15
K = 473.15
b) Solve the formula for C
K = C + 273.15
C = K – 273.15
c) Convert 300 Kelvin to degree Celsius
C = 300 – 273.15
C = 26.85°

Question 27.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The formula for simple interest is I = Prt.
a. Solve the formula for t, when r is the simple interest per year.
b. Use the new formula to find the value of in the table.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 91.1

Answer:
a. t = I/Pr
b. t =1/20

Explanation:
The formula for simple interest is I = Prt.
a. Solve the formula for t, when r is the simple interest per year.
I = Prt
Divide each side by Pr
I/Pr = Prt/Pr
t = I/Pr
b. Given that,
I = $75, P = $500, r = 5%, t = ?
t = I/Pr
Put above values in the formula
t = 75/(500 x 5)
= 1/20

Question 28.
GEOMETRY
Use the triangle shown.
a. Write a formula for the perimeter P of the triangle.
b. Solve the formula for b.
c. Use the new formula to find b when a is 10 feet and c is 17 feet.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 92

Answer:
a. P = a + b + c
b. b = P – a – c
c. b = 15 feet

Explanation:
a. Write a formula for the perimeter P of the triangle.
We know that the perimeter is nothing but the sum of the outer edges of the triangle.
Perimeter = a + b + c
P = a + b + c
b. Solve the formula for b.
P = a + b + c
Subtract a, c from each side
P – a – c = a + b + c – a – c
P – a – c = b
c. Given that,
P = 42 feet, a = 10 ft, c = 17 ft
b = P – a – c
b = 42 – 10 – 17
b = 42 – 27
b = 15 feet

Question 29.
REASONING
The formula Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 93 converts temperatures from degrees Fahrenheit F to Kelvin K.
a. Solve the formula for F.
b. The freezing point of helium is 0.95 Kelvin. What is this temperature in degrees Fahrenheit?
c. The temperature of dry ice is -78.5°C. Which is colder, dry ice or liquid nitrogen?

Answer:
a. F = 9/5 (K – 273.15) + 32
b. F = = -454.96
c. liquid nitrogen is colder than dry ice

Explanation:
K = 5/9 (F – 32) + 273.15
a. Solve the formula for F.
K = 5/9 (F – 32) + 273.15
Subtract 237.15 from each side
K – 273.15 = 5/9 (F – 32)
Multiply each side by 9
9(K – 273.15) = 5(F – 32)
Divide each side by 5
9(K – 273.15)/5 = 5(F – 32)/5
9/5 (K – 273.15) = F – 32
Subtract 32 from each side
9/5 (K – 273.15) + 32 = F – 32 + 32
9/5 (K – 273.15) + 32 = F
b. The freezing point of helium is 0.95 Kelvin. What is this temperature in degrees Fahrenheit?
F = 9/5 (K – 273.15) + 32
Put K = 0.95
F = 9/5 (0.95  – 273.15) + 32
F = 9/5 (-272.2) + 35
= 9(-54.44) + 35
= -489.96 + 35
= -454.96
c. The temperature of dry ice is -78.5°C. Which is colder, dry ice or liquid nitrogen?
liquid nitrogen is colder than dry ice

Question 30.
MODELING REAL LIFE
In which city is the water temperature higher?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 94

Answer:
The water temperature is higher in Portland.

Explanation:
By observing the image we can say that in Portland the water temperature is higher.

Question 31.
GEOMETRY
The volume of a square pyramid with a height of 30 feet is 360 cubic feet. What are the side lengths of the base? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The base side length is 6 feet.

Explanation:
Given that,
height h = feet
Volume V = 360 cubic feet
Volume V = Bh/3
3V = Bh
3V/h = B
B = (3 x 360)/30
B = 36
Side² = 36
Side = √(36)
Side = 6 feet
The base side length is 6 feet.

Question 32.
DIG DEEPER!
The Navy Pier Ferris Wheel in Chicago has a circumference that is 56% of the circumference of the first Ferris wheel built in 1893.
a. What is the radius of the Navy Pier Ferris Wheel?
b. What was the radius of the first Ferris wheel?
c. The first Ferris wheel took 9 minutes to make a complete revolution. How fast was the wheel moving?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 95

Answer:
a. The radius of the Navy Pier Ferris Wheel is 70 feet
b. The radius of the first Ferris wheel is 125 feet
c. The wheel is moving with 87.2 ft/min

Explanation:
a. Circle circumference = 2πr
439 = 2πr
r = 439/2π
r = 439/(2 x 3.14) = 439/6.28
r = 70 feet
The radius of the Navy Pier Ferris Wheel is 70 feet
b. New circumference = 56% of old circumference
439.6 = 0.56 x C
C = 439.6/0.56
C = 785
Old circumference = 2πr(old)
785 = 2πr(old)
r(old) = 785/2π
= 125 feet
The radius of the first Ferris wheel is 125 feet
c. Old circumference/ time
Cold / Time = 785/9
= 87.2 ft/min
The wheel is moving with 87.2 ft/min

Equations Connecting Concepts

Connecting Concepts

Problem-Solving Strategies
Using an appropriate strategy will help you make sense of problems as you study the mathematics in this course. You can use the following strategies to solve problems that you encounter.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 96

Using the Problem-Solving Plan

Question 1.
The battery life of a one-year-old cell phone is 75% of its original battery life. When the battery is charged to 50% of its capacity, it dies after 4\(\frac{1}{2}\) hours. Find the original battery life of the phone. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 97

Understand the problem.
You know how long a cell phone battery lasts when it is charged to 50% of its capacity. You also know that the battery life of the phone is 75% of its original battery life. You are asked to find the original battery life of the phone.
Make a plan.
First, find the battery life of the one-year-old cell phone. Then use this information to write and solve an equation for the original battery life of the phone.
Solve and check.
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.

Answer:
The original battery life of the phone is 12 hours.

Explanation:
Let x be the battery life of the one-year-old cell phone.
(100% – 50%)x = 4.5
(1 – 0.5)x = 4.5
0.5x = 4.5
x = 4.5/0.5
x = 9 hours
Let take y as the original battery life
One year old battery life = 75% of original battery life
9 = 0.75y
y = 9/0.75
y = 12 hours
75% of original battery life is 75% x 12 = 0.75 x 12 = 9
50% of the battery life of the one year old cell phone is 0.50 x 9 = 4.5
The original battery life of the phone is 12 hours.

Question 2.
The triangular prism shown has a volume of 132 cubic centimeters. Find the height of the prism. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 98

Answer:
Height h = 5.5 cm

Explanation:
The triangular prism shown has a volume of 132 cubic centimeters.
a = 6 cm, b = 8 cm, h = ?
V = 0.5 x b x a x h
132 = 0.5 x 8 x 6 x h
132 = 24 x h
h = 132/24
h = 5.5
Height h = 5.5 cm

Performance Task

Target Heart Rates
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Training for a Half Marathon.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 99

Equations Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary

Write the definition and give an example of the vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 100

Graphic Organizers

You can use an Information Frame to help organize and remember a concept. Here is an example of an Information Frame for solving equations with variables on both sides.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 101
Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.

  1. solving simple equations using addition
  2. solving simple equations using subtraction
  3. solving simple equations using multiplication
  4. solving simple equations using division
  5. inverse operations
  6. literal equation

Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 102

Chapter Self-Assessment

As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 103

1.1 Solving Simple Equations (pp. 3–10)

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
y + 8 = -11

Answer:
y = -19

Explanation:
Given equation is y + 8 = -11
y + 8 – 8 = -11 – 8
y = -19
Put y = -19 in y + 8 = -11
-19 + 8 = -11

Question 2.
3.2 = -0.4n

Answer:
n = -8

Explanation:
Given equation is 3.2 = -0.4n
3.2/-0.4 = -0.4n/-0.4
-8 = n
Put n = -8 in 3.2 = -0.4n
3.2 = -0.4(-8)

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 104

Answer:
t = 12π

Explanation:
Given equation is -t/4 = -3π
-t = -3π x 4
-t = -12π
t = 12π
Put t = 12π in -t/4 = -3π
-12π/4 = -3π

Question 4.
v – | 2.4 | = 5.7

Answer:
v = 8.1

Explanation:
Given equation is v – | 2.4 | = 5.7
v – 2.4 = 5.7
v = 5.7 + 2.4
v = 8.1
put v = 8.1 in v – | 2.4 | = 5.7
8.1 – | 2.4 | = 5.7
8.1 – 2.4 = 5.7

Question 5.
-6 = -2 + w

Answer:
w = -4

Explanation:
Given equation is -6 = -2 + w
-6 + 2 = w
-4 = w
Put w = -4 in -6 = -2 + w
-6 = -2 – 4

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 105

Answer:
x = -1/4

Explanation:
Given equation is x – 2/3 = -11/12
x = -11/12 + 2/3
x = (-11 + 8)/12
x = -3/12
x = -1/4
Put x = -1/4 in x – 2/3 = -11/12
-1/4 – 2/3 = -11/12
(-3 – 8)/12 = -11/12

Question 7.
The boiling point of a liquid is the temperature at which the liquid becomes a gas. The boiling point of mercury is about \(\frac{41}{200}\) of the boiling point of lead. Write and solve an equation to find the boiling point of lead.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 106

Answer:
41/200 x = 357
The boiling point of lead is 1741.46°C

Explanation:
The boiling point of mercury = 357°C
The boiling point of lead is x
41/200 x = 357
x = 357 x (200/41)
x = 1741.46
The boiling point of lead is 1741.46°C

Question 8.
Write an equation that you can use the Addition Property of Equality to solve.

Answer:
x – 6 = 8

Explanation:
x – 6 = 8
Add 6 to each side
x – 6 + 6 = 8 + 6
x = 14

Question 9.
To solve \(\frac{2}{5}\)x = 14, you multiply both sides of the equation by \(\frac{5}{2}\). Your friend divides both sides of the equation by \(\frac{2}{5}\). Who is correct? Explain.

Answer:
Multiply both sides of the equation by 5/2

Explanation:
2/5 x = 14
Multiply both sides of the equation by 5/2
2/5 x (5/2) = 14(5/2)
x = 7 x 5
x = 35

Question 10.
Write and solve an equation to find the value of x.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 107

Answer:
x = 45°

Explanation:
(x + 10)° = 55°
x + 10 – 10 = 55 – 10
x = 45°

Question 11.
The circumference C of a circle is 24π inches. Use the formula C = 2πr to find the radius r of the circle.

Answer:
The radius r of the circle is 12 inches.

Explanation:
The circumference C of a circle is 24π inches
C = 2πr
24π = 2πr
24π/2π = r
12 = r
The radius r of the circle is 12 inches

1.2 Solving Multi-Step Equations (pp. 11–16)

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 12.
3n + 12 = 30

Answer:
n = 6

Explanation:
Given equation is 3n + 12 = 30
3n = 30 – 12
3n = 18
n = 18/3
n = 6
Put n = 6 in 3n + 12 = 30
3(6) + 12 = 18 + 12 = 30

Question 13.
2(3 – p) – 17 = 41

Answer:
p = -26

Explanation:
Given equation is 2(3 – p) – 17 = 41
6 – 2p – 17 = 41
-2p – 11 = 41
-2p = 41 + 11
-2p = 52
p = 52/-2
p = -26
Put p = -26 in 2(3 – p) – 17 = 41
2(3 – (-26)) – 17 = 2(3 + 26) – 17
= 2(29) – 17 = 58 – 17 = 41

Question 14.
-14x + 28 + 6x = -44

Answer:
x = 9

Explanation:
Given equation is -14x + 28 + 6x = -44
-8x + 28 = -44
-8x = -44 – 28
-8x = -72
x = 72/8
x = 9
put x = 9 in -14x + 28 + 6x = -44
-14(9) + 28 + 6(9) = -126 + 28 + 54
= -44

Question 15.
1.06(12.95 + x) = 31.27

Answer:
x = 16.55

Explanation:
Given equation is 1.06(12.95 + x) = 31.27
12.95 + x = 31.27/1.06
12.95 + x = 29.5
x = 29.5 – 12.95
x = 16.55
Put x = 16.55 in 1.06(12.95 + x) = 31.27
1.06(12.95 + 16.55) = 1.06(29.5) = 31.27

Question 16.
The sum of the angle measures of a quadrilateral x is 360°. Find the value of x. Then find the angle measures of the quadrilateral.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 108

Answer:
x = 120°

Explanation:
The sum of the angle measures of a quadrilateral is 360°
x° + x° + ½x° + ½x° = 360°
2x° + x° = 360°
3x° = 360°
x = 360/3
x = 120°

Question 17.
The equation P = 2.5m + 35 represents the price (in dollars) of a bracelet, where is the cost of the materials (in dollars). The price of a bracelet is $115. What is the cost of the materials?

Answer:
The cost of the materials is $32.

Explanation:
The equation P = 2.5m + 35 represents the price (in dollars) of a bracelet
The price of a bracelet is $115
$115 = 2.5m + 35
115 – 35 = 2.5m
80 = 2.5m
80/2.5 = m
32 = m
The cost of the materials is $32.

Question 18.
A 455-foot fence encloses a pasture. What is the length of each side of the pasture?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 109

Answer:
The length of each side of the pasture is 50 ft, 150 ft, 180 ft, 75 ft.

Explanation:
A 455-foot fence encloses a pasture
x + 3x + 1.5x + 180 = 455
5.5x + 180 = 455
5.5x = 455 – 180
5.5x = 275
x = 275/5.5
x = 50
The length of each side of the pasture is 50 ft, 150 ft, 180 ft, 75 ft.

1.3 Solving Equations with Variables on Both Sides (pp. 17–24)

Solve the equation. Check your solution, if possible.

Question 19.
3(x – 4) = -2(4 – x)

Answer:
x = 4

Explanation:
Given equation is 3(x – 4) = -2(4 – x)
3x – 12 = -8 + 2x
3x – 2x = -8 + 12
x = 4
Put x = 4 in 3(x – 4) = -2(4 – x)
3(4 – 4) = -2(4 – 4)
3(0) = -2(0)
0 = 0

Question 20.
4 – 5k = -8 – 5k

Answer:
The equation has no solution

Explanation:
Given equation is 4 – 5k = -8 – 5k
4 + 8 = -5k + 5k
12 = 0
The equation has no solution

Question 21.
5m – 1 = 4m + 5

Answer:
m = 6

Explanation:
Given equation is 5m – 1 = 4m + 5
5m – 4m = 5 + 1
m = 6
Put m = 6 in 5m – 1 = 4m + 5
5(6) – 1 = 4(6) + 5
30 – 1 = 24 + 5
29 = 29

Question 22.
3(5p – 3) = 5(p – 1)

Answer:
p = 2/5

Explanation:
Given equation is 3(5p – 3) = 5(p – 1)
15p – 9 = 5p – 5
15p – 5p = -5 + 9
10p = 4
p = 4/10
p = 2/5
Put p = 2/5 in 3(5p – 3) = 5(p – 1)
3(5(2/5) – 3) = 5(2/5 – 1)
3(2 – 3) = 5(2 – 5)/5
3(-1) = -3

Question 23.
0.4n + 0.1 = 0.5(n + 4)

Answer:
n = -19

Explanation:
Given equation is 0.4n + 0.1 = 0.5(n + 4)
0.4n + 0.1 = 0.5n + 2
0.1 – 2 = 0.5n – 04n
-1.9 = 0.1n
-1.9/0.1 = n
n = -19
Put n = -19 in 0.4n + 0.1 = 0.5(n + 4)
0.4(-19) + 0.1 = 0.5(-19 + 4)
-7.6 + 0.1 = 0.5(-15)
-7.5 = -7.5

Question 24.
7t + 3 = 8 + 7t

Answer:
The equation has no solution

Explanation:
Given equation is 7t + 3 = 8 + 7t
7t – 7t = 8 – 3
0 = 5
The equation has no solution

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 110

Answer:
The equation has no solution

Explanation:
Given equation is 1/5 (15b – 7) = 3b – 9
(15b – 7) = 5(3b – 9)
15b – 7 = 15b – 45
15b – 15b = -45 + 7
0 = -38
The equation has no solution

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 111

Answer:
The equation has infinitely many solutions

Explanation:
Given equation is 1/6 (12z – 18) = 2z – 3
1/6 (6(2z – 3)) = 2z – 3
2z – 3 = 2z – 3
2z = 2z – 3 + 3
2z = 2z
The equation has infinitely many solutions

Question 27.
The side lengths of an isosceles triangle are (3x + 1) inches, (4x + 5) inches, and (2x + 7) inches. Find the perimeters of two possible triangles.

Answer:
The perimeters of two possible triangles are 11x + 11, 12x + 19.

Explanation:
The side lengths of an isosceles triangle are (3x + 1) inches, (4x + 5) inches, and (2x + 7) inches.
The sides of first triangle are (3x + 1), (4x + 5), (4x + 5)
Perimeter = sum of all sides
P = 3x + 1 + 4x + 5 + 4x + 5
= 11x + 11
The sides of the second triangle are (4x + 5), (2x + 7), (2x + 7)
Perimeter = (4x + 5) + (2x + 7) + (2x + 7)
= 12x + 19

Question 28.
A shuttle company charges $3.25 plus $0.55 per mile. A taxi company charges $2.50 plus $0.60 per mile. After how many miles will both companies charge the same amount?

Answer:
After 15 miles both company charge the same amount.

Explanation:
Assume x as the miles
3.25 + 0.55x = 2.50 + 0.60x
3.25 – 2.50 = 0.60x – 0.55x
0.75 = 0.05x
x = 0.75/0.05
x = 15
After 15 miles both company charge the same amount.

Question 29.
You begin the year with $25 in a savings account and $50 in a checking account. Each week you deposit $5 into the savings account and $10 into the checking account. In how many weeks is the amount in the checking account twice the amount in the savings account?

Answer:
Every week the amount in checking twice the amount in savings.

Explanation:
You begin the year with $25 in a savings account and $50 in a checking account.
50 + 10x
Savings is 25 + 5x
The amount in checking twice the amount in savings
50 + 10x = 2(25 + 5x)
50 + 10x = 50 + 10x
Every week the amount in checking twice the amount in savings.

Rewriting Equations and Formulas (pp. 25–30)

Question 30.
6y + x = 8

Answer:
y = (8 – x)/6

Explanation:
Given equation is 6y + x = 8
6y = 8 – x
y = (8 – x)/6

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 112

Answer:
y = 30x – 45

Explanation:
Given equation is 10x – 1/3 y = 15
-1/3 y = 15 – 10x
y = (15 – 10x)-3
y = -45 + 30x
y = 30x – 45

Question 32.
20 = 5x + 10y

Answer:
y = (20 – 5x)/10

Explanation:
Given equation is 20 = 5x + 10y
20 – 5x = 10y
(20 – 5x)/10 = y

Question 33.
The formula Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 113 converts a temperature from Kelvin K to Fahrenheit F.
a. Solve the formula for K.
b. Convert 240°F to Kelvin. Round your answer to the nearest hundredth.

Answer:
a. K = 5/9 (F – 32) + 273.15
b. K = 400

Explanation:
F = 9/5 (K – 273.15) + 32
a.
F – 32 = 9/5 (K – 273.15)
5(F – 32) = 9(K – 273.15)
5/9 (F – 32) = K – 273.15
5/9 (F – 32) + 273.15 = K
b.
K = 5/9 (F – 32) + 273.15
Put F = 240°F
K = 5/9 (240 – 32) + 273.15
= 5/9(208) + 273.15
= 115.5 + 273.15
= 388.7
Rounding 388 to nearest 100
So, K = 400

Question 34.
Use the trapezoid shown.
a. Write the formula for the area A of a trapezoid.
b. Solve the formula for h.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 113.1
c. Use the new formula to find the height of the trapezoid.

Answer:
a. A = (a + b) h/2
b. h = 2A/(a + b)
c. h = 6 cm

Explanation:
a.
Area of trapezoid formula is A = (a + b) h/2
b.
Area of trapezoid is A = (a + b) h/2
2A = (a + b)h
h = 2A/(a + b)
c.
A = 72 cm², a = 8 cm, b = 16 cm
h = (2 x 72)/(8 + 16)
= 144/24
h = 6 cm

Question 35.
The equation for a line in slope-intercept form is y = mx + b. Solve the equation for x.

Answer:
x = (y – b)/m

Explanation:
The equation for a line in slope-intercept form is y = mx + b
y = mx + b
y – b = mx
(y – b)/m = x

Question 36.
The formula for the volume of a cylinder is V = πr2h, where r is the radius of the circular base and is the height of the cylinder.
a. Solve the formula for h.
b. Use the new formula to find the height of the cylinder.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 114

Answer:
a. h = V/πr²
b. The height h = 3.84 in

Explanation:
The formula for the volume of a cylinder is V = πr²h
a. Solve the formula for h.
V = πr²h
Divide each side by πr²
V/πr² = πr²h/πr²
V/πr² = h
b.
Height h = V/πr²
Volume = 6π cubic inches
radius = 1.25 inch
h = V/πr²
= 6π / π(1.25)²
= 6/1.5625
= 3.84
The height h = 3.84 in

Equations Practice Test

Practice Test
Solve the equation. Check your solution, if possible.

Question 1.
4 + y = 9.5

Answer:
y = 5.5

Explanation:
Given equation is 4 + y = 9.5
y = 9.5 – 4
y = 5.5
Put y = 5.5 in 4 + y = 9.5
4 + 5.5 = 9.5

Question 2.
–\(\frac{x}{9}\) = -8

Answer:
x = 72

Explanation:
Given equation is -x/9 = -8
-x = -8 * 9
-x = -72
x = 72
Put x = 72 in -x/9 = -8
-72/9 = -8

Question 3.
z – \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Answer:
z = 19/24

Explanation:
Given equation is z – 2/3 = 1/8
z = 1/8 + 2/3
z = (3 + 16)/24
z = 19/24
Put z = 19/24 in z – 2/3 = 1/8
19/24 – 2/3 = (19 – 16)/24 = 3/24
= 1/8

Question 4.
15 = 9 – 3a

Answer:
a = -2

Explanation:
Given equation is 15 = 9 – 3a
15 – 9 = -3a
6 = -3a
6/-3 = a
-2 = a
put a = -2 in 15 = 9 – 3a
15 = 9 – 3(-2) = 9 + 6

Question 5.
4(b + 5) – 9 = -7

Answer:
b = -9/2

Explanation:
Given equation is 4(b + 5) – 9 = -7
4b + 20 – 9 = -7
4b + 11 = -7
4b = -7 – 11
4b = -18
b = -18/4
b = -9/2
Put b = -9/2 in 4(b + 5) – 9 = -7
4(-9/2 + 5) – 9 = 4(-9 + 10)/2 – 9
= 4/2 – 9 = 2 – 9 = -7

Question 6.
9j – 8 = 8 + 9j

Answer:
The equation has no solution

Explanation:
Given equation is 9j – 8 = 8 + 9j
9j = 8 + 9j + 8
9j – 9j = 16
0 = 16
The equation has no solution

Question 7.
3.8n – 13 = 1.4n + 5

Answer:
n = 7.5

Explanation:
Given equation is 3.8n – 13 = 1.4n + 5
3.8n – 1.4n = 5 + 13
2.4n = 18
n = 18/2.4
n = 7.5
Put n = 7.5 in 3.8n – 13 = 1.4n + 5
3.8(7.5) – 13 = 1.4(7.5) + 5
28.5 – 13 = 10.5 + 5
15.5 = 15.5

Question 8.
9(8d – 5) + 13 = 12d – 2

Answer:
d = 1/2

Explanation:
Given equation is 9(8d – 5) + 13 = 12d – 2
72d – 45 + 13 = 12d – 2
72d – 12d – 32 = -2
60d = -2 + 32
60d = 30
d = 30/60
d = 1/2
Put d = 1/2 in 9(8d – 5) + 13 = 12d – 2
9(8(1/2) – 5) + 13 = 12(1/2) – 2
9(4 – 5) + 13 = 6 – 2
9(-1) + 13 = 4
-9 + 13 = 4

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 115

Answer:
t = -4

Explanation:
Given equation is 1/4 t + 4 = 3/4(t + 8)
1/4 t + 4 = 3/4t + 8(3/4)
1/4 t + 4 = 3/4t + 6
3/4 t – 1/4 t = 4 – 6
2/4 t = -2
1/2 t = -2
t = -2 * 2
t = -4
Put t = -4 in 1/4 t + 4 = 3/4(t + 8)
1/4 (-4) + 4 = 3/4(-4 + 8)
-1 + 4 = 3/4(4)
3 = 3

Question 10.
The sum of the angle measures of a triangle is 180°. Find the value of x. Then find the angle measures of the triangle.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 116

Answer:
x = 57.33°
The angles of traingle are 57.33°, 114.66°, 65.33°

Explanation:
The sum of the angle measures of a triangle is 180°.
x + 2x + x + 8 = 180
3x + 8 = 180
3x = 180 -8
3x = 172
x = 172/3
x = 57.33
The angles of traingle are 57.33, 114.66, 65.33

Question 11.
A formula for the perimeter of a rectangle P = 2l + 2w.
a. Solve the formula for w.
b. Use the new formula to find the width w (in meters) of a rectangle with a perimeter of 2 meters and a length of 40 centimeters.

Answer:
a. w = (P – 2l)/2
b. Width is 15.6 m

Explanation:
P = 2l + 2w
a.
P – 2l = 2w
(P – 2l)/2 = w
b.
P = 32 m = 3200 cm, l = 40 cm
w = (P – 2l)/2
w = (3200- 2(40))/2
= (3200 – 80)/2
= 3120/2
= 1560 cm
= 15.6 m
Width is 1560 cm

Question 12.
Solve 0.5 = 0.4y – 0.25 for y.

Answer:
y = 1.875

Explanation:
0.5 = 0.4y – 0.25
0.5 + 0.25 = 0.4y
0.75 = 0.4y
0.75/0.4 = y
1.875 = y

Question 13.
Your basketball team wins a game by 13 points. The opposing team scores 72 points. Explain how to find your team’s score.

Answer:
Your team’s score is 85 points

Explanation:
Your basketball team wins a game by 13 points. The opposing team scores 72 points.
Let your team score is x
x – 72 = 13
x = 13 + 72
x = 85
Your team’s score is 85 points

Question 14.
You are biking at a speed of 18 miles per hour. You are 3 miles behind your friend, who is biking at a speed of 12 miles per hour. Write and solve an equation to find the amount of time it takes for you to catch up to your friend.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 117

Answer:
It will take 1/2 hour for you to catch up with your friend.

Explanation:
Let t be the number of hours you and your friends ride bikes
Distance = rate x time and you are riding the bike at a rate of 18 miles per hour, then the distance you ride your bike is 18t miles
Your friend is riding the bike at 12 miles per hour, then your friend rides a distance of 12t miles.
You start 3 miles behind your friend so that distance you ride to catch up to your friend is 3 more than the distance your friend rides. Therefore,
the distance you ride = distance your friend rides + 3
18t = 12t + 3
18t – 12t = 3
6t = 3
t = 3/6
t = 1/2
It will take 1/2 hour for you to catch up with your friend.

Question 15.
Two scientists are measuring the temperatures of lava. One scientist records a temperature of 1725°F. The other scientist records a temperature of 950°C. Which is the greater temperature?

Answer:
The greater temperature is 950°C.

Explanation:
One scientist records a temperature of 1725°F. The other scientist records a temperature of 950°C.
C = 5/9 (F – 32)
Put F = 1725
C = 5/9 (1725 – 32)
= 5/9 (1693)
= 940.55
This is smaller than 950°C

Question 16.
Your profit for mowing lawns this week is $24. You are paid $8 per hour and you paid $40 for gas for the lawn mower. How many hours did you work this week?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 118

Answer:
You work for 8 hours this week.

Explanation:
Let x be the number of hours you work this week
8x – 40 = 24
8x = 24 + 40
8x = 64
x = 64/8
x = 8
You work for 8 hours this week.

Equations Cumulative Practice

Question 1.
Which value of x makes the equation true?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 119
A. 8
B. 28
C. 36
D. 128

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 120

Answer:
A. 8

Explanation:
4x = 32
Divide each side by 4
4x/4 = 32/4
x = 8

Question 2.
A taxi ride costs $3 plus $2 for each mile driven. You spend $39 on a taxi. This can be modeled by the equation 2m + 3 = 39, where m represents the number of miles driven. How long was your taxi ride?
F. 18 mi
G. 21 mi
H. 34 mi
I. 72 mi

Answer:
F. 18 mi

Explanation:
To know the miles you traveled,
we have to find the solution of the equation
2m + 3 = 39
2m = 39 – 3
2m = 36
m = 36/2
m = 18
So, you traveled 18 mi

Question 3.
Which of the following equations has exactly one solution?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 121

Answer:
None of the equation has exactly one solution.

Explanation:
A. 2/3 (x + 6) = 2/3 x + 4
2/3x + 2/3 (6) = 2/3 x + 4
2/3 x + 4 = 2/3 x + 4
B. 3/7 y + 13 = 13 – 3/7 y
3/7 y + 3/7y = 13 – 13
6/7y = 0
C. 4/5(n + 1/3) = 4/5 n + 1/3
4/5n + 4/15 = 4/5n + 1/3
4/5n – 4/5n = 1/3 – 4/15
0 = 1/15
D. 7/8(2t + 1/8) = 7/4t
7t/4 + 7/64 = 7t/4

Question 4.
The perimeter of the square is equal to the perimeter of the triangle. What are the side lengths of the square?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 122
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 123

Answer:
The side length of the square is 12 units.

Explanation:
The perimeter of the square is equal to the perimeter of the triangle
4(3x + 3) = 2x + 4 + 7x – 2 + 7x – 2
12x + 12 = 16x
16x – 12x = 12
4x = 12
x = 12/4
x = 3
Side of square = 3x+ 3
= 3(3) + 3 = 9 + 3
= 12
The side length of the square is 12 units.

Question 5.
The formula d = rt relates distance, rate, and time. Solve the formula for t.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 124

Answer:
G. t = d/r

Explanation:
Given that,
d = rt
Divide both sides by r
d/r = rt/r
d/r = t

Question 6.
What is a possible first step to solve the equation 3x + 5 = 2(x + 7)?
A. Combine 3x and 5.
B. Multiply x by 2 and 7 by 2.
C. Subtract x from 3x.
D. Subtract 5 from 7.

Answer:
B. Multiply x by 2 and 7 by 2.

Explanation:
3x + 5 = 2(x + 7)
Multiply x by 2 and 7 by 2.
3x + 5 = 2x + 14
3x – 2x = 14 – 5
x = 9

Question 7.
You work as a sales representative. You earn $400 per week plus 5% of your total sales for the week.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 125
Part A
Last week, you had total sales of $5000. Find your total earnings. Show your work.
Part B
One week, you earned $1350. Let represent your total sales that week. Write an equation that you can use to find s.
Part C
Using your equation from Part B, find s. Show all steps clearly.

Answer:
Part A
$650
Part B
400 + 0.05s = 1350
Part C
s = 19,000

Explanation:
Earnings = 400 + 0.05s
a.
Earnings = 400 + 0.05s
Put s = 5000
400 + 0.05(5000) = 400 + 250 = 650
b.
400 + 0.05s = 1350
c.
400 + 0.05s = 1350
0.05s = 1350 – 400
0.05s = 950
s = 950/0.05
s = 19,000

Question 8.
In 10 years, your aunt will be 39 years old. Let m represent your aunt’s age today. Which equation can you use to find m?
F. m = 39 + 10
G. m – 10 = 39
H. m + 10 = 39
I. 10m = 39

Answer:
H. m + 10 = 39

Explanation:
In 10 years, your aunt will be 39 years old.
Let m represent your aunt’s age today.
Equation is
m = 39 – 10
m + 10 = 39

Question 9.
Which value of y makes the equation 3y + 8 = 7y + 11 true?
A. -4.75
B. -0.75
C. 0.75
D. 4.75

Answer:
C. 0.75

Explanation:
Given equation is 3y + 8 = 7y + 11
8 – 11 = 7y – 3y
-3 = -4y
y = 3/4

Question 10.
What is the value of x?
F. 23
G. 39
H. 58
I. 68
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 126

Answer:
F. 23

Explanation:
As shown in the figure
90 = 2x+ 12 + 32
90 = 2x + 44
90 – 44 = 2x
46 = 2x
46/2 = x
23 = x

Question 11.
You have already saved $35 for a new cell phone. You need $175 to buy the cell phone. You think you can save $10 per week. At this rate, how many more weeks will you need to save money before you can buy the new cell phone?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 126.1

Answer:
14 more weeks are required to save money to buy the new cell phone

Explanation:
The equation for the total amount saved
35 + 10x = 175
10x = 175 – 35
10x = 140
x = 140/10
x = 14
14 more weeks are required to save money to buy the new cell phone

Question 12.
What is the greatest angle measure in the triangle?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 127
A. 26°
B. 78°
C. 108°
D. 138°

Answer:
A. 26°

Explanation:
Sum of angle measures = 180°
3x + 2x + 50 = 180
5x + 50 = 180
5x = 180 – 50
5x = 130
x = 130/5
x = 26°

Question 13.
Which value x of makes the equation 6(x – 3) = 4x – 7 true?
F. -5.5
G. -2
H. 1.1
I. 5.5

Answer:
I. 5.5

Explanation:
6(x – 3) = 4x – 7
6x – 18 = 4x – 7
6x – 4x = -7 + 18
2x = 11
x = 11/2
x = 5.5

Question 14.
The drawing below shows equal weights on two sides of a balance scale.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 128
What can you conclude from the drawing?
A. A mug weighs one-third as much as a trophy.
B. A mug weighs one-half as much as a trophy.
C. A mug weighs twice as much as a trophy.
D. A mug weighs three times as much as a trophy.

Answer:
A. A mug weighs one-third as much as a trophy.

Explanation:
The drawing shows 3mugs + 1trophy = 2trophy
3mugs = 2trophy – 1 trophy
3mugs = 1trophy
Mug = 1/3 trophy

Final Words:

Hope you are all satisfied with the information given in this article. Share this Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations pdf link with your besties and help them to overcome their difficulties in maths. Bookmark our site to get the Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapterwise Pdf links.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares

Anyone who wishes to prepare Grade 1 concepts can get a strong foundation by accessing the Big Ideas Math Book Answer Key. People of highly subject expertise prepared the solutions in a concise manner for easy grasping. Start answering all the questions given in Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares. Refer to our Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares to enhance your math skills and also to score good marks in the exams.

Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 14 Equal Shares

Big Ideas Math Answer key for Grade 1 meets the content and intent of the school curriculum. By using the Big Ideas Math Grade 1 Answer Key, you can understand the topics of all chapters easily. Detailed solutions provided makes it easy for you to grab knowledge and learn the underlying concepts. Download Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares pdf for free. Tap the links and practice well for the exams.

Lesson: 1 Equal Shares

Lesson: 2 Partition Shapes into Halves

Lesson: 3 Partition Shapes into Fourths

Performance Task

Equal Shares Vocabulary

Organize It

Review Words:
bar graph
picture graph

Use the review words to complete the graphic organizer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 1
Answer:
In the above, given 2 figures the first figure indicates the bar graph and the second figure indicates the picture graph.
The number of students who like the subject math = 6
The number of students who like the subject science = 5

Explanation:
In the above, given 2 figures the first figure indicates the bar graph and the second figure indicates the picture graph.
The number of students who like the subject math = 6
The number of students who like the subject science = 5

Define It
Use your vocabulary cards to complete the puzzle.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 2
Answer:
In the above-given figures, the across indicates the horizontal lines.
down indicates the vertical lines.

Explanation:
In the above-given figures, the across indicates the horizontal lines.
down indicates the vertical lines.

Lesson 14.1 Equal Shares

Explore and Grow

Sort the Equal Shares Sort Cards.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 3
Answer:
The equal shares sort cards are equal, half, third, fourth.

Explanation:
The equal shares sort cards are equal, half, third, fourth.
half = divided into 2 parts.
third = divided into 3 parts.
fourth = divided into 4 parts.
Show and Grow

Circle the shape that shows equal shares.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-14-Equal-Shares-4

Explanation:
In the above 2 given figures, the second figure is divided into equal halves
Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 5
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above 2 given figures, the second figure is divided into equal halves

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 6
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above 2 given figures, the first figure is divided into equal halves

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 7
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above 2 given figures, the first figure is divided into equal halves

Apply and Grow: Practice

Circle the shape that shows equal shares.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 8
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above 2 given figures, the first figure is divided into equal halves.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 9
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above 2 given figures, the second figure is divided into equal halves.

Question 7.
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above 2 given figures, the second figure is divided into equal halves.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 12
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above 2 given figures, the first and second figure is divided into equal halves.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 13
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above-given figure, the figure is divided into 2 equal halves.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 14
Answer:
The given figure is not divided into equal halves.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure, the figure is divided into 2 unequal halves.

Question 11.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Newton says the shape shows equal shares. Is he correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 15
Answer:
No, he was not correct.

Explanation:
The shape of the trapezoid is not equal.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You and your friend each design a kite. Your kite has 2 equal shares. Your friend’s has 2 unequal shares. Draw to show the parts.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 16
Answer:

Explanation:
My kite has 2 equal shares and my friend kite has 2 unequal shares

Show and Grow

Question 12.
You and your friend each design a poster. Your poster has 4 unequal shares. Your friend’s has 4 equal shares. Draw to show the parts.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 17
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above given 2 figures my friend divided the rectangle into 4 equal parts.
I divided the rectangle into 4 unequal parts.

Equal Shares Practice 14.1

Circle the shape that shows equal shares.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 18
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the first figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are four boxes in each figure but in the first figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 19
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the second figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are four two halves in each figure but in the first figure, the boxes are not in equal size.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 20
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the second figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are four halves in 1st figure but in the second figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 21
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the first figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are four halves in 1st figure but in the second figure, the boxes are not in equal size.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 22
Answer:
In the above figure, the figure shows the 4 equal halves.

Explanation:
There are four halves in the figure and, the boxes are in equal size.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 23
Answer:
The square is divided into two equal halves.

Explanation:
In the above figure the square is divided into 2 parts .
But it is divided in non equal halves.

Question 7.
MP Precision
Descartes makes a thank you card with 4 equal shares. Which cord does Descartes make?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 24
Answer:
1st card makes the 4 equal shares.

Explanation:
In the first figure, the word Thank you so much! makes the 4 equal shares in the same size.
In the second figure, the word Thank you so much does not make equal shares.
so the first figure is correct.

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
You and your friend each design a sticker. Your sticker has 2 unequal shares. Your friend’s has 2 equal shares. Draw to show the parts.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 25
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above heart shapes they said to draw that i has unequal shaped heart.
my friend has equal shaped heart.

Review & Refresh

Make quick sketches to find the sum.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 26
Answer:
57
Explanation:
In the ones place the given digits are 5 + 2 = 7
In the tens place the given digits are 3+2 = 5

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 27
Answer:
76
Explanation:
In the ones place the given digits are 1 + 5 = 6
In the tens place the given digits are 6+ 1 = 7

Lesson 14.2 Partition Shapes into Halves

Explore and Grow

Build hexagons with the paffern blocks shown. Circle the hexagon that shows 2 equal shares.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 28
Answer:
In the above-given figures, the first figure has two equal halves.

Explanation:
In the above given 3 figures the first figure has two equal halves.
In the given 1st hexagon = 2 trapezoids
2nd hexagon = 3 parallelograms
3rd hexagon = 6 triangles

Show and Grow

Circle the shape that shows halves.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 29
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the ist figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are two boxes in each figure but in the first figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 30
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the second figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are two boxes in each figure but in the second figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 31
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the second figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are two boxes in each figure but in the second figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 32
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the first figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are two boxes in each figure but in the first figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Circle the shapes that show halves.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 33
Answer:
In the above 4 figures, the first and the third figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are two halves in each figure but in the first and the 3rd figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 34
Answer:
In the above 4 figures, the second and the fourth figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are two halves in each figure but in the second and the fourth figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Color half of the shape.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 35
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above-given figure, half of the circle is filled.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 36
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above-given figure, half of the box is filled.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 37
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above-given figure, half of the square is filled.

Question 10.
MP Structure
Match each half with its whole.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 38
Answer:

Explanation:
The semicircle can fill the circle.
The rectangle can fill the rectangle.
The square can fill the rectangle.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Show three ways to cut the cheese in half.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 39
Answer:

Show and Grow

Question 11.
Show three ways to fold the rug in half.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 40
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above 3 figures we can divide the rug in many different ways.

Partition Shapes into Halves practice 14.2

Circle the shape that shows halves.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 41
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the first figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are two halves in each figure but in the first figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 42
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the first figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are two halves in each figure but in the first figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Circle the shapes that show halves.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 43
Answer:
In the above 4 figures, the second and the third figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are two halves in each figure but in the second and the third figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Color half of the shape.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 44
Answer:
In the above 4 figures, the first and the third figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are two halves in each figure but in the first and the third figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Color half of the shape.

Color half of the shape.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 45
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above figure one part of the rectangle is filled.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 46
Answer:

Explanation:

In the above figure one part of the square is filled.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 47
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above figure one part of the circle is filled.

Question 8.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Newton says there are only two ways to divide a rectangle into halves. Is he correct? Explain.

___________________________________________

___________________________________________
Answer:
No he was not correct.

Explanation:
rectangle can divided into 4 halves.

Question 9.
Modeling Real Life
Show three ways to fold the bandana in half.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 48
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above given the figures are divided into halves.

Review & Refresh

Question 10.
Circle the shapes that only have a curved surface.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 49
Answer:
cone and cylinder have a curved surface.

Explanation:
In the above-given figures, cone and cylinder have the curved surface.

Lesson 14.3 Partition Shapes into Fourths

Explore and Grow

Sort the 2, 4, or Unequal Shares Sort Cards.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 50
Answer:

Show and Grow

Circle the shape that shows fourths.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 51
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the first figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are four halves in each figure but in the first  figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 52
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the second figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are four halves in each figure but in the second figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 53
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the second figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are four halves in each figure but in the second  figure, the boxes are in equal size

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 54
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the first figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are four halves in each figure but in the figure, the boxes are in equal size

Apply and Grow: Practice

Circle the shapes that show fourths.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 55
Answer:
In the above 4 figures, the first, second, fourth figure shows fourths.

Explanation:
There are four halves in each figure but in the third  figure, the boxes are in halves.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Color a quarter of the shape.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 56
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above-given circle, one part of the circle is filled with color.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 57
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above-given Rectangle, one part of the circle is filled with color.

Question 8.
MP Precision
Draw more lines to show fourths.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 58
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above-given square, one part of the square is given, so we have to add  2 lines to show fourths.

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
You cut a circle into halves. Your friend cuts the same-sized circle into quarters. Who has the larger pieces? Think: How do you know?
You Friend
Answer:
I have the larger pieces.

Explanation:
My friend cuts the circle into quarts.
I cut the circle into halves.
I have the larger pieces.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You cut a pizza into quarters. Your friend eats 1 quarter. How many more friends could have a piece of pizza?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 59

___________ friends
Answer:
3 friends

Explanation:
In the above-given pizza, the pizza is cut into quarters. My friend eats 1 quarter. so the remaining is 3 pieces.
3 friends have a piece of pizza

Show and Grow

Question 10.
You cut a granola bar into quarters. Your friend eats 2 quarters. How many more friends could have a piece of the granola bar?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 60

___________ friends
Answer: 2 friends

Explanation:
In the above-given granola bar, the granola bar is cut into quarters. My friend eats 2 quarter. so the remaining is 2 quarters.
2 friends have a piece of a granola bar.

Partition Shapes into Fourths practice 14.3

Circle the shape that shows fourths.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 61
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the first, second, figure fourth figure shows fourths.

Explanation:
There are four halves in each figure but in the second figure, the boxes did not have the same size.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 62
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the first, second,  figure shows fourths.

Explanation:
There are four halves in each figure but in the second figure, the boxes have the same size.

Circle the shapes that show fourths.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 63
Answer:
In the above 4 figures, the first, third, and fourth figure shows fourths.

Explanation:
There are four fourths in each figure but in the second figure, the boxes are divided into 2 halves.
The remaining three figures are divided into quarts.

Circle the shapes that show fourths.

Color a quarter of the shape.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 64
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above-given figure, one part of the rectangle is filled with color.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 65
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above-given figure, one part of the circle is filled with color.

Question 6.
DIG DEEPER!
Which shape shows a fourth of a circle?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 66
Answer:
The first figure shows the fourth of a circle.

Explanation:
In the above given 2 figures, the first figure shows the fourth of a circle.

Question 7.
MP Reasoning
Color half of the square. How many fourths did you color?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 67
___________ fourths
Answer:
2 fourths

Explanation:

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
You cut a slice of bread into quarters. Your friend eats 3 quarters. How many more friends could have a piece of bread?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 68
___________ friend
Answer: 1 friend

Explanation:
We cut a slice of bread into quarters.
My friend eats 3  quarters so 1 friend could have a piece of bread.
Review & Refresh

Draw to show the time.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 69
Answer:

Explanation:
The time is 5:00

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 70
Answer:

Explanation:
The time is 7:30

Equal Shares Performance Task

Question 1.
You, your friend, and your cousin are having a picnic. Use the clues to match each person with a food item.

  • You bring an item that is cut into 4 unequal shares.
  • Your friend brings an item that is cut into halves.
  • Your cousin brings an item that is cut into quarters.
  • Answer:

Explanation:
I cut the item into 4 unequal shares
my friend cut the item into 2 equal shares
my cousin cut the item into 4 equal shares

Question 2.
a. You cut an apple into 2 equal shares. You cut each share in half. How many equal shares do you have now?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 72

_____________ equal shares
Show how you know:
Answer:
4 equal shares we have now

Explanation:
We have to cut the apple into 2 equal shares.
Again we have to cut the 2 equal shares into 2 equal halves.

b. You give your friend a fourth of the apple. How many shares do you have left?

_____________ shares
Answer:
3 shares I have left

Explanation:
The apple is cut into 4 quarters.
I gave a friend a fourth of the apple
I have the 3 shares left

Equal Shares Chapter Practice

Equal Shares Homework & Practice 14.1

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 73
___________ equal shares
Answer:
2 equal shares

Explanation:
In the above-given trapezoid, the figure is divided into 2 equal shares

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 74
___________ equal shares
Answer:
4 equal shares

Explanation:
In the above-given parallelogram, the figure is divided into 4 equal shares

Question 3.
Modeling Real Life
Newton and Descartes each design a place mat. Newton’s has 4 equal shares. Descartes’s has 4 unequal shares. Draw to show the parts.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 75
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above figure, the first figure is divided into 4 equal shares.
The second figure is divided into 4 unequal shares.

Partition Shapes into Halves Homework & Practice 14.2

Question 4.
Circle the shapes that show halves.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 76
Answer:
In the above 4 figures, the first and fourth figure shows halves

Explanation:
There are two halves in each figure but in the second and fourth figure, the boxes are divided into 2 unequal halves.
The remaining three figures are divided into quarts.

Question 5.
MP Structure
Match each half with its whole.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 77
Answer:

Explanation:
The triangle can fill in the square
The semicircle can fill in the circle
The square can fill in rectangle

Partition Shapes into Fourths Homework & Practice 14.3

Question 6.
Circle the shapes that show fourths.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 78
Answer:
In the above 4 figures, the first, second, third and fourth figure shows fourths.

Explanation:
There are four fourths in each figure but in the 1st  and third figure, the boxes are divided into 4 equal fourths.
The remaining four figures are not equal divided into quarts.

Color a quarter of the shape.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 79
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above-given figure, one part is filled with colour.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 80
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above-given figure, one part is filled with color.

Equal Shares Cumulative Practice

Question 1.
Shade the circle next to the equation that tells how many fewer students chose manga comics than superhero comics.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 81
○ 5 + 8 + 2 = 15
○ 8 – 5 = 3
○ 8 – 2 = 10
○ 8 – 2 = 6
Answer: 8-5 = 3

Explanation:
3 fewer students chose manga comics than superhero comics.

Question 2.
Shade the circle next to the number that tells how many minutes are in a half hour.
○ 15
○ 30
○ 45
○ 60
Answer:
30 minutes

Explanation:
There are 60 minutes in an hour.
30 minutes in half hour

Question 3.
Shade the circle next to the shape that does not show fourths.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 82
Answer:
In the above 4 figures, the first, second,  and fourth figure shows fourths.

Explanation:
There are four fourths in each figure but in the 1st, second and fourth figure, the boxes are divided into 4 equal fourths.
The remaining third figure not divided into equal quarts.

Question 4.
Shade the circle next to the shape that has no straight sides.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 83
Answer:
the circle has no straight sides.

Explanation:
In the above, given four figures the second figure has no straight sides.

Question 5.
Shade the circle next to the difference.
17 – 8 = ________
○ 8
○ 9
○ 10
○ 12
Answer: 9

Explanation:
17-8=9

Question 6.
Draw lines to show halves.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 84
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above figure, the figures are divided into 2 halves

Question 7.
Write the time on the clock two ways.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 85
Answer:
8: 30

Explanation:
The time = 8 : 30
the hour’s hand is on 8, the minute’s hand is on 6
so the time = 8: 30

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 86
Answer:
vertices = 7
edges = 18
flat surfaces = 3

Explanation:
The vertices in the cube = 7
The edges in the cube= 18
The flat surfaces in the cube = 3

Question 9.
Shade the circles next to the choices that match the model.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 87
○ 7 ones
○ 2 tens + 5 ones
○ 70
○ 20 + 50
Answer:
2 tens  +  5 ones

Explanation:
In the above figure the there are 2 tens and 5 ones

Question 10.
Shade the circles next to the choices that show the shapes you can use to make a Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 88.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 89
Answer:
Trapezoid and parallelogram are used to make a hexagon

Explanation:
In the above 4 figures squares and triangles are not forming the hexagon.

Question 11.
Tell how many equal shares.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 90
Answer:
Triangle = 2 equal shares
square = 4 equal shares

Explanation:
In the above 2 figures the triangle = 2 equal shares
square = 4 equal shares

Question 12.
A group of students are at a park. 2 of them leave. There are 4 left. How many students were at the park to start?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 91
__________ – __________ = __________ students
Answer:
There are 6 students at the park.

Explanation:
In the above question, given that 2 of them leave.
4 are left
6-2 = 4

Question 13.
Circle the shapes that make up the structure.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 92
Answer:
square and rectangle make the structure

Explanation:
In the above given 4 figures squares and rectangles are used to make the structure.
cylinder and cone are not used to make the structure.

Conclusion:
I wish the details mentioned in the above article regarding the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares is beneficial for all the students of 1st Grade. Bookmark our page to get the latest updates regarding all Grade 1 Chapters in Big Ideas Math Answer Key.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids

The Volume and Similar Solids of Chapter of this Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids help the students learn the essential lessons associated with the volume. By using Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids, you can understand the topics of all the chapters easily. Thus the students who wish to prepare Grade 8 concepts can get a strong foundation by accessing our Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Answer Key Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids.

Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Answer Key Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids

The people of highly subject expertise prepared the Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Answer Key Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids in a concise manner for highly grasping. Thus the students who feel math is a difficult subject can refer to our Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids. Hit the below links and see the step by step solutions.

Performance Task

Lesson: 1 Volumes of Cylinders

Lesson: 2 Volumes of Cones

Lesson: 3 Volumes of Spheres

Lesson: 4 Surface Areas and Volumes of Similar Solids

Chapter: 10 – Volume and Similar Solids

Volume and Similar Solids STEAM Video/Performance Task

STEAM Video

Canning Salsa
You can estimate the volumes of ingredients to predict the total volume of a finished recipe. In what other real-life situations is it helpful to know the volumes of objects?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 1
Watch the STEAM Video “Canning Salsa.” Then answer the following questions.
1. You can approximate the volumes of foods by comparing them to common solids. A cube of cheese has side lengths of 3 centimeters. What is the volume of the cheese?
2. The table shows the amounts x (in cubic inches) of tomato used to make y cubic inches of salsa.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 2
a. Is there a proportional relationship between x and y? Justify your answer.
b. How much tomato do you need to make 15 cubic inches of salsa?

Answer:
1. The volume of the cheese = 27 cubic centimeters.
2. a = 1: 3 relationship.
b. 5 tomatoes are used to make 15 cubic inches of salsa.

Explanation:
1. Given that a cube of cheese has a side length of 3 centimeters.
the volume of cube = s³
volume = side x side x side
volume = 3 x 3 x 3
volume = 27 cubic centimeters.
2. The relationship given in the above table is a 1: 3  ratio.
1 x 3 = 3
2 x 3 = 6
3 x 3 = 9
4 x 3 = 12.
b. The tomatoes  used to make 15 cubic inches of salsa = 5
5 x 3 = 15

Performance Task

Packaging Salsa
After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be given the dimensions of a jar and a shipping box.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 3
You will be asked questions about how to package jars of salsa. Why is it helpful to know how many jars of salsa fit in one box?

Volume and Similar Solids Getting Ready for Chapter 10

Chapter Exploration
1. Work with a partner.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 4
a. How does the volume of the stack of dimes compare to the volume of a single dime?
b. How does the volume of the stack of nickels compare to the volume of the stack of dimes? Explain your reasoning. (The height of each stack is identical.)
c. How does the volume of each stack change when you double the number of coins?
d. LOGIC Your friend adds coins to both stacks so that the volume of the stack of dimes is greater than the volume of the stack of nickels. What can you conclude about the number of coins added to each stack? Explain your reasoning.

Vocabulary

The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
cone
hemisphere
sphere
similar solids

Answer:
cone = A solid or hollow object which tapers from a circular or roughly circular base to a point.
hemisphere = a half of the celestial sphere as divided into two halves by the horizon.
sphere = a round solid figure, or its surface, with every point on its surface equidistant from its center.
similar solids = two solids are similar if they are the same type of solid and their corresponding radii, heights, base lengths, widths, etc. are proportional.

Lesson 10.1 Volumes of Cylinders

EXPLORATION 1

Exploring Volume
Work with a partner.
a. Each prism shown has a height of h units and bases with areas of B square units. Write a formula that you can use to find the volume of each prism.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 1
b. How can you find the volume of a prism with bases that each have 100 sides?
c. Make a conjecture about how to find the volume of a cylinder. Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
a. Volume of triangular prism = (bhl/2)
rectangular prism = lwh
pentagonal prism =(1/2)(5 s x a) h
Hexagonal prism = BH
octagonal prism = (A x H)/2
b. volume of prism = 5,00,000
c. volume of cylinder = πr² h

Explanation:
a. volume of traingular prism = (bhl/2)
where b = base, h = height, l= length.
rectangular prism = lwh
where l = length, w= width, h= height.
pentagonal prism = (1/2) x (5 s x a) h
where s = side , a= area , h= height.
hexagonal prism = BH
where b = base h = height
octagonal prism = (A X H)/2
A = area , H = height
volume of triangular prism = (bhl/2)
volume = (100 x 100 x 100/2)
volume = (100x 100 x 50)
volume = 5,00,000
volume of cylinder =πr² h
where r = radius and h = height.

EXPLORATION 2

Finding Volume Experimentally
Work with a partner. Draw a net for a cylinder. Then cut out the net and use tape to form an open cylinder. Repeat this process to form an open cube. The edge length of the cube should be greater than the diameter and the height of the cylinder.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 2
a.Use your conjecture in Exploration 1 to find the volume of the cylinder.
b. Fill the cylinder with rice. Then pour the rice into the open cube. Find the volume of rice in the cube. Does this support your answer in part(a)? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
a. volume of cylinder = πr² h
b. we did not find the volume of rice in the cube.

Explanation:
a. volume of cylinder  = πr² h
where r = radius , h = height
b. we did not find the volume of rice in the cube because they did not give the value for the volume of rice.

Try It

Question 1.
Find the volume of a cylinder with a radius of 4 feet and a height of 15 feet. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Answer:
volume of cylinder =  753.6 cubic feet.

Explanation:
volume of cylinder =πr² h
where r = radius and h = height.
r = 4 feet , h = 15 feet π = 3.14 given.
v = π x 4 x 4 x 15
v = 3.14 x 16 x 15
v = 753.6 cubic feet.

Question 2.
Find the height of the cylinder at the left. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 3

Answer:
height of the cylinder =0.28545 cm

Explanation:
volume of cylinder =πr² h
where r = radius and h = height.
r = 4 cm , v = 176  π = 3.14 given.
176= π x 4  x 4 x h
176= 3.14 x 16 h
176 = 50.24 h
h = (50.24/176)
h = 0.28545 cm

Find the radius of the cylinder. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 4

Answer:
radius of the cylinder = 0.2242 m²

Explanation:
volume of cylinder =πr² h
where r = radius and h = height.
h = 4 m , v = 28  π = 3.14 given.
28= π x r  x r x 4
28= 3.14 x 4 r²
28 = 12.56 r²
r² = (12.56/28)
r² = 0.44857143 m⁴
r = 0.2242 m²

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 5

Answer:
radius of the cylinder =0.01183067 mm²

Explanation:
volume of cylinder =πr² h
where r = radius and h = height.
h = 4.25mm , v = 564  π = 3.14 given.
564= π x r  x r x 4.25
564= 3.14 x 4.25 r²
564= 13.345 r²
r² = (13.345/564)
r² = 0.02366135.
r = 0.01183067 mm²

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 5.
FINDING THE VOLUME OF A CYLINDER
Find the volume of the cylinder at the left. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 6

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 43.96 cu yds

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  diameter = 4 given
so radius = (d/2)
r = (4/2)
r = 2 , h = 3.5
v = 3.14 x 2 x 2 x 3.5
v = 6.28 x 2 x 3.5
v = 12.56 x 3.5
v = 43.96 cu yds

Question 6.
FINDING THE HEIGHT OF A CYLINDER
Find the height of the cylinder at the right. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 7

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 43.96 cu yds

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  diameter = 4 given
so radius = (d/2)
r = (4/2)
r = 2 , h = 3.5
v = 3.14 x 2 x 2 x 3.5
v = 6.28 x 2 x 3.5
v = 12.56 x 3.5
v = 43.96 cu yds

Question 7.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 8

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 942 cu cm

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  r = 5 cm
r = 5 , h = 12 given
v = 3.14 x 5 x 5 x 12
v = 3.14 x 25 x 12
v = 78.5 x 12
v = 942 cu cm

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 8.
How much salsa is missing from the jar? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 9

Answer:
The salsa missing from the jar = 6 cm

Explanation:
Given that the jar height = 10 cm
salsa filled is 4 cm
salsa missing from the jar = 10 – 4
salsa missing from the jar = 6 cm

Question 9.
A cylindrical swimming pool has a circumference of 18π feet and a height of 4 feet. About how many liters of water are needed to fill the swimming pool to 85% of its total volume? Justify your answer. (1 ft3 ≈ 28.3 L)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 10

Answer:
The total amount of water needed to fill the swimming pool = 9 feet

Explanation:
No of liters of water = volume of cylinder = πr² h
h = 4 feet given,
circumference = 18 π feet given
2 πr = 18 π
π get canceled on both sides.
2r = 18
r = 9 feet

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
A company creates two designs for a cylindrical soup can. Can A has a diameter of 3.5 inches and a height of 3.6 inches. Can B has a height of 4.9 inches. Each can holds the same amount of soup. Which can requires less material to make? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
can B requires less material to make.

Explanation:
volume of the cylinder = πr² h
volume of can A = πr² h
h = 3.6 in,diameter = 3.5 in given where r = (d/2)
r = (3.5/2) = 1.75 in
v = 3.14 x 1.75 x 1.75 x 3.6
v = 3.14 x 3.0625 x 3.6
v = 3.14 x 11.025
v = 34.6185 cu in
volume of can B = πr² h
h = 4.9 in,diameter = 3.5 in given where r = (d/2)
r = (3.5/2) = 1.75 in
v = 3.14 x 3.5 x 3.5 x 3.6
v = 3.14 x 12.25 x 3.6
v = 3.14 x 44.1
v = 138.474 cu in

Volumes of Cylinders Homework & Practice 10.1

Review & Refresh

Tell whether the triangle with the given side lengths is a right triangle.
Question 1.
20 m, 21 m, 29 m

Answer:
Yes, the given side lengths form a right triangle.

Explanation:
The length of any sides of right triangle = a² + b² = c²
a² + b² = c² = a² + 2b= c²
a = 20 , b = 21, c = 29
400 + 441 = 841
841 is equal to 841

Question 2.
1 in., 2.4 in., 2.6 in.

Answer:
the given side lengths is not a right triangle.

Explanation:
The length of any sides of right triangle = a² + b² = c²
a² + b² = c² = a² + 2b= c²
a = 1 , b = 2.4, c = 2.6
1+ 2.4 x 2 = 6.76
5.8 = 6.76
5.8 is not equal to 6.76

Question 3.
5.6 ft, 8 ft, 10.6 ft

Answer:
the given side lengths is not a right triangle.

Explanation:
The length of any sides of right triangle = a² + b² = c²
a² + b² = c² = a² + 2b= c²
a = 5.6 , b = 8, c = 10.6
5.6 x 5.6 + 8 x 2 = 10.6 x 10.6
31.36 + 16 = 112.36
47.36 = 112.36
47.36 is not equal to 112.36

Write the number in standard form.
Question 4.
3.9 × 106

Answer:
3.9000000

Explanation:
3.9 x 10⁶
3.9 x (10⁵ x 10⁶)
3.9 x (10 ⁵⁺⁶)
using aᵐx aᵑ = aᵐ⁺ᵑ
3.9 x (10 ¹¹)
3.9 x 10¹¹
3.900000000000

Question 5.
6.7 × 10-5

Answer:
0.000067

Explanation:
6.7x 10-5
6.7 x 10-⁴ x 10-5
6.7 x (10-⁴- ⁵)
6.7 x 10-⁹
0.000067

Question 6.
6.24 × 1010

Answer:
6.240000000000

Explanation:
6.24 x 10¹⁰
6.24 x (10⁹ x 10¹⁰)
6.24 x (10⁹ ⁺¹⁰)
using aᵐx aᵑ = aᵐ⁺ᵑ
6.24 x (10 ¹⁹ )
6.24 x 10¹⁹
6.240000000000000000000

Question 7.
Which ordered pair is the solution of the linear system 3x + 4y = -10 and 2x – 4y = 0?
A. (6, 2)
B. (2, 6)
C. (2, 1)
D. (1, 2)

Answer:
option c is correct.

Explanation:
3x + 4y = -10
3 (2) + 4 (1) = -10
6 + 4 = -10
2x – 4y = 0
2 (2) – 4 (1) = 0
4 – 4 = 0

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

FINDING VOLUME The height h and the base area B of a cylinder are given. Find the volume of the cylinder. Write your answer in terms of π. (See Explorations 1 and 2, p. 427.)
Question 8.
h = 5 units
B = 4π square units

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 251.2 π cubic units

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  r = 4π
r = 4π , h = 5 given
v = 3.14 x 4 x 4 x 5
v = 3.14 x 16 x 5
v = 251.2
v = 251.2 π cubic  units

Question 9.
h = 2 units
B = 25π square units

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 50 π cubic units

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  r = 25π
r = 25π , h = 2 given
v = 3.14 x 25x 25 x 2
v = 3.14 x 25 x 2
v = 3.14 x 50
v = 50 π cu. units

Question 10.
h = 4.5 units
B = 16π square units

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 3,617.28 π cu. units

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  r = 16π
r = 16π , h = 4.5 given
v = 3.14 x 16 x 16 x 4.5
v = 3.14 x 256 x 4.5
v = 3.14 x 1152
v = 3,617.28  π cu. units

FINDING THE VOLUME OF A CYLINDER Find the volume of the cylinder. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 11

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 1,526.04 cu. feet

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  r = 9
r = 9 , h = 6 given
v = 3.14 x 9 x 9 x 6
v = 3.14 x 81 x 6
v = 3.14 x 486
v = 1,526.04 cu. feet

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 12

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 791.28 cu. in

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  r = 6
r = 6 , h = 7 given
v = 3.14 x 6 x 6 x 7
v = 3.14 x 36 x 7
v = 3.14 x 252
v = 791.28 cu. in

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 13

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 769.3 cu feet

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  r = 7
r = 7 , h = 5 given
v = 3.14 x 7 x 7 x 5
v = 3.14 x 49 x 5
v = 3.14 x 245
v = 769.3 cu feet

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 14

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 785 cu. feet

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  r = 5 ft
r = 5 , h = 10 given
v = 3.14 x 5 x 5 x 10
v = 3.14 x 25 x 10
v = 3.14 x 250
v = 785 cu. feet

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 15

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 804.2 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  r = 8 cm
r = 8 , h = 16 given
v = 3.14 x 8 x 8 x 16
v = 3.14 x 64 x 16
v = 3.14 x 1,024
v = 804.2 cu. cm

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 16

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 883.125 cu. m

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  d = 15 r = (d/2)
r = 7.5 , h = 5 given
v = 3.14 x 7.5 x 7.5 x 5
v = 3.14 x 56.25 x 5
v = 3.14 x 281.25
v = 883.125 cu. m

Question 17.
REASONING
Without calculating, which of the solids has the greater volume? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 17

Answer:
the cube has a greater volume.

Explanation:
the volume of square prism = s³
v = side x side x side
v = 8 x 8 x 8
v = 64 x 8
v = 512 cubic inches
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  r = 4 cm
r = 4 , h = 8 given
v = 3.14 x 4 x 4 x 8
v = 3.14 x 16 x 8
v = 3.14 x 128
v = 401.92 cu. in

FINDING A MISSING DIMENSION Find the missing dimension of the cylinder. Round your answer to the nearest whole number.
Question 18.
Volume = 10,000 π in.3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 18

Answer:
height of cylinder = 0.080384 in

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  d = 32 r = (d/2)
r = 16 , v = 10,000
10,000 = 3.14 x 16 x 16 x h
10,000 = 3.14 x 256 h
10,000= 803.84  h
h = (803.84/10,000)
h = 0.080384 in

Question 19.
Volume = 3785 cm3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 19

Answer:
radius of cylinder = 8 cm

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  h = 19
v = 3785
3785 = 3.14 x r x r x 19
3785 = 3.14 x 19r²
3785= 59.66 r²
r² = (3785/59.66)
r² =64
r = 8 cm

Question 20.
Volume = 600,000 cm3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 20

Answer:
Radius of cylinder = 0.00198867 cm

Explanation:
Volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  h = 76 cm given
, v = 600,000
600,000 = 3.14 x r x r x 76
600,000 = 3.14 x 76r²
600,000= 238.64r²
r² = (238.64/600,000)
r² = 0.00397733
r = 0.00198867 cm

Question 21.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A cylindrical hazardous waste container has a diameter of 1.5 feet and a height of 1.6 feet. About how many gallons of hazardous waste can the container hold? (1 ft3 ≈ 7.5 gal)

Answer:
Hazardous waste can hold the container = 21.195 gal

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  d = 1.5 r = (d/2)
r = 0.75 , h = 1.6 feet
v = 3.14 x 0.75 x 0.75 x 1.6
v = 3.14 x 0.5625 x 1.6
v= 3.14 x 0.9
h = 2.826
h = 2.826 x 7.5
h = 21.195 gal

Question 22.
CRITICAL THINKING
How does the volume of a cylinder change when its diameter is halved? Explain.

Answer:
the volume of the cylinder change when its diameter is halved.

Explanation:
If the diameter is halved it is the same as a radius.
d = (r/2)
(d/2)
so the volume of the cylinder change when its diameter is halved.

Question 23.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A traditional “square” bale of hay is actually in the shape of a rectangular prism. Its dimensions are 2 feet by 2 feet by4 feet. How many square bales contain the same amount of hay as one large “round” bale?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 21

Answer:
The square bales contain the same amount of hay as one large round bale = 4 squares bale

Explanation:
The surface area of rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh +wh)
given that l = 2, w=2 h = 4
area = 2(2 x 2 + 2 x 4 +4 x 2)
area = 2(4 + 8 + 8)
area = 2(2)
area = 4 sq ft

Question 24.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A tank on a road roller is filled with water to make the roller heavy. The tank is a cylinder that has a height of 6 feet and a radius of 2 feet. About how many pounds of water can the tank hold? (One cubic foot of water weighs about 62.5 pounds.)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 22

Answer:
The pounds of water can hold the tank = 4,710 pounds

Explanation:
Volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  h = 6 ft given
r = 2 ft
v = 3.14 x 2 x 2 x 6
v = 3.14 x 4 x 6
v= 3.14 x 24
v = 75.36 cu. feet
v = 75.36 x 62.5
v = 4,710 pounds

Question 25.
REASONING
A cylinder has a surface area of 1850 square meters and a radius of 9 meters. Estimate the volume of the cylinder to the nearest whole number.

Answer:
Volume of the cylinder = 6035 cubic meters.

Explanation:
volume of the cylinder= πr²h
volume = 3.14 x 9 x 9 x 1850
volume = 8325 – 729 π
v = 8325 – 729 x 3.14
v = 8325 – 102.06
v = 8222.94
the nearest whole number to the 8222.94 is 6035 cubic meters.

Question 26.
DIG DEEPER!
Water flows at 2 feet per second through a cylindrical pipe with a diameter of 8 inches. A cylindrical tank with a diameter of 15 feet and a height of 6 feet collects the water.
a. What is the volume (in cubic inches) of water flowing out of the pipe every second?
b. What is the height (in inches) of the water in the tank after 5 minutes?
c. How many minutes will it take to fill 75% of the tank?

Answer:
a. Volume of water flowing out of the pipe every second = 100.48 cu. in
b. The height of the water in tank after 5 minutes = 1,059.75 sq ft
c. 75% of water to fill tank = 25

Explanation:
a. Volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  h = 2 ft given
r = 4
v = 3.14 x 4 x 4 x 2
v = 3.14 x 16 x 2
v= 3.14 x 32
v = 100.48 cu. in
b. Volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  h = 6 ft given
r = 7.5
v = 3.14 x 7.5 x 7.5 x 6
v = 3.14 x 56.25 x 6
v= 3.14 x 337.5
v = 1,059.75 cu. ft
c. 100 – 75
25 %

Question 27.
PROJECT
You want to make and sell three different sizes of cylindrical candles. You buy 1 cubic foot of candle wax for $20 to make 8 candles of each size.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 23
a. Design the candles. What are the dimensions of each size of candle?
b. You want to make a profit of $100. Decide on a price for each size of candle. Explain how you set your prices.

Answer:
a. The dimensions of each size of candle = 20cm
b. price for each size of candle = $ 30

Explanation:
$ x 80 candles given
20 x 3 = 60
each candle has a dimension of 20 cm
b. price for each side = $ 30

Lesson 10.2 Volumes of Cones

You already learned how the volume of a pyramid relates to the volume of a cone prism. In this exploration, you will discover how the volume of a relates to the volume of a cylinder.
A cone is a solid that has one circular base and one vertex.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 1

EXPLORATION 1

Finding a Formula Experimentally
Work with a partner.Use a paper cup that is shaped like a cone. Measure the height of the cup and the diameter of the circular base. Use these measurements to draw a net for a cylinder with the same base and height as the paper cup. Then cut out the net and use tape to form an open cylinder.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 2
a. Find the volume of the cylinder.
b. Fill the paper cup with rice. Then pour the rice into the cylinder. Repeat this until the cylinder is full. How many cones does it take to fill the cylinder?
c. Use your result to write a formula for the volume of a cone.
d. Use your formula in part(c) to find the volume of the cone. How can you tell whether your answer is correct?
e. Do you think your formula for the volume of a cone oblique is also true for cones? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
a. volume of cylinder = πr² h
b. 2 cones will take to fill the cylinder.
c. volume of cone = πr²( h/3)
d. yes the answer is correct.
e. volume of cone oblique is true for cones.

Explanation:
a.volume of cylinder = πr² h
where r = radius , h= height
b. 2 cones = 1 cylinder
c. . volume of cone = πr²( h/3)
where r = radius , h= height
d. Yes the answer is correct.

Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 3

Try It

Question 1.
Find the volume of a cone with a radius of 6 centimeters and a height of 15 centimeters. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Answer:
volume of cone = 565.2 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 6 ,h=15
v = 3.14 x 6 x 6 x (15/3)
v = 3.14 x 36 x 5
v=3.14 x 180
v= 565.2 cu. cm

Question 2.
Find the height of the cone at the left. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 4

Answer:
height of cone = 0.03270833 yd

Explanation:
volume of cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 15 ,v = 7200
7200 = 3.14 x 15 x 15 x (h/3)
7200 = 3.14 x 15 x 5h
7200=3.14 x 75h
7200= 235.5 h
h = (235.5/7200)
h = 0.03270833

Find the radius of the cone. Round your answer to the nearest whole number.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 5

Answer:
radius of cone = 12.4887397 feet

Explanation:
volume of cone =πr² (h/3)
given that h = 7 ,v = 183
183 = 3.14 x r x r x (7/3)
183 = 3.14 x r² x 2.33
183=3.14 x 2.33 r²
183= 7.32666 r²
r² = (183/7.32666)
r²  = 24.97747
r=12.4887397 feet

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 6

Answer:
radius of cone = 1.78594585 meter

Explanation:
volume of cone =πr² (h/3)
given that h = 2.75 ,v = 46
46 = 3.14 x r x r x (2.75/3)
46 = 3.14 x r² x 0.9166
46 = 12.87833 r²
r² = (46/12.87833)
r²  = 3.57189
r=1.78594585 meter

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 5.
FINDING THE VOLUME OF A CONE
Find the volume of a cone with a diameter of 10 yards and a height of 12 yards. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Answer:
volume of cone = 314 cu. yards.

Explanation:
volume of cone =πr² (h/3)
given that d = 10 r=(d/2) r = (10/2) r = 5 ,h=12
v = 3.14 x 5 x 5 x (12/3)
v = 3.14 x 25 x 4
v=3.14 x 100
v= 314 cu. yards

FINDING A MISSING DIMENSION OF A CONE Find the missing dimension of the cone. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 7

Answer:
height of cone = 66.6666 in

Explanation:
volume of cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 6 ,v = 2,512
2512 = 3.14 x 6 x 6 x (h/3)
2512 = 3.14 x 6 x 2h
2512 =3.14 x 12h
2512= 37.68h
h = (2512/37.68)
h = 66.6666 in

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 8

Answer:
radius of cone = 25.12 centimeter

Explanation:
volume of cone =πr² (h/3)
given that h = 5 ,v = 16.5
16.5 = 3.14 x r x r x (5/3)
16.5 = 3.14 x r² x 1.666
16.5 = 5.23333 r²
r² = (16.5/5.23333)
r²  = 3.152868
r= 8π centimeter

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 8.
A stalactite is a mineral formation that hangs from the ceiling of a cave. A cone-shaped stalactite has a height of 48 centimeters and a base circumference of 3.5π centimeters. What is the volume of the stalactite?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 9

Answer:
volume of cone = 615.44 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r =3.5 ,h=48
v = 3.14 x 3.5 x 3.5 x (48/3)
v = 3.14 x 12.25 x 16
v=3.14 x 196
v= 615.44 cu. cm

Question 9.
A store sells two cone-shaped funnels. What is the height of each funnel? (1 pt = 28.875 in.3)
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 10

Answer:
height of ist funnel =2.72469922 in
height of 2nd funnel = 3.06528662 in

Explanation:
volume of 1st cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r= (d/2)r = (4.5/2) r = 2.25 ,v = 0.5
0.5 = 3.14 x 2.25 x 2.25 x (h/3)
0.5 = 3.14 x 5.0625 x (h/3)
0.5 =3.14 x 1.6875h
0.5= 5.29875 h
h = (0.5/5.29875)
h = 0.09436188
h = 0.09436188 x 28.875
h = 2.72469922
volume of 2nd cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r= (d/2)r = (6/2) r=3 ,v = 1
1 = 3.14 x 3 x 3 x (h/3)
1 = 3.14 x 3x h
1 =3.14 x 3h
1= 9.42 h
h = (1/9.42)
h = 0.10615711 x 28.875
h = 3.0652866

Question 10.
You fill cone-shaped pastry bags with icing to a height of 1 foot and a diameter of 3.5 inches. You use about 1.35 cubic inches of icing per cupcake. About how many cupcakes can you decorate with 2 bags of icing?

Answer:
Cupcakes can decorate with 2 bags of icing = 6.410833 sq in

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r= (d/2)r = (3.5/2) r=1.75 ,h = 1
v = 3.14 x 1.75 x 1.75 x (1/3)
v = 3.14 x 3.0625 x (1/3)
v =3.14 x 3.0625 x 0.333
v= 3.14 x 1.0208333
v = 3.20541667 inches
for 2 bags of icing = 6.4108333

Volumes of Cones Homework & Practice 10.2

Review & Refresh

Find the volume of the cylinder. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 11

Answer:
volume of  cone = 65.94 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r=3 ,h = 7
v = 3.14 x 3 x 3 x (7/3)
v = 3.14 x 9 x (7/3)
v =3.14 x 9 x 2.33
v= 3.14 x 21
v = 65.94 cu. cm

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 12

Answer:
volume of  cone = 16.7466 cu. ft

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r=2 ,h = 4
v = 3.14 x 2 x 2 x (4/3)
v = 3.14 x 4 x (4/3)
v =3.14 x 4 x 1.33
v= 3.14 x 5.333
v = 16.7466 cu. ft

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 13

Answer:
volume of  cone = 523.333 cu. yds

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r=10 ,h = 5
v = 3.14 x 10 x 10 x (5/3)
v = 3.14 x 100 x (5/3)
v =3.14 x 100 x 1.666
v= 3.14 x 166.66
v = 523.333 cu. yds

Solve the equation.
Question 4.
x3 = 27

Answer:
x = 3

Explanation:
x³ = 27
x³ = 3³
when power are equal exponents must be equal.
x = 3

Question 5.
– 6 = y3 + 2

Answer:
y = – 2

Explanation:
-6 = y³ + 2
y³ = 2 + 6
y³ = 8
y³ = 2³
y = -2

Question 6.
2h3 – 33 = 95

Answer:
h = 4

Explanation:
2h³ – 33 = 95
2h³ = 95 + 33
2h³ = 128
h³ = (128/2)
h³ = 64
h³ = 4³
h = 4

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

FINDING A VOLUME The height h and the base B area of a cone are given. Find the volume of the cone. Write your answer in terms of π. (See Exploration 1, p. 433.)
Question 7.
h = 6 units
B = 4π square units

Answer:
volume of  cone = 8 π cubic units

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r=4 ,h = 6
v = 3.14 x 4 x 4 x (6/3)
v = 3.14 x 16 x (6/3)
v =3.14 x 4 x 2
v= 8 x π
v = 25.12 cubic units

Question 8.
h = 9 units
B = 5π square units

Answer:
volume of  cone = 235.5 cubic units

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r=5 ,h = 9
v = 3.14 x 5 x 5 x (9/3)
v = 3.14 x 25 x (9/3)
v =3.14 x 25 x 3
v= 3.14 x 75
v = 235.5 cubic units

FINDING THE VOLUME OF A CONE Find the volume of the cone. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 14

Answer:
volume of  cone = 16.7466 cu. in

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r=2 ,h = 4
v = 3.14 x 2 x 2 x (4/3)
v = 3.14 x 4 x (4/3)
v =3.14 x 4 x 1.33
v= 3.14 x 5.33
v = 16.7466 cu. in

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 15

Answer:
volume of  cone = 28.26 cu. m

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r=(d/2) (6/2)=3 ,h = 3
v = 3.14 x 3 x 3 x (3/3)
v = 3.14 x 9 x (3/3)
v =3.14 x 9 x 1
v= 3.14 x 9
v = 28.26 cu. m

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 16

Answer:
volume of  cone =261.66 cu. mm

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 5 ,h = 10
v = 3.14 x 5 x 5 x (10/3)
v = 3.14 x 25 x (10/3)
v =3.14 x 25 x 3.33
v= 3.14 x 83.333
v = 261.66 cu. mm

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 17

Answer:
volume of  cone =2.093333 cu. ft

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 1 ,h = 2
v = 3.14 x 1 x 1 x (2/3)
v = 3.14 x 1 x (2/3)
v =3.14 x 1 x 0.6666
v= 3.14 x 0.666
v = 2.093333 cu. ft

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 18

Answer:
volume of  cone = 804.2 cubic cm

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 5 ,h = 8
v = 3.14 x 5 x 5 x (8/3)
v = 3.14 x 25 x (8/3)
v =3.14 x 25 x 2.6666
v= 3.14 x 256
v = 804.2 cubic cm

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 19

Answer:
volume of  cone = 115.395 cu. yd

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r =(d/2) = (7/2) = 3. 5 ,h = 9
v = 3.14 x 3.5 x 3.5 x (9/3)
v = 3.14 x 12.25 x (9/3)
v =3.14 x 12.25 x 3
v= 3.14 x 36.75
v = 115.395 cu. yd

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 20

Answer:
volume of  cone =117.226667 cu. ft

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 4 ,h = 7
v = 3.14 x 4 x 4 x (7/3)
v = 3.14 x 16 x (7/3)
v =3.14 x 16 x 2.3333
v= 3.14 x 37.33333
v = 117.226667 cu. ft

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 21

Answer:
volume of  cone =65.416666 cu. in

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 2.5 ,h = 10
v = 3.14 x 2.5 x 2.5 x (10/3)
v = 3.14 x 6.25 x (10/3)
v =3.14 x 6.25 x 3.33
v= 3.14 x 20.8333
v = 65.416666 cu. in

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 22

Answer:
volume of  cone =1.5 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 2 ,h = 8
v = 3.14 x 2 x 2x (8/3)
v = 3.14 x 4 x (8/3)
v =3.14 x 4 x 2.666
v= 3.14 x 10.6666
v = 1.5 cu. cm

Question 18.

STRUCTURE
The inside of each glass is shaped like a cone. Which glass can hold more liquid? How much more?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 23

Answer:
Glass A can hold more liquid than glass B.

Explanation:
volume of  Glass A =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 4 ,h = 8
v = 3.14 x 4 x 4 x (8/3)
v = 3.14 x 16 x (8/3)
v =3.14 x 16 x 2.666
v= 3.14 x 42.656
v = 42.656 cu. cm
volume of  Glass A =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 3 ,h = 10
v = 3.14 x 3 x 3 x (10/3)
v = 3.14 x 9 x (10/3)
v =3.14 x 9 x 3.33
v= 3.14 x 30
v = 94.2 cu. cm

FINDING A MISSING DIMENSION OF A CONE Find the missing dimension of the cone. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 24

Answer:
volume of cone = 9203 cubic cm

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that  r=0.33 ,v = (1/18) ,v = 0.055
0.055 = 3.14 x 0.33 x 0.33 x (h/3)
0.055 = 3.14 x 0.1089h
0.055 =0.341946 h
h =(8788/3) x 3.14
h = 2929.33 x 3.14
h = 9203 cubic cm

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 25

Answer:
volume of cone = 0.1162963 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that  r=5 ,v = 225
225 = 3.14 x 5 x 5 x (h/3)
225 = 3.14 x 5 x 1.666 h
225 =8.3333 x 3.14 h
225 = 26.1666666 h
h = (26.1666666/225)
h = 0.1162963 sq cm

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 26

Answer:
radius of cone =  3.15 cubic in

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that  h= 4.2 ,v = 3.6
3.6 = 3.14 x r x r x (4.2/3)
3.6 = 3.14 x r²   x 1.4
3.6  =( 4.396 / r² )
r²  = 3/4 x h
r = 0.75 x 4.12
r = 3.15  cubic in

Question 22.
FINDING A MISSING DIMENSION OF A CONE
The volume of a cone with a height of 10 meters is 20π cubic meters. What is the diameter of the cone?

Answer:
diameter of cone = 0.333 meters

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that  h= 10 ,v = 20
20 = 3.14 x r x r x (10/3)
20 = 3.14 x r²   x3.33
20  = 10.46666 r²
r²  = 0.1665  x 2
r = 0.333 meters.

Question 23.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Water leaks from a crack in a cone-shaped vase at a rate of 0.5 cubic inch per minute. The vase has a height of 10 inches and a diameter of 4.8 inches. How long does it take for 20% of the water to leak from the vase when it is full of water?

Answer:
20% of water to leak from the vase when it is full of water = 1206.4

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 2.4 ,h = 10
v = 3.14 x 2.4 x 2.4 x (10/3)
v = 3.14 x 5.76  x (10/3)
v =3.14 x 5.76 x 3.33
v= 3.14 x 384
v = 1206.4
20% of water to leak from the vase when it was full of water
1206.4

Question 24.
DIG DEEPER!
You have 10 gallons of lemonade to sell. (1 gal ≈ 3785 cm3)
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 27
a. Each customer uses 1 paper cup. The cups are sold in packages of 50. How many packages should you buy?
b. How many cups will be left over if you sell 80% of the lemonade?

Answer:
a. the no of packages should buy = 25
b. 20 cups will be left over if we sell 80% of lemonade.

Explanation:
a. the no of packages = 25
In the question given that the cups are sold in the packages of 50
b. 80% of cups will be left in the lemonade = 20
100 – 80 =  20

Question 25.
STRUCTURE
The cylinder and the cone have the same volume. What is the height of the cone?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 28

Answer:
The height of the cone = 54 π

Explanation:
Given that the cone and the cylinder have the same volume.
The height of the cone = 54 π
54 x 3.14
169.56
170 cubic cm

Question 26.
CRITICAL THINKING
In Example 4, you use a different timer with the same dimensions. The sand in this timer has a height of 30 millimeters. How much time do you have to answer the question?

Answer:
300 minutes will take to answer the question.

Explanation:
The sand in this timer has a height of 30 mm
time to answer the question = 5 x 6
5 hrs
300 minutes will take to answer the question.

Question 27.
REASONING
A vapor cone is a cloud of condensed water that forms when an aircraft breaks the sound barrier. How does doubling both the diameter and the height affect the volume of the vapor cone?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 29

Answer:
The volume of the vapor cone is changed.

Explanation:
the volume of the cone = 4/3 πr³
v =4/3 πr³
r = 3√ 435,750,000
3200 + 3√ 435,750,000
3958

Lesson 10.3 Volumes of Spheres

A sphere is the set of all points in space that are the same distance from a point called the center. The radius r is the distance from the center to any point on the sphere. A sphere is different from the other solids you have studied so far because it does not have a base.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 1

EXPLORATION 1

Finding a Formula Experimentally
Work with a partner. Use a plastic ball similar to the one shown. Draw a net for a cylinder with a diameter and a height equal to the diameter of the ball. Then cut out the net and use tape to form an open cylinder.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 2
a. How is the height h of the cylinder related to the radius r of the ball?
b. Cover the ball with aluminum foil or tape. Leave one hole open. Fill the ball with rice. Then pour the rice into the cylinder. What fraction of the cylinder is filled with rice?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 3
c. Use your result in part(b) and the formula for the volume of a cylinder to write a formula for the volume of a sphere. Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
a. Height of the cylinder is proportional to the radius of the ball.
c. volume of cylinder = πr²h
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 4

Try It

Find the volume of the sphere. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 5

Answer:
volume of the sphere = 33.49333 cubic mm

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v = (4/3) x 3.14 x 2 x 2 x2
where r = 2 given
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 8
v= 4.18666 x 8
v = 33.49333 cubic mm

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 6

Answer:
volume of the sphere =2,138.2144 sq ft

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v = (4/3) x 3.14 x 8 x 8 x8
where r = 8  given
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 512
v= 1.33 x 1,607.68
v = 2,138.2144 cu. ft

Find the radius of the sphere. Round your answer to the nearest tenth if necessary.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 7

Answer:
radius of the sphere=0.333055310396 m

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
36  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where v = 36
36 = 1.33r³
r³ = (1.33/36)
r³ = 0.036944
r =0.333055310396 m

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 8

Answer:
radius of the sphere= 0.6681660696 in

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
14  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where v = 14
14 = 1.33 x 3.14 r³
14 = 4.1762 r³
r³ = (4.1762/14)
r³ = 0.2983 cubic in
r = 0.6681660696 in

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 5.
FINDING THE VOLUME OF A SPHERE
Find the volume of the sphere. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 9

Answer:
volume of the sphere =17,105.7552 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v = (4/3) x 3.14 x 16 x 16 x 16
where r = 16  given
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 4,096
v= 1.33 x 12,861.44
v = 17,105.7552 cu. cm

Question 6.
FINDING THE RADIUS OF A SPHERE
Find the radius of a sphere with a volume of 4500π cubic yards.

Answer:
radius of the sphere= 0.00029556 sq yds

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
4500  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where v = 4500
4500 = 1.33 x 3.14 r³
4500 = 1.33 r³
r³ = (1.33/4500)
r³ = 0.00029556

Question 7.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which figure does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 10

Answer:
sphere does not belong with the other three.

Explanation:
pyramid, prism, cylinder have bases.
sphere does not have a base.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 8.
In sphering, a person is secured inside a small, hollow sphere that is surrounded by a larger sphere. The space between the spheres is inflated with air. What is the volume of the inflated space? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 11

Answer:
The volume of the inflated surface = 79.54649 cu. m

Explanation:
The volume of larger sphere = (4/3) πr³
v = (4/3) x 3.14 x 3³
v = 1.333 x 3.14 x 27
v = 4.18666 x 27
v = 113.03982 cu. m
The volume of hollow sphere = (4/3) πr³
v = (4/3) x 3.14 x 2³
v = 1.333 x 3.14 x 8
v = 4.18666 x 8
v = 33.49333 cu. m
inflated space = larger sphere – hollow sphere
inflated space = 79.54649

Question 9.

DIG DEEPER!
A vendor sells cones filled with frozen yogurt, as shown. The vendor has 4 cylindrical containers of frozen yogurt, each with a diameter of 18 centimeters and a height of 15 centimeters. About how much money will the vendor make when all of the frozen yogurt is sold? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 12

Answer:
volume of  cone= 113.04 cu. cm

Explanation:
the volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 3 ,h = 12
v = 3.14 x 3 x 3 x (12/3)
v = 3.14 x 9  x (12/3)
v =3.14 x 9 x 4
v= 3.14 x 36
v = 113.04 cu. cm

Volumes of Spheres Homework & Practice 10.3

Review & Refresh

Find the volume of the cone. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 13

Answer:
volume of  cone= 25.12 cu. ft

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 2 ,h = 6
v = 3.14 x 2 x 2 x (6/3)
v = 3.14 x 4  x (6/3)
v =3.14 x 4 x 2
v= 3.14 x 8
v = 25.12 cu. ft

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 14

Answer:
volume of  cone= 47.1 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 3 ,h = 5
v = 3.14 x 3 x 3 x (5/3)
v = 3.14 x 9  x (5/3)
v =3.14 x 9 x 1.666
v= 3.14 x 15
v = 47.1 cu. cm

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 15

Answer:
volume of  cone=84.78 cu. m

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 4.5 ,h = 4
v = 3.14 x 4.5 x 4.5 x (4/3)
v = 3.14 x 20.25 x (4/3)
v =3.14 x 20.25 x 1.333
v= 3.14 x 27
v = 84.78 cu. m

Evaluate the expression. Write your answer in scientific notation.
Question 4.
(4.6 × 109) + (3.9 × 109)

Answer:
85,00,00,00000

Explanation:
(4.6 × 109) + (3.9 × 109)
4.6 x 1000000000 + 3.9 x 1000000000
85,00,00,00000

Question 5.
(1.4 × 10-4) ÷ (2.8 × 106)

Answer:
5e – 12

Explanation:
0.00014 / 28000000
5e – 12

Question 6.
A person who is 5 feet tall casts a 6-foot-long shadow. A nearby flag pole casts a 30-foot-long shadow. What is the height of the flagpole?
A. 25 ft
B. 29 ft
C. 36 ft
D. 40 ft
Answer:
Option B is correct.

Explanation:
Given that person who is 5 feet tall casts a 6-foot-long shadow.
A nearby flag pole casts a 30-foot-long shadow.
the height of the flagpole is 29 ft

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

FINDING VOLUME The radius of a sphere is given. Find the volume of the sphere. Write your answer in terms of π. (See Exploration 1, p. 439.)
Question 7.
r = 6 units

Answer:
volume of the sphere= 902.0592 units

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =6
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 6 x 6 x 6
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 216
v = 1.33 x 678.24
v = 902.0592 units

Question 8.
r = 12 units

Answer:
volume of the sphere= 7,216.4736 units

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =12
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 12 x 12 x 12
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 1,728
v = 1.33 x 5,425.92
v = 7,216.4736 units

Question 9.
r = 10 units

Answer:
volume of the sphere=4,176.2 units

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =10
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 10 x 10 x 10
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 1000
v = 1.33 x 3140
v = 4,176.2 units

FINDING THE VOLUME OF A SPHERE Find the volume of the sphere. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 16

Answer:
volume of the sphere= 522.025 cu. units

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =5
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 5 x 5 x 5
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 125
v = 1.33 x 3.92.5
v = 522.025 cu. units

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 17

Answer:
volume of the sphere=1,432.4366 cu. units

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =7
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 7 x 7 x 7
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 343
v = 1.33 x 1,077.02
v = 1,432.4366 cu. units

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 18

Answer:
volume of the sphere= 3,044.4498 units

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =9
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 9 x 9 x 9
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 729
v = 1.33 x 2,289.06
v = 3,044.4498 cu. units

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 19

Answer:
volume of the sphere= 300.6864 cu. units

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =6
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 6 x 6 x 6
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 72
v = 1.33 x 226.08
v = 300.6864 cu. units

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 20

Answer:
volume of the sphere= 112.7574 cu. units

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =3
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 3 x 3 x 3
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 27
v = 1.33 x 84.78
v = 112.7574 cu. units

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 21

Answer:
volume of the sphere=11,459.4928 cu. units

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =14
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 14 x 14 x 14
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 2744
v = 1.33 x 8,616.16
v = 11,459.4928 cu. units

FINDING THE RADIUS OF A SPHERE Find the radius of a sphere with the given volume. Round your answer to the nearest tenth if necessary.
Question 16.
Volume = 972π mm3

Answer:
radius of the sphere= 0.0004561 cubic mm

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
972  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where v = 972
972 = 1.33 x 3.14 r³
972 = 1.33 r³
r³ = (1.33/972)
r³ = 0.00136831 cubic mm
r = 0.0004561

Question 17.
Volume = 4.5π cm3

Answer:
radius of the sphere= 0.09851852 cubic cm

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
4.5  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where v = 4.5
4.5 = 1.33 x 3.14 r³
4.5 = 1.33 r³
r³ = (1.33/4.5)
r³ = 0.29555555 cubic mm
r = 0.09851852 cubic cm

Question 18.
Volume = 180 ft3

Answer:
radius of the sphere=0.0077337 cubic ft

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
180 = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where v = 180
180 = 1.33 x 3.14 r³
180 = 1.33  x 3.14r³
180 = 4.1762 r³
r³ = (4.1762/180)
r³ = 0.02320111 cubic ft
r = 0.0077337 cubic ft

Question 19.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The globe of the moon has a radius of 13 centimeters. Find the volume of the globe. Round your answer to the nearest whole number.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 22

Answer:
Volume of the globe =9,175.1114 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of the globe=11,459.4928 units

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =13
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 13 x 13 x 13
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 2,197
v = 1.33 x 6,898.58
v = 9,175.1114 cu. cm

Question 20.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A softball has a volume of about 29 cubic inches. Find the radius of the softball. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Answer:
radius of the softball= 0.0480023 ft

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
29= (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where v = 29
29 = 1.33 x 3.14 r³
29 = 1.33  x 3.14r³
29 = 4.1762 r³
r³ = (4.1762/29)
r³ = 0.1440069 cubic ft
r = 0.0480023 ft

Question 21.
REASONING
A sphere and a right cylinder have the same radius and volume. Find the radius r in terms of the height h of the cylinder.

Answer:
The volume of sphere = (4/3) π h³
the volume of cylinder = πr²  r

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) π r³
They said to find the radius r in terms of height h.
the volume of sphere = (4/3) π h³
the volume of cylinder = πr² r

FINDING VOLUME Find the volume of the composite solid. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 23

Answer:
volume = 256 cubic cm

Explanation:
volume of rectangular prism = lwh
where l= length, w = weight, h= height
l = 8 ,w = 8 , h = 8 given
v= 8 x 8 x 8
v = 64 x 4
v =  256 cubic cm

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 24

Answer:
volume = 192 cubic feet

Explanation:
volume of triangular prism = (bhl/2)
b = 16 , h = 6 , l = 4 given
v = (16 x 6 x 4/2)
v = (16 x 24/2)
v = 16 x 12
v = 192 cubic feet

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 25

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 310.86 cu. in

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
v = 3.14 x 3 x 3 x 11
v = 3.14 x 9 x 11
v = 3.14 x 99
v = 310.86 cu. in

Question 25.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A cylindrical container of three rubber balls has a height of 18 centimeters and a diameter of 6 centimeters. Each ball in the container has a radius of 3 centimeters. Find the amount of space in the container that is not occupied by rubber balls. Round your answer to the nearest whole number.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 26
Answer:
The amount of space in the container that is not occupied by the rubber balls = 2,034.72 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
v = 3.14 x 6 x 6 x 18
v = 3.14 x 36 x 18
v = 3.14 x 648
v =2,034.72 cu. cm

Question 26.
DIG DEEPER!
The basketball shown is packaged in a box that is in the shape of a cube. The edge length of the box is equal to the diameter of the basketball. What are the surface area and the volume of the box?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 27

Answer:
The volume of sph0.01646091 cubic in

Explanation:
the volume of sphere = 4 πr²
121.5 π = 4 π r²
121.5 = 4 r²
r² = (4/121.5)
r² = 0.03292181
r = 0.01646091 cubic in

Question 27.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The inner core of Earth begins about 3200 miles below the surface of Earth and has a volume of about 581,000,000π cubic miles. Approximate the radius of Earth. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 28

Answer:
radius  of earth = 0.00240199 miles.

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) π r³
581,000,000 π  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
581,000,000= 1.3333 x 3.14 x r³
581,000,000= 4.18666667  r³
r³ = (4.18666667/581.000,000)
r³ = 0.00720597
r = 0.00240199 miles,

Question 28.
LOGIC
Your friend says that the volume of a sphere with radius r is four times the volume of a cone with radius r. When is this true? Justify your answer.
Answer:
No my friend is wrong.

Explanation:
volume of cone = πr² (h/3)
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
when the radius is equal to the height h
then the volume of a sphere with radius r is four times the volume of a cone with a radius r.

Lesson 10.4 Surface Areas and Volumes of Similar Solids

EXPLORATION 1

Comparing Similar Solids
Work with a partner.
a.You multiply the dimensions of the smallest cylinder by different factors to create the other four cylinders. Complete the table. Compare the surface area and volume of each cylinder with the surface area and volume of the smallest cylinder.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 1
b. Repeat part(a) using the square pyramids and table below.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 2

Answer:
a.  surface area of cylinder  1 = 12.56
b. surface area of cylinder  2 = 50.24
c. surface area of cylinder  3 = 113.04
d. surface area of cylinder  4 = 200.96
e.. surface area of cylinder  5 = 314

Explanation:
a. surface area of cylinder  1 = 2 πr² + 2 πrh
A = 2 x 3.14 x 1 + 2 x 3.14 x 1 x 1
A = 6.28 + 6.28
A = 12.56
volume of cylinder = πr²h
v = 3.14 x 1 x 1
v = 3.14
b. surface area of cylinder  2 = 2 πr² + 2 πrh
A = 2 x 3.14 x 2 x 2 + 2 x 3.14 x 2 x 2
A = 6.28 x 4 + 6.28 x 4
A = 25.12 + 25.12
A = 50.24
volume of cylinder = πr²h
v = 3.14 x 2 x 2
v = 3.14 x 4
v = 12.56
c. surface area of cylinder  1 = 2 πr² + 2 πrh
A = 2 x 3.14 x 3 x 3 + 2 x 3.14 x 3 x 3
A = 6.28 x 9 + 6.28 x 9
A = 56.52 +56.52
A = 113.04
volume of cylinder = πr²h
v = 3.14 x 3 x 3
v = 3.14 x 9
v = 28.26
d. surface area of cylinder  1 = 2 πr² + 2 πrh
A = 2 x 3.14 x 4 x 4 + 2 x 3.14 x 4 x 4
A = 6.28 x 16 + 6.28 x 16
A = 100.48 + 100.48
A = 200.96
volume of cylinder = πr²h
v = 3.14 x 4 x 4
v = 3.14 x 16
v = 50.24
e. surface area of cylinder  1 = 2 πr² + 2 πrh
A = 2 x 3.14 x 5 x 5 + 2 x 3.14 x 5 x 5
A = 6.28 x 25 + 6.28 x 25
A = 157 + 157
A = 314
volume of cylinder = πr²h
v = 3.14 x 5 x 5
v = 3.14 x 25
v = 78.5

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 3

Try It

Question 1.
Cylinder D has a radius of 7.5 meters and a height of 4.5 meters. Which cylinder in Example 1 is similar to Cylinder D?

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 794.8125 cu. meters.

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr²h
v = 3.14 x 7.5 x 7.5 x 4.5
v = 3.14 x 56.25 x 4.5
v = 3.14 x 253.125
v = 794.8125 cu. meters.

Question 2.
The prisms at the right are similar. Find the missing width and length.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 4

Answer:
volume = 1760 cubic in

Explanation:
the volume of rectangular prism = lwh
where l= length, w = weight, h= height
l = 11,w = 8 , h = 20 given
v= 11 x 8 x 20
v = 88 x 20
v =  1760 cubic in

The solids are similar. Find the surface area of the red solid. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 5

Answer:
volume = 440 cubic m

Explanation:
volume of rectangular prism = lwh
where l= length, w = weight, h= height
l  = 11,w = 8 , h = 5 given
v= 11 x 8x 5
v = 11 x 40
v =  440 cubic m

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 6

Answer:
Volume of cylinder= 0.17840909 cu. cm

Explanation:
Volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14
r = 2.5
110 = 3.14 x 2.5 x 2.5 x h
110 = 3.14 x 6.25 h
110= 19.625 h
h = (19.625/110)
h = 0.17840909 sq cm

Question 5.
The pyramids at the left are similar. Find the volume of the red pyramid. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 7

Answer:
volume of red pyramid = 0.444 cubic in

Explanation:
the volume of the pyramid =( l x w x h/3)
v = 9 given, width = 4 h = 3
9=( 4 x 3h /3)
9 = 4h
h = (4/9)
h = 0.444 cubic in

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 6.
IDENTIFYING SIMILAR SOLIDS
Cone A and Cone B are right cones. Cone B has a radius of 1.25 feet and a height of 3 feet. Are the cones similar?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 8

Answer:
No the cones are not similar.

Explanation:
volume of  cone  A =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 5 ,h = 12
v = 3.14 x 5 x 5 x (12/3)
v = 3.14 x 25 x (12/3)
v =3.14 x 25 x 4
v= 3.14 x100
v = 314  cu. ft
volume of  cone  B =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 1.25 ,h = 3
v = 3.14 x 1.25 x 1.25 x (3/3)
v = 3.14 x 1.5625 x (3/3)
v =3.14 x 1.5625 x 1
v= 3.14 x1.5625
v = 4.90625 cu. ft

Question 7.
FINDING A MISSING MEASURE
A cylinder with a radius of 4 inches r and a height of 6 inches is similar to a cylinder with a radius of r inches and a height of 9 inches. What is the value of r?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 9

Answer:
The value of r = 3 yds

Explanation:
volume of  cylinder  =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 4 ,h = 6
v = 3.14 x 4 x 4 x (6/3)
v = 3.14 x 16 x (6/3)
v =3.14 x 16 x 2
v= 3.14 x 32
v = 100.48

Question 8.
FINDING SURFACE AREA AND VOLUME
The rectangular prisms shown are similar. Find the surface area and volume of the red rectangular prism .

Answer:
The surface area of rectangular prism =2(lw +lh +wh)
the volume of rectangular prism = lwh

Explanation:
The surface area of rectangular prism =2(lw +lh +wh)
where h = height, w = width, l = length
the volume of rectangular prism = lwh

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 9.
Two snails have shells that are similar in shape. The younger snail has a shell with a height of 3.9 centimeters and a volume of 3 cubic centimeters. The older snail has a shell with a volume of 10 cubic centimeters. Estimate the height of the older snail’s shell.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 10

Answer:
The height of the older snails shell = 0.942 cm

Explanation:
the volume of  cylinder  =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 3 ,v = 10
10 = 3.14 x 3 x 3 x (h/3)
10 = 3.14 x 3 x h
10 =3.14 x 3h
10= 9.42 h
h = (9.42/10)
h = 0.942 cm

Question 10.
Two barrels filled with sand are similar in shape. The smaller barrel has a height of 4 feet and a volume of 4.5 cubic feet. The larger barrel has a height of 6 feet. What is the weight of the sand in the larger barrel? Round your answer to the nearest tenth.(One cubic foot of sand weighs about 110 pounds.)

Answer:
The weight of the sand in the larger barrel  = 18 cubic feet

Explanation:
Given that the smaller barrel h = 4 ft and v = 4.5 cubic ft
weight = 4 x 4.5
weight = 18 cubic feet
larger barrel h =  6feet, v= 3 cubic feet,
weight = 3 x 6
weight = 18 cubic feet
1 cubic ft = 110 pounds

Question 11.
Two trunks are similar in shape. The larger trunk has a length of 6 feet and a surface area of 164.25 square feet. The smaller trunk has a length of 4 feet. The materials needed to manufacture each trunk cost $0.60 per square foot. What is the total cost of the materials needed to manufacture the smaller trunk?
Answer:

Surface Areas and Volumes of Similar Solids Homework & Practice 10.4

Review & Refresh

Find the volume of the sphere. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 11

Answer:
volume of the sphere= 5,558.52222 cubic cm

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =11
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 11 x 11 x 11
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 1,331
v = 1.33 x 4,179.34
v = 5,558.52222 cubic cm

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 12

Answer:
volume of the sphere= 380.556225 cubic ft

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =4.5
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 4.5 x 4.5 x 4.5
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 91.125
v = 1.33 x 286.1325
v = 380.556225 cubic ft

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 13

Answer:
volume of the sphere=902.0592 cubic mm

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =6
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 6 x 6 x 6
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 216
v = 1.33 x 678.24
v = 902.0592 cubic mm

Question 4.
Which system of linear equations has no solution?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 14
Answer:
Option c has no solution.

Explanation:
if we take x = 2
A. y = 4x + 1 = 4(2) + 1= 9 , y = – 4x + 1 = -8 + 1= -7
b. Y = 2x – 7 = 4 – 7 = -3 , y = 2x + 7 = 4 + 7 = 11
c. 3x + y = 1 , y = 1 – 6 y = -5 , 6x + 2y = 2 = 12 + 2y = 2,2y =- 10  y = -5
Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

COMPARING SIMILAR SOLIDS All of the dimensions of the solid are multiplied by a factor of k. How many times greater is the surface area of the new solid? How many times greater is the volume of the new solid? (See Exploration 1, p. 445.)
Question 5.
k = 5
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 15

Answer:
25 times greater.
volume of new solid = 125 cubic ft

Explanation:
volume of  prism = lwh
where l= length, w = weight, h= height
l = 5 ,w = 5 , h = 5 given
v= 5 x 5 x 5
v = 5 x 25
v =  125  cubic ft

Question 6.
k = 10
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 16

Answer:
volume of  new cone= 1,046.666 cubic cm

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 10 ,h = 10
v = 3.14 x 10 x 10 x (10/3)
v = 3.14 x 100 x (10/3)
v =3.14 x 100 x 3.33
v= 3.14 x 333.33
v = 1,046.666 cubic cm

IDENTIFYING SIMILAR SOLIDS Determine whether the solids are similar.
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 17

Answer:
The solida are  similar

Explanation:
volume of  small prism = lwh
where l= length, w = weight, h= height
l = 2 ,w = 1 , h = 3 given
v= 2 x 1 x 3
v = 2 x 3
v =  6  cubic in
volume of  large prism = lwh
where l= length, w = weight, h= height
l = 6 ,w = 3 , h = 9 given
v= 6 x 3 x 9
v = 2 x 27
v =  54 cubic in

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 18

Answer:
The solida are not similar

Explanation:
surface area  of  large prism =2 (lw + wh +1h)
where l= length, w = weight, h= height
l = 4 ,w = 2 , h = 4 given
v=2( 4 x 2 + 2 x 4 + 4 x 4)
v = 2 (8 + 8+ 16)
v =  2( 32)
v = 64 cubic in
surface area  of small prism =2 (lw + wh +1h)
where l= length, w = weight, h= height
l = 2 ,w = 1 , h = 4 given
v=2( 2 x 1 + 1 x 4 + 2 x 4)
v = 2 (2 + 4+ 8)
v =  2( 16)
v = 32 cubic in

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 19

Answer:
The pyramids are  similar.

Explanation:
surface area of triangular pyramid 1 = area of faces + base
area of face 1 = 5
area of face 2 = 5
area of face 3 = 6.5
area of face 4 = 6
area of base = 5
A= 5 + 5 + 6.5 + 6 + 5
A = 10 + 6.5 + 11
A = 21 + 6.5
A = 27.5
surface area of triangular pyramid 2 = area of faces + base
area of face 1 = 10
area of face 2 = 10
area of face 3 = 13
area of face 4 = 12
area of base = 10
A= 10 + 10 + 13 + 12 + 10
A = 20 + 13 + 22
A = 42 + 13
A = 55

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 20

Answer:
Two solids are not similar.

Explanation:
volume of  cone 1 =πr² (h/3)
given that  r=9 ,h = 12
v = 3.14 x 9 x 9 x (12/3)
v = 3.14 x 9 x9 x 4
v =3.14 x 81 x 4
v = 3.14 x 324
h = 1,017.36sq m
volume of  cone 2 =πr² (h/3)
given that  r=20 ,h = 21
v = 3.14 x 20 x 20 x (21/3)
v = 3.14 x20 x 20 x 7
v =3.14 x 400 x 7
v = 3.14 x 2800
h =  8,792 sq m

FINDING MISSING MEASURES IN SIMILAR SOLIDS The solids are similar. Find the missing measure(s).
Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 21

Answer:
volume of the sphere=2.5 cu. feet

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =5
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 5 x 5 x 5
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 125
v = 1.33 x 392.5
v = 2.5 cu. feet

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 22

Answer:
surface area of triangular pyramid  = 54 cubic m

Explanation:
surface area of triangular pyramid  = area of faces + base
area of face 1 = 12
area of face 2 = 6
area of face 3 = 13
area of face 4 = 5
area of base = 18
A= 12 + 6 + 13 + 5 + 18
A = 18 + 13 + 23
A = 18 + 36
A = 54  cubic m

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 23

Answer:
volume = 11.5 cu. mm

Explanation:
volume of triangular prism = (bhl/2)
b = 4.6 , h = 4.6 , l = 6.4 given
v = (4.6 x 4.6 x 6.4/2)
v = (21.16 x 6.4/2)
v = (135.424/2)
v = 11.5 cu. mm

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 24

Answer:
volume of cone = 8.0384 cu. in

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that  r=1.6 ,h = 3
v = 3.14 x 1.6 x 1.6 x (3/3)
v = 3.14 x 1.6  x1.6  x 1
v =3.14 x 2.56 x 1
v = 3.14 x 2.56
v = 8.0384 cu. in

FINDING SURFACE AREA The solids are similar. Find the surface area of the red solid. Round your answer to the nearest tenth if necessary.
Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 25
Answer:
The surface area of the red solid = 90 sq m

Explanation:
Given that the surface area of blue solid = 40 sq m
s0 the surface area of the red solid = 60 sq m
4  x 10 = 40
9 x 10 = 90 sq m

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 26

Answer:
volume of the sphere= 14,094 cu. in

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =15
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 15 x 15 x 15
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 3375
v = 1.33 x 10,597.5
v = 14,094.675 cu. in

Question 17.
FINDING SURFACE AREA
The ratio of the corresponding linear measures of two similar cans is 4 to 7. The smaller can has a surface area of 220 square centimeters. Find the surface area of the larger can.

Answer:
The surface area of larger can = 55 sq cm

Explanation:
Given that the smaller can has a surface area of 220 sq cm
The ratio of two similar cans is 4: 7
(220/5) = 55 sq cm

FINDING VOLUME The solids are similar. Find the volume of the red solid.
Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 27

Answer:
The volume of red soil =  70 cu. mm

Explanation:
surface area of triangular pyramid  = area of faces + base
area of face 1 = 21
area of face 2 = 21
area of face 3 = 7
area of face 4 = 7
area of base = 14
A= 21 + 21 + 7 + 7 + 14
A = 42 + 14 + 14
A = 42 + 28
A = 70 cu. mm

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 28

Answer:
height  of cylinder=13,564.8 ft

Explanation:
Volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14
r = 12
v = 3.14 x 12 x 12 x h
7850 = 3.14 x 144 h
7850= 452.16 h
h = (452.16/7850)
h = 13,564.8 sq ft

Question 20.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
The ratio of the corresponding linear measures of two similar solids is 3:5. The volume of the smaller solid is 108 cubic inches. Your friend finds the volume of the larger solid. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 29

Answer:
Yes my friend is correct.

Explanation:
the volume of smaller solid is 108 cubic inches.
(108/v) = (3/5) x (3/5)
(108/v) = (9/25)
v = 300 cubic in

Question 21.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A hemisphere-shaped mole has a diameter of 5.7 millimeters and a surface area of about 51 square millimeters. The radius of the mole doubles. Estimate the new surface area of the mole.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 30

Answer:
The new surface area of the mole = 19.742 sq. mm

Explanation:
surface area of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
A = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r = 2.85
A = 1.33 x 3.14  x 2.85 x 2.85
A= 1.33 x 3.14 x 8.1225
A = 1.33 x 25.50465
A = 19.742 sq. mm

Question 22.
REASONING
The volume of a 1968 Ford Mustang GT engine is 390 cubic inches. Which scale model of the Mustang has the greater engine volume, a 1 : 18 scale model or a 1 : 24 scale model? How much greater is it?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 31
Answer:

Question 23.
DIG DEEPER!
You have a small marble statue of Wolfgang Mozart. It is 10 inches tall and weighs 16 pounds. The original marble statue is 7 feet tall.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 32
a. Estimate the weight of the original statue. Explain your reasoning.
b. If the original statue were 20 feet tall, how much would it weigh?

Answer:
a. The weight of the original statue = 84/10 cubic pounds
b. The original statue weight = 221 lb

Explanation:
a. The weight of the original statue = 7 ft
1 ft = 12 pounds
7 x 12 / 10 = 84/10 cubic pounds.
b. given that the original statue was 20 ft
221,184 lb

Question 24.
REPEATED REASONING
The nesting dolls are similar. The largest doll is 7 inches tall. Each of the other dolls is 1 inch shorter than the next larger doll. Make a table that compares the surface areas and the volumes of the seven dolls.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 33

Answer:

Explanation:
In the above given figure the larger doll is 7 inches tall.
Each of the other doll is 1 inch shorter than the next larger doll.

Question 25.
PRECISION
You and a friend make paper cones to collect beach glass. You cut out the largest possible three-fourths circle from each piece of paper.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 34
a. Are the cones similar? Explain your reasoning.
b. Your friend says that because your sheet of paper is twice as large, your cone will hold exactly twice the volume of beach glass. Is this true? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
a. Yes, the cones are similar.
b.No my friend is correct.

Explanation:
a. all circles are similar, the slant height and the circumference of the base of the cones are proportional .
b. my cone holds about 2 times as much my friend cone.

Volume and Similar Solids Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan
Question 1.
A yurt is a dwelling traditionally used in Mongolia and surrounding regions. The yurt shown is made of a cylinder and a cone. What is the volume of the yurt?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cc 1
Understand the problem
You know that the yurt is made of a cylinder and a cone. You also know several dimensions. You are asked to find the volume of the yurt.
Make a plan.
Use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the height of the cone. Then use the formulas for the volume of a cylinder and the volume of a cone to find the volume of the yurt.
Solve and check.
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.

Answer:
volume of hurt = 4855 cu. ft

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that  r = 15 ,h = 7
v = 3.14 x 15 x 15 x (17/3)
v = 3.14 x 225  x (17/3)
v =3.14 x 225 x 5.666
v = 3.14 x 1275
v = 4,003
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  d =
r = 3 , h = 30
v = 3.14 x 3 x 3 x 30
v = 3.14 x 9 x 30
v= 3.14 x 270
h = 847.8
4008 +847 =4855

Question 2.
supervoidA spherical , a region in space that is unusually empty, has a diameter of 1.8 × 19 0light-years. What is the volume of the supervoid? Use 3.14 for π. Write your answer in scientific notation.

Answer:
volume of supervoid =3.75858000000000 light years

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr³
v = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 0.9
v = 2.826 x 1.33
v = 3.75858000000000 light years

Question 3.
The cylinders are similar. The volume of Cylinder A is \(\frac{8}{27}\) times the volume of Cylinder B. Find the volume of each cylinder. Round your answers to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cc 2

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 452.16 cu. cm

Explanation:
the volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14
r = 4 , h = 9
v = 3.14 x 4 x 4 x 9
v = 3.14 x 16 x 9
v= 3.14 x 144
h = 452.16 sq cm

Performance Task

Packaging Salsa
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Canning Salsa.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cc 3

Volume and Similar Solids Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary

Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 1

Graphic Organizers

You can use a Summary Triangle to explain a concept. Here is an example of a Summary Triangle for volume of a cylinder.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 2

Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 3
1. volume of a cone
2. volume of a sphere
3. volume of a composite solid
4. surface areas of similar solids
5. volumes of similar solids

Answer:
cone = A solid or hollow object which tapers from a circular or roughly circular base to a point.
hemisphere = a half of the celestial sphere as divided into two halves by the horizon.
sphere = a round solid figure, or its surface, with every point on its surface equidistant from its center.
similar solids = two solids are similar if they are the same type of solid and their corresponding radii, heights, base lengths, widths, etc. are proportional.

Chapter Self-Assessment

As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 4

10.1 Volumes of Cylinders (pp. 427–432)
Learning Target: Find the volume of a cylinder. Find the volume of the cylinder. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 5

Answer:
volume of cylinder =1,236.375 cu. ft

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  d = 15 r = (d/2)
r = 7.5 , h = 7 given
v = 3.14 x 7.5 x 7.5 x 7
v = 3.14 x 56.25 x 7
v = 3.14 x 393.75
v = 1,236.375 cu. ft

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 6

Answer:
volume of cylinder =62.8 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14
r = 2 , h = 5 given
v = 3.14 x 2 x 2 x 5
v = 3.14 x 4 x 5
v = 3.14 x 20
v = 62.8 cu. cm

Find the missing dimension of the cylinder. Round your answer to the nearest whole number.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 7

Answer:
height of cylinder = 0.25232143 sq in

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14
r = 1.5 , v = 28 given
28 = 3.14 x 1.5 x 1.5 x h
28= 3.14 x 2.25h
28 = 7.065 h
h = 7.065/28
h = 0.25232143 sq in

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 8

Answer:
radius of cylinder =60.501 sq m

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14
h = 20 m, v = 7599 given
7599= 3.14 x r x r x 20
7599= 3.14 x 20 r²
7599 = 62.8 r²
r² = 7599/62.8
r² = 121.00 m
r = 60.501 sq m

Question 5.
You are buying two cylindrical cans of juice. Each can holds the same amount of juice.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 9
a. What is the height of Can B?
b. About how many cups of juice does 3≈each can hold? (1 in.3 ≈ 0.07 cup)

Answer:
a.The height of can B = 0.074 in
b. The cups of juice does 3 each can hold = 21 cups

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14
h = 6, r = 3given
v = 3.14 x 3 x 3 x 6
v= 3.14 x 9 x 6
v = 3.14 x 54
v = 169.56 sq in
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14
v = 169.56, r = 2given
169.56 = 3.14 x 2 x 2 h
169.56= 3.14 x 4 h
169.56= 12.56 h
h = 0.074 in
b. 3 x 0.07
0.21
21 cups.

Question 6.
You triple the radius of a cylinder. How many times greater is the volume of the new cylinder? Explain.

Answer:
3 times greater than the volume of the new cylinder.

Explanation:
Given that the radius is tripled.
volume of cylinder = πr⁵ h

10.2 Volumes of Cones (pp. 433–438)
Learning Target: Find the volume of a cone.

Find the volume of the cone. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 10

Answer:

volume of  cone= 803.84 cu. m

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 8 ,h = 12
v = 3.14 x 8 x 8 x (12/3)
v = 3.14 x 64 x (12/3)
v =3.14 x 64 x 4
v= 3.14 x 256
v = 803.84 cu. m

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 11

Answer:
volume of  cone= 41.8666 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 2 ,h = 10
v = 3.14 x 2 x 2 x (10/3)
v = 3.14 x 4 x (10/3)
v =3.14 x 4 x 3.33
v= 3.14 x 13.33
v = 41.8666 cu. cm

Find the missing dimension of the cone. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 12

Answer:
radius of  cone= 0.006173  in

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that ,h = 36
3052= 3.14 x r x r (36/3)
3052 = 3.14 x 12 r²
3052 =37.68 r²
r²= 0.012346
v = 0.006173 cu. in

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 13

Answer:
height of  cone=0.041866 sq mm

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that ,r =6
900= 3.14 x 6 x 6 (h/3)
900 = 3.14 x 12 h
900 =37.68 h
h= (37.68/900)
h  = 0.041866 sq mm

Question 11.
The paper cup can hold 84.78 cubic centimeters of water. What is the height of the cup?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 14

Answer:
height of  cone=  0.111111 cm

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that ,r =3
84.78= 3.14 x 3 x 3 (h/3)
84.78 = 3.14 x 3 h
84.78 =9.42 h
h= (9.42/84.78)
h  = 0.111111 cm

10.3 Volumes of Spheres (pp. 439–444)
Learning Target: Find the volume of a sphere.

Find the volume of the sphere. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 15

Answer:
volume of the sphere=7,216.4736 cubic ft

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =12
v = 1.33 x 12  x 12 x 12 x 3.14
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 1728
v = 1.33 x 5,425.92
v = 7,216.4736 cubic ft

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 16

Answer:
volume of the sphere= 5,558.52222 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =11
v = 1.33 x 11  x 11 x 11 x 3.14
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 1331
v = 1.33 x 4,179.34
v = 5,558.52222 cu. cm

Question 14.
The volume of a water walking ball is \(\frac{4}{3}\)π cubic meters. Find the diameter of the water walking ball.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 17
Answer:

Find the volume of the composite solid. Round your answer to the nearest tenth if necessary.
Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 18

Answer:
volume of  cone=  452.16 cu. m

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that ,r = 6, h = 12
v= 3.14 x 6 x 6 (12/3)
v = 3.14 x 36 x (12/3)
v =3.14 x 36 x 4
v= 3.14 x 144
v  = 452.16 cu. m

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 19

Answer:
The volume of solid=  31 cu. ft

Explanation:
surface area of triangular pyramid  = area of faces + base
area of face 1 = 6
area of face 2 = 6
area of face 3 = 2
area of face 4 = 5
area of base = 12
A= 6 + 6 + 2 + 5 + 12
A = 12 + 7 + 12
A = 24 + 7
A = 31   sq ft

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 20.1

Answer:
volume of cylinder =50.24 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14
r = 2 , h = 4 given
v = 3.14 x 2 x 2 x 4
v = 3.14 x 16
v= 50.24 cu. cm

Question 18.
The volume of water that a submerged object displaces is equal to the volume of the object. Find the radius of the sphere. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.(1 mL = 1 cm3)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 20
Answer:

10.4 Surface Areas and Volumes of Similar Solids (pp. 445–452)
Learning Target: Find the surface areas and volumes of similar solids.

Question 19.
Determine whether the solids are similar.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 21

Answer:
Volume of cylinder= 0.17840909 cu. cm

Explanation:
Volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14
r = 2.5
110 = 3.14 x 2.5 x 2.5 x h
110 = 3.14 x 6.25 h
110= 19.625 h
h = (19.625/110)
h = 0.17840909 sq cm

Question 20
The prisms are similar. Find the missing measures.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 22

Answer:

Question 21.
The prisms are similar. Find the surface area of the red prism. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 23
Answer:
volume = 67.712 cubic cm

Explanation:
volume of triangular prism = (bhl/2)
b = 4.6 , h = 4.6 , l = 6.4 given
v = (4.6 x 4.6 x 6.4/2)
v = (21.16 x 6.4/2)
v = (135.424/2)
v = 67.712 cubic  cm

Question 22.
The pyramids are similar. Find the volume of the red pyramid.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 24

Answer:
The volume of red soil =  70 cu. mm

Explanation:
surface area of triangular pyramid  = area of faces + base
area of face 1 = 21
area of face 2 = 21
area of face 3 = 7
area of face 4 = 7
area of base = 14
A= 21 + 21 + 7 + 7 + 14
A = 42 + 14 + 14
A = 42 + 28
A = 70  sqmm

Question 23.
The ratio of the corresponding linear measures of two similar jewelry boxes is 2 to 3. The larger jewelry box has a volume of 162 cubic inches. Find the volume of the smaller jewelry box.

Answer:
volume of the jewelry box = 36.4 cubics in

Explanation:
given that 2: 3 ratio
(162/v) = (2/3) x (2/3)
(162/v) = (4/9)
4v = 1458
v = (1458/4)
v = 36.4 cubic in

Volume and Similar Solids Practice Test

Find the volume of the solid. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids pt 1

Answer:
volume of the sphere=33,409.6 cu. mm

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =20
v = 1.33 x 20 x 20 x 20 x 3.14
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 8000
v = 1.33 x 25,120
v = 33,409.6 cu. mm

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids pt 2

Answer:
volume of  cone=  452.16 cu. m

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that ,r = 6, h = 12
v= 3.14 x 6 x 6 (12/3)
v = 3.14 x 36 x (12/3)
v =3.14 x 36 x 4
v= 3.14 x 144
v  = 452.16 cu. m

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids pt 3

Answer:
volume of the sphere=33,409.6 cu. mm

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =20
v = 1.33 x 20 x 20 x 20 x 3.14
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 8000
v = 1.33 x 25,120
v = 33,409.6 cu. mm

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids pt 4
Answer:
volume of  cone=  452.16 cu. m

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that ,r = 6, h = 12
v= 3.14 x 6 x 6 (12/3)
v = 3.14 x 36 x (12/3)
v =3.14 x 36 x 4
v= 3.14 x 144
v  = 452.16 cu. m

Question 5.
The pyramids are similar.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids pt 5
a. Find the missing measures.
b. Find the surface area of the red pyramid.

Answer:
The volume of red soil =  70 cu. mm

Explanation:
surface area of triangular pyramid  = area of faces + base
area of face 1 = 21
area of face 2 = 21
area of face 3 = 7
area of face 4 = 7
area of base = 14
A= 21 + 21 + 7 + 7 + 14
A = 42 + 14 + 14
A = 42 + 28

Question 6.
You are making smoothies. You will use either the cone-shaped glass or the cylindrical glass. Which glass holds more? About how much more?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids pt 6
Answer:
volume of  cone=  452.16 cu. m

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that ,r = 6, h = 12
v= 3.14 x 6 x 6 (12/3)
v = 3.14 x 36 x (12/3)
v =3.14 x 36 x 4
v= 3.14 x 144
v  = 452.16 cu. m

Question 7.
The ratio of the corresponding linear measures of two similar waffle cones is 3 to 4. The smaller cone has a volume of about 18 cubic inches. Find the volume of the larger cone. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Answer: 24 cubic inches.

Explanation:
(18/v) = (3/4)
3v = 18 x 4
3v = 72
v = 24 cubic in

Question 8.
Draw two different composite solids that have the same volume but different surface areas.Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 9.
There are 13.5π cubic inches of blue sand and 9π cubic inches of red sand in the cylindrical container. How many cubic inches of white sand are in the container? Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids pt 9
Answer:
v = 169.56 cu. in
Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14
h = 6, r = 3given
v = 3.14 x 3 x 3 x 6
v= 3.14 x 9 x 6
v = 3.14 x 54
v = 169.56 cu. in

Question 10.
Without calculating, determine which solid has the greater volume. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids pt 10

Answer:
prism has great volume.

Explanation:
the volume of the sphere is less than the volume of a prism.

Volume and Similar Solids Cumulative Practice

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cp 1
Question 1.
What is the value of 14 – 2\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 64 } \) ?
A. – 50
B. – 2
C. 6
D. 48
Answer:
option A Is correct

Explanation:
14 – 2 (3/64 x 100)
12 (150/32)
12 x (75/16)
-50

Question 2.
What is the volume of the cone? (Use \(\frac{22}{7}\) for π.)
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cp 2

Answer:
volume of  cone=  4098. 8304 cubic cm

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that ,r = 14, h = 20
v= 3.14 x 14 x 14 (20/3)
v = 3.14 x196 x (20/3)
v =3.14 x 196 x 6.66
v= 3.14 x 1305.36
v  = 4098. 8304

Question 3.
The cylinders are similar. What is the volume of the red cylinder?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cp 3
A. 6 cm
B. 150.75 cm3
C. 301.5 cm3
D. 603 cm3

Answer:
option D is correct.

Explanation:
(1206/2 ) = 603
large cylinder is 2 times greater than small cylinder.

Question 4.
A rectangle is graphed in the coordinate plane.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cp 4.1
Which of the following shows Rectangle E’F’G’H’, the image of Rectangle EFGH after it is reflected in the -axis?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cp 4

Answer:
option  I is correct.

Explanation:
EFGH  is reflected in the -ve axis.

Question 5.
What are the ordered pairs shown in the mapping diagram?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cp 5
A. (2, 5), (4, – 2), (6, – 7), (8, 1)
B. (2, – 7), (4, – 2), (6, 1), (8, 5)
C. (2, 5), (4, 1), (6, – 2), (8, – 7)
D. (5, 2), (- 2, 4), (- 7, 6), (1, 8)

Answer:
option A is correct.

Explanation:
(2, 5)
(4, -2)
(6, -7)
(8, 1)

Question 6.
What is \(0 . \overline{75}\) written as a fraction?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cp 6

Answer:

Question 7.
Solve the formula A = P + PI for I.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cp 7

Answer:
option I is correct.

Explanation:
A = P + PI
I = (A – P/P)
A = P + P (A – P/P)
A = A.

Question 8.
A cylinder has a volume of 1296 cubic inches. If you divide the radius of the cylinder by 12, what is the volume (in cubic inches) of the smaller cylinder?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cp 6

Answer:
The volume =0.1162963 cubic in

Explanation:
volume of  cylinder  =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 12 , v = 1296
1296 = 3.14 x 12 x 12 x (h/3)
1296 = 3.14 x 12x 4h
1296 =3.14 x  48 h
1296= 150.72 h
h =(150.72/1296)
h = 0.1162963 cubic in

Question 9.
The cost y (in dollars) for pounds of grapes is represented by y = 2x. Which graph represents the equation?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cp 9

Answer:
Option c is correct.

Explanation:
y = 2x
on the x axis the graph represents the straight line on x – axis.

Question 10.
You are making a giant crayon. What is the volume (in cubic centimeters) of the entire crayon? Show your work and explain your reasoning. (Use 3.14 for π.)
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cp 10
Answer:
The volume = =75.34116 cubic cm

Explanation:
the volume of  cylinder  =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 3 ,h = 8
v = 3.14 x 3 x 3 x (8/3)
v = 3.14 x 9 x (8/3)
v =3.14 x 9 x 2.666
v= 3.14 x 23.994
v = 75.34116 cubic cm

Conclusion:

The solution mentioned in this article Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids is beneficial for all high school students. Go through all the problems before you start practicing. If you have any doubts you can clarify them by posting the comments in the below-mentioned comment section. Keep in touch with us to get the latest updates of all Big Ideas Math 8th Grade Answers for all the chapters.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two – and Three – Dimensional Shapes

Learning the basics of earlier grade chapters is quite necessary to lay a stronger foundation for the grade 1 students. Enhance your subject knowledge by taking the help of the Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two – and Three-Dimensional Shapes. We advise you to go through the topics in the Chapter Two – and Three – Dimensional Shapes. Download Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two – and Three-Dimensional Shapes pdf for free.

Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two – and Three – Dimensional Shapes

Become champ in the subject by referring to our Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Solution Key Chapter 13 Two – and Three – Dimensional Shapes pdf. You need to work hard right from the beginning in order to have strong basics. The detailed explanation provided helps you understand the topics easily from the below section.

Vocabulary

Lesson: 1 Sort Two-Dimensional Shapes

Lesson: 2 Describe Two-Dimensional Shapes

Lesson: 3 Combine Two-Dimensional Shapes

Lesson: 4 Create More Shapes

Lesson: 5 Take Apart Two-Dimensional Shapes

Lesson: 6 Sort Three-Dimensional Shapes

Lesson: 7 Describe Three-Dimensional Shapes

Lesson: 8 Combine Three-Dimensional Shapes

Lesson: 9 Take Apart Three-Dimensional Shapes

Chapter – 13: Two – and Three – Dimensional Shapes

Two – and Three – Dimensional Shapes Vocabulary

Organize It

Review Words:
hexagon
square

Use the review words to complete the graphic organizer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-1
Explanation:
Above given figures are
Square : A Square is a flat shape with 4 equal sides and every angle is a right angle (90°).
Hexagon : A regular hexagon is a closed shape polygon which has six equal sides and six equal angles. In case of any regular polygon, all its sides and angles are equal.
Define It

Use your vocabulary cards to identify the words. Find each word in the word search.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-2

Explanation:
Cone : A cone is a three- dimensional geometric shape that tapers smoothly from a flat base (frequently, though not necessarily, circular) to a point called the apex or vertex. In the above figure, the arrow is pointing towards the apex or vertex.
Cube: A line segment formed where two edges meet. A cube has 12 edges. Because all faces are squares and congruent to each other, all 12 edges are the same length. In the above figure, the arrow is pointing towards edge.
Triangle: In geometry, a triangle is a closed two- dimensional shape with three straight sides. A triangle is also a polygon. In the above figure the arrow is pointing towards side.

Lesson 13.1 Sort Two-Dimensional Shapes

Explore and Grow

Sort the Shape Sort Cards. Explain how you sorted.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-3
Explanation:
Sort the Shape Sort Cards means we need some shapes, we take print out shapes(in color) and then cut them out, or print shapes(black and white) on different colors of paper or card, cut them out, then mix them up. Or we might like to color them by our self.  Now we have our shapes, let’s sort them by color. In the above figure we are given with shapes and shapes in color now we sort shapes according to colors as shown above.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Circle the closed shapes with 4 vertices.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-4
Explanation:
In the above given figures we have closed shapes with 4 vertices, so I have circled them. 2 are rectangles, one without color, one with blue color, one is square with no color, One is rhombus with blue in color these are closed shapes with 4 vertices.

Question 2.
Circle the closed shapes with no straight sides.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-5
Explanation:
In the above given figures we have closed shapes with no straight sides so I have circled them.
3 are circles, one without color, one with green color small in shape, One more circle in green color with little big in shape, these are closed shapes with no straight sides.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 3.
Circle the closed shapes with only 3 vertices.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-6
Explanation:
In the above given figures we have closed shapes with 3 vertices, so I have circled them. 3 are triangles, one without color, one with green color and one shape is right angled triangle these are closed shapes with 3 vertices.

Question 4.
Circle the closed shapes with only L-shaped vertices.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-7
Explanation:
In the above given figures we have closed shapes with only L-shaped vertices, so I have circled them. one rectangle without color, one square with purple color and one shape is right angled triangle with purple color these are closed shapes with only L-shaped vertices.

Question 5.
Circle the shapes with more than 4 straight sides.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-8
Explanation:
In the above given figures we have shapes with more than 4 straight sides, so I have circled them. one rectangle without color, one trapezium with no color
and one square with orange color are shapes with more than 4 straight sides.

Question 6.
Circle the shapes with 6 straight sides.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-9
Explanation:
In the above given figures we have shapes with 6 straight sides, so I have circled them. one little big hexagon without color  and one small hexagon with blue color are shapes with 6 straight sides.

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
Draw 2 different two-dimensional shapes that have only 4 straight sides.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-10

Explanation:
I have drawn 2 different two-dimensional shapes that have only 4 straight sides are square shape with no color and rectangle shape in green color both are two-dimensional shapes with only 4 straight sides.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Use the clues to color the picture.
Only 3 straight sides: blue
Only 4 straight sides: green
No straight sides: yellow
More than 4 vertices: red
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-11

Explanation:
I have used the given clues to color the picture.
Only 3 straight sides triangles with blue,
Only 4 straight sides square and rhombus with green,
No straight sides circles with yellow,
More than 4 vertices hexagon with red.

Show and Grow

Question 8.
Use the clues to color the picture.
Only 3 vertices: green
All L-shaped vertices: orange
Only 4 straight sides and
no L-shaped vertices: blue
6 straight sides: yellow
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-12

Explanation:
I have used the given clues to color the picture.
Only 3 vertices triangles with green,
All L-shaped vertices rectangle with orange,
Only 4 straight sides rhombus and
no L-shaped vertices with blue,
6 straight sides hexagon with yellow.

Sort Two-Dimensional Shapes Practice 13.1

Question 1.
Circle the closed shapes with no straight sides.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-13
Explanation:
In the above given figures we have shapes with no straight sides, so I have circled them. one small circle with blue color, one little big circle with no color and one curve are shapes with no straight sides.

Question 2.
Circle the closed shapes with 4 sides of the same length.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-14Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-14
Explanation:
In the above given figures we have shapes with 4 sides of the same length, so I have circled them. one small rhombus with no color, one little big rhombus with green color and one square with no color are shapes with 4 sides of the same length.

Question 3.
Circle the shapes with no vertices.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-15
Explanation:
In the above given figures we have shapes with no vertices, so I have circled them. one small circle with no color, one little big circle with red color and one big circle with red color are shapes with vertices.

Question 4.
Circle the shapes with more than 4 vertices.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-16
Explanation:
In the above given figures we have shapes with more than 4 vertices, so I have circled them.
One is Pentagon with no color, one hexagon with orange color are shapes with more than 4 vertices.

Question 5.
DIG DEEPER!
Draw 2 different two-dimensional shapes with
2 long straight sides and 2 short straight sides.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-17
Explanation:
In the above figures we have drawn 2 different two-dimensional shapes one triangle  shape with 2 long straight sides and one rectangle shape  with 2 short straight sides.

Question 6.
Modeling Real Life
Use the clues to color the picture.
Only 3 vertices: yellow
Only 4 sides: black
Only 1 straight side: orange
No straight sides: blue
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-18
Explanation:
Using the clues to colored the picture,
Only 3 vertices triangle with yellow,
Only 4 sides square with black,
Only 1 straight side semi circles with orange,
and no straight sides circles with blue.

Review & Refresh

Question 7.
Circle the longer object.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-19
Explanation:
In the given images tennis bat is longer than the color brush so circled it with circle.

Lesson 13.2 Describe Two-Dimensional Shapes

Explore and Grow

Which shape has three sides?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 17

Which shapes have 4 sides and 4 L-shaped vertices?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 18

Which shapes have 4 sides and no L-shaped vertices?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 19
Use your materials to build each shape you circled.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-20
Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-21
Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-22

Explanation:
Triangle shape has three sides,
Rectangle and Square shapes have 4 sides as 1,2,3,4 and
4 L-shaped vertices as a, b, c, d.
1 Trapezium, 2 rhombus are shapes have 4 sides as 1,2,3,4 and
no L-shaped vertices pointed them.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 20
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-23
Explanation:
Given Hexagon shape which has 6 straight sides as 1,2,3,4,5,6 and 6 vertices as a, b, c, d ,e, f.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 20
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-24
Explanation:
Given Hexagon shape which has 6 straight sides as 1,2,3,4,5,6 and 6 vertices as a, b, c, d ,e, f.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 22
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-25
Explanation:
Given right angled triangle has 3 straight sides as
1,2,3 and 3 vertices as a, b, c.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 23
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-26
Explanation:
Given rhombus has 4 straight sides as 1,2,3,4 and
4 vertices as a, b, c, d.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 24
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Two - and Three - Dimensional Shapes-27
Explanation:
Given rhombus has 4 straight sides as 1,2,3,4 and
4 vertices as a, b, c, d.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 25
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-26
Explanation:
Given right angled triangle has 3 straight sides 1,2,3 and 3 vertices as a, b, c.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 26
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-27

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 27
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-28
Explanation:
Given Hexagon shape which has 6 straight sides as 1,2,3,4,5,6 and 6 vertices as a, b, c, d ,e, f.

Circle the attributes of the shape.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 28
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-29

Explanation:
Triangle has 3 straight sides and 3 vertices so circled the attributes of the shape.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 29
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-30
Explanation:
Square has 4 straight sides of the same length , 4 vertices and its closed shape so circled the attributes of the shape.

Question 11.
MP Precision
Match each shape with an attribute that describes it.
Circle                           Rectangle                   Hexagon
6 straight sides           0 vertices                    only 4 vertices
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-31
Explanation:
We know Circle has 0 vertices,
Rectangle has only 4 vertices and
Hexagon has 6 straight sides so matched
according to their attributes that describe shape about them.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

A board game has ‘4 sides and 4 L-shaped vertices.
Name and draw two shapes for the board game.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 30
Circle: Square        Hexagon        Trapezoid      Rectangle
Draw shapes:
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-32
Explanation :
Circled Square and Rectangle.
Given a board game has ‘4 sides and 4 L-shaped vertices.
we can draw two shapes for the board game as
Square and Rectangle
with Square shape of 4 sides as 1,2,3,4 and
4 L-shaped vertices as a, b, c, d
and Rectangle shape of 4 sides as 1,2,3,4 and
4 L-shaped vertices as a, b, c, d.

Show and Grow

Question 12.
A board game has 4 sides and no L-shaped vertices.
Name and draw two shapes for the board game.
Circle: Triangle      Trapezoid       Rhombus      Square
Draw shapes:
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-33
Explanation:
Given a board game has 4 sides and no L-shaped vertices.
we can draw two shapes for the board game as
Trapezoid and Rhombus with as Trapezoid shape has 4 sides
as 1,2,3,4 and no L-shaped vertices
and Rhombus shape of 4 sides as 1,2,3,4 and
no L-shaped vertices.

Describe Two-Dimensional Shapes Practice 13.2

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 31
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-34
Explanation:
Given Hexagon shape which has 6 straight sides as 1,2,3,4,5,6 and 6 vertices as a, b, c, d ,e, f.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 32
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-36
Explanation:
Given rhombus has 4 straight sides as 1,2,3,4 and 4 vertices as a, b, c, d.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 33
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-37
Explanation:
Given circle has no straight sides and no vertices.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 34
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-38
Explanation:
Given triangle has 3 straight sides and 3 vertices.

Circle the attributes of the shape.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 35
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-39
Explanation:
Trapezoid has 4 straight sides and its closed shape so circled the attributes of the Trapezoid shape.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 36
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-40
Explanation:
Rectangle has 4 straight sides
and 4 vertices circled the attributes of the  Rectangle shape.

Question 7.
MP Precision
Match each shape with an attribute that describes it.
Triangle                             Trapezoid               Circle
only 3 straight sides          0 straight sides       4 vertices
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-41
Explanation:
We know Triangle has only 3 straight sides,
Trapezoid has 4 vertices and
Circle has 0 straight sides, so matched
according to their attributes that describe shape about them.

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
A photograph has 4 straight sides of the same length and 4 vertices. Draw and name two possible shapes for the photograph.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 37

_Square___ , __Rhombus__
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-42
Explanation:
Given a photograph has 4 straight sides of the same length and 4 vertices.
So two possible shapes for the photograph are one is Square and one
is Rhombus both has 4 straight sides of the same length and 4 vertices.
So drawn as shown in the figure above.

Review & Refresh

Question 9.
MP Reasoning
Which sentences are correct?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 38
There are 5 ponies.
There are 7 deer.
There are more goats than ponies.
The numbers of deer and goats are the same.
Answer:
Sentences  2. There are 7 deer and
3. There are more goats than ponies are correct.

Explanation:
Given 4 sentences as
There are 5 ponies.
There are 7 deer.
There are more goats than ponies.
The numbers of deer and goats are the same.
1.There are 5 ponies. which is incorrect as there are only 4 ponies,
2. There are 7 deer yes correct as there are 7 deer,
3. There are more goats than ponies correct because 8 goats are there
and 4 ponies so goats are more,
4. The numbers of deer and goats are the same is incorrect
as number of deer are 7 and goats are 8 both are not the same,
Therefore Sentences  2. There are 7 deer and
3. There are more goats than ponies are correct.

Lesson 13.3 Combine Two-Dimensional Shapes

Explore and Grow

Use 2 triangles to make a new two-dimensional shape. Draw your shape.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 39
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-43
Explanation:
Using 2 triangles to make a new two-dimensional shape
We got Rhombus shape.

Use 3 triangles to make a new two-dimensional shape. Draw your shape.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 40
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-44
Explanation:
Using 3 triangles to make a new two-dimensional shape
We got Trapezoid shape.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 41
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-45
Explanation:
2 Trapezoids make a Hexagon.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 42
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-46
Explanation:
3 Rhombus make a Hexagon.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 43
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-47
Explanation:
2 Semi Circles make a one Circle.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 44
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-48
Explanation:
2 Right Angled Triangles make a Rectangle.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 45
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-49

Explanation:
3 Triangles make a Trapezoid.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 46
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-50

Explanation:
2 Squares make a Rectangle.

Question 7.
Draw the shape you can use 2 times to make a Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 47.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-51
Explanation:
We take 2 times trapezoid to make a hexagon as
shown in the figure above.

Question 8.
Draw the shape you can use 3 times to make a Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 47.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-52

Explanation:
We take 3 times rhombus to make a hexagon as
shown in the figure above.

Question 9.
MP Choose Tools
Which shape can you use 2 times to make a Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 48 ?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 49
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-53
Explanation:
Triangle shape can be used 2 times to make a Rhombus
as shown in the figure.

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
Draw to show 2 different ways you can use pattern blocks to make the shape.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 50
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-54

Explanation:
We can use 2 different ways pattern blocks to make the shape
one is of triangle and another is square.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Use the number of pattern blocks to fill the shape on the sign. How many of each block do you use? Draw to show your work.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 51
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-55

Explanation:
First time we use 3  blocks of trapezoid pattern blocks to fill the shape on the sign, second time we use 4 blocks in that 3 blocks of triangles and 1 block of hexagon to fill the shape on the sign.

Show and Grow

Question 11.
Use 3 pattern blocks to fill the shape on the sign. How many of each block do you use? Draw to show your work.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 52
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 53
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-56
Explanation:
We use 3 pattern blocks to fill the shape on the sign.
Each block of triangle, one trapezoid and one rhombus to fill the shape on the sign.

Combine Two-Dimensional Shapes Practice 13.3

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 54
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-57
Explanation:
2 triangles make a rhombus as shown in the figure.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 55
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-58
Explanation:
As shown above in the figure 2 rhombus fill the shape of
the given sign.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 56
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-59
Explanation:
6 triangles make a hexagon as shown in the figure.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 57
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-60
Explanation:
2 quadrant makes a half semi circle as shown
in the figure above.

MP Choose Tools
Which 2 pattern blocks can you use to make the shape?
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 58
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-61
Explanation:
We use one rhombus and one triangle blocks to make
the trapezoid shape as shown in the figure.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 59
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-62
Explanation:
We use one rhombus and one triangle blocks to make
the triangle shape as shown in the figure.

Question 7.
Modeling Real Life
Use 5 pattern blocks to fill the shape on the sign. How many of each block do you use? Draw to show your work.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 60
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-63
Explanation:
We have used 5 pattern blocks to fill the shape on the sign and 4 blocks of triangles,1 block of square, 2 trapezoids, 1 rhombus and 1 hexagon to complete the Newton’s house.

Review & Refresh

Write the name

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 61
______6____: ____00______ :__00________
Answer:
6:00:00

Explanation:
The clock is showing 6 Hours, Zero Minutes and Zero Seconds.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 62
___8_______: ___30_______: ___00_______
Answer:
8:30:00

Explanation:
The clock is showing 8 Hours, Thirty Minutes and Zero Seconds.

Lesson 13.4 Create More Shapes

Explore and Grow

Use two or more shapes to make the center of the flower. Use more shapes to fill in the rest of the flower.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 63
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 64
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-64
Explanation:
Used trapezoid, rhombus and triangle shapes to make the center of the flower
and used more shapes to fill in the rest of the flower.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Use Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 65 to make a Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 66. Draw to show your work.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 67
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-65
Explanation:
4 quadrants makes a circle as shown in the figure,
Step 1: Take one quadrant place it,
Step 2 : Take one more quadrant and place it makes semi circle,
Step 3 : Place one more quadrant as shown,
Step 4 : Now placing one more quadrant
and joining all together makes a full circle as shown.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 2.
Use Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 68 to make a Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 69. Draw to show your work.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 70
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-66
Explanation:
4 right angled triangles makes rectangle as shown in the figure,
Step 1: Take one right angled triangle place it,
Step 2 : Take one more right angled triangle and place it
as shown it becomes square
Step 3 : Place one right angled triangle as shown,
Step 4 : Now place one more right angled triangle as shown
now joining all together makes a rectangle full as shown.

Question 3.
Use Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 71 and Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 72 to make a Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 73. Draw to show your work.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 74
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-67
Explanation:
4 triangles makes rhombus as shown in the figure,
Step 1: Take one triangle place it,
Step 2 : Take one more triangle and place it
as shown it becomes rhombus
Step 3 : Place one triangle as shown, it becomes trapezoid
Step 4 : Now place one more triangle as shown
now joining all together makes a rhombus full as shown.

Question 4.
Draw the shape you can use 3 times to make a Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 75.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-68
Explanation:
We take 3 quadrants to make a shape as shown in the figure,
Step 1: Take one quadrant place it,
Step 2 : Take one more quadrant and place it makes semi circle,
Step 3 : Place one more quadrant as shown,
and joining all together makes a shape as required.

Question 5.
Draw the shape you can use 4 times to make a Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 76.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-68
Explanation:
We can use triangle 4 times to make a Triangle as
shown in four steps above.
Step 1: Take one triangle place it,
Step 2 : Take one more triangle and place it beside
the first one we get rhombus,
Step 3 : Place one more triangle beside rhombus as shown,
we get trapezoid,
Step 4: Now we place one more triangle on top of
trapezoid after joining all together makes a triangle shape.

Question 6.
DIG DEEPER!
Draw to show two different ways you con join the shapes on the left to make the larger shape.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 77
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-69
Explanation:
First Way
Step 1: We take rectangle as shown
Step 2: We take one right angled triangle and join
Step 3: We take one more right angled triangle and place
with another right angled triangle as shown above we get the larger shape.
Second Way:
Step 1: Here we first place right angled triangle,
Step 2 : Take another right angled triangle and place as shown
beside the previous right angled triangle,
Step 3 : Now we join with a rectangle as shown ,
we get the larger shape.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Use pattern blocks to complete the puzzle. How many of each block do you use? Draw to show your work.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 78
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 79
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-70
Explanation:
As shown above used 2 triangles, 1 square,
1 trapezoid, 3 rhombus and 1 more rhombus pattern
to complete the puzzle.

Show and Grow

Question 7.
Use pattern blocks to complete the puzzle. How many of each block do you use? Draw to show your work.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 80
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 81
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-71

Explanation:
As shown above used 5 triangles, 1 square,
2 rhombus, 2 trapezoid and 1 more rhombus pattern
blocks to complete the puzzle.

Create More Shapes Practice 13.4

Question 1.
Use Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 82 to make a larger Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 82. Draw to show your work.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 83
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-72

Explanation:
We can use square 4 times to make a Square as
shown in four steps above.
Step 1: Take one  square place it,
Step 2 : Take one more square and place it below
the first one we get rectangle,
Step 3 : Place one more square beside as shown,
Step 4: Now we place one more square as shown
after joining all together makes a square shape.

Question 2.
Use Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 84 to make a Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 85. Draw to show your work.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 86
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-73
Explanation:
We can use right angled triangles 4 times to make a Rhombus as
shown in four steps above.
Step 1: Take one right angled triangle place it,
Step 2 : Take one more right angled  triangle and place it beside
the first one as shown
Step 3 : Place one more right angled triangle as shown,
Step 4: Now we place one more right angled triangle
after joining all together makes a rhombus shape.

Question 3.
DIG DEEPER!
Draw to show two ways you can combine the 3 shapes on the left to make the larger shape.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 87
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-74
Explanation:
First Way
Step 1: We take square as shown,
Step 2: We take one rectangle and join with square,
Step 3: We take one more square and place
as shown above we get the larger shape.
Second Way:
Step 1: Here we first place rectangle,
Step 2 : Take square and place as shown,
Step 3 : Now we take one more square and join
as shown in figure, we get the larger shape.

Question 4.
Modeling Real Life
Use pattern blocks to complete the puzzle. How many of each block do you use? Draw to show your work.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 88
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 89
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-75
Explanation:
As shown above used 1 triangle, 2 squares,
3 rhombus, 2 trapezoid and 1 more rhombus pattern
blocks to complete the puzzle.

Review & Refresh

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 90
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-76
17 is less than 19.

Explanation:
As 17 is less than < 19,  we select less than.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 91
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-77
12 is greater than 11.

Explanation:
As 12 is greater than > 11, we select greater than

Lesson 13.5 Take Apart Two-Dimensional Shapes

Explore and Grow

Draw lines to take apart each figure.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 92
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-78
Explanation:
1. We draw lines to show two rectangles as
shown in the above figure,
2.  We draw lines to show four squares as
shown in the above figure,
3. We draw lines to show two triangles and one
rectangle as shown in the above figure,
4. We draw lines to show two triangles and two
square as shown in the above figure.

Show and Grow

Draw one line to show the parts.

Question 1.
2 triangles
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 93
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-79
Explanation:
Drawn one line in between rectangle,
as shown we get 2 triangles.

Question 2.
2 triangles
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 94
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-80
Explanation:
Drawn one line in between rectangle,
as shown we get 2 triangles.

Question 3.
2 trapezoids
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 95
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-81
Explanation:
Drawn one line in between trapezoid,
as shown we get 2 trapezoids.

Question 4.
1 triangle and 1 trapezoid
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 96
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-82
Explanation:
Drawn one line in between triangle
as shown we get 1 triangle and  1 trapezoid.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Draw one line to show the parts.

Question 5.
2 triangles
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 97
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-83

Explanation:
Drawn one line in between triangle
as shown we get 2 triangles.

Question 6.
2 squares
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 98
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-84
Explanation:
Drawn one line in between rectangle
as shown we get 2 squares.

Draw two lines to show the parts.

Question 7.
2 triangles and 1 trapezoid
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 99
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-86
Explanation:
Drawn two lines in between rectangle
as shown we get 2 triangles and 1 trapezoid.

Question 8.
2 triangles and 1 rectangle
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 100
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-87

Explanation:
Drawn two lines in between hexagon
as shown we get 2 triangles and 1 rectangle.

Question 9.
MP Reasoning
Show how to use the shapes to make the hexagon.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 101
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-88
Explanation:
In first hexagon shape we made 1 trapezoid and
3 triangles are made as shown in the figure.
In second hexagon shape we made 2 rhombus and
2 triangles as shown in the figure.

Question 10.
MP Reasoning
Show how to use the shapes to make a circle. How many of each shape do you use?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 102
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-89
Explanation:
In the first circle we need 4 quadrants to make a circle,
In second circle we need 2 semi circles to make a circle.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

How many squares can you find on the Four Square court?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 103
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 104
_____5_______ squares
Answer:
We have 5 squares in a Four Square Court.

Explanation:
We are given with a Four Square Court,
in that we have 4 squares and the outer boundary has
one square making in total 5 squares..

Show and Grow

Question 11.
How many squares can you find on the magic square?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 105
_____14_______ squares
Answer:
We have 14 squares on the magic square

Explanation:
We are given the magic square on that we have first 9 squares plus
one in the outer boundary, 4 squares of 4 blocks from the 9 squares.

Take Apart Two-Dimensional Shapes Practice 13.5

Draw one line to show the parts.

Question 1.
2 trapezoids
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 106
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-90

Explanation:
Drawn one line in between Hexagon,
as shown we get 2 trapezoids.

Question 2.
1 rectangle and 1 square
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 107
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-91

Explanation:
Drawn one line in between Rectangle,
as shown we get 1 rectangle and 1 square .

Draw two lines to show the parts.

Question 3.
3 triangles
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 108
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-92

Explanation:
Drawn two lines in between Trapezoid
as shown we get 3 triangles.

Question 4.
1 rectangle and 2 triangles
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 109
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-93

Explanation:
Drawn two lines in between Square
as shown we get 1 rectangle and 2 triangles.

Question 5.
MP Reasoning
Show how to use the shapes to make the Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 110.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 111
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-94

Explanation:
In first rhombus shape we made 1 rhombus and
2 triangles are made as shown in the figure.
In second rhombus shape we made 1 trapezoid and
1 triangle as shown in the figure.

Question 6.
MP Reasoning
Show how to use the shapes to make the hexagon. How many of each shape do you use?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 112
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-95

Explanation:
In first we use 3 rhombus to make a hexagon
as shown in the figure.
In second we use 6 triangles to make a hexagon
as shown in the figure.

Question 7.
Modeling Real Life
How many triangles are in Descartes’s design?

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-96
Explanation:
In Descartes’s design we have total 5 triangles,
4 inside the triangle and one outer boundary,
Making a total of 5 triangles in Descartes’s design.

Review & Refresh

Question 8.
Circle the three-dimensional shapes. Draw rectangles around the two-dimensional shapes.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 114
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-97
Explanation:
Circled the three -dimensional shapes cube, books and sphere. Drawn rectangle around the dollar because it is a two-dimensional shape.

Lesson 13.6 Sort Three-Dimensional Shapes

Explore and Grow

Sort the Three-Dimensional Shape Cards. Explain how you sorted.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-98

Explanation:
Sort the Shape Cards means we need some shapes,
we take print out shapes(in color) and then cut them out,
or print shapes(black and white) on different colors of paper or card,
cut them out, then mix them up. Or we might like to color them
by our self.  Now we have our three dimensional shapes, let’s sort them by
shape and name. In the above figure we are given with shape name,
now we sort shapes according to their names as shown above.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Circle the shapes with flat surfaces that are circles.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 115
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-99
Explanation:

Circled the shapes 2 cones, 3 cylinders as they have
flat surfaces that are circles.

Question 2.
Circle the shapes with both flat and curved surfaces.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 116
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-100
Explanation:
Circled the shapes with both flat and curved surfaces
as 2 cones, 2 cubes , 1 cuboid and 2 cylinders.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 3.
Circle the shapes with 1 or more flat surfaces.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 117
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-101
Explanation:
Circled the shapes with 1 or more flat surfaces,
as 2 cubes, 1 cone, 1 cuboid and 2 cylinders.

Question 4.
Circle the shapes with a curved surface.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 118
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-102

Explanation:Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-103
We know Cylinder, Cone, Sphere have curved
face so circled 2 cones, 2 spheres and one cylinder
shapes as they have curved surface.

Question 5.
Circle the shapes with only 2 flat surfaces.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 119
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-104

Explanation:
Circled the shapes with only 2 flat surfaces are
2 cylinders as shown in picture above.

Question 6.
MP Structure
Match each shape to its group.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 120
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-105

Explanation:
Matched each shape according to its group as
Cube and Cuboid has only flat surfaces, Cone &
Cylinder have flat and curved surfaces and Sphere
have only a curved surface.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You need to find an object that has no flat surfaces for a scavenger hunt. Circle the objects you can use.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 121
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-106
Explanation:
Objects that has no flat surfaces for a scavenger hunt are
Big Ball, Cool Drink Tin and Cricket Ball circled them as
shown in the figure above.

Show and Grow

Question 7.
You need to find an object that has only two flat surfaces for a scavenger hunt. Circle the objects you can use.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 122
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-107
Explanation:
Object that has only two flat surfaces for a scavenger hunt are
1 Musical Drum, 1 Log and Colored Cylinder so circled them as
shown in the figure above.

Sort Three-Dimensional Shapes Practice 13.6

Question 1.
Circle the shapes with no flat surface.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 123
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-108
Explanation:
Circled the shapes with no flat surface
as 3 spheres as shown in the figure.

Question 2.
Circle the shapes with flat surfaces that are rectangles.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 124
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-109
Explanation:
Circled the shapes with flat surfaces that are rectangles
as 3 cuboids as shown in the figure above.

Question 3.
Circle the shapes with more than 2 flat surfaces
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 125
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-110
Explanation:
Circled the shapes with more than 2 flat surfaces as
2 cuboids, 1 cube and one cylinder as shown in the figure above.

Question 4.
MP Structure
Match each shape to its group.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 126
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-111

Explanation:
Matched each shape according to its group as
Sphere have no flat surface, Cuboid, Cylinder and
Cube have more than 1 flat surface, Cone have only 1
flat surface.

Question 5.
Modeling Real Life
You need to find an object that has both flat and curved surfaces for a scavenger hunt. Circle the objects you can use.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 127
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-112
Explanation:
Objects that has both flat and curved surfaces for a scavenger hunt
are one cuboid shaped, one cone shaped, one clay, one glass jar,
one glue stick, one tin so circled them as shown in the figure above.

Review & Refresh

Question 6.
30 + 30 = ___60__
Answer:
30 + 30 = 60

Explanation:
Given expression as 30 + 30 we add we get
result as 60.

Question 7.
60 + 20 = ____80__
Answer:
60 + 20 = 80

Explanation:
Given expression as 60 + 20 we add we get
result as 80.

Question 8.
50 + 10 = ___60____
Answer:
50 + 10 = 60

Explanation:
Given expression as 50 + 10 we add we get
result as 60.

Question 9.
30 + 40 = ____70___
Answer:
30 + 40 = 70

Explanation:
Given expression as 30 + 40 we add we get
result as 70.

Lesson 13.7 Describe Three-Dimensional Shapes

Explore and Grow

Use your materials to build one of the three dimensional shapes shown. Circle the shape you make. How many flat surfaces does your shape have? How many vertices does your shape have?

____6_____ flat surfaces

_____8_____ vertices
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 128
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-113
Explanation:
We have build three dimensional shape of a Cube as shown above,
A cube has 6 flat surfaces as (HEAD, GFBC, ABFE, DCGH, HEFG, ABCD),
A cube has 8 vertices as 8 (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H).

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 129
__6_______ flat surfaces ____8_____ vertices ____12_____ edges
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-114
Explanation:
A cuboid is a three dimensional shape has 6 flat surfaces,
8 vertices and 12 edges as shown above.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 130
__2______ flat surfaces _____0____ vertices ____0_____ edges
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-115
Explanation:
A cylinder is a three dimensional shape has 2 flat surfaces,
0 vertices and 0 edges as shown above.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 131
___6______ flat surfaces ____8_____ vertices ______12___ edges
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-116
Explanation:
A cuboid three dimensional shape  has 6 flat surfaces,
8 vertices and 12 edges as shown above.

Circle the attributes of the shape.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 132
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-117
Explanation:
Cone is a three dimensional shape,
A cone has 1 flat surfaces, 1 vertices so circled attributes as
1 flat surface.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 133
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-118
Explanation:
Cube is a three dimensional shape,
A cube has 6 flat surfaces , 8 vertices and 12 edges so
circled the attributes as 6 flat surfaces and 12 edges.

Question 6.
I am a three-dimensional shape that has no flat surfaces, no vertices, and no edges. What am I?
_Sphere.___
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-119
Explanation:
A three-dimensional shape that has no flat surfaces,
no vertices, and no edges is a Sphere.

Question 7.
I am a three-dimensional shape that has I flat surface, I vertex, and no edges. What am I?
______Cone__.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-120
Explanation:
A three-dimensional shape that has 1 flat surface,
1 vertex and no edges is Cone.

Question 8.
DIG DEEPER!
Newton buys an item that has 2 more flat surfaces than edges. Which item does he buy?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 134
Answer:
Newton buys Dog Food which has 2 more
flat surfaces than edges.

Explanation:
As in given images we have Dog Food which is in cylinder
shape and has 2 more flat surfaces than edges So Newton
buys Dog Food.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Circle the object below the table that has 0 flat surfaces. Draw a line through the object above the basketball that has 12 edges.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 135
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-121
Explanation:
Circled the object basket ball below the table that has 0 flat surfaces
and I have drawn a line through the tissue paper box
above the basketball that has 12 edges which is in cuboid shape.

Show and Grow

Question 9.
Circle the object in front of the campers that has more than 2 flat surfaces. Draw a line through the object behind the logs that has I vertex and I flat surface.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 136
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-122

Explanation:
Circled the objects in front of the campers that has more than 2 flat surfaces are First Aid Box, Dust Bin Box and Logs , drawn a line through the object
Foot Ball behind the logs that has I vertex and I flat surface are tent, 1 light display in cone shape as shown in the image above.

Describe Three-Dimensional Shapes Practice 13.7

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 137
____0_____ flat surfaces ____0_____ vertices ____0___ edges
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-123
0 flat surfaces, 0 vertices and 0 edges.

Explanation:
A sphere has 0 flat surfaces, 0 vertices and 0 edges.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 138
__6___ flat surfaces ____8___ vertices ___12__ edges
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-124
Explanation:
Cube is a three dimensional shape,
A cube has 6 flat surfaces , 8 vertices and 12 edges.

Question 3.
Circle the shape that has the same number of vertices as edges.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 139
Answer:
Cylinder
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-125
Explanation:
Cylinder has the same number of vertices as edges that
is zero. So we circled the shape cylinder.

Question 4.
Circle the shape that has the same number of faces as vertices.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 140
Answer:
Cone
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-126
Explanation:
Cone has the same number of faces as vertices as it has
1 flat surface and 1 vertices so we circled the shape cone.

Circle the attributes of the shape.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 141
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-127
Explanation:
Cylinder has 2 flat surfaces so circled the attributes of it.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 142
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-128
Explanation:
Given Rectangular Prism it is a three – dimensional shape,
with 12 edges so circled the attributes of them as shown above.

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
Descartes buys an item that has 2 fewer flat surfaces than vertices.
Which item does he buy?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 143
Answer:
Descartes buy CAT TREATS that has 2 fewer flat surfaces than vertices.

Explanation:
As CAT TREATS is in shape of cuboid shape,
as we know a cuboid has 6 flat surfaces and 8 vertices,
So Descartes buy CAT TREATS which has 2 fewer
flat surfaces than vertices.

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
Circle the object next to the hat that has 6 square flat surfaces. Draw a line through the object in front of the hat that has 0 edges and 1 vertex.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 144
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-129
Explanation:
Circled the objects next to the hat that has 6 square flat surfaces
are cube object and cuboid object which have 6 flat surfaces,
The objects in front of the hat is paint bucket so drawn a line to
objects that has 0 edges and 1 vertex are traffic cones, one small cone
as shown in the picture above.

Review & Refresh

Question 9.
20 + 18 = ______38_____
Answer:
20 + 18 = 38

Explanation:
Given expression as 20 + 18 we add we get
result as 38.

Question 10.
40 + 25 = ____65______
Answer:
40 + 25 = 65

Explanation:
Given expression as 40 + 25 we add we get
result as 65.

Question 11.
36 + 69 = ___105________
Answer:
36 + 69 = 105

Explanation:
Given expression as 36 + 69 we add we get
result as 105.

Question 12.
9 + 90 = _____99______
Answer:
9 + 90 = 99

Explanation:
Given expression as 9 + 90 we add we get
result as 99.

Question 13.
18 + 70 = _____88______
Answer:
18 + 70 = 88

Explanation:
Given expression as 18 + 70  we add we get
result as 88.

Question 14.
27 + 50 = ____77_______
Answer:
27 + 50 = 77

Explanation:
Given expression as 27 + 50 we add we get
result as 77.

Lesson 13.8 Combine Three-Dimensional Shapes

Explore and Grow

Which three-dimensional shapes can you make using cubes? Build one of the shapes.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 145
Answer:
Cuboid
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-130
Explanation:
Using cubes we came make three-dimensional shape as cuboid
as shown above.

Show and Grow

Circle the new shape that you can make.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 146
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-131
Explanation:
Given shapes are cube and cone using them we get new shape
cube with cone circled as shown in the picture above.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 147
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-132
Explanation:
Given shapes are cylinder and cuboid using them we get new shape
cylinder with cuboid circled as shown in the picture above.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Circle the new shape that you can make.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 148
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-133
Explanation:
Given shapes are cubes using them we get new shape
as cube on cube circled as shown in the picture above.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 149
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-134
Explanation:
Given shapes are cone and cuboid using them we get new shape
as cone with cuboid circled as shown in the picture above.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 150
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-135
Explanation:
Given shapes are cylinder and cube using them we get new shape
as cylinder with cube circled as shown in the picture above.

Question 6.
DIG DEEPER!
How many cubes do you need in all to make the next shape?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 151
_____9_____ cubes
Answer:
9 cubes are needed to make the next shape

Explanation:
Given in first shape it is 3 cubes, next shape it is 5 cubes,
in 3rd shape it has 7 cubes as it is increasing by two
or  plus two so the next shape will have 7 + 2 = 9 cubes.
Therefore we need 9 cubes to make the next shape.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You build a wall. It is 5 cubes long and 2 cubes tall.
Your friend builds a wall. It is 4 cubes long and 2 cubes tall.
How many more cubes do you use than your friend?
Draw Pictures:     You                     Friend

Equation:

_____1_____ more cubes
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-136
I used 1 more cube than my friend.

Explanation:
Given I build a wall with 5 cubes long and 2 cubes tall
makes in total 7 blocks and friend builds a wall which has
4 cubes long and 2 cubes tall makes in total of 6 blocks,
So I used one more cube than my friend.

Show and Grow

Question 7.
You build a wall. It is 3 cubes long and 3 cubes tall. Your friend builds a wall.
It is 5 cubes long and 3 cubes tall. How many more cubes does your friend use than you?
Draw Pictures:      You                     Friend

Equation:

____2______ more cubes
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-137
Friend used 2 more cubes than mine.

Explanation:
Given I build a wall with 3 cubes long and 3 cubes tall makes in total 6 blocks and friend builds a wall which has 5 cubes long and 3 cubes tall makes in total of 8 blocks, So my friend used two more cubes than me.

Combine Three-Dimensional Shapes Practice 13.8

Circle the new shape that you can make.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 152
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-138
Explanation:
Given shapes are cone and cylinder using them we get new shape
as cone with cylinder circled as shown in the picture above.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 153
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-139
Explanation:
Given shapes are 2 cylinders using them we get new shape
as cylinder with cylinder circled as shown in the picture above.

Question 3.
DIG DEEPER!
How many cubes do you need in all to make the next shape?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 154
______13_______ cubes
Answer:
13 cubes are needed to make the next shape

Explanation:
Given in first shape it is 1 cube, next shape it is 5 cubes,
in 3rd shape it has 9 cubes as it is increasing by four
or  plus four so the next shape will have 9 + 4 = 13 cubes.
Therefore we need 13 cubes to make the next shape.

Question 4.
Modeling Real Life
You build a wall that is 2 cubes long and ‘4 cubes tall. Your friend builds a wall that is 4 cubes long and 3 cubes tall. How many more cubes does your friend use than you?

_____one________ more cubes
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-140
Friend used 1 more cube than mine.

Explanation:
Given I build a wall with 2 cubes long and 4 cubes tall makes in total 6 blocks and friend builds a wall which has 4 cubes long and 3 cubes tall makes in total of 7 blocks, So my friend used one more cube than me.

Review & Refresh

Question 5.
Order from shortest to longest.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 155
___black______, __green_______, __yellow_______
Answer:
Order from shortest to longest is black, green, yellow

Explanation:
Given color brushes we sort according to the order as among three colors green is least small next small is green brush and the most longest is yellow so order from shortest to longest is black, green, yellow.

Lesson 13.9 Take Apart Three-Dimensional Shapes

Explore and Grow

Circle the three-dimensional shapes used to build the castle.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 156
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-141
Cone, Cylinder and Cuboid.

Explanation:
We circled the three-dimensional shapes cone, cylinder and
cuboid which are used to build the castle.

Show and Grow

Circle the shapes that make up the structure.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 157
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-142
One Cylinder and One Cone

Explanation:
As shown we use 1 cylinder and 1 cone three-dimensional
shapes to make up the given structure.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 158
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-143
Two Cylinders

Explanation:
As shown we use 2 cylinders three-dimensional
shape to make up the given structure.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 159
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-144
Six Cubes and One Cylinder

Explanation:
As shown we use 6 cubes and 1 cylinder three-dimensional
shapes to make up the given structure.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 160
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-145
Three Cones, One Cuboid and Two Cylinders

Explanation:
As shown we use 3 cones, 1 cuboid and 2 cylinders
three-dimensional shapes to make up the given structure.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Circle the shapes that make up the structure.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 161
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-146
Four Cubes, One Cuboid and One Cone

Explanation:
As shown we use 4 cubes, 1 cuboid and 1 cone
three-dimensional shapes to make up the given structure.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 162
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-147
Four Cubes, Two Cuboids and One Cylinder

Explanation:
As shown we use 4 cubes, 2 cuboid and 1 cylinder
three-dimensional shapes to make up the given structure.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 163
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-148
Three Cubes, Three Cylinders and One Cone

Explanation:
As shown we use 3 cubes, 3 cylinders and 1 cone
three-dimensional shapes to make up the given structure.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 164
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-149
Three Cubes, Three Cylinders, Three Cones and One Cuboid

Explanation:
As shown we use 3 cubes, 3 cylinders, 3 cones and 1 cuboid
three-dimensional shapes to make up the given structure.

Question 9.
MP Reasoning
Which two structures are the same?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 165
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-150
Structure 1 and structure 3 are the same

Explanation:
Structure 1 has six cubes and structure 3 has three cubes with 1 cuboid
both make the same structure, So Structure 1 and  Structure 3 are the same.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

How many of each shape make up the gate?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 166
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-151
6 cubes, 1 rectangular prism, 2 cylinders and 2 cones.

Explanation:
The gate is made up of 6 cubes, 1 rectangular prism,
2 cylinders and 2 cones.

Show and Grow

Question 10.
How many of each shape make up the bridge?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 167
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-152
4 cubes and  7 rectangular prisms

Explanation:
The bridge is made up of 4 cubes and  7 rectangular prisms.

Take Apart Three-Dimensional Shapes Practice 13.9

Circle the shapes that make up the structure.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 168
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-153
Three Cubes

Explanation:
As shown we use 3 cubes three-dimensional shape
to make up the given structure.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 169
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-154
Two Cylinders and Two Cuboids

Explanation:
As shown we use 2 cylinders and 2 cuboids
three-dimensional shapes to make up the given structure.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 170
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-155
Three Cubes, Two Cylinders and Three Cones

Explanation:
As shown we use 3 cubes , 2 cylinders and 3 cones
three-dimensional shapes to make up the given structure.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 171
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-156
Two Cubes, One Cylinder, One Cuboid and One Cone

Explanation:
As shown we use 2 cubes , 1 cylinder, 1 Cuboid and 1 cone
three-dimensional shapes to make up the given structure.

Question 5.
MP Reasoning
Which two structures are the same?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 173
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-157
Structure 2 and structure 3 are the same

Explanation:
Structure 2 has six cubes and 1 cuboid and
structure 3 has three cuboids both make the same structure,
So Structure 2 and  Structure 3 are the same.

Question 6.
Modeling Real Life
How many of each shape make up the castle?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 173
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-158
6 cubes, 5 rectangular prisms, 8 cylinders and 4 cones.

Explanation:
The gate is made up of 6 cubes, 5 rectangular prisms,
8 cylinders and 4 cones.

Review & Refresh

Question 7.
12 + 7 = _____19______
Answer:
12 + 7 = 19

Explanation:
Given expression as 12 + 7 we add we get
result as 19.

Question 8.
42 + 14 = ___56________
Answer:
42 + 14 = 56

Explanation:
Given expression as 42 + 14 we add we get
result as 56.

Question 9.
25 + 32 = _____57______
Answer:
25 + 32 = 57

Explanation:
Given expression as 25 + 32 we add we get
result as 57.

Question 10.
68 + 11 = _____79______
Answer:
68 + 11 = 79

Explanation:
Given expression as 68 + 11 we add we get result as 79.

Two – and Three – Dimensional Shapes Performance Task

Question 1.
Use the clues to finish the two-dimensional sand castle drawing.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 174

  • The flag on the castle is a closed shape with only 3 straight sides.
  • The handle of the shovel is a closed shape with L-shaped vertices and 4 sides of the same length.
  • The window on the castle is a closed shape with only 6 straight sides.
  • The door on the castle is a closed shape with 4 sides that you can use 2 times to make a square.

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-159
Explanation:
Used the given clues to finish the two-dimensional sand castle drawing.
* The flag on the castle is a closed shape with only 3 straight sides is
triangle,
* The handle of the shovel is a closed shape with L-shaped vertices and
4 sides of the same length is a square,
* The window on the castle is a closed shape with only 6 straight sides
is a hexagon,
* The door on the castle is a closed shape with 4 sides so used
2 times rectangle to make a square.

Question 2.
You are building a sand castle using these three-dimensional shapes.

  • 4 shapes that have square flat surfaces
  • 5 shapes that have 2 flat surfaces and no vertices
  • 3 shapes that have the same number of flat surfaces as vertices

a. Which shape is missing from the sand castle?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 175
Answer:
Hexagon three-dimensional shape is missing from the sand castle.

Explanation:
We can use Hexagon three-dimensional shape as missing from the sand castle. We can use for the windows on the castle as a closed shape
with only 6 straight sides.
So hexagon three-dimensional shape is missing from the sand castle.

b. Color a flat surface to show where you would stack the missing shape to
complete the sand castle.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-160
Colored hexagon shape.

Explanation:
Colored a flat surface windows to show where I would stack the missing shape hexagon to complete the sand castle.

Two – and Three – Dimensional Shapes Chapter Practice

Sort Two-Dimensional Shapes Homework & Practice 13.1

Question 1.
Circle the closed shapes with only 3 straight sides.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 176
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-161
Explanation:
In the above given figures we have closed shapes
with only 3 straight sides. so I have circled them.
2 are triangles, one triangle with orange color, one right angle triangle
with blue color these are triangles with closed shapes with only 3 straight sides.

Question 2.
MP Structure
Draw 2 different two-dimensional shapes that have 1 or more L-shaped vertices.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-162
Square and Rectangle

Explanation:
Drawn 2 different two-dimensional shapes one is Square and
other is Rectangle that have 1 or more L-shaped vertices as shown in
the picture above.

Describe Two-Dimensional Shapes Homework & Practice 13.2

Circle the attributes of the shape.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 177
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-163

Explanation:
Hexagon has 6 straight sides of the
same length, its closed shape so
circled the attributes of the shape.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 178
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-164
Explanation:
Rhombus shape has 4 straight sides of the
same length and 4 vertices, so
circled the attributes of the shape.

Combine Two-Dimensional Shapes Homework & Practice 13.3

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 179
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-165

Explanation:
6 triangles make a hexagon as shown in the figure.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 180
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-166
Explanation:
3 Triangles make a Trapezoid.

Create More Shapes Homework & Practice 13.4

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 181
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-167
Explanation:
We can use right angled triangles 4 times to make a Rectangle as
shown in four steps above.
Step 1: Take one right angled triangle place it,
Step 2 : Take one more right angled  triangle and place it beside
the first one as shown,
Step 3 : Place one more right angled triangle as shown,
Step 4: Now we place one more right angled triangle
after joining all together makes a Rectangle shape.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 182
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-168
Explanation:
We can use 2 times of quadrants and 2 squares to make the given
shape as shown in four steps above.
Step 1: Take one quadrants place it,
Step 2 : Take one more quadrants and place it beside
the first one as shown,
Step 3 : Place one square as shown,
Step 4: Now we place one more square beside the previous one
after joining all together makes a required shape as shown.

Take Apart Two-Dimensional Shapes Homework & Practice 13.5

Draw two lines to show the parts.

Question 9.
1 square and 2 triangles
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 183
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-169
1 square and 2 triangles

Explanation:
Drawn one line in between rectangle
as shown we get 2 squares in one square
we draw one more line as shown we get 2 triangles
we get now 1 square and 2 triangles.

Question 10.
2 triangles and 1 square
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 184
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-170
2 triangles and 1 square

Explanation:
Drawn one line in between trapezoid
as shown we get 1 right angled triangle and
we draw one more line as shown we get 1 more
right angled triangle and center we get a square
we get now 2 right angled triangles and 1 square.

Sort Three-Dimensional Shapes Homework & Practice 13.6

Question 11.
Circle the shapes with flat surfaces that are all squares.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 185
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-171
Explanation:
Circled the shapes with flat surfaces that are all squares are
2 cubes and 2 cuboids as shown in the figure above.

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
You need to find an object that has only flat surfaces for a scavenger hunt. Circle the objects you can use.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 186
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-172
Explanation:
Objects that has only flat surfaces for a scavenger hunt are
Box and  Match Box so circled them as shown in the figure above.

Describe Three-Dimensional Shapes Homework & Practice 13.7

Circle the attributes of the shape.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 187
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-173
Explanation:
Given Rectangular Prism shape it has 6 flat surfaces,
with 12 edges so circled the attributes of them as shown above.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 188
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-174
Explanation:
Given Sphere shape it has 0 flat surfaces,
with 0 edges so circled the attributes of them as shown above.

Combine Three-Dimensional Shapes Homework &
Practice 13.8

Question 15.
Circle the new shape that you can make.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 189
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-175
Explanation:
Given shapes are 1 cylinder and 1 cube using them we get new shape
as cylinder with cube so circled it as shown in the picture above.

Take Apart Three-Dimensional Shapes Homework & Practice 13.9

Question 16.
Circle the shapes that make up the structure.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two-and Three-Dimensional Shapes 190
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-176

Explanation:
As shown we use 6 cubes, 1 cylinder and 2 cuboids three-dimensional shapes to make up the given structure.

Conclusion:

Hope this article is helpful for all the 1st Grade students. You can gain a deeper knowledge of mathematical concepts and find solutions to all the Questions from our Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 13 Two – and Three-Dimensional Shapes.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities

Hey guys are you in search of diverse opportunities to develop your problem-solving skill? We have provided the best solution to it, just practice Big Ideas Math Grade 7 Answer Key for Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities. This Big Ideas 7th Grade Math Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities Answer Key is designed in a fun-learning way like mathematical practices through engaging activities such as games, literature-based exercises, and others. So, check out Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities Answer Key to prepare effectively by clearing all your doubts while practicing.

Big Ideas Math Book 7th Grade Answer Key Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities

This is a free and user-friendly student edition of Big Ideas Math Book Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities lesson wise details are included below in PDF links. So, you are notified to improve their math, problem-solving skills by referring to these chapter-wise Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities. Also, you can make use of these Big Ideas Math Book 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities Answer Key for Homework Help & complete all your assignments properly.

Performance

Lesson: 1 Solving Equations Using Addition or Subtraction

Lesson: 2 Solving Equations Using Multiplication or Division

Lesson: 3 Solving Two-Step Equations

Lesson: 4 Writing and Graphing Inequalities

Lesson: 5 Solving Inequalities Using Addition or Subtraction

Lesson: 6 Solving Inequalities Using Multiplication or Division

Lesson: 7 Solving Two-Step Inequalities

Chapter: 4 – Equations and Inequalities

Equations and Inequalities STEAM Video/Performance

STEAM Video

Space Cadets

Inequalities can be used to help determine whether someone is qualified to be an astronaut. Can you think of any other real-life situations where inequalities are useful?

Watch the STEAM Video “Space Cadets.” Then answer the following questions. Tori and Robert use the inequalities below to represent requirements for applying to be an astronaut, where height is measured in inches and age is measured in years.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 1.1

Question 1.
Can you use equations to correctly describe the requirements? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
Yes, we can use equations to correctly describe the requirements.

Explanation:
You can take the requirements as variables and their limit as constants. So that you can use equations to correctly describe the requirements.

Question 2.
The graph shows when a person who recently had vision correction surgery can apply to be an astronaut. Explain how you can determine when they had the surgery.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 2

Answer:
The person had surgery exactly 4 months ago.

Explanation:
We can say that he had eye vision correction surgery 4 months from now because the point on the graph is at 4 and the line represents months.

Performance Task

Distance and Brightness of the Stars

After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be given information about the celestial bodies below.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 4
You will use inequalities to calculate the distances of stars from Earth and to calculate the brightnesses, or apparent magnitudes, of several stars. How do you think you can use one value to describe the brightnesses of all the stars that can be seen from Earth? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
I can take the value of brightness of all the stars that can be seen from Earth as variables. And each start brightness is assigned to that variable. Based on those stars brightness you will put an inequality symbol in between those variables.

Equations and Inequalities Getting Ready for Chapter 4

Chapter Exploration

Question 1.
Work with a partner. Use algebra tiles to model and solve each equation. Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 5
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 6

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4

Question 2.
WRITE GUIDELINES
Work with a partner. Use your models in Exercise 1 to summarize the algebraic steps that you use to solve an equation.

Answer:
The + symbol in the yellow box represents adding 1, – symbol in the red box represents subtracting 1, + in the green box represents the variable. So, you have to represent the given equation in the form of these symbols and do calculations to get the answer.

Vocabulary

The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 7

Lesson 4.1 Solving Equations Using Addition or Subtraction

EXPLORATION 1
Using Algebra Tiles to Solve Equations

Work with a partner.
a. Use the examples to explain the meaning of each property.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 8
Are these properties true for equations involving negative numbers? Explain your reasoning.
b. Write the four equations modeled by the algebra tiles. Explain how you can use algebra tiles to solve each equation. Then find the solutions.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 9
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 10
c. How can you solve each equation in part(b) without using algebra tiles?

Answer:
a. x = -1
Yes, algebraic properties are true for equations involving negative numbers.
b. x = -1, x = -7, x = 6, x = 7

Explanation:
a. x = 1 – 2
x = -1
b. x – 3 = -4
x = -4 + 3 = -1
-5 = x + 2
x = -5 – 2 = -7
x – 3 = 3
x = 3 + 3 = 6
5 = x – 2
x = 5 + 2 = 7

4.1 Lesson

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
p – 5 = -2

Answer:
p = 3

Explanation:
p – 5 = -2
Add 5 to both sides
p – 5 + 5 = -2 + 5
p = 3
Substitute p = 3 in p – 5 = -2
3 – 5 = -2

Question 2.
w + 13.2 = 10.4

Answer:
w = -2.8

Explanation:
w + 13.2 = 10.4
Subtract 13.2 from both sides
w + 13.2 – 13.2 = 10.4 – 13.2
w = -2.8
Putting w = -2.8 in w + 13.2 = 10.4
-2.8 + 13.2 = 10.4

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 11

Answer:
x = 4/6

Explanation:
Adding 5/6 to both sides
x – 5/6 + 5/6 = -1/6 + 5/6
x = (-1 + 5)/6
x = 4/6
Putting x = 4/6 in x – 5/6 = -1/6
4/6 – 5/6 = -1/6

Try It

Question 4.
A bakery has a profit of $120.50 today. This profit is $145.25 less than the profit P yesterday. Write an equation that can be used to find P.

Answer:
P = $120.50 + $145.25
P = $265.75

Explanation:
Today profit = $120.50
$120.50 = – $145.25 + yesterday profit
$120.50 = -$145.25 + P
P = $120.50 + $145.25
P = $265.75

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 5.
c – 12 = -4

Answer:
c = 8

Explanation:
Add 12 to both sides
c – 12 + 12 = -4 + 12
c = 8
8 – 12 = -4

Question 6.
k + 8.4 = -6.3

Answer:
k = -14.7

Explanation:
Subtracting 8.4 from both sides
k + 8.4 – 8.4 = -6.3 – 8.4
k = -14.7
-14.7 + 8.4 = -6.3

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 12

Answer:
w = 5/3

Explanation:
Adding 7/3 on both sides
-2/3 + 7/3 = w – 7/3 + 7/3
(-2 + 7)/3 = w
w = 5/3
-2/3 = 5/3 – 7/3

Question 8.
WRITING
Are the equations m + 3 = -5 and m – 4 = -12 equivalent? Explain.

Answer:
Yes, both equations are equivalent.

Explanation:
m + 3 = -5 and m – 4 = -12
m = -5 – 3 and m = -12 + 4
m = -8 and m = -8

Question 9.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which equation does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 13

Answer:
x + 1 = -5

Explanation:
x + 3 = -1
x = -1 – 3 = -4
x + 1 = -5
x = -5 – 1 = -6
x – 2 = -6
x = -6 + 2 = -4
x – 9 = -13
x = -13 + 9 = -4
By solving all equations, we get solution as -4, but for x + 1 = -5, we get solution as -6.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 10.
You have $512.50. You earn additional money by shoveling snow. Then you purchase a new cell phone for $249.95 and have $482.55 left. How much money do you earn shoveling snow?

Answer:
You earn $220 by shoveling snow.

Explanation:
Let us take additional money earned by shoveling snow as x.
The total money you spend = $249.95
$512.50 + x – $249.95 = $482.55
$262.55 + x = $482.55
x = $482.55 – $262.55
x = $220
So, the money earned at shoveling snow is $220

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
You swim 4 lengths of a pool and break a record by 0.72 second. The table shows your time for each length compared to the previous record holder. How much faster or slower is your third length than the previous record holder?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 14

Answer:
1.26 seconds faster is my third length than the previous record holder.

Explanation:
Let us take the record at the third length as x.
So, -0.23 + 0.11 + x – 0.42 = 0.72
-0.54 + x = 0.72
x = 0.72 + 0.54
x = 1.26
So, the record at third length is 1.26 seconds.

Solving Equations Using Addition or Subtraction Homework & Practice 4.1

Review & Refresh

Factor out the coefficient of the variable term.

Question 1.
4x – 20

Answer:
4(x – 5)

Explanation:
Take 4 as common factor out.
4x – 20 = 4(x – 5)

Question 2.
-6y – 18

Answer:
-6y – 18 = -6(y + 3)

Explanation:
Take -6 as common factor out.
-6y – 18 = -6(y + 3)

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 15

Answer:
-2/5 w + 4/5 = 2/5(-w + 2)

Explanation:
Take 2/5 as common factor
-2/5 w + 4/5 = 2/5(-w + 2)

Question 4.
0.75z – 6.75

Answer:
0.75z – 6.75 = 0.75(z – 6)

Explanation:
Take 0.75 as common factor
0.75z – 6.75 = 0.75(z – 6)

Multiply or divide.

Question 5.
-7 × 8

Answer:
-7 × 8 = -56

Explanation:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.1-2

Question 6.
6 × (-12)

Answer:
6 × (-12) = -72

Explanation:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.1-3

Question 7.
18 ÷ (-2)

Answer:
18 ÷ (-2) = -9

Explanation:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.1-4

Question 8.
-26 ÷ 4

Answer:
-26 ÷ 4 = -6.5

Explanation:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.1-5

Question 9.
A class of 144 students voted for a class president. Three-fourths of the students voted for you. Of the students who voted for you, \(\frac{5}{9}\) are female. How many female students voted for you?
A. 50
B. 60
C. 80
D. 108

Answer:
The number of female students voted for you is 60

Explanation:
The total number of students in class = 144
Three-fourths of the students voted for you = 3/4 x 144 = 36 x 3 = 108
Out of 108, 5/9 are female = 5/9 x 108 = 12 x 5 = 60
Therefore, the number of female students voted for you is 60.

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving
USING ALGEBRA TILES
Solve the equation using algebra tiles. Explain your reasoning. (See Exploration 1, p. 127.)

Question 10.
6 + x = 4

Answer:
x = -2

Explanation:
6 + x = 4
Subtract 6 from both sides
6 + x – 6 = 4 – 6
x = -2

Question 11.
x – 3 = = -5

Answer:
x = -2

Explanation:
Add 3 to both sides
x – 3 + 3 = -5 + 3
x = -2

Question 12.
-7 + x = -9

Answer:
x = -2

Explanation:
Add 7 to both sides
-7 + x + 7 = -9 + 7
x = -2

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 13.
a – 6 = 13

Answer:
a = 19

Explanation:
Add 6 to both sides
a – 6 + 6 = 13 + 6
a = 19
Substituting a= 19 in a – 6 = 13
19 – 6 = 13

Question 14.
-3 = z – 8

Answer:
z = 5

Explanation:
Add 8 to both sides.
-3 + 8 = z – 8 + 8
5 = z
Substituting z = 5 in -3 = z – 8
-3 = 5 – 8

Question 15.
-14 = k + 6

Answer:
k = -20

Explanation:
Subtract 6 from both sides
-14 – 6 = k + 6 – 6
-20 = k
Substituting k = -20 in -14 = k + 6
-14 = -20 + 6

Question 16.
x + 4 = -14

Answer:
x = -18

Explanation:
Subtract 4 from both sides
x + 4 – 4 = -14 – 4
x = -18
Substituting x = -18 in x + 4 = -14
-18 + 4 = -14

Question 17.
g – 9 = -19

Answer:
g = -10

Explanation:
Add 9 to both sides.
g – 9 + 9 = -19 + 9
g = -10
Substituting g = -10 in g – 9 = -19
-10 – 9 = -19

Question 18.
c – 7.6 = -4

Answer:
c = 3.6

Explanation:
Add 7.6 to both sides
c – 7.6 + 7.6 = -4 + 7.6
c = 3.6
Substituting c = 3.6 in c – 7.6 = -4
3.6 – 7.6 = -4

Question 19.
-10.1 = w + 5.3

Answer:
w = -15.4

Explanation:
Subtract 5.3 from both sides
-10.1 – 5.3 = w + 5.3 – 5.3
-15.4 = w
Substituting w = -15.4 in -10.1 = w + 5.3
-10.1 = -15.4 + 5.3

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 16

Answer:
q = -1/6

Explanation:
Subtract 2/3 from both sides
1/2 – 2/3 = q + 2/3 – 2/3
(3 – 4)/6 = q
q = -1/6
Substituting q = -1/6 in 1/2 – 2/3 = q + 2/3 – 2/3
1/2 = -1/6 + 2/3
= (-1 + 4)/6 = 3/6 = 1/2

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 17

Answer:
p = 4/6

Explanation:
p – 19/6 = -5/2
Adding 19/6 to both sides
p – 19/6 + 19/6 = -5/2 + 19/6
p = (-15 + 19)/6
p = 4/6
Substituting p = 4/6 in p – 19/6 = -5/2
4/6 – 19/6 = -5/2
(-15/6) = -/2

Question 22.
-9.3 = d – 3.4

Answer:
d = -5.9

Explanation:
Add 3.4 to both sides
-9.3 + 3.4 = d – 3.4 + 3.4
d = -5.9
Substituting d = -5.9 in -9.3 = d – 3.4
-9.3 = -5.9 – 3.4

Question 23.
4.58 + y = 2.5

Answer:
y = -2.08

Explanation:
Subtract 4.58 from both sides
4.58 + y – 4.58 = 2.5 – 4.58
y = -2.08
Putting y = -2.08 in 4.58 + y = 2.5
4.58 – 2.08 = 2.5

Question 24.
x – 5.2 = -18.73

Answer:
x = -13.53

Explanation:
Add 5.2 to both sides
x – 5.2 + 5.2 = -18.73 + 5.2
x = -13.53
Putting x = -13.53 in x – 5.2 = -18.73
-13.53 – 5.2 = -18.73

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 18

Answer:
q = 10/9

Explanation:
Subtract 5/9 from both sides
q + 5/9 – 5/9 = 5/6 – 5/9
q = (15 – 5)/9 = 10/9
Substituting q = 10/9 in q + 5/9 = 5/6
10/9 + 5/9 = 15/9 = 5/6

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 19

Answer:
r = -19/20

Explanation:
-7/4 = r – 4/5
Adding 4/5 to both sides
-7/4 + 4/5 = r – 4/5 + 4/5
(-35 + 16)/20 = r
r = -19/20
Putting r = -19/20 in -7/4 = r – 4/5
-7/4 = -19/20 – 4/5
= (-19 – 16)/20 = -35/20 = -7/4

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 20

Answer:
w = -74/48

Explanation:
w + 27/8 = 11/6
Subtract 27/8 from both sides
w + 27/8 – 27/8 = 11/6 – 27/8
w = (88 – 162)/48
w = -74/48
Putting w = -74/48 in w + 27/8 = 11/6
-74/48 + 27/8
(-74 + 162)/48 = 88/48 = 11/6

Question 28.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the equation x + 8 = 10. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 21

Answer:
My friend is not correct.

Explanation:
x + 8 = 10
x = 10 – 8
x = 2
The above mentioned is the correct solution. As my friend taken x + 8 = -10, there she did mistake.

WRITING AND SOLVING AN EQUATION
Write the word sentence as an equation. Then solve the equation.

Question 29.
4 less than a number n is -15.

Answer:
4 – n = -15
n = 19

Explanation:
As 4 is less than a number n subtract 4 from n.
4 – n = -15
Add n to sides of the equation
4 – n + n = -15 + n
4 = -15 + n
Add 15 to both sides
4 + 15 = -15 + n + 15
n = 19

Question 30.
10 more than a number c is 3.

Answer:
10 + c = 3
c = -7

Explanation:
As 10 is more than c add 10 to c
10 + c = 3
Subtract 10 from both sides
10 + c – 10 = 3 – 10
c = -7

Question 31.
The sum of a number y and -3 is -8.

Answer:
y – 3 = -8
y = -5

Explanation:
y + (-3) = -8
y – 3 = -8
y – 3 + 3 = -8 + 3
y = -5

Question 32.
The difference of a number p and 6 is 14.

Answer:
p – 6 = 14
p = 20

Explanation:
p – 6 = 14
p – 6 + 6 = 14 + 6
p = 20

Question 33.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The temperature of dry ice is -109.3°F. This is 184.9°F less than the outside temperature. Write and solve an equation to find the outside temperature.

Answer:
-109.3°F = x – 184.9°F
Outside temperature is -24.4°F.

Explanation:
The temperature of dry ice = -109.3°F
Let us take the outside temperature as x.
dry ice is 84.9°F less than the outside temperature
-109.3°F = x – 184.9°F
x = -109.3°F + 184.9°F
x = 75.6°F
Therefore, Outside temperature is -24.4°F

Question 34.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A company makes a profit of $1.38 million. This is $2.54 million more than last year. What was the profit last year? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The last year company got $1.16 millions loss.

Explanation:
A company makes a profit of $1.38 million
Let us take last year profit as p.
p + $2.54 = $1.38
p = $1.38 – $2.54
p = -$1.16
The last year company was at a loss of $1.16 million.

Question 35.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The difference in elevation of a helicopter and a submarine is 18\(\frac{1}{2}\) meters. The elevation of the submarine is -7\(\frac{3}{4}\) meters. What is the elevation of the helicopter? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The elevation of the helicopter is 49/4 meters.

Explanation:
Let us take the elevation of the helicopter as x.
The elevation of the submarine = -7(3/4) = -25/4
x – 18(1/2) = -25/4
x – 37/2 = -25/4
x = -25/4 + 37/2
x = (-25 + 74)/4 = 49/4
So, the elevation of the helicopter is 49/4

GEOMETRY
What is the unknown side length?

Question 36.
Perimeter = 12 cm
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 21.1

Answer:
The unknown side length is 4 cm.

Explanation:
Let us take the unknown side length as x cm.
Perimeter = 12 cm
x + 3 + 5 = 12
x + 8 = 12
x = 12 – 8
x = 4 cm

Question 37.
Perimeter = 24.2 in.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 21.2

Answer:
The unknown side length is 3.8 in.

Explanation:
Let us take the unknown side length as x inches
Perimeter = 24.2 in.
x + 8.3 + 3.8 + 8.3 = 24.2
x + 20.4 = 24.2
x = 24.2 – 20.4
x = 3.8 in

Question 38.
Perimeter = 34.6 ft
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 22

Answer:
The unknown side length is 11.9 ft

Explanation:
Let us take the unknown side length as x ft.
Perimeter = 34.6 ft
5.2 + 11.1 + 6.4 + x = 34.6
22.7 + x = 34.6
x = 34.6 – 22.7
x = 11.9 ft

Question 39.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The total height of the Statue of Liberty and its pedestal is 153 feet more than the height of the statue. What is the height of the statue? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 23

Answer:
The height of statue is 152 feet.

Explanation:
Let us take the height of the statue as x feet.
The total height of the Statue of Liberty and its pedestal = x + 153
305 = x + 153
x = 305 – 153
x = 152 feet
So, the height of statue is 152 feet.

Question 40.
PROBLEM SOLVING
When bungee jumping, you reach a positive elevation on your first jump that is 50\(\frac{1}{6}\) feet greater than the elevation you reach on your second jump. Your change in elevation on the first jump is -200\(\frac{2}{3}\)feet. What is your change in elevation on the second jump?

Answer:
The height of second jump is 301/2 feet.

Explanation:
The height of the first jump = 200(2/3) = 602/3
The height of second jump = The height of the first jump – 50(1/6)
= -602/3 – 301/6
= (1204 – 301)/6 = 903/6 = 301/2
The height of second jump is 301/2 feet.

Question 41.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Boatesville is a 65\(\frac{3}{5}\)-kilometer drive from Stanton. A bus traveling from Stanton to Boatesville is 24 \(\frac{1}{3}\) kilometers from Boatesville. How far has the bus traveled? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The bus travelled 619/5 km from Boatesville.

Explanation:
The distance between Boatesville and stanton = 65(3/5) = 328/5
The distance between Stanton and bus = 24(1/3) = 73/3
The bus travelled = 328/5 – 73/3 = (984 – 365)/15
= 619/15

Question 42.
GEOMETRY
The sum of the measures of the angles of a triangle equals 180°. What is the missing angle measure?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 24

Answer:
Missing angle is 108.9°.

Explanation:
The sum of the measures of the angles of a triangle equals 180°
30.3 + m + 40.8 = 180
71.1 + m = 180
m = 180 – 71.1 = 108.9°

Question 43.
DIG DEEPER!
The table shows your scores in a skateboarding competition. The first-place finisher scores 311.62 total points, which is 4.72 more points than you score. What is your score in the fourth round?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 25

Answer:
Your score in the fourth round is 74.36 points.

Explanation:
The first-place finisher scores 311.62 total points, which is 4.72 more points than you score
63.43 + 87.15 + 81.96 + x + 4.72 = 311.62
x + 237.26 = 311.62
x = 311.62 – 237.26
x = 74.36

Question 44.
CRITICAL THINKING
Find the value of 2x – 1 when x + 6 = -2.

Answer:
2x – 1 = -17

Explanation:
x + 6 = -2
x = -2 – 6
x = -8
putting x = -8 in 2x – 1
2(-8) – 1 = -16 – 1 = -17

CRITICAL THINKING
Solve the equation.

Question 45.
| x | = 2

Answer:
x = ± 2

Explanation:
When mod x is 2, then x is plus or minus 2.

Question 46.
| x | – 2 = -2

Answer:
x = 0

Explanation:
| x | = -2 + 2
| x | = 0

Question 47.
| x | + 5 = 18

Answer:
x = ± 13

Explanation:
| x | = 18 – 5
| x | = 13
x = ± 13

Lesson 4.2 Solving Equations Using Multiplication or Division

EXPLORATION 1
Using Algebra Tiles to Solve Equations

Work with a partner.
a. Use the examples to explain the meaning of each property.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 26
Are these properties true for equations involving negative numbers? Explain your reasoning.
b. Write the three equations modeled by the algebra tiles. Explain how you can use algebra tiles to solve each equation. Then find the solutions.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 27
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 28
c. How can you solve each equation in part(b) without using algebra tiles?

4.2 Lesson

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
\(\frac{x}{5}\) = -2

Answer:
x = -10

Explanation:
x/5 = -2
x = -2 x 5
x = -10
Putting x = -10 in x/5 = -2
-10/5 = -2

Question 2.
-a = -24

Answer:
a = 24

Explanation:
a = 24

Question 3.
3 = -1.5n

Answer:
n = -2

Explanation:
n = -3/1.5
n = -2

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 4.
–\(\frac{8}{5}\)b = 5

Answer:
b = -25/8

Explanation:
-8/5 b = 5
-b = 5 x (5/8)
-b = 25/8
b = -25/8
Substituting b = -25/8 in -8/5 b = 5
-8/5 (-25/8) = (25 x 8)/(8 x 5) = 5

Question 5.
\(\frac{3}{8}\)h = -9

Answer:
h = -24

Explanation:
3/8 h = -9
h = -9 x (8/3)
h = -3 x 8 = -24
Substituting h = -24 in 3/8 h = -9
3/8 (-24) = 3 x -3 = -9

Question 6.
-14 = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x

Answer:
x = -21

Explanation:
-14 = (2/3) x
x = -14 x (3/2)
x = -7 x 3 = -21
Substituting x = -21 in -14 = (2/3) x
-14 = (2/3) -21 = 2 x -7

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 7.
6d = 24

Answer:
d = 4

Explanation:
6d = 24
d = 24/6
d = 4
Putting d = 4 in 6d = 24
6 x 4 = 24

Question 8.
\(\frac{t}{3}\) = -4

Answer:
t = -12

Explanation:
t/3 = -4
t = -4 x 3
t = -12
Putting t = -12 in t/3 = -4
-12/3 = -4

Question 9.
–\(\frac{2}{5}\)p = -6

Answer:
p = 15

Explanation:
(-2/5) p = -6
p = -6 x (-5/2)
p = 3 x 5 = 15
Putting p = 15 in (-2/5) p = -6
(-2/5) 15 = -2 x 3 = -6

Question 10.
WRITING
Explain why you can use multiplication to solve equations involving division.

Answer:
Multiplication is the inverse of division. So it can easily undo the operation.

Question 11.
WRITING
Are the equations \(\frac{2}{3}\)m = -4 and -4m = 24 equivalent? Explain.

Answer:
Both the given equations are equivalent.

Explanation:
(2/3)m = -4 and -4m = 24
m = -4 x (3/2) and m = -24/4
m = -2 x 3 and m = -6
m = -6 and m = -6
Yes both the equations are equivalent.

Question 11.
REASONING
Describe the inverse operation that will undo the given operation.

Answer:
The inverse operation of division is the multiplication and they are opposite. When dividing a number by a, the multiplication by a will undo the operation.

Question 12.
subtracting 12

Answer:
Adding 12.

Explanation:
The inverse operation of subtraction is addition.

Question 13.
multiplying by –\(\frac{1}{8}\)

Answer:
Dividing by (-8)

Explanation:
The inverse operation of multiplication is division. So, dividing by (-8)

Question 14.
adding -6

Answer:
Subtracting -6

Explanation:
The inverse operation for addition is subtraction. So, subtracting -6.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 15.
The elevation of the surface of a lake is 315 feet. During a drought, the water level of the lake changes -3\(\frac{1}{5}\) feet per week. Find how long it takes for the surface of the lake to reach an elevation of 299 feet. Justify your answer.

Answer:
It takes 5 weeks for the surface of the lake to reach an elevation of 299 feet

Explanation:
Let us take the number of weeks as x.
The lake reduced = 315 – 299 = 16 feet
-3(1/5)x = 16
-16/5 x = 16
x = -16 (5/16)
x = 5
It takes 5 weeks for the surface of the lake to reach an elevation of 299 feet

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
The patio shown has an area of 116 square feet. What is the value of h? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 29

Answer:
h = 8

Explanation:
Total area = 116
Triangle 1 + rectangle + triangle2 = 116
1/2 x 4.5 x h + 10 x h + 1/2 x 4.5 x h = 116
10h + 4.5h = 116
14.5h = 116
h = 116/14.5 = 8

Solving Equations Using Multiplication or Division Homework & Practice 4.2

Review & Refresh

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
n – 9 = -12

Answer:
n = -3

Explanation:
n = -12 + 9
n = -3
Putting n = -3 in n – 9 = -12
-3 – 9 = -12

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 30

Answer:
m = 5/4

Explanation:
-1/2 = m – (7/4)
m = -1/2 + 7/4
m = (-2 + 7)/4 = 5/4
Putting m = 5/4 in -1/2 = m – (7/4)
-1/2 = 5/4 – (7/4) = (5 – 7)/4
= -2/4 = -1/2

Question 3.
-6.4h = h + 8.7

Answer:
h = -1.75

Explanation:
-6.4h = h + 8.7
h + 6.4h = -8.7
7.4h = -8.7
h = -8.7/7.4
h = -1.75
Putting h = -1.175 in -6.4h = h + 8.7
-6.4 x -1.175 = -1.175 + 8.7
7.52 = 7.52

Find the difference.

Question 4.
5 – 12

Answer:
-7

Explanation:
5 – 12 = -7

Question 5.
-7 – 2

Answer:
-9

Explanation:
-7 – 2 = -9

Question 6.
4 – (-8)

Answer:
12

Explanation:
4 – (-8) = 4 + 8 = 12

Question 7.
-14 – (-5)

Answer:
-9

Explanation:
-14 – (-5) = -14 + 5 = -9

Question 8.
Of the 120 apartments in a building, 75 have been scheduled to receive new carpet. What percent of the apartments have not been scheduled to receive new carpet?
A. 25%
B. 37.5%
C. 62.5%
D. 75%

Answer:
B

Explanation:
Total number of apartments = 120
The number of apartments has not been scheduled to receive new carpet = 120 – 75 = 45
Percentage = (45/120) x 100 = 37.5%

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving
USING ALGEBRA TILES
Solve the equation using algebra tiles. Explain your reasoning. (See Exploration 1, p. 133.)

Question 9.
4x = -16

Answer:
x = -4

Explanation:
4x = -16
x = -16/4 = -4

Question 10.
2x = -6

Answer:
x = -3

Explanation:
2x = -6
x = -6/2 = -3

Question 11.
-5x = -20

Answer:
x = 4

Explanation:
-5x = -20
5x = 20
x = 20/5 = 4

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 12.
4x = -16

Answer:
x = -4

Explanation:
4x = -16
x = -16/4 = -4
Putting x = -4 in 4x = -16
4(-4) = -16

Question 13.
2x = -6

Answer:
x = -3

Explanation:
2x = -6
x = -6/2 = -3
Putting x = -3 in 2x = -6
2(-3) = -6

Question 14.
\(\frac{n}{2}\) = -7

Answer:
n = -14

Explanation:
n/2 = -7
n = -7 x 2 = -14
Putting n = -14 in n/2 = -7
-14/2 = -7

Question 15.
\(\frac{k}{-3}\) = 9

Answer:
k = -27

Explanation:
k/-3 = 9
k = 9 x -3 = -27
Putting k = -27 in k/-3 = 9
-27/-3 = 9

Question 16.
5m = -10

Answer:
m = -2

Explanation:
m = -10/5
m = -2
Putting m = -2 in 5m = -10
5(-2) = -10

Question 17.
8t = -32

Answer:
t = -4

Explanation:
t = -32/8 = -4
Putting t = -4 in 8t = -32
8(-4) = -32

Question 18.
-0.2x = 1.6

Answer:
x = -8

Explanation:
-0.2x = 1.6
x = -1.6/0.2
x = -8
Putting x = -8 in -0.2x = 1.6
-0.2 (-8) = 1.6

Question 19.
-10 = –\(\frac{b}{4}\)

Answer:
b = 40

Explanation:
-10 = -(b/4)
b/4 = 10
b = 10 x 4 = 40
Putting b = 40 in -10 = -(b/4)
-10 = -(40/4) = -10

Question 20.
-6p = 48

Answer:
p = -8

Explanation:
-6p = 48
p = -48/6 = -8
Putting p = -8 in -6p = 48
-6(-8) = 48

Question 21.
-72 = 8d

Answer:
d = -9

Explanation:
-72 = 8d
d = -72/8
d = -9
Putting d = -9 in -72 = 8d
-72 = 8 (-9)

Question 22.
\(\frac{n}{1.6}\) = 5

Answer:
n = 8

Explanation:
n/1.6 = 5
n = 1.6 x 5
n = 8
Putting n = 8 in n/1.6 = 5
8/1.6 = 80/16 = 5

Question 23.
-14.4 = -0.6p

Answer:
p = 24

Explanation:
-14.4 = -0.6p
0.6p = 14.4
p = 14.4/0.6
p = 144/6 = 24
Putting p = 24 in -14.4 = -0.6p
-14.4 = -0.6 x 24

Question 24.
\(\frac{3}{4}\)g = -12

Answer:
g = -16

Explanation:
(3/4)g = -12
3g = -12 x 4
3g = -48
g = -48/3
g = -16
Putting g = -16 in (3/4)g = -12
(3/4) x (-16) = 3 x -4 = -12

Question 25.
8 = –\(\frac{2}{5}\)c

Answer:
c = -20

Explanation:
8 = -(2/5)c
-2c = 8 x 5 = 40
2c = -40
c = -40/2 = -20
Putting c = -20 in 8 = -(2/5)c
8 = -(2/5) x -20 = (2/5)20 = 2 x 4
= 8

Question 26.
–\(\frac{4}{9}\)f = -3

Answer:
f = 27/4

Explanation:
-(4/9)f = -3
(4/9)f = 3
4f = 3 x 9 = 27
f = 27/4
Putting f = 27/4 in -(4/9)f = -3
-(4/9) x (27/4) = -27/9 = -3

Question 27.
26 = –\(\frac{8}{5}\)y

Answer:
y = -130/8

Explanation:
26 = -(8/5)y
-8y = 26 x 5 = 130
y = -130/8
Putting y = -65/4 in 26 = -(8/5)y
26 = -(8/5) x (-130/8) = 130/5 = 26

Question 28.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the equation -4.2x = 21. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 31

Answer:
My friend is wrong.

Explanation:
-4.2x = 21
-x = 21/4.1
x = -5.12

WRITING AND SOLVING AN EQUATION
Write the word sentence as an equation. Then solve the equation.

Question 29.
A number multiplied by -9 is -16.

Answer:
9n = 16
n = 16/9

Explanation:
n x -9 = -16
9n = 16
n = 16/9

Question 30.
A number multiplied by \(\frac{2}{5}\) is \(\frac{3}{20}\).

Answer:
(2/5)n = 3/20
n = 15/40

Explanation:
n x (2/5) = 3/20
(2/5)n = 3/20
n = (3/20) x (5/2)
= 15/40

Question 31.
The product of 15 and a number is -75.

Answer:
15n = -75
n = -5

Explanation:
15 x n = -75
15n = -75
n = -75/15
n = -5

Question 32.
The quotient of a number and -1.5 is 21.

Answer:
n/-1.5 = 21
n = -31.5

Explanation:
n/-1.5 = 21
-n/1.5 = 21
-n = 21 x 1.5
-n = 31.5
n = -31.5

Question 33.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You make a profit of $0.75 for every bracelet you sell. Write and solve an equation to determine how many bracelets you must sell to earn enough money to buy the soccer cleats shown.

Answer:
I need to sell 48 bracelets to earn enough money to buy the soccer cleats shown.

Explanation:
Let us take a number of bracelets as x.
0.75x = 36
x = 36/0.75
x = 48

Question 34.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A rock climber averages 12\(\frac{3}{5}\) feet climbed per minute. How many feet does the rock climber climb in 30 minutes? Justify your answer.

Answer:
Climber climbs 378 feet in 30 minutes.

Explanation:
A rock climber averages 63/5 feet climbed per minute
Let us take he climb x feet in 30 minutes
x/30 = 63/5
x = (63/5) x 30
x = 63 x 6
x = 378 feet

OPEN-ENDED
Write (a) a multiplication equation and (b) a division equation that has the given solution.

Question 35.
-3

Answer:
(a) 3x = -9
(b) x/3 = -1

Explanation:
(a) 3x = -9
x = -9/3 = -3
x/3 = -1
x = -1 x 3 = -3

Question 36.
-2.2

Answer:
(a) -5x = 11
(b) x/2 = -1.1

Explanation:
(a) -5x = 11
x = -11/5
x = -2.2
(b) x/2 = -1.1
x = 2 x -1.1
x = -2.2

Question 37.
–\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer:
(a) 6x = -3
(b) -x/4 = 0.125

Explanation:
(a) 6x = -3
x = -3/6 = -1/2
(b) -x/4 = 0.125
-x = 0.125 x 4 = 0.5
x = -0.5

Question 38.
-1\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Answer:
(a) 4x = 5
(b) x/2 = 10/16

Explanation:
(a) 4x = 5
x = 5/4 = 1(1/4)
(b) x/2 = 10/16
x = 2(10/16)
x = 10/8 = 5/4

Question 39.
REASONING
Which method(s) can you use to solve –\(\frac{2}{3}\)c = 16?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 31.1

Answer:
Multiply each side by -3/2.

Explanation:
-(2/3)c = 16
Multiply both sides by -(3/2)
-(2/3)c x (-3/2) = 16 x (-3/2)
c = -8 x 3 = -24

Question 40.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A stock has a return of -$1.26 per day. Find the number of days until the total return is -$10.08. Justify your answer.

Answer:
The number of days required is 8 days.

Explanation:
Let us take the number of days as x.
Multiply number of days by one day return to get a total return
-$1.26 * x = -$10.08
x = 10.08/1.26
x = 8

Question 41.
PROBLEM-SOLVING
In a school election, \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the students vote. There are 1464 votes. Find the number of students. Justify your answer.

Answer:
The number of students who voted is 1098 and the number of students who not voted is 366.

Explanation:
The number of students voted = (3/4) x 1464
= 366 x 3 = 1098
So, 75% of students are 1098
Remaining 25% = 1098 x (25/75)
= 1098 x (1/3) = 366
The number of students voted is 1098 and number of students not voted is 366.

Question 42.
DIG DEEPER!
The diagram shows Aquarius, an underwater ocean laboratory located in the Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary. The equation \(\frac{31}{25}\)x = -62 can be used to calculate the depth of Aquarius. Interpret the equation. Then find the depth of Aquarius. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 32

Answer:
The depth of the aquarius is -50 feet

Explanation:
(31/25)x = -62
Multiply both sides by (25/31)
(31/25)x . (25/31) = -62 . (25/31)
x = (-2) x 25
x = -50
The depth of the aquarius is -50 feet

Question 43
DIG DEEPER!
The price of a bike at Store A is \(\frac{5}{6}\) the price at Store B. The price at Store A is $150.60. Find how much you save by buying the bike at Store A. Justify your answer.

Answer:
The amount saved is $30.12

Explanation:
Let us take the price of the bike at store b as x.
$150.60 = (5/6)x
150.6 * (6/5) = x
x = 30.12 * 6 = 180.72
The amount saved is $180.72 – $150.60 = $30.12

Question 44.
CRITICAL THINKING
Solve -2| m | = -10.

Answer:
m = 5

Explanation:
-2m = -10
2m = 10
m = 10/2 = 5

Question 45.
NUMBER SENSE
In 4 days, your family drives \(\frac{5}{7}\) of the total distance of a trip. The total distance is 1250 miles. At this rate, how many more days will it take to reach your destination? Justify your answer.

Answer:
It took 1(1/2) day to reach the destination.

Explanation:
The distance travelled in 4 days = 1250 * (5/7)
= 892.857 miles
The distance travelled in 1 day = 892.857/4 = 223.214
Remaining distance = 1250 – 892.57 = 357.14
357.14 = 223.214x
x = 357.14/223.214 = 1.59
So, it took 1(1/2) day to reach the destination.

Lesson 4.3 Solving Two-Step Equations

EXPLORATION 1

Using Algebra Tiles to Solve Equations
Work with a partner.
a. What is being modeled by the algebra tiles below? What is the solution?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 33
b. Use properties of equality to solve the original equation in part(a). How do your steps compare to the steps performed with algebra tiles?
c. Write the three equations modeled by the algebra tiles below. Then solve each equation using algebra tiles. Check your answers using properties of equality.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 34
d. Explain how to solve an equation of the form ax + b = c for x.

4.3 Lesson

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
2x + 12 = 4

Answer:
x = -4

Explanation:
2x = 4 – 12 = -8
x = -8/2
x = -4
Putting x = -4 in 2x + 12 = 4
2(-4) + 12 = -8 + 12 = 4

Question 2.
-5c + 9 = -16

Answer:
c = 5

Explanation:
9 + 16 = 5c
5c = 25
c = 25/5
c = 5
Putting c = 5 in -5c + 9 = -16
-5(5) + 9 = -25 + 9 = -16

Question 3.
9 = 3x – 12

Answer:
x = 7

Explanation:
3x = 9 + 12
3x = 21
x = 21/3 = 7
Putting x = 7 in 9 = 3x – 12
9 = 3(7) – 12 = 21 – 12 = 9

4.3 Lesson

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 35

Answer:
m = 8

Explanation:
m/2 = 10 – 6
m/2 = 4
m = 2 x 4
m = 8
putting m = 8 in m/2 + 6 = 10
8/2 + 6 = 4 + 6 = 10

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 36

Answer:
z = -12

Explanation:
5 – 9 = z/3
z/3 = -4
z = -4 x 3
z = -12
Putting z = -12 in -z/3 + 5 = 9
-(-12)/3 + 5 = 12/3 + 5 = 4 + 5 = 9

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 37

Answer:
a = -2/5

Explanation:
2/5 + 4a =-6/5
4a = -6/5 – 2/5
4a = -8/5
a = (-8/5) x (1/4)
a = -2/5
Putting a = -2/5 in 2/5 + 4a =-6/5
2/5 + 4(-2/5) = 2/5 – 8/5 = (2 – 8)/5 = -6/5

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 7.
4 – 2y + 3 = -9

Answer:
y = 8

Explanation:
7 – 2y = -9
7 + 9 = 2y
16 = 2y
y = 16/2
y = 8
Puuting y = 8 in 4 – 2y + 3 = -9
4 – 2(8) + 3 = 7 – 16 = -9

Question 8.
7x – 10x = 15

Answer:
x = -5

Explanation:
-3x = 15
x = -15/3
x = -5
Putting x = -5 in 7x – 10x = 15
7(-5) – 10(-5) = -35 + 50 = 15

Question 9.
-8 = 1.3m – 2.1m

Answer:
m = 10

Explanation:
-8 = -0.8m
m = 8/0.8
m = 10
Putting m = 10 in -8 = 1.3m – 2.1m
-8 = 1.3(10) – 2.1(10)
= 13 – 21

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

MATCHING
Match the equation with the step(s) to solve it.

Question 10.
4 + 4n = 12

Answer:
n = 2

Explanation:
4n = 12 – 4
4n = 8
n = 8/4
n = 2

Question 11.
4n = 12

Answer:
n = 3

Explanation:
n = 12/4
n = 3

Question 12.
\(\frac{n}{4}\) = 12

Answer:
n = 48

Explanation:
n/4 = 12
n = 12 x 4
n = 48

Question 13.
\(\frac{n}{4}\) – 4 = 12

A. Add 4 to each side. Then multiply each side by 4.
B. Subtract 4 from each side. Then divide each side by 4.
C. Multiply each side by 4.
D. Divide each side by 4.

Answer:
Add 4 to each side. Then multiply each side by 4.

Explanation:
n/4 – 4 = 12
Add 4 to each side
n/4 – 4 + 4 = 12 + 4
n/4 = 16
Multiply each side by 4
n/4 x 4 = 16 x 4
n = 64

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 14.
4p + 5 = 3

Answer:
p = -1/2

Explanation:
4p = 3 – 5
4p = -2
p = -2/4
p = -1/2
putting p = -1/2 in 4p + 5 = 3
4(-1/2) + 5 = -2 + 5 = 3

Question 15.
–\(\frac{d}{5}\) – 1 = -6

Answer:
d = 25

Explanation:
-1 + 6 = d/5
5 = d/5
d = 5 x 5
d = 25
Putting d = 25 in -d/5 – 1 = -6
-25/5 – 1 = -5 – 1 = -6

Question 16.
3.6g = 21.6

Answer:
g = 6

Explanation:
g = 21.6 / 6.3
g = 6
Putting g = 6 in 3.6g = 21.6
3.6(6) = 21.6

Question 17.
WRITING
Are the equations 3x + 12 = 6 and -2 = 4 – 3x equivalent? Explain.

Answer:
Equations are not equivalent

Explanation:
3x + 12 = 6 and -2 = 4 – 3x
3x = 6 – 12 and 3x = 4 + 2
3x = -6 and 3x = 6
x = -6/3 and x = 6/3
x = -2 and x = 2
Equations are not equivalent

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 18.
You must scuba dive to the entrance of your room at Jules’ Undersea Lodge in Key Largo, Florida. The diver is 1 foot deeper than \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the elevation of the entrance. What is the elevation of the entrance?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 38

Answer:
The elevation of entrance is 21 feet

Explanation:
2/3 rd of elevation = -15 foot + 1 feet
(2/3) * x = 14
x = 14 * (3/2)
x = 7 * 3 = 21 foot

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
A car drives east along a road at a constant speed of 46 miles per hour. At 4:00 P.M., a truck is 264 miles away, driving west along the same road at a constant speed. The vehicles pass each other at 7:00 P.M. What is the speed of the truck?

Answer:
The speed of truck is 42 miles per hour

Explanation:
Speed = distance/time
The time taken is 3 hours
46 + x = 264/3
46 + x = 88
x = 88 – 46 = 42

Solving Two-Step Equations Homework & Practice 4.3

Review & Refresh

Solve the equation.

Question 1.
3z = 18

Answer:
z = 6

Explanation:
z = 18/3
z = 6

Question 2.
-8p = 40

Answer:
p = -5

Explanation:
-p = 40/8
-p = 5
p = -5

Question 3.
–\(\frac{m}{4}\) = 5

Answer:
m = -20

Explanation:
-m/4 = 5
-m = 5 x 4
-m = 20
m = -20

Question 4.
\(\frac{5}{6}\)k = -10

Answer:
k = -12

Explanation:
(5/6)k = -10
k = -10(6/5)
k = -2(6)
k = -12

Multiply or divide.

Question 5.
-6.2 × 5.6

Answer:
-6.2 × 5.6 = -34.72

Explanation:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.3-1

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 39

Answer:
-40/6

Explanation:
(8/3) x (-5/2) = -40/6

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 40

Answer:
-25/8

Explanation:
(5/2) / (-4/5) = (5 x 5) / (2 x – 4)
= -25/8

Question 8.
-18.6 ÷ (-3)

Answer:
6.2

Explanation:
-18.6 ÷ (-3) = 186/30
= 6.2

Question 9.
Which fraction is not equivalent to 0.75?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 41

Answer:
6/9 is not equivalent to 0.75

Explanation:
15/20 = 3/4 = 0.75
9/12 = 3/4 = 0.75
6/9 = 2/3 = 0.66

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving
USING ALGEBRA TILES
Write the equation modeled by the algebra tiles. Then solve the equation using algebra tiles. Check your answer using properties of equality. (See Exploration 1, p. 139.)

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 42

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 43

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 12.
2v + 7 = 3

Answer:
v = -2

Explanation:
2v = 3 – 7
2v = -4
v = -4/2
v = -2
Putting v = -2 in 2v + 7 = 3
2(-2) + 7 = -4 + 7 = 3

Question 13.
4b + 3 = -9

Answer:
b = -3

Explanation:
4b = -9 – 3
4b = -12
b = -12/4
b = -3
Putting b = -3 in 4b + 3 = -9
4(-3) + 3 = -12 + 3 = -9

Question 14.
17 = 5k – 2

Answer:
k = 19/5

Explanation:
5k = 17 + 2
5k = 19
k = 19/5
Putting k = 19/5 in 5k = 17 + 2
5(19/5) – 2 = 19 – 2 = 17

Question 15.
-6t – 7 = 17

Answer:
t = -4

Explanation:
-6t = 17 + 7
-6t = 24
t = -24/6
t = -4
Putting t = -4 in -6t – 7 = 17
-6(-4) – 7 = 24 – 7 = 17

Question 16.
8n + 16.2 = 1.6

Answer:
n = -1.825

Explanation:
8n = 1.6 – 16.2
8n = -14.6
n = -14.6/8
n = -1.825
Putting n = -1.825 in 8n + 16.2 = 1.6
8(-1.825) + 16.2 = -14.6 + 16.2 = 1.6

Question 17.
-5g + 2.3 = -18.8

Answer:
g = 4.22

Explanation:
2.3 + 18.8 = 5g
5g = 21.1
g = 21.1/5
g = 4.22
putting g = 4.22 in -5g + 2.3 = -18.8
-5(4.22) + 2.3 = -21.1 + 2.3 = -18.8

Question 18.
2t + 8 = -10

Answer:
t = -9

Explanation:
2t = -10 – 8
2t = -18
t = -18/2
t = -9
Putting t = -9 in 2t + 8 = -10
2(-9) + 8 = -18 + 8 = -10

Question 19.
-4p + 9 = -5

Answer:
p = 3.5

Explanation:
4p = 9 + 5
4p = 14
p = 14/4
p = 3.5
Putting p = 3.5 in -4p + 9 = -5
-4(3.5) + 9 = -14 + 9 = -5

Question 20.
15 = -5x + 10

Answer:
x = -1

Explanation:
15 – 10 = -5x
-5x = 5
x = -5/5
x = -1
Putting x = -1 in 15 = -5x + 10
15 = -5(-1) + 10 = 5 + 10
= 15

Question 21.
10.35 + 2.3h = -9.2

Answer:
h = -8.5

Explanation:
2.3h = -9.2 – 10.35
2.3h = -19.55
h = -19.55/2.3
h = -8.5
Putting h = -8.5 in 10.35 + 2.3h = -9.2
10.35 + 2.3(-8.5) = 10.35 – 19.55 = -9.2

Question 22.
-4.8f + 6.4 = -8.48

Answer:
f = 3.1

Explanation:
-4.8f = -8.48 – 6.4
-4.8f = -14.88
4.8f = 14.88
f = 14.88/4.8
f = 3.1
Putting f = 3.1 in -4.8f + 6.4 = -8.48
-4.8(3.1) + 6.4 = -14.88 + 6.4 = -8.48

Question 23.
7.3y – 5.18 = -51.9

Answer:
y = -6.4

Explanation:
7.3y = -51.9 + 5.18
7.3y = -46.72
y = -46.72/7.3
y = -6.4
Putting y = -6.4 in 7.3y – 5.18 = -51.9
7.3(-6.4) – 5.18 = -46.72 – 5.18 = -51.9

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the equation. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 44

Answer:
My friend is wrong.

Explanation:
-6x + 2x = -10
-4x = -10
x = 10/4
x = 5/2

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 45

Answer:
My friend is wrong.

Explanation:
-3(x + 6) = 12
x + 6 = -12/3
x + 6 = -4
x = -4 – 6
x = -10

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 46

Answer:
g = -5

Explanation:
(3/5)g = -10/3 + 1/3
(3/5)g = (-10 + 1)/3
= -9/3 = -3
(3/5)g = -3
g = -3 x (5/3)
g = -5
Putting g = -5 in (3/5)g -1/3 = -10/3
(3/5)(-5) -1/3 = -3 – 1/3 = (-9 – 1)/3
= -10/3

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 47

Answer:
a = 4/3

Explanation:
a/4 = -1/2 + 5/6
a/4 = (-3 + 5)/6
a/4 = 2/6
a = (2/6) x 4
a = 4/3 = 1.33
Putting a = 4/3 in a/4 – 5/6 = -1/2
(1.33)/4 – 5/6 = (4 – 10)/12 = -6/12 = -1/2

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 48

Answer:
z = -3/2

Explanation:
(4 + z) = -5/6 x -3
4 + z = 5/2
z = 5/2 – 4
z = (5 – 8)/2
z = -3/2
putting z = -3/2 in -1/3(4 + z) = -5/6
-1/3(4 + (-3/2)) = -1/3(4 – 3/2)
= -1/3(8-3)/2 = -1/6 x (5)
= -5/6

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 49

Answer:
b = 27/2

Explanation:
2 + 5/2 = b/3
(4 + 5)/2 = b/3
b/3 = 9/2
b = 9/2 x 3
b = 27/2
Putting b = 27/2 in 2 – b/3 = – 5/2
2 – (27/2)/3 = 2 – 27/6
= (12 – 27)/6 = -15/6 = – 5/2

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 50

Answer:
x = -27/20

Explanation:
(x + 3/5) = 1/2 x (-3/2)
x + 3/5 = -3/4
x = -3/4 – 3/5
x = (-15 – 12)/20
x = -27/20
Putting x = -27/20 in -2/3(x + 3/5) = 1/2
-2/3(-27/20 + 3/5) = -2/3(-27 + 12)/20
= -2/3(-15/20) = (2 x 15)/(3 x 20)
= 30/60 = 1/2

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 51

Answer:
v = -1/30

Explanation:
-9/4 v = 7/8 – 4/5
-9/4 v = (35 – 32)/40 = 3/40
v = -3/40 x 4/9
v = -1/30
Putting v = -1/30 in -9/4 v + 4/5 = 7/8
-9/4 v + 4/5 = -9/4 (-1/30) + 4/5
= 3/40 + 4/5 = (3 + 32)/40
= 35/40 = 7/8

Question 32.
PRECISION
Starting at 1:00 P.M., the temperature changes -4°F per hour. Write and solve an equation to determine how long it will take for the temperature to reach -1°F.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 52

Answer:
Iit takes 8 hours 30 minutes.

Explanation:
Starting at 1:00 P.M., the temperature changes -4°F per hour.
The temperature change is 35 – 1 = 34°F
So, the equation is 4x = 34
x = 34/4
x = 8.5
S,o, it takes 8 hours 30 minutes.

COMBINING LIKE TERMS
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 33.
3v – 9v = 30

Answer:
v = -5

Explanation:
-6v = 30
v = -30/6
v = -5
Putting v = -5 in 3v – 9v = 30
3(-5) – 9(-5) = -15 + 45 = 30

Question 34.
12t – 8t = -52

Answer:
t = -13

Explanation:
4t = -52
t = -52/4
t = -13
Putting t = -13 in 12t – 8t = -52
12(-13) – 8(-13) = -156 + 104 = -52

Question 35.
-8d – 5d + 7d = 72

Answer:
d = -12

Explanation:
-13d + 7d = 72
-6d = 72
d = -72/6
d = -12
Putting d = -12 in -8d – 5d + 7d = 72
-8(-12) – 5(-12) + 7(-12) = 96 + 60 – 84
= 156 – 84 = 72

Question 36.
-3.8g + 5 + 2.7g = 12.7

Answer:
g = -7

Explanation:
-1.1g + 5 = 12.7
-1.1g = 12.7-5
-1.1g = 7.7
g = -7.7/1.1
g = -7
Putting g = -7 in -3.8g + 5 + 2.7g = 12.7
-3.8(-7) + 5 + 2.7(-7) = 26.6 + 5 – 18.9 = 12.7

Question 37.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You have $9.25. How many games can you bowl if you rent bowling shoes? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 53

Answer:
3 games can be played

Explanation:
The amount you have is $9.25
After renting $9.25 – $2.50 = $6.75
Bowling per game = $2.25
After one game,
$2.25 gone out of $6.75
After two games,
$4.50 gone
After three games,
$6.75 gone
Total is $6.75, after three games it will cost you $6.75
So, 3 games can be played

Question 38.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A cell phone company charges a monthly fee plus $0.25 for each text message you send. The monthly fee is $30.00. You owe $59.50. How many text messages did you send? Justify your answer.

Answer:
You have sent 118 text messages.

Explanation:
Since the total cost of $59.50 is comprised of the monthly fee of $30 plus $0.25 for each text message, we can write
$59.50 = $30 + $0.25x
$0.25x = $59.50 – $30
$29.50 = $0.25x
x = 29.5/0.25
x = 118
So, you have sent 118 text messages

Question 39.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The height at the top of a roller coaster hill is 10 times the height h of the starting point. The height decreases 100 feet from the top to the bottom of the hill. The height at the bottom of the hill is -10 feet. Find h.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 54

Answer:
h = -9

Explanation:
From the image, we can write the equation as,
-10 + 10h = -100
10h = -100 + 10
10h = -90
h = -90/10
h = -9

Question 40.
MODELING REAL LIFE
On a given day, the coldest surface temperature on the Moon, -280°F, is 53.6°F colder than twice the coldest surface temperature on Earth. What is the coldest surface temperature on Earth that day? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The coldest surface temperature on Earth is 166.8°F

Explanation:
the coldest surface temperature on the Moon = -280°F
2E + 53.6 = -280
2E = -280 – 53.6
2E = 333.6
E = 166.8°F
The coldest surface temperature on Earth is 166.8°F

Question 41.
DIG DEEPER!
On Saturday, you catch insects for your science class. Five of the insects escape. The remaining insects are divided into three groups to share in class. Each group has nine insects.
a. Write and solve an equation to find the number of insects you catch on Saturday.
b. Find the number of insects you catch on Saturday without using an equation. Compare the steps used to solve the equation in part (a) with the steps used to solve the problem in part (b).
c. Describe a problem that is more convenient to solve using an equation. Then describe a problem that is more convenient to solve without using an equation.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 56

Answer:
a. You catch 32 insects on Saturday.
b.

Explanation:

a.
(x – 5)/3 = 9
(x – 5) = 27
x = 27 + 5 = 32
You catch 32 insects on saturday.
b. The only number which is divisible by 3 and obtained after subtracting 5 insects from it is 5. so, you caught 32 insects.
c. Equation is more convenient to solve the problem.

Question 42.
GEOMETRY
How can you change the dimensions of the rectangle so that the ratio of the length to the width stays the same, but the perimeter is 185 centimeters? Write an equation that shows how you found your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 57

Answer:
The required dimensions are 52.75, 52.75, 39.75.

Explanation:
The perimeter for given dimensions = 2(25 + 12) = 50 + 24 = 74
Given perimeter = 185
Change in perimeter = 185 – 74 = 111
Divide the perimeter by 4 = 111/4 = 27.75
Add 27.75 to each dimension to get the perimeter 185
So, the required dimensions are 52.75, 52.75, 39.75

Lesson 4.4 Writing and Graphing Inequalities

EXPLORATION 1
Understanding Inequality Statements
Work with a partner. Create a number line on the floor with both positive and negative numbers.
a. For each statement, stand at a number on your number line that could represent the situation. On what other numbers can you stand?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 58
• Atleast 3 students from our school are in a chess tournament.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 59
• Your ring size is less than 7.5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 60
• The temperature is no more than -1 degree Fahrenheit.
• The elevation of a frogfish is greater 1 than -8\(\frac{1}{2}\) meters.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 61
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 62
b. How can you represent all of the solutions for each statement in part(a) on a number line?

4.4 Lesson

Try It

Write the word sentence as an inequality.

Question 1.
A number is at least -10.

Answer:
n ≥ -10

Explanation:
The symbol for at least is ≥.
So, n ≥ -10

Question 2.
Twice a number y is more than –\(\frac{5}{2}\).

Answer:
2y > -5/2

Explanation:
more than symbol is >.
2y > -5/2

A solution of an inequality is a value that makes the inequality true. An inequality can have more than one solution. The set of all solutions of an inequality is called the solution set.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 63

Try It

Tell whether -5 is a solution of the inequality.

Question 3.
x + 12 > 7

Answer:
-5 is not soution.

Explanation:
x + 12 > 7
-5 + 12 > 7
7 > 7

Question 4.
1 – 2p ≤ -9

Answer:
-5 is not the solution.

Explanation:
1 – 2p ≤ -9
1 – 2(-5) ≤ -9
1 + 10 ≤ -9
11 ≤ -9

Question 5.
n ÷ 2.5 ≥ -3

Answer:
-5 is solution.

Explanation:
-5 ÷ 2.5 ≥ -3
-2 ≥ -3

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 6.
REASONING
Do x < 5 and 5 < x represent the same inequality? Explain.

Answer:
No, both inequalities do not represent the same.

Explanation:
No, both inequalities do not represent the same.
The reason is the first one x < 5 means all numbers that are less than 5.
Second one 5 < x, all numbers that are greater than 5.

Question 7.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Write “both” inequalities.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 64

Answer:
A number k is no more than -3 is different.

Explanation:
A number k is less than or equal to -3
k ≤ -3
A number k is at least -3
k ≥ – 3
a number k is at most -3
k ≤ -3
A number k is no more than -3
k < -3

CHECKING SOLUTIONS
Tell whether -4 is a solution of the inequality.

Question 8.
c + 6 ≤ 3

Answer:
Yes, -4 is a solution of the inequality.

Explanation:
c + 6 ≤ 3
-4 + 6 ≤ 3
2 ≤ 3

Question 9.
6 > p ÷ (-0.5)

Answer:
No, -4 is not a solution of the inequality.

Explanation:
6 > p ÷ (-0.5)
6 > -4 ÷ (-0.5)
6 > 4 ÷ (0.5)
6 > 8

Question 10.
-7 < 2g + 1

Answer:
No, -4 is not a solution of the inequality.

Explanation:
-7 < 2g + 1
-7 < 2(-4) + 1
-7 < -8 + 1
-7 < -7

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 11.
The three requirements to pass a fitness test are shown. Write and graph three inequalities that represent the requirements. Then give a set of possible values for a person who passes the test.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 65

Answer:
x ≥ 2 kilometers
x ≥ 25 pushups
x ≥ 10 pullups
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-1

Explanation:
Jog at least 2 kilometers
x ≥ 2 kilometers
Perform 25 or more pushups
x ≥ 25 pushups
Perform at least 10 pull-ups
x ≥ 10 pullups

Question 12.
To set a depth record, a submersible vehicle must reach a water depth less than -715 feet. A vehicle breaks the record by more than 10 feet. Write and graph an inequality that represents the possible depths reached by the vehicle.

Answer:
-705 < x < -175
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-2

Explanation:
Submersible vehicle must reach a water depth less than -715 feet
x < – 175
A vehicle breaks the record by more than 10 feet.
So, -175 + 10 < x < -175
-705 < x < -175

Writing and Graphing Inequalities Homework & Practice 4.4

Review & Refresh

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
p – 8 = 3

Answer:
p = 11

Explanation:
p – 8 = 3
p = 8 + 3
p = 11
Putting p = 11 in p – 8 = 3
11 – 8 = 3

Question 2.
8.7 + w = 5.1

Answer:
w = -3.6

Explanation:
8.7 + w = 5.1
w = 5.1 – 8.7
w = -3.6
Putting w = -3.6 in 8.7 + w = 5.1
8.7 + (-3.6) = 8.7 – 3.6 = 5.1

Question 3.
x – 2 = -9

Answer:
x = -7

Explanation:
x – 2 = -9
x = -9 + 2
x = -7
Putting x = -7 in x – 2 = -9
-7 – 2 = -9

Question 4.
8v + 5 = 1

Answer:
v = -1/2

Explanation:
8v + 5 = 1
8v = 1 – 5
8v = -4
v = -4/8
v = -1/2
Putting v = -1/2 in 8v + 5 = 1
8(-1/2) + 5 = -4 + 5 = 1

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 66

Answer:
n = 5

Explanation:
7/8 – (1/4)n = -3/8
7/8 + 3/8 = 1/4 n
1/4 n = (7 + 3)/8
1/4 n = 10/8
n = (10/8) x (4)
n = 10/2
n = 5
Putting n = 5 in 7/8 – (1/4)n = -3/8
7/8 – (1/4)5 = 7/8 – 5/4
= (7-10)/8 = -3/8

Question 6.
1.8 = 2.1h – 5.7 – 4.6h

Answer:
h = -3

Explanation:
1.8 = 2.1h – 5.7 – 4.6h
1.8 + 5.7 = 2.1h – 4.6h
-2.5h = 7.5
h = -7.5/2.5
h = -3
Putting h = -3 in 1.8 = 2.1h – 5.7 – 4.6h
1.8 = 2.1(-3) – 5.7 – 4.6(-3)
= -6.3 – 5.7 + 13.8
= -12 + 13.8

Question 7.
Which expression has a value less than -5?
A. 5 + 8
B. -9 + 5
C. 1 + (-8)
D. 7 + (-2)

Answer:
B has a value less than -5.

Explanation:
A. 5 + 8 = 13
B. -9 + 5 = -4
C. 1 + (-8) = -7
D. 7 + (-2) = 5

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving
UNDERSTANDING INEQUALITY STATEMENTS
Choose a number that could represent the situation. What other numbers could represent the situation? (See Exploration 1, p. 145.)

Question 8.
Visibility in an airplane is greater than 6.5 miles.

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-3
x > 6.5 miles

Explanation:
x > 6.5 miles

Question 9.
You must sell no fewer than 20 raffle tickets for a fundraiser.

Answer:
x > 20
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-4

Explanation:
x > 20

Question 10.
You consume at most 1800 calories per day.

Answer:
x ≤ 1800
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-5

Explanation:
x ≤ 1800

Question 11.
The elevation of the Dead Sea is less than -400 meters.

Answer:
x < -400
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-6

Explanation:
x < -400

WRITING AN INEQUALITY
Write the word sentence as an inequality.

Question 12.
A number y is no more than -8.

Answer:
y < -8

Explanation:
No more than means <
y < -8

Question 13.
A number w added to 2.3 is more than 18.

Answer:
w + 2.3 > 18

Explanation:
More than means >
w + 2.3 > 18
w > 18 – 2.3
w > 15.7

Question 14.
A number t multiplied by -4 is atleast –\(\frac{2}{5}\).

Answer:
-4t ≥ -2/5

Explanation:
Atleast means ≥
-4t ≥ -2/5

Question 15.
A number b minus 4.2 is less than -7.5.

Answer:
b – 4.2 < -7.5

Explanation:
Less than means <
b – 4.2 < -7.5
b < -7.5 + 4.2
b < -3.3
b > 3.3

Question 16.
–\(\frac{5}{9}\) is no less than 5 times a number k.

Answer:
-5/9 > 5k

Explanation:
No less than means >
-5/9 > 5k

Question 17.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend writes the word sentence as an inequality. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 67

Answer:
My friend is correct.

Explanation:
Twice a number x means 2x
Atmost means ≤
So, 2x ≤ -24

CHECKING SOLUTIONS
Tell whether the given value is a solution of the inequality.

Question 18.
n + 8 ≤ 13; n = 4

Answer:
n = 4 is the solution

Explanation:
4 + 8 ≤ 13
12 ≤ 13

Question 19.
-15 < 5h; h = -5

Answer:
h = -5 is the solution

Explanation:
-15 < 5(-5)
-15 < -25

Question 20.
p + 104 ≤ 0.5; p = 0.1

Answer:
p = 0.1 is the solution

Explanation:
0.1 + 104 ≤ 0.5
104.1 ≤ 0.5

Question 21.
\(\frac{a}{6}\) > -4; a = -18

Answer:
a = -18 is the solution

Explanation:
a/6 > -4
-18/6 > -4
-3 > -4

Question 22.
6 ≥ –\(\frac{2}{3}\)s ; s = -9

Answer:
s = -9 is the solution

Explanation:
6 ≥ (-2/3)s
6 ≥ (-2/3) x -9
6 ≥ 2 x 3
6 ≥ 6

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 68

Answer:
k = 1/4 is not the solution

Explanation:
7/8 – 3k < -1/2
7/8 – 3(1/4) < -1/2
7/8 – 3/4 < -1/2
(7 – 6)/8 < -1/2
1/8 < -1/2

GRAPHING AN INEQUALITY
Graph the inequality on a number line.

Question 24.
r ≤ -9

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-7

Question 25.
g ≥ 2.75

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-8

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 69

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-9

Explanation:
x ≥ -7/2

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 70

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-10

Explanation:
5/4 > z

Question 28.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Each day at lunchtime, atleast 53 people buy food from a food truck. Write and graph an inequality that represents this situation.

Answer:

Explanation:

CHECKING SOLUTIONS
Tell whether the given value is a solution of the inequality.

Question 29.
4k < k + 8; k = 3

Answer:

Explanation:

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 191

Answer:

Explanation:

Question 31.
7 – 2y > 3y + 13; y = -1

Answer:

Explanation:

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 71

Answer:

Explanation:

Question 33.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A single subway ride for a student costs $1.25. A monthly pass costs $35.
a. Write an inequality that represents the numbers of times you can ride the subway each month for the monthly pass to be a better deal.
b. You ride the subway about 45 times per month. Should you buy the monthly pass? Explain.

Answer:
a. 1.25x ≥ 35
b. Yes, it is better to buy a monthly pass.

Explanation:
A.
1.25x ≥ 35
B. 1.25x ≥ 35
x ≥ 35/1.25
x ≥ 28
Yes, it is better to buy a monthly pass.

Question 34.
LOGIC
Consider the in equality b > -2.
a. Describe the values of b that are solutions of the inequality.
b. Describe the values of b that are not solutions of the inequality. Write an inequality that represents these values.
c. What do all the values in parts (a) and (b) represent? Is this true for any similar pair of inequalities? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
a. b is greater than -2, The possible solutions of b are -1, 0, 1, 2, and so on
b. The values of b that are nor solutions are -2, -3, -4, -5, -6, …. and an inequality that represents it is b < – 2
c. All the values in parts (A), (b) represents all whole numbers.

Question 35.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A planet orbiting a star at a distance such that its temperatures are right for liquid water is said to be in the star’s habitable zone. The habitable zone of a particular star is atleast 0.023 AU and at most 0.054 AU from the star (1 AU is equal to the distance between Earth and the Sun). Draw a graph that represents the habitable zone.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 72

Answer:
x ≥ 0.023 and x ≤ 0.054
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4-11

Explanation:
As the start is at least 0.023 AU means x ≥ 0.023
And it is almost 0.054 AU means x ≤ 0.054
x ≥ 0.023 ≤ 0.054

Question 36.
DIG DEEPER!
The girth of a package is the distance around the perimeter of a face that does not include the length as a side. A postal service says that a rectangular package can have a maximum combined length and girth of 108 inches.
a. Write an inequality that represents the allowable dimensions for the package.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 73
b. Find three different sets of allowable dimensions that are reasonable for the package. Find the volume of each package.

Answer:
a. x ≥ 27 inches
b. The three different sets of allowable dimensions are 27, 28, 29 and their volumes are 19683 cubic inches, 21952 cubic inches, 24389 cubic inches.

Explanation:
Girth = 108 inches
4x ≥ 108
x ≥ 108/4
x ≥ 27
b. The three different sets of allowable dimensions are 27, 28, 29
Volume = 27³ = 19683
= 28³ = 21952
= 29³ = 24389

Lesson 4.5 Solving Inequalities Using Addition or Subtraction

EXPLORATION 1
Writing Inequalities
Work with a partner. Use two number cubes on which the odd numbers are negative on one of the number cubes and the even numbers are negative on the other number cube.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 74

  • Roll the number cubes. Write an inequality that compares the numbers.
  • Roll one of the number cubes. Add the number to each side of the inequality and record your result.
  • Repeat the previous two steps five more times.

a. When you add the same number to each side of an inequality, does the inequality remain true? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 75
b. When you subtract the same number from each side of an inequality, does the inequality remain true? Use inequalities generated by number cubes to justify your answer.
c. Use your results in parts (a) and (b) to make a conjecture about how to solve inequality of form x + a < b for x. 4.5 Lesson Try It Solve the inequality.

Answer:
a. When you add the same number to each side of an inequality, does the inequality remains true. Because when the same quantity is added on both sides does not show any impact on the actual inequality.
b. When you subtract the same number from each side of an inequality, the inequality remain true. Because when the same quantity is subtracted from both sides does not show any impact on the actual inequality.

Graph the solution.

Question 1.

y – 6 > -7

Answer:
y > -1
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-1

Explanation:
y > -7 + 6
y > -1

Question 2.
b – 3.8 ≤ 1.7

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-2

Explanation:
b ≤ 1.7 + 3.8
b ≤ 5.5

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 76

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-3

Explanation:
-1/2 + 1/4 > z
(-2 + 1)/4 > z
-1/4 > z
1/4 < z

Try It

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 4.
w + 3 ≤ -1

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-4
w ≤ -4

Explanation:
w ≤ -1 – 3
w ≤ -4

Question 5.
8.5 ≥ d + 10

Answer:
1.5 ≤ d
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-5

Explanation:
8.5 – 10 ≥ d
-1.5 ≥ d
1.5 ≤ d

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 77

Answer:
x > 3/4
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-6

Explanation:
x > 3/2 – 3/4
x > (6 – 3)/4
x > 3/4

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 7.
WRITING
Are the inequalities c + 3 > 5 and c – 1 > 1 equivalent? Explain.

Answer:
Inequalities are equivalent.

Explanation:
c + 3 > 5 and c – 1 > 1
c > 5 – 3 and c > 1 + 1
c > 2 and c > 2

Question 8.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which inequality does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 78

Answer:
-7/4 < w – 3/4

Explanation:
w + 7/4 < 3/4
w < 3/4 – 7/4
w < -4/4
w < -1
w – 3/4 > -7/4
w > -7/4 + 3/4
w > -4/4
w > -1
w+ 7/4 > 3/4
w > 3/4 – 7/4
w > -4/4
w > -1
-7/4 < w – 3/4
-7/4 + 3/4 < w
-4/4 < w
-1 < w
By solving all inequalities we obtain w > -1, but by solving -7/4 < w – 3/4, we get -1 < w.

SOLVING AN INEQUALITY
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 9.
x – 4 > -6

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-7
x > -2

Explanation:
x > -6 + 4
x > -2

Question 10.
z + 4.5 ≤ 3.25

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-8
z ≤ -1.25

Explanation:
z ≤ 3.25 – 4.5
z ≤ -1.25

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 79

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-9
-1/10 > g

Explanation:
7/10 – 4/5 > g
(7 – 8)/10 > g
-1/10 > g

Question 12.
OPEN-ENDED
Write two different inequalities that can be represented using the graph. Justify your answers.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 80

Answer:
x > -5
x ≥ 5

Explanation:
x > -5
Because in the graph the point is from 5 to left side.
x ≥ 5
In the graph, the point is also located on 5.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
A volcanologist rappels 1200 feet into a volcano. He wants to climb out of the volcano in less than 4 hours. He climbs the first 535 feet in 100 minutes. Graph an inequality that represents the average rates at which he can climb the remaining distance and meet his goal. Justify your answer.

Answer:
The average rate at which he climb the remaining distance and meet his goal is less than 0.21 inches per 1 minute.
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-10

Explanation:
A volcanologist rappel climbs first 535 feet in 100 minutes
He needs to climb the remaining 1200 – 535 = 665 feet in the remaining time.
(1200 – 535)x < (4 x 60 – 100)
665x < (240 – 100)
665x < 140
x < 140/665
x < 0.21
The average rate at which he climb the remaining distance and meet his goal is less than 0.21 inches per 1 minute.

Question 14.
You install a mailbox by burying a post as shown. According to postal service guidelines, the bottom of the box must be at least 41 inches, but no more than 45 inches, above the road. Write and interpret two inequalities that describe the possible lengths of the post.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 81

Answer:
The possible length of post is in between 45 to 41 inches

Explanation:
Given that,
The bottom box must be at least 41 inches
x ≥ 41 inches
The bottom box must be no more than 45 inches
x < 45
By combining both inequalities, we get
45 < x ≥ 41
So, the possible length of post is in between 45 to 41 inches.

Solving Inequalities Using Addition or Subtraction Homework & Practice 4.5

Review & Refresh

Write the word sentence as an inequality.

Question 1.
A number p is greater than 5.

Answer:
p > 5.

Explanation:
greater than means >
p > 5.

Question 2.
A number z times 3 is atmost -4.8.

Answer:
3z ≤ -4.8

Explanation:
Atmost means ≤
3z ≤ -4.8

Question 3.
The sum of a number n and \(\frac{2}{3}\) is no less than 5\(\frac{1}{3}\).

Answer:
n + 2/3 > 5(1/3)

Explanation:
The sum of n and 2/3 is n + 2/3
no less than means >
n + 2/3 > 5(1/3)

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 4.
4x = 36

Answer:
x = 9

Explanation:
4x = 36
x = 36/4
x = 9
Putting x = 9 in 4x = 36
4(9) = 36

Question 5.
\(\frac{w}{3}\) = -9

Answer:
w = -27

Explanation:
w/3 = -9
w = -9 x 3
w = -27
Putting w = -27 in w/3 = -9
-27/3 = -9

Question 6.
-2b = 44

Answer:
b = -22

Explanation:
-2b = 44
b = -44/2
b = -22
Putting b = -22 in -2b = 44
-2(-22) = 44

Question 7.
60 = \(\frac{3}{4}\)h

Answer:
h = 80

Explanation:
60 = (3/4)h
60 x 4 = 3h
240 = 3h
h = 240/3
h = 80
Putting h = 80 in 60 = (3/4)h
60 = (3/4) x 80 = 3 x 20

Question 8.
Which fraction is equivalent to -2.4?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 82

Answer:
-12/5 is the equivalent to -2.4

Explanation:
-12/5 = -2.4
-51/25 = -2.04
-8/5 = -1.6
-6/25 = -0.24
So, by observing all those, we can say that -12/5 is the equivalent to -2.4

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

WRITING AN INEQUALITY
Write an inequality that compares the given numbers. Does the inequality remain true when you add 2 to each side? Justify your answer. (See Exploration 1, p. 151.)

Question 9.
-1; 4

Answer:
-1 > 4
False.

Explanation:
-1 > 4
-1 + 2 > 4 + 2
1 > 6

Question 10.
-3; -6

Answer:
-3 > – 6
True

Explanation:
-3 > – 6
By adding 2 to each side
-3 + 2 > -6 + 2
-1 > -4

Question 11.
-4; -1

Answer:
-4 < -1
False

Explanation:
-4 < -1
-4 + 2 < -1 + 2
-2 < 1
False

SOLVING AN INEQUALITY
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 12.
x + 7 ≥ 18

Answer:
x ≥ 11
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-11

Explanation:
x ≥ 18 – 7
x ≥ 11

Question 13.
a – 2 > 4

Answer:
a > 6
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-12

Explanation:
a > 4 + 2
a > 6

Question 14.
3 ≤ 7 + g

Answer:
-4 ≤ g
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4_optimized.5-13

Explanation:
3 – 7 ≤ g
-4 ≤ g

Question 15.
8 + k ≤ -3

Answer:
k ≤ -11
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-14

Explanation:
k ≤ -3 – 8
k ≤ -11

Question 16.
-12 < y – 6

Answer:
-6 < y
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-15

Explanation:
-12 + 6 < y
-6 < y

Question 17.
n – 4 < 5

Answer:
n < 9
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-16

Explanation:
n < 4 + 5
n < 9

Question 18.
t – 5 ≤ -7

Answer:
t ≤ -2

Explanation:
t ≤ -7 + 5
t ≤ -2

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 83

Answer:
p ≥ 7/4
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-18

Explanation:
p ≥ 2 – (1/4)
p ≥ (8 – 1)/4
p ≥ 7/4

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 84

Answer:
-3/7 > b

Explanation:
2/7 – 5/7 > b
(2 – 5)/7 > b
-3/7 > b

Question 21.
z – 4.7 ≥ -1.6

Answer:
z ≥ 3.1
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-20

Explanation:
z ≥ -1.6 + 4.7
z ≥ 3.1

Question 22.
-9.1 < d – 6.3

Answer:
-2.8 < d
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-21

Explanation:
-9.1 + 6.3 < d
-2.8 < d

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 85

Answer:
-4/5 > s
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-22

Explanation:
8/5 – 12/5 > s
(8 – 12)/5 > s
-4/5 > s

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 86

Answer:
6/8 ≥ m

Explanation:
-7/8 + 13/8 ≥ m
6/8 ≥ m

Question 25.
r + 0.2 < -0.7

Answer:
r < 0.5

Explanation:
r < 0.7 – 0.2
r < 0.5

Question 26.
h – 6 ≤ -8.4

Answer:
h ≤ -2.4
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-25

Explanation:
h ≤ -8.4 + 6
h ≤ -2.4

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the inequality and graphs the solution. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 87

Answer:
My friend is correct.

Explanation:
x – 7 > – 2
x > – 2 + 7
x > 5
As the graph says the values of x are more than 5.
So, my friend is correct.

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 88

Answer:
My friend is correct.

Explanation:
8 ≤ x + 3
8 – 3 ≤ x
5 ≤ x
As the graph represents the values of x are less than or equal to 5.
So, my friend is correct.

Question 29.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A small airplane can hold 44 passengers. Fifteen passengers board the plane.
a. Write and solve an inequality that represents the additional numbers of passengers that can board the plane.
b. Can 30 more passengers board the plane? Explain.

Answer:
a. 15 + x ≤ 44
b. No.

Explanation:
As the airplane can hold 44 passengers and already 15 passengers board the plane. The inequality can be expressed as
15 + x ≤ 44
Here, x is the additional number of passengers who board the plane
b. Can 30 more passengers board the plane
So, take x as 30
15 + 30 ≤ 44
45 ≤ 44
As this inequality is false. So, 30 more passengers board the plane

GEOMETRY
Find the possible values of x.

Question 30.
The perimeter is less than 28 feet.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 89

Answer:
x < 14

Explanation:
Perimeter = 7 + 7 + x = 14 + x
The perimeter is less than 28 feet.
So, p < 28
14 + x < 28
x < 28 – 14
x < 14

Question 31.
The base is greater than the height.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 90

Answer:
x > 5

Explanation:
Here base = (x + 3), h = 8
The base is greater than the height.
b > h
(x + 3) > 8
x > 8 – 3
x > 5

Question 32.
The perimeter is less than or equal to 51 meters.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 91

Answer:
x ≤ 15 m

Explanation:
Perimeter = 10 + 8 + 8 + 10 + x
= 36 + x
The perimeter is less than or equal to 51 meters.
perimeter ≤ 51
36 + x ≤ 51
x ≤ 51 – 36
x ≤ 15

Question 33.
REASONING
The inequality d + s > -3 is equivalent to d > -7. What is the value of s?

Answer:
s = -4

Explanation:
d + s > -3
d > -3 – s
When s = -4, then d + s > -3 is equivalent to d > -7
So, s = -4

Question 34.
LOGIC
You can spend up to $35 on a shopping trip.
a. You want to buy a shirt that costs $14. Write and solve an inequality that represents the remaining amounts of money you can spend if you buy the shirt.
b. You notice that the shirt is on sale for 30% off. How does this change your inequality in part(a)?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 92

Answer:
a. x + $14 < 35
b. x + $9.8 < 35

Explanation:
You can spend up to $35 on a shopping trip.
a. Shirt cost = $14
The inequality represents the remaining amounts of money you can spend if you buy the shirt.
x + $14 < 35
b. When the shirt is on 30% sale
If the shirt is on sale, then the cost of the shirt is $9.8
Then 35 – 9.8 = 25.2
Then the inequality is x + $9.8 < 35

Question 35.
DIG DEEPER!
If items plugged into a circuit use more than 2400 watts of electricity, the circuit overloads. A portable heater that uses 1050 watts of electricity is plugged into the circuit.
a. Find the additional numbers of watts you can plug in without overloading the circuit.
b. In addition to the portable heater, what two other items in the table can you plug in at the same time without overloading the circuit? Is there more than one possibility? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 93

Answer:
a. You can add 1350 additional watts without overloading the circuit.
b. You can add vacuum cleaner, television, and vacuum cleaner, aquarium.

Explanation:
a. Given that,
Circuit overloads at 2400 watts
Electricity used by heater = 1050 watts
Let,
x be the number of additional watts.
Electricity used by heater + Additional watts ≤ Circuit’s capacity
1050 + x ≤ 2400
x ≤ 2400 – 1050
x ≤ 1350
You can add 1350 additional watts without overloading the circuit.
b. Check the sum of which two numbers is less than 1350
You can add vacuum cleaner, television, and vacuum cleaner, aquarium.

Question 36.
The possible values of x are given by x + 8 ≤ 6. What is the greatest possible value of 7x? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
The greatest possible value of x is -14.

Explanation:
Given that,
x + 8 ≤ 6
x ≤ 6 – 8
x ≤ -2
Multiply both sides by 7
7x ≤ -14
So the greatest possible value of x is -14.

Lesson 4.6 Solving Inequalities Using Multiplication or Division

EXPLORATION 1
Writing Inequalities
Work with a partner. Use two number cubes on which the odd numbers are negative on one of the number cubes and the even numbers are negative on the other number cube.

Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 94

  • Roll the number cubes. Write an inequality that compares the numbers.
  • Roll one of the number cubes. Multiply each side of the inequality by the number and record your result.
  • Repeat the previous two steps nine more times.

a. When you multiply each side of an inequality by the same number, does the inequality remain true? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 95
b. When you divide each side of an inequality by the same number, does the inequality remain true? Use inequalities generated by number cubes to justify your answer.
c. Use your results in parts (a) and (b) to make a conjecture about how to solve an inequality of the form ax < b for x when a > 0 and when a < 0.

4.6 Lesson

Try It

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 1.
n ÷ 3 < 1

Answer:
n < 3
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 77

Explanation:
n < 1 x 3
n < 3

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 96

Answer:
-5 ≤ m
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 78

Explanation:
-0.5 x 10 ≤ m
-5 ≤ m

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 97

Answer:
-4.5 > p
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 79

Explanation:
-3 > (2/3) p
-3 x 3 > 2p
-9 > 2p
-9/2 > p
-4.5 > p

Try It

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 1.
4b ≥ 2

Answer:
b ≥ 1/2
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 80

Explanation:
4b ≥ 2
b ≥ 2/4
b ≥ 1/2

Question 5.
12k ≤ -24.

Answer:
k ≤ -2
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 81

Explanation:
12k ≤ -24
k ≤ -24/12
k ≤ -2

Question 6.
-15 < 2.5q

Answer:
-6 < q
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 82

Explanation:
-15 < 2.5q
-15/2.5 < q
-6 < q

Try It

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 98

Answer:
x > 12

Explanation:
x > -4 x -3
x > 12

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 99

Answer:
1 ≥ y
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 84

Explanation:
0.5 ≤ -y/2
0.5 x 2 ≤ -y
1 ≤ – y
1 ≥ y

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 100

Answer:
-10 ≥ m

Explanation:
-12 ≥ (6/5)m
-12 x 5 ≥ 6m
-60 ≥ 6m
-60/6 ≥ m
-10 ≥ m

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 101

Answer:
h ≤ 20
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 86

Explanation:
(-2/5)h ≤ -8
(2/5)h ≤ 8
2h ≤ 8 x 5
2h ≤ 40
h ≤ 40/2
h ≤ 20

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 11.
OPEN-ENDED
Write an inequality that you can solve using the Division Property of Inequality where the direction of the inequality symbol must be reversed.

Answer:
Let us take an inequality -3x < 6
Divide both sides by -3
-3x/-3 < 6/-3
x > -2
The solution is x > -2

Question 12.
PRECISION
Explain how solving 4x < -16 is different from −4x < 16.

Answer:
4x < -16
x < -16/4
x < -4
−4x < 16
-4x/-4 > 16/-4
x > -4
For 4x < -16, we get x < -4. For −4x < 16 we get x > -4 as solution.

SOLVING AN INEQUALITY
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 13.
6n < -42

Answer:
n < -7
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 87

Explanation:
6n < -42
Divide both sides by 6
6n/6 < -42/6
n < -7

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 102

Answer:
32 ≤ g
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 88

Explanation:
4 ≥ -g/8
4 x 8 ≥ -g
32 ≥ -g
32 ≤ g

Question 15.
WRITING
Are the inequalities 12c > -15 and 4c < -5 equivalent? Explain.

Answer:
Both inequalities are not equivalent.

Explanation:
12c > -15
c > -15/12
c > -5/4
4c < -5
c < -5/4
So, both inequalities are not equivalent

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
You want to put up a fence that encloses a triangular region with an area greater than or equal to 60 square feet. Describe the possible values of c.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 103

Answer:
12 + c + √(c² + 144) ≥ 60

Explanation:
Find all sides to get its perimeter
Let us take hypotenuse as x.
Asit is a right-angled triangle, hypotenuse² = sum of squares of other sides
x² = c² + 12²
x² = c² + 144
x = √(c² + 144)
The perimeter of the triangular region is greater than or equal to 60 square feet.
So, perimeter ≥ 60
Perimeter = 12 + c + x = 12 + c + √(c² + 144)
12 + c + √(c² + 144) ≥ 60

Question 17.
A motorcycle rider travels at an average speed greater than 50 miles per hour. Write and solve an inequality to determine how long it will take the motorcycle rider to travel 375 miles. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 104

Answer:
It may take more than 7.5 hours for a motorcycle rider to travel 375 miles

Explanation:
A motorcycle rider travels at an average speed greater than 50 miles per hour.
speed > 50 miles per hour
50 miles per one hour
So, 375 miles per how many hours
50x > 375
x >375/50
x > 7.5
So, it may take more than 7.5 hours for a motorcycle rider to travel 375 miles

Solving Inequalities Using Multiplication or Division Homework & Practice 4.6

Review & Refresh

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 1.
h + 4 < 6

Answer:
h < 2
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 89

Explanation:
h < 6 – 4
h < 2

Question 2.
c – 5 ≥ 4

Answer:
c ≥ 9
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities

Explanation:
c ≥ 4 + 5
c ≥ 9

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 105

Answer:
-1/10 ≤ n
 Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 91

Explanation:
7/10 ≤ n + 4/5
7/10 – 4/5 ≤ n
(7 – 8)/10 ≤ n
-1/10 ≤ n

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 4.
-2w + 4 = -12

Answer:
w = 4

Explanation:
-2w = -12 + 4
-2w = -8
2w = 8
w = 8/2
w = 4
Putting w = 4 in -2w = -12 + 4
-2(-4) = -12 + 4
-8 = -8

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 106

Answer:
v = 45

Explanation:
v/5 = 3 + 6 = 9
v = 9 x 5
v = 45
Putting v = 45 in v/5 – 6 = 3
45/5 – 6 = 9 – 6 = 3

Question 6.
3(x – 1) = 18

Answer:
x = 7

Explanation:
3(x – 1) = 18
(x – 1) = 18/3
x – 1 = 6
x = 6 + 1
x = 7
Putting x = 7 in 3(x – 1) = 18
3(7 – 1) = 3 x 6 = 18

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 107

Answer:
m = 4

Explanation:
m/4 + 50 = 51
m/4 = 51 – 50
m/4 = 1
m = 1 x 4
m = 4
Putting m = 4 in m/4 + 50 = 51
4/4 + 50 = 1 + 50 = 51

Question 8.
What is the value of Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 108?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 109

Answer:
B.

Explanation:
2/3 + (-5/7) = 2/3 – 5/7
= (14 – 15)/21
= -1/21

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

WRITING AN INEQUALITY
Write an inequality that compares the given numbers. Does the inequality remain true when you multiply each number in the inequality by 2? by -2? Justify your answers. (See Exploration 1, p. 157.)

Question 9.
-2; 5

Answer:
True

Explanation:
-2 < 5
-2 x 2 < 5 x 2
-4 < 10

Question 10.
4; -1

Answer:
true

Explanation:
4 > -1
4 x 2 > -1 x 2
8 > -2

Question 11.
6; -3

Answer:
True

Explanation:
6 > -3
6 x 2 > -3 x 2
12 > -6

SOLVING AN INEQUALITY
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 12.
2n > 20

Answer:
n > 10

Explanation:
2n > 20
n > 20/2
n > 10

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 110

Answer:
c ≤ -36
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 93

Explanation:
c/9 ≤ -4
c ≤ -4 x 9
c ≤ -36

Question 14.
2.2m < 11

Answer:
m < 5

Explanation:
m < 11/2.2
m < 5

Question 15.
-16 > x ÷ 2

Answer:
-32 > x
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 95

Explanation:
-16 > x ÷ 2
-16 x 2 > x
-32 > x

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 111

Answer:
w ≥ 15

Explanation:
(1/6)w ≥ 2.5
w ≥ 2.5 x 6
w ≥ 15

Question 17.
7 < 3.5k

Answer:
2 < k
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 97

Explanation:
7/3.5 < k
2 < k

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 112

Answer:
x < -5/12
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 98

Explanation:
3x ≤ -5/4
x < (-5/4) x (1/3)
x < -5/12

Question 19.
4.2y ≤ -12.6

Answer:
y ≤ -3

Explanation:
4.2y ≤ -12.6
y ≤ -12.6/4.2
y ≤ -3

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 113

Answer:
48.59 > b
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 100

Explanation:
11.3 > (b/4.3)
11.3 x 4.3 > b
48.59 > b

Question 21.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You earn $9.20 per hour at your summer job. Write and solve an inequality that represents the numbers of hours you can work to earn enough money to buy a smart phone that costs $299.

Answer:
9.2h ≥ 299
h ≥ 32.5

Explanation:
Let us take h as the number of hours you work.
Multiply the number of hours by the amount you make per hour. If the total is greater than or equal to the cost of the phone, you can buy it.
9.2h ≥ 299
h ≥ 299/9.2
h ≥ 32.5

Question 22.
DIG DEEPER!
You have $5.60 to buy avocados for a guacamole recipe. Avocados cost $1.40 each.
a. Write and solve an inequality that represents the numbers of avocados you can buy.
b. Are there infinitely many solutions in this context? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 114

Answer:
a. You can buy at most 4 avocados.
b. Yes

Explanation:
Let x represents the number of avocados that you buy
Then 1.40x is the total cost of avocados.
Since you have $5.60 to spend, 1.40x ≤ 5.60
x ≤ 5.60/1.40
x ≤ 4
You can buy at most 4 avocados.

SOLVING AN INEQUALITY
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 23.
5n ≥ 15

Answer:
n ≥ 3
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 101

Explanation:
5n ≥ 15
n ≥ 15/5
n ≥ 3

Question 24.
7w > -49

Answer:
w > -7
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 103

Explanation:
7w > -49
w > -49/7
w > -7

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 115

Answer:
h ≤ -24
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 104

Explanation:
-1/3 h ≥ 8
h ≤ -8 x 3
h ≤ -24

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 116

Answer:
45 > x
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 105

Explanation:
-9 < -1/5 x
-9 x -5 > x
45 > x

Question 27.
-3y < -14

Answer:
y > 42
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 106

Explanation:
-3y < -14
y > -14 x -3
y > 42

Question 28.
-2d ≥ 26

Answer:
d ≤ -13
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 107

Explanation:
-2d ≥ 26
d ≤ -26/2
d ≤ -13

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 117

Answer:
-27 > m

Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 108
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 108

Explanation:
-4.5 > m/6
-4.5 x 6 > m
-27 > m

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 118

Answer:
k ≥ -144
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 109

Explanation:
k/(-0.25) ≤ 36
k ≥ -36/0.25
k ≥ -144

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 119

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 102
6 < b

Explanation:
-2.4 > b/(-2.5)
-2.4 x -2.5 < b
6 < b

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the inequality. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 120

Answer:
Wrong.

Explanation:
x/3 < -9
x < -9 x 3
x < -27

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 121

Answer:
Wrong

Explanation:
-3m ≥ 9
m ≤ -9/3
m ≤ -3

WRITING AND SOLVING AN INEQUALITY
Write the word sentence as an inequality. Then solve the inequality.

Question 34.
The quotient of a number and -4 is atmost 5.

Answer:
x ≥ -20

Explanation:
x/-4 ≤ 5
x ≥ 5 x -4
x ≥ -20

Question 35.
A number p divided by 7 is less than -3.

Answer:
p < -21

Explanation:
p/7 < -3
p < -3 x 7
p < -21

Question 36.
Six times a number w is atleast -24.

Answer:
w ≥ -4

Explanation:
6w ≥ -24
w ≥ -24/6
w ≥ -4

Question 37.
The product of -2 and a number is greater than 30.

Answer:
x < -15

Explanation:
-2x > 30
x < -30/2
x < -15

Question 38.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) is greater than or equal to a number k divided by -8.

Answer:
-6 ≤ k

Explanation:
3/4 ≥ k / -8
(3/4) x -8 ≤ k
3 x -2 ≤ k
-6 ≤ k

Question 39.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A cryotherapy chamber uses extreme cold to reduce muscle soreness. A chamber is currently 0°F. The temperature in the chamber is dropping 2.5°F every second. Write and solve an inequality that represents the numbers of seconds that can pass for the temperature to drop below -20°F.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 122

Answer:
8x ≤ -20°F

Explanation:
The temperature in the chamber is dropping 2.5°F every second.
The chamber is currently 0°F.
So, for the 1st second the temperature is -2.5°F
For the second the temperature is -5°F
By calculating these seconds, we get for the 8th second the temperature dropped is below -20°F.
So, the inequality can be 8x ≤ -20°F.

Question 40.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You are moving some of your belongings into a storage facility.
a. Write and solve an inequality that represents the numbers of boxes that you can stack vertically in the storage unit.12.5
b. Can you stack 6 boxes vertically in the storage unit? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 123

Answer:
a. 27x ≤ 150
b. No

Explanation:
Given that the height of the storage unit is 12.5 feet = 150 inches
The height of each box is 27 inches
Let us take x as the number of boxes that you can stack vertically in the storage unit.
So, 27x ≤ 150
x ≤ 150/27
x ≤ 5.55
b. By solving the inequality, we obtain value as 5.55
So, we can stack only 5 boxes in the stack.

GEOMETRY
Write and solve an inequality that represents x.

Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 124

Answer:
x ≥ 12

Explanation:
10x ≥ 120
x ≥ 120/10
x ≥ 12

Question 42.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 125

Answer:
x < 5

Explanation:
1/2 * 8 * x < 20
4x < 20
x < 20/4
x < 5

Question 43.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A device extracts no more than 37 liters of water per day from the air. How long does it take to collect atleast 185 liters of water? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
It takes 5 days to collect atleast 185 liters of water

Explanation:
A device extracts no more than 37 liters of water per day from the air.
Let us take x as the number of days required to collect 185 liters of water.
So, 37x ≥ 185
x ≥ 185/37
x ≥ 5
So, it takes 5 days to collect atleast 185 liters of water

Question 44.
REASONING
Students in a science class are divided into 6 equal groups with atleast 4 students in each group for a project. Describe the possible numbers of students in the class.

Answer:
The possible number of students in the class are 24 or more.

Explanation:
Students in a science class are divided into 6 equal groups with at least 4 students in each group for a project.
So, each group must have 4 or more students.
If we take each group has 4 students, then the number of students is 6 x 4 = 24
So, The possible number of students in the class are 24 or more.

Question 45.
PROJECT
Choose two novels to research.
a. Use the Internet to complete the table below.
b. Use the table to find and compare the average number of copies sold per month for each novel. Which novel do you consider to be the most successful? Explain.
c. Assume each novel continues to sell at the average rate. For what numbers of months will the total number of copies sold exceed twice the current number sold for each novel?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 126
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 127

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities 112
b. As the number of copies sold is highest for Jude the Obscure so i consider it as the most successful
c. It purely depends on the number of copies sold.

Question 46.
LOGIC
When you multiply or divide each side of an inequality by the same negative number, you must reverse the direction of the inequality symbol. Explain why.

Answer:
When divide or multiply the same negative number on each side of the inequality, then you need to reverse the direction of the inequality symbol. The reason behind this is, when you take an example and show it on the number line then you can understand easily.

NUMBER SENSE
Describe all numbers that satisfy both inequalities. Include a graph with your description.

Question 47.
4m > -4 and 3m < 15

Answer:
m > -1 and m < 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities 113

Explanation:
4m > -4 and 3m < 15
m > -4/4 and m < 15/3
m > -1 and m < 5
The possible values 4, 3, 2, 1, 0

Question 48.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 128

Answer:
n ≥ -12 and n ≤ -5
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities 114

Explanation:
n/3 ≥ -4 and n/-5 ≥ 1
n ≥ – 4 x 3 and n ≤ 1 x -5
n ≥ -12 and n ≤ -5
The possible values of n are -11, -10, -9, -8, -7, -6.

Question 49.
2x ≥ -6 and 2x ≥ 6

Answer:
x ≥ -3 and x ≥ 3
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 115

Explanation:
2x ≥ -6 and 2x ≥ 6
x ≥ -6/2 and x ≥ 6/2
x ≥ -3 and x ≥ 3
The possible values of x are -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, ….

Question 50.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 129

Answer:
s < 14 & s < 36
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities 116

Explanation:
-1/2 s > -7 and 1/3 s < 12
-s > -7 x 2 and s < 12 x 3
-s > -14 & s < 36
s < 14 & s < 36

Lesson 4.7 Solving Two-Step Inequalities

EXPLORATION 1
Using Algebra Tiles to Solve Inequalities
Work with a partner.
a. What is being modeled by the algebra tiles below? What is the solution?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 130
b. Use properties of inequality to solve the original inequality in part(a). How do your steps compare to the steps performed with algebra tiles?
c. Write the three inequalities modeled by the algebra tiles below. Then solve each inequality using algebra tiles. Check your answer using properties of inequality.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 131
d. Explain how solving a two-step inequality is similar to solving a two-step equation.

4.7 Lesson

Try It
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 1.
6y – 7 > 5

Answer:
y > 2
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 117

Explanation:
6y – 7 > 5
6y > 7 + 5
6y > 12
y > 12/6
y > 2

Question 2.
4 – 3d ≥ 19

Answer:
d ≤ -5
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 118

Explanation:
4 – 3d ≥ 19
-3d ≥ 19 – 4
-3d ≥ 15
d ≤ -15/3
d ≤ -5

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 132

Answer:
w < -4
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 119

Explanation:
w/-4 + 8 > 9
w/-4 > 9 – 8
w/-4 > 1
w < 1 x -4
w < -4

Try It

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 4.
2(k – 5) < 6

Answer:
k < 8
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 120

Explanation:
2(k – 5) < 6
(k – 5) < 6/2
(k – 5) < 3
k < 3 + 5
k < 8

Question 5.
-4(n – 10) < 32

Answer:
n > 2
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 117

Explanation:
-4(n – 10) < 32
(n – 10) > -32/4
(n – 10) > -8
n > -8 + 10
n > 2

Question 6.
-3 ≤ 0.5(8 + y)

Answer:
-14 ≤  y
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 121

Explanation:
-3 ≤ 0.5(8 + y)
-3/0.5 ≤ (8 + y)
-6 ≤ (8 + y)
-6 – 8 ≤  y
-14 ≤  y

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

SOLVING AN INEQUALITY
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 7.
3d – 7 ≥ 8

Answer:
d ≥ 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-122

Explanation:
3d – 7 ≥ 8
3d ≥ 8 + 7
3d ≥ 15
d ≥ 15/3
d ≥ 5

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 133

Answer:
-14 < z
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 121

Explanation:
-6 – 1 > z/-2
-7 > z/-2
-7 x -2 < z
-14 < z

Question 9.
-6(g + 4) ≤ 12

Answer:
g ≥ -6
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities 123

Explanation:
-6(g + 4) ≤ 12
(g + 4) ≥ -12/6
g + 4 ≥ -2
g ≥ -2 – 4
g ≥ -6

Question 10.
OPEN-ENDED
Describe two different ways to solve the inequality 3(a + 5) < 9.

Answer:
a < -3

Explanation:
3(a + 5) < 9
divide both sides by 3
a + 5 < 9/3
a + 5 < 3
Subtract 5 from both sides
a + 5 – 5 < 3 – 5
a < -2
3(a + 5) < 9
expand 3
3a + 15 < 9
3a < 9 – 15
3a < -6
a < -6/2
a < -3

Question 11.
WRITING
Are the inequalities -6x + 18 ≤ 12 and 2x – 4 ≤ -2 equivalent? Explain.

Answer:
Yes, both inequalities are equivalent

Explanation:
-6x + 18 ≤ 12 and 2x – 4 ≤ -2
-6x ≤ 12 – 18 and 2x ≤ -2 + 4
-6x ≤ -6 and 2x ≤ 2
x ≥ -6/6 and x ≤ 2/2
x ≥ -1 and x ≤ 1
Yes, both inequalities are equivalent

Question 12.
OPEN-ENDED
Write a two-step inequality that can be represented by the graph. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 134

Answer:
x + a > -5 + a

Explanation:
The solution should be x > -5
Add any number to both sides
x + a > -5 + a

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 13.
A fair rents a thrill ride for $3000. It costs $4 to purchase a token for the ride. Write and solve an inequality to determine the numbers of ride tokens that can be sold for the fair to make a profit of at least $750.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 135

Answer:
The number of ride tokens that can be sold for the fair to make a profit of at least $750 is 937

Explanation:
A fair rents a thrill ride for $3000. It costs $4 to purchase a token for the ride.
So, 3000/4 = 750 ride tokens can be sold without loss or profit.
The number of ride tokens that can be sold for the fair to make a profit of at least $750.
So, the total amount collected at the fair is 3000 + 750 = 3750
Each ticket cost 4.
4x ≥ 3750
x ≥ 3750/4
x ≥ 937.5
So, The number of ride tokens that can be sold for the fair to make a profit of at least $750 is 937

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
A theater manager predicts that 1000 tickets to a play will be sold if each ticket costs $60. The manager predicts that 20 less tickets will be sold for every $1 increase in price. For what prices can the manager predict that at least 800 tickets will be sold?

Answer:
The manager predict that at least 800 tickets will be sold for $ 70.

Explanation:
The 1000 tickets will be sold when each ticket costs $60.
The manager wants to sell at least 800 tickets which is maximum
1000 – 800 = 200 tickets less than 1000.
Given that for 20 less tickets will be sold for every $1 increase in price.
So, 20 x 2 = 40 less tickets will be sold for $1 x 2 = $2 increase in price.
Proceeding in a similar way, for any natural number n:
20 x n less tickets will be sold for $1 x n=$n increase in price.
Here, 200 = 20 x 10, so n = 10
So, 20 x 10 less tickets will be sold for $1 x 10 = $10 increase in price.
Hence, the manager can increase the price of each ticket up to $10.
So, to sell at least 800 tickets, the maximum price of each ticket can be $60 + $10 = $70.
Hence, the value of p is p ≤ $70.

Solving Two-Step Inequalities Homework & Practice 4.7

Review & Refresh

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 1.
-3x ≥ 18

Answer:
x ≤ -6
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 124

Explanation:
-3x ≥ 18
x ≤ -18/3
x ≤ -6

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 136

Answer:
d > 12

Explanation:
2/3 d > 8
2d > 8 x 3
2d > 24
d > 24/2
d > 12

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 137

Answer:
-8 ≤ g
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-138

Explanation:
2 ≥ g/-4
2 x -4 ≤ g
-8 ≤ g

Find the missing values in the ratio table. Then write the equivalent ratios.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 138

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-139

Explanation:
12 = 4 x 3. So, 7x 3 = 21
7x 4 = 28. So, 4 x 4 = 16

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 139

Answer:

Explanation:
3 = 6 x 0.5. So, 10 x 0.5 = 5
50 = 10 x 5. So, 6 x 5 = 30

Question 6.
What is the volume of the cube?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 140

Answer:
A. 8 ft³

Explanation:
Cube volume formula = side³
Given side = 2 feet
Volume = 2³
= 2 x 2 x 2 = 8 ft³

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving
USING ALGEBRA TILES
Write the inequality modeled by the algebra tiles. Then solve the inequality using algebra tiles. Check your answer using properties of inequality. (See Exploration 1, p. 165.)

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 141

Answer:
x ≥ -5

Explanation:
x + 1 + 1 + x + 1 + 1 ≥ -1 – 1-1-1-1-1
2x + 4 ≥ -6
2x ≥ -6 – 4
2x ≥ -10
x ≥ -10/2
x ≥ -5

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 142

Answer:
x < -2

Explanation:
-x + 1 -x + 1 > +1 + 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ 1
-2x + 2 > 6
-2x > 6 – 2
-2x > 4
x < -4/2
x < -2

SOLVING A TWO-STEP INEQUALITY
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 9.
8y – 5 < 3

Answer:
y < 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-137

Explanation:
8y – 5 < 3
8y < 3 + 5
8y < 8
y < 1

Question 10.
3p + 2 ≥ -10

Answer:
p ≥ -4
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-135

Explanation:
3p + 2 ≥ -10
3p ≥ -10 – 2
3p ≥ -12
p ≥ -12/3
p ≥ -4

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 143

Answer:
-4.5 < h
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-136

Explanation:
2 – 8 > -4/3 h
-6 > -4/3 h
-6 x 3 > -4h
-18 > -4h
-18/-4 < h
-9/2 < h
-4.5 < h

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 144

Answer:
30 > m
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-134

Explanation:
-2 + 7 > m/6
5 > m/6
5 x 6 > m
30 > m

Question 13.
-1.2b – 5.3 ≥ 1.9

Answer:
b ≤ -6
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 124

Explanation:
-1.2b ≥ 1.9 + 5.3
-1.2b ≥ 7.2
b ≤ -7.2/1.2
b ≤ -6

Question 14.
-1.3 ≥ 2.9 – 0.6r

Answer:
7 ≥ r
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-133

Explanation:
-1.3 ≥ 2.9 – 0.6r
-1.3 – 2.9 ≤ – 0.6r
-4.2 ≤ -0.6r
-4.2/-0.6 ≥ r
7 ≥ r

Question 15.
5(g + 4) > 15

Answer:
g > -1
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-132

Explanation:
5(g + 4) > 15
(g + 4) > 15/5
(g + 4) > 3
g > 3 – 4
g > -1

Question 16.
4(w – 6) ≤ -12

Answer:
w ≤ 3
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-131

Explanation:
(w – 6) ≤ -12/4
(w – 6) ≤ -3
w ≤ -3 + 6
w ≤ 3

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 145

Answer:
-18 ≤ k
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-130

Explanation:
-8 x 5 ≤ 2(k – 2)
-40 / 2 ≤ k – 2
-20 ≤ k – 2
-20 + 2 ≤ k
-18 ≤ k

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 146

Answer:
d > -9
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-129

Explanation:
-1(d + 1) < 2 x 4
-1(d + 1) < 8
d + 1 > -8
d > -8 – 1
d > -9

Question 19.
7.2 > 0.9(n + 8.6)

Answer:
-0.6 > n
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-128

Explanation:
7.2/0.9 > (n + 8.6)
8 > (n + 8.6)
8 – 8.6 > n
-0.6 > n

Question 20.
20 ≥ -3.2(c – 4.3)

Answer:
-1.95 ≤ c
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-127

Explanation:
20 ≥ -3.2(c – 4.3)
20/-3.2 ≤ (c – 4.3)
-6.25 ≤ c – 4.3
-6.25 + 4.3 ≤ c
-1.95 ≤ c

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the inequality. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 147

Answer:
Wrong

Explanation:
x/3+ 4 < 6
x/3 < 6 – 4
x/3 < 2
x < 2 x 6
x < 12

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 148

Answer:
Wrong

Explanation:
3(w – 2) ≥ 10
w – 2 ≥ 10/3
w ≥ 10/3 + 2
w ≥(10+6)/3
w ≥ 16/3

Question 23.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The first jump in a unicycle high-jump contest is shown. The bar is raised 2 centimeters after each jump. Solve the inequality 2n + 10 ≥ 26 to find the numbers of additional jumps needed to meet or exceed the goal of clearing a height of 26 centimeters.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 148.1

Answer:
The numbers of additional jumps needed to meet or exceed the goal of clearing a height of 26 centimeters is 8.

Explanation:
2n + 10 ≥ 26
2n ≥ 26 – 10
2n ≥ 16
n ≥ 16/2
n ≥ 8
The numbers of additional jumps needed to meet or exceed the goal of clearing a height of 26 centimeters is 8.

SOLVING AN INEQUALITY
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 24.
9x – 4x + 4 ≥ 36 – 12

Answer:
x ≥ 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities 126

Explanation:
9x – 4x + 4 ≥ 36 – 12
5x + 4 ≥ 24
5x ≥ 24 – 4
5x ≥ 20
x ≥ 20/5
x ≥ 4

Question 25.
3d – 7d + 2.8 < 5.8 – 27

Answer:
d > -0.075
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities 125

Explanation:
-4d + 2.8 < 3.1
-4d < 3.1 – 2.8
-4d < 0.3
d > -0.3/4
d > -0.075

Question 26.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A cave explorer is at an elevation of 38 feet. The explorer starts moving at a rate of 12 feet per minute. Write and solve an inequality that represents how long it will take the explorer to reach an elevation deeper than -200 feet.

Answer:
It takes 13 minutes 30 seconds for a cave explorer to reach an elevation deeper than -200 feet.

Explanation:
A cave explorer is at an elevation of 38 feet.
The explorer starts moving at a rate of 12 feet per minute.
He should reach an elevation deeper than -200 feet.
So, 38 + 12n ≤ 200
12n ≤ 200 – 38
12n ≤ 162
n ≤ 162/12
n ≤ 13.5
So, it takes 13 minutes 30 seconds for a cave explorer to reach an elevation deeper than -200 feet.

Question 27.
CRITICAL THINKING
A contestant in a weight-loss competition wants to lose an average of atleast 8 pounds per month during a five-month period. Based on the progress report, how many pounds must the contestant lose in the fifth month to meet the goal?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 148.2

Answer:
6 pounds must the contestant lose in the fifth month to meet the goal

Explanation:
The total weight loss in five months = 12 + 9 + 5 + 8
= 34
A contestant in a weight-loss competition wants to lose an average of atleast 8 pounds per month during a five-month period.
So, he must loss at least 8 x 5 = 40 pounds on overall
Hence, he should lost 40 – 34 = 6 more pounds to meet the goal.

Question 28.
REASONING
A student theater charges $8.50 per ticket.
a. The theater has already sold 70 tickets. How many more tickets does the theater need to sell to earn atleast $750?
b. The theater increases the ticket price by $1. Without solving an inequality, describe how this aspects the total number of tickets needed to earn atleast $750. Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
a. 18 more tickets needed.
b. If the theater charges more per ticket, then they can sell fewer tickets to rach their goal $750.

Explanation:
a. Let t represent the number of additional tickets.
t + 70 is the total number of tickets sold.
Each ticket cost is $8.50, the theatre will earn a tota of $8.50(t + 70)
The theater wants to earn at least $750. So, 8.50(t + 70) ≥ 750
(t + 70) ≥ 750/8.50
t + 70 ≥ 88.23
(t) ≥ 88.23 – 70
t ≥ 18.235
So, 18 more tickets needed.
b. If the theater charges more per ticket, then they can sell fewer tickets to rach their goal $750.

Question 29.
DIG DEEPER!
A zoo does not have room to add any more tigers to an enclosure. According to regulations, the area of the enclosure must increase by 150 square feet for each tiger that is added. The zoo is able to enlarge the 450 square foot enclosure for a total area no greater than 1000 square feet. a. Write and solve an inequality that represents this situation. b. Describe the possible numbers of tigers that can be added to the enclosure. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 149

Answer:
(a + 150)t < 1000

Explanation:
Let us take the area of enclosure for a tiget as a.
The number of tigers as t
the area of the enclosure must increase by 150 square feet for each tiger that is added.
The zoo is able to enlarge the 450 square foot enclosure
(a + 150)t = 450
(a + 150)t < 1000

Question 30.
GEOMETRY
For what values of r will the area of the shaded region be greater than or equal to 12 square units?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 150

Answer:
For r greater than equal to 8 the area of the shaded region be greater than or equal to 12 square units

Explanation:
Total area of rectangle = 3 x r = 3r
Area of unshaded triangle = 1/2 x r x 3 = 1.5r
The area of the shaded region = Total area of rectangle – Area of unshaded triangle
= 3r – 1.5r = 1.5r
The area of the shaded region be greater than or equal to 12 square units
1.5r ≥ 12
r ≥ 12/1.5
r ≥ 8
For r greater than equal to 8 the area of the shaded region be greater than or equal to 12 square units

Equations and Inequalities Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan

Question 1.
Fencing costs $7 per foot. You install feet of the fencing along one side of a property, as shown. The property has an area of 15,750 square feet. What is the total cost of the fence?
Understand the problem.
You know the area, height, and one base length of the trapezoid-shaped property. You are asked to find the cost of x feet of fencing, given that the fencing costs $7 per foot.
Make a plan.
Use the formula for the area of a trapezoid to find the length of fencing that you buy. Then multiply the length of fencing by $7 to find the total cost.
Solve and check
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.

Answer:
The total cost of the fence is $840.

Explanation:
The given image is in the shape of a trapezoid.
Traperzoid area formula = (a + b) xh/2
Here a = 90, b = x, h = 150
Area of property = (90 + x) x 150/2
= (90 + x) x 75
Given that, property area is 15,750 sq ft.
15750 = (90 + x)75
15750/75 = 90 + x
210 = 90 + x
210 – 90 = x
x = 120
Multiply x by fencing cost$7 to get total cost
Total cost = 120 x 7 = $840

Question 2.
A pool is in the shape of a rectangular prism with a length of 15 feet, a width of 10 feet, and a depth of 4 feet. The pool is filled with water at a rate no faster than 3 cubic feet per minute. How long does it take to fill the pool?

Answer:
The time is taken to fill the pool is more than 200 minutes.

Explanation:
Pool length = 15 ft, width = 10 ft, depth = 4 ft
Pool volume = length x width x depth
= 15 x 10 x 4 = 600 cubic feet
The water filled per minute is 3 cubic feet.
The time is taken to fill the pool = 600/3 = 200 minutes

Question 3.
The table shows your scores on 9 out of 10 quizzes that are each worth 20 points. What score do you need on the final quiz to have a mean score of atleast 17 points?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 151

Answer:
You need to score 18 points

Explanation:
The total score on quiz = (15 + 14 + 16 + 19 + 18 + 19 + 20 + 15 + 16 + x)
= 152 + x
Mean of total score = (152 + x)/ 10
So, (152 + x)/ 10 ≥ 17
152 + x ≥ 17 x 10
152 + x ≥ 170
x ≥ 170 – 152
x ≥ 18
So, you need to score 18 points

Performance Task
Distance and Brightness of the Stars
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Space Cadets.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 152

Equations and Inequalities Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary

Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 153
Graphic Organizers
You can use a Summary Triangle to explain a concept. Here is an example of Summary Triangle for Addition Property of Equality.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 154
Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.

  1. equivalent equations
  2. Subtraction Property of Equality
  3. Multiplication Property of Equality
  4. Division Property of Equality
  5. graphing inequalities
  6. Addition and Subtraction Properties of Inequality
  7. Multiplication and Division Properties of Inequality

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 155

Chapter Self-Assessment
As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 156

4.1 Solving Equations Using Addition or Subtraction (pp. 127–132)

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
p – 3 = -4

Answer:
p = -1

Explanation:
p – 3 = -4
p = -4 + 3
p = -1
Putting p = -1 in p – 3 = -4
-1 – 3 = -4

Question 2.
6 + q = 1

Answer:
q = -5

Explanation:
6 + q = 1
q = 1 – 6
q = -5
Putting q = -5 in 6 + q = 1
6 + (-5) = 6 – 5 = 1

Question 3.
-2 + j = -22

Answer:
j = -20

Explanation:
-2 + j = -22
j = -22 + 2
j = -20
Putting j = -20 in -2 + j = -22
-2 + (-20) = -2 – 20 = -22

Question 4.
b – 19 = -11

Answer:
b = 8

Explanation:
b – 19 = -11
b = -11 + 19
b = 8
Putting b = 8 in b – 19 = -11
8 – 19 = -11

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 157

Answer:
n = -1/2

Explanation:
n + 3/4 = 1/4
n = 1/4 – 3/4
n = -2/4
n = -1/2
putting n = -1/2 in n + 3/4 = 1/4
-1/2 + 3/4 = (-2 + 3)/4 = 1/4

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 158

Answer:
v = -1/24

Explanation:
v – 5/6 = -7/8
v = -7/8 + 5/6
v = (-21 + 20)/24
v = -1/24
Putting v = -1/24 in v – 5/6 = -7/8
-1/24 – 5/6 = (-1 – 20)/24 = -21/24 = -7/8

Question 7.
t – 3.7 = 1.2

Answer:
t = 4.9

Explanation:
t = 1.2 + 3.7
t = 4.9
Putting t = 4.9 in t – 3.7 = 1.2
4.9 – 3.7 = 1.2

Question 8.
l + 15.2 = -4.5

Answer:
I = -19.7

Explanation:
l + 15.2 = -4.5
I = -4.5 – 15.2
I = -19.7
Putting I = -19.7 in l + 15.2 = -4.5
-19.7 + 15.2 = -4.5

Question 9.
Write the word sentence as an equation. Then solve the equation.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 159

Answer:
5 + x = -4
x = -9

Explanation:
5 more than a number x is -4
5 + x = -4
x = -4 – 5
x = -9

Question 10.
The perimeter of the trapezoid-shaped window frame is 23.59 feet. Write and solve an equation to find the unknown side length (in feet).
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 160

Answer:
The unknown side length is 8.7 feet

Explanation:
Perimeter = 23.59
3.65 + 5.62 + 5.62 + x = 23.59
14.89 + x = 23.59
x = 23.59 – 14.89
x = 8.7
The unknown side length is 8.7 feet

Question 11.
You are 5 years older than your cousin. How old is your cousin when you are 12 years old? Justify your answer.

Answer:
Cousin age is 7 years when you are 12 years old.

Explanation:
My age = cousin + 5
When my age is 12 years
12 = cousin + 5
cousin = 12 – 5
cousin = 7 years
Cousin age is 7 years when you are 12 years old.

4.2 Solving Equations Using Multiplication or Division (pp. 133–138)

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 161

Answer:
x = -24

Explanation:
x = -8 x 3
x = -24
Putting x = -24 in x/3 = -8
-24/3 = -8

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 162

Answer:
y = -49

Explanation:
-7 = y/7
-7 x 7 = y
y = -49
Putting y = -49 in -7 = y/7
-7 = -49/7

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 163

Answer:
z = 3

Explanation:
-z/4 = -3/4
z/4 = 3/4
z = (3/4) x 4
z = 3
Putting z = 3 in -z/4 = -3/4
-3/4 = -3/4

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 164

Answer:
w = 50

Explanation:
-w/20 = -2.5
w = 2.5 x 20
w = 50
Putting w = 50 in -w/20 = -2.5
-50/20 = -2.5

Question 16.
4x = -8

Answer:
x = -2

Explanation:
4x = -8
x = -8/4
x = -2
Putting x = -2 in 4x = -8
4(-2) = -8

Question 17.
-10 = 2y

Answer:
y = -5

Explanation:
-10 = 2y
y = -10/2
y = -5
Putting y = -5 in -10 = 2y
-10 = 2(-5)

Question 18.
-5.4z = -32.4

Answer:
z = 6

Explanation:
-5.4z = -32.4
z = 32.4/5.4
z = 6
Putting z = 6 in -5.4z = -32.4
-5.4(6) = -32.4

Question 19.
-6.8w = 3.4

Answer:
w = -0.5

Explanation:
-6.8w = 3.4
w = -3.4/6.8
w = -0.5
Putting w = -0.5 in -6.8w = 3.4
-6.8(-0.5) = 3.4

Question 20.
Write “3 times a number is 42” as an equation. Then solve the equation.

Answer:
x = 14

Explanation:
3 times a number is 42
3x = 42
x = 42/3
x = 14

Question 21.
The mean temperature change is -3.2°F per day for 5 days. Write and solve an equation to find the total change over the 5-day period.

Answer:
The total change in temperature for 5 days is -16°F.

Explanation:
The mean temperature change is -3.2°F per day
The total change in temperature for 5 days = 5 x -3.2 = -16°F
x= 5 x -3.2
x = -16°F

Question 22.
Describe a real-life situation that can be modeled by 7x = 1.75.

Answer:
x = 0.25

Explanation:
7x = 1.75.
x = 1.75/7
x = 0.25

4.3 Solving Two-Step Equations (pp. 139–144)

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 23.
-2c + 6 = -8

Answer:
c = 2

Explanation:
-2c = -8 – 6
-2c = -14
c = 14/2
c = 7
Putting c = 7 in -2c + 6 = -8
-2(7) + 6 = -14 + 6 = -8

Question 24.
5 – 4t = 6

Answer:
t = -1/4

Explanation:
-4t = 6 – 5
-4t = 1
t = -1/4
Putting t = -1/4 in 5 – 4t = 6
5 – 4(-1/4) = 5 + 1 = 6

Question 25.
-3x – 4.6 = 5.9

Answer:
x = -3.5

Explanation:
-3x = 5.9 + 4.6
-3x = 10.5
x = -10.5/3
x = -3.5
Putting x = -3.5 in -3x – 4.6 = 5.9
-3(-3.5) – 4.6 = 10.5 – 4.6 = 5.9

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 165

Answer:
w = -12

Explanation:
w/6 + 5/8 = -11/8
w/6 = -11/8 – 5/8
w/6 = -16/8
w/6 = -2
w = -2 x 6
w = -12
Putting w = -12 in w/6 + 5/8 = -11/8
-12/6 + 5/8 = -2 + 5/8
= (-16 + 5)/8 = -11/8

Question 27.
3(3w – 4) = -20

Answer:
w = -8/9

Explanation:
3(3w – 4) = -20
(3w – 4) = -20/3
3w = -20/3 + 4
3w = (-20 + 12)/3
3w = -8/3
w = -8/3 x 1/3
w = -8/9
Putting w = -8/9 in 3(3w – 4) = -20
3(3(-8/9) – 4) = 3(-8/3 – 4)
= 3(-8 – 12)/3 = -20

Question 28.
-6y + 8y = -24

Answer:
y = -12

Explanation:
2y = -24
y = -24/2
y = -12
putting y = -12 in -6y + 8y = -24
-6(-12) + 8(-12) = 72 – 96 = -24

Question 29.
The floor of a canyon has an elevation of -14.5 feet. Erosion causes the elevation to change by -1.5 feet per year. How many years will it take for the canyon floor to reach an elevation of 31 feet? Justify your solution.

Answer:
It takes 11 years for the canyon floor to reach an elevation of 31 feet

Explanation:
The floor of a canyon has an elevation of -14.5 feet
Erosion causes the elevation to change by -1.5 feet per year
Let us take x as the no of years take for the canyon floor to reach an elevation of 31 feet
-14.5 – 1.5x > 31
-1.5x > -31 + 14.5
-1.5x > -16.5
x < 16.5/1.5
x < 11
So, it take 11 years.

4.4 Writing and Graphing Inequalities (pp. 145–150)

Write the word sentence as an inequality.

Question 30.
A number w is greater than -3.

Answer:
w > -3

Explanation:
Greater than means >
w > -3

Question 31.
A number y minus \([\frac{1}{2}/latex] is no more than –[latex][\frac{3}{2}/latex].

Answer:
y – 1/2 < -3/2

Explanation:
No more than means <
y – 1/2 < -3/2

Tell whether the given value is a solution of the inequality.

Question 32.
5 + j > 8; j = 7

Answer:
j = 7 is the solution of the inequality.

Explanation:
5 + j > 8; j = 7
5 + 7 > 8
12 > 8

Question 33.
6 ÷ n ≤ -5; n = -3

Answer:
n = -3 is not the solution of the inequality.

Explanation:
6 ÷ n ≤ -5; n = -3
6 ÷ -3 ≤ -5
-2 ≤ -5
2 ≥ 5

Question 34.
7p ≥ p – 12; p = -2

Answer:
p = -2 is the solution of the inequality.

Explanation:
7p ≥ p – 12; p = -2
7(-2) ≥ -2 – 12
-14 ≥ -14

Graph the inequality on a number line.

Question 35.
q > -1.3

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-139

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 165.1

Answer:
s < 7/4
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-140

Question 37.
The Enhanced Fujita scale rates the intensity of tornadoes based on wind speed and damage caused. An EF5 tornado is estimated to have wind speeds greater than 200 miles per hour. Write and graph an inequality that represents this situation.

Answer:
w > 200
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-141

Explanation:
The wind speed is greater than 200 miles per hour
w > 200

4.5 Solving Inequalities Using Addition or Subtraction (pp. 151–156)

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 38.
d + 12 < 19

Answer:
d < 7
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-142

Explanation:
d + 12 < 19
d < 19 – 12
d < 7

Question 39.
t – 4 ≤ -14

Answer:
t ≤ -10
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-143

Explanation:
t – 4 ≤ -14
t – 4 + 4 ≤ -14 + 4
t ≤ -10

Question 40.
-8 ≤ z + 6.4

Answer:
-14.4 ≤ z
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-144

Explanation:
-8 ≤ z + 6.4
-8 -6.4 ≤ z + 6.4 -6.4
-14.4 ≤ z

Question 41.
A small cruise ship can hold up to 500 people. There are 115 crew members on board the ship.
a. Write and solve an inequality that represents the additional numbers of people that can board the ship.
b. Can 385 more people board the ship? Explain.

Answer:
a. 115 + x < 500
b. Yes

Explanation:
A small cruise ship can hold up to 500 people. There are 115 crew members on board the ship.
a. 115 + x < 500
b. a. 115 + x < 500
a. 115 + x – 115 < 500 -115
a < 385

Question 42.
Write an inequality that can be solved using the Subtraction Property of Inequality and has a solution of all numbers less than -3.

Answer:
x + 15 < 12

Explanation:
x + 15 < 12
x + 15 – 15 < 12 – 15
x < -3

4.6 Solving Inequalities Using Multiplication or Division (pp. 157–164)

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 43.
6q < -18

Answer:
q < -3
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-145

Explanation:
6q < -18
6q/6 < -18/6
q < -3

Question 44.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 166

Answer:
r ≥-18
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-146

Explanation:
-r/3 ≤ 6
-r ≤ 6 * 3
-r ≤ 18
r ≥-18

Question 45.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 166.1

Answer:
3 < s
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-147

Explanation:
-4 x 3 > -4s
-12 > -4s
12 < 4s
12/4 < s
3 < s

Question 46.
Write the word sentence as an inequality. Then solve the inequality.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 167

Answer:
p < -7
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-148

Explanation:
-3p > 21
-p > 21/3
-p > 7
p < -7

Question 47.
You are organizing books on a shelf. Each book has a width of [latex]\frac{3}{4}\) inch. Write and solve an inequality for the numbers of books b that can fit on the shelf.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 168

Answer:
32 books will fit on the shelf.

Explanation:
Width of book = 3/4 inch
The total width of shelf = 24 in
3/4 b < 24
3b < 24 x 4
3b < 96
b < 96/3
b < 32
So, 32 books will fit on the shelf.

4.7 Solving Two-Step Inequalities (pp. 165–170)

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 48.
3x + 4 > 16

Answer:
x > 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities 149

Explanation:
3x + 4 > 16
3x + 4 – 4 > 16 – 4
3x > 12
x > 12/3
x > 4

Question 49.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 169

Answer:
z ≥ -8
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities 150

Explanation:
z / -2 ≤ -2 + 6
z/-2 ≤ 4
z ≥ 4 x -2
z ≥ -8

Question 50.
-2t – 5 < 9

Answer:
t > -7
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-151

Explanation:
-2t – 5 + 5 < 9 + 5
-2t < 14
t > -14/2
t > -7

Question 51.
7(q + 2) < -77

Answer:
q < -13
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-152

Explanation:
7(q + 2) < -77
q + 2 < -77/7
q + 2 < -11
q < -11 – 2
q < -13

Question 52.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 170

Answer:
p ≥ -21
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-153

Explanation:
-1/3 (p + 9) ≤ 4
(p + 9) ≥ -4 x 3
p + 9 ≥ -12
p ≥ -12 – 9
p ≥ -21

Question 53.
1.2(j + 3.5) ≥ 4.8

Answer:
j ≥ 0.5
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-154

Explanation:
1.2(j + 3.5) ≥ 4.8
(j + 3.5) ≥ 4.8/1.2
(j + 3.5) ≥ 4
j ≥ 4 – 3.5
j ≥ 0.5

Question 54.
Your goal is to raise at least $50 in a charity fundraiser. You earn $3.50 for each candle sold. You also receive a $15 donation. Write and solve an inequality that represents the numbers of candles you must sell to reach your goal.

Answer:
You must sell 10 candles to reach your goal.

Explanation:
Your goal is to raise at least $50 in a charity fundraiser.
goal ≥ 50
You earn $3.50 for each candle sold. You also receive a $15 donation.
3.5x + 15 ≥ 50
3.5x ≥ 50 – 15
3.5x ≥ 35
x ≥ 35/3.5
x ≥ 10

Equations and Inequalities Practice Test

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
7x = -3

Answer:
x = -3/7

Explanation:
7x = -3
x = -3/7
Putting x = -3/7 in 7x = -3
7(-3/7) = -3

Question 2.
2(x + 1) = -2

Answer:
x = -2

Explanation:
2(x + 1) = -2
x + 1 = -2/2
x + 1 = -1
x = -1 – 1
x = -2
Putting x = -2 in 2(x + 1) = -2
2(-2 + 1) = 2(-1) = -2

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 171

Answer:
g = -36

Explanation:
(2/9)g = -8
2g = -8 x 9
2g = -72
g = -72/2
g = -36
Putting g = -36 in (2/9)g = -8
(2/9) x (-36) = 2 x -4 = -8

Question 4.
z + 14.5 = 5.4

Answer:
z = -9.2

Explanation:
z + 14.5 = 5.4
z = 5.4 – 14.5
z = -9.2
Putting z = -9.2 in z + 14.5 = 5.4
-9.2 + 14.5 = 5.4

Question 5.
-14 = c – 10

Answer:

Explanation:
-14 + 10 = c
c = -4
Putting c = -4 in -14 = c – 10
-14 = -4 – 10

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 172

Answer:
k = -7

Explanation:
(2/7)k – 3/8 = -19/8
(2/7)k = -19/8 + 3/8
(2/7)k = -16/8
(2/7)k = -2
2k = -2 x 7
2k = -14
k = -14/2
k = -7
Putting k = -7 in (2/7)k – 3/8 = -19/8
(2/7)(-7) – 3/8 = -2 – 3/8
= (-16 – 3)/8 = -19/8

Write the word sentence as an inequality.

Question 7.
A number k plus 19.5 is less than or equal to 40.

Answer:
k + 19.5 ≤ 40

Explanation:
A number k plus 19.5 is less than or equal to 40.
less than or equal to means ≤
k + 19.5 ≤ 40

Question 8.
A number q multiplied by \(\frac{1}{4}\) is greater than -16.

Answer:
q/4 > -16

Explanation:
A number q multiplied by 1/4 is greater than -16.
greater than means >
q (1/4) > -16
q/4 > -16

Tell whether the given value is a solution of the inequality.

Question 9.
n – 3 ≤ 4; n = 7

Answer:
The given value is the solution for the inequality.

Explanation:
Putting n = 7 in n – 3 ≤ 4
7 – 3 ≤ 4
4 ≤ 4
So, the given value is the solution for the inequality.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 173

Answer:
The given value is not the solution for the inequality.

Explanation:
Putting m = -7 in (-3/7)m < 1 + m
(-3/7)(-7) < 1 + (-7)
3 < -6
So, the given value is not the solution for the inequality.

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 11.
x – 4 > -6

Answer:
x > -2
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-70

Explanation:
x – 4 > -6
x > -6 + 4
x > -2

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 174

Answer:
y ≤ 7/9
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-71

Explanation:
-2/9 + y ≤ 5/9
y ≤ 5/9 + 2/9
y ≤ 7/9

Question 13.
-6z ≥ 36

Answer:
z ≥ -6
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-72

Explanation:
-6z ≥ 36
z ≥ -36/6
z ≥ -6

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 174.1

Answer:
-20.8 ≥ p
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-73

Explanation:
-5.2 ≥ p/4
-5.2 x 4 ≥ p
-20.8 ≥ p

Question 15.
4k – 8 ≥ 20

Answer:
k ≥ 7
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-75

Explanation:
4k – 8 ≥ 20
4k ≥ 20 + 8
4k ≥ 28
k ≥ 28/4
k ≥ 7

Question 16.
-0.6 > -0.3(d + 6)

Answer:
-4 > d
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-74

Explanation:
-0.6/(-0.3) > (d + 6)
2 > d + 6
2 – 6 > d
-4 > d

Question 17.
You lose 0.3 point for stepping out of bounds during a gymnastics floor routine. Your final score is 9.124. Write and solve an equation to find your score without the penalty.

Answer:
My score without penalty is 9.424

Explanation:
You lose 0.3 point for stepping out of bounds during a gymnastics floor routine.
Assume my score without penalty as x.
Your final score is 9.124.
x – 0.3 = 9.124
x = 9.124 + 0.3
x = 9.424
So, my score without penalty is 9.424

Question 18.
Half the area of the rectangle shown is 24 square inches. Write and solve an equation to find the value of x.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 175

Answer:
x = 2

Explanation:
Rectangle area = length x breadth
6(x+ 2) = 24
(x + 2) = 24/6
x + 2 = 4
x = 4 – 2
x = 2

Question 19.
You can spend no more than $100 on a party you are hosting. The cost per guest is $8.
a. Write and solve an inequality that represents the numbers of guests you can invite to the party.
b. What is the greatest number of guests that you can invite to the party? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 176

Answer:
a. You can invite 12 guests to the party.
b. The greatest number of guests that you can invite to the party is 13.

Explanation:
You can spend no more than $100 on a party you are hosting. The cost per guest is $8.
a. 8x < 100
x < 100/8
x < 12.5
So, you can invite 12 guests to the party.
b. x < 12.5
So, the greatest number of guests that you can invite to the party is 13.

Question 20.
You have $30 to buy baseball cards. Each pack of cards costs $5. Write and solve an inequality that represents the numbers of packs of baseball cards you can buy and still have atleast $10 left.

Answer:
I can buy at least 4 packs of baseball cards

Explanation:
You have $30 to buy baseball cards. Each pack of cards costs $5.
I must have at least 10 left after shopping
So, 5x + 10 ≥ 30
5x ≥ 30 – 10
5x ≥ 20
x ≥ 20/5
x ≥ 4
So, I can buy at least 4 packs of baseball cards

Question 21.
The sum of the lengths of any two sides of a triangle is greater than the length of the third side.
a. Write and solve three inequalities for the previous statement using the triangle shown.
b. What values for x make sense?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 177

Answer:
a. 6.4 > x
b. The values of x can be less than 64.

Explanation:
The sum of the lengths of any two sides of a triangle is greater than the length of the third side.
17 + 15 > 5x
32 > 5x
32/5 > x
6.4 > x
b. x can be less than 64.

Equations and Inequalities Cumulative Practice

Question 1.
Which equation represents the word sentence?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 178

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 179

Answer:
B. b/0.3 = -10

Explanation:
The quotient of b and 0.3 means b/0.3
The quotient of b and 0.3 equal to negative 10.
So, b/0.3 = -10

Question 2.
What is the value of the expression?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 180

Answer:
-3/8 x 2/5 = -3/20

Explanation:
-3/8 x 2/5 = (-3/4) x (1/5)
= (-3/20)

Question 3.
Which graph represents the inequality?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 181

Answer:
A.

Explanation:
x/-4 – 8 ≥ -9
x/-4 ≥ -9 + 8
x/-4 ≥ -1
x ≤ -1 x -4
x ≤ 4

Question 4.
Which equation is equivalent to Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 182
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 182.1

Answer:
F.

Explanation:
-3/4 x + 1/8 = -3/8
-3/4 x =-3/8 – 1/8

Question 5.
What is the decimal form of 2\(\frac{5}{8}\) ?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 183

Answer:
The decimal form of 2(5/8) is 2.25

Explanation:
The decimal form of 2(5/8)
= 18/8 = 2.25

Question 6.
What is the value of the expression when x = -5, y = 3, and z = -1?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 184
A. -34
B. -16
C. 16
D. 34

Answer:
B. -16

Explanation:
Putting x = -5, y = 3, and z = -1 in (x² – 3y)/z
= ((-5)² – 3(3))/(-1)
= (25 – 9)/(-1)
= -16

Question 7.
Which expression is equivalent to 9h – 6 + 7h – 5?
F. 3h + 2
G. 16h + 1
H. 2h – 1
I. 16h – 11

Answer:
I. 16h – 11

Explanation:
9h – 6 + 7h – 5 = 16h – 11

Question 8.
Your friend solved the equation -96 = -6(x – 15).
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 185
What should your friend do to correct her error?
A. First add 6 to both sides of the equation.
B. First subtract from both sides of the equation.
C. Distribute the -6 to get 6x – 90.
D. Distribute the -6 to get -6x + 90.

Answer:
D. Distribute the -6 to get -6x + 90.

Explanation:
-96 = -6(x – 15)
96 = 6(x – 15)
x – 15 = 96/6
x – 15 = 16
x = 16 + 15
x = 31

Question 9.
Which expression does not represent the perimeter of the rectangle?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 186
F. 4j(60)
G. 8j + 120
H. 2(4j + 60)
I. 8(j + 15)

Answer:
F. 4j(60)

Explanation:
The perimeter of rectangle = 2(length + breadth)
= 2(4j + 60) = 8j + 120 = 8(j + 15)

Question 10.
What is the value of the expression?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 187

Answer:
5/12 – 7/8 = -11/24

Explanation:
5/12 – 7/8 = (10 – 21)/24
= -11/24

Question 11.
You are selling T-shirts to raise money for a charity. You sell the T-shirts for $10 each.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 188
Part A
You have already sold 2 T-shirts. How many more T-shirts must you sell to raise at least $500? Explain.
Part B
Your friend is raising money for the same charity and has not sold any T-shirts previously. He sells the T-shirts for $8 each. What are the total numbers of T-shirts he can sell to raise atleast $500? Explain.
Part C
Who has to sell more T-shirts in total? How many more? Explain.

Answer:
A. You need to sell 48 more t-shirts to raise at least $500
B. You need to sell more than 63 T-shirts to raise atleast $500
C. The person who is selling $8 per T-shirt has to sell more when compared with others.

Explanation:
The cost of each T-shirt = $10
A. You have already sold 2 T-shirts.
So, you earned = 2 x 10 = 20
The more number of T-shirts must you sell to raise at least $500
2 + 10x ≥ 500
10x ≥ 500 – 2
10x ≥ 488
x ≥ 488/10
x ≥ 48.8
B. The cost of each T-shirt = $8
The total numbers of T-shirts he can sell to raise atleast $500
8x ≥ 500
x ≥ 500/8
x ≥ 62.5
You need to sell more than 63 T-shirts to raise atleast $500
C. The person who is selling $8 per T-shirt has to sell more when compared with others.

Question 12.
Which expression has the same value as Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 189
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 189.1

Answer:
A. -1/3 + 1/9

Explanation:
Solve all the expressions and check which solution represents the given expression.
-2/3 – (-4/9) = -2/3 + 4/9
= (-6 + 4)/9
= -2/9
A. -1/3 + 1/9 = (-3 + 1)/9
= -2/9
B. -2/3 x (-13) = 2/9
As option A and given expression has the same solution. A is the answer.

Question 13.
You recycle (6c + 10) water bottles. Your friend recycles twice as many water bottles as you recycle. Which expression represents the amount of water bottles your friend recycles?
F. 3c + 5
G. 12c + 10
H. 12c + 20
I. 6c + 12

Answer:
H. 12c + 20

Explanation:
Friend recycles twice as many water bottles as you recycle.
You recycle (6c + 10) water bottles.
So, my friend recycles 2(6c + 10) = 12c + 20

Question 14.
What is the value of the expression?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 190

Answer:
-4/5 + (-2/3) = -22/15

Explanation:
-4/5 + (-2/3) = -4/5 – 2/3
= (-12 – 10)/15
= -22/15

Conclusion:

We are here to make your child master in maths. All the answers are explained in a detailed and simple manner. So, the students who are lagging in this topic can Download Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities. We do not charge any amount to download the pdf. Stay tuned to get the latest updates regarding the Big Ideas Math Grade 7 Answer Key for all the chapters.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions

Big Ideas Math Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions Answer Sheet is presented here for the best practice of maths. All solutions along with the detailed explanations prepared by the math experts are included in the below sections. Students can quickly open Big Ideas Math Book Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions on our website and start preparation. You can also get a free pdf for Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions that helps you to prepare offline also.

Big Ideas Math Book 7th Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions

It is very difficult to get the best answer key for the math problems. A trustable guide will clear explanation and short answers are provided that help you to learn perfectly and to improve your math skills. Get a clear idea of ratios and ratio tables, rates and unit rates, identifying proportional relationships, writing and solving proportions, graphs of proportional relationships, and scale drawings by practicing this chapter.

Performance Task

Lesson: 1 Ratios and Ratio Tables

Lesson: 2 Rates and Unit Rates

Lesson: 3 Identifying Proportional Relationships

Lesson: 4 Writing and Solving Proportions

Lesson: 5 Graphs of Proportional Relationships

Lesson: 6 Scale Drawings

Chapter: 5 – Ratios and Proportions

Ratios and Proportions STEAM Video/ Performance Task

STEAM Video

Painting a Large Room
Shades of paint can be made by mixing other paints. What colors of paints can you mix to make green paint?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 1
Watch the STEAM Video “Painting a Large Room.” Then answer the following questions.
1. Enid estimates that they need 2 gallons of paint to apply two coats to the wall shown. How many square feet does she expect \(\frac{1}{2}\) gallon of paint will cover?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 2

Answer:
1/2 gallon of paint will cover 60 sq feet.

Explanation:
Enid estimates that they need 2 gallons of paint to apply two coats to the wall of 240 sq ft
The area of the shown figure = 24 x 10
= 240 square feet
To know how many sq feet does 1/2 gallon of paint will cover (240 . 1/2) . 1/2
= 240 . 1/4
= 60
So, 1/2 gallon of paint will cover 60 sq feet.

2. Describe a room that requires 5\(\frac{1}{2}\) gallons of paint to apply one coat of paint to each of the four walls.

Answer:
The room has 4 walls each wall is 330 sq feet.

Explanation:
A room requires 5(1/2) gallons of paint to apply one coat of paint to each of the four walls.
Enid estimates that they need 2 gallons of paint to apply two coats to the wall of 240 sq ft
If they coat only once, she would require 1 gallon of paint for a wall of 240 sq feet.
If she wants to use 5(1/2) = 11/2 gallons of paint, then the area of walls will be
= 240 . (11/2)
= 120 . 11 = 1320 Square feet
Each wall = 1320/4 =330 sq feet
The room has 4 walls each wall is 330 sq feet.

Performance Task

Mixing Paint
After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be given the amounts of each tint used to make different colors of paint. For example:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 3
You will be asked to solve various ratio problems about mixing paint. Given any color of paint, how can you make the paint slightly lighter in color?

Ratios and Proportions Getting Ready for Chapter 5

Chapter Exploration

The Meaning of a Word Rate
When you rent snorkel gear at the beach, rate you should pay attention to the rental. The rental rate is in dollars per hour.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 4
1. Work with a partner. Complete each step.
• Match each description with a rate.
• Match each rate with a fraction.
• Give a reasonable value for each fraction. Then give an unreasonable value.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5
2. Work with a partner Describe a situation to which the given fraction can apply. Show how to rewrite each expression as a division problem. Then simplify and interpret your result.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 6
Vocabulary
The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
proportional
constant of proportionality
scale drawing

Lesson 5.1 Ratios and Ratio Tables

EXPLORATION 1

Describing Ratio Relationships
Work with a partner. Use the recipe shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 1
a. Identify several ratios in the recipe.
b. You halve the recipe. Describe your ratio relationships in part (a) using the new quantities. Is the relationship between the ingredients the same as in part(a)? Explain.

Answer:
a. Stewed tomatoes : chicken broth = 9 ounces : 15 ounces
Stewed tomatoes : Chopped Spinach = 9 ounces : 9 ounces = 1 : 1
Chopped Spinach : chicken broth = 9 ounces : 15 ounces
Chopped Chicken : grated parmesan = 1 cup : 5 tablespoons
Chicken broth : Chopped Chicken = 15 ounces : 1 cup
Stewed tomatoes : chopped chicken = 9 ounces : 1 cup = Chopped Spinach : chopped chicken
Stewed tomatoes : grated parmesan = 9 ounces : 5 tablespoons = Chopped Spinach : grated parmesan
chicken broth : grated parmesan = 15 ounces : 5 tablespoons = 5 ounces : 1 tablespoon
b. The relationship between the ingredients the same as in part(a).

Explanation:
a. The several ratios of the recipe are Stewed tomatoes : chicken broth = 9 ounces : 15 ounces
Stewed tomatoes : Chopped Spinach = 9 ounces : 9 ounces = 1 : 1
Chopped Spinach : chicken broth = 9 ounces : 15 ounces
Chopped Chicken : grated parmesan = 1 cup : 5 tablespoons
Chicken broth : Chopped Chicken = 15 ounces : 1 cup
Stewed tomatoes : chopped chicken = 9 ounces : 1 cup = Chopped Spinach : chopped chicken
Stewed tomatoes : grated parmesan = 9 ounces : 5 tablespoons = Chopped Spinach : grated parmesan
chicken broth : grated parmesan = 15 ounces : 5 tablespoons = 5 ounces : 1 tablespoon
b. The relationship between the ingredients the same as in part(a).

EXPLORATION 2

Completing Ratio Tables
Work with a partner. Use the ratio tables shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 2
a. Complete the first ratio table using multiple operations. Use the same operations to complete the second ratio table.
b. Are the ratios in the first table equivalent? the second table? Explain.
c. Do the strategies for completing ratio tables of whole numbers work for completing ratio tables of fractions? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
a. Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 2
b. Yes

Explanation:
a. 5 x 2 = 10, 1 x 2 = 2, 1/4 x 2 = 1/2, 1/2 x 2 = 1
5 x 1.5 = 7.5, 1 x 1.5 = 1.5, 1/4 x 3/2 = 3/8, 1/2 x 3/2 = 3/4
5 x 4 = 20, 1 x 4 = 4, 1/4 x 4 = 1, 1/2 x 4= 2
b. Yes the ratios in the first table are equivalent to the second table.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 3

Try It

Question 1.
You mix \(\frac{2}{3}\) teaspoon of baking soda with 3 teaspoons of salt. Find and interpret the value of the ratio of baking soda to salt.

Answer:
The ratio of baking soda to salt is 2 : 1.

Explanation:
Given that,
You mix \(\frac{2}{3}\) teaspoon of baking soda with 3 teaspoons of salt.
The ratio of baking soda to salt = 2/3 to 3 = 2/3 : 3
= 2/3 / 3 = 2/3 . 3/1 = 2/1 = 2 : 1
The ratio of baking soda to salt is 2 : 1.

Find the missing values in the ratio table. Then write the equivalent ratios.
Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 4

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 3

Explanation:
The missing values in the ratio table are
4 x 4 = 16. So, 5/2 x 4 = 10
5/2 . x = 5
x = 2
So, 4 . 2 = 8
The equivalent ratios are 5/2 : 4, 10 : 16, 5 : 8.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 5

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 4

Explanation:
0.4 . x = 1.2
x = 1.2/0.4 = 3
So, 0.75 . 3 = 2.25
0.4 . y = 1.6
y = 1.6/0.4 = 4
So, 0.75 . 4 = 3
The equivalent ratios are 0.4 : 0.75, 1.2 : 2.25, 1.6 : 3

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 4.
WRITING AND INTERPRETING RATIOS
You include \(\frac{1}{2}\) tablespoon of essential oils in a solution for every 12 tablespoons of jojoba oil. Find and interpret the value of the ratio of jojoba oil to essential oils.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 6

Answer:
The amount of jojoba oil in the solution is the 24th amount of essential oil.

Explanation:
You include \(\frac{1}{2}\) tablespoon of essential oils in a solution for every 12 tablespoons of jojoba oil
The ratio of jojoba oil to essential oil = 12 : 1/2
= 12 ÷ 1/2
= 12 . 2/1
= 24
The amount of jojoba oil in the solution is the 24th amount of essential oil.

Question 5.
NUMBER SENSE
Find the missing values in the ratio table. Then write the equivalent ratios.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 7

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 5

Explanation:
1/12 . x = 2/3
x = 2/3 . 12
x = 8
So, Pounds = 3/2 . 8 = 12
3/2 . 7 = 21/2
1/12 . 7 = 7/12
The equivalent ratios are 3/2 : 1/12, 12 : 2/3, 21/2 : 7/12

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 6.
DIG DEEPER!
A satellite orbiting Earth travels 14\(\frac{1}{2}\) miles every 3 seconds. How far does the satellite travel in \(\frac{3}{4}\) minute?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 8

Answer:
The satellite travels 217(1/2) miles in 3/4 minutes.

Explanation:
A satellite orbiting Earth travels 14\(\frac{1}{2}\) miles every 3 seconds.
So, it travels 14.5/3 miles = 29/6 miles in every 1 second
3/4 minutes = 3/4 . 60
= 45 seconds
Therefore, it travels 45 . 29/6 miles in 3/4 minutes
= 217(1/2) miles in 3/4 minutes.
Hence, the satellite travels 217(1/2) miles in 3/4 minutes.

Question 7.
An engine runs on a mixture of 0.1 quart of oil for every 3.5 quarts of gasoline. You make 3 quarts of the mixture. How much oil and how much gasoline do you use?

Answer:
We use 0.083 quarts of oil and 2.917 quarts of gasoline.

Explanation:
The ratio of oil to gasoline = 0.1 : 3.5 = 1 : 35
use the ratio table to find an equivalent ratio in which the total mixture is 3 quarts.
For 3 quarts mixture
Oil required is 1/36 * 3 = 3/36
= 1/12 = 0.083 quarts
Gasoline required is
35/36 * 3 = 35/12 = 2.917 quarts
We use 0.083 quarts of oil and 2.917 quarts of gasoline.

Ratios and Ratio Tables Homework & Practice 5.1

Review & Refresh

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.
Question 1.
4p + 7 ≥ 19

Answer:
p ≥ 3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 6

Explanation:
Given that,
4p + 7 ≥ 19
Subtract 7 from both sides
4p + 7 – 7 ≥ 19 – 7
4p ≥ 12
Divide both sides by 4
4p/4 ≥ 12/4
p ≥ 3

Question 2.
14 < – 6n – 10

Answer:
-4 > n
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 7

Explanation:
Given that,
14 < – 6n – 10
Add 10 to both sides
14 + 10 < -6n – 10 + 10
24 < -6n
Divide both sides by -6
24/-6 > -6n/-6
-4 > n

Question 3.
– 3(2 + d) ≤ 15

Answer:
d ≥ -7
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 8

Explanation:
Given that,
– 3(2 + d) ≤ 15
Divide both sides by -3
– 3(2 + d)/-3 ≥ 15/-3
2 + d ≥ -5
d ≥ -5 – 2
d ≥ -7

Find the quotient. Write fractions in simplest form.
Question 4.
\(\frac{2}{9}\) ÷ \(\frac{4}{3}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{9}\) ÷ \(\frac{4}{3}\) = 1/6 = 0.166

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{9}\) ÷ \(\frac{4}{3}\) = 2/9 . 3/4
= (2 . 3) / (9 . 4)
= 1/6
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 9

Question 5.
10.08 ÷ 12

Answer:
10.08 ÷ 12 = 3024/25 = 120.96

Explanation:
10.08 ÷ 12 = 1008/100 ÷ 12
= 1008/100 . 12/1
= (1008 . 12)/100
= (100.8 . 3)/25
= 3024/25 = 120.96
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 10

Question 6.
– \(\frac{5}{6}\) ÷ \(\frac{3}{10}\) = -25/9 = -2.7777

Answer:
– \(\frac{5}{6}\) ÷ \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Explanation:
– \(\frac{5}{6}\) ÷ \(\frac{3}{10}\) = -5/6 . 10/3
= (-5 . 10)/(3 . 6)
= -25/9 = -2.7777
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 11

Question 7.
Which ratio can be represented by the tape diagram?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 9
A. 3 : 4
B. 4 : 5
C. 4 : 9
D. 8 : 12

Answer:
D. 8 : 12

Explanation:
Quantity 1 has 2 boxes, quantity 2 has 3 boxes.
Out of all given ratios, 8 : 12 satisfy the condition
The ratio of given quantity = 2 : 3
2 * 4 : 3 * 4 = 8 : 12

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

OPEN-ENDED Complete the ratio table using multiple operations. Are the ratios in the table equivalent? Explain. (See Exploration 2, p. 183.)
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 10

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 12

Explanation:
4 x 2 = 8, 10  2 = 20
8 x 2 = 16, 20 x 2 = 40
16/8 = 2, 40/8 = 5
The equivalent ratios are 4:10, 8:20, 16:40, 2:5.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 11

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 14

Explanation:
4/5 x 10 = 8, 1/2 x 10 = 5
4/5 x 5 = 4, 1/2 x 5 = 5/2
4 x 1/25 = 4/25, 5/2 x 1/25 = 1/10

WRITING AND INTERPRETING RATIOS Find the ratio. Then find and interpret the value of the ratio.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 12
Question 10.
club soda : white grape juice

Answer:
club soda : white grape juice = 2 : 1

Explanation:
Club soda = 4 cups
white grape juice = 2 cups
club soda : white grape juice = 4 : 2
= 2 : 1

Question 11.
mint leaves : chopped watermelon

Answer:
mint leaves : chopped watermelon = 1 : 6

Explanation:
mint leaves = 1/2 cup
chopped watermelon = 3 cups
mint leaves : chopped watermelon = 1/2 : 3
= 1 : 3 x 2
= 1 : 6

Question 12.
white grape juice to sugar

Answer:
white grape juice : sugar = 8 : 3

Explanation:
white grape juice = 2 cups
sugar=3/4 cup
white grape juice : sugar = 2 : 3/4
= 2 x 4: 3
= 8 : 3

Question 13.
lime juice to mint leaves

Answer:
lime juice to mint leaves is 3 : 2

Explanation:
lime juice = 3/4 cup
mint leaves = 1/2 cup
lime juice to mint leaves = 3/4 : 1/2
= 3/2 : 1
= 3 : 2

Question 14.
You have blue ribbon and red ribbon in the ratio \(\frac{1}{2}\) : \(\frac{1}{5}\) . Your friend finds the value of the ratio. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 13

Answer:
Wrong.

Explanation:
1/2 : 1/5 = 1/2 ÷ 1/5
= 1/2 . 5/1 = 5/2

COMPLETING A RATIO TABLE Find the missing values in the ratio table. Then write the equivalent ratios.
Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 14

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 15

Explanation:
To find the missing values,
1/6 . x = 2/3
x = 2/3 . 6
x = 4
So, calories = 20 . 4 = 80
20 . y = 10
y = 10/20 = 1/2
Miles = 1/6 . 1/2 = 1/12
10 . z = 90
z = 90/10
z = 9
Miles = 1/12 . 9 = 3/4
The equivalent ratios are 20 : 1/6, 80 : 2/3, 10 : 1/12, 90 : 3/4

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 15

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 16

Explanation:
To find the missing values,
8/2 = 4
Minutes = 1/3/2 = 1/3 . 2 = 1/6
1/3 . x = 1/4
x = 1/4 . 3 = 3/4
Meters = 8 . 3/4 = 6
1/3 . y = 5/12
y = 5/12 . 3 = 5/4
Meters = 8 . 5/4 = 10
The equivalent ratios are 8 : 1/3, 4 : 2/3, 6 : 1/4, 10 : 5/12

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 16

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 17

Explanation:
To find the missing values,
1/2 . x = 1
x = 2
1/24 . 2 = 1/12 = Feet
1/24 . y = 1/8
y = 1/8 . 24 = 3
Inches = 1/2 . 3 = 3/2
1/2 . z = 1/4
z = 1/4 . 2 = 1/2
Feet = 1/24 . 1/2 = 1/48
The equivalent ratios are 1/24 : 1/2, 1/12 : 1, 1/8 : 3, 1/48 : 1/4

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 17

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 18

Explanation:
To find missing values,
1.5 . x = 1
x = 1/1.5 = 2/3
Tea = 3.75 . 2/3 = 2.5
1.5 . y = 3.5
y = 35/15 = 7/3
Tea = 3.75 . 7/3 = 8.75
1.5 . z = 2.5
z = 5/3
3.75 . 5/3 = 6.25

Question 19.
CRITICAL THINKING
Are the two statements equivalent? Explain your reasoning.
The ratio of boys to girls is 2 to 3.
The ratio of girls to boys is 3 to 2.

Answer:
Yes, both the statements are equivalent.

Explanation:
The ratio of boys to girls is 2 to 3.
boys : girls = 2 : 3
The ratio of girls to boys is 3 to 2.
girls : boys = 3 : 2

Question 20.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A city dumps plastic shade balls into a reservoir to prevent water from evaporating during a drought. It costs $5760 for 16,000 shade balls. How much does it cost for 12,000 shade balls?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 18

Answer:
The cost for 12,000 shade balls is $4320

Explanation:
It costs $5760 for 16,000 shade balls.
The cost for 12,000 shade balls = (5760 x 12,000)/16000
= 69120/16
= 4320
So, the The cost for 12,000 shade balls is $4320

Question 21.
MODELING REAL LIFE
An oil spill spreads 25 square meters every \(\frac{1}{6}\) hour. What is the area of the oil spill after 2 hours?

Answer:
The area that the oil spill covers after 2 hours is 300 sq meters.

Explanation:
An oil spill spreads 25 square meters every 1/6 hour
The unit rate = 25 ÷ 1/6
= 25 x 6 = 150 square meters per hour
Every 1 hour spreads 150 square meters
The area that the oil spill covers after 2 hours = 2 x 150 = 300 sq meters

Question 22.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You mix 0.25 cup of juice concentrate for every 2 cups of water to make 18 cups of juice. How much juice concentrate do you use? How much water do you use?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 19

Answer:
To make 18 cups of juice we use 16 cups of water and 2 cups of juice concentrate

Explanation:
The ratio between cups of water and cups of juice concentration is 2 to 1/4
The unit rate = 2 / 1/4
= 2 x 4 = 8 cups of water per cup of juice concentrate
So, to make 9 cups of juice we use 8 cups of water and 1 cup of juice concentrate
To make 18 cups of juice we use 16 cups of water and 2 cups of juice concentrate

Question 23.
A store sells 2\(\frac{1}{4}\) pounds of mulch for every 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds of gravel sold. The store sells 180 pounds of mulch and gravel combined. How many pounds of each item does the store sell?

Answer:
Mulch = 108 pounds, gravel = 72 pounds

Explanation:
Let 2(1/4)x = 9/4 x be the amount of mulch so that 1(1/2)x = 3x/2 is the amount of gravel the store sell, both in pounds.
Given that thestore sells a total of 180 pounds of mulch and gravel, we can write
9x/4 + 3x/2 = 180
9x + 6x = 180 x 4
15x = 720
x = 720/15
x = 48
So, the store sells 9/4(48) = 108 pounds of mulch and 3/2(48) = 72 pounds of gravel.

Question 24.
DIG DEEPER!
You mix \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of red paint for every \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup of blue paint to make 3 gallons of purple paint.
a. How much red paint do you use? How much blue paint do you use?
b. You decide that you want to make a lighter purple paint. You make the new mixture by adding \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of white paint for every \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of red paint and \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup of blue paint. How much red paint, blue paint, and white paint do you use to make 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) gallons of the lighter purple paint?

Answer:
a. We use 12 cups of red paint, 24 cups of blue paint
b. white paint = 6 cups, red paint = 6 cups, blue paint = 12 cups.

Explanation:
You mix \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of red paint for every \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup of blue paint to make 3 gallons of purple paint.
a. The ratio of red paint to blue paint = 1/4 : 1/2
1/4x + 1/2x = (x + 2x)/4 = 3x/4
3x/4 = 3
x = 3 . 4/3
x = 4 cups
1 cup = 1/16 gallons
So, 4 cups = 4/16 = 1/4 gallons
12 . 4 = 48 cups = 1/4 . 12 = 3 gallons
So, 1/4(48) = 12 cups of red paint and 1/2(48) = 24 cups of blue paint is required to make 3 gallons
b. You make the new mixture by adding \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of white paint for every \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of red paint and \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup of blue paint.
(1/4 + 1/4 +1/2) = 1
1 cup = 1/16 gallons
The total lighter purple paint = 1(1/2) = 3/2 gallons
Total number of cups = (3/2) 16
= 24
white paint = 1/4 (24) = 6 cups
red paint = 1/4 (24) = 6 cups
blue paint = 1/2 (24) = 12 cups

Lesson 5.2 Rates and Unit Rates

EXPLORATION 1

Writing Rates
Work with a partner.
a. How many degrees does the minute hand on a clock move every 15 minutes? Write a rate that compares the number of degrees moved by the minute hand to the number of hours elapsed.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.2 1
b. Can you use the rate in part(a) to determine how many degrees the minute hand moves in \(\frac{1}{2}\) hour? Explain your reasoning.
c. Write a rate that represents the number of degrees moved by the minute hand every hour. How can you use this rate to find the number of degrees moved by the minute hand in 2\(\frac{1}{2}\) hours?
d. Draw a clock with hour and minute hands. Draw another clock that shows the time after the minute hand moves 900°. How many degrees does the hour hand move in this time? in one hour? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.2 2

Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.2 3

Try It

Question 1.
There is \(\frac{1}{4}\) gram of fat for every \(\frac{1}{3}\) tablespoon of powdered peanut butter. How many grams of fat are there for every tablespoon of the powder?

Answer:
We have 3/4 grams of fat for every tablespoon of the powder.

Explanation:
There is \(\frac{1}{4}\) gram of fat for every \(\frac{1}{3}\) tablespoon of powdered peanut butter.
There are 1/4 / 1/3 = 1/4. 3 = 3/4 grams of fat for every tablespoon of the powder.

Question 2.
WHAT IF?
The scientist later states that the iron travels 3 feet every 10 minutes. Does this change your answer in Example 2? Explain.

Answer:
The liquid iron travels about 432 feet in 1 day.

Explanation:
The iron travels 3 feet for every 10 minutes
The ratio of feet to minutes is 3 : 10
Divide the quantity by 10 to get the unit rate per minute. Then multiply each quantity by 1440 to find the distance traveled in 24 hours.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 19
So, the liquid iron travels about 432 feet in 1 day.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 3.
VOCABULARY
How can you tell when a rate is a unit rate?

Answer:
A unit rate is described as hoe many units of the first type of quantity corresponds to one unit of the second type of quantity. When the denominator is 1, then you can say that that rate is a unit rate. Few examples of unit rate are m/sec, feet/hour.

Question 4.
WRITING
Explain why rates are usually written as unit rates.

Answer:
Generally, a rate is a ratio of two quantities. Rates are usually written as unit rates because they are easier to read, easier to understand and easier to compare.

Find the unit rate.
Question 5.
$1.32 for 12 ounces

Answer:
$0.11 for 1 ounce

Explanation:
$1.32 for 12 ounces = 1.32 : 12
= 1.32/12 : 12/12
= 0.11 : 1

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) gallon for every \(\frac{3}{10}\) mile

Answer:
5/6 gallon for every 1 mile

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{4}\) gallon for every \(\frac{3}{10}\) mile = 1/4 : 3/10
= 1/4 x 10/3 : 3/10 x 10/3
= 5/6 : 1

Question 7.
USING TOOLS
Find the missing values in the ratio table. Then write the unit rate of grams per cup and the unit rate of cups per gram.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.2 4

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.2 1
The unit rate of grams per cup = 15/4 : 1
The unit rate of cups per gram = 1 : 4/15

Explanation:
2/3 . x = 1/6
x = 1/6 . 3/2 = 1/4
1/4 . 5/2 = 5/8 = grams
5/2 . y = 1
y = 1 . 2/5 = 2/5
2/3 . 2/5 = 4/15 = cups
5/2 . 3/2 = 15/4
So, 2/3 . 3/2 = 1 = cups
2/3 . z = 4
z = 4 . 3/2 = 6
So, 5/2 . 6 = 15
grams: cups = 5/2 : 2/3
The unit rate of grams per cup = 5/2 . 3/2 : 1 = 15/4 : 1
cups : grams = 4/15 : 1

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 8.
Two people compete in a five-mile go-kart race. Person A travels \(\frac{1}{10}\) mile every 15 seconds. Person B travels \(\frac{3}{8}\) mile every 48 seconds. Who wins the race? What is the difference of the finish times of the competitors?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.2 5

Answer:
Person B wins the race.
The difference of the finish times of the competitors = 1.833 minutes

Explanation:
Two people compete in a five-mile go-kart race.
Person A travels 1/10 miles for 15 seconds = 1/10 : 15
Person A unit rate = 1/150 : 1
It means, A travels 1/150 miles per1 second
So, person A completes the race in 5 x 150 = 750 seconds = 750/60 = 12.5 minutes
Person B travels 3/8 mile for 48 seconds = 3/8 : 48
Person B unit rate = 3/384 : 1
It means B travels 3/384 miles in 1 second.
So, person B completes the race in 5 . (384/3) = 1920/3 = 640
= 640/60 = 10.666 minutes
Hence, person B wins the race.
The difference of the finish times of the competitors = 12.5 – 10.66 = 1.8333 minutes

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
A bus travels 0.8 mile east every 45 seconds. A second bus travels 0.55 mile west every 30 seconds. The buses start at the same location. Use two methods to determine how far apart the buses are after 15 minutes. Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
Two buses are 1/2 mile apart after 15 minutes.

Explanation:
A bus travels 0.8 mile east every 45 seconds = 0.8 : 45
The unit rate = 0.8/45 : 1
A second bus travels 0.55 mile west every 30 seconds = 0.55 : 30
The unit rate = 0.55/30 : 1
Find how much distance, busses travelled after 15 minutes = 15 x 60 = 900 seconds
First bus travels (0.8/45) x 900 = 16 miles
Second bus travels (0.55/30) x 900 = 16.5 miles
The difference in their distances = 16.5 – 16 = 1/2 mile

Rates and Unit Rates Homework & Practice 5.2

Review & Refresh

Find the missing values in the ratio table. Then write the equivalent ratios.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.2 6

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.2 2
The equivalent ratios are 3/4 : 1/3, 3/2 : 2/3, 3 : 3/4, 1 : 4/9

Explanation:
To find the missing values,
1/3 . x = 2/3
x = 2
3/4 . 2 = 3/2 = flour
3/4 . y = 3
y = 4
1/3 . 4 = 4/3 = oats1
3/4 . z = 1
z = 4/3
4/3 . 1/3 = 4/9 = oats2
The equivalent ratios are 3/4 : 1/3, 3/2 : 2/3, 3 : 3/4, 1 : 4/9

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.2 7

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.2 3
The equivalent ratios are 1/4 : 1/2, 3/4 : 3/2, 3/2 : 3, 5 : 10

Explanation:
To find the missing values,
1/4 . x = 3/4
x = 3
1/2 . 3 = 3/2 = minutes1
1/2 . y = 3
y = 6
1/4 . 6 = 3/2 = pages
1/4 . z = 5
z = 20
1/2 . 20 = 10 = minutes 2
The equivalent ratios are 1/4 : 1/2, 3/4 : 3/2, 3/2 : 3, 5 : 10

Copy and complete the statement using <, >, or =.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.2 8

Answer:
9/2 > 8/3

Explanation:
9/2 = 4.5
8/3 = 2.6666
So, 9/2 > 8/3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.2 9

Answer:
-8/15 < 10/18

Explanation:
-8/15 = -0.5333
10/18 = 0.555
So, -8/15 < 10/18

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.2 10

Answer:
-6/24 = -2/8

Explanation:
-6/24 = -0.25
-2/8 = -0.25
So, -6/24 = -2/8

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

WRITING RATES Find the number of degrees moved by the minute hand of a clock in the given amount of time. Explain your reasoning. (See Exploration 1, p. 189.)
Question 6.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) hour

Answer:
240 degrees.

Explanation:
The minute hand passes through 60 minutes ( = 360 degrees) in 1 hour.
In 2/3 hours it passes through 2/3 * 360 = 240 degrees.

Question 7.
\(\frac{7}{12}\) hour

Answer:
210 degrees

Explanation:
The minute hand passes through 60 minutes ( = 360 degrees) in 1 hour.
In 7/12 hours it passes through 7/12 * 360 = 210 degrees

Question 8.
1\(\frac{1}{4}\) hours

Answer:
450 degrees = (360 + 90) degrees

Explanation:
The minute hand passes through 60 minutes ( = 360 degrees) in 1 hour.
In 1(1/4) = 5/4 hours it passes through 5/4 * 360 = 450 degrees

FINDING UNIT RATES Find the unit rate.
Question 9.
180 miles in 3 hours

Answer:
6 miles per 1 hour

Explanation:
180 miles in 3 hours = 18 : 3
The unit rate is 18/3 : 1 = 6 : 1

Question 10.
256 miles per 8 gallons

Answer:
32 miles per 1 gallon

Explanation:
256 miles per 8 gallons = 256 : 8
The unit rate is 256/8 : 1 = 32 : 1

Question 11.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) pound : 5 days

Answer:
1/10 pounds for 1 day

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{2}\) pound : 5 days = 1/2 : 5
The unit rate is 1/2/5 : 1
= 1/10 : 1

Question 12.
4 grams for every \(\frac{3}{4}\) serving

Answer:
16/3 grams per serving

Explanation:
4 grams for every \(\frac{3}{4}\) serving = 4 : 3/4
The unit rate is = 4 x (4/3) : 1
= 16/3 : 1

Question 13.
$9.60 for 4 pounds

Answer:
$2.4 per 1 pound

Explanation:
$9.60 for 4 pounds = 9.60 : 4
The unit rate is 9.60/4 : 1
= 2.4 : 1

Question 14.
$4.80 for 6 cans

Answer:
$0.8 per 1 can

Explanation:
$4.80 for 6 cans = 4.80 : 6
The unit rate is 4.80/6 : 1
= 0.8 : 1

Question 15.
297 words in 5.5 minutes

Answer:
54 words in 1 minute

Explanation:
297 words in 5.5 minutes = 297 : 5.5
The unit rate is 297/5.5 : 1
= 54 : 1

Question 16.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) kilogram: \(\frac{2}{3}\) foot

Answer:
1/2 kilogram per 1 foot

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{3}\) kilogram: \(\frac{2}{3}\) foot = 1/3 : 2/3
The unit rate is 1/3 x (3/2) : 1
= 1/2 : 1

Question 17.
\(\frac{5}{8}\) ounce per \(\frac{1}{4}\) pint

Answer:
5/2 ounce per 1 pint

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{8}\) ounce per \(\frac{1}{4}\) pint = 5/8 : 1/4
The unit rate is 5/8 x 4 : 1
= 5/2 : 1

Question 18.
21\(\frac{3}{4}\) meters in 2\(\frac{1}{2}\) hours

Answer:
87 meters in 1 hour

Explanation:
21\(\frac{3}{4}\) meters in 2\(\frac{1}{2}\) hours = 21(3/4) : 2(1/2)
= 87/4 : 5/2
The unit rate is 87/4 x (2/5) : 1
= 87/10 : 1

USING TOOLS Find the missing values in the ratio table. Then write the equivalent ratios.
Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.2 11

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.2 5
The equivalent ratios are 25 : 1/3, 50 : 2/3, 75 : 1, 100 : 4/3

Explanation:
To find the missing values,
25 . x = 50
x = 50/25 = 2
1/3 . 2 = 2/3 = servings
1/3 . y = 1
y = 3
25 . 3 = 75 = calories1
1/3 . z = 4/3
z = 4
25 . 4 = 100 = calories2
The equivalent ratios are 25 : 1/3, 50 : 2/3, 75 : 1, 100 : 4/3

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.2 12

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.2 4
The equivalent ratios are 4 : 3/4, 4/3 : 1/4, 16/3 : 1, 16 : 3

Explanation:
To find the missing values,
4x = 4/3
x = 1/3
3/4 . 1/3 = 1/4 = time1
3/4 y = 1
y = 4/3
4 . 4/3 = 16/3 = oxygen
4z = 16
z = 16/4 = 4
3/4 . 4 = 3 = time2
The equivalent ratios are 4 : 3/4, 4/3 : 1/4, 16/3 : 1, 16 : 3

Question 21.
PROBLEM SOLVING
In January 2012, the U.S.population was about 313 million people. In January 2017, it was about 324 million. What was the average rate of population change per year?

Answer:
The average rate of population change per year = 2.2 million

Explanation:
In January 2012, the U.S.population was about 313 million people
In January 2017, it was about 324 million
After 5 years, the population change = 324 – 313 = 11 million
The average rate of population change per year = 11/5 = 2.2 million

Question 22.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You can sand \(\frac{4}{9}\) square yard of wood in \(\frac{1}{2}\) hour. How many square yards can you sand in 3.2 hours? Justify your answer.

Answer:
128/45 square yards can you sand in 3.2 hours.

Explanation:
You can sand \(\frac{4}{9}\) square yard of wood in \(\frac{1}{2}\) hour
In 3.2 hours, you can sand 4/9 x 3.2 x 2 sq yads
= 25.6/9 = 128/45
So, 128/45 square yards can you sand in 3.2 hours.

Question 23.
REASONING
Tell whether the rates are equivalent. Justify your answer.
Question 23.
75 pounds per 1.5 years
38.4 ounces per 0.75 year

Answer:
Rates are not equivalent.

Explanation:
75 pounds per 1.5 years = 75 : 1.5
= 750/15 = 50
38.4 ounces per 0.75 year = 38.4 : 0.75
= 384 : 7.5 = 51.2
So, rates are not equivalent

Question 24.
7\(\frac{1}{2}\) miles for every \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour
\(\frac{1}{2}\) mile for every 3 minutes

Answer:
Rates are not equivalent.

Explanation:
7\(\frac{1}{2}\) miles for every \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour = 7(1/2) : 3/4
= 15/2 : 3/4
= 15/2 . 4/3 = 10
\(\frac{1}{2}\) mile for every 3 minutes = 1/2 : 3
= 1 : 6
So, rates are not equivalent

Question 25.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The table shows nutritional information for three beverages.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.2 13
a. Which has the most calories per fluid ounce?
b. Which has the least sodium per fluid ounce?

Answer:
a. whole milk has the most calories per fluid ounce
b. Oange juice has the least sodium per fluid ounce.

Explanation:
a.
Convert serving size to fluid ounce
Whole Milk = 1 c = 8 fl oz
Orange juice = 1 pt = 16 fl oz
Whole milk = 146 : 8 = 146/8 : 1
= 18.25
There are 18.25 calories in 1 fluid ounce of Whole Milk.
Orange juice = 210 : 16 = 210/16 : 1
= 13.125
There are 13.125 calories in 1 fluid ounce of Orange Juice.
Apple juice = 351 : 24
= 351/24 : 1
There are 14.625 calories in 1 fluid ounce of Apple Juice.
So, whole milk has the most calories per fluid ounce
b. Whole milk = 98 : 8
= 98/8 : 1
= 12.25
Orange juice = 10 : 16
= 10/16 : 1
= 0.625
Apple juice = 21 : 24
= 21/24 : 1
= 0.875
So, orange juice has the least sodium per fluid ounce.

Question 26.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A shuttle leaving Earth’s atmosphere travels 15 miles every 2 seconds. When entering the Earth’s atmosphere, the shuttle travels 2\(\frac{3}{8}\) miles per \(\frac{1}{2}\) second. Find the difference in the distances traveled after 15 seconds when leaving and entering the atmosphere.

Answer:
The difference in the distances traveled is 2503 miles.

Explanation:
A shuttle leaving Earth’s atmosphere travels 15 miles every 2 seconds. = 15 : 2
= 15/2 : 1
= 7.5 miles for every second
When entering the Earth’s atmosphere, the shuttle travels 2\(\frac{3}{8}\) miles per \(\frac{1}{2}\) second = 2(3/8) : /2
= 19/8 : 1/2
= 19/8 . 2 = 19/4
= 4.75 miles per second
After 15 minutes = 15 x 60 = 900 seconds,
A shuttle leaving Earth’s atmosphere travels = 7.5 x 900
= 6750 miles
When entering the Earth’s atmosphere, the shuttle travels = 4.75 x 900
= 4247 miles
The difference in the distances traveled = 6750 – 4247
= 2503 miles

Question 27.
RESEARCH
Fire hydrants are one of four different colors to indicate the rate at which water comes from the hydrant.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.2 14
a. Use the Internet to find the ranges of rates indicated by each color.
b. Research why a fire fighter needs to know the rate at which water comes out of a hydrant.

Answer:
a. Blue – 1500 or more gallons per minute
Green – 1000 to 1499 gallons per minute
Red – Less than 500 gallons per minute
Orange – 500 to 999 gallons per minute
b. Fire hydrants are flow-tested at a residual pressure of 20 psi. Therefore, firefighters should understand the typical flow rates of fire hydrants at a pressure. They should not expect that the fire hydrant will be supplied at an increased pressure, resulting in a greater flow rate.

Explanation:
a. Blue – 1500 or more gallons per minute
Green – 1000 to 1499 gallons per minute
Red – Less than 500 gallons per minute
Orange – 500 to 999 gallons per minute

Question 28.
DIG DEEPER!
You and a friend start riding bikes toward each other from opposite ends of a 24-mile biking route. You ride 2\(\frac{1}{6}\) miles every \(\frac{1}{4}\) hour. Your friend rides 7\(\frac{1}{3}\) miles per hour.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.2 15
a. After how many hours do you meet?
b. When you meet, who has traveled farther? How much farther?

Answer:
a. They meet after 1(1/2) hour.
b. You have traveled farther 2 miles.

Explanation:
You ride 2\(\frac{1}{6}\) miles every \(\frac{1}{4}\) hour.
= 2(1/6) : 1/4
= 13/6 : 1/4
= 13/6 . 4 = (13 . 2)/3 = 26/3 : 1
Your friend rides 7\(\frac{1}{3}\) miles per hour.
= 7(1/3) : 1
= 22/3 : 1
After 1 hour, you traveled = 26/3 miles, your friend traveled 22/3 miles
= 26/3 + 22/3 = 48/3
= 16 miles
Since you and your friend moving towards each other at 16 miles per hour
we can write 24/16 = 3/2 = 1.5 hours.
So, they meet after 1(1/2) hour.
b. You have traveled 26/3 (1.5) = 13 miles at the time of the meeting
Your friend has traveled 22/3 (1.5) = 11 miles at the time of the meeting.
You have traveled farther 2 miles.

Lesson 5.3 Identifying Proportional Relationships

EXPLORATION 1

Determining Proportional Relationships
Work with a partner.
a. You can paint 50 square feet of a surface every 40 minutes. How long does it take you to paint the mural shown? Explain how you found your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.3 1
b. The number of square feet you paint is proportional to the number of minutes it takes you. What do you think it means for a quantity to be proportional to another quantity?
c. Assume your friends paint at the same rate as you. The table shows how long it takes you and different numbers of friends to paint a fence. Is x proportional to y in the table? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.3 2
d. How long will it take you and four friends to paint the fence? Explain how you found your answer.

Answer:
a. It takes 3 hours to paint the mural.
b. It means if the number of squares feet increases or decreases then the number of minutes to paint also increases or decreases respectively.
c. x is not proportional to y.

Explanation:
a. The area of mural = 25 x 9 = 225 sq ft
You can paint 50 square feet of a surface every 40 minutes
To paint the given mural it takes (40 x 225)/50 = 180 minutes = 3 hours
b. The number of square feet you paint is proportional to the number of minutes it takes you.
It means if the number of squares feet increases or decreases then the number of minutes to paint also increases or decreases respectively.
c. x : y = 1 : 4, 2 : 2 = 1 : 1
3 : 4/3 = 9 : 4, 4 : 1
All those are not equa so, x is not proportional to y.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.3 3

Try It

Tell whether the ratios form a proportion.
Question 1.
1 : 2 and 5 : 10

Answer:
1 : 2 and 5 : 10 form a proportion.

Explanation:
Compare the values of the ratios
1/2
5/10 = (5 ÷ 5) / (10 ÷ 5) = 1/2
The values of the ratios are equivalent
So, 1 : 2 and 5 : 10 form a proportion.

Question 2.
4 : 6 and 18 : 24

Answer:
4 : 6 and 18 : 24 do not form a proportion.

Explanation:
Compare the values of the ratios
4/6 = (4 ÷ 2)/(6 ÷ 2) = 2/3
18/24 = (18 ÷ 6)/(24 ÷ 6) = 3/4
The values of the ratios are not equivalent
So, 4 : 6 and 18 : 24 do not form a proportion.

Question 3.
4.5 to 3 and 6 to 9

Answer:
4.5 to 3 and 6 to 9 do not form a proportion.

Explanation:
Compare the values of the ratios
4.5/3 = 45/30
= (45 ÷ 15) / (30 ÷ 15) =3/2
6/9 = (6 ÷ 3) / (9 ÷ 3)
= 2/3
The values of the ratios are not equivalent
So, 4.5 to 3 and 6 to 9 do not form a proportion.

Question 4.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) to \(\frac{1}{4}\) and 8 to 4

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\) to \(\frac{1}{4}\) and 8 to 4 form a proportion

Explanation:
Compare the values of the ratios
1/2 : 1/4 = (1/2) / (1/4)
= 1/2 . 4 = 2 : 1
8 : 4 = (8 ÷ 4) / (4 ÷ 4) = 2 : 1
The values of the ratios are equivalent
So, \(\frac{1}{2}\) to \(\frac{1}{4}\) and 8 to 4 form a proportion

Tell whether the ratios form a proportion.
Question 5.
6 : 2 and 12 : 1

Answer:
6 : 2 and 12 : 1 do not form a proportion.

Explanation:
Compare the values of the ratios
6 : 2 = (6 ÷ 2) : (2 ÷ 2) = 3 : 1
12 : 1 = (12 ÷ 1) : (1 ÷ 1) = 12 : 1
The values of the ratios are not equivalent
So, 6 : 2 and 12 : 1 do not form a proportion.

Question 6.
8 : 12 and \(\frac{2}{3}\) : 1

Answer:
8 : 12 and \(\frac{2}{3}\) : 1 form a proportion

Explanation:
Use the cross product property to determine whether the ratios form a proportion.
8/12 = 2/3 : 1
8/12 = 2/3
8 . 3 = 12 . 2
24 = 24
The cross productsare equal.
So, 8 : 12 and \(\frac{2}{3}\) : 1 form a proportion

Tell whether x and y are proportional.
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.3 4

Answer:
x and y are proportional.

Explanation:
Compare the values of ratios x to y
1/2, 2/4 = 1/2, 3/6 = 1/2, 4/8 = 1/2
The values of the ratios are equivalent.
So, x and y are proportional.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.3 5

Answer:
x and y are not proportional.

Explanation:
Compare the values of ratios x to y
2/4 = 1/2, 4/2 = 2, 6/1 = 6, 8/1/2 = 16, 10/1/4 = 40
The values of the ratios are not equivalent.
So, x and y are not proportional.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

PROPORTIONS Tell whether the ratios form a proportion.
Question 9.
4 : 14 and 12 : 40

Answer:
4 : 14 and 12 : 40 do not form a proportion.

Explanation:
Use the cross product property to determine whether the ratios form a proportion.
4/14 = 12/40
Cross multiply
4 . 40 = 12 . 14
160 ≠ 168
The cross products are not equal
So, 4 : 14 and 12 : 40 do not form a proportion

Question 10.
9 : 3 and 45 : 15

Answer:
9 : 3 and 45 : 15 form a proportion.

Explanation:
Compare the values of the ratios
9/3 = (9 ÷ 3) / (3 ÷ 3) = 3/1
45/15 = (45 ÷ 15) / (15 ÷ 15) = 3/1
The ratios are equivalent
So, 9 : 3 and 45 : 15 form a proportion

Question 11.
VOCABULARY
Explain how to determine whether two quantities are proportional.

Answer:
The two quantities are proportional means they are having equivalent ratios.

Question 12.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which ratio does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.3 6

Answer:
3/5 does not belong with the other three.

Explanation:
4/10 = 2/5
2/5
3/5
6/15 = 2/5
So, 3/5 does not belong with the other three.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 13.
After making 20 servings of pasta, a chef has used 30 cloves of garlic. The chef used 6 cloves to make the first 4 servings. How many cloves of garlic are used to make 10 servings? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.3 7

Answer:
15 cloves of garlic are used to make 10 servings?

Explanation:
After making 20 servings of pasta, a chef has used 30 cloves of garlic.
The ratio of garlic cloves to serving of pasta = 30 : 20
= 30/20 : 1
= 3/2 : 1
The chef used 6 cloves to make the first 4 servings
The ratio of garlic cloves to serving of pasta = 6 : 4
= 6/4 : 1
= 3/2 : 1
It means 1.5 garlic cloves are used to make 1 serving.
The ratios are proportional
So, to make 10 servings, multiply 1.5 by 10
= 1.5 x 10 = 15 cloves
Therefore, 15 cloves of garlic are used to make 10 servings.

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
A runner completes a 25-mile race in 5 hours. The runner completes the first 7.5 miles in 1.5 hours.
a. Do these rates form a proportion? Justify your answer.
b. Can you determine, with certainty, the time it took the runner to complete 10 miles? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
a. Yes, these form a proportion
b. It takes 2 hours for the runner to complete 10 miles.

Explanation:
a. A runner completes a 25-mile race in 5 hours.
The ratio of miles to hours = 25 : 5
= 25/5 : 1
= 5 : 1
The runner completes the first 7.5 miles in 1.5 hours.
The ratio of miles to hours = 7.5/1.5
= 75/15 : 1
= 5 : 1
It means the runner completes 5 miles in 1 hour
The ratios are proportional
b. So, it takes 10/5 = 2 hours for the runner to complete 10 miles.

Identifying Proportional Relationships Homework & Practice 5.3

Review & Refresh

Find the unit rate.
Question 1.
30 inches per 5 years

Answer:
6 inches per 1 year

Explanation:
30 inches per 5 years = 30 : 5
= 30/5 : 1
= 6 : 1
6 inches per 1 year

Question 2.
486 games every 3 seasons

Answer:
162 games every season

Explanation:
486 games every 3 seasons = 486 : 3
= 486/3 : 1
= 162 : 1
162 games every season

Question 3.
8750 steps every 1.25 hours

Answer:
7000 steps every hour

Explanation:
8750 steps every 1.25 hours = 8750 : 1.25
= 8750/1.25 : 1
= 7000 : 1
7000 steps every hour

Question 4.
3.75 pints out of every 5 gallons

Answer:
0.75 prints out of every gallon

Explanation:
3.75 pints out of every 5 gallons = 3.75 : 5
= 3.75/5 : 1
= 3/4 : 1
0.75 prints out of every gallon

Add or subtract.
Question 5.
– 28 + 15

Answer:
– 28 + 15 = -13

Explanation:
– 28 + 15 = -13

Question 6.
– 6 + (- 11)

Answer:
– 6 + (- 11) = -17

Explanation:
– 6 + (- 11) = -6 – 11
= -17

Question 7.
– 10 – 8

Answer:
– 10 – 8 = -18

Explanation:
– 10 – 8 = -18

Question 8.
– 17 – (- 14)

Answer:
– 17 – (- 14) = -3

Explanation:
– 17 – (- 14) = -17 + 14
= -3

Solve the equation.
Question 9.
\(\frac{x}{6}\) = 25

Answer:
x = 150

Explanation:
\(\frac{x}{6}\) = 25
Multiply both sides by 6
x/6 • 6 = 25 • 6
x = 150

Question 10.
8x = 72

Answer:
x = 9

Explanation:
8x = 72
Divide both sides by 8
8x/8 = 72/8
x = 9

Question 11.
150 = 2x

Answer:
x = 75

Explanation:
150 = 2x
Divide both sides by 2
150/2 = 2x/2
75 = x

Question 12.
35 = \(\frac{x}{4}\)

Answer:
x = 140

Explanation:
35 = \(\frac{x}{4}\)
Multiply both sides by 4
35 • 4 = x/4 • 4
140 = x

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

REASONING You can paint 75 square feet of a surface every 45 minutes. Determine how long it takes you to paint a wall with the given dimensions. (See Exploration 1, p. 195.)
Question 13.
8 ft × 5 ft

Answer:
24 minutes

Explanation:
You can paint 75 square feet of a surface every 45 minutes
= 75 : 45
= 75/45 : 1
= 5/3 : 1
So, you can paint 5/3 sq feet of a surface in 1 minute.
The given area is 8 ft × 5 ft = 40 sq ft
Divide 40 by 5/3
= 40 / 5/3
= 40 . 3/5
= 24 minutes

Question 14.
7 ft × 6 ft

Answer:
25 minutes 12 seconds

Explanation:
The given area is 7 ft × 6 ft = 42 sq ft
Divide 42 by 5/3
= 42/5/3
= 42 . 3/5
= 126/5
= 25(1/5)
= 25 minutes 12 seconds

Question 15.
9 ft × 9 ft

Answer:
48 minutes 36 seconds

Explanation:
The given area is 9 ft × 9 ft = 81 sq ft
Divide 81 by 5/3
= 81/5/3
= 81 . 3/5
= 243/5
= 48(3/5)
= 48 minutes 36 seconds

PROPORTIONS Tell whether the ratios form a proportion.
Question 16.
1 to 3 and 7 to 21

Answer:
1 to 3 and 7 to 21 form a proportion.

Explanation:
Compare the values of the ratios
1 to 3 = 1 : 3
7 to 21 = 7 : 21
= (7 ÷ 7) : (21 ÷ 7)
= 1 : 3
The ratios are equivalent
So, 1 to 3 and 7 to 21 form a proportion.

Question 17.
1 : 5 and 6 : 30

Answer:
1 : 5 and 6 : 30 form a proportion

Explanation:
Compare the values of the ratios
1 : 5 = 1/5
6 : 30 = (6 ÷ 6) : (30 ÷ 6)
= 1/5
The ratios are equivalent
So, 1 : 5 and 6 : 30 form a proportion

Question 18.
3 to 4 and 24 to 18

Answer:
3 to 4 and 24 to 18 do not form a proportion

Explanation:
Compare the values of the ratios
3 to 24 = 3 : 24
= (3 ÷ 3) : (24 ÷ 3)
= 1 : 8
24 to 18 = 24 : 18
= (24 ÷ 6) : (18 ÷ 6)
= 4 : 3
The ratios are not equivalent
So, 3 to 4 and 24 to 18 do not form a proportion

Question 19.
3.5 : 2 and 14 : 8

Answer:
3.5 : 2 and 14 : 8 do not form a proportion

Explanation:
Compare the values of the ratios
35 : 2 = 35/2
14 : 8 = (14 ÷ 2) : (8 ÷ 2)
= 7 : 4 = 7/4
The ratios are not equivalent
So, 3.5 : 2 and 14 : 8 do not form a proportion

Question 20.
24: 30 and 3 : \(\frac{7}{2}\)

Answer:
24: 30 and 3 : \(\frac{7}{2}\) do not form a proportion.

Explanation:
Compare the values of the ratios
24 : 30 = 24/30
= (24 ÷ 2)/(30 ÷ 2)
= 12/15
3 : 7/2 = 6 : 7
= 6/7
The ratios are not equivalent
So, 24: 30 and 3 : \(\frac{7}{2}\) do not form a proportion.

Question 21.
\(\frac{21}{2}\) : 3 and 16 : 6

Answer:
\(\frac{21}{2}\) : 3 and 16 : 6 do not form a proportion.

Explanation:

21/2 : 3 = 21 : 6
= (21 ÷ 3) : (6 ÷ 3)
= 7 : 2
16 : 6 = (16 ÷ 2) : (6 ÷ 2)
= 8 : 3
The ratios are not equivalent
So, \(\frac{21}{2}\) : 3 and 16 : 6 do not form a proportion.

Question 22.
0.6 : 0.5 and 12 : 10

Answer:
0.6 : 0.5 and 12 : 10 form a proportion

Explanation:
Compare the values of the ratios
0.6 : 0.5 = 6/5
12 : 10 = (12 ÷ 2) : (10 ÷ 2)
= 6 : 5
The ratios are equivalent
So, 0.6 : 0.5 and 12 : 10 form a proportion

Question 23.
2 to 4 and 11 to \(\frac{11}{2}\)

Answer:
2 to 4 and 11 to \(\frac{11}{2}\) do not form a proportion.

Explanation:
Compare the values of the ratios
2 to 4 = 2 : 4
= (2 ÷ 2) : (4 ÷ 2)
= 1 : 2
11 to \(\frac{11}{2}\) = 11 : 11/2
= 22 : 11
= (22 ÷ 11) : (11 ÷ 11)
= 2 : 1
The ratios are not equivalent
So, 2 to 4 and 11 to \(\frac{11}{2}\) do not form a proportion.

Question 24
\(\frac{5}{8}\) : \(\frac{2}{3}\) and \(\frac{1}{4}\) : \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{8}\) : \(\frac{2}{3}\) and \(\frac{1}{4}\) : \(\frac{1}{3}\) do not form a proportion.

Explanation:
Compare the values of the ratios
\(\frac{5}{8}\) : \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 5/8 / 2/3
= 5/8 . 3/2
= 15/16
\(\frac{1}{4}\) : \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 1/4 / 1/3
= 1/4 . 3 = 3/4
The ratios are not equivalent
So, \(\frac{5}{8}\) : \(\frac{2}{3}\) and \(\frac{1}{4}\) : \(\frac{1}{3}\) do not form proportion

IDENTIFYING PROPORTIONAL RELATIONSHIPS Tell whether x and y are proportional.
Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.3 8

Answer:
x and y are not proportional.

Explanation:
Compare the values of the ratios x to y.
1/7, 2/8 = 1/4, 3/9 = 1/3
The values of the ratios are not equivalent.
So, x and y are not proportional.

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.3 9

Answer:
x and y are proportional.

Explanation:
Compare the values of the ratios x to y.
2/5, 4/10 = 2/5, 6/15 = 2/5
The values of the ratios are equivalent
So, x and y are proportional.

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.3 10

Answer:
x and y are proportional.

Explanation:
Compare the values of the ratios x to y.
0.25/4 = 1/16, 0.5/8 = 1/6, 0.75/12 = 1/16
The values of the ratios are equivalent
So, x and y are proportional.

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.3 11

Answer:
x and y are not proportional.

Explanation:
Compare the values of the ratios x to y.
2/3 / 7/10 = 2/3 . 10/7 = 20/21, 1/3/5 = 1/3 . 5 = 5/3
4/3 / 1/2 = 4/3 . 2 = 8/3
The values of the ratios are not equivalent
So, x and y are not proportional.

YOU BE THE TEACHER Your friend determines whether x and y are proportional. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.3 12

Answer:
Correct.

Explanation:
Compare the values of the ratios x to y.
8 + 1 = 9
3 + 1 = 4
The values of the ratios x to y are equal.
So, x and y are proportional.

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.3 13

Answer:
Wrong

Explanation:
Compare the values of the ratios x to y.
2/6 = 1/3
4/12 = 1/3
8/18 = 4/9
The values of the ratios x to y are not equal.
So, x and y are not proportional.

PROPORTIONS Tell whether the rates form a proportion.
Question 31.
7 inches in 9 hours;
42 inches in 54 hours

Answer:
Ratios form a proportion.

Explanation:
7 inches in 9 hours = 7 : 9
42 inches in 54 hours = 42 : 54
= (42 ÷ 6) : (54 ÷ 6)
= 7 : 9
The ratios are equivalent
So, ratios form a proportion.

Question 32.
12 players from 21 teams;
15 players from 24 teams

Answer:
The ratios do not form a proportion.

Explanation:
12 players from 21 teams; = 12 : 21
= (12 ÷ 3) : (21 ÷ 3)
= 4 : 7
15 players from 24 teams = 15 : 24
= (15 ÷ 3) : (24 ÷ 3)
= 5 : 8
The ratios are not equivalent
So, ratios do not form a proportion.

Question 33.
385 calories in 3.5 servings; 300 calories in 3 servings

Answer:
385 calories in 3.5 servings; 300 calories in 3 servings do not form a proportion.

Explanation:
385 calories in 3.5 servings = 385 : 3.5
= 110
300 calories in 3 servings = 300 : 3
= 100
The ratios are not equivalent
So, 385 calories in 3.5 servings; 300 calories in 3 servings do not form a proportion.

Question 34.
4.8 laps every 8 minutes; 3.6 laps every 6 minutes

Answer:
4.8 laps every 8 minutes; 3.6 laps every 6 minutes form a proportion.

Explanation:
4.8 laps every 8 minutes = 4.8 : 8
= (4.8 ÷ 8) : (8 ÷ 8)
= 3/5 : 1
3.6 laps every 6 minutes = 3.6 : 6
= (3.6 ÷ 6) : (6 ÷ 6)
= 3/5 : 1
The ratios are equivalent
So, 4.8 laps every 8 minutes; 3.6 laps every 6 minutes form a proportion.

Question 35.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) pound for every 5 gallons; \(\frac{4}{5}\) pound for every 5\(\frac{1}{3}\) gallons

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\) pound for every 5 gallons; \(\frac{4}{5}\) pound for every 5\(\frac{1}{3}\) gallons do not form a proportion.

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{4}\) pound for every 5 gallons = 3/4 : 5
= 3 : 20
\(\frac{4}{5}\) pound for every 5\(\frac{1}{3}\) gallons = 4/5 : 5(1/3)
= 4/5 : 16/3
= 4/5 . 3/16
= 15/16
The ratios are not equivalent
So, \(\frac{3}{4}\) pound for every 5 gallons; \(\frac{4}{5}\) pound for every 5\(\frac{1}{3}\) gallons do not form a proportion.

Question 36.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You do 90 sit-ups in 2 minutes. Your friend does 126 sit-ups in 2.8 minutes. Do these rates form a proportion? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.3 14

Answer:
The rates form a proportion

Explanation:
You do 90 sit-ups in 2 minutes = 90/2
= 45 sit-ups in 1 minute
Your friend does 126 sit-ups in 2.8 minutes = 126/2.8
= 45 sit-ups in 1 minute
They are equivalent.
So, the rates form a proportion

Question 37.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Find the heart rates of you and your friend. Do these rates form a proportion? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.3 15

Answer:
The rates do not form a proportion

Explanation:
Your heart rate = 22/20
= 11/10
Your friend heat rate = 18/15 = 6/5
The ratios are not equivalent
So, the rates do not form a proportion

Question 38.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You earn $56 walking your neighbor’s dog for 8 hours. Your friend earns $36 painting your neighbor’s fence for 4 hours. Are the pay rates equivalent? Explain.

Answer:
The pay rates are not equivalent.

Explanation:
You earn $56 walking your neighbor’s dog for 8 hours.
= 56 : 8
= 7
Your friend earns $36 painting your neighbor’s fence for 4 hours
= 36 : 4
= 9
So, the pay rates are not equivalent.

Question 39.
GEOMETRY
Are the heights and bases of the two triangles proportional? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.3 16

Answer:
The heights and bases of the two triangles proportional

Explanation:
Height to base of first triangle = 12 : 15
= (12 ÷ 3) : (15 ÷ 3)
= 4 : 5
Height to base of second triangle = 8 : 10
= (8 ÷ 2) : (10 ÷ 5)
= 4 : 5
The ratios are equivalent
So, the heights and bases of the two triangles proportional

Question 40.
REASONING
A pitcher coming back from an injury limits the number of pitches thrown in bullpen sessions as shown.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.3 17
a. Which quantities are proportional?
b. How many pitches that are not curveballs will the pitcher likely throw in Session 5?

Answer:
a. None of the quantities are proportional.
b. Curveballs are 20, pitches are 50.

Explanation:
a. By observing the table we can say that,
None of the quantities are proportional.
b. In session 5, the pitches are 5 . 10 = 50
curveballs are 5 . 4 = 20

Question 41.
STRUCTURE
You add the same numbers of pennies and dimes to the coins shown. Is the new ratio of pennies to dimes proportional to the original ratio of pennies to dimes? If so, illustrate your answer with an example. If not, show why with a counterexample.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.3 18

Answer:
The new ratio of pennies to dimes is not proportional to the original ratio of pennies to dimes.

Explanation:
Number of pennies to dimes in image a = 3 : 2
Number of pennies to dimes in image b = 4 : 4
= 1 : 1
The ratios are not equivalent
So, the new ratio of pennies to dimes is not proportional to the original ratio of pennies to dimes.

Question 42.
REASONING
You are 13 years old, and your cousin is 19 years old. As you grow older, is your age proportional to your cousin’s age? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
Your age is not proportional to your cousin’s age

Explanation:
You are 13 years old, and your cousin is 19 years old.
= 13 : 19
As you grow older
Suppose after 3 years the ratio is (13 + 3) / (19 + 3) = 16/21
13/19≠ 16/21
So, your age is not proportional to your cousin’s age

Question 43.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The shadow of the moon during a solar eclipse travels 2300 miles in 1 hour. In the first 20 minutes, the shadow traveled 766\(\frac{2}{3}\) miles. How long does it take for the shadow to travel 1150 miles? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.3 19

Answer:
It takes 30 minutes for the shadow to travel 1150 miles

Explanation:
The shadow of the moon during a solar eclipse travels 2300 miles in 1 hour
= 2300 : 1
In the first 20 minutes, the shadow traveled 766\(\frac{2}{3}\) miles.
= 766(2/3) : 20
= 2300/3 : 20
So, it travels 2300/3 miles in 20 minutes
The time taken for the shadow to travel 1150 miles is 1150 . 20 x (3/2300)
= 69000/2300
= 30
Therefore, The time taken for the shadow to travel 1150 miles is 30 minutes

Question 44.
MODELING REAL LIFE
In 60 seconds, a car in a parade travels 0.2 mile. The car traveled the last 0.05 mile in 12 seconds. How long did it take for the car to travel 0.1 mile? Justify your answer.

Answer:
It takes 32 seconds for the car to travel 0.1 mile.

Explanation:
In 60 seconds, a car in a parade travels 0.2 mile.
Car travels to time = 0.2 : 60
The car traveled the last 0.05 mile in 12 seconds
= 0.05 : 12
So, the car travels (0.2 – 0.05 = 0.15 miles) in (60 – 12 = 48 seconds)
The time taken to travel 0.1 mile = (48 x 0.1)/0.15 = 32 seconds.

Question 45.
OPEN-ENDED
Describe (a) a real-life situation where you expect two quantities to be proportional and (b) a real-life situation where you do not expect two quantities to be proportional. Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
(a) We will the real-life situation as the relationship between the number of gallons of fuel that we put in the tank and the amount of money we have to pay.
(b) The real-life situation is 2 persons buy different items at a store and pay amount.

Explanation:
(a) Let us take two people to put fuel their cars. Person 1 puts 5 gallons of fuel and pays 20 dollars.
Person 2 puts 8 gallons of fuel pays 32 dollars.
The ratio to the number of gallons to dollars is 5 : 20, 8 : 32
= 1 : 4, 1 : 4
So, the ratios are proportional.
(b) Let us assume 2 persons buy different products at the store and pays the bill.
Person 1 buys 2 items per 15 dollars and person 2 buys 4 items for 32 dollars.

Question 46.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A specific shade of red nail polish requires 7 parts red to 2 parts yellow. A mixture contains 35 quarts of red and 8 quarts of yellow. Is the mixture the correct shade? If so, justify your answer. If not, explain how you can fix the mixture to make the correct shade of red.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.3 20

Answer:
To fix the mixture add 2 more quarts of yellow.

Explanation:
The ratio of nail polish = 7/2 = (7 . 5) / (2 . 5) = 35/10 red/yellow
The ratio of mixture = 35/8 red/yellow
To fix the mixture make the two ratios 35/10 and 35/8 equivalent
Add 2 more quarts of yellow to the mixture
35/10 = 35/(8 + 2)
To fix the mixture add 2 more quarts of yellow.

Question 47.
LOGIC
The quantities x and y are proportional. Use each of the integers 1–5 to complete the table. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.3 21

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.3 1

Explanation:
The quantities x and y are proportional.
Let us take x/2 = y
So, 10/2 = 5
6/2 = 3
0.5 x 2 = 1
4/2 = 2

Question 48.
CRITICAL THINKING
Ratio A and Ratio B form a proportion. Ratio B and Ratio C also form a proportion. Do Ratio A and Ratio C form a proportion? Justify your answer.

Answer:
Ratio A and Ratio C form a proportion.

Explanation:
Ratio A and Ratio B form a proportion
Ratio B and Ratio C also form a proportion
So, Ratio A : Ratio B = Ratio B : Ratio C
Ratio A = (Ratio B)/Ratio C x Ratio B
Ratio C = (Ratio B x Ratio B)/Ratio A
Ratio A : Ratio C = [(Ratio B)/Ratio C x Ratio B] : [(Ratio B x Ratio B)/Ratio A]
= 1/Ratio C : 1/Ratio A
= Ratio A : Ratio C
So, Ratio A and Ratio C form a proportion

Lesson 5.4 Writing and Solving Proportions

EXPLORATION 1

Solving a Ratio Problem
Work with a partner. A train travels 50 miles every 40 minutes. To determine the number of miles the train travels in 90 minutes, your friend creates the following table.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.4 1
a. Explain how you can find the value of x.
b. Can you use the information in the table to write a proportion? If so, explain how you can use the proportion to find the value of x. If not, explain why not.
c. How far does the train below travel in 2 hours?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.4 2
d. Share your results in part(c) with other groups. Compare and contrast methods used to solve the problem.

Answer:
a. x = 112.5
b. yes
c. 120 miles

Explanation:
a. 50/40 = x/90
(50/40) . 90 = x
4500/40 = x
x = 112.5
b. We can use information in the table to write a proportion.
c. The train travels 30 miles in 1/2 hour.
The distance traveled in 2 hours is 30. 2 . 2 = 120 miles

Try It

Solve the proportion.
Question 1.
\(\frac{5}{8}=\frac{20}{d}\)

Answer:
d = 32

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{8}=\frac{20}{d}\)
cross multiply the fractions
5d = 20 . 8
5d = 160
d = 160/5
d = 32

Question 2.
\(\frac{7}{z}=\frac{14}{10}\)

Answer:
z = 5

Explanation:
\(\frac{7}{z}=\frac{14}{10}\)
cross multiply the fractions
7 . 10 = 14 . z
70 = 14z
70/14 = z
5 = z

Question 3.
\(\frac{21}{24}=\frac{x}{8}\)

Answer:
x = 7

Explanation:
\(\frac{21}{24}=\frac{x}{8}\)
cross multiply the fractions
21 . 8 = 24x
168 = 24x
168/24 = x
x = 7

Solve the proportion.
Question 4.
\(\frac{w}{6}=\frac{6}{9}\)

Answer:
w = 4

Explanation:
\(\frac{w}{6}=\frac{6}{9}\)
cross multiply the fractions
9w = 6 . 6
9w = 36
w = 36/9
w = 4

Question 5.
\(\frac{12}{10}=\frac{a}{15}\)

Answer:
a = 18

Explanation:
\(\frac{12}{10}=\frac{a}{15}\)
cross multiply the fractions
12 . 15 = 10a
180 = 10a
a = 180/10
a = 18

Question 6.
\(\frac{y}{10}=\frac{3}{5}\)

Answer:
y = 6

Explanation:
\(\frac{y}{10}=\frac{3}{5}\)
cross multiply the fractions
5y = 3 . 10
5y = 30
y = 30/5
y = 6

Solve the proportion.
Question 7.
\(\frac{2}{7}=\frac{x}{28}\)

Answer:
x = 8

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{7}=\frac{x}{28}\)
cross multiply the fractions
2 . 28 = 7x
56 = 7x
x = 56/7
x = 8

Question 8.
\(\frac{12}{5}=\frac{6}{y}\)

Answer:
y = 5/2

Explanation:
\(\frac{12}{5}=\frac{6}{y}\)
cross multiply the fractions
12y = 6 . 5
12y = 30
y = 30/12
y = 5/2

Question 9.
\(\frac{40}{z+1}=\frac{15}{6}\)

Answer:
z = 15

Explanation:
\(\frac{40}{z+1}=\frac{15}{6}\)
cross multiply the fractions
40 . 6 = 15(z + 1)
240 = 15z + 15
240 – 15 = 15z
225 = 15z
z = 225/15
z = 15

Find the value of x so that the ratios are equivalent.
Question 10.
2 : 4 and x : 6

Answer:
x = 3

Explanation:
2/4 = x/6
cross multiply the fractions
2 . 6 = 4x
12 = 4x
x = 12/4
x = 3

Question 11.
x : 5 and 8 : 2

Answer:
x = 20

Explanation:
x/5 = 8/2
x/5 = 4
x = 4 . 5
x = 20

Question 12.
4 to 3 and 10 to x

Answer:
x = 15/2

Explanation:
4/3 = 10/x
cross multiply the fractions
4x = 3 . 10
4x = 30
x = 30/4
x = 15/2

Question 13.
Write a proportion that can be used to find the number of tomatoes in the new recipe.

Answer:
The number of tomatoes in the new recipe are 4.

Explanation:
In the original recipe, the ratio of the black beans to the number of tomatoes is 1.5 : 1
For the new recipe to be proportional to the original recipe, these ratios must be equivalent.
So the vales of the ratios must be equal
1.5/1 = 6/x
1.5 = 6/x
1.5x = 6
x = 6/1.5
x = 4

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

SOLVING A PROPORTION Solve the proportion.
Question 14.
\(\frac{5}{12}=\frac{b}{36}\)

Answer:
b = 15

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{12}=\frac{b}{36}\)
Cross multiply the fractions
(5 x 36) = 12b
180 = 12b
b = 180/12
b = 15

Question 15.
\(\frac{6}{p}=\frac{42}{35}\)

Answer:
p = 5

Explanation:
\(\frac{6}{p}=\frac{42}{35}\)
Cross multiply the fractions
6 x 35 = 42p
210 = 42p
p = 210/42
p = 5

Question 16.
WRITING AND SOLVING A PROPORTION
Find the value of x so that the ratios x : 9 and 5 : 6 are equivalent.

Answer:
x = 15/2

Explanation:
The ratios x : 9 and 5 : 6 are equivalent.
x/9 = 5/6
Cross multiply the fractionsx
6x = 9 . 5
6x = 45
x = 45/6
x = 15/2

Question 17.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.4 3

Answer:
Solve 12/x = 3/8 is different, x = 32
For remaining x = 2

Explanation:
3/x = 12/8
3 • 8 = 12x
24 = 12x
x = 2
3 : x and 12 : 8 are equivalent
3/x = 12/8
So, x = 2
3 : 12 and x : 8 are equivalent
3/12 = x/8
3 • 8 = 12x
x = 2
12/x = 3/8
12 • 8 = 3x
3x= 96
x = 96/3 = 32

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 18.
You burn 35 calories every 3 minutes running on a treadmill. You want to run for at least 15 minutes, but no more than 30 minutes. What are the possible numbers of calories that you will burn? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The possible number of calories burned in between 560/3 and 350.

Explanation:
You burn 35 calories every 3 minutes running on a treadmill.
35 : 3
= 35/3 : 1
You want to run for at least 15 minutes, but no more than 30 minutes means you want to run in between 16 and 30 minutes
If you run for 16 minutes then, the number of calories burn = (35/3) x 16
= 560/3
If you run for 30 minutes, then the number of calories burn = (35/3) x 30
= 1050/3 = 350
So, the possible number of calories burned in between 560/3 and 350.

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
Two boats travel at the same speed to different destinations. Boat A reaches its destination in 12 minutes. Boat B reaches its destination in 18 minutes. Boat B travels 3 miles farther than Boat A. How fast do the boats travel? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.4 4

Answer:
The boat travels with 1/2 mile/hr.

Explanation:
Boat A reaches its destination in 12 minutes
Boat B reaches its destination in 18 minutes
Let us take the speed as x miles/minute
So, Boat A travels 12x miles
Boat B travels 18x miles
Boat B travels 3 miles farther than Boat A
18x + 3 = 12x
18x – 12x = -3
6x = -3
x = 3/6
x = 1/2 mile/hr
So, the boat travels with 1/2 mile/hr

Writing and Solving Proportions Homework & Practice 5.4

Review & Refresh

Tell whether and are proportional.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.4 5

Answer:
x and y are not proportional.

Explanation:
Compare the values of the ratios x to y
4/6 = 2/3
6/8 = 3/4
8/10 = 4/5
The values of the ratios are not equivalent
So, x and y are not proportional.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.4 6

Answer:
x and y are proportional.

Explanation:
Compare the values of the ratios x to y
2/5/3 = 2/15
4/5/6 = 2/15
4/30 = 2/15
The values of the ratios are equivalent
So, x and y are proportional.

Plot the ordered pair in a coordinate plane.
Question 3.
A (- 5, – 2)

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 1

Explanation:
In point A (- 5, – 2)
The x coordinate and y coordinate values are negative.
so, the point lies in 3rd quadrant.
Take 5 units on the x-axis, 2 units on the y-axis, and locate the point.

Question 4.
B (- 3, 0)

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 2

Explanation:
In the point B (- 3, 0)
The x coordinate, y coordinates are negative and zero.
So, the point lies in the x-axis.

Question 5.
C (- 1, 2)

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 3

Explanation:
In point C (- 1, 2) has x coordinate negative value and y coordinate positive value.
so, the point lies in the 2nd quadrant.
Take -1 units on the x-axis, 2 units on the y-axis, and mark the point.

Question 6.
D (1, 4)

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 4

Explanation:
In point D (1, 4) the x, y coordinates are positive.
So, the point lies in quadrant 1.
Take 1 unit on the x-axis, 4 units on the y-axis, and mark the point.

Question 7.
Which expression is equivalent to (3w – 8) – 4(2w + 3)?
A. 11w + 4
B. – 5w – 5
C. – 5w + 4
D. – 5w – 20

Answer:
D. – 5w – 20

Explanation:
(3w – 8) – 4(2w + 3) = 3w – 8 – 8w – 12
= -5w -20

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

SOLVING A RATIO PROBLEM Determine how far the vehicle travels in 3 hours. (See Exploration 1, p. 203.)
Question 8.
A helicopter travels 240 miles every 2 hours.

Answer:
The helicopter travels 360 miles in 3 hours.

Explanation:
A helicopter travels 240 miles every 2 hours = 240 : 2
= 240/2 : 1
= 120 : 1
The helicopter travels 120 miles in 1 hour
The distance traveled by the vehicle in 3 hours = 120 * 3
= 360 miles

Question 9.
A motorcycle travels 25 miles every 0.5 hour.

Answer:
A motorcycle travels 150 miles in 3 hours.

Explanation:
A motorcycle travels 25 miles every 0.5 hour = 25 : 0.5
= 25/0.5 : 1
= 50 : 1
The motorcycle travels 50 miles in 1 hour
So, the distance traveled by the vehicle in 3 hours = 50 * 3 = 150 miles

Question 10.
A train travels 10 miles every \(\frac{1}{4}\) hour.

Answer:
A train travels 120 miles in 3 hours.

Explanation:
A train travels 10 miles every \(\frac{1}{4}\) hour = 10 : 1/4
= 4 * 10 : 1
= 40 : 1
A train travels 40 miles in 1 hour
So, the distance traveled by the vehicle in 3 hours = 40 * 3 = 120 miles

Question 11.
A ferry travels 45 miles every 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) hours.

Answer:
A ferry travels 90 miles in 3 hours

Explanation:
A ferry travels 45 miles every 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) hours = 45 : 1(1/2)
= 45 : 3/2
= 45 * 2 : 3
= 90 : 3
= 30 : 1
A ferry travels 30 miles in 1 hour
So, the distance traveled by the vehicle in 3 hours = 30 * 3 = 90

SOLVING A PROPORTION Solve the proportion. Explain your choice of method.
Question 12.
\(\frac{1}{4}=\frac{z}{20}\)

Answer:
z = 5

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{4}=\frac{z}{20}\)
Cross multiply the fractions
20 = 4z
z = 20/4
z = 5

Question 13.
\(\frac{3}{4}=\frac{12}{y}\)

Answer:
y = 16

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{4}=\frac{12}{y}\)
The product of 3 and waht number is 12?
Because the product pf 3 and 4 is 12, multiply the denominator by 4 to find y
4 * 4 = 16
So, y = 16

Question 14.
\(\frac{35}{k}=\frac{7}{3}\)

Answer:
k = 15

Explanation:
\(\frac{35}{k}=\frac{7}{3}\)
Divide both sides by 35
(35/k)/35 = (7/3)/35
1/k = 1/15
k = 15

Question 15.
\(\frac{b}{36}=\frac{5}{9}\)

Answer:
b = 20

Explanation:
\(\frac{b}{36}=\frac{5}{9}\)
Cross multiply the proportions
9b = 5 * 36
9b = 180
b = 180/9
b = 20

Question 16.
\(\frac{x}{8}=\frac{3}{12}\)

Answer:
x = 2

Explanation:
\(\frac{x}{8}=\frac{3}{12}\)
Cross multiply the fractions
12x = 3 * 8
12x = 24
x = 24/12
x = 2

Question 17.
\(\frac{3}{4}=\frac{v}{14}\)

Answer:
v = 21/2

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{4}=\frac{v}{14}\)
Cross multiply the fractions
3 * 14 = 4v
42 = 4v
v = 42/4
v = 21/2

Question 18.
\(\frac{15}{8}=\frac{45}{c}\)

Answer:
c = 24

Explanation:
\(\frac{15}{8}=\frac{45}{c}\)
Cross multiply the fractions
15c = 45 * 8
15c = 360
c = 360/15
c = 24

Question 19.
\(\frac{35}{28}=\frac{n}{12}\)

Answer:
n = 15

Explanation:
\(\frac{35}{28}=\frac{n}{12}\)
Cross multiply the fractions
35 * 12 = 28n
420 = 28n
n = 420/28
n = 15

Question 20.
\(\frac{a}{6}=\frac{15}{2}\)

Answer:
a = 45

Explanation:
\(\frac{a}{6}=\frac{15}{2}\)
Cross multiply the fractions
2a = 15 * 6
2a = 90
a = 90/2
a = 45

Question 21.
\(\frac{y}{9}=\frac{44}{54}\)

Answer:
y = 22/3

Explanation:
\(\frac{y}{9}=\frac{44}{54}\)
Cross multiply the fractions
54y = 44 * 9
54y = 396
y = 396/54
y = 22/3

Question 22.
\(\frac{4}{24}=\frac{c}{36}\)

Answer:
c = 6

Explanation:
\(\frac{4}{24}=\frac{c}{36}\)
Cross multiply the fractions
4 * 36 = 24c
144 = 24c
c = 144/24
c = 6

Question 23.
\(\frac{20}{16}=\frac{d}{12}\)

Answer:
d = 15

Explanation:
\(\frac{20}{16}=\frac{d}{12}\)
Cross multiply the fractions
20 * 12 = 16d
240 = 16d
d = 240/16
d = 15

Question 24.
\(\frac{10}{7}=\frac{8}{k}\)

Answer:
k = 5.6

Explanation:
Cross multiply the fractions
10k = 8 * 7
10k = 56
k = 56/10
k = 5.6

Question 25.
\(\frac{5}{n}=\frac{16}{32}\)

Answer:
n = 10

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{n}=\frac{16}{32}\)
Cross multiply the fractions
5 * 32 = 16n
160 = 16n
n = 160/16
n = 10

Question 26.
\(\frac{9}{10}=\frac{d}{6.4}\)

Answer:
d = 5.76

Explanation:
\(\frac{9}{10}=\frac{d}{6.4}\)
Cross multiply the fractions
10d = 6.4 * 9
10d = 57.6
d = 57.6/10
d = 5.76

Question 27.
\(\frac{2.4}{1.8}=\frac{7.2}{k}\)

Answer:
k = 5.4

Explanation:
\(\frac{2.4}{1.8}=\frac{7.2}{k}\)
Cross multiply the fractions
2.4k = 7.2 * 1.8
2.4k = 12.96
k = 12.96/2.4
k = 5.4

Question 28.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the proportion \(\frac{m}{8}=\frac{15}{24}\). Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.4 7

Answer:
Correct

Explanation:
m/8 = 15/24
Cross multiply the fractions
24m = 15 * 8
24m = 120
m = 120/24
m = 5

Question 29.
NUMBER SENSE
Without solving, determine whether \(\frac{x}{4}=\frac{15}{3}\) and \(\frac{x}{15}=\frac{4}{3}\) have the same solution. Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
Both have same solution.

Explanation:
\(\frac{x}{4}=\frac{15}{3}[/latex
Cross multiply the fractions
3x = 15 * 4
[latex]\frac{x}{15}=\frac{4}{3}\)
Cross multiply the fractions
3x = 4 * 15
We got same equation
So, both have same solution.

WRITING A PROPORTION Use the table to write a proportion.
Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.4 8

Answer:
6/7 = 18/w, w = 6

Explanation:
12/14 = 18/w
Cross multiply the fractions
12w = 18 * 4
w = 72/12
w = 6
12/14 = 18/w
6/7 = 18/w

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.4 9

Answer:
n/85 = 1/5, n = 17

Explanation:
n/85 = 34/170
n/85 = 1/5
Cross multiply the fractions
5n = 85
n = 85/5
n = 17

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.4 10

Answer:
15/2.5 = m/4, m = 24

Explanation:
15/2.5 = m/4
Cross multiply the fractions
15 * 4 = 2.5m
60 = 2.5m
m = 60/2.5
m = 24

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.4 11

Answer:
x = 11.2

Explanation:
100/x = 200/22.4
Cross multiply the fractions
100 * 22.4 = 200x
2240 = 200x
x = 2240/200
x = 11.2

WRITING AND SOLVING A PROPORTION Find the value of x so that the ratios are equivalent.
Question 34.
1 : 8 and 4 : x

Answer:
x = 32

Explanation:
1/8 = 4/x
Cross multiply the fractions
x = 8 * 4
x = 32

Question 35.
4 to 5 and x to 20

Answer:
x = 16

Explanation:
4/5 = x/20
Cross multiply the fractions
20 * 4 = 5x
80 = 5x
x = 80/5
x = 16

Question 36.
3 : x and 12 : 40

Answer:
x = 10

Explanation:
3/x = 12/40
Cross multiply the fractions
3 * 40 = 12x
120 = 12x
x = 120/12
x = 10

Question 37.
x to 0.25 and 6 to 1.5

Answer:
x = 1

Explanation:
x/0.25 = 6/1.5
Cross multiply the fractions
1.5x = 6 * 0.25
1.5x = 1.5
x = 1.5/1.5
x = 1

Question 38.
x : \(\frac{5}{2}\) and 8 : 10

Answer:
x = 2

Explanation:
x : 5/2 = 8 : 10
Cross multiply the fractions
10x = 8 * 5/2
10x = 20
x = 20/10
x = 2

Question 39.
\(\frac{7}{4}\) to 14 and x to 32

Answer:
x = 4

Explanation:
7/4 : 14 = x : 32
Cross multiply the fractions
14x = 32 * (7/4)
14x = 56
x = 56/14
x = 4

Question 40.
WRITING A PROPORTION
Your science teacher has a photograph of the space shuttle Atlantis. Every 1 centimeter in the photograph represents 200 centimeters on the actual shuttle. Which of the proportions can you use to find the actual length x of Atlantis? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.4 12

Answer:
1/200 = x/19.5

Explanation:
Every 1 centimeter in the photograph represents 200 centimeters on the actual shuttle
= 1 : 200
Length of atlantis on model = 19.5
The actual length on Atlantis = x
Scale 1:200
When length on model = 1
Actual length = 200
When actual length = x
Length on model = 19.5
Scale = x : 19.5
Equating both scales
1/200 = x/19.5

Question 41.
MODELING REAL LIFE
In an orchestra, the ratio of trombones to violas is 1 to 3. There are 9 violas. How many trombones are in the orchestra?

Answer:
There are 3 trombones in the orchestra.

Explanation:
t/9 = 1/3
3t = 9
t = 9/3
t = 3
There are 3 trombones in the orchestra.

Question 42.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A dance team has 80 dancers. The ratio of seventh-grade dancers to all dancers is 5:16. Find the number of seventh-grade dancers on the team.

Answer:
The number of seventh-grade dancers on the team is 25.

Explanation:
A dance team has 80 dancers
Let us take the seventh-grade dancers as x
The ratio of seventh-grade dancers to all dancers is 5:16
x : 80 = 5 : 16
x/80 = 5/16
Cross multiply the fractions
16x = 5 *80
16x = 400
x = 400/16
x = 25
The number of seventh-grade dancers on the team is 25.

Question 43.
MODELING REAL LIFE
There are 144 people in an audience. The ratio of adults to children is 5 to 3. How many are adults?

Answer:
The number of adults in the audience are 18.

Explanation:
The ratio of adults to children is 5 to 3
adults : children = 5 : 3
There are 144 people in an audience.
5x + 3x = 144
8x = 144
x = 144/8
x = 18
So, the number of adults in the audience are 18.

Question 44.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You have $50 to buy T-shirts. You can buy 3 T-shirts for $24. Do you have enough money to buy 7 T-shirts? Justify your answer.

Answer:
No.

Explanation:
You can buy 3 T-shirts for $24
= 24 : 3
= 24/3 : 1
= 8 : 1
So, you can buy 1 T-shirt per $8.
The money required to buy 7 T-shirts = 7 * 8 = $56
The remaining money after buying 3 T-shirts is 50 – 24 = $26
$26 is not enough to buy 7 T-shirts.

Question 45.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You buy 10 vegetarian pizzas and pay with $100. How much change do you receive?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.4 13

Answer:
The change you receive = $15

Explanation:
3 vegetarian pizzas for $25.50 = 25.50 : 3
= 25.50/3 : 1
= 8.5 : 1
So, you have to pay $8.5 for 1 vegetarian pizza
If you buy 10 vegetarian pizzas, then amount is 10 * 8.5 = $85
The change you receive = 100 – 85 = 15

Question 46.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A person who weighs 120 pounds on Earth weighs 20 pounds on the Moon. How much does a 93-pound person weigh on the Moon?

Answer:
The weight of a 93-pound person weigh on the Moon is 15.5 pounds

Explanation:
The ratio of a person weight on earth to moon = 120 : 20
= 120/20 : 1
= 6 : 1
The weight of a 93-pound person weigh on the Moon is 93/6 = 31/2 = 15.5 pounds.

Question 47.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Three pounds of lawn seed covers 1800 square feet. How many bags are needed to cover 8400 square feet?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.4 14

Answer:
The number of bags required to cover 8400 sq ft is 14.

Explanation:
Three pounds of lawn seed covers 1800 square feet.
The ratio of lawn to seed cover = 1800 : 3
= 1800/3 : 1
= 600 : 1
So, 1 seed bag covers 600 sq ft
The number of bags required to cover 8400 sq ft is 8400/600
= 14 bags

Question 48.
MODELING REAL LIFE
There are 180 white lockers in a school. There are 3 white lockers for every 5 blue lockers. How many lockers are in the school?

Answer:
There are 480 lockers in the school.

Explanation:
There are 3 white lockers for every 5 blue lockers
= 3 : 5
Let b be the number of blue lockers
3/5 = 180/b
3b = 180 * 5
3b = 900
b = 900/3
b = 300
300 + 180 = 400
So, there are 480 lockers in the school.

CONVERTING MEASURES Use a proportion to complete the statement. Round to the nearest hundredth if necessary.
Question 49.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.4 15

Answer:
3.73 miles

Explanation:
1 km = 0.621371
6 km = 6 * 0.621371
= 3.72823 miles
= 3.73 miles

Question 50.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.4 16

Answer:
0.66 gal

Explanation:
1 L = 0.264172 gal
2.5 L = 0.264172 * 2.5
= 0.66043
2.5 L = 0.66 gal

Question 51.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.4 17

Answer:
40.82 kg

Explanation:
1 lb = 0.453592 kgs
90 lb = 0.453592 * 90
= 40.8233
90 lb = 40.82 kg

SOLVING A PROPORTION Solve the proportion.
Question 52.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.4 18

Answer:
x = 3/2

Explanation:
2x/5 = 9/15
Cross-multiply the fractions
15 * 2x = 9 * 5
30x = 45
x = 45/30
x = 3/2

Question 53.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.4 19

Answer:
d = 12

Explanation:
5/2 = (d – 2)/4
Cross-multiply the fractions
20 = 2(d – 2)
20 = 2d – 4
20 + 4 = 2d
24 = 2d
d = 24/2
d = 12

Question 54.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.4 20

Answer:
k = 4

Explanation:
4/(k + 3) = 8/14
Cross-multiply the fractions
14 * 4 = 8(k + 3)
56 = 8k + 24
56 – 24 = 8k
32 = 8k
k = 32/8
k = 4

Question 55.
LOGIC
It takes 6 hours for 2 people to build a swing set. Can you use the proportion \(\frac{2}{6}=\frac{5}{h}\) to determine the number of hours h it will take 5 people h6to build the swing set? Explain.

Answer:
It will take 15 hours for 5 people to build the swing set.

Explanation:
It takes 6 hours for 2 people to build a swing set
2 people – 6 hours
5 people – ?
We have a proportion,
2/6 = 5/h
2h = 6 * 5
2h = 30
h = 30/2
h = 15
It will take 15 hours for 5 people to build the swing set.

Question 56.
STRUCTURE
The ratios a : b and c : d are equivalent. Which of the following equations are proportions? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.4 21

Answer:
a/d = c/b is not equivalent proportion.

Explanation:
a/b = c/d
ad = bc
b/a = d/c
bc = ad
a/c = b/d
ad = bc
a/d = c/b
ab = cd
c/a = d/b
bc = ad
So, a/d = c/b is not equivalent proportion.

Question 57.
CRITICAL THINKING
Consider the proportions \(\frac{m}{n}=\frac{1}{2}\) and \(\frac{n}{k}=\frac{2}{5}\). What is \(\frac{m}{k}\) ? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
m/k = 1/5

Explanation:
m/n = 1/2
So m = x, n = 2x
n/k = 2/5
n = 2x, k = 5x
So, m/k = x/5x
= 1/5

Lesson 5.5 Graphs of Proportional Relationships

EXPLORATION 1

Representing Relationships Graphically

Work with a partner. The tables represent two different ways that red and blue food coloring are mixed.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 1
a. Represent each table in the same coordinate plane. Which graph represents a proportional relationship? How do you know?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 2
b. Find the unit rate of the proportional relationship. How is the unit rate shown on the graph?
c. What is the multiplicative relationship between x and y for the proportional relationship? How can you use this value to write an equation that relates y and x?

Answer:
Mixture 1
a. Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 5
Mixture 2
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 6
b. If the line passes through the origin, then x and y are proportional.

Explanation:
a.The points in mixture 1 are A (1, 2), B (2, 4), C (3, 6), D (4, 8)
The points in mixture 2 are E (0, 2), F (2, 4), G (4, 6), H (6, 8)
b. If the line passes through the origin, then x and y are proportional.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 3

Try It

Tell whether x and y are proportional. Explain your reasoning.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 4

Answer:
The line does not pass through the origin. So, x and y are not proportional.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 7
The line does not pass through the origin. So, x and y are not proportional.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 5

Answer:
x and y are not proportional.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 8
The line pass through the origin. So, x and y are not proportional.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 6

Answer:
x and y are not proportional.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 9
The line pass through the origin. So, x and y are not proportional.

Question 4.
WHAT IF
Does your answer change when you use the point (\(\frac{1}{2}\), \(\frac{1}{4}\))to find the speed of the subway car? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
No.

Explanation:
The point (1/2, 1/4) indicates that the subway car travels 1/4 mile every 1/2 minutes.
1/4 : 1/2
= 2/4 : 1
= 1/2 : 1
So, the unit rate is 1/2 mile per minute
The speed of the subway car is 1/2 mile per minute.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 7
Question 5.
IDENTIFYING A PROPORTIONAL RELATIONSHIP Use the graph shown to tell whether x and y are proportional. Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
x and y are proportional.

Explanation:
x/y = 0/0
1.5/1 = 15/10 = 3/2
4.5/3 = 45/30 = 3/2
As the line pass through the origin, so, x and y are proportional.

Question 6.
FINDING A UNIT RATE
Interpret each plotted point in the graph. Then identify the unit rate, if possible.

Answer:
The unit rate is 1.5

Explanation:
time : distance = 1.5/1
= 15/10 = 3/2
The unit rate is 1.5

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 7.
The table shows the temperature (in degrees Fahrenheit), hours after midnight.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 8
a. Describe a proportional relationship between time and temperature shown by the table. Explain your reasoning.
b. Find the temperature 3.5 hours after midnight.

Answer:
b. 161 degrees Fahrenheit

Explanation:
a. The table shows the proportional relationship between hours and temperature.
0.5/44 = 1/88
1/46
1.5/48 = 1/32
The temperature after 3.5 hours, is 3.5 * 46 = 161 degrees Fahrenheit

Question 8.
DIG DEEPER!
Show how you can use a proportional relationship to plan the heights of the vertical supports of a waterskiing ramp. Then explain how increasing the steepness of the ramp affects the proportional relationship.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 9

Answer:
The vertical supports tell the height of the ramp. As the height of the ramp increases the distance from the ramp is increases.

Graphs of Proportional Relationships Homework & Practice 5.5

Review & Refresh

Find the value of x so that the ratios are equivalent.
Question 1.
2 : 7 and 8 : x

Answer:
x = 28

Explanation:
2/7 = 8/x
Cross multiply the fractions
2x = 8 * 7
2x = 56
x = 56/2
x = 28

Question 2.
3 to 2 and x to 18

Answer:
x = 27

Explanation:
3/2 = x/18
Cross multiply the fractions
3 * 18 = 2x
54 = 2x
x = 54/2
x = 27

Question 3.
9 : x and 54 : 8

Answer:
x = 4/3

Explanation:
9/x = 54/8
Cross multiply the fractions
54x = 9 * 8
54x = 72
x = 72/54
x = 4/3

Find the quotient, if possible.
Question 4.
36 ÷ 4

Answer:
36 ÷ 4 = 9

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers of the same sign is positive.
36 ÷ 4 = 9

Question 5.
42 ÷ (- 6)

Answer:
42 ÷ (- 6) = -7

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers of the different signs is negative.
42 ÷ (- 6) = -7

Question 6.
– 39 ÷ 3

Answer:
– 39 ÷ 3 = -13

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers of the different signs is negative.
– 39 ÷ 3 = -13

Question 7.
– 44 ÷ (- 4)

Answer:
– 44 ÷ (- 4) = 11

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers of the same sign is positive.
– 44 ÷ (- 4) = 11

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.
Question 8.
– \(\frac{x}{3}\) < 2

Answer:
x > -6
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 10

Explanation:
– \(\frac{x}{3}\) < 2
Multiply each side by 3
-x/3 . 3 < 2 . 3
-x < 6
x > -6

Question 9.
\(\frac{1}{3}\)p ≥ 4

Answer:
p ≥ 12
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 11

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{3}\)p ≥ 4
Multiply each side by 3
\(\frac{1}{3}\)3p ≥ 4 . 3
p ≥ 12

Question 10.
– 8 < \(\frac{2}{3}\)n

Answer:
-24 < n
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 12

Explanation:
– 8 < \(\frac{2}{3}\)n
Multiply each side by 3/2
-8 x (3/2) < 2n/3 x (3/2)
-24 < n

Question 11.
– 2w ≤ 10

Answer:
w ≥ 5
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 13

Explanation:
– 2w ≤ 10
Divide each side by 2
– 2w/2 ≤ 10/2
-w ≤ 5
w ≥ 5

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

REPRESENTING RELATIONSHIPS GRAPHICALLY Represent the table graphically. Does the graph represent a proportional relationship? How do you know? (See Exploration 1, p. 211.)
Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 10

Answer:
x and y are not proportional.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 14
The line does not pass through the origin.
So, x and y are not proportional.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 11

Answer:
x and y are proportional.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 15
The line pass through the origin.
So, x and y are proportional.

IDENTIFYING A PROPORTIONAL RELATIONSHIP Tell whether x and y are proportional. Explain your reasoning.
Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 12

Answer:
x and y are proportional.

Explanation:
Compare the values of ratios x to y
x/y = 1/2
2/4 = 1/2
3/6 = 1/2
4/8 = 1/2
The ratios are equivalent.
So, x and y are proportional.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 13

Answer:
x and y are not proportional.

Explanation:
Compare the values of ratios x to y
x/y = -2/0 = 0
-1/2
0/4 = 0
1/6
The ratios are not equivalent
So, x and y are not proportional.

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 14

Answer:
x and y are not proportional.

Explanation:
Compare the values of ratios x to y
x/y = -1/-2 = 1/2
0/-1 = 0
1/0 = 0
2/1
All the ratios are not equivalent
So, x and y are not proportional.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 15

Answer:
x and y are proportional.

Explanation:
Compare the values of ratios x to y
x/y = 3/2
6/4 = 3/2
9/6 = 3/2
12/8 = 3/2
All the ratios are equivalent
So, x and y are proportional.

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 16

Answer:
x and y are not proportional.

Explanation:
Compare the values of ratios x to y
x/y = 1/3
2/4 = 1/2
3/5
4/6 = 2/3
All the ratios are not equivalent
So, x and y are not proportional.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 17

Answer:
x and y are proportional.

Explanation:
Compare the values of ratios x to y
x/y = 1/0.5 = 2
3/1.5 = 2
5/2.5 = 2
7/3.5 = 2
The ratios are equivalent
So, x and y are proportional.

Question 20.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend uses the graph to determine whether x and y are proportional. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 18

Answer:
The line does not pass through the origin.
so, x and y are not proportional.

FINDING A UNIT RATE Interpret each plotted point in the graph. Then identify the unit rate.
Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 19

Answer:
Tnit rate is 1/15

Explanation:
The points are (1, 15), (4, 60)
x/y = 1/15
4/60 = (4 ÷ 4)/(60 ÷ 4)
= 1/15
So, unit rate is 1/15

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 20

Answer:
The unit rate is 0.2 seconds per feet.

Explanation:
The points are (1, 5), (6, 30)
x/y = 1/5
6/30 = 1/5
The unit rate is 0.2 seconds per feet.

IDENTIFYING A PROPORTIONAL RELATIONSHIP Tell whether x and y are proportional. If so, identify the constant of proportionality. Explain your reasoning.
Question 23.
x – y = 0

Answer:
x and y are proportional.

Explanation:
x – y = 0
x = 0 + y
x = y
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 16
So, x and y are proportional.

Question 24.
\(\frac{x}{y}\) = 2

Answer:
x and y are proportional.

Explanation:
\(\frac{x}{y}\) = 2
x = 2y
If y = 0, then x = 2(0) = 0
If y = 1, then x = 2(1) = 2
If y = 2, then x = 2(2) = 4
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 17
So, x and y are proportional.

Question 25.
8 = xy

Answer:
x and y are proportional.

Explanation:
8 = xy
y = 8/x
If x = 0, then y = 8/0 = 0
If x = 1, then y = 8/1 = 8
If x = 2, then y = 8/2 = 4
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 18
So, x and y are proportional.

Question 26.
x2 = y

Answer:
x and y are proportional.

Explanation:
x2 = y
If x = 0, then y = 0
If x = 1, then y = 1
If x = 2, then y = 4
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 19
So, x and y are proportional.

WRITING AN EQUATION The variables and are proportional. Use the values to find the constant of proportionality. Then write an equation that relates x and y.
Question 27.
When y = 72, x = 3.

Answer:
y = 24x

Explanation:
y/x = 72/3
y/x = 24
y = 24x

Question 28.
When y = 20, x = 12.

Answer:
5x = 3y

Explanation:
y/x = 20/12
y/x = 5/3
Cross multiply the fractions
3y = 5x

Question 29.
When y = 45, x = 40.

Answer:
9x = 8y

Explanation:
y/x = 45/40
y/x = 9/8
Cross multiply the fractions
8y = 9x

Question 30.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The table shows the profit y for recycling x pounds of aluminum. Find the profit for recycling 75 pounds of aluminum.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 21

Answer:
The profit for recycling 75 pounds of aluminum is $33.75

Explanation:
The profit is $4.50 for recycling 10 pounds of aluminum
= 4.50 : 10
= 4.50/10 : 1
= 0.45 : 1
The profit is 40.45 for recycling 1 pound of aluminum.
The profit for recycling 75 pounds of aluminum is $135/4

Question 31.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The graph shows the cost of buying concert tickets. Tell whether x and y are proportional. If so, find and interpret the constant of proportionality. Then find the cost of 14 tickets.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 22

Answer:
x and y are proportional.
The cost for buying 14 tickets is $182
13x = y

Explanation:
The line in the graph passes through the origin. so, x and y are proportional.
The cost for buying 2 tickets is 26
= 26 : 2
=13 : 1
The cost for buying 1 ticket is $13.
So, the cost for buying 14 tickets is 14 * 13 = $182
x/y = 2/26
x/y = 1/13
Cross multiply the fractions
13x = y

Question 32.
REASONING
The graph of a proportional relationship passes through (12, 16) and (1, y) Find y.

Answer:
y = 4/3

Explanation:
12/16 = 1/y
3/4 = 1/y
Cross multiply the fractions
3y = 4
y = 4/3

Question 33.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The amount of chlorine in a swimming pool is proportional to the volume of water. The pool has 2.5 milligrams of chlorine per liter of water. How much chlorine is in the pool?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 23

Answer:
The amount of chlorine in the pool is 75708.225 milligrams.

Explanation:
The amount of chlorine in a swimming pool varies directly with the volume of water. The pool has 2.5 milligrams of chlorine per liter of water.
1 gallon = 3.78541 litre
8000 gallons = 8000 * 3.78541 = 30283.29 litres
The amount of chlorine in the pool = 30283.29 * 2.5
= 75708.225 milligrams.

Question 34.
DIG DEEPER!
A vehicle travels 250 feet every 3 seconds. Find the value of the ratio, the unit rate, and the constant of proportionality. How are they related?

Answer:
The ratio is 250 : 3
The unit rate is 250/3 : 1
3x = 250y

Explanation:
A vehicle travels 250 feet every 3 seconds
= 250 : 3
= 250/3 : 1
The unit rate is 250/3 : 1
x/y = 250/3
Cross multiply the proportions
3x = 250y

Lesson 5.6 Scale Drawings

EXPLORATION 1

Creating a Scale Drawing

Work with a partner. Several sections in a zoo are drawn on 1-centimeter grid paper as shown. Each centimeter in the drawing represents 4 meters.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.6 1
a. Describe the relationship between the lengths of the fences in the drawing and the actual side lengths of the fences.
b. Describe the relationship between the areas of the sections in the drawing and the actual areas of the sections.
c. Are the relationships in parts (a) and (b) the same? Explain your reasoning.
d. Choose a different distance to represent each centimeter on a piece of 1-centimeter grid paper. Then create a new drawing of the sections in the zoo using the distance you chose. Describe any similarities or differences in the drawings.

Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.6 2

Try It

Question 1.
What is the actual distance between Traverse City and Marquette?

Answer:
The distance between Traverse City and Marquette is 150 miles

Explanation:
Use the centimeter ruler to find the distance on the map between traverse city and Marquette.
the map distance is about 3 centimeters
Use the scale 1 cm : 50 mi and the ratio 3 cm : d mi to write and solve a proportion
1/50 = 3/d
d = 50 * 3
d = 150
So, the distance between Traverse City and Marquette is 150 miles

Question 2.
A drawing has a scale of 1 mm : 20 cm. What is the scale factor of the drawing?

Answer:
The scale factor is 1/200

Explanation:
Write the scale with the same units. Use the factor 1 cm = 10 mm
1 mm : 20 cm = 1 mm : (20 • 10) mm
= 1 : 200
So, the scale factor is 1/200

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 3.
VOCABULARY
In your own words, explain the meaning of the scale and scale factor of a drawing or model.

Answer:
A scale factor is a number that multiplies times a given quantity to produce a smaller or longer version of the original number. It is also defined as the ratio of a drawing or blueprint to the actual object or distance.
The measurements in scale drawings are proportional to the measurements of the actual object. The scale is the ratio that compares the measurements of the drawings with the actual measurements.

Question 4.
FINDING AN ACTUAL DISTANCE
Consider the scale drawing of Balanced Rock in Arches National Park. What is the actual height of the structure?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.6 3

Answer:
h = 1/975.36

Explanation:
scale drawing is 1 cm : 32 ft
1 foot = 30.48 cm
So, 32 ft = 975.36 cm
1 cm : 32 ft = 1 : 975.36
h = 1/975.36

Question 5.
FINDING A SCALE FACTOR
A drawing has a scale of 3 in. : 2 ft. What is the scale factor of the drawing?

Answer:
The scale factor is 1/8

Explanation:
3 in. : 2 ft
1 foot = 12 inches
2 ft = 24 inches
The scale is 3 : 24 inches = 1/8

Question 6.
REASONING
Describe the scale factor of a model that is (a) larger than the actual object and (b) smaller than the actual object.

Answer:
If the scale of the factor is larger than the actual object, then every point is considered larger in the image. It means we represent a lion in a smaller box.
If the scale of the factor is less than the actual object, it means we represent the pen as a larger box.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 7.
A scale drawing of the Parthenon is shown. Find the actual perimeter and area of the rectangular face of the Parthenon. Then recreate the scale drawing with a scale factor of 0.2. Find the perimeter and area of the rectangular face in your drawing.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.6 4

Answer:
The actual perimeter of the rectangular face of the Parthenon is 26 ft
The actual area of the rectangular face of the Parthenon is 36 sq ft
the perimeter of the rectangular face in your drawing is 5.2 ft
area of the rectangular face in your drawing is 1.44 sq ft.

Explanation:
Perimeter of the rectangular face of the Parthenon = 2(l + b)
= 2(4 + 9) = 13 * 2
= 26 ft
Area of the rectangular face of the Parthenon = l * b
= 4 * 9
= 36 sq ft
Scale factor = 0.2
The length of the rectangular face in your drawing = 0.2 * 9
= 1.8
The breadth of the rectangular face in your drawing = 4 * 0.2
= 0.8
Perimeter is 2(1.8 + 0.8) = 5.2
Area is 0.8 * 1.8 = 1.44

Question 8.
DIG DEEPER!
You are in charge of creating a billboard advertisement that is 16 feet long and 8 feet tall. Choose a product. Create a scale drawing of the billboard using words and a picture. What is the scale factor of your design?

Answer:
The scale factor is 2

Explanation:
The details of the billboard advertisement is 16 : 8
= 2 : 1
1 unit is 4 units on the scale
So, the billboard advertisement is 16 * 4 : 8 * 4
= 64 : 32
= 2 : 1
So, the scale factor is 2

Scale Drawings Homework & Practice 5.6

Review & Refresh

Tell whether x and y are proportional. Explain your reasoning.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.6 5

Answer:
x and y are not proportional

Explanation:
Compare the values of ratios x to y
10/5 = 2
9/4 = 2.25
8/3 = 2.6666
7/2 = 3.5
The ratios are not equivalent
So, x and y are not proportional

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.6 6

Answer:
x and y are proportional

Explanation:
Compare the values of ratios x to y
6/7
12/14 = 6/7
18/21 = 6/7
24/28 = 6/7
The ratios are equivalent
So, x and y are proportional

Simplify the expression.
Question 3.
7p + 6p

Answer:
7p + 6p = 13p

Explanation:
The given expression is 7p + 6p
= 13p

Question 4.
8 + 3d – 17

Answer:
8 + 3d – 17 = 3d – 9

Explanation:
The given expression is 8 + 3d – 17
= 3d – 9

Question 5.
– 2 + \(\frac{2}{5}\)b – \(\frac{1}{4}\)b + 6

Answer:
– 2 + \(\frac{2}{5}\)b – \(\frac{1}{4}\)b + 6 = 4 + 3b/20

Explanation:
The given expression is – 2 + \(\frac{2}{5}\)b – \(\frac{1}{4}\)b + 6
= 4 + (8b – 5b)/20
= 4 + 3b/20

Write the word sentence as an inequality.
Question 6.
A number is less than – 3.

Answer:
n < -3

Explanation:
Let us the number as n
n < -3

Question 7.
7 plus a number z is more than 5.

Answer:
7 + z > 5, z > -2

Explanation:
more than means > symbol
7 + z > 5
z > 5 – 7
z > -2

Question 8.
The product of a number m and 6 is no less than 30.

Answer:
6m > 30

Explanation:
No less than means >
m . 6 > 30
6m > 30
Divide both sides by 6
6m/6 > 30/6
m > 30/6

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

CREATING A SCALE DRAWING Each centimeter on the 1-centimeter grid paper represents 8 inches. Create a proportional drawing of the figure that is larger or smaller than the figure shown. (See Exploration 1, p. 217.)
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.6 7

Answer:
The base of the traingle is 16 inches

Explanation:
1 cm = 8 inches
The base of triangle = 2 cm
= 2 * 8 = 16 inches
Actually, 1 cm = 0.393701 inches
The size of drawing/real size = 1/8
2/real size = 1/8
16 = real size

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.6 8

Answer:
The bottom surface is 24 inches, the height is 24 inches, the top surface is 8 inches.

Explanation:
1 cm = 8 inches
Bottom surface is 3 cm
= 3 * 8 = 24 inches
Height is 3 cm
= 3 * 8 = 24 inches
Top surface = 1 cm
= 1 * 8 = 8 inches

FINDING AN ACTUAL DISTANCE Use the map in Example 1 to find the actual distance between the cities.
Question 11.
Kalamazoo and Ann Arbor

Answer:
The distance between Kalamazoo and Ann Arbor is 100 miles.

Explanation:
Use the centimeter ruler to find the distance on the map between Kalamazoo and Ann Arbor
The map distance is about 2 cm
Use the scale 1 cm : 50 mi and the ratio 2 cm : d mi to write and solve a proportion
1/50 = 2/d
d = 50 * 2
d = 100
So, the distance between Kalamazoo and Ann Arbor is 100 miles.

Question 12.
Lansing and Flint

Answer:
The distance between Lansing and Flint is 50 miles.

Explanation:
Use the centimeter ruler to find the distance on the map between Lansing and Flint
The map distance is about 1 cm
Use the scale 1 cm : 50 mi and the ratio 1 cm : d mi to write and solve a proportion
1/50 = 1/d
d = 50 * 1
d = 50
So, the distance between Lansing and Flint is 50 miles.

Question 13.
Grand Rapids and Escanaba

Answer:
The distance between Grand Rapids and Escanaba is 200 miles.

Explanation:
Use the centimeter ruler to find the distance on the map between Grand Rapids and Escanaba
The map distance is about 4 cm
Use the scale 1 cm : 50 mi and the ratio 4 cm : d mi to write and solve a proportion
1/50 = 1/d
d = 50 * 4
d = 200
So, the distance between Grand Rapids and Escanaba is 200 miles.

Question 14.
Saginaw and Alpena

Answer:
The distance between Saginaw and Alpena is 150 miles.

Explanation:
Use the centimeter ruler to find the distance on the map between Saginaw and Alpena
The map distance is about 3 cm
Use the scale 1 cm : 50 mi and the ratio 4 cm : d mi to write and solve a proportion
1/50 = 1/d
d = 50 * 3
d = 150
So, the distance between Saginaw and Alpena is 150 miles.

USING A SCALE Find the missing dimension. Use the scale 1 : 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.6 9

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.6 1

Explanation:
15. 1 inch = 12 inches
So, 6.25 x 12 = 75 inches
16. 1 ft = 12 inches
x in = 15 * 12
x in = 180 inches
17. 1 m = 100 cm
32 cm = 0.32 m
32 * 1 = .32 * 12
= 3.84 m
18. 1 ft = 0.333333 yard
5.4 ft = 5.4 * 0.333333
= 1.8 yard * 12 = 21.6 yard
19. 1 cm = 10 mm
21 cm = 210 mm
210 * 12 = 2520 mm

FINDING A SCALE FACTOR Use a centimeter ruler to find the scale and the scale factor of the drawing.
Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.6 10

Answer:
1 cm = 30 m

Explanation:
Using the centimeter ruler, the length is 4 cm
So, 4 cm = 120 m
1 cm = 120/4
1 cm = 30 m

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.6 11

Answer:
1 cm = 8 mm

Explanation:
Using the centimeter ruler, the length is 3 cm
So, 3 cm = 24 mm
1 cm = 24/3
= 8 mm

Question 22.
CRITICAL THINKING
You know the length and the width of a scale model. What additional information do you need to know to find the scale of the model? Explain.

Answer:
You need to know the scale factor to know the scale of the model.

Question 23.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Central Park is a rectangular park in New YorkCity.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.6 12
a. Find the perimeter and the area of the scale drawing of Central Park.
b. Find the actual perimeter and area of Central Park.

Answer:
a. The perimeter of the scale drawing of Central Park = 26 cm
The area of the scale drawing of Central Park = 30 sq cm
b. The perimeter of the scale drawing of Central Park = 8320 cm
The area of the scale drawing of Central Park = 3072000 sq cm

Explanation:
a. The length of the central park is 10 cm
The breadth of the central park is 3 cm
The perimeter of the scale drawing of Central Park = 2(10 + 3)
= 2(13)
= 26 cm
The area of the scale drawing of Central Park = 10 * 3
= 30 sq cm
b. 1 cm = 320 m
The length of the central park is 10 * 320 = 3200
The breadth of the central park is 3 * 320 = 960
The perimeter of the scale drawing of Central Park = 2(3200 + 960)
= 8320 cm
The area of the scale drawing of Central Park = 3200 * 960
= 3072000 sq cm

Question 24.
PROBLEM SOLVING
In a blueprint,each square has a side length of \(\frac{1}{4}\) inch.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.6 13
a. Ceramic tile costs $5 per square foot. How much does it cost to tile the bathroom?
b. Carpet costs $18 per square yard. How much does it cost to carpet the bedroom and living room?

Answer:
a. The cost to the bathroom = $0.06075
b. The cost to carpet the bedroom and living room = $0.02430

Explanation:
Square side length = 1/4 inch
1 feet = 12 inch
1 inch : 16 ft = 1 : 16 * 12 = 1 : 192
a. one square side length is 1/4
1 foot = 12 inch
So, the length of the bathroom = 4(1/4) = 1 = 1 * 0.0833333
= 0.0833333
The breadth of the bathroom = 7(1/4) = 7/4
= (7 * 0.0833333)/4
= 0.583333/4
= 0.14583325
The area of bathroom = 0.0833333 * 0.14583325
= 0.01215 sq in
Ceramic tile costs $5 per square foot
The cost to the bathroom = 0.01215 * 5 = $0.06075
b. 1 inch = 0.0277778 yard
length of bathroom + living room = 1 * 0.0277778 = 0.0277778
breadth of bathroom + living room = 7/4 (0.0277778)
= 0.04861115
The area of bathroom + living room = 0.0277778 * 0.04861115
= 0.00135031080247
Carpet costs $18 per square yard.
The cost to carpet the bedroom and living room = 0.00135031080247 * 18 = $0.02430

REPRODUCING A SCALE DRAWING Recreate the scale drawing so that it has a scale of 1 cm : 4 m.
Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.6 14

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.6 2

Explanation:
1 m = 100 cm
Actual length = 1 cm * (1 cm / 400 cm)
= 1/400 cm
Actual breadth = 8 m * (1 cm / 4 m)
= 2 cm

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.6 15

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.6 3

Explanation:
1 cm = 100 m
Actual length = 1 cm * (1 cm / 400 cm)
= 1/400 cm
Actual breadth = 2 m * ( 1 cm / 4 m)
= 1/2 cm

Question 27.
DIG DEEPER!
Make a conjecture about the relationship between the scale factor of a drawing and the quotients Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.6 16. Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
drawing perimeter/ actual perimeter = scale factor
drawing area/actual area = scale factor

Ratios and Proportions Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan
Question 1.
The table shows the toll y(in dollars) for traveling x miles on a turnpike. You have $8.25 to pay your toll. How far can you travel on the turnpike?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cc 1
Understand the problem.
The table shows the tolls for traveling several different distances on a turnpike. You have $8.25 to pay the toll. You are asked to find how far you can travel on the turnpike with $8.25 for tolls.

Make a plan.
First, determine the relationship between x and y and write an equation to represent the relationship. Then use the equation to determine the distance you can travel.

Solve and check.
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.

Answer:
You can travel 55 miles with $8.25 for tolls.

Explanation:
x : y = 40 : 6
= 40/6 : 1
= 20/3 : 1
You need to pay $1 for 20/3 miles
So, 20/3 : 1 = x : 8.25
8.25 (20/3) = x
55 = x
So, you can travel 55 miles with $8.25 for tolls.

Question 2.
A company uses a silo in the shape of a rectangular prism to store bird seed. The base of the silo is a square with side lengths of 20 feet. Are the height and the volume of the silo proportional? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The height and the volume of the silo proportional

Explanation:
The base of the silo is a square with side lengths of 20 feet.
The area of silo = side² = 20²
= 400 sq ft
Height = h
Volume = lwh
= 400h
h : 400h = 1 : 400
The height and the volume of the silo proportional

Question 3.
A rectangle is drawn in a coordinate plane as shown. In the same coordinate plane, create a scale drawing of the rectangle that has a vertex at (0, 0) and a scale factor of 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cc 2

Answer:
The length of rectangle = 2/3
Breadth = 1/3

Explanation:
The length of rectangle = 2 units
The breadth of rectangle = 1 unit
length : breadth = 2 : 1
length = 2breadth
The scale factor = 3
The length of rectangle = 2/3
Breadth = 1/3

Performance Task

Mixing Paint
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Painting a Large Room.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cc 3

Ratios and Proportions Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary

Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cr 1

Graphic Organizers

You can use an Example and Non-Example Chart to list examples and non-examples of a concept. Here is an Example and Non-Example Chart for scale factor.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cr 2

Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cr 3
1. ratio
2. equivalent ratios
3. rate
4. unit rate
5. equivalent rates
6. proportion
7. cross products
8. proportional
9. scale

Chapter Self-Assessment

As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cr 4

5.1 Ratios and Ratio Tables (pp. 183–188)
Learning Target: Understand ratios of rational numbers and use ratio tables to represent equivalent ratios.

Write the ratio. Then find and interpret the value of the ratio.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cr 5
Question 1.
salt: flour

Answer:
1/2 : 2

Explanation:
salt : flour = 1/2 cup : 2 cups

Question 2.
water to flour

Answer:
3/4 cup : 2 cups

Explanation:
water to flour = 3/4 : 2

Question 3.
salt to water

Answer:
1/2 cup : 3/4 cup

Explanation:
salt to water = 1/2 cup : 3/4 cup

Find the missing values in the ratio table. Then write the equivalent ratios.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cr 6

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 21
The equivalent ratios are 3/2 : 1/2, 3 : 1, 9/2 : 3/2, 6 : 2

Explanation:
The missing values in the ratio table are
3/2 • x = 3
x = 3 • 2/3
x = 2
Milk1 = 2 • 1/2 = 1
1/2 • y = 3/2
y = 3
Flour1 = 3/2 • 3
= 9/2
1/2 • z = 2
z = 4
Flour2 = 3/2 • 4
= 6
The equivalent ratios are 3/2 : 1/2, 3 : 1, 9/2 : 3/2, 6 : 2

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cr 7

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.1 22
The equivalent ratios are 45 : 0.75, 135 : 2.25, 180 : 3, 90 : 1.5

Explanation:
The missing values in the ratio table are
45 • x = 135
x = 135/45
x = 3
Hours1 = 0.75 • 3
= 2.25
0.75 • y = 3
y = 3/0.75
y = 4
Miles1 = 45 • 4 = 180
45 • z = 90
z = 90/45 = 2
Hours2 = 0.75 • 2 = 1.5
The equivalent ratios are 45 : 0.75, 135 : 2.25, 180 : 3, 90 : 1.5

Question 6.
The cost for 16 ounces of cheese is $3.20. What is the cost for 20 ounces of cheese?

Answer:
The cost for 20 ounces of cheese is $3.95

Explanation:
The cost for 16 ounces of cheese is $3.20
The cost for 1 ounce of cheese is 3.20/16
The cost for 20 ounces of cheese is 20(3.20/16)
= 63.2/16
= 3.95

5.2 Rates and Unit Rates (pp. 189–194)
Learning Target: Understand rates involving fractions and use unit rates to solve problems.

Find the unit rate.
Question 7.
289 miles on 10 gallons

Answer:
28.9 miles per 1 gallon

Explanation:
289 miles on 10 gallons
= 289 : 10
= 289/10 : 1
= 28.9 : 1

Question 8.
6 \(\frac{2}{5}\) revolutions in 2\(\frac{2}{3}\) seconds

Answer:
2.4 revolutions in 1 second

Explanation:
6 \(\frac{2}{5}\) revolutions in 2\(\frac{2}{3}\) seconds = 32/5 : 8/3
= 32/5 • 3/8 : 1
= 12/5 : 1

Question 9.
You can mow 23,760 square feet in \(\frac{1}{2}\) hour. How many square feet can you mow in 2 hours? Justify your answer.

Answer:
95040 sq ft you can mow in 2 hours.

Explanation:
You can mow 23,760 square feet in \(\frac{1}{2}\) hour
= 23760 : 1/2
= 23760 • 2 : 1
= 47520 : 1
So you can mow 47520 sq ft in 1 hour
The number of sq ft you can mow in 2 hours = 47520 • 2
= 95040

Tell whether the rates are equivalent. Justify your answer.
Question 10.
60 centimeters every 2.5 years
30 centimeters every 15 months

Answer:
The rates are equivalent.

Explanation:
60 centimeters every 2.5 years = 60 : 2.5
= 600 : 25
= 24 : 1
24 cm every year
= 24 : 12
= 2 : 1
2 cm every month
30 centimeters every 15 months = 30 : 15
= 2 : 1
So, The rates are equivalent.

Question 11.
2.56 per \(\frac{1}{2}\) pound
$0.48 per 6 ounces

Answer:
The ratios are not equivalent.

Explanation:
2.56 per \(\frac{1}{2}\) pound = 2.56 : 1/2
= 2.56 * 2 : 1
= 5.12 : 1
1 pound = 16 ounces
$0.48 per 6 ounces = 0.48 : 6
= 0.48 : 6 * 16
= 0.48 : 96
= 1 : 200
So, the ratios are not equivalent.

5.3 Identifying Proportional Relationships (pp. 195–202)
Learning Target: Determine whether two quantities are in a proportional relationship.

Tell whether the ratios form a proportion.
Question 12.
4 to 9 and 2 to 3

Answer:
The rates do not form a proportion.

Explanation:
4 to 9 = 4 : 9
2 to 3 = 2 : 3
So, the rates do not form a proportion.

Question 13.
12 : 22 and 18 : 33

Answer:
The rates form a proportion.

Explanation:
12 : 22 = 12 : 22
= 6 : 11
18 : 33 = 18 : 33
= 6 : 11
So, the rates form a proportion.

Question 14.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) : 2 and \(\frac{1}{4}\) : \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Answer:
The rates do not form a proportion

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{2}\) : 2 = 1 : 4
\(\frac{1}{4}\) : \(\frac{1}{10}\) = 1/4 : 1/10
= 10 : 4
= 5 : 2
So, the rates do not form a proportion.

Question 15.
3.2 to 8 and 1.2 to 3

Answer:
The ratios are equivalent.

Explanation:
3.2 to 8 = 3.2 : 8
= 2/5
1.2 to 3 = 1.2 : 3
= 2/5
So, the ratios are equivalent.

Question 16.
Tell whether x and y are proportional.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cr 16

Answer:
The x and y are proportional

Explanation:
x/y = 1/4
3/12 = (3 • 1)/(4 • 3) = 1/4
6/24 = (6 • 1)/(6 • 4) = 1/4
8/32 = (8 • 1)/(8 • 4) = 1/4
So, the x and y are proportional.

Question 17.
You can type 250 characters in 60 seconds. Your friend can type 375 characters in 90 seconds. Do these rates form a proportion? Explain.

Answer:
The rates form a proportion.

Explanation:
You can type 250 characters in 60 seconds = 250 : 60
= (25 • 10) : (6 • 10) = 25 : 6
Your friend can type 375 characters in 90 seconds = 375 : 90
= (25 • 15) : (6 • 15)
= 25 : 6
So, the rates form a proportion.

5.4 Writing and Solving Proportions (pp. 203–210)
Learning Target: Use proportions to solve ratio problems.

Solve the proportion. Explain your choice of method.
Question 18.
\(\frac{3}{8}=\frac{9}{x}\)

Answer:
x = 24

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{8}=\frac{9}{x}\)
Cross multiply the fractions
3x = 9 * 8
x = 3 * 8
x = 24

Question 19.
\(\frac{x}{4}=\frac{2}{5}\)

Answer:
x = 8/5

Explanation:
\(\frac{x}{4}=\frac{2}{5}\)
Cross multiply the fractions
5x = 2 * 4
5x = 8
x = 8/5

Question 20.
\(\frac{5}{12}=\frac{y}{15}\)

Answer:
y = 75/12

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{12}=\frac{y}{15}\)
Cross multiply the fractions
15 * 5 = 12y
75 = 12y
y = 75/12

Question 21.
\(\frac{s+1}{4}=\frac{4}{8}\)

Answer:
s = 1

Explanation:
\(\frac{s+1}{4}=\frac{4}{8}\)
Cross multiply the fractions
8(s + 1) = 4 * 4
8s + 8 = 16
8s = 16 – 8
8s = 8
s = 1

Use the table to write a proportion.
Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cr 22

Answer:
6/12 = 8/m, m = 12

Explanation:
The ratios are proportional.
6/12 = 8/m
Cross multiply the fractions
6m = 8 * 12
6m = 96
m = 96/8
m = 12

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cr 23

Answer:
15/h = 18/2.5

Explanation:
The ratios are proportional.
So, 15/h = 18/2.5

Question 24.
Find the value of x so that the ratios 8 : 20 and 6 : x are equivalent.

Answer:
x = 15

Explanation:
8/20 = 6/x
Cross multiply the fractions
8x = 6 * 20
8x = 120
x = 120/8
x = 15

Question 25.
Swamp gas consists primarily of methane, a chemical compound consisting of a 1 : 4 ratio of carbon to hydrogen atoms. If a sample of methane contains 1564 hydrogen atoms, how many carbon atoms are present in the sample?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cr 25

Answer:
The number of carbon atoms present in the sample is 391.

Explanation:
Swamp gas consists primarily of methane, a chemical compound consisting of a 1 : 4 ratio of carbon to hydrogen atoms
The number of carbon atoms present in the sample is 1564/4
= 391

5.5 Graphs of Proportional Relationships (pp. 211–216)
Learning Target: Represent proportional relationships using graphs and equations.

Question 26.
Tell whether x and y are proportional. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cr 26

Answer:
x and y are proportional

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.5 20
The line passes through origin.
So, x and y are proportional

Question 27.
The graph shows the number of visits your website received over the past 6 months. Interpret each plotted point in the graph. Then identify the unit rate.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cr 27

Answer:
50 : 1

Explanation:
Number of visitors : months = 150 : 3
= 150/3 : 1
= 50 : 1

Tell whether x and y are proportional. If so, identify the constant of proportionality. Explain your reasoning.
Question 28.
x + y = 6

Answer:
x and y are not proportional.

Explanation:
x + y = 6
y = 6 – x
If x = 1, then y = 6 – 1 = 5
If x = 2, then y = 6 – 2 = 4
If x = 3, y = 6 – 3 = 3
1/5, 2/4, 3/3 are not equivalent ratios
So, x and y are not proportional.

Question 29.
y – x = 0

Answer:
x and y are proportional.

Explanation:
y – x = 0
y = x
If x = 1, then y = 1
If x = 2, then y = 2
If x = 3, then y = 3
1/2, 2/2, 3/3 are equivalent ratios
So, x and y are proportional.

Question 30.
\(\frac{x}{y}\) = 20

Answer:
x and y are proportional.

Explanation:
\(\frac{x}{y}\) = 20
x = 20y
If y = 1, then x = 20(1) = 20
If y = 2, then x = 20(2) = 40
If y = 3, then x = 20(3) = 60
20/1, 40/2, 60/3 are equivalent ratios
So, x and y are proportional.

Question 31.
x = y + 2

Answer:
x and are not proportional.

Explanation:
x = y + 2
If y = 1, then x = 1 + 2 = 3
If y = 2, then x = 2 + 2 = 4
If y = 3, then x = 3 + 2 = 6
3/1, 4/2, 6/3 are not equivalent
So, x and are not proportional.

Question 32.
The variables x and y are proportional. When y = 4, x = \(\frac{1}{2}\). Find the constant of proportionality. Then write an equation that relates x and y.

Answer:
x = 8y

Explanation:
x/y = k
(1/2)/4 = k
k = 1/8
x/y = 8
x = 8y

5.6 Scale Drawings (pp. 217–222)
Learning Target: Solve problems involving scale drawings.

Find the missing dimension. Use the scale factor 1 : 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cr 33

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions 5.6 4

Explanation:
33. Scale factor = 1/20
Use the scale 1 : 20
90(1/20) = 9/2 = 4.5
34. x/20 = 3.75
x = 3.75 * 20
x = 75
Actual legth = 75 ft

Use a centimeter ruler to find the scale and the scale factor of the drawing.
Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cr 35

Answer:
The scale is 7.62, scale factor is 39.3701 in

Explanation:
The length of drawing = 10 cm
10 cm = 30 in
1 cm = 0.393701
10 cm = 39.3701 in
10 cm : 30 in = 1 cm : 3 in
3 inch = 7.62
The actual length is 39.3701 inch
So, the scale is 7.62, scale factor is 39.3701 in

Question 36
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cr 36

Answer:
The scale is 19.05, scale factor is 19.05

Explanation:
Uisng the centimeter ruler, length is 4 cm
4 cm = 7.5 in
1 cm = 0.393701
4 cm = 1.5748 in
4 cm : 7.5 in
7.5 inch = 19.05
4 cm : 7.5 inch = 4 cm : 19.05 cm
the scale is 19.05, scale factor is 19.05

Question 37.
A scale model of a lighthouse has a scale of 1 in.: 8ft. The scale model is 20 inches tall. How tall is the lighthouse?

Answer:

Explanation:
A scale model of a lighthouse has a scale of 1 in.: 8ft
The scale model is 20 inches tall

Ratios and Proportions Practice Test

Find the unit rate.
Question 1.
84 miles in 12 days

Answer:
7 miles in 1 day

Explanation:
84 miles in 12 days
= 84 : 12
= 84/12 : 1
= 7 : 1

Question 2.
2 \(\frac{2}{5}\) kilometers in 3\(\frac{3}{4}\) minutes

Answer:
48 kilometers in 75 minutes.

Explanation:
2 \(\frac{2}{5}\) kilometers in 3\(\frac{3}{4}\) minutes = 12/5 : 15/4
= 12/5 • 4/15 : 1
= 48/75 : 1

Tell whether the ratios form a proportion.
Question 3.
1 to 0.4 and 9 to 3.6

Answer:
The ratios form a proportion.

Explanation:
1 to 0.4 = 1 : 0.4
= 5/2
9 to 3.6 = 9 : 3.6
= 5/2
So, the ratios form a proportion.

Question 4.
2 : \(\frac{8}{3}\) and \(\frac{2}{3}\) : 6

Answer:
The ratios do not form a proportion.

Explanation:
2 : \(\frac{8}{3}\) = 6 : 8
= 3/4
\(\frac{2}{3}\) : 6 = 2 : 18
= 1/9
So, the ratios do not form a proportion.

Tell whether and are proportional. Explain your reasoning.
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions pt 5

Answer:
x and y are proportional

Explanation:
x/y = 2/10 = 1/5
4/20 = 1/5
6/30 = 1/5
8/40 = 1/5
So, x and y are proportional

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions pt 6

Answer:
x and y are not proportional.

Explanation:
x/y = 1/3, 3/7, 5/11, 7/15
So, x and y are not proportional.

Question 7.
Use the table to write a proportion.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions pt 7

Answer:
1/30 = 8/m

Explanation:
the ratios are proportional
so, 6/180 = 8/m
1/30 = 8/m

Solve the proportion.
Question 8.
\(\frac{x}{8}=\frac{9}{4}\)

Answer:
x = 18

Explanation:
\(\frac{x}{8}=\frac{9}{4}\)
Cross multiply the fractions
4x = 9 * 8
4x = 72
x = 72/4
x = 18

Question 9.
\(\frac{17}{4}=\frac{y}{6}\)

Answer:
y = 51/2

Explanation:
\(\frac{17}{4}=\frac{y}{6}\)
Cross multiply the fractions
17 * 6 = 4y
102 = 4y
y = 102/4
y = 51/2

Tell whether and are proportional. If so, identify the constant of proportionality. Explain your reasoning.
Question 10.
xy – 11 = 5

Answer:
x, y are not proportional.

Explanation:
xy – 11 = 5
xy = 5 + 11
xy = 16
x = 16/y

Question 11.
\(\frac{y}{x}\) = 8

Answer:
x and y are proportional

Explanation:
\(\frac{y}{x}\) = 8
y = 8x
So, x and y are proportional

Question 12.
A recipe calls for \(\frac{2}{3}\) cup flour for every cup sugar. Write the ratio of sugar to flour. Then find and interpret the value of the ratio.

Answer:
The ratio of sugar to flour is 3 : 2.

Explanation:
A recipe calls for \(\frac{2}{3}\) cup flour for every cup sugar
Flour : sugar = 2/3 : 1
Sugar to flour = 1 : 2/3
= 3 : 2

Question 13.
The graph shows the number of cycles of a crosswalk signal during the day and during the night.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions pt 13
a. Write equations that relate x and y for both the day and night periods.
b. Find how many more cycles occur during the day than during the night for a six-hour period.

Answer:
a. The equation for day is 40 x = y
the equation for night is 30x = y
b. 60 more cycles occur during the day than during the night for a six-hour period.

Explanation:
a. For day, 2 hours is 80 cycles
x/y = 2/80 = 1/40
40x = y
For night, 3 hours is 90
x/y = 3/90 = 1/30
30x = y
a. For day, the number of cycles for 3 hours is 90
90 : 3 = 30 : 1
So, 30 cycles per 1 hour
The number of cycles per 6 hours is 30 * 6 = 180
For night,
the number of cycles is 80 for 2 hours
80 : 2 = 40 : 1
The number of cycles for 6 hours is 40 * 6 = 240
240 – 180 = 60

Question 14.
An engineer is using computer-aided design (CAD) software to design a component for a space shuttle. The scale of the drawing is 1 cm : 60 in. The actual length of the component is 12.75 feet. What is the length of the component in the drawing?

Answer:
The length of the component in the drawing is 25 cm

Explanation:
Write the proportion relating the model length to the actual length. the scale has inches for the actual length units so you must use 12.5 feet = 15 inches in the proportion
model/actual = 1 cm/60 in = x cm/150 in
60x = 150
x = 150/6
= 25

Question 15.
A specific shade of green glaze is made of 5 parts blue glaze to 3 parts yellow glaze. A glaze mixture contains 25 quarts of blue glaze and 9 quarts of yellow glaze. How can you fix the mixture to make the specific shade of green glaze?

Answer:
25 parts blue to 15 parts yellow

Explanation:
25 blue to 9 yellow
The rate is not equal to the specific rate, 5 parts blue to 3 parts yellow
25 parts blue to 15 parts yellow

Ratios and Proportions Cumulative Practice

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cp 1
Question 1.
The school store sells 4 pencils for $0.80. What is the unit cost of a pencil?
A. $0.20
B. $0.80
C. $3.20
D. $5.00

Answer:
A. $0.20

Explanation:
The school store sells 4 pencils for $0.80
= 0.80 : 4
= 0.80/4 : 1
= 0.2 : 1

Question 2.
What is the simplified form of the expression?
3x – (2x – 5)
F. x – 5
G. x + 5
H. 5x – 5
I. – x – 5

Answer:
G. x + 5

Explanation:
The given expression is 3x – (2x – 5)
= 3x – 2x + 5
= x + 5

Question 3.
Which fraction is equivalent to – 1.25?”
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cp 3

Answer:
B.

Explanation:
-1.25 = -125/100
= -5/4
-1(1/4) = -5/4

Question 4.
What is the value of for the proportion \(\frac{8}{12}=\frac{x}{18}\)?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cp 4

Answer:
x = 12

Explanation:
\(\frac{8}{12}=\frac{x}{18}\)
Cross multiply the fractions
8 * 18 = 12x
144 = 12x
x = 144/12
x = 12

Question 5.
What inequality is represented by the graph?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cp 5
F. x – 3 < 7
G. x + 6 ≤ 10
H. – 5 + x < – 1 I. x – 8 > – 4

Answer:
G. x + 6 ≤ 10

Explanation:
the graph represents x ≤ 4.
Solve all the given options
x – 3 < 7
x < 7 + 3
x < 10
G. x + 6 ≤ 10
x ≤ 10 – 6
x ≤ 4
H. – 5 + x < – 1
x < -1 + 5
x < 4
I. x – 8 > – 4
x > -4 + 8
x > 4

Question 6.
What is the missing value in the ratio table?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cp 6

Answer:
B. 30

Explanation:
2/3 • x = 10/3
x = 10/3 • 3/2
x = 5
6 • 5 = 30

Question 7.
Which expression shows factoring 12x + 54 using the GCF?
F. 2(6x + 27)
G. 3(4x + 18)
H. 6(2x + 9)
I. 12(x + \(\frac{9}{2}\))

Answer:
H. 6(2x + 9)

Explanation:
12x = 3 • 2 • 2 • x
54 = 2 • 3 • 9
The common prime factors are 3 • 2 = 6
So, the GCF of 12x + 54 is 6
12x + 54 = 6(2x) + 6(9)
= 6(2x + 9)

Question 8.
The distance traveled by a high-speed train is proportional to the number of hours traveled. Which of the following is not a valid interpretation of the graph?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cp 8
A. The train travels 0 kilometers in 0 hours.
B. The unit rate is 200 kilometers per hour.
C. After 4 hours, the train is traveling 800 kilometers per hour.
D. The train travels 800 kilometers in 4 hours.

Answer:
B. The unit rate is 200 kilometers per hour.

Explanation:
The distance traveled by a high-speed train is proportional to the number of hours traveled
200 proportional to 1 = 200 : 1

Question 9.
Which graph represents a number that is at most – 2?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cp 9

Answer:
H.

Explanation:
At most means less than or equal to
x ≤ -2

Question 10.
A map of the state where your friend lives has the scale \(\frac{1}{2}\) in. : 10 mi.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cp 10
Part A Your friend measured the distance between her town and the state capital on the map. Her measurement was 4\(\frac{1}{2}\) inches. Based on your friend’s measurement, what is the actual distance (in miles) between her town and the state capital? Show your work and explain your reasoning.
Part B Your friend wants to mark her favorite campsite on the map. She knows that the campsite is 65 miles north of her town. What distance on the map (in inches) represents an actual distance of 65 miles? Show your work and explain your reasoning.

Answer:
A. 90 miles
B. 3(1/4) inch

Explanation:
A. Write the proportion relating the model distance on the map to the actual distance where x is the actual distance. Then solve the proportion by cross multiplying
model/actual = 1/2/10 = 4(1/2)/x
0.5/10 = 4.5/x
0.5x = 45
x = 45/0.5
x = 90 miles
B. Write the proportion relating the model distance to the actual distance where y is the model distance.
0.5/10 = y/65
cross multiply
10y = 0.5 * 65
10y = 32.5
y = 32.5/10
y = 3.25
= 3(1/4) inch

Question 11.
What is the value of the expression – 56 ÷ (- 8)?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cp 4

Answer:
– 56 ÷ (- 8) = 7

Explanation:
– 56 ÷ (- 8)
The quotient of two negative integers is positive
56 ÷ 8 = 7

Question 12.
The quantities and are proportional. What is the missing value in the table?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions cp 12
A. 38
B. 42
C. 46
D. 56

Answer:
D. 56

Explanation:
Two quantities are proportional
5/7x = 4
x = 4 (7/5)
x = 28/5
Missing value = 10(28/5) = 2(28) = 56

Question 13.
To begin a board game, you place a playing piece at START. On your first three turns, you move ahead 8 spaces, move back 3 spaces, and then move ahead 2 spaces. How many spaces are you from START?
F. 2
G. 3
H. 7
I. 13

Answer:
H. 7

Explanation:
For the first three turns, you move ahead 8 spaces and move back 3 spaces
= 8 – 3 = 5
move ahead 2 spaces
5 + 2 = 7

Conclusion:

One of such best online guides is Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions. Refer Big Ideas Math Book Grade 7 Chapter 5 Ratios and proportions within 10 to learning the easy way of maths practice. So, collect Big Ideas Math 7th Grade Chapter 5 Ratios and Proportions Answer Key and get help while doing homework.